Kübler Sport Sports Equipment Catalog

CLUB | MUNICIPALITY | SCHOOL | FITNESS | THERAPY

2025

SPORTS EQUIPMENT

SPORTS FACILITIES

THERAPY SUPPLIES

FLOODLIGHT SYSTEMS

Mobile and Stationary

Solutions Page 82-85

TREND SPORT PADEL

The Fast-Paced Racket

Sport Page 186–187

SPORTS & PLAY IDEAS

For All-Day Care and

Schoolyards Page 644–705

Discover over 14,000 sports articles now in our online shop at www.kuebler-sport.com

Dear Customers and Sports Enthusiasts,

At Kübler Sport, we have been promoting sports for many

years by creating professionally equipped sports facilities

that offer optimal conditions for training and competition

on a modern standard.

In line with our motto: Let‘s get moving!

Julia Kübler Jürgen Präger Udo Vetter Felix Mattl

Discover a selection of our range in the catalog, which

includes over 14,000 items and valuable additional information

about sports.

We wish you a lot of fun browsing and getting inspired –

both in the catalog and online.

Your Management Team at Kübler Sport

VKP

Small Items

Shipped by a parcel service.

Bulky Item

Shipped by a parcel service.

Shipping Flat Rate

If a VKP (shipping cost flat rate) is indicated directly on the item, the freight costs

are calculated per unit sold.

W

Freight Items

Goods delivered by freight carrier are delivered to the curb.

SHIPPING WEIGHT

For freight items, the respective shipping weight is indicated directly below the

item number.

ONE NUMBER

FOR ALL CASES

+497191/9570-40

Our staff will be happy to assist you with:

Questions about our products

Information on optimal application

Orders and quotation requests

Feedback on order status

Or send us an email: export@kuebler-sport.de

Certified and Tested:

Content

Kübler Sport Services . . . . . . . . . . .4

School & Club Sports Supplies . . . . . . 8

Training Equipment 10

Softballs 26

Ball Games 34

Teamsport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Soccer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Floodlight Systems 82

Scoreboards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Mini Pitches & Soccer Courts . . . . . 88

Handball. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

Volleyball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110

Beachvolleyball . . . . . . . . . . . .126

Basketball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136

Floorball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156

Hockey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158

American Football & Rugby . . . . . .160

Baseball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Racketsport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164

Badminton. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Table Tennis . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174

Padel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186

Pickleball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188

Tennis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190

Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194

School & Children’s Athletics . . . . .196

Throwing & Putting . . . . . . . . . .200

Running . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210

Long Jump . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216

High Jump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

Pole Vault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224

Gymnastics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228

Mats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

Gymnastics Equipment . . . . . . . .246

Apparatus Gymnastics . . . . . . . .264

Trampolines . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294

Rhythmic Gymnastics . . . . . . . . .300

Rope Skipping & Ring Tennis . . . . .304

Movement Landscapes . . . . . . . .306

Ballet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318

Sports Facility Equipment . . . . . . .322

Equipment Room . . . . . . . . . . .324

Locker Room . . . . . . . . . . . . .332

First Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .338

Wall Clocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .340

Scoreboards . . . . . . . . . . . . .342

Bergo ® Sports Floors 346

Water Sports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

Learning to Swim . . . . . . . . . . .350

Diving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .358

Aquafitness . . . . . . . . . . . . . .360

Water Therapy. . . . . . . . . . . . 366

Water Polo . . . . . . . . . . . . . .368

Swimming Pool Equipment . . . . . .370

Martial Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380

Boxing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382

Mixed Martial Arts . . . . . . . . . . .388

Martial Arts Mats . . . . . . . . . . .390

Training Equipment & Body Protection 392

Fitness & Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . .394

Training Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . .396

Yoga & Pilates . . . . . . . . . . . . 404

Balance & Coordination . . . . . . . .408

Hand & Foot Trainers . . . . . . . . .424

Fascia Training & Massage . . . . . .430

Resistance Bands . . . . . . . . . . .442

Weights & Dumbbells . . . . . . . . .448

Strength & Fitness Equipment . . . . 464

Cardio Equipment . . . . . . . . . . .482

Functional Training. . . . . . . . . . 494

Fitness Studio Equipment . . . . . . .510

Group Training. . . . . . . . . . . . 514

Nordic Walking . . . . . . . . . . . .520

Movement at the Workplace. . . . . 522

Practice Equipment . . . . . . . . . .526

Therapy Equipment & Supplies . . . .550

Psychomotor Training Equipment . . .566

Outdoor Fitness . . . . . . . . . . . . .584

Climbing & Bouldering . . . . . . . . .596

Playground Equipment . . . . . . . . .612

Urban & Park Furniture . . . . . . . .614

Fall Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . .616

Inclusion Equipment . . . . . . . . . 620

Play Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . .622

Leisure Games. . . . . . . . . . . . . 642

Outdoor Sports Facilities . . . . . . .644

Movement Games . . . . . . . . . . 652

Classroom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694

Common Room . . . . . . . . . . . .698

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .706

GTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711

1

Kübler Sport – Your partner for

SPORTS EQUIPMENT

SPORTS FACILITIES

THERAPY SUPPLIES

WE ARE YOUR COMPETENT SPORTS EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER

As a full-line supplier, we offer sports equipment, therapy products, and accessories

for a wide range of sports, training, and therapy methods. Our extensive range, indepth

expertise, and comprehensive service make us a successful partner for schools,

clubs, municipalities, fitness, and therapy facilities both nationally and internationally.

Comprehensive personalized

product & object consultation

Specialized products for schools,

clubs, fitness & therapy

Assembly, inspection & maintenance

of sports equipment

Certified service partner for sports

facilitie

ONLINE SHOP FOR SPORTS

AND THERAPY SUPPLIES

• Benefit from current offers and promotions

• Delivery times and shipping costs at a

glance

• News, discounted items, and useful

features

Discover 14,000 items now:

www.kuebler-sport.com

2

WHY KÜBLER SPORT ?

Service beyond sales – Quality is not only emphasized in

our products but also in our service. We are a down-to-earth

family-owned company that is always close to the customer.

You can rely on us – AAs a qualified supplier and manufacturer,

we are known for high-quality products and services. You

can count on us! We undergo regular external inspections to

ensure our quality.

Everything from one source – A reliable delivery and consultation

service, planning and installation of sports facility

equipment, all the way to regular inspection and maintenance.

If you wish, you can get the complete package from us.

WE HAVE THE RIGHT CONTACT PERSON

FOR EVERY CONCERN YOU MAY HAVE!

• Product Advice

• Requesting Quotes

• Questions About the Ordering Process

Service Hours:

Mon to Fri 7:00 AM – 6:00 PM

+49 (0)7191/ 9570-40

export@kuebler-sport.de


Tip: Do you want to receive a non-binding quote for a larger order?

Use our online quote request form for that:

www.kuebler-sport.com/contact-form/

With our sports services, we cover the entire range of services for sports facilities

- indoor and outdoor, renovations as well as new installations. You can rely on our

experienced planning team and certified service and installation team!

SPORTS FACILITY PLANNING

INSTALLATION SERVICE

INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE

SPORTS FACILITY PLANNING

We specialize in the object-oriented planning of sports facilities.

This includes detailed assessment of the scope of equipment

required. With our experienced technical team, we realize the

equipment for various sports facilities with the highest efficiency,

quality, and flexibility:

• Sports halls & gymnasiums including ancillary rooms

• Sports fields & outdoor sports facilities

• Mini fields & soccer courts

• Artificial climbing and bouldering facilities

• Children‘s movement rooms

We are happy to assist with any questions and provide a nonbinding

offer for our planning services..

INSTALLATION SERVICE

With our nationwide delivery and installation service, your

sports or therapy equipment will be ready for use promptly.

Our reliable and experienced installation team ensures proper

assembly and installation in two stages:

1. Pre-assembly: Floor sleeves, anchor hooks, and substructures

for wall and ceiling equipment.

2. Final assembly: Delivery and final installation of sports

equipment.

We install for you:

• Portable sports, fitness, and therapy equipment

• Fixed sports facility equipment for indoor and outdoor use

• Artificial climbing and bouldering walls

• Children‘s play equipment

• Fitness sports floors and impact protection mats

CERTIFIED & VERIFIED

You can rely on us: We have the quality mark from

the RAL Quality Association for Sports Equipment for

the performance areas of „Construction (Manufacturing

and Installation)“ as well as „Inspection/Maintenance.“ Additionally,

we are a member of the Federal Association of the

German Sporting Goods Industry (BSI).

FOR YOUR SAFETY

We adhere to the current guidelines of the DGUV (German

Social Accident Insurance), the relevant DIN and DIN EN

standards, as well as the Equipment and Product Safety

Act (GPSG). Regular training for our team ensures the

prompt and proficient implementation according to the

latest safety and functional standards.

4

OUR SPORTS SERVICES | Individual, Professional & Safe

SPORTS FACILITY INSPECTION

Athletes, coaches, and sports facility operators must be able

to rely on the safe condition of their sports facilities. With our

qualified personnel, we conduct the expert inspection (annual

main inspection) of your sports hall, outdoor sports facility, or

artificial climbing facility. This helps you fulfill your duty to ensure

safety responsibly:

• Visual inspection for externally visible defects

• Completeness check

• Functional testing

• Stability inspection in the structure

• Examination of wear parts

• Inspection for damage

• Documentation in the inspection report

KÜBLER SPORT MAINTENANCE PACKAGE

Our maintenance package takes into account all aspects necessary

for safe and comprehensive sports operations. As part

of the sports facility inspection, we address identified equipment

defects with our qualified team

Creating inspection reports

Marking and blocking of

damaged equipment

Generating quotes based on

the inspection report

Replacing/repairing defective

small parts

Repairs for restoration

Restoration measures beyond

small parts

Equipment repairs at the

factory

Inspection Maintenance Repair

NOTICE

Operators of sports facilities must ensure compliance with their

duty to ensure safety. The measures to prevent hazards are

determined by the German Social Accident Insurance (DGUV).

This applies to both sports halls and sports fields, as well as

other outdoor sports facilities. From a safety perspective, there

are hardly any differences.

YOUR ADVANTAGE

Our extensive spare parts inventory enables a quick response

time. This means your sports equipment can be back in operation

quickly, ensuring a safe sports operation.

5

Easy discover

ONLINE SHOP

FOR SPORTS &

THERAPY SUPPLIES

• Benefit from current offers and

promotions

• Delivery times at a glance

• News and useful features

Already registered?

With the Kübler Sport customer account, online shopping

becomes even easier and more convenient:

• Create and share your own wish lists

• Keep track of all past orders

• No need to re-enter data with every new order

6

Just ordered, already on its

way to you. Our warehouse

team ensures smooth and

fast shipping of your order.

Discover 14,000 products now:


Fit for the Environment

At www.kuebler-sport.com you will find a wide selection of

sustainable sports and play equipment.

You can filter by the following criteria::

• Made from renewable raw materials

• Recyclable

• Made from recycled material

• Sustainable production

• Biodegradable

Follow us now and never miss any news again:

7

School Sports & Club Supplies

In both school and club sports, a wide range of

training equipment and accessories is essential

to improve organization, make training more effective,

and provide variety. From marker cones

and coordination equipment to specialized ball

accessories – the right gear supports teachers,

coaches, and referees in conducting physical

education and club training in a professional

and motivating way.

Contents


Marker Cones 10

Floor Markings 12

Training Vests & Bands 14

Coordination Equipment 16

Teacher, Coach & Referee Supplies 20

Ball Accessories 24

Softballs 26

Softballs for Sports & Play 26

Open-Pored Softballs 27

Closed-Cell Softballs 28

Softballs with Elephant Skin 30

Inflatable Softballs 32

Ball Games 34

8

9

School Sports & Club Supplies Teamsport Racketsport Athletics Gymnastics Sports Facility Equipment Water Sports

Training Equipment

Marker Cones

Marker cones with numbers, letters, or math

symbols offer a versatile way to create learning

games that can promote various skills such as

reading, math, movement, and coordination.

1

2

3

4

28/40

cm

Kübler Sport ® Marker Cones

37 cm Kübler Sport ® Cone with Holes 50 cm tanga sports ® Multipurpose

30 cm

Hole Cone

MAXI

tanga sports ® Multipurpose

Hole Cone MINI

1 Kübler Sport ® Marker Cones

Training equipment in various sizes and highly visible

colors. Material: Plastic. Made in Europe.

F1118 p 28 cm blue pcs

F1128 p 28 cm red pcs

F1129 p 28 cm yellow pcs

F1121-04 p 28 cm black pcs

F1121-05 p 28 cm white pcs

F1119 p 28 cm green pcs

F1121-12 p 28 cm pink pcs

F1129-23 p 28 cm orange pcs

F1118-26 p 28 cm light blue pcs

F1124 p 40 cm blue pcs

F1126 p 40 cm red pcs

F1127 p 40 cm yellow pcs

F1123-04 p 40 cm black pcs

F1123-05 p 40 cm white pcs

F1125 p 40 cm green pcs

F1123-12 p 40 cm pink pcs

F1127-23 p 40 cm orange pcs

F1124-26 p 40 cm light blue pcs

2 Kübler Sport ® Cone with Holes

Training equipment with versatile applications as field

boundaries, hurdles, goals, or slalom poles. Height: 37

cm, Number of holes: 13x approx. Ø 25 mm, Hole heights:

5.5, 18.5, and 30.5 cm, Material: Polyethylene. Possible

accessories: plastic rods / gymnastics bars with 24 - 25

mm Ø (e.g. F11220-01).

F1515-01 p blue pcs

F1515-02 p red pcs

F1515-03 p yellow pcs

F1515-07 p green pcs

3 tanga sports ® Multipurpose Hole Cone MAXI

Training equipment with versatile uses as field boundaries,

hurdles, goals, or slalom poles. Height: 50 cm, number

of holes: 12x Ø 25 mm, hole heights: 17, 28, and 39 cm,

possible accessories: plastic pole / gymnastics bars Ø

24 - 25 mm (e.g. F11220-01).

F1457-01 p blue pcs

F1457-02 p red pcs



4 tanga sports ® Multipurpose Hole Cone MINI

Training equipment with versatile applications as field

boundaries, hurdles, goals, or slalom poles. Height: 30

cm (11.8 inches), number of holes: 12x Ø 25 mm (0.98

inches), hole heights: 4.5 cm (1.77 inches), 12.5 cm (4.92

inches), and 20 cm (7.87 inches). Possible accessories:

plastic pole / gymnastics bars Ø 24 - 25 mm (0.94 - 0.98

inches) (e.g. F11220-01).

F1456-01 p blue pcs

F1456-02 p red pcs



5 tanga sports ® Numbered Marker Cones

Set contents: 11 cones with numbers from 0 to 10, height:

23 cm, color: blue, material: plastic.

P2867 p set 32.95

10

More options in the onlineshop:


23 cm

23 cm

tanga sports ® Numbered Marker Cones

11

5

8

tanga sports ® Marker Cones with Letters

SET

28/40

cm

6

Kübler Sport ® XXL Cone Set

28 cm 23 cm

Kübler Sport ® Cone Number Markers, Set of 5

tanga sports ® Mini Marker Cones 10-Piece Set

9

7

PVC Marker Cone

37 cm 7,5

tanga sports ® Marker Cones 10-Piece Set MAXI cm tanga sports ® Mini-Soft Marker Cones 50-Piece Set

12

13

Spordas ® Attachable Numbers for Cones

6 Kübler Sport ® XXL Cone Set

9 tanga sports ® Marker Cones 10-Piece Set MAXI 12 tanga sports ® Mini Marker Cones 10-Piece Set

Extensive set for versatile training options. Colors: 2x or

3x each of dark blue, light blue, yellow, red, orange, pink,

green, white, and black. Material: Plastic. Made in Europe.

Set contents: 2 each of yellow, orange, red, blue, and

green. Height: 37 cm. Dimensions of the base: 13 x 13

cm. Material: plastic.

Set content: 2x orange, 2x yellow, 2x red, 2x blue, and

2x green, Height: 23 cm, Dimensions of base: 13 x 13

cm, Material: Plastic.

F11300 p 28 cm 18 pcs set set F11359 p

set F1135 p

set

F11301 p 28 cm 27 pcs set set

10

F11310 p 40 cm 18 pcs set set tanga sports ® Mini-Soft Marker Cones 50-Piece Set 13 Spordas ® Attachable Numbers for Cones

F11311 p 40 cm 27 pcs set set Set content: 10 each of green, yellow, red, blue, and pink. Perfect addition to training equipment, especially in

Height: 7.5 cm, Ø base: 7.5 cm, Weight: 30 g. physical education classes, for exercises focusing on

F1415 p

set concentration and improving cognitive abilities. Set

7 PVC Marker Cone

includes: Cover with numbers 1 - 10, Material: 100%

Material: Heavy, flexible elastic soft PVC. No harmful 11 Kübler Sport ® Cone Number Markers, Set of 5 Polyester, Colors: 2x Red, Yellow, Blue, Green, and Purple,

substances. Orange day-glow color with white stripes. For training physical and cognitive abilities. Ø 12.5 cm, Possible accessory: Marker cones height 30 to 50 cm

F1133 p 32 cm pcs height: 28 cm, base plate: 19.5 x 19.5 cm, material: (e.g. F11359).

F1132 p 50 cm pcs PE, weight: 135 g, colors: 1x Pink, 1x Black, 1x Blue, 1x F1514 p

Green, and 1x Red.

set

8 tanga sports ® Marker Cones with Letters

F11341 p

set

Set Contents: 26x Cones with letters from A - Z, Height:

23 cm, Color: Blue, Material: Plastic.

P2869 p

set

SET

SET

SET

32/50

cm

10

SET


11

Training Equipment

Floor Überschrift Markings

12

1

2

15 cm 5 cm 4 cm

6 cm

tanga sports ® Markers Discs 30-Piece MAXI Set

4

Kübler Sport ® Marking Disc

7

Spordas ® Floor Marking Numbers, Set of 10

1 tanga sports ® Markers Discs 30-Piece MAXI Set

Set for team sports or in athletics. Content: 10 each in

yellow, white, and orange. Diameter approximately 30 cm,

height: 15 cm. Material: impact-resistant plastic. Comes

with a practical stacking and transport rod.

F11101 p

set

2 tanga sports ® Marker Discs Set of 40 MIDI

Versatile training equipment for various team sports and

in athletics. Set content: 10 x Yellow, White, Blue, and

Red each, Ø 19.5 cm, Material: Plastic. Includes stacking

and transport rod.

F11109 p

set

3 Tanga sports ® Marker Discs 60-Piece MINI Set

Colorful set for marking playing fields, running tracks,

and slalom courses. Set includes: 10 pieces each of

orange, yellow, white, red, blue, and green, Ø 12.5 cm.

F11130 p

set F1469 p

tanga sports ® Marker Discs Set of 40 MIDI

5

Kübler Sport ® Disc Strap

4 Kübler Sport ® Marking Disc

Practical training aid for coordinative or cognitive exercises

in various colors. Ø 19.5 cm, height: 6 cm, weight

per disc: 42 g.

F14661-01 p blue pcs

F14661-02 p red pcs


F14661-04 p black pcs

F14661-05 p white pcs


F14661-12 p pink pcs

F14661-23 p orange pcs

F14661-26 p light blue pcs

5 Kübler Sport ® Disc Strap

Transport aid for marker discs or training bibs. Length:

Adjustable from approximately 67 to 125 cm. With buckle

fastener.

pcs

3

Tanga sports ® Marker Discs 60-Piece MINI Set

6

Kübler Sport ® Floormarker Set

6 Kübler Sport ® Floormarker Set

Contents: 12 yellow and 12 orange flat marking cones,

material: rubber, Ø 15 cm. Includes holder for convenient

transportation.

F1519 p

8

Spordas ® Floor Marking Complete Set, 30 Pieces

7 Spordas ® Floor Marking Numbers, Set of 10

Content: Set of 10 numbers from 0 to 9, Material: TPR,

Ø 10 cm, Color: Red/White.

P2868 p

set

8 Spordas ® Floor Marking Complete Set, 30 Pieces

Set of marking elements in various shapes and bright

colors, each in a set of 6. Material: Non-slip PVC, Colors:

1x Red, Yellow, Light Blue, Green, Orange, and Dark Blue.

P2854 p

set

set


13

Training Equipment

Training Vests & Bands

1

SET

Kübler Sport ® Marker Shirts Set of 20

2

Metal ring for training vests.

1 Kübler Sport ® Marker Shirts Set of 20

Set content: 2x 10 marking shirts in different colors +

metal ring. Material of marking shirts: 100% polyester. For

team allocation in school sports and team sports training.

U2224 p junior blue / yellow set

U2225 p junior orange / yellow set

U2226 p junior orange / green set

U2221 p senior blue / yellow set

U2222 p senior orange / yellow set

U2223 p senior orange / green set

2 Metal ring for training vests.

Ø 13 cm, Material: Metal. For storing training jerseys

and team armbands.

U2220 p

pcs

3 Kübler Sport ® Training vests

Size Senior: Length 66 cm / Width approx. 61 cm, Size

Junior: Length 56 cm / Width approx. 52 cm. Material:

100% polyester mesh fabric.

U2204 p junior blue pcs

U2205 p junior yellow pcs

U2206 p junior green pcs

U2207 p junior orange pcs

U2203 p senior blue pcs

U2208 p senior yellow pcs

U2209 p senior green pcs

U2210 p senior orange pcs

14

3

Kübler Sport ® Training vests

5 tanga sports ® Team Band

Length: 60 cm, Width: 5 cm, Material: 100% Polypropylene,

Age Group: Adolescents and adults. For team

organization in school sports and team sports training.

L3077 p red pcs

6 tanga sports ® Team Band MINI

Length: 45 cm, Width: 5 cm, Material: 100% Polypropylene,

Age group: Children. For team assignment in school

sports and team sports training.

L2377 p red pcs

L2378 p yellow pcs

L2376 p white pcs

L2375 p green pcs

tanga sports ® Team Band with Velcro

5

tanga sports ® Team Band

7 8

9

10 SET

Megaform ® Team Band adjustable

in length, set of 6

4 Kübler Sport ® Reversible Vest

Length Junior: 56 cm, Length Senior: 66 cm, Material:

100% Polyester.

U2198 p junior blue pcs

U2200 p junior yellow pcs

U2199 p senior blue pcs

U2201 p senior yellow pcs

tanga sports ® Team Band

MINI with Velcro

4

Kübler Sport ® Reversible Vest

7 Megaform ® Team Band adjustable in length, set of 6

Set content: 6x bands in yellow, red, blue or green,

Length: adjustable from 84 to 124 cm, Material: 100%

polypropylene. Suitable for children and adults.

L3284 p blue set

L3285 p yellow set

L3287 p green set

L3286 p orange set

8 tanga sports ® Team Band MINI with Velcro

Length when closed: Approx. 50 cm, Width: 4 cm, Material:

100% Polypropylene, Closure: Velcro.

L3291 p blue pcs

L3290 p red pcs

L3292 p yellow pcs

L3293 p green pcs

9 tanga sports ® Team Band with Velcro

Length when closed: Approx. 60 cm, Width: 4 cm, Material:

100% polypropylene, Closure: Velcro.

L3266 p blue pcs

L3265 p red pcs

L3267 p yellow pcs

L3268 p green pcs

tanga sports ® Team Band Set

10 tanga sports ® Team Band Set

Set for 3 or 4 teams of 10 people each. Colors: Blue, Red,

Green, and for 4 teams, Yellow additionally. Size Senior (L

x W): 60 x 5 cm, Size Junior (L x W): 45 x 5 cm, Material

of bands: Polypropylene. Includes ventilated universal

storage bag. Bag dimensions (Ø x H): 27 x 23 cm.

L30840 p junior 3 x 10 pieces set

L30842 p junior 4 x 10 pieces set

L3084 p senior 3 x 10 pieces set

L30841 p senior 4 x 10 pieces set

11 tanga sports ® Universal Storage Bag

Ø 27 cm, Height: 23 cm, Material: Polyester, Color:

Black / Blue.

G4009 p

pcs


15

Training Equipment

Coordination Equipment

1

2

3

tanga sports ® Coordination Honeycomb, Set of 6

Kübler Sport ® Coordination ladder

Kübler Sport ® Double Coordination Ladder

1 tanga sports ® Coordination Honeycomb, Set of 6

Flexible set of plastic elements. Can be used in a honeycomb

or hurdle shape. Weight: Approximately 1.3 kg.

Includes connecting elements and storage bag.

K16320 p

set

2 Kübler Sport ® Coordination ladder

Length: 6 m, Width: 50 cm, Number of rungs: 12, Material:

Plastic. Includes transport handle and carrying bag.

F1268 p

pcs

3 Kübler Sport ® Double Coordination Ladder

Length: 4 m, Width: 1 m. 10 x 2 break-proof plastic

rungs, variable distances. Includes durable webbing

straps and carrying bag.

F1267 p

pcs

16



4

Kübler Sport ® Coordination ladder/hurdle combination

7

LISKI ® Training Hurdle JUMP

10

tanga sports ® Flexible Mini Training Hurdle

6 tanga sports ® Training Hurdle

Hurdle with a round profile in three different heights.

Color: Neon yellow, Width: 45 cm.

F12715 p 15 cm single pcs

F12711 p 15 cm 8 pcs set pcs

F12701 p 22,50 cm single pcs

F12702 p 22,50 cm 8 pcs set pcs

F12721 p 30 cm single pcs

F12731 p 30 cm 8 pcs set pcs

5

tanga sports ® Training Hurdle STAND UP

6

tanga sports ® Training Hurdle

Trial ® Soft Hurdles

12

tanga sports ® Carrying Handle for Training Hurdles

4 Kübler Sport ® Coordination ladder/hurdle combination 7 LISKI ® Training Hurdle JUMP

Number of rungs: 6, Total length: 210 cm, Height of folded

hurdles: 9 cm, Width unfolded: 66 cm, Width folded: 48

cm, Spacing: approx. 37.5 cm. Includes carrying bag.

Set contents: 1x plastic pole, 1 m length, Ø 25 mm, 2x

plastic cones, 40 cm height, 2x hanging steps. Height

adjustable: 7 levels from 10 to 40 cm.

K16341 p

pcs F1111 p

set

5 tanga sports ® Training Hurdle STAND UP

8 LISKI ® Flexible Rubber Hurdle

F1266 p

Hurdle with stand-up function. Height: 20 or 30 cm Injury-neutral hurdle made of rigid feet and a flexible 11 tanga sports ® Flat Hurdle

(depending on choice), assorted colors.

crossbar. Width: 50 cm, Material: Rubber, Color: Yellow.

F1681 p 20 cm pcs F3774 p 10 cm pcs

F1682 p 30 cm pcs F3775 p 20 cm pcs

F3776 p 30 cm pcs

8

LISKI ® Flexible Rubber Hurdle

11

tanga sports ® Flat Hurdle

9 Trial ® Soft Hurdles

Set contents: 1x hurdle in 10, 20, 30, 40, and 50 cm height,

Material: Polyethylene foam, Ø 48 mm, Width: 70 cm.

L4050 p

set

9

10 tanga sports ® Flexible Mini Training Hurdle

Versatile training tool for running, jumping, sprinting,

and coordination exercises. 5-fold height adjustable:

9.5, 15, 18, 22, or 28 cm. Material: Impact-resistant

plastic. Width: approx. 45 cm.

pcs

Hurdle with low profile in three different sizes. Color:

Neon Yellow, Width: 45 cm.

F12651 p 15 cm pcs

F12652 p 22,50 cm pcs

F12653 p 30 cm pcs

12 tanga sports ® Carrying Handle for Training Hurdles

For 10-12 training hurdles, approximately 6 Hula Hoop

rings, or approximately 10 coordination rings. With Velcro

fastener.

F12741 p

pcs


17

Training Equipment

Coordination Equipment

1

SET

2

SET

3

SET

Kübler Sport ® Set Training Hurdle SCHOOL

Kübler Sport ® Training Hurdle TEAM

Kübler Sport ® Training Hurdle TARGET

1 Kübler Sport ® Set Training Hurdle SCHOOL

For coordination exercises, for training jumping power,

as a goal or for exercises with dribbling. Set includes:

2x marker foot + 3x turning rod + 2x joint. Dimensions

marker foot: Ø 20 cm, Dimensions turning rod: Length:

1.56 m, Thickness: Ø 25 mm.

F1120 p

set

2 Kübler Sport ® Training Hurdle TEAM

Set contents: 2x hole cones + 3x turn bars + 2x joints

with spring pressure. Dimensions hole cones: Height:

37 cm, Number of holes: 13x Ø 25 mm, Dimensions

turn bars: Length: 100 cm, Ø 25 mm. For coordinative

exercises, for training stability, jumping power, and for

exercises involving bouncing or dribbling.

F1505 p blue / yellow set

F15052 p red / blue set

F15050 p Yellow / Red set

F15051 p green / yellow set

3 Kübler Sport ® Training Hurdle TARGET

For coordinative exercises, as hurdles or for training

precision. Set includes: 2x hole cones + 3x turn rods

+ 1x coordination ring + 5x joints with spring pressure.

Dimensions hole cones: Height: 37 cm, Number of holes:

13x Ø 25 mm, Dimensions turn rods: Length: 100

cm, Ø 25 mm, Dimensions coordination ring: Ø 70 cm,

Thickness: approx. 8 mm.

F15060 p blue / yellow set

F15063 p red / blue set

F15061 p Yellow / Red set

F15062 p green / yellow set

4 tanga sports ® Coordination Rings Set of 12

Training aid for explosive strength, motor skills, and

coordination exercises in all sports. Set includes: 4x Ø

40 cm, 4x Ø 50 cm, 4x Ø 68 cm, Thickness: approx. 8

mm, Material: Polyethylene, Colors: 1x Blue, Green, Red,

and Yellow in each size.

F1454 p

pcs

5 tanga sports ® Coordination Rings SMALL

Training aid for explosive power, motor skills, or coordination

exercises. Ø approx. 50 cm, Thickness: Approx.

8 mm, Material: Polyethylene.

F1450-01 p 50 cm blue pcs

F1450-02 p 50 cm red pcs

F1450-03 p 50 cm yellow pcs

F1450-07 p 50 cm green pcs

6 tanga sports ® Coordination Rings MEDIUM

Training aid for explosive power, motor skills, or coordination



F1452-01 p blue pcs

F1452-02 p red pcs



18



4

SET

tanga sports ® Coordination Rings Set of 12

Tanga Sports ® 3 in 1 Joint for Exercise Aid

8

11

Tanga sports ® Joint for Exercise Aid

tanga sports ® Coordination Rings LARGE

7

tanga sports ® Half Ball Paint Foot

9

12

tanga sports ® Plate Base

10

tanga sports ® Plastic Bar for Exercise Aid

13

Tanga Sports ® Bar for Exercise Aid 100 cm

7 tanga sports ® Coordination Rings LARGE

9 tanga sports ® Half Ball Paint Foot

12 tanga sports ® Plate Base

Training aid for explosive strength, motor skills, or coordination



Combining base for versatile use. Ø 20 cm, height: approx.

10 cm, material: plastic, Available colors: yellow or red,

Possible accessories: tires with a round profile Ø 20

Used in conjunction with plastic poles for slalom or

dribbling courses. Ø approx. 22 cm, Weight: approx.

1.2 kg, Accessories: Ø 25 mm pole (e.g. F1122-02).

F1453-01 p blue pcs mm, rods Ø 24-25 mm. Can be filled with dry material

F1453-02 p red pcs for stable positioning.

F10900 p

pcs

F1453-03 p yellow pcs F1410 p

pcs

13



Training equipment for team sports and track and field

10 tanga sports ® Plastic Bar for Exercise Aid

or as a gymnastics baton. Length: 100 cm, Ø 25 mm,

8 Tanga Sports ® 3 in 1 Joint for Exercise Aid Length: 155 cm, Ø 25 mm. With black end plugs. Weight: 120 g, Material: PP.

Important component for building versatile exercise aids. F1122-02 p red pcs F11220-01 p blue pcs

Compatible accessories: rods with Ø 25 mm, tires with F1122-03 p yellow pcs F11220-02 p red pcs

thickness 8 mm, various stands e.g. cone with holes.


With spring pressure.


11

F1520 p

pcs Tanga sports ® Joint for Exercise Aid

Rotating joint for bars or tires with a diameter of 25

mm. Can be twisted freely, allowing for all inclinations.

F15131 p

pcs


19

Training Equipment

Teacher, Coach & Referee Supplies

1 Referee Whistle Fox 40

Material: Plastic, assorted colors. Official

FIFA whistle. 91.3 decibels.

F1210 p

pcs

2 Metal Middle Tone Whistle STANDARD

Affordable model. Material: Metal.

F1201 p

pcs

3 Metal whistle CUP

Loud and high pitch for professional use.

Material: Chrome-plated metal. With flat

mouthpiece.

F1202 p

pcs

4 Whistle

Material: Plastic. Extremely high-pitched

sound.

F1211 p

pcs

5 Wrist Whistle Cord

Material: Nylon, Length: Approx. 25 cm.

Includes carabiner.

F1203 p

pcs

6 Lanyard Whistle Cord

Material: Nylon, Length: 48 cm, Color:

Black. With carabiner.

F1246 p

pcs

7 Electronic Whistle

Hygienic, battery-powered whistle. Length:

14 cm, Ø approx. 4 cm. Total weight (net):

68 g, Required battery type: Button cell.

With long loop for whistle cord.

F13260 p

pcs

9 Liski ® Universal Substitution Board

Easy and fast interchange by quickly

turning over the handy aluminum frame.

Numbers: 1 - 30, Height: Approx. 25 cm,

Color: Yellow/Black.

F1498 p

set

10 Game Note Cards Soccer 50-Piece Set

Preprinted cards according to the requirements

of the online game report with

rounded corners. Quantity: 50 pieces,

Material: cardboard, Weight: 600g, Dimensions:

12 x 8 cm.

F1571 p

8 tanga sports ® Hand whistle

Hygienic alternative to conventional referee

whistles. Material: Skin-friendly PVC, Ø F4002 p

approx. 70 mm, Weight: 75 g. With ring

for attaching to whistle cord.

12 Yellow Card

F12471 p

pcs

pcs

11 Red Card

Dimensions: 12 x 9 cm, rounded edges,

Material: H-PVC, Color: Neon Red. Weatherproof.

pcs

Dimensions: 12 x 9 cm, rounded edges,

Material: H-PVC, Color: Neon Yellow. Weather

resistant.

F4003 p

pcs

13 Liski ® Assistant Referee Flag

Dimensions: Approximately 30 x 40 cm.

Material: Fluorescent fabric, with a lightweight

plastic rod.

F1223 p red pcs

F1222 p yellow pcs

14 Assistant Referee Flag AR with Soft Grip

Dimensions: Approx. 40 x 35 cm, Material:

Fluorescent phosphor, with lightweight

plastic rod and soft grip.

F1225 p red pcs

F1224 p yellow pcs

15 Assistant Referee Flag Set Quadro L

Set contents: 2x two-color flag with protective

cover. Dimensions: 40 x 40 cm,

Rod Material: Plastic with soft-grip, Color:

Orange/Yellow. Includes weight band and

rotating element.

F1413 p

16

set

Powershot ® 2er-Set Line Referee Flags

made from recycled material

Dimensions: 40 x 30 cm, Flag material:

Nylon, Pole material: Aluminum with soft

grip. Includes transport bag.

F2441 p

set

20

1

Referee Whistle Fox 40

5

Wrist Whistle Cord

9

Liski ® Universal Substitution Board

13

2

Metal Middle Tone Whistle STANDARD

6

Lanyard Whistle Cord

10

Game Note Cards Soccer 50-Piece Set

14

3

Metal whistle CUP

7

Electronic Whistle

11

Red Card

15

4

Whistle

8

tanga sports ® Hand whistle

12

Yellow Card

16


Liski ® Assistant Referee Flag

Assistant Referee Flag AR with Soft Grip

Assistant Referee Flag Set Quadro L

Powershot ® 2er-Set Line Referee Flags

made from recycled material

21

Training Equipment

Teacher, Coach & Referee Supplies

1

2

3

4

STOPTEC ® 420 Stopwatch

Hanhart ® Stratos 2 Stopwatch

Hanhart ® Stopstar 2 Stopwatch

Schütt ® Stopwatch Stoptec PC-500

5

6

7

8

Multi Sport Radar

Clipboard

Igloo ® Ice Box Playmate Elite

Igloo ® Cooler Laguna 28 Roller

1 STOPTEC ® 420 Stopwatch

Features: Time, date, alarm and hourly

chime, splash-proof and shock-resistant,

large one-line display, click point

mechanism.

L3832 p

2 Hanhart ® Stratos 2 Stopwatch

LCD display: 7 digits, digit height: 6.5 mm,

display range: 9 hours 59 minutes 59.99

seconds. Size: 66 x 70 x 21 mm, weight:

approximately 62 g. Battery: button cell

SR 54 (included in delivery). Functions:

Start, Stop, Reset, Addition, Split, Dual

Measurement, Neck Cord.

L3189 p

pcs

pcs

3 Hanhart ® Stopstar 2 Stopwatch

LCD display: 7-digit, digit height: 7 mm,

display range: 9 hours 59 minutes 59.99

seconds. Size: 82 x 61 x 28 mm, weight:

approximately 70 g, Battery: included (AA)

1.5 V alkaline battery, Battery life: approximately

2-5 years. Functions: Start, Stop,

Reset, Addition, Split, Dual measurement.

L3188 p

pcs

4 Schütt ® Stopwatch Stoptec PC-500

Stopwatch with a three-line display and

a 500 file memory storage. Dual timer,

recall function for stored times, water

and shock resistant, includes 3V lithium

battery CR2032.

L3830 p

pcs

5 Multi Sport Radar

Versatile ball speed measuring device for

all shooting, throwing, and racket sports.

Display can be set to km/h or mph. Optional

speed announcement via voice function.

Dimensions: 18 x 15 x 12 cm. 5 AA batteries

not included.

D7941 p

6 Clipboard

Material: Plastic, Format: DIN A4.

F1137 p

7 Igloo ® Ice Box Playmate Elite

Capacity: 15.2 liters, Outside dimensions:

40 x 26 x 36 cm, Inside dimensions: 34

x 21.5 x 26 cm, Weight: 1.8 kg, Material:

polyethylene, Cooling capacity: 10 to 24

hours. Environmentally friendly insulation

foam Thermecool Foam. Lid can be

pcs opened on both sides.

D61230 p blue pcs

D61390 p red pcs

8 Igloo ® Cooler Laguna 28 Roller

pcs Capacity: 26 liters, External dimensions:

46 x 34 x 53 cm, Internal dimensions: 38

x 24 x 36 cm, Weight: 5.7 kg, Cooling performance:

Up to two days. Environmentally

friendly insulation foam Thermecool

Foam. Cool Riser Technology ® for improved

cooling performance. Includes wheels,

telescopic handle, and side handles.

D6220-02 p red pcs

22

9

tanga sports ® Team Sports Teaching

Board UNIVERSAL

tanga sports ® Team Sports Teaching

Board UNIVERSAL

Magnetic game field for 10 sports. Includes

magnets: 12x red, 12x yellow, 1x white,

and 1x black. Includes washable pen.

Measurements 32 x 22 cm.

U6586 p

12

10 Kübler Sport ® Basic Sports Teacher Set

Equipment for teachers to lead physical

education classes. Contents: 1x Kübler

Sport ® gym mat bag, 1x tanga sports ®

whistle, 1x STOPTEC ® 420 stopwatch, 1x

tanga sports ® hand tally counter, 1x tanga

sports ® set of 60 mini marker discs, 1x S1001 p

Kübler Sport ® notepad, 1x Kübler Sport ®

ballpoint pen.

S1000 p

set

9

Pure2Improve ® Coach Board

pcs

pcsww

13

10

Powershot ® Electronic Tactical Board

Kübler Sport ® Basic Sports Teacher Set

11 Kübler Sport ® Premium Sports Teacher

Set

Equipment for teachers to conduct

physical education classes.

1x Kübler Sport ® Gym Mat Bag, 1x Fox

40 ® Electronic Whistle, 1x Schütt ®

Stopwatch Stoptec PC-500, 1x tanga

sports ® Hand Counter TALLY MAN, 1x

Kübler Sport ® Sports Tape 3.8 cm x 10

m, 1x Kübler Sport ® Measuring Tape, 1x

Kübler Sport ® Juggling Balls with design,

1x tanga sports ® 60-piece Set of Mini

Marker Discs, 1x Kübler Sport ® Notepad

and Pen, 1x Kübler Sport ® Mug.

SET

14

Kübler Sport ® Magnetic Tactics

Board for Soccer

12 Pure2Improve ® Coach Board

For illustrative tactical discussions from

various sports, double-sided with full field

and target area. Dimensions: 35 x 22 cm,

Material: plastic, Weight: approx. 550 g.

Includes pen and magnets.

F5526 p basketball pcs

13 Powershot ® Electronic Tactical Board

Modern tactical board with integrated pen

and electronic erase function. Dimensions:

29 x 21 cm. Includes spare pen and

spare battery.

F2421 p

pcs

set

11

Kübler Sport ® Premium Sports Teacher Set

14

15

Powershot ® Foldable Tactical Board

Kübler Sport ® Magnetic Tactics Board

for Soccer

Magnetic and erasable board with game

field. Frame material: aluminum, rounded

corners made of plastic. Includes magnets:

11x red, 11x blue, 2x yellow, 1x black.

Includes 2x pen. Includes hanging device.

U6593 p 60 x 45 cm pcs

15 Powershot ® Foldable Tactical Board

Dimensions (LxW): 120 x 60 cm, Dimensions

folded (LxW): 90 x 60 cm, Frame

material: Aluminum, Weight: approximately

4 kg. Includes handle. Accessories included:

25 x magnets (12x Red, 12x Blue, 1x

Black), 1x pen, 1x sponge.

F2423 p

SET

pcs


23

Training Equipment

Ball Accessories

1

Powershot ® Equipment Cart Soccer

- Plenty of storage space

- All-terrain capable

- Made from recycled materials

- Corrosion-resistant structure

2

All in Tonne - Ball Container

3

tanga sports ® Ball Needles, Set of 10

Properly Inflating a Ball

4

• The valve of the ball should

face upward during inflation

so that the bladder inside

can hang freely.

• To protect the valve, apply a

small amount of valve oil to

the needle.

• Insert the needle gently with

a slight twisting motion.

• Inflate the ball until it reaches

the specified air pressure.

tanga sports ® Needle and Patent Nipple

5

tanga sports ® Ball Pump Double Action

6

tanga sports ® Hand Pump

1 Powershot ® Equipment Cart Soccer

2 All in Tonne - Ball Container

5 tanga sports ® Ball Pump Double Action

Spacious ball cart for training and game days with room for other equipment. Dimensions Capacity: 240 liters, e.g. approx. 20 soccer Universal ball pump with double action.

(L x W x H): 127 cm x 43 cm x 44.5 cm, Weight: approx. 10 kg, Material: Polyester balls. Color: Blue. Includes 2 hooks and Material: PP plastic. Includes needle valve.

and Nylon, Capacity: approx. 20-25 size 5 soccer balls, Additional compartments: 2 carabiners for training bibs or cones, Length: 21 cm.

Tactical board on top, side nets and straps, detachable laundry net for training vests. holes for optimal ventilation, and two solid

F2414 p blue pcs rubber wheels.

F8790 p

pcs

F2415 p red pcs F1680-01 l pcs

6

F2413 p black pcs W 13 kg

tanga sports ® Hand Pump

F2413-11 p grey pcs

Color: Black paint, Material: Wooden

3 tanga sports ® Ball Needles, Set of 10 handle. Includes needle nipple and patented

Set contents: 10x hollow needle with rubber

nipple.

ring. Needle size: Ø 2 mm, Thread:

VG5.2, Length: approx. 42 mm.

F1269 p

pcs

F8792 p

set

7 Ball Net

Mesh size: 5 cm. Material: twisted polyethylene,

thickness: 2.5 mm. With carrying

4 tanga sports ® Needle and Patent Nipple

cord.

Replacement set for ball pumps (e.g. D1280 p for 1-3 balls pcs

F1269) and compressors.

D1283 p for 10-12 balls pcs

F12690 p

set D1281 p for 6 balls pcs

D1282 p for 9 balls pcs

24



7

Ball Net

11

Derbystar ® Ball sack for up to 22 balls

15

tanga sports ® Hand Compressor

8 tanga sports ® Ball Net

Material: Tear-resistant nylon, Volume:

e.g. for 10 soccer balls. With drawstring

and stopper.

D1321 p

pcs

9 Kübler Sport ® Tricolored Ball Net XL

Ball net for 13-15 balls (e.g. size 5 soccer

balls). Material: Polypropylene, Thickness:

2.5 mm, Mesh size: 5 cm, Mesh shape:

square, Color: Blue, Yellow, Green. With

carrying cord.

D3232 p

10 Kübler Sport ® Ball Bag SLIM

Capacity: 5 balls with a maximum size of

5, Material: Polyester. With side ventilation

net and adjustable shoulder strap.

D1308 p

8

tanga sports ® Ball Net

12

ERIMA ® Ball sack for 18 balls

16

RBM ® Jumbo-Air MK 110 Electric Ball Pump

RBM ® Jumbo-Air MK 110 Electric Ball

Pump

1-cylinder compressor with plastic housing

strap and cinch closure with stopper.

and carrying handle. Includes 1.20

pcs

D12850 p

pcs m air hose with car lever plug and 2 ball

needles (patent and needle nipple). Without

13 uhlsport ® Ball bag for 16 balls filling gun. Suction capacity: approx. 200

Material: 100% polyester, mesh fabric. liters/min, Max. pressure: approx. 7.5 bar,

Two shoulder straps.

Connection value: 1.1 kW, 220 V/50Hz,

D12860 p

pcs Weight: approx. 12.5 kg. Filling time for

a soccer ball: approx. 9 seconds.

14

pcs Kübler Sport ® Ballbag

Capacity: 12 balls in size 5. Material:

Nylon/PU. Includes carrying strap and

closure cord.

F3466 p

pcs

D1284 p

pcs

16

17

b+d ® Mini-Ball Compressor

11 Derbystar ® Ball sack for up to 22 balls 15 tanga sports ® Hand Compressor

Material: 100% 420-Denier Polyester,

Dimensions: 46 x 130 cm. With side

ventilation mesh and plenty of space for

individual printing.

Air Pressure Gauge: 0 - 10 bar. Includes

pressure tank, flexible hose, and patented

needle adapter for all common types

of balls.

D12870 p

pcs F1243 p

pcs F8786 p

12 ERIMA ® Ball sack for 18 balls

Transport and storage of up to 18 footballs.

Material: 20D nylon/mesh. With shoulder

9

Kübler Sport ® Tricolored Ball Net XL

13

uhlsport ® Ball bag for 16 balls

10

Kübler Sport ® Ball Bag SLIM

14

Kübler Sport ® Ballbag

18

RBM ® Membrane Ball Compressor MK 50

17 b+d ® Mini-Ball Compressor

Plastic housing, complete with pressure

gauge, hose, and nipples. Pump capacity:

5.5 bar, 220/240 V, dimensions: 18 x 12 x

14 cm. Oil-free operation.

pcs

18 RBM ® Membrane Ball Compressor

MK 50

Dimensions: 300 x 170 x 230 mm, Pressure:

Max. 8 bar, Power: 2800 rpm, Suction

capacity: 100 L/min, Connection rating:

0.2 kW, 230 V / 50 Hz, Weight: approx. 5

kg. Includes 1.2 m air hose with patented

and needle nipples.

F1253 p

pcs

25


Softballs

Softballs for Sports & Play

Softballs have become indispensable not

only in gymnasiums but also beyond. They

increase safe playing fun and allow for quick

success experiences. With their soft texture,

they are easy to squeeze and instantly

return to their original shape. This feature

makes softballs appealing for all kinds of

ball games, for both young and old.

Advantages of Softballs

• Versatile applications

• Easy to grip & catch without fear

• Safe for people & surroundings

• Highly engaging appeal

• Durable & hygienic

Open-Pored

Softballs

Page 26/27

Closed-Cell

Softballs

Page 28/29

Softballs with

Elephant Skin

Page 30/31

Inflatable

Softballs

Page 32/33

Property

Untreated Foam

Surface

Coated Surface

Coated Surface

“Elephant Skin”

Rubberized Inner

Bladder and Foam-

Like Surface

Advantages

– Extremely elastic

– No risk of injury

– No danger to windows

or furniture

– Good elasticity

– Low risk of injury

– Hygienic, wipeable

– Medium durability

– Good elasticity

– Low risk of injury


– High durability

– Good grip

– Variable in size

and degree of

hardness


– Very high durability

Fields of

Application

– Kindergarten/

Daycare

– Inclusion

– Therapy

– Senior Sports

– Kindergarten/

Daycare

– School Sports

Indoor

– Leisure Indoor

– School Sports

Indoor

– Club Sports Beginners/Children

– Inclusion

– Therapy

– Senior Sports

– Schoolyards

– School Sports

Indoor & Outdoor

– Club Sports Beginners/Children

– Leisure Indoor &

Outdoor

1

SET

Kübler Sport ® Softball Starter Set School

26

Bounce Behavior

The bounce behavior of the balls varies among

the different types of softballs depending on

weight, size, and material:

Low Bounce

low bounce behavior

Medium Bounce

good bounce behavior

High Bounce

very good bounce behavior

2

SET

Kübler Sport ® Dragonskin ® Rainbow Softball Set

1 Kübler Sport ® Softball Starter Set School

Softballs for throwing and catching games in school

sports. Set includes: 1x D99270 Dragonskin ® softball

for rebound games, Ø 7 cm, 20 g + 1x G4912 tanga

sports ® PU-softball, Ø 12 cm, 80 g + 1x G4909 tanga

sports ® PU-softball, Ø 15 cm, 150 g + 1x G11510 Kübler

Sport ® ProSoft ® handball, Ø 15.5 cm, 220 g + 1x D9935

Dragonskin ® THERMO Ø 16 cm, 90 g + 1x G1161 Kübler

Sport ® softball nature soccer ball Ø 21.5 cm, 360 g.

Includes tanga sports ® bag.

G49000 p

2 Kübler Sport ® Dragonskin ® Rainbow Softball Set

Set contents: Seven different softballs in various sizes,

colors, bounce properties, and coatings as a trial offer

for schools and kindergartens. Sizes: 1x Ø 20 cm, 1x Ø

18 cm, and 1x Ø 7 cm, 4x Ø 16 cm. Colors: 1x Neon red,

orange, yellow, green, neon blue, blue, and violet. Material:

Foam with PU outer skin „Dragonskin“. Includes versions

with the coatings SPIDER (spiderweb structure), THERMO

(color change with heat), and RESIST (extra tear-resistant

version of the Dragonskin outer skin). Made in Europe.

D9960 p

set

set

Open-Pored Softballs

3

VOLLEY ® Ping Pong Softball Set

7

Volley ® Soft Game Ball 150

11

tanga sports ® Soft Soccer Ball

3 VOLLEY ® Ping Pong Softball Set

Quantity: 12 balls

Material: Foam

Diameter: 40 mm

Weight: approx. 2 g.

G4002 p

pcs

4 tanga sports ® Soft Tennis Ball

Material: Foam, Size: Ø 7 cm, Color: Yellow.

G6665 p

pcs

5 tanga sports ® Soft Volleyball

Material: Foam, Size: Ø 20 cm, Weight:

approx. 180 g, Color: Yellow.

G6662 p

pcs

8

Volley ® Soft Training Ball

7 Volley ® Soft Game Ball 150

Ø 15 cm, Weight: approx. 110 g, Color:

Yellow, Material: Foam, open-cell. Made

in Germany.

G4014 p

pcs

8 Volley ® Soft Training Ball

Ø 21 cm, Weight: approx. 295 g, Material:

Open-cell foam. Made in Germany.

G4013 p

4

tanga sports ® Soft Tennis Ball

6 tanga sports ® Soft Gymnastics Ball

Material: Foam, Color: Green (Ø 15 cm,

Weight: 85 g) and Blue (Ø 18 cm, Weight:

140 g).

G6660 p 15 cm pcs

G6661 p 18 cm pcs

pcs

5

tanga sports ® Soft Volleyball

9

Volley ® Soft Volleyball

12

Schildkröt ® Soft Tennis Balls, Set of 3

9 Volley ® Soft Volleyball

Ø 21 cm, Weight: 310 g, Material: Foam,

open-pored. Made in Germany.

G4017 p

pcs

10 Volley ® Soft Gymnastics Ball 180


open-pored.

G4007 p blue pcs

G4005 p red pcs

G4006 p green pcs

6

tanga sports ® Soft Gymnastics Ball

10

Volley ® Soft Gymnastics Ball 180

13

Volley ® Softball Tennis

11 tanga sports ® Soft Soccer Ball

Material: Foam. Weight: 150 g (Ø 15 cm)

or 290 g (Ø 20 cm).

G6663-23 p 15 cm orange pcs

G6664-03 p 20 cm yellow pcs

12 Schildkröt ® Soft Tennis Balls, Set of 3

Dimensions: Ø 7 cm, Material: Foam. For

beginners in all sports with a racket.

D3104 p

set

13 Volley ® Softball Tennis


Color: Yellow. Made in Germany.

G4001 p

pcs


27

Softballs

Closed-Cell Softballs

28



1

tanga sports ® PU Softball

3

tanga sports ® Basketball PU Softball

6

tanga sports ® PU-Soft Football


RAINBOW

Ball size: 3, Ø 18 cm, Weight: 290 g, Material:

Closed-cell PU foam, Design: Colorful

basketball design.

G4919 p

4

tanga sports ® Basketball PU Softball RAINBOW

7

tanga sports ® PU Softball Volleyball

pcs

8

tanga sports ® PU Soft Handball

1 tanga sports ® PU Softball

2 tanga sports ® PU Softball Game Set 5 tanga sports ® PU Softball Test Package

Closed-cell PU foam balls in various sizes. Contents: 6x football in various designs Set contents: 5 softballs in different sizes,

Colors: Red (Ø 9 and 16 cm), Blue (Ø 15 each Ø 10 cm, 3x basketball in various 1x Ø 20 cm White, 1x Ø 9 cm Red, 1x Ø 12

cm), Green (Ø 12 cm), Orange (Ø 18 cm), designs 2x Ø 10 cm and 1x Ø 12 cm, 2x cm Green, 1x Ø 15 cm Blue, 1x Ø 20 cm

Yellow (Ø 20 cm).

volleyball in various designs each Ø 10 Yellow. Material: PU.

G4911 p 9 cm pcs cm, 1x football. Includes drawstring bag. G4917 p

set

G4912 p 12 cm pcs G4926 p

set

6

G4909 p 15 cm pcs

tanga sports ® PU-Soft Football

3

G4913 p 16 cm pcs tanga sports ® Basketball PU Softball Ø 20 cm, Weight: approx. 295 g, Material:

PU foam. Design: Two-tone soccer

G49138 p 18 cm pcs Ball size: 3, Ø 18 cm, Weight: 290 g,

G4914 p 20 cm pcs Material: Closed-cell PU foam, Design: ball design.

Basketball design.

G49150 p yellow pcs

G4918 p

pcs G4915 p white pcs

4

G49151 p orange pcs

2

tanga sports ® PU Softball Game Set

5

SET

tanga sports ® PU Softball Test Package

7 tanga sports ® PU Softball Volleyball

Ø 20 cm, Weight: 290 g, Material: PU, Design:

Volleyball, Color: Red / Yellow / White.

G4920 p

pcs

8 tanga sports ® PU Soft Handball

Weight: 135 g (Ø 14 cm) and 160 g (Ø 16

cm), Material: Closed-cell PU foam, Design:

Handball design.

G49260 p 14 cm pcs

G49261 p 16 cm pcs


29

Softballs

Elephant Skin Softballs

1

Kübler Sport ® Dragonskin ®

SPIDER BALL Softball Set

2

Kübler Sport ® Dragonskin ® Softball NEON

5

Kübler Sport ® Dragonskin ® SOFTI

4

6

7

NEW

Kübler Sport ® Dragonskin ® Softball THERMO

Volley ® Softball SOFTI

Kübler Sport ® Dragonskin ® Softball

for rebound games

1 Kübler Sport ® Dragonskin ® SPIDER

BALL Softball Set

Softballs with special tactile properties for

therapy, gymnastics, and school sports.

Set includes: 6x Ø 16 cm softballs in 6

different colors, Weight: approx. 80 g per

ball, Material: Foam with PU outer skin

„Dragonskin“. Made in Europe.

D9928 p

set

2 Kübler Sport ® Dragonskin ® Softball NEON

Ideal for throwing and catching games at

school. Material: Foam with „Dragonskin“

PU coating.

D9927 p 9 cm pcs

D9922 p 12 cm pcs

D9923 p 16 cm pcs

D9924 p 18 cm pcs

D9925 p 21 cm pcs

3


NEON Set

Softballs in a set. Ideal for throwing and

catching games in school. Material: Foam

with „Dragonskin“ PU coating. Set includes:

1x Ø 21 cm Neon Yellow, 1x Ø 18 cm

Neon Blue, 1x Ø 16 cm Neon Green, 1x Ø

12 cm Neon Orange. 5-piece set including

1x Ø 9 cm Purple.

D9926 p 4 pcs set set


4


THERMO

Under the special heat-sensitive coating,

which changes color when in contact with

heat, neon colors appear. Dimensions: Ø

16 cm, Weight: 90 g, Material: foam with

PU coating. Assorted colors.

D9935 p single set

D9933 p 6 balls set

5 Kübler Sport ® Dragonskin ® SOFTI 7

Ideal for children and beginners due to its

low weight and reduced bounce behavior.

Ø 16 cm, Weight: 80 g, Material: Foam with

PU coating. Made in Europe.

D9937 p blue pcs D99270 p

D9936 p red pcs

D9938 p yellow pcs

D9939 p green pcs

6 Volley ® Softball SOFTI

Low bounce. Ideal for beginners and throwing

games in sports classes. Dimensions:

Ø 16 cm, Weight: 65 g, Material: PUR soft

foam, Coating: PU elephant skin. Made

G4032 p

in Germany.

G4024 p blue pcs

G4025 p red pcs

G4027 p yellow pcs

G4026 p green pcs

G4036 p purple pcs

G4059 p orange pcs

Kübler Sport ® Dragonskin ® Softball for

rebound games

Ø 7 cm, Weight: 20 g, Color: Neon Red,

Material: Foam with PU outer skin „Dragonskin“.

Made in Europe.

pcs

8 Volley ® Soft Mini Handball

Especially suitable for beginners and for

throwing practice in physical education

classes. Diameter: 16 cm, Weight: approx.

150 g, Material: PUR soft foam, Coating: PU

elephant skin. Made in Germany.

pcs

9 Kübler Sport ® Dragonskin ® Handball

MINI

Ø 16 cm, Weight: 160 g, Material: Foam

with PU coating, Color: White.

D9944 p

pcs

30



8

Volley ® Soft Mini Handball

12

Volley ® Soft Volleyball

16

NEW

Kübler Sport ® Dragonskin ® Softball RESIST

10 Volley ® Softball SPECIAL

Ø 21 cm, Weight: approx. 220 g, Material:

Foam core and elephant skin PU coating,

Made in Germany.

G4030 p

pcs G4029 p

11 Kübler Sport ® Dragonskin ® Softball

SPECIAL

Ø 21 cm, Weight: 230 g, Material: Foam

with PU coating, Color: White. Made in

Europe.

D9945 p

pcs

12 Volley ® Soft Volleyball

Softball for beginners of the sport of volleyball.

Material: Foam with PU coating, Ø 21

cm, Weight: approx. 325 g, Color: White.

Made in Germany.

G4031 p

pcs

9

Kübler Sport ® Dragonskin ® Handball MINI

17

Kübler Sport ® Dragonskin ® Softball METALLIC

14 Volley ® Playball

Diameter: 16 cm, Weight: approx. 100

g, Material: PUR soft foam, Coating: PU

elephant skin. Made in Germany.

G4028 p

13

Volley ® Allround Ball

NEW

13 Volley ® Allround Ball

ø 18 cm, Weight: approx. 145 g, Material:

Foam with elephant skin coating. Made

in Germany.

pcs

pcs

15 Volley ® Super Softball

Weight: 14 g (Ø 70 mm) or 24 g (Ø 90 mm).

Material: Foam with PU coating. Available

colors: blue, yellow, green, orange, red,

and violet. Made in Germany.

G4022 p 7 cm pcs

G4023 p 9 cm pcs

16

17

10

Volley ® Softball SPECIAL

14

18

Volley ® Playball

Volley ® Mini-Football


RESIST

Softball with extra tear-resistant outer

shell. Ø 16 cm: Purple, 100 g, Ø 18 cm:

Pink, 130 g, Material: Foam and PU outer

skin „Dragonskin Resist“.

D9951 p 16 cm pcs

D9952 p 18 cm pcs


METALLIC

Softball with excellent bounce behavior

available in the three colors of Olympic

medals. Material: Foam with PU outer

skin „Dragonskin“. Ø 12 cm: Bronze, 45

g. Ø 16 cm: Silver, 100 g. Ø 18 cm: Gold,

130 g. Made in Europe.

D9946 p 12 cm pcs

D9947 p 16 cm pcs

D9948 p 18 cm pcs

11

Kübler Sport ® Dragonskin ® Softball SPECIAL

15

Volley ® Super Softball

19

Kübler Sport ® Dragonskin ® PU Softball

18 Volley ® Mini-Football

Ø 13 cm, Length: 20 cm, Weight: approx.

130 g, Material: Foam core and elephant

skin PU coating. Made in Germany.

D9919 p

pcs

19 Kübler Sport ® Dragonskin ® PU Softball

Softball with patterns of various sports.

Weight: Approx. 315 - 330 g, Material:

Foam with PU coating. Made in Europe.

D9932 p basketball pcs

D9930 p soccer pcs

D9931 p volleyball pcs

D9920 p american football pcs


31

Softballs

Inflatable Softballs

1

SET

2

NEW

3

Kübler Sport ® ProSoft ® Ball Mix

tanga sports ® Rainbow Color Ball

Trial ® Softball Set for Visual Perception

1 Kübler Sport ® ProSoft ® Ball Mix

3 Trial ® Softball Set for Visual Perception

Contents: 3x Handball Ø 14.5 cm, 15.5 cm,

and 16.5 cm, 3x Basketball Ø 20 cm, 22

cm, and 24 cm, 1x Football Ø 22 cm, 1x

Ø 16 cm, weight per ball: 110 g, colors:

1x yellow, blue, green, red, orange, and

violet each.

Volleyball Ø 21 cm. With rubberized inner

bladder and needle valve. Made in Europe.

H6021 p

set

G1170 p

set

4 Kübler Sport ® ProSoft ® Soccer

Ø approximately 22 cm, Weight: approximately

360 g, Color: Blue, Construction:

With needle valve, rubberized inner bladder

and foam-like outer skin. Made in Europe.

G1160 p size 5 pcs

2 tanga sports ® Rainbow Color Ball

Play ball for children with a high level

of appeal. Ø approx. 20.3 cm, weight:

160 g, color: Multicolored with gradient.

With valve.

G49160 p

pcs

5 Kübler Sport ® Pro Soft ® Handball 6 Kübler Sport ® ProSoft ® Volleyball

Methodical handball for youth with a particularly

soft surface. Material: PVC cover,

outer skin made of PU foam, Colors: Pink

(Size 0, Ø 14.5 cm, 190 g), Light Green

(Size 1, Ø 15.5 cm, 220 g), and Turquoise

Lightweight methodical volleyball with a

grippy surface. Ø approx. 21 cm, Weight:

approx. 215 g, Construction: With needle

valve, rubberized inner bladder, and foamlike

outer skin. Made in Europe.

(Size 2, Ø 16.5 cm, 290 g).

G1155 p size 5 pcs

G11520 p size 2 pcs

G11510 p size 1 pcs

7 Kübler Sport ® ProSoft ® Basketball

G11500 p size 0 pcs

Diameter: 20 cm, 22 cm, 24 cm

Weight: 410 g, 540 g, 620 g,

Material: PVC cover, PU foam. Color:

Orange. Intended use: Indoor

Ball type: Leisure ball.

G1165 p 20 cm pcs

G1166 p 22 cm pcs

G1167 p 24 cm pcs

32



4

Kübler Sport ® ProSoft ® Soccer

8

Trial ® Soccer ULTIMA SOFT

12

Trial ® Airball SUPERSOFT

8 Trial ® Soccer ULTIMA SOFT

Perfect ball for learning the sport of soccer.

Material: plastic, Construction: 3-ply,

with valve.

F6008 p 280 g size 3 pcs



9 Trial ® Handball ULTIMA SOFT

Perfect ball for learning the sport of handball.

Material: plastic, Construction: 3-ply,

with valve.

H6011 p 13,30 cm pcs

H6012 p 15 cm pcs

H6013 p 16 cm pcs

H6014 p 16,50 cm pcs

5

Kübler Sport ® Pro Soft ® Handball

9

Trial ® Handball ULTIMA SOFT

13

Original YumYum-Ball

10 Trial ® Volleyball ULTIMA SOFT

Perfect ball for learning the sport of volleyball.

Material: Plastic, Construction:

3-ply, with valve.

V1329 p 220 g pcs

V1330 p 270 g pcs

11 Trial ® Basketball ULTIMA SOFT

Ball size: 5, 7, Diameter: 22 cm, 24 cm,

Weight: 410 g, 620 g, Material: Rubber,

Color: orange, yellow, Usage area: Indoor,

Ball Type: Training ball.

B6009 p 410 g size 5 pcs


6

Kübler Sport ® ProSoft ® Volleyball

10

Trial ® Volleyball ULTIMA SOFT

14

Trial ® Street Soccer Ball

12 Trial ® Airball SUPERSOFT

Super soft all-rounder ball for versatile

use in kindergartens, schools, and sports

clubs. Color: Pink. Made in Europe.

G8635 p 12 cm pcs

G8636 p 18 cm pcs

G8637 p 24 cm pcs

13 Original YumYum-Ball

Special ball with less bounce and reduced

rolling speed. Ø 20 cm, Weight: 300

g, Material: Special plastic with carcass

construction, Color: Orange.

G8700 p

pcs

7

Kübler Sport ® ProSoft ® Basketball

11

Trial ® Basketball ULTIMA SOFT

15

Trial ® Reaction Ball WOPPER

14 Trial ® Street Soccer Ball

Street football, ideal for school courtyards.

Ball size: 5, Ø approximately 22 cm, weight:

approximately 380 g. Material: rubber,

color: gold.

F6013 p size 5 pcs

15 Trial ® Reaction Ball WOPPER

Ideal for reaction training in soccer, handball,

basketball, and volleyball. Material:

rubber-synthetic. With needle valve.

F6015 p 20 cm pcs

F6016 p 21 cm pcs

F6017 p 24 cm pcs


33

Ball Games

1

from 189.-

2

from 179.-

409.-

3

Omnikin ® KIN-BALL ® Outdoor Ball

OMNIKIN ® Official KIN-BALL ®

OMNIKIN ® Multicolor Ball

1 Omnikin ® KIN-BALL ® Outdoor Ball

Material Surface: 100% nylon (reinforced for outdoor use),

Application area: Grass and sand. Not suitable for asphalt.

S7185 p 84 cm pcs

S7186 p 102 cm pcs

2 OMNIKIN ® Official KIN-BALL ®

The original KIN-BALL ® for competition, school sports,

or leisure. Ø 122 cm, Weight: approx. 1 kg, Material:

Latex bladder and nylon cover.

S7182-04 p black pcs

S7182-11 p grey pcs

S7182-12 p pink pcs

3 OMNIKIN ® Multicolor Ball

For group games with teamwork, coordination, strength,

and speed. Weight: 600 - 900 g, Surface material: 100%

nylon, Bladder material: latex (2 included in the delivery).

S7180 p 84 cm pcs

S7181 p 100 cm pcs

4 FooBaSkill ® Set

Combination of the sports of soccer and basketball. Set

contents: 2x FooBASkill ® Goal + 3x FooBaSkill ® Ball,

Total weight: 13.5 kg, Ball construction: Hand-sewn, 8x

basketball panels (rough texture) and 12x soccer panels

(smooth texture), Ball materials: PU, natural rubber,

Goal materials: Aluminium. Includes 1.5 kg removable

counterweights per goal. Includes 6 rubber bands for

securing the goals.

F3000 y size 5 set

F3001 y size 4 set

5 Volley ® Dodgeball

Ø 16 cm, Weight: approx. 105 g, Material: Open-cell PUR

soft foam, Coating: PU elephant skin. Made in Germany.

Ideal for school sports such as dodgeball.

G4088 p

pcs

6 Molten ® Dodgeball

Ø approx. 20 cm, Weight: approx. 310 g, Material: Rubber.

D7924 p blue pcs

D7925 p red pcs

D7926 p yellow pcs

34



4

FooBaSkill ® Set

7

SET

Trial ® Dodgeball

11

Handi Life ® Blind Football

7 Trial ® Dodgeball

Suitable for dodgeball games in school.

Ø 16 cm, weight: 210 g. Material: PU,

latex-free. With valve.

H6020 p

pcs

8 Sportastic ® Fistball PUNCH Hybrid

White

Indoor and outdoor fistball in various

weight classes. Circumference: 66.5 cm,

Material: Korean PU, Construction: Hybrid

Technology, combination of glued and stitched

seams, 12 panels. Base color: White.

D2930 p 250 g pcs

D2931 p 300 g pcs

D2932 p 330 g pcs

D2933 p 350 g pcs

8

Sportastic ® Fistball PUNCH Hybrid White

12

Megaform ® Wheelchair Football

9 Kübler Sport ® Tchoukball

Ball specially developed for Tchoukball,

but also suitable for other sports such as

handball. Ø 17.5 cm, weight: approx. 350

g, Material: PU, Color: Blue.

H1006 p size 2 pcs

10 Competition Basketball

Material: Chromed leather, 32 pieces, Ø

approx. 19 cm, Weight: approx. 400 g.

D1490 p

pcs

5

Volley ® Dodgeball

9

Kübler Sport ® Tchoukball

13

WV ® Glockenball

6

Molten ® Dodgeball

10

Competition Basketball

14

TOGU ® Slow Motion Ball

11 Handi Life ® Blind Football

13 WV ® Glockenball

Official football for blind football (B1 - 5-aside)

with fine rattles. Size: 3, circumference:

60 - 62 cm, weight: 510 - 540 g,

Suitable ball for blind sports. Size: 6 inch

(approx. 16 cm Ø), Weight: approx. 340

g, Material: Rubber.

material: synthetic leather. IBSA standards. G4105 p blue pcs

F1473 p

pcs G4106 p red pcs

12 Megaform ® Wheelchair Football

G4107 p yellow pcs

Diameter: 33 cm, Weight: approx. 900 14 TOGU ® Slow Motion Ball

g, Material: Polyester with PVC coating. Durable ball with slow flight behavior.

F1476 p

pcs Material: Ruton, available in assorted

colors of red or blue. Dimensions: Ø 35

cm, Weight: 300 g.

G1605 p

pcs


35

Teamsport

In team sports, players act as a unit, with shared success taking precedence over individual skills.

Not only physical fitness but also mental strength, coordination, and teamwork are promoted.

Moreover, team sports teach valuable lessons in fairness, cooperation, and perseverance – skills

that are invaluable both in sports and in life.

Content

Soccer 38

School & Methodical Soccer Balls 38

Light Soccer Balls 40

Training & Match Soccer Balls 42

Futsal & Indoor Soccer 44


Soccer Goal Guide 50

Soccer Goals 52

Soccer Goals Mobile 54

Soccer Goal Nets Full-Size Goals 58

Youth Soccer Goals Mobile 60

Youth Soccer Goals w. Ground Sockets 62

Soccer Goal Nets Youth Goals 64

New Game Formats in Children’s Soccer 66

Mini Soccer Goals 68

Mini Soccer Goals & Street Soccer Goals 70

Field Maintenance & Pitch Markings 72

Boundary Poles & Corner Flags 74

Player Cabins 76

Ball Catch Fences & Nets . . . . . . . . . . 78

Grandstands & Barrier Systems 80

Floodlight Systems 82

Mobile Floodlight Systems 83

Stationary Floodlight Systems 85

Scoreboards 86

Mini Pitches & Soccer Courts 88

Soccer Courts with Artificial Turf 96

Handball 98

Methodical Handballs . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

Training & Match Handballs 100

Training Equipment & Accessories 102

Handball Goals 104

Handball Goal Accessories 106

Volleyball 110

Training & Match Volleyballs 110

School & Training Volleyballs 112

Methodical Volleyballs & Accessories 114

Volleyball Posts 116

Multi-Game Posts & Wall Play Rails 118

Volleyball Nets & Accessories 121

Post & Net Storage 122


Beach Volleyball 126

Beach Volleyballs 126

Beach Volleyball Posts 128

Beach Volleyball Nets 132

Beach Volleyball Net Systems 134

Basketball 136

Indoor Basketballs 136

Outdoor Basketballs 138

Methodical Basketballs 140

Height-Adjustable Basketball Systems 142

Indoor Basketball Systems 144

Basketball Backboards 146

Basketball Hoops & Nets 148

Outdoor Basketball Systems 150

3x3 Basketball & Bergo® Courts 153

Training Equipment & Accessories 154

Floorball 156

Hockey 158

American Football & Rugby 160

Baseball 162

36

37


Soccer

School & Methodical Soccer Balls

1

2

Kübler Sport ® ProSoft ® Soccer

Trial ® Soccer ULTIMA SOFT

3

4

5

6

Trial ® Street Soccer Ball

Trial ® TRILO Kids Football

Molten ® Soccer SOFT TOUCH

Mikasa ® Softball SF4 Junior YBL

1 Kübler Sport ® ProSoft ® Soccer

Ø approximately 22 cm, Weight: approximately 360 g,

Color: Blue, Construction: With needle valve, rubberized

inner bladder and foam-like outer skin. Made in Europe.

G1160 p size 5 pcs

2 Trial ® Soccer ULTIMA SOFT

Perfect ball for learning the sport of soccer. Material:

plastic, Construction: 3-ply, with valve.




3 Trial ® Street Soccer Ball

Street football, ideal for school courtyards. Ball size: 5,

Ø approximately 22 cm, weight: approximately 380 g.

Material: rubber, color: gold.

F6013 p size 5 pcs

4 Trial ® TRILO Kids Football

Introduction to Method Football. Ø 20.5 cm, Weight: 370

g, Material: Rubber, Two Layers.


F6014-05 p white pcs

F6014 p turquoise pcs

5 Molten ® Soccer SOFT TOUCH

Rubber ball for play and leisure with good bounce. Size:

Ø 19 cm, Weight: 240 g, Material: Rubber blend.

F9900 p

pcs

6 Mikasa ® Softball SF4 Junior YBL

Ball size: 4, Ø approx. 21 cm, Weight: 170 - 190 g,

Material: EVA foam.

G49230 p size 4 pcs

38



7

Samba ® Fairtrade Football IMPACT

10

Molten ® Soccer PF-540

13

Molten ® Training Ball F3A3400-G

7 Samba ® Fairtrade Football IMPACT

Game and training soccer ball. Material: PU, Ball bladder

material: Latex.

F2800 p size 5 pcs

F2801 p size 4 pcs

8 Kübler Sport ® Soccer Savings Set SCHOOL

Quantity: 12x Kübler Sport ® Soccer SCHOOL and 1x

Kübler Sport ® Ball Bag for 10 - 12 balls, 1x tanga sports ®

Ball Pump with ten valve needles. Ball size: 5, Material

balls: PU, Processing of balls: Hand-sewn, 32 panels.

F1366 p size 5 set

9 Kübler Sport ® Football Savings Set DURO

Scope: 12x Kübler Sport ® Soccer Ball DURO, 1x Kübler

Sport ® Ball Bag for 10 - 12 balls, 1x tanga sports ® Ball

Pump with ten valve needles. Ball size: 5, Material balls:

PU, Ball processing: Hand-sewn, 32 panels.

F1399 p size 5 set

8

11

Kübler Sport ® Soccer SCHOOL

14

SET

Kübler Sport ® Soccer Savings Set SCHOOL

Molten ® Soccer SCHOOL TRAINER FN-ST

10 Molten ® Soccer PF-540

Material: Synthetic leather (PVC), Construction: Handstitched,

32 panels.

F9906 p size 5 pcs

F9907 p size 4 pcs

11 Kübler Sport ® Soccer SCHOOL

All-weather leisure and training football. Ball size: 5, Construction:

Hand-sewn, 32 panels. Official size and weight.

F1369 p size 5 pcs

12 Kübler Sport ® Soccer BALL DURO

Training Football. Ball size: 5, Material: PU with 4-fold

polyester coating. Construction: Hand-sewn, 32 pieces.

Official size and weight.

F1388 p size 5 pcs

9

Kübler Sport ® Football Savings Set DURO

12

15

SET

Kübler Sport ® Soccer BALL DURO

Samba ® Fairtrade Schoolyard Soccer FREESTYLE

13 Molten ® Training Ball F3A3400-G

Size: 3, Weight: approx. 300 g, Material: PU, Processing:

Combination of adhesive and stitching technology.

F9956 p size 3 pcs

14 Molten ® Soccer SCHOOL TRAINER FN-ST

Training ball for beginners recommended by the German

School Sports Foundation. Material: PVC, Manufacturing:

Hand-sewn, 32-panel construction, Recommended air

pressure: 0.6-0.8 bar.

F15281 p size 5 pcs

F15291 p size 4 pcs

15 Samba ® Fairtrade Schoolyard Soccer FREESTYLE

Street-ready soccer ball in tire tread design. Ball size:

5, Ø 21.9 cm, Weight: 410 - 450 g, Material: Rubber

with Nylex reinforcement, Ball bladder material: Latex.

F2805 p size 5 pcs


39

Soccer

Überschrift

Packages & Light Soccer Balls

Ball Sizes and Weights in Youth Soccer

Youth Team Size Weight

from U15 (C-Youth) 5 420 g

U13 (D-Youth) Light 5 350 g

U11 (E-Youth) Light 4 290 g / 350 g

U9 (F-Youth) and

U7 (G-Youth / Bambini)

Light 3

290 g

1

SET 2 SET 3 SET

4

ERIMA ® XXL Set 18 Balls SENZOR-STAR Lite 290

Erima ® XXL Set 18 Balls SENZOR-STAR LITE 350 uhlsport ® 16-Piece Training Set Football Pro Synergy

Samba ® Fairtrade Football Lightball THUNDER

1 ERIMA ® XXL Set 18 Balls SENZOR-STAR Lite 290

Scope: 1x Erima ® ball bag + 18x SENZOR-STAR LITE

290. Weight per ball: 290 g, Material of the balls: PU

with 3D function, Processing of the balls: RESIST-Digital

Technology, internal seams, ABS valve and latex bladder.

2 Erima ® XXL Set 18 Balls SENZOR-STAR LITE 350

Scope: 1x Erima ® ball bag + 18x Erima ® SENZOR-STAR

LITE 350. Ball size: 5, weight per ball: 350 g, material of

the balls: PU with 3D function, processing of the balls:

RESIST-Digital technology, internal seams, ABS valve

and latex bladder.

F17574 p size 5 set

3 uhlsport ® 16-Piece Training Set Football Pro Synergy

Game and training ball with proven Synergy technology

in a set (16 balls + Uhlsport ® ball bag) or individually.

Material of the balls: Polyurethane with additional foam

layer, Construction of the balls: 32 panel construction, High

Air Retention bladder. Size 4 and 5 FIFA BASIC certified.

F9970 p single size 5 pcs



4 Samba ® Fairtrade Football Lightball THUNDER

Weight: Reduced to 300 g, Material: PU, Latex bladder.

Ideal for artificial turf.

F2802 p size 4 pcs

F2803 p size 3 pcs

5 ERIMA ® Football HYBRID LITE 290

Training ball for youth soccer. Weight: Reduced to 290 g,

Material: 100% polyurethane with 3D structure, Processing:

Hybrid technology, glued and stitched, Construction:

Carbon-latex bladder, ABS valve.

F17598 p size 5 pcs

F17601 p size 4 pcs

6 Kübler Sport ® Light Soccer RED 290

Ball size: 3, Weight: Reduced to 290 g, Material: Double

PU coating, Construction: Double PU coating and Butyl

bladder, Age recommendation: Bambini & F-Youth (5

to 9 years).

F1710 p size 3 pcs

7 ERIMA ® soccer ball HYBRID LITE 350

Recreational and training soccer ball with reduced weight.

Material: PU surface, 3D structure. Features: ABS valve,

carbon-latex bladder, hybrid technology. Weight: 350 g.

F17575 p size 5 pcs

F17581 p size 4 pcs

40

9

Derbystar ® Football Stratos Light 350

8 Kübler Sport ® Light Football BLUE 350

Size: 4, Weight: Reduced to approximately 350 g, Material:

Double PU coating and Butyl bladder, Age recommendation:

E & F youth (9 to 12 years old).

F1709 p size 4 pcs

9 Derbystar ® Football Stratos Light 350

Material: PU, matte with textured surface, Processing:

Machine stitched, Butyl bladder. Age recommendation:

E and D youth.

F17764 p size 5 pcs

F17763 p size 4 pcs

10

Derbystar ® Football Stratos S-Light 290

5

ERIMA ® Football HYBRID LITE 290

13

Derbystar ® Football BUNDESLIGA Brillant REPLICA

S-LIGHT 2024/25

Lightball in the design of the official match ball of the

Bundesliga season 2024/25. Ball size: 4, Weight: Reduced

to 290 g, Material: PU, Construction: Dual Bonded, sewn

and glued, Ball bladder: SR bladder, Age recommendation:

Bambini, F and E youth.

F17242 p size 4 pcs

6

Kübler Sport ® Light Soccer RED 290

10

14

ERIMA ® Football SENZOR-STAR Lite 290

Derbystar ® Football Brillant DB Light

ERIMA ® Soccer SENZOR-STAR Lite 350

11 Derbystar ® Football Brillant DB Light

Training ball for youth sector specifically for E and D

youth. Weight: 350 g, Material: 100% PU, Dual Bonded:

Stitched and Glued. Special casing.

F15442 p size 5 pcs

F15443 p size 4 pcs

12

NEW

Derbystar ® Football BUNDESLIGA

Brillant REPLICA S-LIGHT 2024/25

ERIMA ® soccer ball HYBRID LITE 350

Derbystar ® Soccer BALL BUNDESLIGA Brillant REPLICA

LIGHT 2024/25

Lightball in the design of the official match ball of the

Bundesliga season 2024/25. Ball size: 5, Weight: Reduced

to 350 g, Material: PU, Construction: Dual Bonded, stitched

and glued, Ball bladder: SR bladder, Recommended age:

E and D youth.

F17232 p size 5 pcs

13 Derbystar ® Football Stratos S-Light 290

Material: PU, matt with textured surface, Processing:

Machine-sewn, SR bladder, Recommended age: E-,

D-youth and Bambini

F17767 p size 5 pcs

F17766 p size 4 pcs

F17765 p size 3 pcs

7

11

15

8

Kübler Sport ® Light Football BLUE 350

12

NEW

Derbystar ® Soccer BALL BUNDESLIGA

Brillant REPLICA LIGHT 2024/25

Molten ® Soccer Ball F5N1710

14 ERIMA ® Football SENZOR-STAR Lite 290

Weight-reduced training ball. Material: PU with 3D function,

ball bladder: latex, processing: internal seams,

RESIST Digital Technology, ABS valve, weight: 290 g.

15 ERIMA ® Soccer SENZOR-STAR Lite 350

Training ball with reduced weight. Size: 5, Material: PU

with 3D function, Processing: RESIST-Digital Technology,

internal seams.

F17573 p size 5 pcs

16 Molten ® Soccer Ball F5N1710

Training ball. Material: PU/PVC, Construction: Hand-sewn,

32 panel design, Ball bladder material: Latex.

F99590 p size 5 pcs

F99591 p size 4 pcs

16

41


Soccer

Training & Match Soccer Balls

Proper Ball Storage

Dry the balls thoroughly before storing; never

dry damp/wet balls directly on a heat source.

Storage Requirements:

• Protected from sunlight and kept cool

(approx. 15 °C), no extreme temperature

fluctuations

• Dry and well-ventilated

1

2

3

Adidas ® Soccer Tiro League TSBE

Derbystar ® Soccer Ball APUS TT DB

Uhlsport ® Football ATTACK ADDGLUE

4

SET 5 SET 6 SET

Adidas ® Ball Set TIRO

uhlsport ® 16-piece Training Set ATTACK ADDGLUE

Derbystar ® XXL Training Set 20 Soccer Balls APUS TT DB

1 Adidas ® Soccer Tiro League TSBE

Match and training ball. Ball size: 5, Material: 100%

TPU, Manufacturing: Thermal bonding, seamless, Butyl

bladder. FIFA QUALITY certified.

F99650 p size 5 pcs

2 Derbystar ® Soccer Ball APUS TT DB

Training ball in various club colors. Ball size: 5, Material:

High-tech PU, shiny with golf ball structure, Processing:

Hand-sewn, Butyl bladder. FIFA BASIC certified.


F17712-02 p red pcs




42

3 Uhlsport ® Football ATTACK ADDGLUE

Match and training ball. Material: PU, double foam layer,

Construction: 24 panels, High-Air Retention bladder with

tight thread netting. FIFA Basic certified.

F99450 p size 5 pcs

4 Adidas ® Ball Set TIRO

Quantity: 10x Adidas ® TIRO Competition, Ball size: 5,

Type: Training ball, Material: 100% PU, Construction:

Thermally bonded, FIFA Quality Pro + 1x Adidas ® TIRO

Pro, Ball size: 5, Type: Match ball, Material: 100% PU,

Construction: Thermally bonded, FIFA Quality Pro + 1x

D1284 Kübler Sport ® Ballbag for up to 12 soccer balls,

Material: Nylon/PU.

F99670 p size 5 set

5 uhlsport ® 16-piece Training Set ATTACK ADDGLUE

Package includes: 16x uhlsport ® ATTACK ADDGLUE

soccer balls + 1x uhlsport ® ball bag. Ball size: Size 5,

Material of the balls: PU, double foam lamination, Ball

construction: 24 panels, High-Air Retention bladder, tight

thread net. FIFA Basic certified.

F99451 p size 5 set

6 Derbystar ® XXL Training Set 20 Soccer Balls APUS TT DB

Set contents: 20x Derbystar ® Apus TT DB balls + 1x

Derbystar ® Ball sack. Ball size: 5, Ball material: Hightech

PU, glossy with golf ball structure, Manufacturing:

Hand-stitched, Butyl bladder. FIFA-BASIC certified.

Includes Derbystar ® Ball sack 46 x 130 cm made of

100% 420D polyester.

F17713-01 p blue set

7 Molten ® Football F5A4900

Top match ball with ACENTEC technology. Material: PU,

Construction: Bonded seamless surface. FIFA QUALITY

PRO certified.

F9950 p size 5 pcs

8 Adidas ® Football Tiro PRO

Type: Game ball, Ball size: 5, Material: 100% PU, Production:

Thermally glued, seamless, Butyl bladder. FIFA

QUALITY PRO certified.

F99660 p size 5 pcs

13

Erima ® Football HYBRID TRAINING

7 8

9 NEW

Molten ® Football F5A4900

10

Derby Star ® Soccer Ball Brillant TT

10 Derby Star ® Soccer Ball Brillant TT

Training soccer ball in size 5. Weight: 410 - 450 g, Material:

PU, Production: Hand-stitched, 32 panel construction, Ball

bladder: Zero-wing bladder, Natural latex. FIFA Basic Seal.

F17691 p size 5 pcs 40.95

14

Derbystar ® Football BRILLANT TT Classic

Samba ® Fairtrade Soccer Match Ball SUPER NOVA

Erima ® Soccer SENZOR-STAR Training

13 Erima ® Football HYBRID TRAINING

Ball size: 5, Material: PU with 3D structure, Weight:

approx. 430 g, Processing: Innovative hybrid technology

- glued and hand-sewn, ABS valve, Carbon-latex 16

bladder with 8 wings.

F1737 p size 5 pcs 39.95

14 Derbystar ® Football BRILLANT TT Classic

Top training ball. Material: High-tech PU, shiny with 3D

effect. Processing: Hand-sewn, 32 panels, Zero-Wing

bladder, Double-Lock valve, special coating. FIFA Basic

certified.

F1546 p size 5 pcs 39.95

15

Derbystar ® Soccer Bundesliga Brillant

APS match ball Season 2025/26

12

Derbystar ® Football Planet APS

16

Derbystar ® BRILLANT Replica BUN-

DESLIGA Season 2025/26

9 Derbystar ® Soccer Bundesliga Brillant APS match 12 Derbystar ® Football Planet APS

15 Erima ® Soccer SENZOR-STAR Training

ball Season 2025/26

Official match ball of the Bundesliga and 2nd Bundesliga

season 2025/26. Ball size: 5, Material: High-tech PU

Ball size: 5, Upper material: 45% recycled PET bottles,

Underlining: 80% recycled PET bottles, Ball bladder: Zerowing

bladder made of natural latex. Ideal for artificial turf.

microfiber, Processing: Hand-sewn, 32-panel construction,

Zero-wing bladder made of natural latex. FIFA

QUALITY PRO.

F1639-07 p size 5 pcs 84.95

F17654 p size 5 pcs 159.95

11 Samba ® Fairtrade Soccer Match Ball SUPER NOVA

Fairtrade soccer ball in match ball quality. Ball size: 5,

Material: PU, Color: Blue/Black.

F2807 p size 5 pcs 44.95

Adidas ® Football Tiro PRO

11

NEW

Material: 100% PU with 3D structure, water-based printing

ink, Ballbladder: Latex with ABS valve, Processing:

Latest RESIST Technology, internal seams. Ball size 5

and 4 FIFA BASIC certified.

F17491 p size 5 pcs

F17493 p size 4 pcs

F17495 p size 3 pcs

Derbystar ® BRILLANT Replica BUNDESLIGA Season

2025/26

F17669 p size 5 pcs 39.95


43

Soccer

Futsal & Indoor Soccer

2

Kübler Sport ® Transport cart for indoor soccer goals

1

Indoor Soccer Goal

3

Transport Roller

What is Futsal?

Futsal is a variation of indoor soccer. It is played

on a smaller field and with fewer players than

traditional soccer.

A distinctive feature of futsal is the ball used: it

is low-bounce, smaller (size 4), and weighs the

same as a regular soccer ball (size 5), between

410 and 440 grams.

In addition, the futsal ball is optimized for indoor

flooring, with bounce behavior that closely resembles

that of a soccer ball on a grass field.

4

Indoor Soccer Board with Post Extenders

5

Indoor soccer barrier with ground sockets

1 Indoor Soccer Goal

Goal Size: 5 x 2 m, Goal Depth: 120 / 150 cm, Material: Aluminum,

Ground frame: Ø 30 mm, Net frame: Galvanized steel, foldable, Net

attachment: Plastic net hooks. Includes 4-point fastening.

H6858 l 80 x 80 mm square white pcs

H6857 l 80 x 80 mm square grey pcs

H6856 l 120 x 100 mm oval white pcs

H6855 l 120 x 100 mm oval grey pcs

W 80 kg

2 Kübler Sport ® Transport cart for indoor 4 Indoor Soccer Board with Post Extenders

soccer goals

Suitable for a pair of indoor soccer goals or

youth soccer goals 5 x 2 m, with folding net

supports. Material: Steel, powder-coated,

height including goals: 215 cm, casters:

4x swivel casters. Delivery disassembled.

Panel Material: Composite panel, hard PVC coated,

Dimensions per panel element: 2.00 x 0.96 m, Composite

panel thickness: 25 mm, Construction height: 1 m,

Frame and post material: Aluminum, Frame thickness:

30 mm. Post height: 1.04 m, Post thickness: 60 mm,

Post arm depth: 80 cm.

H6840 l

pcs C1602 l

linear metre

W 60 kg

W 25 kg

3 Transport Roller

5 Indoor soccer barrier with ground sockets

Suitable for e.g. handball goals and vaulting

benches. Dimensions: 54 x 18.5 x 7.5 cm,

Material: Steel, max. load capacity: 30 kg/

piece, Color: Black, Scope of delivery: Pair.

Includes 4 swivel castors and non-slip

Material plate: composite plate, hard PVC coated, dimensions

per side element: 2.00 x 0.96 m, thickness

of composite plate: 25 mm, construction height: 1 m,

material frame: aluminum, frame thickness: 30 mm. Includes

ground sleeves. Includes foundation plan creation.

powder coating.

C1601 l

linear metre

H1371 p

pair W 25 kg

44



9

6

Samba ® Fairtrade Soccer BALL INDOOR CLUB

Derbystar ® Indoor Beta

13

Molten ® Futsal VANTAGGIO 4800

6 Samba ® Fairtrade Soccer BALL INDOOR CLUB

Ball size: 5, circumference: 68 cm, weight: approximately

410 g, material: nubuck leather, ball bladder: latex.

F2808 p size 5 pcs

7 Kübler Sport ® INDOOR FELT

Material: English special felt with Polytex reinforcement,

Processing: Hand-sewn, 32 pieces. Official size

and weight.

F1032 p size 5 pcs

F1033 p size 4 pcs

8 Kübler Sport ® Indoor Soccer EXTRA

Material: Cordley special synthetic velour leather, Construction:

32 panels, hand-sewn.

F1390 p size 5 pcs

F1391 p size 4 pcs

9 Derbystar ® Indoor Beta

Indoor soccer. Ball size: 5, Ball bladder: 7-wing bladder,

Natural latex.

F16740 p size 5 pcs

10

Erima ® Football HYBRID INDOOR

7

Kübler Sport ® INDOOR FELT

14

Derbystar ® Futsal Stratos Light

Kübler Sport ® Futsal RIO OFFICIAL

10 Erima ® Football HYBRID INDOOR

Classic indoor soccer ball with Erima hybrid technology.

Ball size: 5, Weight: approx. 430 g, Material: Microfiber

PU with felt coating, Color: Yellow / Blue. With butyl

bladder and ABS valve.

F17630 p size 5 pcs

11 Kübler Sport ® Futsal RIO OFFICIAL

Ball size: Size 4 (Futsal), Weight: approx. 420 g, Material:

Synthetic leather, Construction: Hand-sewn.

F2129 p size 4 (futsal) pcs

12 Kübler Sport ® Futsal RIO LIGHT

Special Futsal ball with reduced weight. Ball size: 4

(Futsal), Weight: 360 g, Material: Synthetic leather,

Construction: Hand-sewn.


11

8

Kübler Sport ® Indoor Soccer EXTRA

Kübler Sport ® Futsal RIO LIGHT

15

Derbystar ® Futsal Stratos S-Light

13 Molten ® Futsal VANTAGGIO 4800

Ball size: 4 (Futsal), circumference: 62 - 64 cm, weight:

410 - 440 g, material: PU. FIFA Quality Pro.


14 Derbystar ® Futsal Stratos Light

Ball size: 4 (Futsal), Weight: Reduced to 350 g, Material:

TPU, glossy with texture, Construction: Machine stitched,

special butyl bladder.


15 Derbystar ® Futsal Stratos S-Light

Special Futsal ball with reduced weight. Material: TPU,

Weight: approximately 290 g, Bladder: Special Butyl

bladder.

F17441 p size 4 pcs

F17442 p size 3 pcs

12


45

Soccer

Training Equipment

1

LISKI ® Free-Kick Dummy BASIC

2

3

4

5

LISKI ® ONE FOR ALL Stand Foot

for Free Kick Dummy

LISKI ® Free Kick Wall Cart

LISKI ® Free Kick Dummy PRO-SOFT

LISKI ® Free Kick Dummy PRO PLASTIC

1 LISKI ® Free-Kick Dummy BASIC

Dimensions: approx. 150 x 45 cm, Material: PP panels on

PE pipes, Height: Adjustable from 150 cm to a maximum

of 190 cm, Fixation: Using a steel spike. For grass fields

or in combination with stand base F3741 for artificial F3763 l

turf and hard courts.

W 23 kg

F3739 y

pcs

2 LISKI ® ONE FOR ALL Stand Foot for Free Kick Dummy

Allows the use of all LISKI ® free kick dummies on artificial

turf or hard courts. Dimensions: 45 x 45 x 25 cm,

Weight: 7 kg. Material: Galvanized iron, black lacquered.

Delivery without free kick dummy. Compatible with:

F3739, F3740, and F3767.

F3741 p

pcs

3 LISKI ® Free Kick Wall Cart

Suitable for 5 LISKI ® free kick dummies in all available

variations. Material: steel, length: 260 cm. With 4 wheels.

Delivery disassembled. Includes pulling device.

4 LISKI ® Free Kick Dummy PRO-SOFT

Free kick dummy with spring joint for practical stand-up

function. Size: approx. 150 x 50 cm, height adjustment:

175 cm to 195 cm, weight: approx. 3.5 kg, material: Soft

polyurethane/hard foam. Two steel spikes for fixing in the

grass, distance between them approx. 13-14 cm. Accessories:

Base stand (F3741) or cart for 5 pieces (F3763).

F3740 y

6 Powershot ® Dummy Set KIDS

Set contents: 3x dummy with 2 steel pins each, height:

1.2 m, width: 35 cm, material: PVC. Includes carrying bag.

F2456 p

set

pcs

7 tanga sports ® Half Ball Paint Foot

Combining base for versatile use. Ø 20 cm, height: approx.

10 cm, material: plastic, Available colors: yellow or red,

Possible accessories: tires with a round profile Ø 20

mm, rods Ø 24-25 mm. Can be filled with dry material

for stable positioning.

F1410 p

pcs

pcs

5 LISKI ® Free Kick Dummy PRO PLASTIC

Height: 180 cm, Ground fixing: Four steel spikes. Accessories:

Stand base F3741, Free kick wall cart F3763.

F3767 y

pcs

8 Kübler Sport ® Painting Foot Adapter ARTIFICIAL TURF

for Steel Pins

Adapter for balance foot for combination with slalom

poles (F1012) or free kick dummies (F3739) with steel

pin. Ø approx. 25 mm. Ideal for indoor or artificial turf.

F1416 p

pcs

46



6 NEW

Powershot ® Dummy Set KIDS

7

tanga sports ® Half Ball Paint Foot

8

Kübler Sport ® Painting Foot Adapter AR-

TIFICIAL TURF for Steel Pins

9 10 11 12

9 LISKI ® Slalom Pole

Height: 170 cm, Ø approx. 25 mm. With metal tip for

anchoring in the grass.

F1016 p single pcs

F1276 p 5 pcs set pcs

10 LISKI ® Slalom Pole Spring Joint

Length: 170 cm, Ø approx. 25 mm. With steel tip for

fastening on grass. With stand-up function.

F1012 p single pcs


11 LISKI ® Slalom Pole 2 in 1

Length: 1x 170 cm or 2x 85 cm, Ø Each 1x 30 mm and

25 mm. Attachment for grass with a steel tip.

F1015 p single pcs


12 LISKI ® Flexible Slalom Pole Gummiflex

Material: Flexible rubber. Length: 55 cm, Ø approximately

3 cm. Attachment for grass with metal tip.

F1017-03 p pcs


47

Soccer

Training Equipment

LISKI ® Football Tennis Net Adjustable Height

1

Teqball in Soccer Training

Teqball has established itself as a

valuable training tool in soccer, as

it enhances players’ technique and

ball control. Playing on the specially

curved table trains precision

and reaction speed, improving

overall ball handling. In addition,

Teqball strengthens coordination

and concentration.

TEQ ONE Football Table Tennis Table

2

TEQ LITE Soccer Table Tennis Table

3

1 LISKI ® Football Tennis Net Adjustable Height

Net post: 2 x Ø 5 cm, net post height: 175 cm, net dimensions:

300 x 80 cm. Includes metal spikes and tension

hooks. Suitable for grass fields.

F1945 p

2 TEQ ONE Football Table Tennis Table

Curved TEQ table for various game variations such as Features

football, volleyball, handball, or table tennis. Dimensions:

300 cm x 170 cm, table height (middle): 76 cm, table height

(outer edge): 56.5 cm, weight: 148 kg, load capacity:

450 kg, material: powder-coated structural steel S235,

sturdy 20 mm acrylic glass net, high-pressure laminate

table top, and adjustable polymer feet. Safety tested.

Features

T49902 l

- Suitable for indoor and outdoor use

W 132 kg

- Waterproof

- UV resistant

- Easy assembly

- Can be anchored to the ground

T4990 l

pcs

W 223 kg

set

3 TEQ LITE Soccer Table Tennis Table

Mobile, lightweight version of the TEQ table. Dimensions:

300 x 170 x 90 cm, Folded dimensions: 76.5 x

170 x 184 cm, Material: Glass fiber reinforced polyester

(tabletop), polyethylene (net), steel (base), Weight: 111

kg, Overall packed dimensions: 160 x 153 x 35 cm,

Wheels: 4x Ø 25 cm. With folding function. Safety tested.

- Reduced weight

- Suitable for indoor and outdoor use

- Foldable & portable

- Waterproof & UV-resistant

- Winner of the Reddot Design Award

- Solo play function

4 Powershot ® Adjustable Soccer Target Set

For precise shooting training. Size: 250 x 25 x 2 cm,

Material: Plastic, Weight: 1 kg. Includes Velcro fastenings

and 4 ground stakes.

F2427 p

pcs

5 Powershot ® Soccer target with ball net function

For transporting balls of different sports and as a ballcatching

target in shooting training. Material: Nylon.

F2418 p

pcs

6 Powershot ® Goal Wall Cover Weighted

Material: Mesh / Nylon, Color: Black / Yellow. Includes

pcs straps, buckles, and weighting.

F2460 p 3 x 2 m pcs

F2461 p 5 x 2 m pcs

F2462 p 7,32 x 2,44 m pcs

48



Powershot ® Adjustable Soccer Target Set

10

Powershot ® Multisport Rebounder

4

7

CROSSNET ® Soccer

11

Pure 2Improve ® Multifunctional

Soccer Rebounder

Powershot ® Soccer target with ball net function

Powershot ® Soccer Golf Target Discs

5

8

12

Powershot ® Rebound Board

Powershot ® Goal Wall Cover Weighted

LISKI ® Band Goal Wall TARGET CORRIDOR with 6 target areas

6

9

13

Powershot ® Ramp for Rebound Board

7 CROSSNET ® Soccer

9 LISKI ® Band Goal Wall TARGET CORRIDOR with 6 11 Pure 2Improve ® Multifunctional Soccer Rebounder

Lower version of the classic Crossnet ® with four fields target areas

Two-sided rebounder for improving soccer techniques.

for soccer tennis. Dimensions when packed: 85 x 25 x Sentence with adjustable, universal strap for precision Dimensions: 113 x 106 x 61 cm, Color: Red/Black,

14 cm, dimensions when assembled: 396 x 396 cm, shooting training. Suitable for all types of goals. Fastened Weight: 5.3 kg.

height: approximately 86 cm, weight: 10 kg, material: with Velcro closure.

F5531 p

pcs

nylon, mesh size: 9 x 9 cm. Includes transportation bag. F5512 p

set

12

F1944 p

pcs

Powershot ® Rebound Board

Innovative training device for precise passing and ball

8 Powershot ® Soccer Golf Target Discs

10 Powershot ® Multisport Rebounder

control. Dimensions (L x W): 100 x 75 cm, Material:

Creative training idea with the combination of the sports Two-sided rebound net with adjustable angle. Dimensions: Steel, PVC, Weight: approx. 20 kg, 3 different training

of soccer and golf. Dimensions of the base at the bottom: 90 x 90 cm. Including ground anchor. Including handles. angles: 20°, 45°, 90°. Stand base fillable with water.

approx. Ø 90 cm, dimensions of the base at the top: approx. F2451 p

pcs Additional training variations possible with ramp F2411

Ø 60 cm, height of the base: approx. 14 cm, length of

(not included).

the flag: 120 cm, material: metal construction with foam

padding, material of the pole: fiberglass.

F2410 y

pcs

13

F2438 p single set

Powershot ® Ramp for Rebound Board

F2437 p 3 pcs set set

Accessories for Powershot ® rebound board F2410 for

F2436 p 10 pcs set set

even higher rebound and varied training. Dimensions (L

x W): 100 x 80 cm, Material: PVC, Weight: approx. 3.5 kg.

F2411 p

pcs


49

Soccer

Soccer Goal Guide

The following overview provides information on the variations of soccer goals to help you find the

right goal for your needs and requirements. Soccer goals differ in terms of dimensions, design, and

construction.

1

Goal Size

In general, soccer goals primarily differ based on their dimensions,

depending on the age group or purpose.

7,32 x 2,44 m Full-Sized Goals from C-Youth and up

5,00 x 2,00 m Youth Goals up to D-Youth

3,00 x 2,00 m Small-Sided Goal for Training & Recreation

Various Sizes Mini Goals G-Youth to E-Youth

for Training & Recreation

Full-Sized Goals

7,32 x 2,44 m

Youth Goals

5 x 2 m

Small-Sided Goals

3 x 2 m

Mini Goals

Various Sizes

2

Construction

Fully Welded

These goals are entirely constructed in one piece, making

them extremely stable and robust. Mobile goals are usually

manufactured this way, as the rigidity achieved is ideal for

transporting the goals.

Corner Welded/Welded Miters

These goals can be disassembled, making transportation

significantly easier without significantly compromising

stability.

fully welded partially welded welded mitre joints bolted togehter

3

Design

Goals with Ground Sockets

This design is specifically for competitions, as it prevents the

goals from tipping over and their position from being altered.

Freestanding/Mobile Goals

These are mainly used in training areas but can also be

used in exceptional cases for competitions, such as in

youth leagues (see Note on Stability).

in ground sockets

freistehend/mobil

!

Note on Stability

According to DIN EN 748, freestanding soccer goals must be secured against tipping

over during play and when not in use. This is achieved through ground anchoring

or counterweights. The stability of freestanding soccer goals is sufficient if the goal

does not tip over when subjected to a horizontal force of 1,100 N applied to the

upper middle of the crossbar.

Furthermore, each goal must have a warning sign indicating the securing against tipping

over and prohibiting climbing on the net and frame. Depending on the configuration

of the soccer goals, different weights are required to meet the DIN requirements.

Goal Goal Depth Weight

Youth Soccer Goal (5 x 2 m) 1,0 200 kg



Full-Sized Goal (7,32 x 2,44 m) 1,5 170 kg

Full-Sized Goal (7,32 x 2,44 m) 2,0 100 kg

Sicherheitsaufkleber Kippgefahr

50

4

5

6

7

Net Suspension

To find the right net suspension, the type of net brackets

is crucial. P-net brackets and short net brackets are a

material-efficient and often cost-effective solution for goals

with ground sockets. The higher-quality option is free net

suspension, which consists of a goal frame, two net support

bars, and the corresponding ground sockets. Full-length

net brackets are primarily found on mobile soccer goals.

Goal Depth

The goal depth is mainly influenced by the net suspension.

For example, net brackets determine the upper and sometimes

the lower goal depth. For instance, 80/150 means an

upper depth of 80 cm and a lower depth of 150 cm. While

80/150 or 100/100 are common for youth goals, 80/150

or 200/200 cm is predominantly used for full-sized goals.

Net Attachment

There are various ways to attach the goal net to the soccer

goal. Internal constructions have the advantage of no injury

risk from protruding net hooks.

Accessories

Suitable ground frames and safety weights are displayed

directly with the goals or in the online shop under accessories.

You can find soccer goal nets and net hooks on

the following pages:

Soccer Goal Nets for Full-Sized Goals: .......Page 60

Youth Soccer Goal Nets: ..................Page 66

Net Hooks: .........................Pages 61, 67

P net tubes short net support full length net tubes free net suspension

100 / 100 cm 80 / 100 cm 80 / 150 cm 200 / 200 cm

net holding in profile integral net mounting PowerPress SimplyFix net mounting

Bodenrahmen Sicherheitsgewichte Tornetze Netzhaken


51

Soccer

1

Kübler Sport ® Soccer Goal LIGA

PREMIUM corner-welded, SimplyFix

MADE IN

GERMANY

- Durable

- Visually appealing

- Adjustable depth

Soccer Goals with Ground Sockets

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

3

4

5

Kübler Sport ® Soccer Goal STADIUM

corner welded, free net suspension

Kübler Sport Floor Frame LIGA SimplyFix

Kübler Sport ® Ground Frame STADIUM FLEX

1 Kübler Sport ® Soccer Goal LIGA PREMIUM corner-welded, SimplyFix

Goal size: 7.32 x 2.44 m, Construction: Welded at the corners, Material: Aluminum,

Goal frame profile: 120 x 100 mm, Goal depth: 2 m, Insertion depth: 500 mm. Includes

ground sleeves. Net attachment: SimplyFix, Net suspension: Free net suspension,

Net poles: Ø 60 mm. Includes 2x aluminum tension bars with tension line, eyelets,

carabiner hooks, and cleats. Includes sleeves for net poles (insertion depth 350

mm). Ground frame not included. Safety tested. According to FIFA-DFB regulations.

According to DIN EN 748.

F5429 l white pcs

F5428 l aluminium naturel pcs

W 150 kg

2 Kübler Sport ® Soccer Goal LIGA PREMIUM fully welded, SimplyFix

Goal Size: 7.32 x 2.44 m, Construction: Fully welded, Material: Aluminum, Goal

Frame Profile: 120 x 100 mm, Goal Depth: 200 / 200 cm, Net Suspension: Free net

suspension, Tension Rods Ø 60 mm, Net Attachment: SimplyFix. Includes ground

sleeves for soccer goal (insertion depth 500 mm), ground sleeves for net suspension

(insertion depth 350 mm), and free net suspension (2 sturdy aluminum tension rods

with tension lines, eyelets, carabiner hooks, and clamps). Ground frame not included.

According to DIN EN 748. According to FIFA-DFB regulations.

F5427 l white pcs


W 150 kg

52

3 Kübler Sport ® Soccer Goal STADIUM corner welded, free net suspension


Profile Goal Frame: 120 x 100 mm, Goal Depth: Variable (Floor frame not included),

Net attachment: KU net holders in the profile. Includes ground sleeves: Insert depth:

500 mm. Includes net holders. Includes hot-dip galvanized steel posts with ground

sleeves, wire, tension cables, carabiner hooks, and turnbuckles. According to DIN

EN 7900 and EN 748.

F5465 l white pcs


W 75 kg

4

Kübler Sport Floor Frame LIGA SimplyFix

Fits soccer goals 7.32 x 2.44 m with oval

profiles, ideal for versions with Simply-

Fix net attachment. Material: Aluminum,

Profile: 70 x 38 cm, Goal depth: 200 cm,

Net attachment: SimplyFix.

F1093 l

W 15 kg

pcs

5 Kübler Sport ® Ground Frame STADIUM

FLEX

For soccer goals 7.32 x 2.44 m. Material:

Aluminum, Color: Natural, anodized, Goal

depth: Continuously adjustable 1.50 to 2

m, Net suspension: None, Profile: Round

tube Ø 35 mm.

F1074 l

pair

W 31 kg



MADE IN

GERMANY

6

Kübler Sport Soccer Goal STADIUM corner welded, P-net bracket

6 Kübler Sport Soccer Goal STADIUM corner welded, P-net bracket


Goal frame profile: 120 x 100 mm, Top net depth: 80 cm, Bottom net depth: Variable

(ground frame not included), Net bar profile: P-net bar Ø 40 x 3 mm, Net attachment:

Net holder in profile, Insertion depth: 500 mm. Includes net hooks and ground sleeves

with cover caps. Safety tested. Complies with DIN EN 748.

F5455 l white pcs 1.209.-

F5400 l anodized matt silver pcs 1.119.-

W 40 kg

MADE IN

GERMANY

- Robust corner connector

- Innovative net fastening system

- Flexible goal depth

MADE IN

GERMANY

8 Soccer Goal COMPACT+

Goal Size: 7.32 x 2.44 m, Construction: Welded miters, Goal profile: 120 x 100 mm, Net supports: Ø 30 mm.

Includes ground sleeves with cover caps and special wedges. Insertion depth: 500 mm. Delivery in pairs. Delivery

without ground frames.

F1781 l net holding in profile 80 / 150 cm white pair

W 98 kg

F1785 l integral net mounting 80 / 150 cm white pair

W 115 kg

F1780 l net holding in profile 80 / 150 cm anodized matt silver pair

W 98 kg

F1784 l integral net mounting 80 / 150 cm anodized matt silver pair

W 115 kg

F1783 l net holding in profile 200 / 200 cm white pair

W 157 kg

F1787 l integral net mounting 200 / 200 cm white pair

W 165 kg

F1786 l integral net mounting 200 / 200 cm anodized matt silver pair

W 165 kg

F1782 l net holding in profile 200 / 200 cm anodized matt silver pair

W 157 kg

- Injury-neutral

- Very durable

- Easy net assembly without net hooks

7

Kübler Sport ® Soccer Goal LIGA BASIC

short net support bar, SimplyFix

7 Kübler Sport ® Soccer Goal LIGA BASIC short net support bar, SimplyFix

Goal Size: 7.32 x 2.44 m, Construction: Welded at the corners, Material: Aluminum,

Profile Goal Frame: 120 x 100 mm, Upper Depth of Goal: 80 cm, Lower Depth of

Goal: Variable, as it is without a ground frame, Net Support: P-Net Support Ø 40 x 3

mm, Net Attachment: SimplyFix. Includes ground sleeves, Insertion Depth: 500 mm.

Conforms to DIN EN 748. According to FIFA-DFB regulations.

F5445 l white pcs 1.379.-

F5444 l aluminium naturel pcs 1.119.-

W 40 kg

8

Soccer Goal COMPACT+

- Compact size for easy packaging

- Low delivery costs

- High stability

- Easy setup

9

Floor Frame COMPACT+

9 Floor Frame COMPACT+

For soccer goals in ground sleeves 7.32 x 2.44 m. Profile:

Round tube Ø 40 mm, Material: Aluminum, Surface:

Natural, Goal depth: Infinitely adjustable 1.50 to 2 m.

Compatible with goals: KOMPAKT+ F1780 to F1787.

F1791 l

pair

W 15 kg


53

Soccer

Soccer Goals Mobile

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

from 2.449.-

Kübler Sport ® Soccer Goal SAFETY with fillable weight tube

- High stability

- Special durability

- Easy and fast to transport

- Tip-proof

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

3

from 3.399.-

4

from 2.699.-

PlayersProtect ® SAFETY soccer goal with fillable weight tube

PlayersProtect ® Soccer Goal MOBILE, fully

welded with ground anchoring

1 Kübler Sport ® Soccer Goal SAFETY with fillable weight

tube

2 Kübler Sport ® Steel Weights

Soccer Goal SAFETY with Integrated

Goal size: 7.32 x 2.44 m, Construction: Fully welded, Goal

frame profile: 120 x 100 mm, Goal depth: 80 / 200 cm,

Ground frame profile: 75 x 50 mm, Net bar profile: 50 x 3

mm. Including welded weight tube. Filling: 100 kg quartz

sand by the client. Including transport wheels screwed

on the side. Complies with FIFA and DFB regulations.


Goal size: 7.32 x 2.44 m, Construction: Fully welded,

Material: Aluminum, Surface: Anodized, silver, Goal

frame profile: 120 x 100 mm, Goal depth: 80 / 200

cm, Ground frame profile: 75 x 50 mm, Net bar profile:

50 x 3 mm, Including steel weights: 100 kg. Including

steel-reinforced angles. Including side transport rollers

and handles. Complies with FIFA and DFB regulations.

F1845 l net holding in profile pcs According to DIN EN 748.

F1851 l SimplyFix net mounting pcs F18470 l net holding in profile pcs

W 90 kg

F18471 l SimplyFix net mounting pcs

W 200 kg

3 PlayersProtect ® SAFETY soccer goal with fillable

weight tube


Material: Aluminum, Goal frame profile: 120 x 100 mm,

Goal depth: 80 / 200 cm, Ground frame: PlayersProtect ®

with net holder, Net bar profile: Ø 40 mm. Includes

welded-on weight tube. Filling: 100 kg quartz sand on

site. Includes transport wheels. According to DIN EN

748. Safety tested.


F1809 l net holding in profile pcs

W 100 kg

54



5

from 2.779.-

Kübler Sport ® Soccer Goal ROBUST MOBIL, with transport wheels

- Portable

- Tip-proof

- Robust

6

2.929.-

Soccer Goal ALL IN ONE

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

4 PlayersProtect ® Soccer Goal MOBILE, fully welded

with ground anchoring

Goal Size: 7.32 x 2.44 m, Construction: Fully welded,

Material: Aluminium, Color: Silver, Goal Frame Profile:

120 x 100 mm, Goal Depth: 80 / 200 cm, Ground Frame

Profile: 70 x 38 mm with PlayersProtect ® impact protection,

Net Attachment: Net holders in profile. Includes

ground anchoring. Safety tested. According to DIN EN

748. According to FIBA and DFB regulations.



W 86 kg

- Portable

- Tip-resistant thanks to steel weights

- Extremely robust with reinforced corners in the goal frame

5 Kübler Sport ® Soccer Goal ROBUST MOBIL, with transport

wheels


Material: Aluminum, Goal frame profile: 120 x 100 mm,

Goal depth: 80 / 200 cm, Net bar profile: 60 x 3 mm, Net

attachment: Net holders in profile, Ground frame: 80 x

80 mm, Number of transport wheels: 4 pieces, rubber.

Including POWER PRESS net holder, welded-on transport

wheels and welded-on transport handle. Counterweight

for F1847: 4x 1 m per goal, flat steel 75 x 51 mm, total

120 kg. Safety tested according to DIN EN 748.

F1848 l without counterweight pcs

W 80 kg

F1847 l with counterweight pcs

W 200 kg

6 Soccer Goal ALL IN ONE


reinforced with cast corner connectors, Surface: Natural

aluminum, Goal frame profile: 120 x 100 mm, Goal

depth: 80 / 200 cm, Net attachment: Net clips in profile,

includes 105x net clips H+, Base frame profile: 80 × 80

mm. Includes 2x welded transport wheels: Foam polyurethane.

Includes 2x welded transport handles. Includes

4x steel weights: 33 kg each, Steel weight profile: 70

× 50 mm, Length of steel weights: 1.2 m each. Safety

tested. According to DIN EN 748.

F18461 l

W 200 kg

pcs


55

Soccer

Soccer Goals Mobile

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

Kübler Sport ® Soccer Goal TRAINING STRONG with SimplyFix

2

Kübler Sport ® Welded Transport Rollers

MADE IN

GERMANY

3

Kübler Sport Mobile Tip-Over Prevention

4

Kübler Sport ® Soccer Goal STANDARD MOBIL corner

welded, with ground anchoring, SimplyFix

1 Kübler Sport ® Soccer Goal TRAINING STRONG with

SimplyFix


Material: Aluminum, Surface: Natural, Profile Goal Frame:

120 x 100 mm, Goal Depth: 80 / 200 cm, Net Attachment:

SimplyFix, Profile Net Support: 50 x 3 mm. Includes

transport handles and ground anchoring spiral anchors.

According to DIN EN 748 and FIFA-DFB regulations.

Safety tested.

F1804 l

pcs

W 80 kg

2 Kübler Sport ® Welded Transport Rollers

Scope: 2 pieces for 1 goal. Can only be ordered in combination

with a goal. Not retrofittable.

F1870 p 90° pair

3 Kübler Sport Mobile Tip-Over Prevention

For attachment to the floor frame. Empty weight: 15

kg, filling: approx. 35 kg quartz sand (not included).

Attachment: For clamping to the floor frame. Including

transport wheel.

F1832 l customized frame pcs

F1823 l 75 x 50 mm pcs

F1824 l 120 x 100 mm pcs

W 15 kg

4

Kübler Sport ® Soccer Goal STANDARD MOBIL corner

welded, with ground anchoring, SimplyFix

Goal Size: 7.32 x 2.44 m, Construction: Corner-welded,

Material: Aluminum, Goal Frame Profile: 120 x 100 mm,

Ground Frame Profile: 120 x 100 mm, Net Suspension:

SimplyFix, Net Hooks: Ground-length, hot-dip galvanized.

Including transport handles. Including ground anchoring

for grass fields. According to DIN EN 748. According to

FIFA and DFB regulations.

F5452 l 80 / 150 cm pcs

F5453 l 80 / 200 cm pcs

W 150 kg

56



5

Kübler Sport ® Soccer Goal PREMIUM MO-

BILE with free net suspension

10

Soccer Goal COMPACT+ portable

5 Kübler Sport ® Soccer Goal PREMIUM MOBILE with

free net suspension

Goal Size: 7.32 x 2.44 m, Construction: Welded at the

corners, Material: Aluminum, Surface: White plastic-coated,

Goal Frame Profile: 120 x 100 mm, Goal Depth: 200

/ 200 cm, Net Pole Profile: Ø 60 mm, Net Suspension:

Free hanging net, Net Attachment: SimplyFix, Ground

Frame Profile: 120 x 100 mm. Includes ground anchoring

with spiral ground anchor for grass fields. Delivery: 4

parts. According to FIFA and DFB regulations and DIN

EN 748. Safety tested.

F1867 l

W 85 kg

Kübler Sport Removable Transport Wheels Set of 4

pcs

6 Kübler Sport ® Soccer Goal ROBUST MOBIL, fully welded,

with ground anchoring

Dimensions: 7.32 x 2.44 m, Construction: Fully welded,

Material: Aluminum, Surface: Natural, Goal frame profile:

120 x 100 mm, Goal depth: 80 / 200 cm, Net bars: 60 x 3

mm, Ground frame profile: 120 x 100 mm. Includes ground

anchoring set. Includes welded-on carrying handles.

F1799 l PowerPress pcs

W 90 kg

7

MADE IN

GERMANY

6

Kübler Sport ® Soccer Goal ROBUST MOBIL, fully

welded, with ground anchoring

7 Kübler Sport Removable Transport Wheels Set of 4

Transport wheels for easy lateral movement, 360 degrees

swivel. Set includes: 4 pieces for 1 goal. Accessories

for: Kübler Sport soccer goal PREMIUM MOBIL F1867.

F1868 y

9 Kübler Sport Safety Weights, Fillable

Secure footing for freestanding soccer goals without

ground anchoring. Scope of delivery: 1 set = 2 pieces for

1 goal, Weight when filled: 160 kg. Please provide dimensions

of the base frame when ordering. Delivery unfilled.

F1827 l

W 26 kg

MADE IN

GERMANY

Transport Wheels for Soccer Goals

8 Transport Wheels for Soccer Goals

Mobile set for retrofitting. Delivery: 1x bracket, 2x transport

wheels. Ø 26 cm. Installation: Screwed under the

bottom frame. Including mounting kit.

F5497 p 80 x 80 mm pcs

F5496 p 120 x 100 mm pcs

8

Kübler Sport Safety Weights, Fillable

10 Soccer Goal COMPACT+ portable

Goal size: 7.32 x 2.44 m, Construction: Welded miters,

Goal frame profile: 120 x 100 mm, Goal depth: 80 / 200

cm, Ground frame profile: 80 x 40 mm. Includes 25 mm

set large drill holes for ground fixation. Net bar profile: Ø 40

mm, includes 105x net holders H+. Compact dimensions

for easy storage (largest package: 6 m).

set

Kübler Sport ® Ground Anchor ROBUST for Youth Soccer Goal

F1789 l white pcs

F1788 l anodized matt silver pcs

W 83 kg

9

11

MADE IN

GERMANY

11 Kübler Sport ® Ground Anchor ROBUST for Youth

Soccer Goal

57


Soccer

Soccer Goal Nets

unicoloured two coloured Colour Net width

Soccer Goal Nets 7,32 x 2,44 m

MADE IN

GERMANY

Goal measure 80 / 150 cm 80 / 200 cm 200 / 200 cm

Net width 3 mm 4 mm 5 mm 3 mm 4 mm 5 mm 3,5 mm 4 mm 3 mm 4 mm 3,5 mm 4 mm

Mesh size 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm 60 mm 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm 60 mm

square square square square square square hexagonal square square square hexagonal square

Shipping p p p p p p p p p p p p

F1957 F1950 F1954 F1104 F1107 F3430 F3452 F1960 F3455 F3457 – F1962

F1958 F1951 F1955 F3428 F1108 F3431 F3453 F1961 F3456 F3458 F3450 F1963

– – – – F1105 – – – – – – –

– – – – F1106 – – – – – – –

F1959 – – F3429 F1109 – – – – – – –

F1956 F1953 – F3427 F3426 – – – F3454 – – –

pair pair pair pair pair pair pair pair pair pair pair pair

two coloured diagonal pattern diagonal pattern square pattern diagonal pattern square pattern

– F1340 – – F1300 – F1307 – – F1310 F1420 –

– F1341 – – F1301 – F1308 – – F1311 F1421 –

– F1342 – – F1302 – F1309 – – F1312 F1422 –

– F1343 – – F1303 – – – – F1330 F1423 –

– F1344 – – F1304 – – – – F1331 – –

– F1345 – – F1305 – – – – F1332 F1424 –

– F1346 – – F1306 – – – – F1333 F1425 –

- pair - - pair - pair - - pair pair -

58

3

Net Holder H+

2 mm

3 mm

11 mm

Plastic Net Holders, Orange, 10 pieces

1 ECO Football Goal Nets made of Polylactic Acid

Mesh size: 120 mm, Thickness: 4 mm, Mesh shape:

Square, knotless, Solid edge: approx. 5-7 mm, Color:

white, PP tension cord thickness: 6 mm. Tension cord

included in delivery.

F1905 p 80 / 150 cm 5 x 2 m pair

F1901 p 80 / 150 cm 7,32 x 2,44 m pair

F1902 p 80 / 200 cm 7,32 x 2,44 m pair

F1904 p 100 / 100 cm 5 x 2 m pair

F1903 p 200 / 200 cm 7,32 x 2,44 m pair

2 Camera-optimized soccer goal net

Two-tone with consistent color on each side. White side

facing the playing field for clear contours, black side

facing the audience for optimal visibility. For goals: 7.32

x 2.44 m, Material: PP, Thickness: 3.5 mm, Mesh shape:

Hexagonal, Goal depth: 200 / 200 cm.

F1964 p

pair

4

2 mm

9 mm

2 mm

7 mm

9 mm 10 mm

5

Plastic net holder, black, 10 pieces

3 Net Holder H+

Quantity: 10 pieces, Material: Plastic. Easy handling

with an Allen wrench.

F5479 p

set

4 Plastic Net Holders, Orange, 10 pieces

Quantity: 10 pieces, Material: plastic. Closed shape. Can

accommodate edge cords up to 10 mm.

F5489 p

set

6

2 mm

7 mm

9 mm /

18 mm

Standard KU net holder, yellow, 10 pieces

Custom-Made Products

Do you need goal nets in special

sizes, custom colors, with a club

logo, or camera-optimized nets?

– No problem, we are here to help

and will be happy to advise you!

Plastic net holder, double

hook black, 10 pieces.

5 Plastic net holder, black, 10 pieces

Quantity: 10 pieces, Material: Plastic. Capable of accommodating

edge cords up to 12 mm.

F5486 p

set

6 Standard KU net holder, yellow, 10 pieces

Quantity: 10 pieces, Material: plastic, Dimensions: 19 x

19 x 26 mm. Installation using a wrench.

E1101 p

set

7 Plastic net holder, double hook black, 10 pieces.

Quantity: 10 pieces, Material: Plastic. Suitable for cords

up to 8 mm in diameter.

E5480 p

set

7

2 mm

5 mm

8 mm /

20 mm


59

Soccer

MADE IN

GERMANY

Youth Soccer Goals Mobile

Mobile youth soccer goal SAFETY, fully

welded, with transport rollers

1

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

2

3

4

PlayersProtect ® Safety Youth Soccer Goal, with

weighted tube and transport rollers

Kübler Sport Youth Soccer Goal ROBUST MO-

BIL with Transport Wheels

Youth Soccer Goal ALL IN ONE

1

Mobile youth soccer goal SAFETY, fully welded, with

transport rollers

Goal size: 5 x 2 m, Construction: Fully welded, Material:

Aluminum, Surface: Natural finish, Goal frame profile:

120 x 100 mm, Goal depth: 80 / 150 cm, Ground frame

profile: 75 x 50 mm, Net bracket profile: 50 x 3 mm.

Includes 2 transport wheels. Includes fillable weight

rod. Safety tested. According to FIFA-DFB regulations.

According to DIN-EN 748.



W 60 kg

60

2 PlayersProtect ® Safety Youth Soccer Goal, with weighted

tube and transport rollers


Aluminium, Goal frame profile: 120 x 100 mm, Goal depth:

80 / 150 cm, Ground frame profile: PlayersProtect ® with

PE net holders, Net support profile: Ø 40 mm, Tipping

prevention: Weight tube can be filled with sand on site (125

kg). Includes transport wheels. Safety tested. According

to FIFA-DFB regulations and DIN EN 748.



W 65 kg

3

Kübler Sport Youth Soccer Goal ROBUST MOBIL with

Transport Wheels

Goal Size: 5 x 2 m, Construction: Fully welded, Material:

Aluminum, Surface: Anodized, natural, Goal frame profile:

120 x 100 mm, Goal depth: 80 / 150 cm, Ground frame

profile: 80 x 80 mm, Net bar profile: 60 x 3 mm. Includes

carrying handle and net holder. Counterweight for F1844:

4x flat steel 70 x 51 mm, total 120 kg. Safety tested

according to DIN EN 748.

F1843 l without counterweight pcs

W 70 kg

F1844 l with counterweight pcs

W 190 kg

4 Youth Soccer Goal ALL IN ONE

Goal size: 5 x 2 m, Construction: Fully welded, Surface:

Natural aluminum, Profile gate frame: 120 x 100 mm,

Gate depth: 80 / 150 cm, Profile ground frame: 80 x 80

mm, Net attachment: Net holders in profile. Includes

75x net holders H+ per gate. Includes 2x welded-on

transport rollers per gate: Foamed polyurethane. Includes

2x welded-on transport handles per gate. Includes 8x

steel weights: 33 kg each, Profile steel weights: 70 x 50

mm, Length of steel weights: 1.2 m each. Safety tested.


F18460 l

pair

W 396 kg

5

6

Kübler Sport Safety Weights, Fillable

Kübler Sport ® Ground Anchor PLUS

7

9

Kübler Sport ® Youth Soccer Goal TRAINING STRONG

with SimplyFix


Aluminum, Goal frame profile: 120 x 100 mm, Goal depth:

80 / 150 cm, Net bar profile: 50 x 3 mm, Net attachment:

SimplyFix, Ground frame profile: 120 x 100 mm.

Including side-mounted tabs for ground fixing. Includes

2 ground anchors.

F1838 l

W 40 kg

Kübler Sport Tip-over safety device SA-

FETY for youth soccer goals

5

Kübler Sport Tip-over safety device SAFETY for youth

soccer goals

Retrofit kit for freestanding youth soccer goals 5 x 2 m for

screwing onto the ground frame. Length: 5.16 m, filling:

with quartz sand (not included, quantity according to goal

depth). Including mounting material. Please specify exact

ground frame profile when ordering.

F1932 l Rectangular 100 cm pcs



F19350 l Oval 100 cm pcs



pcs

6

MADE IN

GERMANY

Kübler Sport ® Youth Soccer Goal TRAI-

NING STRONG with SimplyFix

10

Youth Soccer Goal COMPACT+ Portable

7 Kübler Sport Safety Weights, Fillable

9 Kübler Sport ® Ground Anchor PLUS

Secure footing for freestanding soccer goals without

ground anchoring. Scope of delivery: 1 set = 2 pieces for

1 goal, Weight when filled: 160 kg. Please provide dimensions

of the base frame when ordering. Delivery unfilled.

F1827 l

set

W 26 kg

8 Kübler Sport Youth Soccer Goal ROBUST MOBIL,

corner welded

Goal size: 5 x 2 m, goal profile: 120 x 100 mm, construction:

Welded miters, material: Aluminum, surface: Natural,

goal depth: 80 / 150 cm, ground frame profile: 80 x 80

mm, net bar profile: 40 x 4 mm, net attachment: Net holder

in profile, number of net holders included: 100 pieces.

F1082 l

pcs

W 40 kg

MADE IN

GERMANY

Spiral ground anchoring system including fixing brackets

for freestanding goals. Material: Galvanized steel.

F1968 p 80 x 80 mm Set

F1967 p 80 x 40 mm Set

F1969 p 120 x 100 mm Set

10 Youth Soccer Goal COMPACT+ Portable

Goal Size: 5 x 2 m, Construction: Welded miters, Material:

Aluminum, Surface: Matt silver anodized, Goal

frame profile: 120 x 100 mm, Goal depth: 80 / 150 cm,

Net suspension: Ground-length net rods Ø 40 mm, Net

attachment: 150x net holders H+ (Included in delivery),

Ground frame profile: 80 x 40 mm. Includes 25 mm drill

holes for ground installation. Delivery: Pair.

F1790 l

W 50 kg

MADE IN

GERMANY

8

Kübler Sport Youth Soccer Goal RO-

BUST MOBIL, corner welded

pair

61


Soccer

Youth Soccer Goals Mobile & with Ground Sockets

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

Kübler Sport Youth Soccer Goal STANDARD with Ground Sleeves

1

2

Blue Goal ® Youth Soccer Goal

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

3

4

5

Blue Goal ® Small Field Soccer Goal

Kübler Sport ® Small Field Goal SAFETY with

Weighted Tube, Transport Wheels

Kübler Sport ® Ground Sleeve for Small Field Goals

1 Kübler Sport Youth Soccer Goal STANDARD with Ground Sleeves

Goal size: 5 x 2 m, Construction: Screwed corner connections, Material: Aluminum,

Color: Natural, Profile Goal frame: 80 x 80 mm, Goal depth: flexible, as delivery does

not include ground frame, Insertion depth: 500 mm. Includes plastic net hooks and

ground sleeves.

F1833 l 80 x 80 mm square pcs

F1087 l 120 x 100 mm oval pcs

W 35 kg

2 Blue Goal ® Youth Soccer Goal

Goal size: 5 x 2 m, Processing: Aluminum die-cast corner connection, Material: Aluminum

(34% recycled content), Surface: Natural, Net attachment: Plastic net holder

H+, Net bracket: Ø 40 mm, rigid, Profile ground beams for F2301, F2302: 80 x 80

mm, Ground sleeves: Included with F2300, Insertion depth: 500 mm. Safety tested.

F2300 l in ground sockets pcs

W 35 kg

F2301 l with bottom tube pcs

W 36 kg

F2302 l with reinforced bottom tube pcs H2214 l

W 39 kg

W 45 kg

62

3 Blue Goal ® Small Field Soccer Goal

Goal size: 3 x 2 m, Construction: Aluminum die-cast corner connection, Material:

Aluminum (34% recycled content), Surface: Natural aluminum, Net fixing: plastic net

holder H+, Net bracket: Ø 40 mm, rigid, Profile ground beams for F2304, F2305: 80 x

80 mm, Ground sleeves: Included for F2303, Insertion depth: 500 mm. Safety tested.

F2303 l in ground sockets pcs

W 30 kg

F2304 l with bottom tube pcs

W 31 kg

F2305 l with reinforced bottom tube pcs

W 36 kg

4 Kübler Sport ® Small Field Goal SAFETY with Weighted Tube, Transport Wheels

Fully welded small field goal with integrated weight tube for stability. Goal size: 3 x

2 m, goal depth: 80 cm / 150 cm, goal profile: 120 x 100 mm, ground frame: 75 x 50

mm, net bar: aluminum round tube 50 x 3 mm, construction: fully welded, surface:

natural aluminum finish, net attachment: groove with net hooks. Includes side transport

rollers. Complies with DIN EN-748 and DIN EN-16579. Safety certified.

5 Kübler Sport ® Ground Sleeve for Small Field Goals

Material: Aluminum, Profile: 80 x 80 mm, Insertion

depth: 350 mm.

H2219 p

pcs

pcs

6

Kübler Sport ® Small Field Goal, 3 x 2 m

6 Kübler Sport ® Small Field Goal ground socket freestanding

Goals for outdoor use in ground

sleeves or freestanding with various

net supports and colors. Goal

size: 3 x 2 m, Material: Aluminum,

Profile goal frame: 80 x 80 mm,

Processing: Welded at the corners,

Net supports: Hot-dipped galvanized

steel tube, Net attachment:

Deep profile groove and KU net

holder. Delivery without ground

sleeves.

Colour

ground socket

net construction

ground socket

net supports fixed

ground socket

net supports hinged

freestanding

net supports fixed

freestanding

net supports hinged

aluminium naturel H2201 l pcs H2202 l pcs H2280 l pcs H2205 l pcs H2207 l pcs

black / white H2203 l pcs H2204 l pcs H2281 l pcs H2206 l pcs H2208 l pcs


red / white H2217 l pcs H2218 l pcs H2282 l pcs H2209 l pcs H2210 l pcs

blue / white H2252 l pcs H2253 l pcs H2283 l pcs H2254 l pcs H2255 l pcs

63

Soccer

Soccer Goal Nets Youth Goals

unicoloured two coloured Colour Net width

Soccer Goal Nets Youth Goals 5 x 2 m

MADE IN

GERMANY

Goal measure 100 / 100 cm 80 / 150 cm 80 / 200 cm

Net width 3 mm 3,5 mm 4 mm 5 mm 3 mm 3,5 mm 4 mm 5 mm 3 mm 4 mm 5 mm

Mesh size 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm

square hexagonal square square square hexagonal square square square square square

Shipping p p p p p p p p p p p

F1916 – F1006 F1925 F1059 – F1060 F1065 – F1565 –

– F1063 F1907 F1926 – F1062 F1061 F1066 – F1566 –

– – – – – – – – – – –

– F1068 – – – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – – – – –

Price / pair pair pair pair pair pair pair pair pair - pair -

two coloured diagonal pattern diagonal pattern diagonal pattern

– F1590 F1314 – – F1593 F1317 – – – –

– F1592 F1316 – – F1595 F1319 – – – –

– F1591 F1315 – – F1594 F1318 – – – –

– – – – – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – – – – –

Price / pair - pair pair - - pair pair - - - -

64

Custom-Made Products

Do you need goal nets in special

sizes, custom colors, with a club

logo, or camera-optimized nets?

– No problem, we are here to help

and will be happy to advise you!

4

Net Holder H+

2 mm

3 mm

11 mm

Plastic Net Holders, Orange, 10 pieces

1 ECO Football Goal Nets made of Polylactic Acid

Mesh size: 120 mm, Thickness: 4 mm, Mesh shape:

Square, knotless, Solid edge: approx. 5-7 mm, Color:

white, PP tension cord thickness: 6 mm. Tension cord


F1905 p 80 / 150 cm 5 x 2 m pair

F1901 p 80 / 150 cm 7,32 x 2,44 m pair

F1902 p 80 / 200 cm 7,32 x 2,44 m pair

F1904 p 100 / 100 cm 5 x 2 m pair

F1903 p 200 / 200 cm 7,32 x 2,44 m pair

2 Tight-meshed youth goal net

Size: 5.15 x 2.05 m, goal depth: 80 / 150 cm, material:

PP, net thickness: 4 mm, mesh size: 45 mm, square,

color: green. According to DIN EN-748.

F1094 p

pair

3 Handball & Small Field Goal Net EXTRA

For goals: 3 x 2 m, Material: Polypropylene, Thickness:

4 mm, knotless, Mesh size: 100 mm. Delivery in pairs.


H1422 p 80 / 150 cm pair

H1423 p 80 / 200 cm pair

5

2 mm

9 mm

2 mm

7 mm

9 mm 10 mm

Plastic net holder, black, 10 pieces

4 Net Holder H+

Quantity: 10 pieces, Material: Plastic. Easy handling

with an Allen wrench.

F5479 p

set

5 Plastic Net Holders, Orange, 10 pieces

Quantity: 10 pieces, Material: plastic. Closed shape. Can

accommodate edge cords up to 10 mm.

F5489 p

set

6

2 mm

7 mm

9 mm /

18 mm

Standard KU net holder, yellow, 10 pieces

7

Plastic net holder, double

hook black, 10 pieces.

6 Plastic net holder, black, 10 pieces

Quantity: 10 pieces, Material: Plastic. Capable of accommodating

edge cords up to 12 mm.

F5486 p

set

7 Standard KU net holder, yellow, 10 pieces

Quantity: 10 pieces, Material: plastic, Dimensions: 19 x

19 x 26 mm. Installation using a wrench.

E1101 p

set

8 Plastic net holder, double hook black, 10 pieces.

Quantity: 10 pieces, Material: Plastic. Suitable for cords

up to 8 mm in diameter.

E5480 p

set

8

65


Soccer

New Game Formats in Children’s Soccer

Smaller Goals & Bigger Chances! With the reform of children’s soccer competitions by the DFB, far-reaching changes

are coming for soccer clubs. Instead of the traditional club matches with seven players per team (U10/U11), tournament

days will now be played on smaller fields with mini goals.

2-vs-2 3-vs-3 5-v-5 7-vs-7

Field Size

approx. 20 x 16 m

Goals

Mini Goals: max. 2.0 x 1.2 m

Goal Position

Set in 2 m from the sideline

Field Size

approx. 25 x 20 m

Playing fields can share a

common sideline

Shooting Zone

6 m

Goals


Goal Position

Set in 2 m from the sideline

Field Size

approx. 40 x 25 m

Shooting Zone

2 Goals: midfield / 4 Goals: 6 m

Goals


Small Goals: max. 5.0 x 2.0

m, alternatively with height

reduction

Goal Position

Set in 2 m from the sideline or

centered

Field Size

approx. 55 x 35 m

Shooting Zone

2 Goals: midfield

Goals

Small Goals: 5.0 x 2.0 m

alternatively with height

reduction

Goal Position

centered

16 m

20 m

20 m

25 m

25 m

35 m

25 m

55 m

40 m

With the new game formats, following the motto “Play, Fun

& Goals,” the following advantages arise:

reduced, preventing children from losing long-term interest

in club soccer.

Fun Instead of Frustration:

Thanks to the promotion and relegation principle between

fields, there is always an incentive to move up, which reduces

frustration after defeats and keeps the focus on having

fun. The rotation system also makes extreme results less

likely, as teams of similar skill levels gradually meet each

other. By eliminating league tables, pressure to succeed is

Equal Opportunities:

Every child gets the chance to actively take part in tournament

games. Smaller teams and up to four mini goals on

the field make ball contact for each player much more likely.

Weaker or physically smaller children therefore have the

same opportunity to experience success. In addition, clubs

can field as many players as they like through mini teams

66

and the rotation principle. No child has to sit permanently

on the bench or stay at home.

Child-Friendly Development:

With referees removed, children are encouraged to find their

own solutions, fostering independence. Early tactical focus

is eliminated, and instead, basic skills are practiced much

more intensively. With more frequent ball contact, children

are more likely to dribble and defend actively. Experiencing

both winning and losing is a common part of tournament

days, helping children learn to deal with these situations—an

important aspect of their overall development.

Optimally Equipped for Tournament Days:

2

SET

BazookaGoal ® Minisoccer Goal 16-Piece Set

1

Practical set for match days in youth soccer G to E-junior

teams, designed for a field size of 2 vs. 2, 3 vs. 3, or 5

vs. 5. Set includes: 4x BazookaGOAL ® XL soccer goal

150 x 90 cm, 1x Kübler Sport ® Floormarker set of 24, 1x

LISKI ® corner flags set of 4 for grass fields.

D5057-04 p set

2 BazookaGoal ® Minisoccer Goal 16-Piece Set

Set contents: 16x BazookaGoal ® Minisoccer goal with

goal size 120 cm x 75 cm. Size when closed: 149 x 18 x

10 cm including carrying strap, Weight: 5 kg, Goal net:

Black mesh fabric made of 100% polyester, Frame: Premium

PVC, polycarbonate & nylon-fiberglass composite.

D50521 y blue set

D50511 y red set

D50501 y black set

3

1 SET

Soccer Pitch ® field marking for mini soccer 3 vs. 3

3 Soccer Pitch ® field marking for mini soccer 3 vs. 3

Field size: 20 x 26 m, Material: PP, Set contents: 2x

20 m white bands (goal line with goal markings), 4x 6

m orange bands (shooting area), 2x 13 m white bands

(boundary line), Velcro tape, wooden band dispenser,

transport bag. Additionally included for artificial turf: 8x

sandbags at 500 g each. Additionally included for natural

grass: 8x ground anchors and plastic mallet for insertion.

Recommended goal size: 120 x 80 cm (Not included).

F7001 p for artificial grass set

F7000 p for turf set

4

NEW

Powershot ® Foldable Bench

4 Powershot ® Foldable Bench

Height: 80 cm, Seat depth: approx. 42 cm, Load capacity

per seat: 120 kg, Color: Black / Yellow. Includes

transport bag.

F2453 p 176 cm pcs

F2452 p 256 cm pcs

F2454 p 344 cm pcs


67

Soccer

Mini Soccer Goals

1

2

3

BazookaGoal ® Mini Soccer Goal

BazookaGoal ® XL Football Goal 150 x 90 cm

BazookaGoal ® XXL Soccer Goal 180 x 90 cm

4

SET

5

SET

BazookaGoal ® 6 Match Day Set Grass Field

BazookaGoal ® 6 Match Day Set for Artificial Turf Field

1 BazookaGoal ® Mini Soccer Goal

Size open: 120 x 75 x 75 cm, size closed: 149 x 18 x

10 cm, weight: 5 kg. Net: 100% polyester, tight mesh,

black, frame: premium PVC, polycarbonate & nylon

fiberglass composite. With safety spring system. Includes

carrying strap.

D5052 p blue pcs

D5051 p red pcs

D5050 p black pcs

2 BazookaGoal ® XL Football Goal 150 x 90 cm

Goal Size: 150 x 90 x 90 cm, Length when closed: Approx.

180 cm, Weight: approximately 7 kg, Net Material:

Polyester, close-meshed, black. Net transforms into a

carrying bag. Goal frame: Premium PVC, Polycarbonate

& Nylon Fiberglass Composite.

D5053 p

3 BazookaGoal ® XXL Soccer Goal 180 x 90 cm

XXL version of the well-known and proven Bazooka Goals.

Dimensions: 180 x 90 x 90 cm, Weight: Approx. 9 kg.

Transport dimensions: Approx. 90 x 20 x 20 cm. Goal net:

Polyester, tight mesh, and black. Goal frame: Premium

PVC, polycarbonate, and nylon fiberglass composite.

Includes carrying strap.

D5054 p

pcs

4 BazookaGoal ® 6 Match Day Set Grass Field

D50561 p

Set contents: 6x BazookaGoal ® Original 120 x 75 cm 6

+ 2x BazookaGoal ® Transport Bag for 3 goals + 6x

BazookaGoal ® Ground Anchor for grass. Color Goal:

Black, Goal Frame: Premium PVC, Polycarbonate, and

pcs

Nylon-Fiberglass Composite, Goal Net: Mesh fabric 100%

Polyester. Bag Material: 100% Polyester, with zipper

and Velcro straps. Includes 2x ground anchors per goal.

E5050 p

7

D50560 p

set

E50505 p

5 BazookaGoal ® 6 Match Day Set for Artificial Turf Field

Set content: 6x BazookaGoal ® Original 120 x 75 cm + 2x

BazookaGoal ® Transport bag for 3 goals + 6x Bazooka-

Goal ® Sandbags. Goal color: Black, Goal frame: Premium

PVC, polycarbonate, and nylon-fiberglass composite. Goal

net: Mesh fabric 100% polyester. Bag: 100% polyester,

with zipper and Velcro straps. Includes 2x BazookaGoal ®

Sandbags per goal.

set

pcs

pcs

68



10

Pure2Improve ® Pop-Up Mini Goal 2-Pack

13

Kübler Sport ® Mini Training Goal FUN with foldable net holders

8 tanga sports ® Foldable Mini Goal

Material: Aluminum, Surface: Black powder-coated,

Goal frame profile: Ø 50 mm, Weight: approx. 8.5 kg,

Net attachment: Velcro, Net color: Fluorescent Green.

D5044 p 120 x 70 cm pcs

D5045 p 155 x 95 cm pcs

9 Funtoplay ® Foldable Mini Soccer Goal

Goal frame: Aluminum, Ø 50 mm, Bottom frame: Ø 35 mm,

Net bar: Ø 35 mm, Goal net: Close-meshed net (white)

included in delivery, Goal depth: 70 cm. Safety tested.

D5136 p 120 x 80 cm pcs

D5137 p 155 x 100 cm pcs

D5141 p 180 x 120 cm pcs

10 Pure2Improve ® Pop-Up Mini Goal 2-Pack

Package Contents: 2x Mini goal + 4x pegs, Frame Material:

Fiberglass, Net Material: Nylon, Color: Black / Red.

Includes carrying bag.

8

tanga sports ® Foldable Mini Goal

MADE IN

GERMANY

NEW

11

Mini training goal PROTECT

with foldable net supports

MADE IN

GERMANY

11 Mini training goal PROTECT with foldable net supports

Profile goal frame: Ø 60 mm, Material: Aluminum, Goal

depth: 70 cm, Net rod: Foldable, Ø 40 mm, Including goal

net: Green, Mesh size 45 mm. Including net holder H+.

Ground rails: 40 x 40 mm with Ø 25 mm bores each.

Without ground anchors. Safety tested in combination

with ground anchoring.

D5122 y 105 x 70 cm pcs

D5123 l 120 x 80 cm pcs

W 13 kg

D5124 l 180 x 120 cm pcs

W 15 kg

12 Minitraining tower PROTECT+

Goal size: 120 x 80 cm, Folded size: 65 x 90 x 40 cm,

Construction: Fully welded with folding mechanism,

Material: Aluminum, Surface: Natural, Goal frame profile:

Ø 60 mm, Goal depth: 70 cm, Net bar profile: Ø 40 mm,

Net attachment: Net holders in profile. Including 25x net

holders H+. Including net: Green, PP, Mesh size 45 mm,

Ground rail profile: 40 x 40 mm each with Ø 25 mm bore.

According to EN 16579. Safety tested.

D51350 l

D51230 p pcs 579.- W 8.5 kg

13

Funtoplay ® Foldable Mini Soccer Goal

9

12

Minitraining tower PROTECT+

14

NEW

Kübler Sport ® Mini Soccer Goal BOW

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

Kübler Sport ® Mini Training Goal FUN with foldable

net holders

Practical training goal for club training with children or in

the home garden. Construction: Fully welded, Material:

Aluminum, Color: White plastic-coated, Profile: Octagonal

profile Ø 50 mm, Net bracket: Round tube 30 x 2 mm,

Goal depth: 40 / 60 cm, Net attachment: Circumferential

KU net holder. Includes ground anchoring with spiral

anchor. According to DIN EN 16579.

D5034 l 120 x 80 cm pcs

W 20 kg

D5035 l 150 x 100 cm pcs

W 25 kg

14 Kübler Sport ® Mini Soccer Goal BOW

Goal Size: 120 x 80 cm Construction: Fully welded

Material: Aluminum Goal Frame Profile: 60 x 53 mm

Goal Depth: 60 cm Ground Frame Profile: 60 x 53 mm

Net Attachment: Powerpress net holder

Includes net holder. Includes goal net: Blue, Mesh size

45 mm.

pcs

69


Soccer

Mini Soccer Goals & Street Soccer Goals

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

2

Street Soccer Goal PAUSENHOF

Kübler Sport Soccer Goal Streetsoccer MAXI & MINI

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

3

4

5

Kübler Sport ® Mini Soccer Goal ROBUST fully

welded and rectangular

Blue Goal ® Mini Tower

Kübler Sport Minitor SAFETY

1 Street Soccer Goal PAUSENHOF

Goal with reduced height, also suitable for mini handball.

Goal size: 3 x 1.6 m, goal frame profile: 80 x 80 mm,

construction: partially welded with steel corner connection,

material: aluminium, surface: natural blank, net attachment:

round tube ø 40 mm, net fastening: KU net holder,

also on the ground frame, goal depth: 100 cm. Includes

25 mm diameter holes on the ground beams. Includes

45 x safety system net holder H+. Safety tested and

compliant with EN 16579 in combination with e.g. F1983.

H1372 l

pcs

W 30 kg

2 Kübler Sport Soccer Goal Streetsoccer MAXI & MINI

Soccer goal with fully welded frame and attached net

bracket and ground tube. Frame material: Aluminum, goal

profile: 75 x 40 mm, goal depth: 80 cm. Net attachment:

POWER PRESS net holder. Includes net, material: Polypropylene,

color: Green, thickness: 3 mm.

D5130 l 120 x 80 cm pcs

W 13 kg

D5125 l 180 x 120 cm pcs

W 17 kg

70

3

Kübler Sport ® Mini Soccer Goal ROBUST fully welded

and rectangular

Goal frame: Special system profile 80 × 80 mm, surface:

natural aluminum, base frame: 80 x 40 mm, goal depth:

70 cm (for goal sizes 120 x 80 cm and 180 x 120 cm)

or 100 cm (for goal size 240 x 160 cm), net bracket:

aluminum Ø 40 mm. Includes H+ safety net holders in

the appropriate quantity and goal net.

D5171 l 45 mm 120 x 80 cm pcs

W 15 kg

D5173 l 45 mm 180 x 120 cm pcs

W 20 kg

D5169 l 45 mm 240 x 160 cm pcs

W 22 kg

D5170 l 100 mm 120 x 80 cm pcs

W 15 kg

D5172 l 100 mm 180 x 120 cm pcs

W 20 kg

D5174 l 100 mm 240 x 160 cm pcs

W 22 kg

4 Blue Goal ® Mini Tower

Processing: Fully welded, Profile: 80 × 40 mm, Material:

Aluminum (34% recycled) | Goal depth: 70 cm, Net bar:

Ø 40 mm, foldable, Net attachment: KU net holder H+,

Net: Black, Mesh size 45 mm, 100% recycled polyester,

Ground bars: 40 x 40 mm. Each with 1x 25 mm borehole

on the ground bars. According to EN 16579. Safety tested.

F2306 l 120 x 80 cm pcs

W 10 kg

F2307 l 180 x 120 cm pcs

W 16 kg

F2308 l 240 x 160 cm pcs

W 22 kg

5 Kübler Sport Minitor SAFETY

Processing: Fully welded, Material: Aluminum, Goal frame

profile: 80 x 80 mm, Net bar profile: Ø 50 mm, Ground

frame special profile: 75 x 50 mm, Goal depth: 70 cm, Total

depth with wheels: 103 cm. Including net hooks. Without

net. Including fillable weight tube and transport wheels.

Without sand. Safety tested according to DIN EN 16579.

D5030 l 120 x 80 cm pcs

W 20 kg

D5031 l 180 x 120 cm pcs

W 35 kg

D5032 l 240 x 160 cm pcs

W 40 kg

Kübler Sport ® Mini Training Goal

FUN with foldable net holders

PlayersProtect ® Safety Monitor

6 Kübler Sport ® Mini Training Goal FUN with foldable

net holders

Practical training goal for club training with children or in

the home garden. Construction: Fully welded, Material:

Aluminum, Color: White plastic-coated, Profile: Octagonal

profile Ø 50 mm, Net bracket: Round tube 30 x 2 mm,

Goal depth: 40 / 60 cm, Net attachment: Circumferential

KU net holder. Includes ground anchoring with spiral

anchor. According to DIN EN 16579.

D5034 l 120 x 80 cm pcs

W 20 kg

D5035 l 150 x 100 cm pcs

W 25 kg

7 Kübler Sport ® Minitor TRAINING

Profile: 80 x 40 mm with rounded edges, Material: Aluminium,

Base frame: 40 x 40 mm, Goal depth: 70 cm, Net

frame profile: 30 x 2 mm, Kit: 4 pieces with 6 screws.

Includes net hooks. Includes goal net: Material: PP, Color:

Green, Thickness: 3 mm, Mesh size: 100 mm.

D5113 y 120 x 80 cm pcs

D5114 y 180 x 120 cm pcs

8

6

MADE IN

GERMANY

Kübler Sport ® Mini goal nets in color

One- and two-colored mini goal nets including tying

cord. Material: polypropylene (PP), thickness: 3 mm,

mesh shape: square, knotless. Dimensions and mesh

size of your choice. Delivery in pairs.

MADE IN

GERMANY

Safety weights for Kübler Sport soccer

goal MAXI & MINI Streetsoccer

8 PlayersProtect ® Safety Monitor

Tip-proof safety monitor with innovative PlayersProtect ®

floor frame, protects against injuries. Construction: Fully

welded, Material: Aluminum, Frame profile: 80 x 80 mm,

Net bar: 50 x 3 mm, Goal depth: 70 cm. Includes two large

transport wheels, fillable weight tube, and KU net holder.

Without net. Safety tested according to DIN EN 16579.

F1811 l 120 x 80 cm pcs

W 25 kg

F1812 l 180 x 120 cm pcs

W 29 kg

F1813 l 240 x 160 cm pcs

W 45 kg

9

Kübler Sport® Mini goal nets in color

Goal size 120 x 80 cm 180 x 120 cm 240 x 160 cm

Mesh size 45 mm 100 mm 45 mm 100 mm 45 mm 120 mm

Shipping p p p p p p

F2020-07 F2022-07 F2023-07 F2025-07 F2027-07 F2026-07

F2020-05 F2022-05 F2023-05 F2025-05 – F2026-05

F2020-02 – F2023-02 – – –

F2020-03 – F2023-03 – – –

F2020-01 F2022-01 F2023-01 F2025-01 F2027-01 F2026-01

F2020-04 F2022-04 F2023-04 F2025-04 – F2026-04

Price / pair pair pair pair pair pair pair

MADE IN

GERMANY

Kübler Sport ® Minitor TRAINING

7

10

MADE IN

GERMANY

Ground Anchors for Mini Goals, for Screw-In Installation

9 Safety weights for Kübler Sport soccer goal MAXI &

MINI Streetsoccer

The practical solution for mini soccer goals. Design:

To be hung on the side of the bottom frame, Material:

Aluminum, 1 set = 2 pieces for one goal. Weight per set:

approx. 25 kg. Please specify the profile of the bottom

frame when ordering.

D5133 l

set

W 28 kg

10 Ground Anchors for Mini Goals, for Screw-In Installation

Anchoring system for natural grass fields. Sentence: 2

pieces for 1 goal.

F1984 p 80 x 40 mm set

F1983 p 40 x 40 mm set


71

Soccer

Field Maintenance & Pitch Markings

2

3

First line marking set with hand reel and 150 m cord

First marking set with turbo reel and 150 m cord

1

4

5

Lawn Edge Cutter

Powershot ® PITCHMARKER Marking Aid 25-Piece Set

Soccer Pitch ® field marking for mini soccer 3 vs. 3

1 Lawn Edge Cutter

For repairing bald spots and holes in the lawn. Digging

depth: 7 cm, Digging dimensions: Round = Ø 15 cm,

rectangular = 9.5 x 14.5 cm, Material: Steel, Surface:

Orange painted. Includes an ejector mechanism and a

user-friendly T-handle.

F1516 p angular pcs

F1517 p round pcs

2 First line marking set with hand reel and 150 m cord

Basis for marking playing fields. Set includes: hand

reel with locking brake, string, two T-shaped ground

stakes, and belt pouch. Length of string: 150 m, string

thickness: 2 mm.

F15120 p

set

3 First marking set with turbo reel and 150 m cord

Basis for marking playing fields. Set includes: Turbo

reel with locking brake, cord, two T-shaped pegs, and

belt pouch. Cord length: 150 m, cord thickness: 2 mm.

F15121 p

set

4 Powershot ® PITCHMARKER Marking Aid 25-Piece Set 6 Sparvar ® 3-pack chalk spray for sports fields

Set contents: 25 pieces and installation tool, Material:

PVC, Length of spiral cone: 10 cm, Length of synthetic

anti-UV fiber: 7 cm.

Set contents: 3x 400 ml, Application areas: Grass pitches,

soil, asphalt. Coverage: 1x 400 ml for 3 sqm coverage.

Not a permanent marking. With overhead valve.

F2428 p blue set F1409 p blue set

F2430 p red set F1408 p red set

F2432 p yellow set F1406 p yellow set

F2431 p white set F1407 p white set

F2429 p orange set

5 Soccer Pitch ® field marking for mini soccer 3 vs. 3

Field size: 20 x 26 m, Material: PP, Set contents: 2x

20 m white bands (goal line with goal markings), 4x 6

m orange bands (shooting area), 2x 13 m white bands

(boundary line), Velcro tape, wooden band dispenser,

transport bag. Additionally included for artificial turf: 8x

sandbags at 500 g each. Additionally included for natural

grass: 8x ground anchors and plastic mallet for insertion.

Recommended goal size: 120 x 80 cm (Not included).

F7001 p for artificial grass set

F7000 p for turf set

7 Wet marking paint COLOR

Volume: 11.5 liters, Weight: 14 kg, Mixing ratio: 1:4 to 1:6.

For natural grass pitches. REACH-compliant.

F1149-01 p blue pcs

F1149-02 p red pcs



72



6

Sparvar ® 3-pack chalk spray for sports fields

9

Wet Line Marking Machine Type AKKU 3000

13

Dry Line Marking Trolley 50 Liters

7

Wet marking paint COLOR

11

Wet Line Marking Machine ECOMATIC 2001

14

35-liter dry line marker with guide wheel

8

Kübler Sport ® Wet Marking Paint ULTRA white

12

Wet Line Marker Cart with 4 Wheels

Wet marking cart Rollmarker STANDARD

8 Kübler Sport ® Wet Marking Paint ULTRA white

11 Wet Line Marking Machine ECOMATIC 2001

14 35-liter dry line marker with guide wheel

Quantity: 10 liter canister, Weight: approx. 15.8 kg,

Concentrate mixing ratio: 1:5 to 1:7, Color: White. Sufficient

for approximately 3-4 markings of a soccer field

(Approximately 600 linear meters per marking).

With electric pump and rechargeable battery including

charger, diaphragm pump: 12V, battery: 12V/7Ah, 20L

paint container, material: galvanized steel, spray arm:

fixed, in the middle. Suction pipe with pre-filter. With

Marker cart with slit spreading device, nylon round

brush, and adjustable guide handles. Material: Metal,

wheels: solid rubber, Ø 25 cm, guide wheel: Ø 16 cm,

color: red powder-coated, capacity: 35 liters, weight

F11490-05 p pcs flat jet nozzle and 2x suction pipe holder. Funnel screen,

measuring cup, and 12L mixing bucket.

approx. 17 kg. Can be turned on and off using a hand

lever on the container.

9 Wet Line Marking Machine Type AKKU 3000

With electric pump and battery included, charging cable,

F1531 p

pcs F1170 y

pcs

control switch on the handle, spray device with flexible 12 Wet Line Marker Cart with 4 Wheels

15 Wet marking cart Rollmarker STANDARD

position and line width. Dimensions: approx. 800 x 540 With plastic container, flexible line width 5-12 cm. Dimensions:

Trolley for grass and hard courts for wet marking paint.

x 860 mm, air pressure: 4.8 bar, electrical voltage: 12

approx. 800 x 520 x 860 mm, Material: steel, Frame material: painted steel, Wheels: 2x plastic air

V, weight: 25 kg, 2x 13 liter paint containers with outlet powder-coated, filling capacity: 9 l, wheels: 4x approx. wheels 260 x 85 mm, Paint tank: 15 liters, Roller width:

shut-off valve, 4x pneumatic balloon wheels 260 x 85 mm. Ø 260 x 85 mm, weight: 18 kg. Including hand pump, 10 cm, Roller material: aluminum with grooves, Weight:

F1280 y

pcs pressure gauge, and safety valve.

18 kg. Delivery as a kit. Includes adjustable handle.

10 Spray Slide Attachment for Wet Marking Cart

F1194 y

pcs F1507 p

pcs

Possible accessories for the sideline running marking 13 Dry Line Marking Trolley 50 Liters

line. Compatible with: F1280.

With adjustable shaking sieve for dry marking paint.

F1313 p

pcs Dimensions: 970 x 530 x 650 mm, Material: Steel tube

frame, Color: Red, powder-coated. Flexible spreading

width 50 - 120 mm, Capacity: 50 l, 4x air-filled balloon

wheels: 260 x 85 mm, Weight: 28 kg. Including adjustable

measuring device and guide.

F1180 y

pcs

73

15


Soccer

Boundary Poles & Corner Flags

1

6.95

2

7.95

3

SET

75.-

LISKI ® Solid Color Corner Flag

for Boundary Poles

Liski ® Bi-colored corner flag for boundary poles

Kübler Sport ® Boundary Poles Set of 4 Ø 50 mm

4

from 3.95

5

90.95

6

13.95

7

17.95

8

8.95

LISKI ® ground sleeve for boundary poles

Kübler Sport Ground Sleeve

SPECIAL for Corner Flags

Liski ® Weighting for

Boundary Poles

1 LISKI ® Solid Color Corner Flag for

Boundary Poles

Size: 45 x 45 cm, Material: 100% Polyester.

F1157 p 30 mm red pcs

F1156 p 30 mm yellow pcs



2 Liski ® Bi-colored corner flag for boundary

poles

Secondary color: White, Size: 40 x 40 cm,

Material: 100% Polyester.

F1164 p 30 mm blue pcs


F1154 p 50 mm blue pcs


F1143 p 50 mm green pcs

3

Kübler Sport ® Boundary Poles Set of

4 Ø 50 mm

For the equipment of a soccer field. Set

content: 4x boundary pole F1360 + 4x

corner flag in various colors. Dimensions of

boundary pole: 160 cm, Ø 50 mm, Material

of boundary pole: Polyethylene, Color of

boundary pole: white, Dimensions of corner

flag: 40 x 40 cm or 45 x 45 cm, Material

of corner flag: 100% polyester.

F11553 p blue / white pcs

F11552 p red / white pcs

F11551 p red pcs

F11550 p yellow pcs

4 LISKI ® ground sleeve for boundary poles

Length: 30 cm, Material: Plastic. Includes

lid.

F1363 p 30 mm pcs

F1362 p 50 mm pcs

5

Kübler Sport Ground Sleeve SPECIAL

for Corner Flags

Ground sockets made of heavy-duty

aluminum special profile and lid compartment.

For boundary poles: approx. Ø

50 mm, insertion depth: approx. 25 cm.

Square holder.

F1142 p

pcs

6 Liski ® Weighting for Boundary Poles

Unfilled weights for Ø 30 mm boundary

poles. Shape: Square, Material: Plastic.

F11460 p

pcs

7 Liski ® boundary pole for soccer fields,

Ø 50 mm

Length: 160 cm, Ø 50 mm, Material: Polyethylene.

Matching ground socket F1362

and flag, e.g. F1153, must be ordered

separately.

F1361 p yellow pcs

F1360 p white pcs

8 LISKI ® Boundary Bar for Football Fields,

Ø 30 mm

Length: 165 cm, Color: white. Matching

ground sleeve F1363 and flag, e.g. F1163,

must be ordered separately.

F1145 p

pcs

74



9

from 38.95

Liski ® tilting boundary bar for football pitches

9 Liski ® tilting boundary bar for football pitches

Length: 175 cm, Ø above the tipping element: 50 mm. Matching

ground sleeve and flag must be ordered separately.


F1364 p 30 mm white pcs

F1365-33 p 30 mm fluorescent yellow pcs


F1367 p 50 mm white pcs

F1368-33 p 50 mm fluorescent yellow pcs


75

Soccer

Player Cabins

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

Player Cabin SUPERIOR

3

Player Cabin EUROPA

pcs

1 Player Cabin SUPERIOR

Player cabin with innovative design including high-quality

faux leather VIP seats. Solid hot-dip galvanized steel

construction, to be fixed on the ground, completely

covered with 3 mm thick transparent polycarbonate

panels. Soft foam pad covered with faux leather for

head crossbar. Overall height of the structure 210 cm,

overall depth 150 cm.

U3831 l 6 m pcs

W 700 kg

U3832 l 10 m pcs

W 1000 kg

2 Ground anchoring for embedding in concrete

Steel anchors for goal posts and player cabins. Quantity:

pieces. Construction: steel tube with internal thread,

M16 screw, stainless steel washer for screwing onto

the bracket.

U3805 p

pcs

3 Player Cabin EUROPA

Extremely solid frame construction made of aluminum special profiles. Top side panels made of transparent solid

acrylic glass panels, bottom side panels made of white plastic panels. Completely weatherproof and maintenancefree.

A continuous wooden slatted frame is included for the bottom. Delivery is unassembled as a construction

kit, with easy and quick self-assembly. Dimensions: height 206 cm, depth 120 cm. Complete with all necessary

fastening materials and 4 ground anchors for absolute stability.

U3829 l 6,50 m 13 seats acryl glas pcs U3824 l 5 m with bench acryl glas pcs

W 405 kg

U3825 l 5 m 10 seats acryl glas pcs

W 260 kg

U3828 l 6,50 m with bench acryl glas pcs

W 270 kg

U3822 l 3 m 6 seats acryl glas pcs

W 390 kg

U3769 l 3 m with bench polycarbonate pcs

W 195 kg

U3827 l 6,50 m 13 seats polycarbonate pcs

W 145 kg

U3819 l 4,35 m with bench polycarbonate pcs

W 315 kg

U3823 l 5 m 10 seats polycarbonate pcs

W 180 kg

U3826 l 6,50 m with bench polycarbonate pcs

W 210 kg

U3820 l 3 m 6 seats polycarbonate pcs

W 300 kg

U3768 l 5 m with bench polycarbonate pcs

W 150 kg

U3821 l 3 m with bench acryl glas pcs

W 200 kg

W 190 kg

76



4

Player Cabin SUPER

Replacement Seats for Player Benches

4 Player Cabin SUPER

Main frame made of torsion-resistant aluminum profiles

with welded tabs for attaching the cabin to the floor. Side

panels made of shatterproof transparent polycarbonate,

bottom made of aluminum side panel profiles. Roof and

rear panel covered with aluminum sheet. Plastic individual

seats with backrest, completely welded. Standing

height 2.00m.

U5800 h 6 seats pcs

U5801 h 8 seats pcs

U5802 h 10 seats pcs

5 Replacement Seats for Player Benches

Replacement seats for CHAMPION, EXCLUSIVE & SUPER

cabins, including backrest. Flame retardant according to

DIN 4102 B1 / B2 and designed for highest quality and

comfort requirements. Available in the colors: yellow,

red, green, blue, black, white.

U38040 p

5

pcs

MADE IN

GERMANY

9

Locker Transport Cart

6 Player Cabin CHAMPION

8 Player Cabin EXCLUSIVE

Stiff aluminum base frame (fully welded). Side panels

made of shatterproof, fully transparent acrylic glass, with

the back made of shatterproof polycarbonate (slightly

matte). Plastic individual seats with backrest, including

integrated aluminum footrest made of corrugated sheet

metal. 4 welded brackets for floor anchoring. Depth

approximately 1 meter, standing height 2 meters.

Rigid aluminum base frame (fully welded). Transparent

surfaces made of shatterproof polycarbonate, shelf

30 cm wide for bags, drinks, clothing, etc. behind the

seats, plastic individual seats with backrest, including

integrated aluminum footrest made of corrugated sheet

metal, 4 welded tabs for floor anchoring, depth approx.

1 m, standing height 1.85 m.

U3800 h 4 seats pcs U4800 h 4 seats pcs




U38036 h 12 seats pcs

9 Locker Transport Cart

7 Seat and backrest made of WPC profiles.

Aluminum tripod transporter with swivel polyamide

wheels. Ideal for easier transport of player cabins from

the storage to the field, we recommend 2 pieces per cabin.

Add-on seat for player cabins CHAMPION. Seat and

backrest made of WPC profiles (wood-plastic composite).

U3809 p linear metre 80.95

8

Player Cabin EXCLUSIVE

MADE IN

GERMANY

U3806 p

6

Player Cabin CHAMPION

MADE IN

GERMANY

pcs


77

Soccer

Ball Catch Fences & Nets

1

Ball Catching Net System 40 x 6 m

5

Complete Steel Wire Rope

6

Steel Cable for Safety Nets

3

Steel ball catch fence system with wire mesh panels

8

9

Turnbuckle M10

Rope clamp for safety nets

4

10

11

Aluminum Ball Catch Fence with Bar Grating Mats

Carabiner Hooks for Safety Nets

Nylon ring for safety nets

1 Ball Catching Net System 40 x 6 m

9 aluminum posts, 6 meters high, profile 120x100 mm,

at a distance of 5 meters. Continuous cross beams for

better stability and appearance. Polypropylene net, 3 mm

green, mesh size 100 mm. Complete delivery with steel

cable, tension locks, thimbles, wire rope clips, carabiner

hooks, net border line, and net hooks for easy assembly.

U4900 l

W 425 kg

2 Ball catch net system 60 x 4 m

13 aluminum posts, 4 meters high, profile 120 x 100 mm,

spaced 5 meters apart. Continuous cross beams for better

stability and appearance. Green 3 mm polypropylene net,

mesh size 100 mm. Complete delivery with steel cable,

tension locks, thimbles, cable clamps, carabiner hooks,

edge line and net hooks for easy assembly.

U4901 l

W 400 kg

78

set

set

3 Steel ball catch fence system with wire mesh panels 4 Aluminum Ball Catch Fence with Bar Grating Mats

Steel post with profile 100 x 40 mm (or 120 x 40 for Aluminum ball-catching posts, 6 m above ground, 120

6 m (OK Flur)), 3 mm thickness, post spacing: 2.5 m, x 100 mm, steel reinforced. Aluminum support posts, 2

lower area with double bar fence panel 2.5 m x 2.03 m above ground, 120 x 100 mm, steel reinforced. Upper

m, mesh size 50 x 200 mm, vertical wire thickness: 6 continuous cross beams, 5.0 m, octagonal profile 46

mm, horizontal wire thickness: 8 mm. Includes plastic mm. Steel mesh fence, 2 m high, 2.5 m long, with 3 mm

mat holder, blind rivet nut M8, and plastic PA 6 cap material thickness, and 120 mm mesh size. Includes a

and cover strip in format 40 x 5 mm. Delivery standard set of accessories for attaching the net and steel mesh

without safety net.

fence for a 20 m length.

U4425 h 4 m 25 m galvanised pcs U4430 l 20 m pcs

U4427 h 5 m 25 m galvanised pcs W 422.13 kg

U4429 h 6 m 25 m galvanised pcs U4431 l 40 m pcs

U4428 h 5 m 25 m as RAL color pcs W 806.54 kg

U4433 h 6 m 25 m as RAL color pcs U4432 l 60 m pcs

U4426 h 4 m 25 m as RAL color pcs W 1195.74 kg

U4438 h 6 m 40 m galvanised pcs

5

U4436 h 5 m 40 m galvanised pcs Complete Steel Wire Rope

U4434 h 4 m 40 m galvanised pcs Both rope ends equipped with thimbles, rope clamps,

U4435 h 4 m 40 m as RAL color pcs and turnbuckles. Additional cost per rope.

U4437 h 5 m 40 m as RAL color pcs U4240 p

set

U4439 h 6 m 40 m as RAL color pcs

6 Steel Cable for Safety Nets

For hanging and tensioning the safety nets. Eyelets and

main lock are not included in the delivery.

U4220 p

linear metre

Protective/stop net

Color: green or white

Material:

High-strength polypropylene

Mesh size:

2.3 mm / 3 mm / 4 mm

12

Net hooks for safety net

7 Stainless Steel Rope

11 Nylon ring for safety nets

15 Post for Ball Catching Net

PVC white stainless steel rope Ø 4 mm, 6 mm including

coating, 1570 N/mm², EN 12385-4, Weight per 100

m: 8.56 kg.

For hanging and sliding the nets on the steel wire, nylon

rings to be attached to the net. 3 pieces are needed

per meter.

U4227 p

linear metre U4246 p

pcs

8 Turnbuckle M10

With hook and loop for self-assembly on steel cable

U4220, without thimbles/cable clamps.

U4222 p

pcs

13

Net boundary lines

12 Net hooks for safety net

Net holder for safety nets, plastic, non-degradable,

UV-resistant. Net is located below the groove, making

it almost theft-proof. Set = 10 pieces.

U4219 p

set

9 Rope clamp for safety nets

13 Net boundary lines

Individually, for steel cable up to Ø 6 mm with screw

closure. We recommend attaching 2 cable clamps to

Sturdy edge reinforcement for safety and stop nets, highly

recommended, especially when the nets are tensioned.

each end of the cable.

U4252 p 6 mm linear metre

U4224 p

pcs U4254 p 8 mm linear metre

10 Carabiner Hooks for Safety Nets

U4255 p 12 mm linear metre

For net suspension and easier sliding on the steel wire rope 14 Crossbar for ball catch fence

with carabiner hooks. 3 pieces are required per meter. Crossbars provide more stability, facilitate net hanging,

U4257 p

pcs and eliminate the need for an upper tension cable.

U4296 l

pcs

W 13 kg

Protection/Stop Net

in club colors

Material:

High-strength polypropylene

Mesh size:

only in 4 mm

Mesh size Color 2,3 mm 3 mm 4 mm Mesh size Color 4 mm

20 mm U4266 p m² 11.95 - - 120 mm U4355 p m²

20 mm U4267 p m² 11.95 - - 120 mm U4356 p m²

45 mm U4268 p m² 6.70 U4282 p m² U4284 p m² 120 mm U4357 p m²

45 mm U4280 p m² 6.15 - - 120 mm U4358 p m²




120 mm U4351 p m² 2.95 U4352 p m² U4353 p m²

Nets under 20 m² have a 35% surcharge per individual net.

14

Crossbar for ball catch fence

Consisting of specially sturdy aluminum profiles 120 x

100 mm. Included in the package are: ground sleeves,

PU net holders (3 pcs per meter) & rope fixation.

U4288 l 3 m pcs

W 11.25 kg

U4289 l 3,50 m pcs

W 13.2 kg

U4290 l 4 m pcs

W 15 kg

U4291 l 4,50 m pcs

W 16.9 kg

U4292 l 5 m pcs

W 26 kg

U4293 l 5,50 m pcs

W 28.6 kg

U4294 l 6 m pcs

W 31.2 kg

U4297 l 6,50 m pcs

W 36.4 kg

79


Soccer

Grandstands & Barrier Systems

1

Mobile spectator grandstand

Mobile spectator stand 12-seater

2

3

NEW

Mobile spectator stand 24 seats

MADE IN

GERMANY

1 Mobile spectator grandstand

Mobile grandstand made of steel (hot-dip galvanized) for

outdoor use with 50 seats. Three rows with a central

aisle, 9.19 m (length) by 2.13 m (depth) and a height of

1.54 m at the railing. The grandstand is delivered in 4

modules. 3 modules are 2 m wide and have 16 seats.

The stairs module is 1.2 m wide and has 2 seat shells

for easy on-site assembly (according to DIN 13200). The

plastic seats are UV resistant and can be freely chosen

from a few basic colors.

U5400 l

pcs

W 950 kg

2 Mobile spectator stand 12-seater

Made entirely of aluminum, 3 rows of 4 seats each,

suitable for indoor and outdoor use, equipped with swivel

wheels for easy transportation and convenient storage,

delivered disassembled, easy to assemble. Dimensions:

200 x 200 x 100 cm.

W2036 l

pcs

W 80 kg

U2070 l

W 28 kg

3 Mobile spectator stand 24 seats

Aluminium construction, dimensions: 4.0 x 2.0 x 1.1 m, 24

individual seats made of polypropylene, including transport

rollers made of polyamide, selectable colors: white,

yellow, red, green, blue, black, weight: approx. 210 kg.

U51008 h disassembled pcs

U51009 h fully welded pcs

4

Premium Advertising System with Side Boards as a

Complete System with Support Poles.

Encased with advertising banners made of aluminum,

suitable as a replacement for the typical barrier handrail,

especially low-noise, support tubes made of aluminum

round tube Ø 60 mm with rubber caps, approximately 1.0

m above ground, spacing 2.5 m, including mounting kit

with clamps and fastening material, advertising banners

completely encased with special end pieces made of

advertising banner profile, 24 mm rigid foam board,

white on both sides (3.0 m long / 75 cm high - visible

surface 70 cm).

linear metre

5 Stadium Grandstand Seat LARGE

Polypropylene, impact-resistant, UV-resistant according

to DIN 4102-B1. Quick and easy installation on almost

any surface through triple fastening. All seat shells are

equipped with a water drain. Suitable for indoor and

outdoor grandstands. Dimensions: 434 x 445 x 326 mm.

D3853-01 l blue pcs

D3853-02 l red pcs

D3853-03 l yellow pcs

D3853-04 l black pcs

D3853-05 l white pcs

D3853-07 l green pcs

D3853-11 l grey pcs

D3853-23 l orange pcs

W 2.3 kg

80



Premium Advertising System with Side Boards

as a Complete System with Support Poles.

Stadium Grandstand Seat LARGE

Stadium grandstand seat SMALL

4

5

10

6 24mm advertising board panels

Foam panels, white on both sides, 3.0 m long / 75 cm

high, visible surface 70 cm, impact-resistant and weatherproof,

sturdy, durable, dimensionally stable, and

physiologically safe.

U20706 l

W 2 kg

7 Mounting material for 1x support post

For Advertising Board System Premium.

U20703 p

pcs

8 Advertising Board SMART 3m

Aluminum composite element (Dibond/ Cobond) approximately

75 cm high, 3 mm thick made of weatherproof

aluminum, white, stable, durable, resistant to deformation,

sheet length 3.0 m.

U20761 l

W 2.5 kg

9 Mounting Material SMART for 1 support post

One set per post.

U20762 p

pcs

pcs

set

24mm advertising board panels

11

Foldable Player Tunnel

10 Stadium grandstand seat SMALL

Polypropylene, impact-resistant, UV-resistant, quick

and easy installation on almost any surface with triple

attachment. All seat shells are equipped with a water

drain. Suitable for indoor and outdoor stands. Dimensions:

370 x 444 x 134 mm.

D3857-01 l blue pcs

D3857-02 l red pcs

D3857-03 l yellow pcs

D3857-04 l black pcs

D3857-05 l white pcs


D3857-23 l orange pcs

W 2 kg

6

Safe Outdoor Sports Facilities

DIN 18035-1. Sports Fields – Part 1: Outdoor

Facilities for Games and Athletics – Planning

and Dimensions specifies that full-size fields

and competition facilities must be separated

from walkways and spectator areas by

barriers.

12

Barrier System

11 Foldable Player Tunnel

Various individual versions of player tunnels. Length,

width, and height can be chosen within certain tolerances,

as well as the color.

F2050 l

on request

12 Barrier System

Made of high-quality aluminum.

U2040 l 2,50 m aluminium naturel linear metre

U2035 l 2,50 m anodized matt silver linear metre

U2048 l 2,50 m

exclusive anodized matt

silver

linear metre

U2042 l 3 m aluminium naturel linear metre

U2041 l 3 m anodized matt silver linear metre

U2049 l 3 m

exclusive anodized matt

silver

linear metre

W 2.5 kg

8

Advertising Board SMART 3m


81

Flutlichtanlagen

Floodlight Systems

Floodlighting is indispensable for year-round and intensive use of sports facilities, as it makes

it possible to train and hold competitions even under poor lighting conditions. The requirements

for sports facility lighting vary depending on the level of training and competition, as

well as the core sport being played.

Lighting According to Standards

DIN EN 12193 for sports facility lighting defines binding minimum photometric requirements for each

sport. The aim is to ensure good visibility for athletes, referees, spectators, and to allow for video

recording. In addition to the DIN standard, individual sports associations define further sport-specific

requirements for training and competition. Municipal regulations, such as light emission limits,

must also be taken into account.

The DIN standard defines three lighting classes for sports facility lighting. These apply to both LED

floodlights and conventional floodlighting:

• Lighting Class 1: For high-performance training (international

and national matches/competitions)

• Lighting Class 2: For medium-level competitions (regional

and local matches/competitions, training)

• Lighting Class 3: For general training, school, and recreational

sports (local matches/competitions)

Key Features

K65 MK5

For applications requiring widearea

illumination

Extremely high efficiency

Sports-LITE

Fast and compact solution for

training

Battery operated, no trailing

cables

Light output 195.000 Lumen 12.000 Lumen

Power consumption 1460 W 75 W

1

EXCLUSIVE

Dimensions

(extended)

237 x 310 x 650 cm 3 m Height

Max. tripod base: 1.35 m

Ritelite ® Mobile Floodlight K65 MK6

Dimensions (closed) 109 x 83 x 195 cm Compact carrying case

Weight 250 kg 9,64 kg

Protection class

IP44: protected against splashing

water from all directions

IP65 (protected against water

jets from all directions)

Max. permissible

wind speed

48 km/h 40 km/h

Connection

IEC type E-F connector

Power supply via diesel generators,

mains power, or lithium

battery-powered generators

Built-in lithium batteries with a

runtime of up to 2.3 hours

SKU 1 U27090 2 U2708

82

Mobile Floodlight Systems

In addition to stationary floodlight systems, mobile solutions can also

be used. Mobile floodlight systems offer several advantages and are

characterized by the following features:

• No building permit required

• More cost-effective than permanent floodlighting

• Easy to transport

• Simple setup

• Silent, smoke-free operation

• Flexible use for sports & events

1 Ritelite ® Mobile Floodlight K65 MK6

Latest generation of mobile floodlights. Powerful beamcontrolled

LED light heads with up to 195,000 lumens

and a maximum power consumption of 1460W. Max

height: 6.5m, weight: 240kg, dimensions folded: 109 x

83 x 195cm, dimensions extended: 237 x 310 x 650cm.

Suitable for use in wind speeds up to 48 km/h. IP76

rating, three-pole CEE plug connection.

U27090 l

W 260 kg

2 Ritelite ® Floodlight Sports-LITE MP

Mains operation includes stable tripod, maximum height

of 3 m. Light: 75 W, Lumen: 12,000, asymmetric lenses

ensure almost no light pollution. Easy to use and set up

in less than 1 minute. Weight: 9 kg.

U27089 l

W 9.5 kg

3

EXCLUSIVE

Ritelite ® Mobile Floodlight Sports-LITE

3 Ritelite ® Mobile Floodlight Sports-LITE

5 Lithium battery for Ritelite ® Sports-LITE

Battery powered (2 hours 20 minutes), including stable

tripod, maximum height: 3 m. Light: 75 W, Lumen: 12,000,

A lithium battery pack for the power supply of the Sports-

LITE LED sports lighting training kits.

asymmetrical lenses ensure almost no light pollution. Easy U27080 l

to use and set up in less than 1 minute. Weight: 10 kg. W 1 kg

pcs

U2708 y

pcs

6 Charger for Ritelite ® Sports-LITE

4

pcs Ritelite ® Mobile Floodlight Sports-LITE, Set of 2

Battery operated (2 hrs 20 min), including stable tripod,

Charger with standard power connection.

U27081 p

pcs

maximum height 3 m. Light: 75 W, Lumen: 12,000, 7 5-Way Charger for Ritelite ® Sports-LITE

asymmetric lenses ensure nearly no light pollution. Easy

to operate and can be set up in less than 1 minute. Set

5-way charger for charging the lithium batteries in the

Sports-LITE heads.

weight: 20 kg.

U27083 p

pcs

U2708-PA y

pair

pair

4

SET

Ritelite ® Mobile Floodlight Sports-LITE, Set of 2

5-Way Charger for Ritelite ® Sports-LITE

Lithium battery for Ritelite ® Sports-LITE

Charger for Ritelite ® Sports-LITE

5

6

7


83

84

Flutlichtanlagen

Stationary Floodlight Systems

LED – the Energy-Saving Sports Field Lighting

In recent years, LED floodlighting has become the preferred lighting technology for sports facilities.

The advantages of this technology are numerous, covering both economic and ecological aspects:

• High energy efficiency, resulting in lower energy costs

• Long service life of up to 100,000 hours

• Optimized stray light control to prevent light emissions

• Excellent uniform light quality without flickering

• Instant switch-on with no “warm-up phase”

1

NEW

Philips ® OptiVision LED Floodlight

2

Floodlight Steel Mast, HPH 15 Meters

1 Philips ® OptiVision LED Floodlight

2 Floodlight Steel Mast, HPH 15 Meters

High-quality LED lighting for the sports sector. Highly efficient optical

system with symmetrical or asymmetrical light distributions. Further

energy-saving options through additional control and dimming.

High-efficiency optics and accessories (telescope/LO glare shield) for

optimal stray light control and light pollution prevention. Minimization

of maintenance costs and energy consumption due to long-lasting LEDs

and optimized heat management of the spotlight, as well as the reliable

external IP66 operating device. Useful life of 100,000 hours (L94).

come with 2 hatches.

- Total length: 16.5 m

- Light point height: 15 m

- Material: hot-dip galvanized steel

- Diameter at the bottom: 29.5 cm

U2722 l 1050 w pcs - Diameter at the top: 10.2 cm

W 23.5 kg

- Number of rungs: 2

U2721 l 1550 w pcs - Crampons: optional

W 27 kg

- Spotlights not included

High-quality floodlight poles made of hot-dip galvanized steel. The

poles have a light point of 15 m with a total length of 16.5 m. The base

weight is 325 kg, depending on the version up to 338 kg. The poles

U2720 l without traverse pcs

W 325 kg

U27201 l for 1x headlight pcs

W 350 kg

U27202 l for 2x headlights pcs

W 355 kg


85

Anzeigetafeln

Scoreboard

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

Solar Display Board FA 100/2

MADE IN

GERMANY

2

3

6

Solar display board FAS 100/2

Advertising wall 300 x 230 cm

Outdoor Scoreboard FRB

1 Solar Display Board FA 100/2

Dimensions: 180 x 90 x 7 cm (L x W x H), Weight: 50 kg,

Visibility: 200 m, Functions: Score display, Operation:

Battery (solar powered), Sports: Soccer. Ball-throwing

resistant according to DIN 18302.

U4049 l

pcs

W 90 kg

2 Solar display board FAS 100/2


Visibility: 200 m, Functions: Game time, Score display,

Operation: Battery (Solar power), Sports: Soccer. Ball

throw-proof according to DIN 18302.

U40493 l

pcs

W 90 kg

3 Advertising wall 300 x 230 cm

Dimensions: 300 x 230 cm (W x H), advertising wall

specifically for the solar display board U40493, blank.

U40494 l

pcs

W 50 kg

4 Round Pole for Solar Display

Mounting for the solar display boards U4049 and U40493,

lightning conductor.

U40490 l

pcs

W 150 kg

5 Mounting kit for round mast

Mounting kit for round mast (U40490), exclusively for

solar display board U4049 and U40493.

U40491 p

pcs

6 Outdoor Scoreboard FRB

Dimensions: 180 x 100 x 9 cm (W x H x D), weight: 34

kg, digit height: 25 cm, visibility: 120 m, functions: game

time & score display, sports: soccer, rugby, field hockey.

U4073 l

pcs

W 50 kg

7 Stramatel ® Display Board FRA Period

Dimensions: 190 x 115 x 9 cm (W x H x D), Weight: 40

kg, Digit height: 30 cm, Visibility: 160 m, Functions:

Game time, Score display, Period of play, Sports: Soccer,

Rugby, Field hockey.

U3989 l

pcs

W 60 kg

86



Stramatel ® Display Board FRA Period

Stramatel ® Outdoor Scoreboard FRA US

7

10

13

Stramatel ® Outdoor Display Board FRC AD (Horn & Game Period)

Outdoor Display Board FRC

11

Stramatel ® Scoreboard American Football FRC US

8

Stramatel ® Outdoor Scoreboard FRB AD

12

Stramatel ® Outdoor Display Board FRC AD

14

Stramatel ® Scoreboard American Football FRF US

8 Outdoor Display Board FRC

11 Stramatel ® Scoreboard American Football FRC US 13 Stramatel ® Outdoor Display Board FRC AD (Horn &

Dimensions: 250 x 180 x 9 cm (W x H x D), Weight: 83 kg,

Digit Height: 46 cm, Visibility: 200 m, Functions: Game

time and score display, Sports: soccer, rugby, field hockey.

Dimensions: 295 x 180 x 9 cm (L x W), digit height: 46

cm, visibility: 200 m, functions: game time, score display,

football-specific functions, sport: American Football.

Game Period)


kg, Digit Height: 46 cm, Visibility: 200 m, Features: Game

U4074 l

pcs U3998 l

pcs Time, Score Display, Team Names, Signal Tone, Game

W 120 kg

W 120 kg

Periods, Sports: Football, Rugby, Field Hockey.

U39880 l

pcs

9 Stramatel ® Outdoor Scoreboard FRB AD

12 Stramatel ® Outdoor Display Board FRC AD

W 145 kg

Dimensions: 200 x 100 x 9 cm (L x W x H), Weight: 34 Dimensions: 300 x 206 x 9 cm (L x W x H), Weight: 121 14 Stramatel ® Scoreboard American Football FRF US

kg, Number height: 25 cm, Visibility: 120 cm, Features: kg, Digit height: 46 cm, Visibility: 200 m, Functions: Dimensions: 490 x 200 x 9 cm (L x W x H), Weight: 157

Game time, score display, team names, Sports: Soccer, Game time, Score display, Team names, Sports: Soccer, kg, Digit height: 46 cm, Visibility: 200 cm, Functions:

Rugby, Field Hockey.

Rugby, Field hockey.

Game time, Score display, Football-specific displays,

U3973 l

pcs U3988 l

pcs Sports: American Football.

W 62 kg

W 145 kg

U3999 l

pcs

10 Stramatel ® Outdoor Scoreboard FRA US

W 220 kg

Dimensions: 220 x 130 x 9 cm (L x W x H), Weight: 51

kg, Digit height: 30 cm, Visibility: 160 m, Functions:

Game time, score display, Football-specific indicators,

Sports: American Football.

U3972 l

pcs

W 58 kg

9

87


Mini Playing Fields & Soccer Courts

Mini Playing Fields

Big Fun on Small Spaces

Mini playing fields allow for multifunctional movement

areas to be created in relatively small

spaces. Whether publicly accessible as municipal

recreational facilities, for club use, or in

school sports – thanks to numerous designs and

configuration options, mini playing fields can be

customized for various needs. This opens up

possibilities that go beyond just playing soccer,

making the playing field attractive to a broader

range of users.

Equipment Features

Bumper System

In general, a mini playing field, like a soccer court, is enclosed

by a closed-loop bumper system. The constr Mini Playing Fields

uction of the bumper systems varies depending on the model,

but typically, the bumpers are made of robust foam-coated hard

foam panels. In residential areas, sound-absorbing bumpers are

particularly advantageous. A special version with de-escalation

corners instead of 90° corners is also possible. It is advisable

to use the bumper system for advertising spaces and thus for

refinancing.

Access to the mini playing field is provided through access doors,

which can be optionally made barrier-free. Moreover, drivable

solutions through foldable goal back walls or passage gates

along the long sides can be installed upon request.

For soccer courts, artificial turf with a more elastic sublayer

is the preferred choice, while multi-sport fields usually have a

synthetic surface with markings. With sand, the area can transform

into a volleyball or beach soccer field. Asphalt is suitable

for schoolyards. Natural grass is used when minimal disruption

to the natural environment is desired.

Side Nets/Fences and Ceiling Nets

To protect the surrounding area from flying balls and enable a

smooth game flow, nets or fences are installed around the mini

playing fields. These can be located on the long sides or around

the entire playing field as desired. A complete net canopy for

the court is also possible.

Lighting

LED floodlighting for the mini playing field is optionally available.

Multi-Sport Options

The installed sports equipment is crucial for multifunctional use.

The following equipment options are feasible:

- Standard soccer goals or street soccer goals

(aluminum grates)

- Hockey goals

- Basketball hoops

- Net posts for volleyball, badminton, soccer tennis

Playing Surface

Mobile courts require no earth foundations or sports floors.

The existing surface is used, which can be temporarily covered

with artificial turf if necessary. For permanently installed mini

playing fields or soccer courts with a foundation*, several playing

surfaces are available:

- Artificial turf

- Synthetic flooring

- Sand

- Asphalt

- Natural grass

* In most cases, the necessary ground preparation work is carried out

by a local construction company.

88

Which mini playing field is right for my project?

Robustness

Stability

Assembly & Disassembly Options

(Mobility)

ARENA PRO

• Particularly robust and weather-resistant construction is essential.

• The bumper system should remain permanently at a fixed location.

• Optional additional equipment, such as basketball, volleyball, ceiling net, LED

lighting, etc., is possible.

ARENA PRO PLUS

• The basic construction should feature aluminum ball-catching grids over the

bumpers, instead of nets, making it even more robust and durable.

• The bumper system should be permanently installed at a fixed location.

• Optional additional equipment, such as basketball, volleyball, ceiling net, LED

lighting, etc., is possible.

ARENA SMART

• A level and solid ground surface is available for anchoring the bumper system.

Additional costs for concrete foundations are saved.

• The construction should be demountable when needed (max. 1 - 2 times a year),

but otherwise remain permanently installed.

• The basic construction should be robust and weather-resistant.

ARENA STREETSOCCER

• The weather-resistant bumper system is planned to be set up and taken down

frequently, as well as transported and stored in a space-saving manner.

• Assembly and disassembly should be particularly quick and easy (without tools).

• A limited-time use is intended, e.g., for events, celebrations, trade shows, etc.

ARENA PRO ARENA PRO PLUS ARENA SMART STREETSOCCER


Versatile Equipment Options

89

Mini Pitches & Soccer Courts

Soccer-Court ARENA PRO

Whether in sports clubs, schools, recreational facilities, hotels, social and

cultural institutions, or in public spaces and corporate premises – the

ARENA PRO is the all-rounder among soccer courts, providing fun and

sporting activities for everyone.

90

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

Soccer Court ARENA PRO

1 Soccer Court ARENA PRO

Mini playing field for permanent use outdoors with extended

side posts in ground sockets. Structure: Closed,

surrounding boundary system with 2 football goals, each

with a side entrance door. Boundary system: Height 100

cm, thickness 4 cm, 90° corners, PU foam steel-coated,

Material main structure: Aluminum, Goals: Fully

welded, oval profile, including mesh with mesh width

of 100 mm, Door nets: Mesh width 45 mm. Installation

not included in the price. Optional additional equipment:

Net constructions, lighting, basketball, volleyball. Safety

tested according to DIN EN 15312. Includes the creation

of an individual foundation plan.

C1001 h 10 x 7 m 2,40 x 1,60 m pcs

C1003 h 15 x 10 m 3 x 2 m pcs

C1004 h 20 x 13 m 3 x 2 m pcs

C1005 h 25 x 14 m 4 x 2 m pcs

C1007 h 30 x 15 m 4 x 2 m pcs

C1009 h 40 x 20 m 4 x 2 m pcs

3

Zulage Soccer Court ARENA PRO: Surrounding side

net construction.

C1011 h 3 m 45 mm linear metre




4 Add-on Soccer Court ARENA PRO: Ceiling net construction

C1030-1 h 10 x 7 m pcs

C1030-3 h 15 x 10 m pcs

C1031-1 h 20 x 13 m pcs

C1031-2 h 25 x 14 m pcs

C1031-3 h 30 x 15 m pcs

C1031-4 h 40 x 20 m pcs

5 Zulage Soccer Court ARENA PRO: Foldable backboard

at the goal.

The foldable back wall on one of the standard goals

serves as a passage option.

C1026 h

pcs

6 Zulage Soccer-Court ARENA PRO: 45° De-escalation

Corners

The standard included 90° corners are replaced with 45°

corners for a smooth gameplay without any snagging

in the corners.

C1022 h

set

7 Soccer-Court ARENA PRO Extension: LED Lighting

For ARENA PRO with dimensions of 10 x 7 m / 15 x 10

m / 20 x 13 m.

C1028 h

set

8 Zulage Soccer-Court ARENA PRO: Artificial turf noise

reduction on the inside of the boards.

C1033 h m²

9

Upgrade Soccer Court ARENA PRO: Advertising branding

of the side boards elements

C1032 h m²


91


Soccer-Court ARENA PRO PLUS

The ARENA PRO PLUS stands for the highest quality, exceptional stability,

and durability. The design features aluminum ball-catching fences

and extended foundation posts, resulting in a robust sports facility that

is virtually indestructible.

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

from 25.999.-

Soccer Court ARENA PRO PLUS

92

4

5.999.-

Add-on Soccer Court ARENA PRO PLUS:

Basketball attachment for the goals

1 Soccer Court ARENA PRO PLUS

Type: Permanent installation at one location, extended

side panel posts in ground sleeves, Basic equipment:

Surrounding side panel system, 2 bolted goals + 2 access

doors made of aluminum mesh, Side panel system:

Height 100 cm, Thickness 4 cm, 90° corners, PU foam

steel-coated, Material of the basic structure: Aluminum,

Goals: Fully welded, Oval profile, made of aluminum

mesh. Combined with aluminum ball containment net

above the side panels (additional charge), Distance

between ball containment pipes: 85 mm. Optional additional

equipment: Ceiling net, Lighting, Basketball,

Volleyball. Safety tested. According to DIN EN 15312.

Includes professional installation. Includes foundation

plan tailored to the project.

C1101 h 10 x 7 m 2,40 x 1,60 m pcs

C1103 h 15 x 10 m 3 x 2 m pcs

C1104 h 20 x 13 m 3 x 2 m pcs

C1105 h 25 x 14 m 4 x 2 m pcs

C1107 h 30 x 15 m 4 x 2 m pcs

C1109 h 40 x 20 m 4 x 2 m pcs

2 Soccer Court ARENA PRO PLUS: Perimeter with aluminum

grid construction

C1110 h 3 m linear metre

C1111 h 4 m linear metre

1 Upgrade Soccer Court ARENA PRO PLUS: Ceiling net

construction

C1123-1 h 10 x 7 m pcs

C1123-3 h 15 x 10 m pcs

C1124-1 h 20 x 13 m pcs

C1124-2 h 25 x 14 m pcs

C1124-3 h 30 x 15 m pcs

C1124-4 h 40 x 20 m pcs

4

Add-on Soccer Court ARENA PRO PLUS: Basketball

attachment for the goals

C1114 h

pair

5 Soccer-Court ARENA PRO PLUS Surcharge: Volleyball

Multi-System in the Board System

Maximum Field Width: 10 m.

C1115 h

pcs

6 Addition Soccer Court ARENA PRO PLUS: Barrier-free

access doors

Depth 1.5 m.

C1120 h

set

7

7.399.-

Soccer Court ARENA MINI

7 Soccer Court ARENA MINI

For all age groups in sports clubs, schools, recreational

facilities, hotels, social and cultural institutions, as well

as in public spaces and company premises. Important:

Deliveries will be made without unloading at the delivery

location.

Features

- Shape: Octagon, Ø approx. 6.5 m

- Boards element: Approx. 40 kg per piece, length

approx. 2.5 m

- Posts: Length up to approx. 3 m

- Basic structure material: Corrosion-free aluminum

- Mini goal dimensions: 100 x 50 x 50 cm, including

goal net

- Includes access element

- Includes mounting brackets on the intermediate posts

for ground anchoring

- According to DIN EN 15312

- Suitable as advertising space for sponsorship

- Possible accessories: Surrounding net (e.g.

C1402), ground anchors (C1404), synthetic turf

noise reduction for the boards element (C1407)

C1401 h

pcs

8

from 8.169.-

Soccer Court SOCCERCAGE

8 Soccer Court SOCCERCAGE

Mobile soccer cage, ideal for fast-paced 1v1 or 2v2

competitions for all age groups. Please note: Deliveries

are made without unloading at the delivery location.

Features

- Overall height: Approximately 2.3 m all around

- Length of the side elements: Approximately 1.6 m

- Frame material: Corrosion-free aluminum

- Board material: Integral foam, 10 mm thick

- Dimensions of mini soccer goals: 100 x 50 x 50 cm,

foldable

- Includes access door

- Includes side, goal, and door nets

- Mesh size: 100 mm

- Boards suitable for advertising sponsorship opportunities

C1501 l 5 m pcs

W 300 kg

C1502 l 6 m pcs

W 360 kg

9

from 2.299.-

Flexible Mini-Playing Field EASY PLAY

9 Flexible Mini-Playing Field EASY PLAY

Flexible mini playing field that offers fun for young and

old. It is also ideal for the backyard or for areas that can

only be used temporarily.

Features

- Playing surface C1701: approx. 5 x 4 m (6 boards

with 45° corners)

- Playing surface C1702: approx. 7 x 4 m (8 boards

with 45° corners)

- Board dimensions: approx. 200 x 50 cm

- Board thickness: approx. 2.5 cm

- Board material: Foam core, plastic-coated

- Material of connecting elements: Stainless steel

- Goals: 100 x 50 cm, Aluminum

- Includes goal nets

- Includes corner net holders

- Delivery as a kit, including assembly instructions

- Made in Germany

C1701 l 5 x 4 m pcs

W 225 kg

C1702 l 7 x 4 m pcs

W 275 kg

93



Soccer-Court ARENA SMART

The basic construction of the ARENA SMART is similar to that of the ARENA PRO. However, instead of post extensions set in

concrete, the ARENA SMART relies on a free-standing post support structure for stabilization. One advantage of this is that

no foundation work is required, provided a suitable surface is available.

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

Soccer-Court ARENA SMART

94

MADE IN

GERMANY

6

Soccer Court STREETSOCCER

1 Soccer-Court ARENA SMART

Type: Freestanding and demountable as needed, with

a special post support structure. Projection of post

support structures: 0.5m. Basic features: Surrounding

barrier system, 2 soccer goals + nets, 2 access doors

+ nets. Barrier system: Height 100cm, thickness 4cm,

90° corners, steel-covered PU foam. Material of main

structure: Aluminum. Goals: Fully welded, oval profile,

includes net with mesh size 100mm. Door nets: Mesh size

45mm. Optional additional features: Side net structures,

lighting, basketball, volleyball. Assembly not included in

price. Safety tested. According to DIN EN 15312.

C1201 h 10 x 7 m 2,40 x 1,60 m pcs

C1203 h 15 x 10 m 3 x 2 m pcs

C1204 h 20 x 13 m 3 x 2 m pcs

C1205 h 25 x 14 m 4 x 2 m pcs

C1207 h 30 x 15 m 4 x 2 m pcs

C1209 h 40 x 20 m 4 x 2 m pcs

2

Add-on Soccer Court ARENA SMART: Basketball

attachment for goals.

5 Add-on Soccer Court ARENA SMART: Basketball attachment

for goals.

C1218 h

pair

Zulage Soccer-Court ARENA SMART: Overlay Weights

6 Soccer Court STREETSOCCER

Type: Mobile barrier system for regular setup and dismantling.

2 Zulage Soccer-Court ARENA SMART: Overlay Weights

Basic equipment: Surrounding barrier system,

Material: Steel, Weight: 20 kg.

C1227 h

pcs

2 soccer goals + nets, access element on each long

side. Barrier system: Height 90 cm, thickness 2.5 cm,

90° corners, plastic-coated rigid foam panels. Material

for main structure: Aluminum. Goals: 1.8 x 1.2 m, fully

welded, profile 80 x 80 mm, integrated into the barrier

3 Soccer-Court ARENA SMART Surcharge: Street Soccer

system, including net with 120 mm mesh size. Access

Goals

elements: Integrated into the barrier system. With hook

Aluminum Grating Instead of Standard Goals with Goal Net. and loop system, no screw connections, no tools required.

C1221 h

pair

Optional additional equipment: Side net structures,

foldable net brackets, car trailer, goal wall plane. Safety

4 Soccer-Court ARENA SMART Surcharge: Advertising tested. According to DIN EN 15312.

Space Branding of the Board Elements

C1224 h m²

C1301 h

C1303 h

11 x 6 m

15 x 10 m

pcs

pcs

5


95


Soccer Courts with Artificial

Artificial turf has become the preferred playing surface for soccer courts, as it is easy to maintain and resistant to weather

conditions. With its LigaGrass ® turf system, Polytan ® provides perfect playing conditions for soccer and multisport on

mini pitches or multisport facilities.

LigaGRASS ® – The All-Rounder for Recreational Sports

Low maintenance, durable, and multifunctional – the perfect

synthetic turf for municipal, school, and club sports facilities.

With the textured synthetic turf system LigaGrass®, Polytan®

achieved a breakthrough as a project partner during the DFB

initiative “1,000 Mini Pitches for Germany.”

LigaGrass ® Synergy R and LigaGrass ® Pro R are ideal for mini

pitches, as their robust filament structure and reduced infill

amounts make them extremely durable and easy to maintain.

Both systems provide excellent player protection and a natural

playing feel thanks to innovative technologies and sustainable

materials.

Proper Maintenance of Artificial Turf

Although artificial turf requires less care than natural grass, certain

measures are still necessary to ensure long-term durability

and optimal playing conditions. Polytan® provides the following

maintenance guidelines for its turf systems:

Top-Up Sand/Granulate in High-Stress Zones

• Required weekly and as needed

• Work in infill with a standard street broom

• Around one ton of sand should be worked in per year

• Stress zones (penalty spots, goalkeeper areas, corners) must

be filled to at least 20 mm

• If cork infill is used, add about one ton of cork every 3–4 years

in stress zones

• Regularly drag the surface with a mat

Brushing with Maintenance Brush

• Especially necessary in dry weather

• From Easter to October, brush every 10–14 days

• Important: Change brushing direction each time

• For straight fiber systems laid in opposite directions, brushing

mainly against the fiber is recommended. Occasionally brush

with the fiber direction to balance infill displacement.

Check for Damage

• At least quarterly

• Report emerging damage early to the manufacturer—do not

wait until stress zones are completely worn through

Remove Loose Vegetation

• As needed

• In autumn, remove leaves and organic debris with a leaf

blower

• Must be done quickly—leaves must not start decomposing

96

Remove Weed Growth

• As needed

• Remove weeds early by hand

• The use of weed killers is not permitted

Clean Drainage Channels

• Regular cleaning required

• Remove debris from the drainage channels

Deep Cleaning

• Should be carried out every 1–2 years

(depending on location) by professional

companies (e.g., Polytan)

1 Polytan ® artificial turf LigaGrass ® Synergy R

Available in the surface dimensions of mini playing fields

including goal areas. Construction: Elastic base layer

35 mm thick, two different types of fibers (partly made

of recycled materials), various infill options possible.

TriColour: Tricolor for a real „natural look“. Surface

system eligible for funding according to DIN 18035-7.

D5351 h 10 x 7 m pcs

D5353 h 15 x 10 m pcs

D5354 h 20 x 13 m pcs

D5355 h 25 x 14 m pcs

D5356 h 30 x 15 m pcs

D5357 h 40 x 20 m pcs

1

Polytan ® artificial turf LigaGrass ® Synergy R

- Especially designed for mini sports fields

- Optimal safety for athletes

- Long lifespan

- Reduced maintenance effort due to 50% less infill

- Three-colored natural look

Polytan ® Maintenance Brush for sand-filled

artificial turf surfaces

2 Polytan ® artificial turf LigaGrass ® Pro R

Available in the area size of the mini playing fields including

goal areas. Construction: Fibers made from

recycled materials and triangular cross-section, CoolPlus

function ensures reduced overheating, various infill

options possible. BiColour: Bicolor for a lush grassgreen

appearance. Surface system eligible for funding

according to DIN 18035-7.

D53461 h 10 x 7 m pcs

D53401 h 15 x 10 m pcs

D53411 h 20 x 13 m pcs

D53451 h 25 x 14 m pcs

D53421 h 30 x 15 m pcs

D53431 h 40 x 20 m pcs

3

MADE IN

GERMANY

3

2

Polytan ® artificial turf LigaGrass ® Pro R

- Especially designed for municipal sports,

with multifunctional use

- High recycling content

- Easy to clean and durable

- Reduced overheating

- Two-tone rich green

Polytan ® Pulling Mat for artificial turf surfaces

4 Polytan ® Pulling Mat for artificial turf surfaces

For the even distribution of granule infill on the field.

Width: 1.5 m, Length: 1 m.

P5004 y

pcs

4

Polytan ® Maintenance Brush for sand-filled artificial

turf surfaces

For the loosening and even distribution of quartz sand

infill. L x W x H = 215 x 25 x 15 cm, working width 200

cm, bristle material: PVC, weight: 8.6 kg.

P5025 p

MADE IN

GERMANY

pcs


97

Handball

Methodical Handballs

Size and weight for balls in mini handball are not specified in

the IHF rules, however, the following is recommended:

Age Recommendation Size Circumference Weight

up to 8 years 0 46-48 cm 255-280 g

up to 6 years 00 44-46 cm 165-190 g

1

2

3

4

SET

Kempa ® Handball TIRO

Samba ® Fairtrade Handball Ultra Grippy

Molten ® Handball SCHOOL TRAINER

Molten ® 20-School Set Handball Trainer

1 Kempa ® Handball LEO

Training Handball. Material: 46% PA, 20% PU, 16% PVC,

11% PES, 7% CO. Bladder Material: Latex. PVC-free.

Suitable for use with resin.

H17132-01 p size 3 blue pcs

H17132-03 p size 3 yellow pcs







2 Samba ® Fairtrade Handball Ultra Grippy

Grippy training ball playable with and without resin.

Material: PU with EVA foam, Construction: Hand-stitched.

H2800 p size 3 pcs

H2801 p size 2 pcs

H2802 p size 1 pcs

H2803 p size 0 pcs

3 Molten ® Handball SCHOOL TRAINER

Features: Soft surface material. Recommended by the

German School Sports Foundation. Resin-free.

H99210 p size 2 pcs

H99220 p size 1 pcs

H99230 p size 0 pcs

4 Molten ® 20-School Set Handball Trainer

Content: 20x Molten ® SCHOOL Trainer handballs in size

0, 1, or 2 and 1x Molten ® foldable ball cart. Handball with

seal of the German School Sports Foundation. Ball cart

dimensions: 64 x 64 x 50 cm, capacity: 15 to 30 balls,

setup height: 100 cm, material: aluminum.

H99200 p with ball trolley blue size 2 set



5 Kübler Sport ® Pro Soft ® Handball

Methodical handball for youth with a particularly soft

surface. Material: PVC cover, outer skin made of PU

foam, Colors: Pink (Size 0, Ø 14.5 cm, 190 g), Light

Green (Size 1, Ø 15.5 cm, 220 g), and Turquoise (Size

2, Ø 16.5 cm, 290 g).

G11520 p size 2 pcs

G11510 p size 1 pcs

G11500 p size 0 pcs

6

H1700 p 15 cm pcs 19.95

98

5

from 18.95

Kübler Sport ® Pro Soft ® Handball

8

11

9.95

Molten ® Handball SOFT TOUCH

from 19.95

Trial ® Handball ULTIMA SOFT

7 Trial ® Handball SUPERSOFT

Surface material: Rubber. With valve. IHF certified.

H6010 p size 2 pcs

H6009 p size 1 pcs

H6008 p size 0 pcs

8 Molten ® Handball SOFT TOUCH

Size: Ø 14.5 cm, Weight: 150 g, Material: Rubber mixture.

H9900 p

pcs

9 Molten ® Methodical Handball C7

Handball made of soft surface material, ideal for children

and beginners. IHF certified.

H16721 p 14 cm pcs

H16731 p 15 cm pcs

6

9

19.95

24.95

Molten ® Methodical Handball C7

12

24.95

hummel ® CLASSIC KIDS Handball

10 Goalcha ® Street Handball

12

Allows for learning ball control through light squeezing and

squishing. Material: Synthetic leather, filling: Synthetic

wool, construction: Hand sewn. EHF certified.

H1658 p 13 cm pcs

H1659 p 15 cm pcs

11 Trial ® Handball ULTIMA SOFT

Perfect ball for learning the sport of handball. Material:

plastic, Construction: 3-ply, with valve.

H6011 p 13,30 cm pcs

H6012 p 15 cm pcs

H6013 p 16 cm pcs

H6014 p 16,50 cm pcs

7

Trial ® Handball SUPERSOFT

10

Goalcha ® Street Handball

13

from 19.95

29.95

29.95

Molten ® Handball SCHOOL MASTER

hummel ® CLASSIC KIDS Handball

H17303-01 p size 1 pcs


H17301-01 p size 0.0 pcs

13 Molten ® Handball SCHOOL MASTER

Ideal methodology handball for the school sector. Material:

Synthetic leather, Manufacturing: Hand-sewn. Certified

for Jugend trainiert für Olympia. IHF certified. Resin-free.

H16460 p size 3 pcs

H16470 p size 2 pcs

H16480 p size 1 pcs


99

Handball

Training & Match Handballs

Molten ® Handball HXF1800 Resinfree

1

Ball Sizes in Handball

Ball with Resin Ball without Resin

Team Size Circumf. Weight Circumf. Weight

Men from 16 years 3 58-60 cm 425-475 g 55,5-57,5 cm 400-425 g

Women, Female Youth

from 14 years

Male Youth

12–16 years

Female Youth

8–14 years

Male Youth

8–12 years

2 54–56 cm 325-375 g 51,5-53,5 cm 300-325 g

1 50–52 cm 290-330 g 49-51 cm 290-315 g

ERIMA ® Handball PURE GRIP No. 5 WAXFREE

2

3

4

5

Select ® Handball Torneo DB

Select ® Handball Campo DB Resin Free

Molten ® d60 Handball „Resin-free“

1 Molten ® Handball HXF1800 Resinfree

Training ball with size and weight according to official IHF

regulations for resin-free handball. Material: synthetic

leather, Processing: machine-sewn.

H9930 p size 3 pcs

H9931 p size 2 pcs

H9932 p size 1 pcs

H9933 p size 0 pcs

H9934 p size 0.0 pcs

2 ERIMA ® Handball PURE GRIP No. 5 WAXFREE

Training ball with size and weight according to official IHF

regulations for resin-free handball. Material: High-performance

PU, Construction: Hand-sewn, low-profile seams.

H17230 p size 3 pcs

3 Select ® Handball Torneo DB

Training ball for youth sector. Material: HPU 800 with

ribbed structure, Construction: Dual Bonded (glued and

stitched), 2 mm lamination, Ball bladder: SR bladder. EHF

certified. Without the use of resin.

H18000 p size 3 pcs

4 Select ® Handball Campo DB Resin Free

Training handball for use without resin. Material: HPU

800, Ball bladder material: Latex, Construction: Dual

Bonded (glued and stitched). EHF certified.

H1784 p size 3 pcs

H1783 p size 2 pcs

H1782 p size 1 pcs

H1781 p size 0 pcs

5 Molten ® d60 Handball „Resin-free“

Game and training ball for alternative use without resin.

Construction: Machine-sewn, 1 mm deep contour grooves,

60 diamond-shaped segments for grip. Air pressure: 0.15

to 0.2 BAR. IHF certified.

H9905 p size 3 pcs

H9906 p size 2 pcs

H9907 p size 1 pcs

6 ERIMA ® Handball PURE GRIP No. 4

Sturdy handball for training in the club with and without

resin. Material: 100% polyurethane. With ABS valve.


100



ERIMA ® Handball PURE GRIP No. 4

Kübler Sport ® Handball TOP GRIP

6

12

Molten ® Handball HX3400

7 Molten ® Handball H2A1800-GB

Training ball. Material: PU, Construction: Machine-sewn.

With IHF seal. Suitable for resin.

H18160 p size 3 pcs

H18170 p size 2 pcs

8 Kübler Sport ® Handball PRESTIGE

Competition and training handball for school and club

use. Material: PU. Color: Red / Blue.

H1123 p size 3 pcs

H1122 p size 2 pcs

H1121 p size 1 pcs

9 Kübler Sport ® Handball TOP GRIP

Competition and training handball. Material: PU, Color:

Black / Red. Suitable for resin.

H1113 p size 3 pcs

H1112 p size 2 pcs

H1111 p size 1 pcs

H1110 p size 0 pcs

9

Molten ® Handball H2A1800-GB

10

hummel ® Handball ENERGIZER

13

hummel ® CLASSIC ELITE Handball

10 hummel ® Handball ENERGIZER

Training handball with air valve. Material: foam, 100%

PU with angled surface, Ball bladder: latex.

H17334-26 p size 3 light blue pcs

H17334-01 p size 3 dark blue pcs

7

11 Kempa ® Handball LEO

13

Training handball. Material: 46% PA, 20% PU, 16% PU,

11% PES, 7% CO, Bladder Material: Latex. PVC-free.

Suitable for use with resin.


H17131-11 p size 3 grey pcs

H17111-11 p size 1 grey pcs

Kübler Sport ® Handball PRESTIGE

11

Kempa ® Handball LEO

Kempa ® Handball SPECTRUM SYNERGY PRIMO

12 Molten ® Handball HX3400

Training ball. Material: Synthetic leather, Processing:

Machine-sewn.

H11030 p size 3 pcs

H11040 p size 2 pcs

8

14

hummel ® CLASSIC ELITE Handball




14 Kempa ® Handball SPECTRUM SYNERGY PRIMO

Material surface: Foam, Processing: Hand-sewn, 30-panel

construction, Ball bladder: Latex with textile lamination.

Playable with resin.

H18130 p size 3 pcs


Handball

Training Equipment & Accessories

Kübler Sport ® Floormarker Set

1

2

Powershot ® Hand Rebounder

Inflatable

No risk of injury

upon body contact

High-strength

film material

proven long-term

quality

3

4

5

Electric pump Sidewinder 230 V

AIR-Body ® INDOOR Training Dummy

tanga sports ® Tchoukball Net Rebound Wall

6

7

8

Powershot ® Handball Dummy

Powershot ® Dummy Mesh Cover

Tchoukball Equipment

1 Kübler Sport ® Floormarker Set

Contents: 12 yellow and 12 orange flat marking cones,

material: rubber, Ø 15 cm. Includes holder for convenient

transportation.

F1519 p

set

2 Powershot ® Hand Rebounder

For handball or goalkeeper training. Size: 60 x 60 cm,

Weight: approx. 3 kg, Frame Material: Powder-coated

steel, Net Material: Rubber band.

F2412 p

pcs

3 Electric pump Sidewinder 230 V

Suitable for e.g. Air-Body ® , exercise balls, or OMNIKIN ® .

Includes 3 different adapters. Connection: 230 V, Power:

140 watts, Cable length: 1.5 m, Dimensions: Ø 11 x 12

cm, Weight: 500 g.

G4188 p

pcs

4 AIR-Body ® INDOOR Training Dummy

Dummy for full-contact training in handball or other indoor team sports

as a body-friendly training partner. Outer material: foil made of medical

and aerospace technology, processing: special welding seam technology,

reinforced in the foot area, Inside Tank, valve technology. Temperature

resistant: -20 to +80 degrees Celsius. Inflatable with electric pump

(Possible accessory e.g. G4188). Includes base plate and suction cups,

ideal for grip on indoor floors.

Features

- Increased tear resistance

- Portable and space-saving

- Without risk of injury

F1295 p 171 cm pcs

F1293 p 201 cm pcs

5 tanga sports ® Tchoukball Net Rebound Wall

Training device for throwing training, goalkeeper training, and team

games. Angle: Adjustable, 55-65 degrees. Includes four rubber floor

protectors.

F3756 y 100 x 100 cm pcs

F3757 y 120 x 120 cm pcs

102



Powershot ® Quickfire ® Handball Training Goal

6 Powershot ® Handball Dummy

Size: 1.98 - 2.40 m, Material: Mesh / Polyester, Color:

Red / Black. Including yellow pole, black base, Total

weight: 3 kg.

H2421 p

9

7 Powershot ® Dummy Mesh Cover

Simple alternative to conventional dummies. Height: 150

cm, Width: approx. 50 cm, Material: Mesh / Polyester,

Fixation: Straps and Velcro bands. Without pole and base.

F2457-01 p blue pcs

F2457-02 p red pcs


buffers and carrying bag.

8 Tchoukball Equipment

Popular rebounder for various ball sports. Frame: steel

H2442 p

tube, rebound angle: adjustable, net surface: approx.

80 x 80 cm. Net tensioned with rubber cables. Includes

stakes for lawn fastening.

F3781 p

pcs

H78870 p

pcs

10

Powershot ® QuickFire ® 4 in 1 Handball Goal

9 Powershot ® Quickfire ® Handball Training Goal

Portable training goal, perfect for indoor floors. Material:

steel, fiberglass, Net material: PP, Mesh size: 5 cm,

knotless, Color: Blue/White. Including floor-friendly

rubber buffers and carry bag.

H2443 p 2,4 x 1,7 m pcs

H2444 p 3 x 2 m pcs

10 Powershot ® QuickFire ® 4 in 1 Handball Goal

Adjustable training goal for flexible handball training.

Possible lengths: 3 or 2.4 m, Possible heights: 2 or 1.7

m, Material: Steel, fiberglass, Net material: PP, Mesh

size: 5 cm, knotless, Color: Blue / White. Includes rubber

11 Hand aufs Harz ® Handball Resin

Water-soluble adhesive paste. Quantity 500 g. Perfectly

compatible with Hand aufs Harz ® resin remover and

jersey detergent.

pcs

11

Hand aufs Harz ® Handball Resin

12

NEW

Hand aufs Harz ® Trikotwaschmittel gegen Harzflecken

13

Hand aufs Harz ® Resin Remover for Indoor Floors

12 Hand aufs Harz ® Trikotwaschmittel gegen Harzflecken

Ingredients: 5 - 15% aliphatic hydrocarbons, Application:

Spray resin stains undiluted, massage with sponge or

brush, let it soak for 5 - 10 minutes, wash additionally with

conventional detergent in the machine. Recommended

washing temperature: 40 - 60 degrees.

H7890 p 1 l pcs

H7891 p 5 l pcs

13 Hand aufs Harz ® Resin Remover for Indoor Floors

Cleaner for surfaces such as PVC, linoleum, parquet,

rubber, and PUR. Ingredients: 5 - 15% aliphatic hydrocarbons,

less than 5% non-ionic surfactants, less than

5% ethanol. Recommended mixing ratio: 1:10 to 1:2.

pcs Sealed closure.

H78891 p 1 l pcs

H78890 p 5 l pcs

H7889 p 10 l pcs


103

Handball

Handball Goals

1

Kübler Sport ® Handball Goal 3 x 2 m

1 Kübler Sport ® Handball Goal 3 x 2 m

Processing: Welded miters, goal frame profile: Aluminum 80 x 80 mm,

net bar: Hot-dip galvanized steel tube, variants: Foldable or fixed with

ground tube, different goal depths depending on net bar, different color

combinations. Includes plastic net hooks, 4-point mounting straps, and

mounting material. Delivery without net. Safety tested.

- Processing: Welded joints

- Profile: Aluminum, 80 x 80 mm

- Includes 4-point mounting brackets

- Includes mounting hardware

- Includes plastic net hooks

- Safety tested

- Delivery without net

- Easy assembly

- Very high stability

80

80

black / white red / white blue / white aluminium naturel

Goal

measure

net supports fixed net supports hinged net supports fixed net supports hinged net supports fixed net supports hinged net supports fixed net supports hinged

120 cm H2230 l H2234 l H2231 l H2235 l H2256 l H22560 l H2232 l H2236 l



104



aluminium naturel

red

2

Safety screw M12 x 33

2 Safety screw M12 x 33

For securing indoor soccer goals and handball goals.

Size: M12 x 33, Weight: approx. 200 g. With soft rubber

top. Delivery without base plate.

H1855 p

pcs

3 Base plate for indoor floors

For retrofitting in sports halls for the installation of

indoor soccer goals and handball goals. Ø 75 mm, plate

thickness: approx. 4 mm. Compatible with M12 threaded

screws. Delivery without screws.

H1854 p

3

12.95

4

Kübler Sport ® Handball Goal BASIC

- Goal size: 3 x 2 m

- Goal depth: 80 / 100 cm

- Profile: Aluminum 80 x 80 cm

- Surface: Powder-coated, black/white

- Net frame: Steel tube, rigid with ground tube

- With ground plates for ground attachment

- Without screws for fastening

- Without net

- Includes net hooks

- Safety tested

6

Kübler Sport ® IHF Handball Goal 3 x 2 m

- Dimensions: 3 x 2 m

- Profile: Aluminum, 80 x 80 mm

- Goal depth: 100 / 130 cm

- Net frame: Powder-coated

- Base tube: Steel

- 4-point attachment (distance 82 cm)

- Crossbar: Steel

- Includes net hooks

- Without net

- IHF certified

- Safety tested

4 Kübler Sport ® Handball Goal BASIC

Goal Size: 3 x 2 m, Goal Depth: 80 / 100 cm, Profile: 80

x 80 cm, Material: Aluminum, Surface: Powder-coated,

black/white panels. Includes hot-dip galvanized ground

tube. Includes ground brackets for ground fixation. Without

screws for ground fixation. Includes net hooks.

Safety-tested.

H1471 l

W 45 kg

5 Kübler Sport ® Handball Goal PRO

Size: 3 x 2 m, Material: Aluminum, Surface: Technically

anodized, Goal depth: 125 cm, Profile frame: 80 x 80

mm, Ground fixation: 4-point fixation, Net suspension:

Floor-length net brackets, Material net brackets: Powdercoated

white steel. Includes double net hooks. Includes

plastic floor protectors under the goal posts. Innovative

folding mechanism on the net brackets. According to

IHF regulations and DIN 7897/EN 749.

H2272-01 l blue pcs

H2272-02 l red pcs

pcs H2272-04 l black pcs

W 85 kg

pcs

5

Kübler Sport ® Handball Goal PRO

- Dimensions: 3 x 2 m

- Goal depth: 1.25 m

- Profile crossbar/posts: 80 x 80 mm

- Frame material: Aluminum, technically anodized

- Net attachment: Ground-length net supports

- Net support material: Steel, white powder-coated

- Includes double net hooks

- Includes 4-point fastening system

- Includes plastic ground protectors below the goalposts

- Innovative folding mechanism on the net supports

- Compliant with IHF regulations

- Compliant with DIN 7897/EN 749

- NET NOT included

7

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

Kübler Sport Football and Handball Goal RO-

BUST with integrated steel weights

- Goal size: 3 x 2 m

- Construction: Fully welded, rounded edges

- Material: Aluminum

- Profile: 80 x 80 mm

- Goal depth: 125 cm

- Ground frame: 75 x 50 mm

- Net bar: Round tube 50 x 3 mm

- Net attachment: Net holder in profile

- Integrated steel weights included

- Total weight: 164 kg

- Includes net holder

- Includes 2x transport wheels (replacement E1932)

- According to DIN EN 749

6 Kübler Sport ® IHF Handball Goal 3 x 2 m

Dimensions: 3 x 2 m, goal frame: aluminum profile 80 x

80 mm, goal depth: 100 / 130 cm, net support: powder

coated, base tube: steel, 4-point attachment (distance 82

cm), top crossbar: steel, for additional stability. Includes

net hooks, without net. According to IHF regulations.

Safety tested.

H6851-01 l blue pcs

H6851-02 l red pcs

H6851-04 l black pcs

W 60 kg

7 Kübler Sport Football and Handball Goal ROBUST with

integrated steel weights

Size: 3 x 2 m, Material: Aluminum, Processing: Fully

welded, Goal depth: 125 cm, Goal profile: 80 x 80 mm,

Ground frame: 75 x 50 mm, Net brackets: Round tube 50

x 3 mm. Includes integrated steel weights, 2x transport

wheels, and PU net holders. Total weight: 164 kg Safety

tested. According to DIN EN 749.

H2211 l red pcs

H2212 l black pcs

W 180 kg

105


Handball

MADE IN

GERMANY

Handball Goal Accessories

Kübler Sport ® Mini Handball Goal, 3 x 1.6 m

1

3

4

5

Kübler Sport ® additional bar for handball goal

Powershot ® Foam Reduction for Handball Goal

Goal reduction for handball goal PES webbing

1 Kübler Sport ® Mini Handball Goal, 3 x 1.6 m

Goal size: 3 x 1.6 m, Material: Aluminum, Surface: Matte

anodized, with colored fields, Profile: 80 x 80 mm, Goal

depth: 100/100 cm, Goal frame: Galvanized steel pipe,

foldable, Net attachment: U-clamp net holder. Includes

35 x H+ net holders. Includes net: Green, Mesh size

100 mm, Thickness 3 mm. Includes holes for ground

attachment. Safety tested and certified according to EN

16579 with ground anchoring, e.g. F1979.

H1373-01 l blue pcs

H1373-02 l red pcs


W 30 kg

2 Mini Handball Nets

For goals: 3 x 1.6 m, Goal depth: 80/100 cm, Material:

PE, Color: Green, Mesh size: 100 mm. Delivery in pairs.

H2854 p 3 mm pair

H2856 p 4 mm pair

106

3 Kübler Sport ® additional bar for handball goal

To reduce the height of a handball goal to 1.60 m for

mini handball. Additional bar length: 3.10 m, For goals:

3 x 2 m, Compatible with goal profile: 80 x 80 mm, Suspension

length: 40.8 cm, Weight: approx. 9 kg, Colors:

Red (RAL 3020-9003), blue (RAL 5010-9003), black

(RAL 9005-9003).

H2259-01 l blue pcs

H2259-02 l red pcs


W 11 kg

4 Powershot ® Foam Reduction for Handball Goal

Dimensions: 3 x 0.4 m, Reduction: From 2 m to 1.6 m,

Thickness: 5 cm, Material: Foam and PVC. Includes Velcro

fastening for goal frame and folding function.

H2419 p

pcs

5 Goal reduction for handball goal PES webbing

Dimensions: Approximately 300 x 40 cm; Reduction: From

2 to 1.6 m; Thickness: 25 mm; Color: Orange; Mesh Size:

200 x 100 mm; Material: High-strength polyester (PES);

Installation via 12 sewn quick-release straps.

H1353 p

pcs

6 Handball Goal Nets

For handball goal nets to reduce the rebound speed

of the ball. Dimensions: 3 x 2 meters, Material: PP,

knotless, Mesh size: 100 mm, Including tying cord 8m.

Delivery in pairs.

H1212 p 4 mm green pair

H1215 p 5 mm blue pair

H1214 p 5 mm white pair

H1213 p 5 mm green pair

7 Lead Rope for Catch Net

Attached to the strap on the net. Weight: 400 g per

running meter. Delivery is for 1 pair of catching nets.

Also available for goal nets upon request.

H1216 p

pair

8 Shortened Handball Goal Nets

Net size: 3.10 x 2.10 m, mesh size: 100 mm, mesh

thickness: 4 mm, knotless. Delivery in pairs.

H1483 p 60 / 60 cm white pair

H1482 p 60 / 60 cm green pair





12

World Cup Handball Net with Hexagonal Mesh

9

Handball and Small Field Goal Net

STANDARD

For goals: 3 x 2 m, net size: 3.1 x 2.1 m,

material: polypropylene, goal depth: 80 /

100 cm, mesh size: 100 mm, mesh shape:

square, knotless, pattern for two colors:

diagonal stripes. According to DIN EN 749.

Delivery in pairs.

MADE IN

GERMANY

Handball and Small Field Goal Net

STANDARD

10 Handball and small field goal net EX-

CLUSIVE

11 Handball hexagonal and mesh

small field goal net, with 12

Net size: 3.10 x 2.10 m, Material: Polypropylene,

Mesh size: 100 mm, Mesh shape:

Square, Goal depth: 80 / 100 cm. Includes

top tensioning rope (with quick release)

and bottom rope. Includes additional rope

to protect the outer mesh row. According

to DIN EN 749. Delivery in pairs.

Net size: 3.10 x 2.10 m, Goal depth: 80 / 100

cm, Mesh shape: Hexagonal or honeycomb,

Mesh size: 100 mm, Mesh thickness: 3.5

mm knotless, Pattern for two colors: Checkerboard.

Includes additional rope to

protect the outer mesh row. According

to DIN EN 749. Delivery in pairs.

Handball and small field goal net

EXCLUSIVE

Goal depth 80 x 100 cm 80 x 100 cm

Net width 3 mm 4 mm 4 mm 5 mm

Shipping p p p p

H1410 H1412 H1445 H1447

– H1415 H1446 H1448

Price / pair pair pair pair pair

two coloured

diagonal pattern

– H1438 – –

Handball and small field goal net,

with hexagonal mesh

World Cup Handball Net with Hexagonal

Mesh

Official goal net used at the World Championships

in Germany 2007 and in Sweden

in 2011. Net size: 3.1 x 2.1 m, depth: 80

/ 100 cm, Material: PP, mesh size: approx.

100 mm, thickness: approx. 4.75

mm, knotless, mesh shape: honeycomb,

Color: Yellow. Includes line for the outer

row of mesh.

World Cup Handball Net with

Hexagonal Mesh

Goal depth 80 x 100 cm 80 x 100 cm

Net width 3,5 mm 4,75 mm

Shipping p p

– H1469

H1411 –

Price / pair pair pair

two coloured

square pattern

H1458 –


– H1436 – –

H1456 –

– H1437 – –

H1457 –

Price / pair

pair

Price / pair

pair

108

Handball

Handball Goal Accessories

Kübler Sport ® Transport trolley for handball goals

Goalposts for soft floor goal mats

1 Kübler Sport ® Transport trolley for handball goals

For a pair of handball goals with collapsible net supports.

Material: steel, powder-coated (RAL 9007), Wheels: 4x

swivel casters. Side brackets for hanging the goals. Overall

height with goal: approx. 215 cm. Delivery unassembled.

H1352 l

pcs

W 39 kg

3 Goalposts for soft floor goal mats

In combination with a soft floor mat, an injury-neutral

handball goal. Post size: approx. 208 x 38 x 8 cm, crossbar

size: 316 x 38 x 8 cm, core material: composite foam RG

100, cover: smooth PVC tarpaulin fabric, color: Red, front

red/white contrast. Includes Velcro tape for attaching to

the soft floor mat.

H1241 l

set

W 36 kg

1

3

MADE IN

GERMANY

2

Goal mat complete set

MADE IN

GERMANY

Soft Floor Goalkeeping Mat DBGM

Kübler Sport ® Wall Mounting Strap

4 Soft Floor Goalkeeping Mat DBGM

Soft mat without profiles, suitable for use as an injuryneutral

handball goal. Dimensions: Soft mat: 300 x 200

x 30 cm, Core material: Polyether foam, Cover: Non-slip

Trevira, Density: 23 kg, Color: Blue. Includes non-slip

profiled underside. Includes velcro straps on the sides

and top for attaching the „goal posts and crossbar“.

Includes plastic zipper and 4 carrying handles.

2 Goal mat complete set

H1240 l

Soft mat: 300 x 200 x 30 cm, density: 23 kg, soft foam W 48 kg

posts: 2 x 208 cm x 38 cm x 8 cm, soft foam bar: 316

cm x 38 cm x 8 cm, colors: blue, red, white. Includes

velcro tape for attaching posts and bar.

5 Kübler Sport ® Wall Mounting Strap

H1242 l

set

W 84 kg

4

5

MADE IN

GERMANY

pcs

For securing mats on the wall, width: 5 cm.

G3613 p 4 m with velcro pcs

E3614 p 5 m with velcro pcs

G3617 p 6 m incl. collar pcs


109


Volleyball

Training & Match Volleyballs

DVV Certification Mark

• DVV 1: Bundesliga, Regional League,

International Competitions

• DVV 2: Upper League, State League,

Association League

• DVV: Good quality, e.g., for schools

and youth sector

Ball Sizes and Weights in Volleyball

Team Size Weight

Women and Men 5 260-280 g

Youth 4/5 200-220 g

Mikasa ® Volleyball VT300W-AT-TR

1

Molten ® Volleyball V5M9000-T

2

1 Mikasa ® Volleyball VT300W-AT-TR

Special volleyball for attack and block training with two

elastic bands, quality and structure like V200W. Size 5,

circumference: 65-67 cm, weight: 260-280 g.

V1626 p size 5 pcs

2 Molten ® Volleyball V5M9000-T

Special training volleyball for improving attacking and

blocking skills. Rope length of 150 cm each. Size 5,

circumference: 65-67 cm, weight: approximately 350 g.

V1303 p size 5 pcs

3 Molten ® Volleyball V5M4000

Surface made of soft synthetic leather in a new design,

durable, suitable for club sports, Official Size 5, circumference:

65-67 cm, weight: 260-280 g, DVV certification.

V1517 p size 5 pcs

4 Molten ® Volleyball V5M9000-M

Molten training ball specifically designed for volleyball

setting training. Size 5, circumference: 65-67 cm, weight:

approximately 400 g, material: synthetic leather.

V1302 p size 5 pcs

5 Mikasa ® Volleyball VT500W

Special volleyball for setting training in premium quality.

Size: 5, circumference: 65-67 cm, weight: 500 g.

V1625 p size 5 pcs


Competition and training ball with a pleasant synthetic

leather surface, good playing characteristics. Official size

5, circumference: 65-67 cm, weight: 260-280 g. DVV 2.

V1518 p size 5 pcs

110



3

Molten ® Volleyball V5M4000

6


9


7 Mikasa ® Volleyball V330W

Top volleyball with DVV 2 certification mark. Size: 5,


V1622 p size 5 pcs

8 Mikasa ® V333W School Pro

Indoor Volleyball for youth training & school. Official size

& weight. Pleasant synthetic leather surface. DVV certification.

Circumference: 65 - 67 cm, Weight: 260 - 280 g.

V1509 p size 5 pcs

Molten ® Volleyball V5M9000-M


Soft synthetic leather. Honeycomb structure for increased

grip, Flistatec ® technology for stable flight behavior.

Official size & weight. FIVB approved, DVV 1.

V1516 p size 5 pcs

4

Mikasa ® Volleyball V330W

10



Top volleyball with German Volleyball Association certification.

For training and competition. Size: 5, circumference:

65-67 cm, weight: 260-280 g.

V1620 p size 5 pcs

7

Mikasa ® V333W School Pro

11

Mikasa ® Volleyball V200W-DVV

11 Mikasa ® Volleyball V200W-DVV

Official game ball of the World Federation (FIVB). Aerodynamic

panel design, ‚Microfiber‘ synthetic leather,

Double-Dimple technology for reduced rebound effect.

Size 5, circumference: 65-67 cm, weight: 260-280 g.

V16150 p size 5 pcs

5

Mikasa ® Volleyball VT500W

8


111

Volleyball

School & Training Volleyballs

1

2

3

Kübler Sport ® Volleyball SCHOOL

Kübler Sport ® Volleyball TRAINING

Samba ® Fairtrade Volleyball PRO 4000

1 Kübler Sport ® Volleyball SCHOOL

Volleyball with official size and weight for training and

school sports. Especially soft surface material ensures

a pleasant ball contact. Reliable volleyball with good

playing and flight characteristics. Butyl rubber bladder,

Size 5, Circumference: 65-67 cm, Weight: 260-280 g.

V1607 p size 5 pcs

2 Kübler Sport ® Volleyball TRAINING

Volleyball with good playing and flight characteristics for

competition, training, school sports, and leisure. Highquality

craftsmanship, pleasantly soft surface material.

Size 5, circumference: 65-67 cm, weight: 260-280 g,

butyl rubber bladder.

V1609 p size 5 pcs

3 Samba ® Fairtrade Volleyball PRO 4000

Fairtrade volleyball with comfortable ball contact. Circumference:

65-67 cm, Weight: 260-280 g, Material:

Synthetic leather.

V2800 p size 5 pcs

4 Molten ® Volleyball VP SOFT TOUCH

Hand-sewn training ball made of durable, soft synthetic

leather. Ideally suited for school training and beginners.

Available in size 4 or 5, with official weight.

V1539 p size 5 pcs

V1538 p size 4 pcs

5 Molten ® Volleyball SCHOOL TRAINER V5M-ST

Soft, shape-retaining synthetic leather. Practice ball for

school sports. Official size and weight. Size 5, circumference:

65-67 cm, weight: 260-280 g.

V15260 p size 5 pcs

6 Molten ® Volleyball V5M2000-L

Top weight-reducing training ball, soft synthetic leather,

machine-sewn. Size 5: Circumference: 65-67 cm,

Weight: 200-220 g.

V1312 p size 5 pcs

112



Molten ® Volleyball VP SOFT TOUCH

10

Molten ® Volleyball SCHOOL MASTER


Training ball made of soft synthetic leather, machinesewn,

very durable, optimal for school training and

beginners, soft ball contact. Circumference: 65-67 cm,

Weight: 260-280 g.

V1311 p size 5 pcs

8 Mikasa ® Volleyball V360W-SL Light

Weight-reduced children‘s ball with an extra soft PU

surface. Recommended for children up to 12 years old.

Circumference: 65-67 cm, Weight: 200-220 g.

V1501 p

pcs

4

7


Molten ® Volleyball SCHOOL TRAINER V5M-ST

Mikasa ® Volleyball V360W-SL Light

10 Molten ® Volleyball SCHOOL MASTER

School and training volleyball made of soft synthetic

leather. Size 5, circumference: 65-67 cm, weight: 260-

280 g, DVV 2 certification mark.

V15100 p size 5 pcs

5

8

11

Mikasa ® Volleyball VS170W

9 Mikasa ® Volleyball VS123W

School and beginner ball with soft EVA surface. Size 5,

glued, 18-panel construction. Approved by FIVB. Size 5,


V1630 p size 5 pcs

Molten ® Volleyball V5M2000-L

Mikasa ® Volleyball VS123W

12


11 Mikasa ® Volleyball VS170W

Weight-reduced children‘s and beginners‘ ball with soft

surface material. Size 5, circumference: 65-67 cm,

weight: 160-180 g, surface made of EVA foam.

V1628 p blue pcs

V1629 p pink pcs


Weight-reduced and official DVJ school tournament ball.

Ideal for children and teenagers aged 8 and up in schools

and clubs. Circumference: 65-67 cm, Weight: 200-220 g.

V1627 p size 5 pcs

6

9


113

Volleyball

Methodical Volleyballs & Accessories

1

2

3

tanga sports ® Volleyball Maxi-Light

Kübler Sport ® ProSoft ® Volleyball

Trial ® Volleyball SUPERSOFT

4

5

6

Molten ® Volleyball SOFT TOUCH

Trial ® Volleyball ULTIMA SOFT

tanga sports ® PU Softball Volleyball

1 tanga sports ® Volleyball Maxi-Light

40% lighter and 25% larger than regular volleyballs,

making it perfect for beginners to learn the technique.

Circumference: approximately 78-80 cm, Weight: approximately

220 g, Material: synthetic leather, with

butyl bladder.

V13060 p

pcs

2 Kübler Sport ® ProSoft ® Volleyball

Lightweight methodical volleyball with a grippy surface.

Ø approx. 21 cm, Weight: approx. 215 g, Construction:

With needle valve, rubberized inner bladder, and foam-like

outer skin. Made in Europe.

G1155 p size 5 pcs

3 Trial ® Volleyball SUPERSOFT

Good and soft game & method volleyball. Adjustable air

pressure. Diameter: 21 cm, Weight: 220 g.

V6010 p

pcs

4 Molten ® Volleyball SOFT TOUCH

Soft rubber ball for school and beginner training. Good

bounce, durable. Size: Ø 20 cm, 210 g.

V9904 p yellow pcs

5 Trial ® Volleyball ULTIMA SOFT

Perfect ball for learning the sport of volleyball. Material:

Plastic, Construction: 3-ply, with valve.

V1329 p 220 g pcs

V1330 p 270 g pcs

6 tanga sports ® PU Softball Volleyball

Ø 20 cm, Weight: 290 g, Material: PU, Design: Volleyball,

Color: Red / Yellow / White.

G4920 p

pcs

114



7

tanga sports ® Ball Cart

7 tanga sports ® Ball Cart

Dimensions when set up (L x W x H): 92 cm x 60 cm x

104 cm, Height without mounted wheel and handle: 88

cm, Material: Steel wire construction, chrome-plated,

Weight: approx. 23 kg, Grid box with dimensions: 10 x 7.6

cm, Thickness of the rods: 5 mm, Capacity: 20 - 30 balls

(e.g. 24x size 7 basketballs), Includes lockable folding lid

and 4 transport wheels. Lock not included in delivery.

D1288 l

pcs

W 22 kg

8

Molten ® Folding Ball Cart

tanga sports ® Ball Net

8 Molten ® Folding Ball Cart

Ball trolley for approximately 15-30 balls, foldable, aluminum

frame, net size: 64 cm wide x 64 cm high x 50 cm

deep, setup height: 100 cm, weight: approximately 3.5 kg.

D1309 p blue pcs

9 tanga sports ® Ball Net

Material: Tear-resistant nylon, Volume: e.g. for 10 soccer

balls. With drawstring and stopper.

D1321 p

pcs

9

10

Ball Net

10 Ball Net

Mesh size: 5 cm. Material: twisted polyethylene, thickness:

2.5 mm. With carrying cord.






115

Volleyball

Volleyball Posts

Volleyball is a demanding sport that requires precision and coordination.

In this context, volleyball posts play a crucial role as

part of the playing field. Depending on the athletes‘ performance

level and local conditions, different requirements are placed on

volleyball posts.

Tensioning Mechanism

High-quality volleyball posts are equipped with either a

spindle tensioning mechanism or a pulley system. Both

mechanisms allow for precise adjustment of net tension

and height. The spindle tensioning mechanism uses a

crank handle to generate net tension, while the pulley

system operates with a rope or cable arrangement,

tightening the net through easy and efficient pulling.

Pulley systems are particularly user-friendly, enabling

quick and effortless net tensioning. Additionally, pulley

systems are known for their durability and minimal wear

and tear. Volleyball posts with a DVV 1 certification mark

allow for net height adjustment when fully tensioned.

Pulley

Tensioning device

83 mm round 80 x 80 mm

Certification Marks

DVV 1 and DVV 2 are certification marks introduced by

the German Volleyball Federation (DVV). They are used

to ensure the quality and safety of volleyball equipment,

including volleyball posts. Only posts with these certifications

are permitted for tournaments and league matches:

- DVV 1: Bundesliga, Regionalliga, international competitions

- DVV 2: Oberliga, Landesliga, Verbandsliga

Profile

Depending on the installation situation, volleyball posts

are available in a rectangular profile of 80 x 80 mm and

a round profile with a diameter of Ø 83 mm.

Cable Clamp Device

Pulling Rope

1

Aluminum Standard Net Posts

MADE IN

GERMANY

1 Aluminum Standard Net Posts

Very stable design with an anodized

surface and built-in spindle tensioning

mechanism. Material: Aluminum, anodized,

delivered in pairs and without ground

sleeves.

Kübler Sport is happy to assist you with your individual project.

Jetzt Kontakt aufnehmen!

Anja Phildius

+49 7191/9570-0


116

2 Aluminum Net Posts EN 1271

Sturdy aluminum net post with internal holding

and tensioning mechanism. Length:

300 cm, Material: Aluminum, anodized,

Delivery: in pairs, without ground sleeves.

2

Aluminum Net Posts EN 1271

MADE IN

GERMANY

Aluminum Standard

Net Posts

Aluminum net post with clamping lever

Aluminum Net Posts EN 1271

3

MADE IN

GERMANY

3 Aluminum net post with clamping lever

Stable and sturdy construction. Pulley

tensioning mechanism, stepless height

adjustment via clamping lever mechanism.

Length: 300 cm, Material: Anodized aluminum.

Delivery in pairs, without ground

sleeves.

4

Aluminum Net Post DVV 2

4 Aluminum Net Post DVV 2

Two-part tension/hold device for easy and

quick tensioning & loosening of the net.

Continuous height adjustment from 2-2.50

meters net height in a slightly relaxed state

possible. Material: Anodized aluminum,

sold in pairs, without ground sleeves.

Aluminum net

post with clam-

5

Aluminum Net Post DVV 1

5 Aluminum Net Post DVV 1

One-piece tension/holding device for easy

and quick tensioning & relaxing of the net.

Continuous height adjustment from 2.00 to

2.50 meters even in fully tensioned state.

Material: Anodized aluminum, sold in pairs,

without ground sleeves.

Aluminum Net Post DVV 2 Aluminum Net Post DVV 1

Model Ø 83 80 x 80 Ø 83 80 x 80 Ø 83 80 x 80 Ø 83 80 x 80 Ø 83 80 x 80 Ø 83 80 x 80 Ø 83 80 x 80 Ø 83 80 x 80

Model spindle spindle hoist hoist spindle hoist spindle hoist

Shipping weight W 27 kg 30 kg 34 kg 40 kg 34 kg 40 kg 34 kg 40 kg 34 kg 40 kg 34 kg 40 kg 34 kg 40 kg 34 kg 40 kg

Shipping l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l

SKU V1673 V1674 V1677 V1678 V1684 V1685 V1657 V1658 V1681 V1682 V1688 V1690 V1679 V1680 V1686 V1687

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY


117

Volleyball

Multi-Game Posts & Wall Play Rails


MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

3

Multi-playing post

Universal Play Post, Freestanding

4

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

2

5

6

Multi-purpose post made of aluminum

Aluminum center post

Aluminum Ground Sleeve

Combination ground sleeve with lid

1 Multi-purpose post made of aluminum

Versatile game post with easy net height adjustment and

special tensioning mechanism design. Material: anodized

aluminum. Delivery in pairs and without ground sleeves.

V1694 l 80 x 80 mm pair

W 30 kg

V1693 l 83 mm round pair

W 27 kg

2 Aluminum center post

For multi-purpose fields. With integrated and opposing

guide rails for continuous, independent height adjustment

on both sides of the posts. Material: Aluminum. Delivery

without ground sleeves.

V1676 l 80 x 80 mm spindle pcs

W 19 kg

V1692 l 80 x 80 mm without tensioning device pcs

W 15 kg

V1675 l 83 mm round spindle

W 17 kg

V1691 l 83 mm round without tensioning device

W 14 kg

118

3 Multi-playing post

6 Combination ground sleeve with lid

3 meters high, made of thick-walled aluminum profile 80

x 80 mm. Steel frame. Suitable for outdoor and indoor

use. Particularly stable and heavy construction (120 kg

per post), portable with large transport wheels. Does not

Special combination ground sleeve with cover and cover

compartment for play posts with a round profile Ø 83

mm, a square profile 80 x 80 mm or an oval profile

120 x 100 mm.

include a net. Delivery in separate pieces.

D9520 l

pcs

F1089 p

F1064 p

35 cm

50 cm

pcs

pcs

W 120 kg

7 Column Wall System

4 Universal Play Post, Freestanding

Removable multi-purpose columns made of aluminum

Portable net system for indoor and outdoor use, including with bottom plate cone system, net height infinitely

a 6.1 m long net. Each net post weighs 118 kg and has adjustable. Ideal for halls where installation of ground

ball-bearing rubber wheels and detachable weights. Steel sleeves is not possible.

columns measuring 80 x 80 mm, with a scale, continuous V1706 l with 2 net hooks pcs

height adjustment from 100-245 cm, and a tensioning W 12.5 kg

device with a crank. Dimensions: 80 x 66.5 x 250 cm. V1705 l with tensioning device pcs

D9525 l

pair W 19.5 kg

pcs

W 250 kg

8 Wall play rail

5 Aluminum Ground Sleeve

Including two adjustable net hooks. Rail with tabs for

pcs High-quality, simple design. Length: approx. 35.5 cm, anchoring. Length: 226 cm, Rail depth: 22 mm.

Weight: approx. 3 kg, Insertion depth: 350 mm. V1700 l

pcs

V1709 p 83 mm round pcs W 5.5 kg

V1708 p 80 x 80 mm square pcs

7

Column Wall System

10 Crank for volleyball post

Crank handle, round fitting, Ø = 2 cm, with slot.

E6221 p

11 Crank for volleyball column

Crank with open hook, practical handles.

E6222 p

13

Kübler Sport ® Column Protection Pads up to Ø 125 mm

9 Spindle clamping technology for wall game rail

Suitable for wall game rail, including crank arm and 2

sliding nut stones for fastening to the wall rail (please

specify rail width / inner dimension).

V1701 p

pcs

pcs

12 Cranks for volleyball pole

Solid crank for quick adjustment of net height. Compatible

with most common volleyball columns.

E9673 p

pcs

8

Wall play rail

14

Kübler Sport Column Protection Pad BASIC

Spindle clamping technology for wall game rail

13 Kübler Sport ® Column Protection Pads up to Ø 125 mm

Plastic shell with 4 cm thick foam padding and a durable

tarpaulin cover. Attached using a folding system with

Velcro fasteners. Suitable for posts with a maximum

pcs diameter of Ø 125 mm. Height: 210 cm.

V1656 y

pcs

14 Kübler Sport Column Protection Pad BASIC

Core made of high-quality PE lightweight foam, cover

made of tear-resistant tarpaulin material. Fastened with

three Velcro straps. Dimensions: 200 cm long, 3 cm thick,

weight: approx. 2.2 kg.

V1640 l 90 mm round pcs

W 2.5 kg

9

10

Crank for volleyball post

11

Crank for volleyball column

12

Cranks for volleyball pole

15

Kübler Sport Column Protection Pad PRO

15 Kübler Sport Column Protection Pad PRO

Core made of high-quality PE lightweight foam, 200 cm

long, 3 cm thick. Cover made of tear-resistant tarpaulin.

With Velcro straps for attachment.


W 4.5 kg

V1643 l 80 x 80 mm square pcs

W 4.5 kg


W 4.6 kg



W 5.5 kg


119

5

Volleyball Tournament Net DVV 2

*Detail: Diversion pulley tournament net „Smash“

4 5 6 7

TRAINING DVV 2 DVV 1 DVV 1 - SMASH

Net width 3 mm 3 mm 3 mm 4 mm 4 mm

Tensioning Rope with steel cable with kevlar cable with kevlar cable with kevlar cable with kevlar cable

Tension Cords (Quantity) 4 4 6 6 6

Special feature – – – – with pulley*

Shipping p p p p p

1

SKU V1755 V1582 V1583 V1584 V1585

Volleyball Training Net EXCLUSIVE

1 Volleyball Training Net EXCLUSIVE

4 Volleyball Training Net TRAINING

Training net for school and club. Dimensions: 9.50 x 1

m, Mesh size: 10 cm, Material: Polypropylene, 2.3 mm

thick, Steel tension cable, 4 mm thick, 11.7 m long.

Robust volleyball net for training purposes in clubs and

schools. Dimensions: 9.50 x 1.0 m, material thickness:

3 mm polypropylene, mesh size: 10 cm, including 4 mm

V1755 p

pcs strong steel cable, 11.70 m in length.

2 Volleyball Training Net SCHOOL

V1581 p

pcs

Sturdy net for leisure, school, and training. Dimensions:

9.50 x 1.0 m, Material thickness: 2 mm polyethylene,

Mesh size: 10 cm, Includes 3 mm strong steel cable.

V1580 p

pcs

3 Volleyball Long Net

Knotless volleyball long net made of high-strength polypropylene,

approximately 3 mm thick. Top edge reinforced

with polyester webbing. Length of the kevlar rope: net

length + 2 m. Please specify the desired net length when

placing your order. Price per meter.

V1587 p

linear metre

5 Volleyball Tournament Net DVV 2

Training and tournament net with DVV2 conformity.

Dimensions: 9.50 x 1.0 m, Material: Polypropylene, 3

mm thick, Mesh size: 10 cm, Binding tape: 7 cm wide

at the top, 5 cm wide at the bottom, 5 mm Kevlar rope,

11.70 m length, with anti-slip protection, Suspension:

4-point attachment, 4 tension cords with quick-release,

Includes 2 laterally encased fiberglass-polyester rods.

V1582 p

pcs

6 Volleyball Tournament Net DVV 1

Competition net in highest quality and DVV 1-compliance.

Dimensions: 9.50 x 1.0 m. Border tapes: Top 7 cm polyester,

bottom 5 cm polypropylene, white. 5 mm kevlar

rope, 11.70 m long. Suspension: 6-point attachment, 6

tension cords with quick release. Net mesh size: 10 cm.

V1583 p 3 mm pcs

V1584 p 4 mm pcs

7 Volleyball Tournament Net DVV 1 SMASH

Top-quality volleyball net with DVV1 conformity. Dimensions:

9.50 x 1.0 m. Material thickness: 3 mm PP. Edge

bindings: 7 cm polyester on top, 5 cm polypropylene on

bottom, white. 5 mm Kevlar rope, 11.70 m long. Includes

2 pulleys on each end of the rope. Suspension: 6-point

attachment. 6 tension cords with quick release. Mesh size:

10 cm. Includes 2 fiberglass polyester rods on each side.

V1585 p

pcs

120



Volleyball

Volleyball Nets & Accessories

Net antenna for volleyball nets

8 Net antenna for volleyball nets

DVV certification mark. Complete with antenna pockets.

180 cm long. Delivery in pairs. Includes fastening cords.

V1590 p 1 pc antenna, 180 cm pair

V1591 p 2 pcs antenna, 2 x 90 cm pair

9 Hold bags for volleyball antennas, with Velcro closure.

Antenna bags with Velcro fastener for easy and quick

attachment to the net. Delivery in pairs.

V1608 p

pair

10 Volleyball antennas, 2-piece

Quick and easy to assemble and disassemble. Length:

180 cm, Material: Fiberglass. Without holding pockets.

V1586 p

pair

8

11

Tensioning cord

Carry bags for volleyball antennas, with cords.

11 Tensioning cord

For lateral tensioning of volleyball nets, approximately 2

meters long, including tensioning element.

V1595 p

pcs

12 Kübler Sport ® Pre-stretch Lead ISI-LINK

Accessories for tensioning volleyball nets. Overall length:

65 cm, Material: Polypropylene, 8 mm thick mesh line,

with carabiner.

V2505 p

13 Referee podium for volleyball

Platform with a sturdy and secure stand, suitable for all

posts. With 3-level adjustment of the platform height

by changing the platform plate. With transport wheels.

According to DVV standards. Including writing board.

V1571 l

pcs

W 25 kg

9

12

Kübler Sport ® Pre-stretch Lead ISI-LINK

pcs

13

10

Volleyball antennas, 2-piece


121

Volleyball

Post & Net Storage

1 NEW

Kübler Sport ® Transport and Storage Trolley for Posts

122

2

Net roll-up bar

Shelf brackets

3 Wall console for net handles

For hanging net hangers for the orderly storage of rolledup

nets. Projection: approx. 37 cm, Ø 20 mm, screw-on

plate: 25 x 4 cm.

V1760 p

pcs

5

3

Wall console for net handles

Transport and Storage Cart

5 Shelf brackets

For storing volleyball, gymnastics, and badminton posts.

Delivery includes screws and dowels. Steel shelves

with PVC coating protect the posts. Shelf width: 20 cm.

D8023 p 5 shelfs for 10 posts set

D8022 p 1 shelf for 2 posts set

G7100 p 2 shelfs for 4 posts set



6

Wall bracket for net hanger, lockable

4

7

Storage Cart

1 Kübler Sport ® Transport and Storage Trolley for Posts 4 Wall bracket for net hanger, lockable

6 Transport and Storage Cart

Capacity for 5 pairs of volleyball or badminton posts or Powder coated, with a safety chain, for orderly storage Shelf trolley for the transport and space-saving storage of

10 columns, including 3 hooks for nets. Made of steel, of nets on net hooks. Includes padlock. Without net poles and vaulting boxes. Sturdy steel construction with

profile 40 x 40 mm, length: 135 cm, depth: 87.6 cm, hooks. Dimensions: approx. 40 x 25 x 53 cm, Weight: 4 wheels, dimensions (assembled): 260 x 80 x 140 cm.

height: 165 cm. Weight: 39 kg.

approx. 3.8 kg.

G8500 l

pcs

V8500 l

pcs V1761 p

pcs W 45 kg

W 39 kg

7 Storage Cart

2 Net roll-up bar

Dimensions: 122 x 87 x 87 cm (H x W x L), Weight: 13 kg,

Bracket for easy transport and storage of volleyball,

tennis, or badminton nets. Dimensions: approx. 68 x

Color: grey, mobile thanks to 3 castors, for quick set-up

and rolling of badminton or volleyball nets.

57 cm, wooden handle: rotatable, approx. 15 cm long.

D1778 p

pcs

V1570 p

pcs


123

Volleyball

Training Equipment

Mikasa ® Training Board Lower Pass AC-RT200W

1

2

Volleyball Spike Trainer

tanga sports ® Coordination Honeycomb, Set of 6

3

4

FLEXVIT ® Resist Fitness Band

5

Player Change Boards

Mikasa ® Magnet-VB-Tactical Board SB-V

6

1 Mikasa ® Training Board Lower Pass AC-RT200W

Training device for improving lower reception and lower

setting. Size: approx. 60 x 50 x 5 cm, weight: 750 g.

V1650 p

pcs

2 Volleyball Spike Trainer

Training tool for easily placing the volleyball above the

net for attacking or blocking practice. Air-filled rubber

ring, foam handle grip.

V1605 p

pcs

3 tanga sports ® Coordination Honeycomb, Set of 6

Flexible set of plastic elements. Can be used in a honeycomb

or hurdle shape. Weight: Approximately 1.3 kg.

V1651 p

Includes connecting elements and storage bag.

K16320 p

set

4 FLEXVIT ® Resist Fitness Band

Long resistance band made of woven rubber. For creative

use in rehabilitation and effective athletic training in all

sports. Washable up to 60°C. Dimensions: 200 x 5.8 cm.

K2306 p easy pcs

K2307 p medium pcs

K2308 p strong pcs

K2309 p extreme pcs

5 Player Change Boards

Double-sided numbered boards for two teams. Numbering

1-20, in 2 plastic boxes for secure storage. Each board

in a separate compartment for quick and convenient

handling. Dimensions per box: 30 x 28 x 29.5 cm.

6 Mikasa ® Magnet-VB-Tactical Board SB-V

Practical magnetic tactics board for explaining player

positioning or various game moves. Includes magnetic

pins and 2 wipeable markers.

V1649 p

set

pcs

124

Mikasa ® Training Board

The flat surface of the Mikasa Training Board

emphasizes the importance of a level contact

area with the volleyball to achieve optimal

control. This helps beginners make quick

progress without fear.


125

Beach Volleyball

Beach Volleyballs

126

tanga sports ® Beachvolleyball SOFT

Mikasa ® Beach Classic BV543C-VXB-YSB

Molten ® Beach Volleyball V5B5000

1 tanga sports ® Beachvolleyball SOFT

Beach volleyball made of abrasion-resistant rubber with a

nylon carcass. Durable, water-repellent, ideally suited for

beginners. Circumference: 66-68 cm, Weight: 260-280 g.

V21191 p size 5 pcs 17.25

2 Mikasa ® Beach Classic BV543C-VXA-LG

Beach volleyball for beginners and leisure. 18 machinesewn

panels. Circumference: 66-68 cm, Weight: 260-280

g, Material: PU synthetic leather.

V2262 p size 5 pcs 29.95

3 Mikasa ® Beach Classic BV543C-VXB-RSB

Beach volleyball for training and leisure. 18 machine-sewn

panels. Circumference: 66-68 cm, Weight: 260-280 g,

Material: PU synthetic leather.

V2261 p size 5 pcs 32.95

1

4

7

Beach

Mikasa ® Beach Classic BV543C-VXA-LG

Mikasa ® Beach Volleyball SBV Youth

Mikasa ® Beach Classic BV551C

4 Mikasa ® Beach Classic BV543C-VXB-YSB

Beach volleyball for training and leisure. 18 machine-sewn

panels. Circumference: 66-68 cm, Weight: 260-280 g,

Material: PU synthetic leather.

V2260 p size 5 pcs 34.95

5 Mikasa ® Beach Volleyball SBV Youth

Weight-reduced and soft beach volleyball, perfect for

beginners in the sport of beach volleyball. Circumference:

66-68 cm, Weight: 210-230 g.

V2266 p size 5 pcs 39.95

6 Mikasa ® Beach Classic BV552C

Affordable replica ball of the BV550C for leisure, training,

and competition. Size: 5 | Circumference: 66-68 cm,

Weight: 260-280 g, FIVB Approved.

V2264 p size 5 pcs 44.95

2

5

8

Mikasa ® Beach Classic BV543C-VXB-RSB

Mikasa ® Beach Classic BV552C

Mikasa ® Pro Beach BV550C

7 Molten ® Beach Volleyball V5B5000

Synthetic leather, machine-sewn with deep-lying seams,

water-repellent, DVV Beach 1 certification. Size 5, circumference:

66-68 cm, weight: 260-280 g.

V1326 p size 5 pcs 74.95

8 Mikasa ® Beach Classic BV551C

Replica ball of the BV550C in high quality for leisure,

training, and competition. Size: 5 | Circumference: 66-68

cm, Weight: 260-280 g, FIVB Approved.

V2263 p size 5 pcs 74.95

9 Mikasa ® Pro Beach BV550C

Official competition game ball in well-known high quality.

Tricolor design for better visibility. Dimple surface technology

for maximum ball control. Size 5 | Circumference:

66-68 cm, Weight: 260-280g.

V2243 p size 5 pcs 109.95

3

6

9


127

Beach Volleyball

Beach Volleyball Posts

Beach Beach Beach Beach

- For permanent installation

- DVV 1 Beach


- DVV 1 Beach

- Suitable for mobile use

- DVV 1 Beach


- DVV 1 Beach

1

2

3

4

Funtec ® Beach Volleyball

System BEACH CHAMP BD


System PRO BEACH BD


System BEACH CHAMP CB

Funtec ® Beach Volleyball System PRO BEACH CB

+ +

Funtec ® Beach Volleyball System

BEACH CHAMP

Suitable for both top-level competitions and

for use at club facilities or outdoor pools. Very

easy net height adjustment with a slightly

relaxed net.

PRO BEACH

Ideal for ambitious athletes, professional

competition, or commercially operated beach

facilities. The telescopic post system offers

extremely convenient, millimeter-precise net

height adjustment even under full net tension.

1 Funtec ® Beach Volleyball System BEACH CHAMP BD 3 Funtec ® Beach Volleyball System BEACH CHAMP CB

High-quality beach volleyball system for permanent

installation on a foundation. Net posts: 91 x 91 mm

aluminum special profile. Internal pulley tensioning

mechanism, continuous net adjustment. DVV 1 Beach

approved. Includes 8 composite anchors with anchor rod.

Ideal for temporary events, for free-standing on any

surface. 6 square timbers are inserted into the hot-dip

galvanized ground sleeves and the entire net system is

held in place by the weight of the sand. Net posts made

of 91 x 91 mm aluminum special profiles. Internal pulley

V1815 l

set tensioning mechanism, continuous net adjustment.

W 65 kg

DVV 1 Beach.

V1816 l

set

2 Funtec ® Beach Volleyball System PRO BEACH BD W 98 kg

Ideal beach volleyball competition facility for permanent

installation on a foundation. Net posts made of 91 x 91 4 Funtec ® Beach Volleyball System PRO BEACH CB

mm aluminum special profile, yellow powder-coated.

Integrated pulley tensioning system. DVV 1 Beach.

Competition facility for events with mobile placement.

Stabilization of the net system through 6 inserted square

V1835 l

set timbers and the weight of the sand. Net posts: 91 x 91

W 79 kg

mm aluminum special profile, yellow powder-coated.

Internal pulley tensioning device. DVV 1 Beach.

V1836 l

set

W 109 kg

128




- Switch system for changing playing fields

- DVV 1 Beach

5


System BEACH CHAMP SBD

Beach Beach Beach Beach


- Switch system for changing game fields

- DVV 1 Beach

6


Facility PRO BEACH SBD


- Switch system for changing playfields

- DVV 1 Beach


System BEACH CHAMP SCB

+ +

5 Funtec ® Beach Volleyball System BEACH CHAMP SBD 7 Funtec ® Beach Volleyball System BEACH CHAMP SCB

Ideal for quickly converting a sand area for various beach

sports. Floor tiles are screwed onto a foundation, the net

posts are placed on top and secured with locking clamps.

Net posts made of 91 x 91 mm aluminum special profiles.

Internal pulley tensioning mechanism, continuous net

adjustment. DVV 1 Beach Approved. Includes 8 composite

Freely positionable floor plates, floor sleeves are attached

and secured by snap locks. 6 square timbers are inserted

into the T-feet of the floor plates for stabilization. Net

posts: 91 x 91 mm aluminum special profiles. Internal

pulley tensioning mechanism, stepless net adjustment.

DVV 1 Beach.

anchors with anchor rod.

V1818 l

set

V1817 l

set W 98 kg

W 71 kg

8 Funtec ® Beach Volleyball System PRO BEACH SCB

6 Funtec ® Beach Volleyball Facility PRO BEACH SBD

High-quality beach volleyball competition system for

multifunctional sand areas. The ground sleeves of the

Competition facility for multifunctional sand surfaces. The

floor panels are screwed onto a foundation and remain

covered under the sand when the posts are removed.

Net posts made of 91 x 91 mm aluminum special profile,

yellow powder-coated. Internal pulley tensioning device.

net posts are inserted onto a ground plate for burial.

The ground plates remain covered under the sand when

the posts are removed. Net posts made of 91 x 91 mm

aluminum special profile, powder coated in yellow. Internal

pulley tensioning mechanism. DVV 1 Beach.

DVV 1 Beach certified.

V1838 l

set

V1837 l

set W 136 kg

W 99 kg

7


- Switch system for changing playing fields

- DVV 1 Beach

8


System PRO BEACH SCB

Planning & Installation of

Beach Volleyball Systems

Do you need assistance in selecting

the right equipment for your

facility? We are happy to provide

you with expert, project-specific

consultation and support throughout

the entire process – whether

new construction, redesign, or

renovation.


129

Beach Volleyball

Beach Volleyball Posts


1

2

3

Heavy Metal Volleyball Post

Heavy Duty Volleyball posts

Beach volleyball posts

1 Heavy Metal Volleyball Post

Extremely robust volleyball posts made

of hot-dip galvanized steel, 150 x 150 x 3

mm, for stability and vandalism protection.

Welded eyelets for different net heights.

Can be embedded in concrete or placed

in sleeves (ground sleeves included). For

installation in sand pits, the posts are

40 cm longer.

V1852 l Installation in sandpit pair

V1851 l ground-level installation pair

W 94 kg

2 Heavy Duty Volleyball posts

Sturdy volleyball system made of robust,

hot-dip galvanized steel, 90 x 90 x 4 mm,

300 cm long. Height adjustment without

crank. Net tension using a turnbuckle.

Designed for installation in ground sleeves

35 cm deep, includes sleeves, net

not included.

V1802 l

pair

W 84 kg

130

3 Beach volleyball posts

Sturdy beach volleyball posts in various profile and net tension variants. Post length: 300

cm, insertion depth in ground socket: 35 cm, delivery in pairs, without ground sockets.

V2312-03 l 83 mm round spindle yellow pair

W 25 kg

V2314-03 l 80 x 80 mm hoist yellow pair

W 40 kg

V2313-03 l 83 mm round hoist yellow pair

W 25 kg

V2313-18 l 83 mm round hoist silver pair

W 25 kg

V2312-18 l 83 mm round spindle silver pair

W 25 kg

V2314-18 l 80 x 80 mm hoist silver pair

W 40 kg

4 Kübler Sport ® Column Protection Pads

up to Ø 125 mm

Plastic shell with 4 cm thick foam padding

and a durable tarpaulin cover. Attached

using a folding system with Velcro fasteners.

Suitable for posts with a maximum

diameter of Ø 125 mm. Height: 210 cm.

V1656 y

pcs



Kübler Sport ® Column Protection Pads up to Ø 125 mm

5 Elastic Kerbstone

Polymer concrete kerbs with black or white rubber (EPDM)

cushion edge. Long lifespan due to excellent weather and

UV resistance. Available sizes: 50 or 100 cm in length,

height: 30 or 40 cm.

V1272 l 30 cm 100 cm black pcs


V1283 l 40 cm 100 cm white pcs






6 Elastic curb corner piece

V1274 l 30 cm black pcs

V1275 l 30 cm white pcs

W 8.7 kg



W 13.5 kg

4


7

9

Beach volleyball court lines


Core made of high-quality PE lightweight foam, 200 cm long, 3 cm thick.

Cover made of tear-resistant tarpaulin. With Velcro straps for attachment.


W 4.5 kg


W 4.5 kg

V1644 l 91 x 91 mm square pcs V2304 p

W 4.6 kg



W 5.5 kg

8 Ground sleeve for play posts

Ground sleeve made of hot-dip galvanized steel for goal posts. Available

for embedding in concrete or surface-mounting. Length: 700 mm

(sleeves for embedding) or 360 mm (sleeves for surface-mounting),

insertion depth: 350 mm. Includes cover cap.

V1696 p floor bolting 83 mm round pcs

V2318 p floor bolting 80 x 80 mm square pcs

V1695 p to embed in concrete 83 mm round pcs

V2319 p to embed in concrete 80 x 80 mm square pcs

10

Beach Volleyball Court Boundaries PRO

9 Beach volleyball court lines

Adjustable from 8 x 16 m to 9 x 18 m.

Made of 5 cm wide, strong belt webbing.

Middle marking for alignment under the

net. Rubber elastic cable with pegs for

alignment and anchoring. Tournament

quality.

10 Beach Volleyball Court Boundaries PRO

Field marking with 5 cm strap width. Adjustable

from 8 x 16 m to 9 x 18 m. With

marking under the net. 4 sand anchor

plates with bungee tension lines. Strap

material: polyester.

V2303 p

5

Elastic Kerbstone

8

Ground sleeve for play posts

set

set

131


Beach Volleyball

Beach Volleyball Nets

132

Funtec ® Pro Beach ESSENTIAL Net (stationary)

Beach Volleyball Net Antennas

1

7


1 Funtec ® Pro Beach ESSENTIAL Net (stationary)

Universal competition net for stationary installations.

Depending on the net length for 8 x 16 m or 9 x 18 m

field size. 10.4 m or 11.4 m long Kevlar tension cable,

net material: Polypropylene (PP), approx. 2.3 mm thick,

mesh size: approx. 100 mm.

V1758 p

V2339 p 8,50 m pcs

V2322 p 9,50 m pcs

2 Beach Volleyball Net TRAINING

According to official guidelines. Mesh material: 2 mm

thick polyethylene, mesh size: 10 cm, with a 75 mm

V1760 p

wide yellow edging band all around. Includes 10.7 or

11.7 m long steel cable (Ø 3 mm) and tension lines made

of polyethylene.

V2225 p 8,50 m pcs

V2226 p 9,50 m pcs

3 Kübler Sport ® Beach Volleyball Net COMPETITION

High-quality training and tournament net. Net thickness:

V2324 p

3 mm polyester, knotless. Equipped with low-stretch

Kevlar tension rope at the top and 4 mm tension rope at

the bottom, with fiberglass-polyester edge reinforcement.

V2299 p 8,50 m pcs

V2305 p 9,50 m pcs

5

Beach Volleyball Net TRAINING

6 Funtec ® Pro Beach BLACKS Beach Volleyball Net 8.5 m

Competition net with strong side panels and rubber

ropes with carabiners for quick net centering. Sides with

fiberglass poles, Kevlar tension rope 10.4 m long for 10

m pole distance, net made of 3 mm thick polypropylene.

Dimensions: 8.5 x 1 m.

2

8

Net roll-up bar

4 Volleyball recreational net

Simple volleyball net with a 5 cm wide binding tape at

the top and a 2 mm nylon tension cord. Dimensions: 9.5

x 1.0 m, mesh size: 10 cm, weight: approximately 1.4 kg.


For hanging net hangers for the orderly storage of rolledup


plate: 25 x 4 cm.

pcs

Kübler Sport ® Beach Volleyball Net COMPETITION

Funtec ® Pro Beach BLACKS Beach Volleyball Net 8.5 m

3

6

9

Volleyball Net DRALO ®

7 Beach Volleyball Net Antennas

One-piece mesh antennas, weatherproof and durable due

to impregnation. With DVV certification mark. Length:

180 cm, total weight: approx. 1.7 kg, holding bag made

pcs of polyester. Delivery as a pair.

V2306 p

pair

8 Net roll-up bar

Bracket for easy transport and storage of volleyball,

tennis, or badminton nets. Dimensions: approx. 68 x

pcs 57 cm, wooden handle: rotatable, approx. 15 cm long.

V1570 p

pcs

9 Volleyball Net DRALO ®

Cut-resistant volleyball net (DRALO ® ), Ø approx. 2 mm,

mesh size 10 cm. Net size according to international

regulations: 9.5 x 1 m. Edging made of 160 mm wide

coated fabric.

V1589 p with cable coating pcs

V1588 p without cable coating pcs

133


Beach Volleyball

5

Hammer ® CROSSNET Four Square Volleyball

Beach Volleyball Net Systems

What is CROSSNET?

CROSSNET is the first volleyball game played

on four square courts. The basic idea for this

fast-paced game comes from the playground

classic Four Square. CROSSNET provides a

fun challenge in school sports, leisure time,

or as a warm-up activity in volleyball training.

1

2

3

Multisport Leisure Facility FUN SPORTS SET

Funtec ® Beach Volleyball leisure facility BEACH MASTERS

Funtec ® Beach Volleyball Competition System BEACH CHAMP

1 Multisport Leisure Facility FUN SPORTS SET

Multi-sport net system for beach volleyball, footvolley,

beach tennis or badminton. It is fastened with ground

pegs. Powder-coated steel net posts. Includes bag.

V1829 p

set

2

Funtec ® Beach Volleyball leisure facility BEACH

MASTERS

Stable system for hobby and school. Lightweight plastic

posts with a unique plug-in connection. Strong tension

straps with a clamp lock, ground pegs, and a large

carrying bag are also included in the set.

V1831 p 8,50 m set

V1821 p 9,50 m set

3

Funtec ® Beach Volleyball Competition System BEACH

CHAMP

Mobile system for advanced players and club use. Highquality

net with incorporated fiberglass rods, surrounding

border & Kevlar tension cord ensure optimal net tension.

Strong tension straps with buckle lock, ground stakes,

and a large carrying bag complete the set.

V1832 p 8,50 m set

V1822 p 9,50 m set

4 Hammer ® 3 in 1 Net Set

Multifunctional 3-in-1 set with nets for the sports of volleyball,

badminton, and tennis. Dimensions volleyball net

(length x height): 3.10 m x 2.24 m, dimensions badminton

net (length x height): 3.20 m x 1.55 m, dimensions tennis

net (length x height): 2.50 m x 1.02 m, dimensions of the T1812 p

case: 85 x 33 x 15 cm, weight: 5.5 kg.

T1810 p

set

5 Hammer ® CROSSNET Four Square Volleyball

First volleyball game on 4 courts. Dimensions of the entire

court: approx. 440 cm x 440 cm, dimensions of each

of the four courts: approx. 220 cm x 220 cm. Height of

the net is adjustable. Includes ground anchors for stable

positioning. Includes assembly instructions. Perfectly

suitable for any grass or sand surface.

T1811 p

pcs

6 Hammer ® SHARKNET

Triangle-shaped volleyball. The game is a modified

version of the popular „Piggy in the Middle“ combined

with volleyball elements. Weight: 9 kg, Field dimensions:

approximately 3 x 3 x 3 m, Suitable for any soft ground

(sand, grass...), Net height adjustable to 2.43 m, 2.24

m, 1.85 m, and 1.65 m.

pcs

134



4

Hammer ® 3 in 1 Net Set

6

Hammer ® SHARKNET

Hammer ® CROSSNET Four Square Volleyball

5


135

Basketball

Indoor Basketballs

Basketball sizes and weights

Team Size Circumf. Weight

Male Youth from U16,

Men

Male Youth U14,

Women

Female Youth U13–U11,

Male Youth U12/U10

7 75-78 cm 580-620 g

6 72-73 cm 510-550 g

5 69-70 cm 465-495 g

tanga sports ® Basketball SCHOOL

1

Mini U8 4 65-67 cm ~ 300 g

Bambini up to 8 years 3 56-58 cm ~ 300 g

2

tanga sports ® Basketball RAINBOW

3

Molten ® Basketball GMX-C

136

1 tanga sports ® Basketball SCHOOL

Ball size: 5, 7, Diameter: 22 cm, 24 cm, Weight: 500 g,

600 g, Material: Rubber, Color: Orange, Intended use:

Indoor / Outdoor, Ball type: Training ball.

B1454 p size 7 pcs

B1455 p size 5 pcs

2 tanga sports ® Basketball RAINBOW

Ball size: 3, 5, 7, Diameter: 18 cm, 22 cm, 24 cm, Weight:

300 g, 500 g, 600 g, Material: Rubber latex, Color:

colorful, Usage: Indoor / Outdoor, Ball Type: Training ball.

B1456 p size 7 pcs

B1457 p size 5 pcs

B1458 p size 3 pcs

3 Molten ® Basketball GMX-C

Ball size: 6, 7

Diameter: 23 cm, 24 cm

Weight: 550 g, 600 g

Material: Synthetic leather

Color: red, blue, white

Usage: Indoor / Outdoor

Ball type: Leisure ball

B1463 p size 7 pcs

B1481 p size 6 pcs

4

Molten ® Basketball BXG5000

Baden ® Basketball Elite Pro NDHS DBB

10

Wilson ® Basketball REACTION PRO

7

ECHT

LEDER

4 Molten ® Basketball BXG5000

Ball Size: 6, 7, Diameter: 23 cm, 24 cm, Weight: 575 g,

620 g, Material: Leather, Color: orange / beige, Intended

Use: Indoor, Ball Type: Game ball, FIBA approved, official

game ball of the FIBA World Championships.

B1485 p size 7 pcs

B1486 p size 6 pcs

5 Molten ® Basketball BXG4500-DBB

Top competition ball, premium synthetic leather with a

natural leather look, new surface concept and improved

cushioning layer, very grippy, FIBA approved, DBB tested.

B1487 p size 4,5 pcs

6 Wilson ® EVO NXT DBB

Ball size: 7, Diameter: 24 cm, Weight: 600 g, Material:

synthetic leather, Color: orange, Area of use: Indoor, Ball

type: Game ball, DBB seal, FIBA approved.

B1539 p size 7 pcs

Molten ® Basketball BXG4500-DBB

Baden ® Basketball Crossover

11

Molten ® Basketball SCHOOL MASTER

7 Baden ® Basketball Elite Pro NDHS DBB


550 g, Material: Synthetic leather, Color: orange, Area of

use: Indoor, Ball type: Game ball, DBB seal, FIBA approved,

official game ball of the Men‘s Basketball Bundesliga.

B1543 p size 7 pcs

B1544 p size 6 pcs

5

8

6

Wilson ® EVO NXT DBB

Wilson ® Basketball EVOLUTION Game Ball

12

Molten ® Basketball SCHOOL TRAINER

10 Wilson ® Basketball REACTION PRO

Ball size: 5, 6, 7; Diameter: 22 cm, 23 cm, 24 cm; Weight:

500 g, 550 g, 600 g; Material: synthetic leather; Color:

orange; Intended use: indoor; Ball type: training ball.

B1826 p size 7 pcs

B1827 p size 6 pcs

B1828 p size 5 pcs

8 Baden ® Basketball Crossover

Ball size: 7, 6, 5, Diameter: 24 cm, 23 cm, 22 cm, Weight:

600 g, 550 g, 500 g, Material: Synthetic leather, Color:

black / orange, Area of use: Indoor / Outdoor, Type of

ball: Training ball.

B1545 p size 7 pcs

B1546 p size 6 pcs

B1547 p size 5 pcs

12 Molten ® Basketball SCHOOL TRAINER

9 Wilson ® Basketball EVOLUTION Game Ball


600 g, Material: Synthetic leather, Color: orange, Intended

use: Indoor, Ball Type: Competition ball.

B1822 p size 7 pcs

B1823 p size 6 pcs

11 Molten ® Basketball SCHOOL MASTER


600 g, Material: Synthetic leather, Color: orange / beige,

Area of use: Indoor, Ball type: Game ball, Official game

ball for „Jugend trainiert Olympia“.

B99210 p size 7 pcs

B99220 p size 6 pcs

Ball Size: 5, 6, 7, Diameter: 22 cm, 23 cm, 24 cm,

Weight: 500 g, 550 g, 600 g, Material: Rubber, Color:

orange / beige, Intended Use: Indoor / Outdoor

Ball Type: Training ball

B9932 p size 7 pcs

B9929 p size 6 pcs

B9928 p size 5 pcs

9


Basketball

Outdoor Basketballs

1

Wilson ® Basketball 3x3 Official Game Ball

2

Wilson ® Basketball 3x3 Junior

3

Wilson ® Basketball 3x3 Mini

1 Wilson ® Basketball 3x3 Official Game Ball


Synthetic leather, Color: yellow / blue, Use: Outdoor, Level:

Competition ball, FIBA approved, official 3x3 game ball.

B1535 p size 6 pcs

2 Wilson ® Basketball 3x3 Junior


Rubber, Color: yellow / blue / green, Area of use: Outdoor,

Type of ball: Training ball.

B1541 p size 5 pcs

3 Wilson ® Basketball 3x3 Mini


Rubber, Color: yellow / blue, Area of use: Outdoor, Ball

Type: Training ball.

B1542 p size 3 pcs

4 Molten ® Outdoor Basketball 3x3 Libertria


Synthetic Leather, Color: yellow / blue, Use: Outdoor,

Level: Game ball.

B1533 p size 6 pcs

5 Powershot ® Basketball Street 3x3


Rubber, Color: Black, Yellow, Area of use: Outdoor, Ball

type: Training ball.

B9931 p size 6 pcs

6 Kübler Sport ® Fairtrade Basketball

Ball Size: 5, 7, Diameter: 22 cm, 24 cm, Weight: 500 g,

610 g, Material: Rubber, Color: Red, Blue, Area of Use:

Indoor / Outdoor, Ball Type: Training Ball, Fair Trade Seal.

B1331 p size 7 pcs

B1332 p size 5 pcs

138



4

Molten ® Outdoor Basketball 3x3 Libertria

7

Molten ® D3500 Outdoor Basketball

10

Wilson ® NBA Basketball Authentic Series Outdoor

7 Molten ® D3500 Outdoor Basketball

Ball size: 6, 7; Diameter: 23 cm, 24 cm; Weight: 550 g,

600 g; Material: synthetic leather; Color: black/white;

Usage: Indoor/Outdoor; Type of ball: Leisure ball.

B1473 p size 7 pcs

B1474 p size 6 pcs


Ball size: 3, 5, 6, 7, Diameter: 18 cm, 22 cm, 23 cm,

24 cm, Weight: 380 g, 500 g, 550 g, 600 g, Material:

Rubber, Color: orange / beige, Intended use: Outdoor,

Ball type: Training ball, FIBA approved.

B1510 p size 7 pcs

B1511 p size 6 pcs

B1512 p size 5 pcs

B1513 p size 3 pcs

5

Powershot ® Basketball Street 3x3

8


11


9 Wilson ® Jr. NBA Basketball DRV Light


Rubber, Color: red / white / blue, Intended Use: Indoor /

Outdoor, Ball Type: Recreational ball, lighter than conventional

size 5 balls.

B1590 p size 5 pcs

10 Wilson ® NBA Basketball Authentic Series Outdoor

Size: 6, 7, Diameter: 23 cm, 24 cm, Weight: 550 g, 600

g, Material: Rubber, Color: Orange, Area of use: Outdoor,

Ball Type: Training ball.

B1592 p size 7 pcs

B1593 p size 6 pcs

6

Kübler Sport ® Fairtrade Basketball

9

Wilson ® Jr. NBA Basketball DRV Light

12

Baden ® Basketball Legend


Size: 5, 6, 7, Diameter: 22 cm, 23 cm, 24 cm, Weight:

480 g, 550 g, 600 g, Material: Synthetic leather, Color:

orange / beige, Area of use: Indoor / Outdoor, Ball Type:

training ball, FIBA approved.

B14970 p size 7 pcs

B14981 p size 6 pcs

B14990 p size 5 pcs

12 Baden ® Basketball Legend

Ball Size: 7, 6, 5, Diameter: 24 cm, 23 cm, 22 cm, Weight:

600 g, 550 g, 500 g, Color: orange, Material: Rubber,

Area of Use: Outdoor, Ball Type: Training Ball.

B1549 p size 7 pcs

B1550 p size 6 pcs

B1551 p size 5 pcs


139

Basketball

Methodical Basketballs

140

1

Molten ® Basketball SB4-DBB

4

tanga sports ® Super Bounce Basketball

7

Baden ® Basketball Skill Shooter

1 Molten ® Basketball SB4-DBB


Rubber, Color: Yellow, Intended use: Indoor / Outdoor,

Ball type: Training ball, DBB logo.

B1404 p size 4 pcs G6669 p

2 Molten ® Basketball B5C2000-L


Rubber, Color: orange, Area of use: Indoor, Ball type:

Training ball.

B1405 p size 5 pcs

3 Molten ® Basketball B1G200


Rubber, Color: orange/beige, Usage: Indoor/Outdoor,

Type of ball: Leisure ball.

B1514 p size 1 pcs

2

Molten ® Basketball B5C2000-L

5


8

Trial ® Basketball ULTIMA SOFT

4 tanga sports ® Super Bounce Basketball

Impresses with its high-quality, sturdy material and

excellent bouncing behavior. Dimensions: Ø 6.3 cm,

Weight: 47 g.

5 tanga sports ® Basketball PU Softball

Ball size: 3, Ø 18 cm, Weight: 290 g, Material: Closed-cell

PU foam, Design: Basketball design.

G4918 p

pcs

6 Kübler Sport ® ProSoft ® Basketball

Diameter: 20 cm, 22 cm, 24 cm

Weight: 410 g, 540 g, 620 g

Material: PVC cover, PU foam

Color: Orange

Intended use: Indoor

Ball type: Leisure ball.

G1165 p 20 cm pcs

G1166 p 22 cm pcs

G1167 p 24 cm pcs

3

Molten ® Basketball B1G200

6

Kübler Sport ® ProSoft ® Basketball

9

Molten ® Basketball SOFT TOUCH

7 Baden ® Basketball Skill Shooter

Ball size: 5, Diameter: 22 cm, Weight: 500 g, Color: gray

/ red, Material: Rubber, Area of use: Indoor / Outdoor,

Type of ball: Training ball.

pcs B1548 p size 5 pcs

8 Trial ® Basketball ULTIMA SOFT


620 g, Material: Rubber, Color: orange, yellow, Usage

area: Indoor, Ball Type: Training ball.



9 Molten ® Basketball SOFT TOUCH

Diameter: 19 cm, Weight: 235 g, Material: Rubber, Color:

orange, Intended use: Indoor, Ball Type: Training ball.

B9908 p

pcs


141

Basketball

Adjustable Basketball Systems

Basketball for Everyone!

Thanks to the new regulations and adjustable systems! Since the 2019/2020 season, the new mandatory rules for mini

and youth basketball (U8 to U12) have been in effect. It‘s time to review the changes. With these comprehensive adjustments,

the German Basketball Federation aligned with other sports like football or tennis, which had already implemented

adapted rules for different age groups. The main goal of this reform was clear: to ignite enthusiasm for the sport of

basketball in even more children.

Motivation Boost & Success for Young Basketball Players

It doesn‘t take an expert to recognize that regular „adult basketball“

doesn‘t work for children. Not in school sports nor in

regular club training. Success experiences are lacking, and the

motivation to stick with the sport fades away. Therefore, the

game format, including game durations, the number of players

on the field, and their playing time, has been revamped.

Apart from the new rules, the sports equipment itself has been

adjusted to suit children: basketballs can be smaller and lighter,

and there‘s a departure from the standard hoop height of 3.05

meters. According to the DBB, for U8, the game ball size is 4,

for U10, it‘s size 5, with reduced weight, and for U12, it‘s size 5.

Serving All Target Groups with Adjustable Basketball Systems

Basketball systems that can be adjusted in height allow for a

quick transition from 260 cm (U12) to 305 cm (regulation height)

for the hoop. Height adjustment for the systems was not the

common standard in gymnasiums for recreational and school

sports before the rule change. However, those who wish to

continue mini and youth basketball (U8 to U12) must make the

conversion during the state-dependent grace periods.

Many municipal hall operators and clubs that own their facilities

are yet to do so. From a municipal perspective, the installation

of adjustable basketball systems is not mandatory; it‘s up to the

clubs to actively request the conversion. Clubs with their own

facilities may have the possibility of financial support from one

of the sports associations.

Die Gütegemeinschaft

Sportgeräte - Inspektion/Wartung und Erstellung (Montage) e.V.

verleiht hiermit aufgrund des ihrem Güteausschuss

vorliegenden Prüfberichtes der Firma

Kübler Sport GmbH

das von RAL Deutsches Institut für Gütesicherung

und Kennzeichnung e.V. anerkannte und als Kollektivmarke geschützte

Gütezeichen

„Sportgeräte - Inspektion/Wartung und Erstellung (Montage)“

für den Leistungsbereich

„Erstellung (Herstellung und Montage)“

Bonn, den 7. April 2022

ERSTELLUNG

Gütegemeinschaft Sportgeräte - Inspektion/Wartung und Erstellung (Montage) e.V.

Die Gütegemeinschaft

Sportgeräte - Inspektion/Wartung und Erstellung (Montage) e.V.

verleiht hiermit aufgrund des ihrem Güteausschuss

vorliegenden Prüfberichtes der Firma

Kübler Sport GmbH

das von RAL Deutsches Institut für Gütesicherung

und Kennzeichnung e.V. anerkannte und als Kollektivmarke geschützte

Gütezeichen

„Sportgeräte - Inspektion/Wartung und Erstellung (Montage)“

für den Leistungsbereich

„Inspektion/Wartung“

Bonn, den 7. April 2022

INSPEKTION / WARTUNG

Gütegemeinschaft Sportgeräte - Inspektion/Wartung und Erstellung (Montage) e.V.

Upgrade or New Purchase?

The adjustment of a basketball system‘s height can be done

either by retrofitting an existing system, if the installation situation

allows it, or the entire system must be replaced. There

are various dependencies to consider, such as existing court

markings, the structural integrity of the current system, and

whether the current wall or ceiling attachments can support

additional loads. Kübler Sport can assist in addressing all of

these questions. The basketball system will be selected based

on the structural conditions. The technical Kübler Sport sales

team would be happy to provide you with a non-binding quote.

Kübler Sport is here to support you in resolving all questions

related to height adjustment. Please feel free to contact us to

discuss the specific structural details necessary for assessment.

Schedule a Consultation Now!

Anja Phildius

Export Sales Manager

07191/9570-40


Verleihungsurkunde

2022

_______ ________ _________________ _

Vorsitzender

Geschäftsführer

Verleihungsurkunde

2022

_______ ________ _________________ _

Vorsitzender

Geschäftsführer


143

Basketball

Indoor Basketball Systems

1

Basketball-enclosure structure according to FIBA

2

Height adjustment for basketball wall/ceiling frame

3

Actuation bar with crank handle

1 Basketball-enclosure structure according to FIBA

Mounting height: max. 9 m, Mast material: Steel, Weight:

185 kg, Mounting: Ceiling installation, Can be raised

backwards or forwards, Without backboard and hoop,

Includes support tubes, Electric wire rope winch, Traverse

for fall protection, Steel cables, Suspension structure.

B8223-O l

pcs

W 185 kg

2 Height adjustment for basketball wall/ceiling frame

Weight: 44 kg, Attachment: between game board and

frame, Height adjustment: continuously adjustable from

260 to 305 cm, self-locking threaded spindle.

B8241 l

pcs

W 44 kg

3 Actuation bar with crank handle

For the operation of a basketball height adjustment,

length: 160 cm, material: steel.

G7112 p

pcs

4 Wall frame for basketball training board

Frame material: Steel

Weight: 13 kg

Projection: 30 cm

Mounting: Wall-mounted

Height adjustment: G8248: from 260 to 305 cm

Without backboard and hoop.

G8247 y static pcs

G8248 y height adjustable pcs

5 Basketball Wall Mount, Centrally Foldable

Frame Material: Steel, Weight: 80 kg, Outreach: 170, 225

cm, Mounting: Wall Mount, without Board and Basket.

B8205 l extension 170 cm pcs

W 80 kg

G9730 l extension 225 cm pcs

W 96 kg

6 Basketball Wall Mount, Swivel

Frame Material: Steel, Weight: 63 kg, Outreach: 170, 225

cm, Mounting: Wall Mount, Height Adjustment: G8241 &

G8242: from 260 to 305 cm, without Board and Basket.

G8239 l 170 cm without adjustable height pcs

W 63 kg

G8241 l 170 cm height adjustable pcs

W 68 kg

G8240 l 225 cm without adjustable height pcs

W 78 kg

G8242 l 225 cm height adjustable pcs

W 83 kg

144



Wall frame for basketball training board

4

7

Basketball System CLUB

Basketball Wall Mount, Centrally Foldable

7 Basketball System CLUB

Dimensions when assembled: 425 x 180 x 395 cm (L x W x H), Dimensions when folded:

370 x 180 x 190 cm (L x W x H), Mast Material: painted steel, Game board Material:

toughened glass, Weight: 900 kg, Reach: 225 cm, Height adjustment: 2 levels (260

/ 305 cm), Color: blue, Transport: mobile system on 4 wheels.

Features

- Reach: 225 cm

- Basket height: 260 or 305 cm

- Basketball backboard made of 12 mm thick safety glass

- Foldable basketball hoop with nylon net

- 4 transport wheels

- Includes padded counterweight

- Dimensions (LxWxH) 425 x 180 x 395 cm when set up

- Dimensions (LxWxH) 370 x 180 x 190 cm when folded

- Weight: approx. 900 kg

B9271 l

W 900 kg

5

Basketball Wall Mount, Swivel

- FIBA approval for Level 1 and 2

- Portable by one person

- Set up in playing position in a matter

of seconds

Schelde ® Basketball Competition System Super SAM 325 PRO

8 Schelde ® Basketball Competition System Super SAM 325 PRO

Dimensions assembled: 593 x 193 x 398 cm (L x W x H), Dimensions folded: 519

x 193 x 210 cm (L x W x H), Mast Material: Sturdy steel construction, Backboard

Material: Tempered safety glass, Weight: 1500 kg, Outreach: 325 cm, Color: Blue,

White, Mounting: Including ground anchors, Transportation: Mobile with transport

wheels, FIBA Level 1 & 2 approved, SAM System (Spring Assisted Mechanism), Pro

180° Equal Force Dunking Ring.

Features

- SAM-System (Spring assisted mechanism): easy, safe, and low maintenance

- 325 cm reach

- DSF system (Dynamic Sub frame)

- Transport wheels

- Target board made of 12 mm safety glass

- Pro 180° Equal Force Dunk Ring

- Basketball net Anti-Whip, Nylon, 6 mm

pcs - Safety padding on the sides and front „Diamond shaped“

- Practically maintenance-free: No hydraulic oil or electricity needed

- Includes anchoring system

- Dimensions folded: approx. 519 x 193 x 210 cm

- Dimensions assembled: approx. 593 x 193 x 398 cm. Weight approx. 1500 kg

B9295 l

pcs

W 1450 kg

8

6


145

Basketball

Basketball Backboards Indoor

1

2

Basketball Game Boards MDF

MDF Basketball Game Board

3

4

5

Basketball Game Board with Compartment Design

Basketball game board made of GFK

Basketball playing board made of fiberglass

6

7

8

Basketball Game Board made of Acrylic + Frame

Basketball Game Board Acrylic

Basketball game board made of tempered glass

1 Basketball Game Boards MDF

Dimensions: 60 x 90 cm, 120 x 90 cm, 180 x 105 cm,

180 x 120 cm (W x H), Thickness: 21 mm, Material: MDF

(medium-density fiberboard), Weight: 10 kg, 25 kg, 42

kg, 46 kg, without basket cutout, Intended Use: Indoor,

without drill holes.

B1714 y 120 x 90 cm pcs

B1713 l 180 x 105 cm pcs

W 42 kg

B1715 y 90 x 60 cm pcs

B1712 l 180 x 120 cm pcs

W 46 kg

2 MDF Basketball Game Board

Dimensions: 180 x 105 cm (W x H), Thickness: 21 mm,

Material: MDF (medium-density fiberboard), Weight: 37

kg, with basket cutout, Intended Use: Indoor.

B9402 l

W 37 kg

pcs

3 Basketball Game Board with Compartment Design

Dimensions: 120 x 90 cm, Thickness: 2.5 cm, Material:

Polyester, Color: blue, red, yellow, white, Weight: 14 kg,

without hoop cutout, Usage: Indoor & Outdoor.

B6146 y blue pcs

B6148 y red pcs

B6147 y yellow pcs

B6145 y white pcs

4 Basketball game board made of GFK

Dimensions: 120 x 90 cm, 180 x 105 cm, 180 x 120

cm, Thickness: 3.7 cm, Material: fiberglass reinforced

plastic, without basket cutout, Usage: Indoor & Outdoor.

B1709 y 120 x 90 cm pcs

B1708 l 180 x 105 cm pcs

W 42 kg

B1707 l 180 x 120 cm pcs

W 46 kg

5 Basketball playing board made of fiberglass

Dimensions: 180 x 105 cm, Material: Fiberglass-reinforced

plastic, Weight: 40 kg, with basket cutout, Usage:

Indoor & Outdoor.

B1698 l

pcs

W 42 kg

6 Basketball Game Board made of Acrylic + Frame

Dimensions: 120 x 90 cm, 180 x 105 cm, 180 x 120 cm

(W x H), Thickness: 10 mm, 12 mm, Material: Acrylic,

Frame Material: Steel, Weight: 17 kg, 25 kg, 30 kg,

35 kg, with basket cutout, with frame, Usage: Indoor.

B1741 l 120 x 90 x 1 cm pcs

W 17 kg

B1740 l 180 x 105 x 1 cm pcs

W 25 kg

B1505 l 180 x 105 x 1,2 cm pcs

W 50 kg

B1506 l 180 x 120 x 1,2 cm pcs

W 72 kg

146



Basketball Game Board Padding

7 Basketball Game Board Acrylic


(W x H), Thickness: 12 mm, Material: Acrylic, Weight:

26.5 kg, 30.5 kg, 38 kg, with basket cutout, Intended

Use: Indoor.

B1500 l 120 x 90 cm pcs

W 26.5 kg

B1502 l 180 x 105 cm pcs

W 30.5 kg

B1501 l 180 x 120 cm pcs

W 38 kg

8 Basketball game board made of tempered glass

Dimensions: 180 x 105 cm, 180 x 120 cm, Thickness:

12 mm, Material: Tempered Safety Glass, Weight: 56

kg, 60 kg, Frameless, with basket cut, Usage: Indoor.

B1721 l 180 x 105 cm pcs

W 56 kg

B1720 l 180 x 120 cm pcs

W 60 kg

9

9 Basketball Game Board Padding

Dimensions: 260 x 9 x 10 cm (L x W x H), suitable for

180 x 105 cm game boards, Material: PE foam, Color:

blue, black.

B1719 p 12 mm blue pcs

B1719-04 p 12 mm black pcs










10

Basketball Game Board SILENCIUM

11

Basketball Game Board Aluminum

10 Basketball Game Board SILENCIUM

Dimensions: 120 x 90 cm, 180 x 105 cm, 180 x 120

cm, Thickness: 2 cm, Material: Steel, Weight: 20 kg,

25 kg, 30 kg, Without basket cutout, Vandalism-proof

Reduces impact noise of the ball.

B6180 l 120 x 90 cm pcs

W 20 kg

B6181 l 180 x 105 cm pcs

W 25 kg

B6182 l 180 x 120 cm pcs

W 30 kg

11 Basketball Game Board Aluminum


(W x H), Thickness: 30 mm, Material: Aluminium, Weight:

20 kg, 32 kg, 35 kg, without basket cutout, Area of use:

Indoor & Outdoor.

B6183 l 120 x 90 cm pcs

W 21 kg

B6184 l 180 x 105 cm pcs

W 33 kg

B6185 l 180 x 120 cm pcs

W 36 kg

147


Basketball

Basketball Hoops & Nets

1

Basketball Hoop Classic Steel

2

Basketball Hoop HEAVY METAL

3

Basketball Chain Net HEAVY METAL

1 Basketball Hoop Classic Steel

Diameter: 45 cm, Weight: 3.8 kg, Material: Steel, Net

attachment: 12-point, with net hooks, Color: gray, Intended

use: Outdoor, Dunking capability: no.

B1723 p

pcs

2 Basketball Hoop HEAVY METAL


attachment: 8 point, 12 point, with net hooks, Color: grey,

Area of use: Outdoor, Dunking capability: no.

B8128 p

pcs

3 Basketball Chain Net HEAVY METAL

Material: Steel, Color: Gray, Mounting: 12-point, 8-point,

Area of use: Indoor & Outdoor.

B8127 p 8-dot net holder pcs

B8162 p 12-dot net holder pcs

148

4

Basketball hoop DUNKING

7

Foldable Basketball Hoop

10

tanga sports ® Basketball Net

4 Basketball hoop DUNKING

Diameter: 45 cm, Weight: 10 kg, Material: galvanized,

powder-coated steel, Net attachment: 12-point, internal,

Color: red, Usage: Indoor & Outdoor, Dunking

capability: Yes.

B1646 p

5

Basketball Hoop OFFICIAL

7 Foldable Basketball Hoop


Attachment: 12-point, internal, Color: Red, Intended Use:

Indoor, Dunking Capability: Yes, Designed according to

tournament regulations.

B1734 p

8

Schelde ® Dunk Ring Pro 180

11

Basketball Net ANTI WHIP

5 Basketball Hoop OFFICIAL


attachment: 12-point, internal, Color: red, Indoor use,

Dunking ability: Yes.

B1732 p up to 75 kg pcs B92920 y

B1733 p up to 105 kg pcs

9 Basketball Hoop Classic

6 Basketball hoop DUNKING reinforced


Attachment: 12-point, Color: Red, Usage: Indoor, Dunking

Ability: Yes.

Indoor, Dunking Capability: No.

B1701 p

B1731 p

pcs

pcs

8 Schelde ® Dunk Ring Pro 180

Diameter: 45 cm, Weight: 12 kg, Material: Steel, Net

Attachment: 12 point, Color: Orange, Usage: Indoor,

Dunking Ability: Yes, FIBA Level 1 & 2.

Diameter: 45 cm, Weight: 5 kg, Material: Steel, Net

attachment: 12 points, with net hooks, Color: Red, Usage:

6

Basketball hoop DUNKING reinforced

Basketball Hoop Classic

10 tanga sports ® Basketball Net

Material: Nylon, Color: white, white / red / blue, Thickness:

4 mm, 6 mm, Attachment: 12 point, Usage: Indoor

& Outdoor.

B1727 p 4 mm red / white / blue pcs

pcs B1726 p 4 mm white pcs

B1728 p 6 mm white pcs

11 Basketball Net ANTI WHIP

Material: Nylon, Color: white, Thickness: 6 mm, Mounting:

12-point, Usage: Indoor & Outdoor, Net according to

pcs official tournament regulations.

B1736 p

pcs

pcs

9

12

Schelde ® Basketball Net SUPER

12 Schelde ® Basketball Net SUPER

Material: Nylon, Color: white, Thickness: 6 mm, Fastening:

12-point, Use: Indoor & Outdoor, extra stable, according

to FIBA standards.

B9293 p

pcs


149

Basketball

Outdoor Basketball Systems

1

Kübler Sport ® Basketball Hoop with Height Adjustment

2

3

4

Kübler Sport ® Basketball

System Double Mast

Kübler Sport ® Outdoor Silent 165 Basketball System

Kübler Sport ® Outdoor Premium Basketball System

1 Kübler Sport ® Basketball Hoop with Height Adjustment 3 Kübler Sport ® Outdoor Silent 165 Basketball System 4 Kübler Sport ® Outdoor Premium Basketball System

Profile mast: 12 x 12 cm, Mast material: hot-dip galvanized

steel, Weight: 135 kg, Dimensions of playing board: 120

x 90 cm, 180 x 105 cm, Projection: 165 cm, Mounting:

concrete foundations, Height adjustment: continuously

adjustable from 260 cm to 305 cm, complete system

including hoop, net, and ground sleeve.


steel, Weight: 125 kg, Dimensions of game board: 120 x 90

cm, 180 x 105 cm, Game board material: grid, fiberglass

reinforced plastic (GFK), Projection: 165 cm, Fastening:

concrete foundations, complete system including basket,

net, and ground sleeve, according to DIN EN 1270 Class

Dimensions: 395 x 180 x 299 (H x W x D), Mast profile:

15 x 15 cm, Mast material: hot-dip galvanized steel,

Weight: 185 kg / 190 kg, Game board dimensions: 180

x 105 cm (W x H), Game board material: acrylic, Reach:

225 cm, Mounting: Ground sleeve concrete foundation

(not included), Height adjustment: B1744 from 260-305

B1650 l 120 x 90 cm pcs B, absolutely weatherproof.

cm, B1743 no height adjustment, Dunkable hoop, Nylon

W 150 kg

B1638 l grid backboard 120 x 90 cm pcs net (12-point attachment), Ground sleeve: B1746.

B1651 l 180 x 105 cm pcs W 115 kg

B1743 l without adjustable height pcs

W 155 kg

B16380 l grid backboard 180 x 105 cm pcs B1744 l height adjustable pcs

W 140 kg

W 225 kg

2 Kübler Sport ® Basketball System Double Mast

GRP (glass fiber

B16389 l

120 x 90 cm pcs

Profile post: 10 x 10 cm, Material post: hot-dip galvanized

reinforced plastic)

steel, Game board dimensions: 180 x 105 cm, Material W 116 kg

game board: GFK, Mounting: ground sleeve (concrete

GRP (glass fiber

B16388 l

180 x 105 cm pcs

foundation), without height adjustment, Weight: 175 kg

reinforced plastic)

W 141 kg

/ 185 kg, Reach: 165 cm / 225 cm.

B1667 l 165 cm pcs

W 175 kg

B16670 l 225 cm pcs

W 185 kg

150



Basketball Wall Unit OUTDOOR ALU

Goalrilla ® Basketball System GS54C

8

5 Basketball Wall Unit OUTDOOR ALU

Frame material: galvanized steel, Weight: 36 kg, Game

board dimensions: 120 x 90 cm, Game board material:

Aluminum, Reach: 30 or 60 cm, Mounting: Wall mounting,

completely weatherproof, complete system including

hoop and net.

B1676 y 30 cm pcs

B1696 l 60 cm pcs

W 37 kg

5

6 Basketball Wall Unit OUTDOOR STEEL

Material frame: galvanized steel, Weight: 38 kg, Dimensions

of game board: 120 x 90 cm, Material game

board: steel grid, Extension: 30 or 60 cm, Mounting:

wall-mounted, completely weatherproof, complete system

including hoop and net.

B1677 y 30 cm pcs B6622 l

B1697 l 60 cm pcs W 126.6 kg

W 39 kg

Basketball Wall Unit OUTDOOR STEEL

Goaliath ® Basketball System GoTek 50

8 Goalrilla ® Basketball System GS54C

Dimensions when set up: 370.8 x 137 cm (H x W), Mast

material: powder-coated steel, Playing board material:

tempered glass, Weight: 113.1 kg, Reach: 78 cm, Height

adjustment: 230 cm to 305 cm, Color: black, Mounting:

concrete foundations, TÜV certified.

6

9

7 Basketball Wall System OUTDOOR GFK

Frame material: galvanized steel, Weight: 28 kg, Dimensions

game board: 120 x 90 cm, Game board material:

fiberglass, Projection: 30 cm, 60 cm, Mounting: wall

mount, completely weatherproof, complete system including

basket and net.

B1675 y 30 cm pcs B6611 l

B1695 l 60 cm pcs W 74.5 kg

W 35 kg

pcs

Basketball Wall System OUTDOOR GFK

Pure2Improve ® Premium Basketball System

9 Goaliath ® Basketball System GoTek 50


Material: powder-coated steel, Game board material:

polycarbonate, Weight: 65.6 kg, Reach: 61 cm, Height

adjustment: 230 cm to 305 cm, Color: gray, Mounting:

mobile (weighted with water), TÜV certified.

10 Pure2Improve ® Premium Basketball System

Material of mast: steel, Material of game board: plastic,

Weight: 72 kg, Height adjustment: 230 - 305 cm, Color:

black, Attachment: mobile (weighted with 160 l of water).

B6633 l

W 48 kg

7

10

pcs

pcs


151

1

Basketball System SAM 3x3

2

3

4

Portable Street Basketball System

Goalrilla ® Basketball System CV72

Schelde ® Street Slammer

1 Basketball System SAM 3x3

Dimensions when set up: 491 x 193 x 398 cm (L x W x

H), Dimensions when folded: 420 x 193 x 216 (L x W x

H), Frame material: Steel, Backboard material: Tempered

glass, Weight: 1360 kg, Reach: 225 cm, Height adjustment:

2 levels (260 cm, 305 cm), Color: Black, Mounting:

Mobile (extendable rollers for transportation), SAM System

(Spring Assisted Mechanism), Safety padding all around

the system, movable by one person, easy assembly and B7135 l

disassembly, official competition system for FIBA 3x3 W 130 kg

tournaments, optional shot clock available.

B9284 l

pcs

W 1380 kg

2 Portable Street Basketball System

Material Mast: Steel, Material Playing Board: Composite

Plastic, Dimensions of the Playing Board: 120 x 90 cm,

Weight: 125 kg, Height Adjustment: 4 levels (240, 260,

270, and 305 cm), Color: black / gray / white, Mounting:

mobile (requires counterweight for stability, counterweight

not included in the delivery), manufactured according

to DIN EN 1270.

3 Goalrilla ® Basketball System CV72


material: powder-coated steel, Game board material:

tempered glass, Weight: 201.3 kg, Overhang: 126 cm,

Height adjustment: 230 cm to 305 cm, Color: black,

Mounting: concrete foundations, TÜV certified.

B6621 l

pcs

W 219.6 kg

pcs

4 Schelde ® Street Slammer

Dimensions when set up: 425 x 183 x 395 cm (L x W x

H), Dimensions when folded: 300.5 x 183 x 183.6 cm (L

x W x H), Frame material: Steel, Playing board material:

Tempered glass, Weight: 570 kg, Reach: 141.7 cm,

Height adjustment: No, Color: Black, Mounting: Mobile

(extendable rollers for transportation), Safety padding on

mast, movable by one person, easy setup and takedown,

FIBA certified.

B9296 l

W 600 kg

pcs

152



Basketball

3x3-Basketball & Bergo ® Courts

3x3 Basketball

3x3 basketball is a dynamic variation of

traditional basketball. With three players

per team on a half court, it offers an intense

playing experience. Bergo ® sports flooring

enables flexible and customized basketball

courts, transforming dull areas into colorful

playing surfaces.

Bergo ® Basketball Court 3x3

5 Bergo ® Basketball Court

Basketball playing surface, dimensions: 32.05 x 18.8 m,

FIBA certified, customizable, choice of color.

Features

- Dimensions (L x W x H): 32.05 x 18.8 x 0.02 m

- Field dimensions (L x W x H): 28.2 x 14.93 m

- Quantity: 5415 individual panels

- Weight: approximately 2700 kg

- Color: freely selectable

- Material: Polypropylene Composite

- No chemicals, adhesives, microplastics, emissions

- 100% recyclable

- Tested according to EN 14877

- Passes the „rolling load“ test EN 1569

- Passes the „impact resistance“ test EN 1517

- 15-year warranty

- Water drainable and good ventilation

- Individual customization

- Round lining not applied, must be done on site.

U5114 l

pcs

W 2700 kg

6

6 Bergo ® Basketball Court 3x3

Total area dimensions: 17.28 x 14.23 m (L x W), Playing

field dimensions: 15 x 11 m (L x W), consists of 2530

panels, panels are connected together, Color: customizable,

each panel can have its own color, Material: Features

Polypropylene Composite, 100% recyclable, FIBA certified,

Classification: EN 14877, EN 1569, EN 1517, 15-year

warranty, water-draining, fast-drying, straight lines

included with line panels, round lines still need to be

painted, a court can be composed of Ultimate, Ultimate

plus, or Ultimate Flow panels, various underlays available

to enhance playing characteristics.

Features


- Playing field dimensions (L x W x H): 15 x 11 m

- Number of panels: 2530 individual plates


- Color: freely selectable

- Passes the „rolling load“ test according to EN 1569

- Passes the „impact resistance“ test according to EN 1517

- 15 years warranty

- Water-draining and good ventilation

- Individual design

- FIBA certified

be done by the customer

U5112 l pcs 12.999.- U5113 l

W 1250 kg 750.- W 2000 kg

7 Bergo ® Basketball Court 3x3 FIBA

Basketball playing surface, dimensions: 17.28 x 14.23

m, FIBA certified, customizable, color options available,

with rebound underlay, competitive basketball court.


- Playing field dimensions (L x W x H): 15 x 11 m

- Quantity: 2530 individual tiles and Re-Bounce

underlayment


- Color: customizable

- Material: Polypropylene Composite

- No chemicals, no adhesives, no microplastics, no

emissions

- 100% recyclable

- FIBA certified

- Tested according to EN 14877

- Passes the rolling load test according to EN 1569

- Passes the impact resistance test according to EN 1517

- 15-year warranty

- Water-draining and good ventilation

- Customizable design

- Circular markings not applied, to

pcs


Basketball

Training Equipment & Accessories

1

Kübler Sport ® Training Set Basketball

2

Goaliath ® Basketball Return System

1 Kübler Sport ® Training Set Basketball

Optimal basic equipment for basketball training, scope

of delivery: Mini marker cones set, floormarker set, coordination

discs set, coordination ladder, 5x training vests.

Features

- Basic equipment for basketball training

- Various marking options

- Offers countless exercise possibilities

B1329 p

2 Goaliath ® Basketball Return System

4 Wilson ® Basketball Cart

Material: Nylon, Usage: Indoor & Outdoor, made to roll Ball rack and transport cart for up to 15 official size

balls back to the shooter for convenient retrieval of basketballs. With the cart, the balls can be conveniently

shots and rebounds near the hoop, saves the hassle of transported into the gymnasium and placed ready for use

collecting balls, hangs on the rim and secured with two at the desired location.

weight bags on the ground.

D1319 p

pcs

B6626 p

pcs

5 Powershot ® Basketball Ball-Returner

pcs

3 Tanga sports ® Marker Discs 60-Piece MINI Set Material: Plastic, Usage: Indoor & Outdoor, Color: orange

Colorful set for marking playing fields, running tracks, / black, Basketball training aid, attachment with hooks

and slalom courses. Set includes: 10 pieces each of

orange, yellow, white, red, blue, and green, Ø 12.5 cm.

to the hoop, rolls the ball back to the thrower after a

successful shot.

F11130 p

set B9955 p

pcs

154



3

Tanga sports ® Marker Discs 60-Piece MINI Set

6

Powershot ® Basketball Coaching Board

9

Prohibition sticker - Do not hang on the basket

6 Powershot ® Basketball Coaching Board

Dimensions: 35 x 20 cm, magnetic, scope of delivery:

1x coaching board, 1x whiteboard marker, player magnets,

front side: full basketball court, back side: half

basketball court.

B9953 p

pcs

7 Powershot ® Basketball Tactical Board

Dimensions: 90 x 60 (W x H), magnetic, scope of delivery:

1x tactical board, 11x blue player magnets, 11x red player

magnets, 1x black magnet, 1x whiteboard marker, 1x

sponge, perfect for basketball tactical training.

B9951 p

pcs

8 Powershot ® Blocking Pad

Dimensions: 59 x 30 cm, Material: Polyurethane, Color:

black with imprint, Training aid, simulates the contact

of an opponent during training.

B9954 p

pcs

4

Wilson ® Basketball Cart

7

Powershot ® Basketball Tactical Board

10

Basketball Game Board Padding

9 Prohibition sticker - Do not hang on the basket

Dimensions: 10.5 x 14.8 cm, with „no dunking“ imprint:

Do not hang on the basket.

B1739 p

pcs

10 Basketball Game Board Padding

Dimensions: 260 x 9 x 10 cm (L x W x H), suitable for

180 x 105 cm game boards, Material: PE foam, Color:

blue, black.












5

Powershot ® Basketball Ball-Returner

8

Powershot ® Blocking Pad

11



Core made of high-quality PE lightweight foam, 200 cm

long, 3 cm thick. Cover made of tear-resistant tarpaulin.

With Velcro straps for attachment.


W 4.5 kg


W 4.5 kg


W 4.6 kg



W 5.5 kg


155

Floorball

Überschrift

Floorball

4

CWK ® Floorball Stick SCHOOLIASTIC

1

2

3

5

CWK ® Floorball Stick Moooo

CWK ® Floorball Set SCHOOLICIOUS

CWK ® Floorball Set SCHOOLASTIC

CWK ® Floorball Stick SCHOOLICIOUS

1 CWK ® Floorball Stick Moooo

Suitable for every performance level, shaft length: 80/95 cm, material: PP and PE,

suitable for both right and left-handed shots.

D2362-26 p right shoot length of shaft 95 cm light blue pcs

D2361-26 p left shoot length of shaft 95 cm light blue pcs

D2361-35 p left shoot length of shaft 95 cm light green pcs

D2362-35 p right shoot length of shaft 95 cm light green pcs

D2359-26 p left shoot shaft length 80 cm light blue pcs

D2360-26 p right shoot shaft length 80 cm light blue pcs

D2359-35 p left shoot shaft length 80 cm light green pcs

D2360-35 p right shoot shaft length 80 cm light green pcs

156

2 CWK ® Floorball Set SCHOOLICIOUS

Set of 6 + 6 rackets and 3 balls, Shaft material: ABS, Blade material: PE, Ball material: PP.

D2240 p length of shaft 85 cm set


3 CWK ® Floorball Set SCHOOLASTIC

Set of 6 + 6 rackets and 3 balls, Shaft material: PC, Blade material: PE, Ball material: PP.



4 CWK ® Floorball Stick SCHOOLIASTIC

D23501-02 p length of shaft 85 cm red pcs

D23502-02 p length of shaft 95 cm red pcs

D23501-04 p length of shaft 85 cm black pcs


5 CWK ® Floorball Stick SCHOOLICIOUS

D22401-03 p length of shaft 85 cm yellow pcs

D22402-03 p length of shaft 95 cm yellow pcs



6

Floorball Complete Set ABS, including goals

8

Floorball Goal 90 x 60 cm

11

SET

Floorball Training Ball

6 Floorball Complete Set ABS, including goals

Set of 12 paddles, 3 balls, 2 floorball goals of 90 x 60 cm

including nets, and a convenient paddle bag.



7 Kübler Sport ® Floorball Goal OFFICIAL

115x160 cm fixed, IFF Floorball goal made of steel, with

powder coating (corrosion resistant) in red (RAL 3020).

Comes with net (polypropylene, mesh size 45x45 mm, 3

mm thickness, ball catching net with ballast cord), goal

depth 65 cm, weight approx. 12 kg.

D8300 l

pcs

W 12 kg

8 Floorball Goal 90 x 60 cm

Dimensions: 90 x 60 x 40 cm, Mesh size: 4 x 4 cm, Frame

material: powder-coated steel, Net material: polyester,

Weight: 1.8 kg, Delivery unassembled.

D2354 p

pcs

9

Floorball Goal 115 x 90 cm

12

Floorball Stick Bag

9 Floorball Goal 115 x 90 cm

Dimensions: 115 x 90 x 40 cm, Polyester netting 4 x 4

cm, powder-coated steel, blue, Weight: 3.2 kg, Delivery

unassembled.

D2356 p

pcs

10 Kübler Sport ® Floorball Board OFFICIAL

IFF certified floorball boards with dimensions of 40x20

m, made of epoxy laminates (GFK), are delivered on two

storage trolleys made of powder-coated steel profiles.

The set includes: 52 straight elements of 2 m length, 4

straight elements of 1 m length, 4 corner elements, and

two transport and storage trolleys.

D8302 l black set

D8301 l white set

W 660 kg

7

Kübler Sport ® Floorball Goal OFFICIAL

10

NEW

NEW

Kübler Sport ® Floorball Board OFFICIAL

11 Floorball Training Ball

Floorball made of PE, about 72 mm Ø, 22 g.

D2358 p

pcs

12 Floorball Stick Bag

Robust polyester bag for 12 rackets, dimensions: 123

x 21 x 26 cm.

D2357 p

pcs


157

Hockey

Hockey

1

4

Field Hockey Goal

Indoor Hockey Goal

1 Field Hockey Goal

Size 3.66 x 2.14 m (WxH), bottom depth 1.20 m, top depth

0.90 m. According to international regulations. Made

of sturdy aluminum profile 75 x 50 mm. Crossbar and

posts powder-coated in white, super sturdy with multiple

layered plywood boards, waterproof, board height 460

mm. Without net and transport wheels.

D5178 l

pcs

W 80 kg

2 Field Hockey Nets

Knotless made of polypropylene, depth at the top: 0.90

m, depth at the bottom: 1.20 m, material thickness: 3

mm, mesh size: 4.5 cm, color: green.

D5181 p

pair

3 Transport rollers

Accessory for field hockey goal, 2 wide plastic wheels

for a field hockey goal.

D5179 l

set

W 12 kg

3

Transport rollers

4 Indoor Hockey Goal

2 x 3 m, made of lightweight metal 80 x 80 mm according

to DIN 7897, aluminum with wooden core insert, welded

corners, large foldable goal net supports, without net.

The goals are equipped with brackets for a 2-point

floor mounting. Additionally, 4 floor plates H1854 and 4

safety screws H1855 per goal are required for secure

floor mounting.

D2266 l blue pcs

D2265 l red pcs

D2264 l black pcs

W 45 kg

5 Indoor Hockey Boards Set made of Wood

Dimensions of individual elements: 4 meters, Color: White

lacquered, Set consists of 20 individual elements, Material:

Spruce, Fir, Glued laminated timber. The elements are

connected with a wooden dowel and have the necessary

rebound angle.

D5308 l

pcs

W 85 kg

158



Indoor Hockey Boards Set made of Wood

Kübler Sport Indoor Hockey Stick

11

tanga sports ® Hockey Ball No Bounce

5

8

12

Field Hockey Ball TK Dimple Deluxe Ball

Transport cart for indoor hockey boards

Kübler Sport Outdoor Hockey Stick

9

13

Hockey Ball TK AllTurf Deluxe Ball

Indoor Hockey Boards Set made from recycled plastic

10

tanga sports ® Hockey Game Set SCHOOL

7

14

Container trolley

6 Transport cart for indoor hockey boards

9 Kübler Sport Outdoor Hockey Stick

12 Field Hockey Ball TK Dimple Deluxe Ball

For 32 or 20 hockey boards single elements, material for schools and clubs, multiple laminated, modern short Hollow Dimple Ball with excellent playing characteristics,

aluminum, 2 swivel polyamide wheels and 2 fixed castors. mace, slip-resistant cushion grip tape.

Material: PVC, Weight approximately 160 g, Ø

D5309 l

pcs D2121 p 460 g 83 cm pcs approximately 7 cm.

W 25 kg

D2118 p 530 g 92 cm pcs D52900 p white pcs

7 Indoor Hockey Boards Set made from recycled plastic

D2119 p 580 g 92 cm pcs D52901 p orange pcs

Material: recycled artificial turf (plastic), dimensions of 10 tanga sports ® Hockey Game Set SCHOOL

13 Hockey Ball TK AllTurf Deluxe Ball

each barrier: L 200 x H 10 x W 10/8 cm, set consists A „Play“ hockey game set includes: 6 yellow hockey sticks Hollow Allturf ball with excellent playing characteristics,

of 40 pieces, weight: approximately 17.5 kg per barrier (90 cm), 6 red hockey sticks (90 cm), 3 „No Bounce“ Material: PVC, weight approx. 160 g, Ø approx. 7 cm.

element, total weight: approximately 700 kg. hockey balls.

D52910 p

pcs

D5305 l

set D2135 p

set

14

W 700 kg

Container trolley

11 tanga sports ® Hockey Ball No Bounce

Made of steel sheet with large casters, perfect for transporting

8 Kübler Sport Indoor Hockey Stick

Approximately 65 g, Ø 6.5 cm, made of PVC, hollow.

and storing gymnastic bars or hockey sticks.

Multiple laminated, modern mulberry wood club, non-slip

cushion grip tape.

Ideal for indoor and outdoor games.

D1507 p

pcs

Weight: 10 kg, Height: 95 cm, Diameter: 25 cm.

D2145 p

pcs

D2103 p 400 g 83 cm pcs

D2100 p 460 g 92 cm pcs

D2101 p 560 g 92 cm pcs

6


159

American Football & Rugby

American Football & Rugby

1

Freestanding American football goal

2

American Football Goal

3

4

5

6

Wilson ® American Football NFL Game Ball THE DUKE

Wilson ® NFL Football THE DUKE REPLICA

Wilson ® NFL Football THE DUKE REPLICA Mini

Molten ® American Football AFR

1 Freestanding American football goal

3-piece construction made of aluminum. Dimensions: 9.15

m height and 5.64 m width according to international

regulations. Goal posts up to 3.05 m height and crossbar

made of oval profile (120 x 100 mm), height adjustable,

uprights made of round tube (55 mm), 2 wind vanes,

red for attachment to the goal posts, total goal depth

2 m, welded weight chamber for sand filling (sand not

included), perimeter PlayersProtect impact protection, side

transport wheels allow for transportation in tilted position.

D6018 l

W 85 kg

pcs

2 American Football Goal

Rugged American football goal in 5.64 x 9.14 m made

entirely of aluminum: Crossbar 120 x 100 mm, goal posts

round tube, stand round tube Ø 90 mm partially welded,

including ground sleeves.

D6030 l yellow pcs

D6029 l white pcs

D6017 l aluminium naturel pcs

W 195 kg

5 Wilson ® NFL Football THE DUKE REPLICA Mini

Replica miniature model of the official NFL game ball in

American football. Material: Composite leather. The small

size encourages even the little ones to play and explore.

3 Wilson ® American Football NFL Game Ball THE DUKE

D0122 p

pcs

Official NFL ball. Made from 100% exclusive Horween 6 Molten ® American Football AFR

leather. With embossing. Handcrafted. Professional

game ball.

D0117 p

pcs

4 Wilson ® NFL Football THE DUKE REPLICA

Replica model of the official NFL game ball in American

football. Material: composite leather, official size.

D0121 p OFFICIAL pcs

Competition ball, nylon carcass, super grippy rubber

surface with deep dimple finish, butyl bladder, size and

weight according to regulations.

D0108 p OFFICIAL pcs

D0109 p JUNIOR pcs

160



8

Rugby Ball GRIPPER PRO

7 Rugby Goal

The rugby goal is made of aluminum posts with dimensions

of 120 x 100 mm and is divided into 3 parts. The sturdy

aluminum posts are partially welded and comply with

the guidelines of the IRB (International Rugby Board).

They come complete with ground sleeves. Rugby goal:

5.6 x 6.5 m.

D6016 l white pcs

D6015 l aluminium naturel pcs

W 190 kg

9

Tag Rugby & Flag Football Set

Rugby Goal

8 Rugby Ball GRIPPER PRO

Ram Rugby Ball powered by Kübler Sport. Three-layer ball

design with rubber coating, 3D grip for ideal control when

passing and catching, high-tech inner lining, hand-sewn.

D0115 p size 5 pcs

D0116 p size 4 pcs

7

10

Kübler Sport ® Flag Football Set

9 Tag Rugby & Flag Football Set

Advantage set with 20 belts, 40 tags (flags), high-quality

RAM Gripper Rugby, air pump, whistle, 30 marking caps,

and a convenient bag for all materials.

D0114 p

pcs

10 Kübler Sport ® Flag Football Set

1 set consists of 5 110 cm belts with 10 flags in one color,

in a storage bag. 50% polyester, 50% polypropylene.

U4706 p red set

U4707 p yellow set


161

Baseball

Baseball

1

SET

Baseball School Set

2

Batting Tee

3

SET

4

5

6

Baseball Set KIDS

BRETT ® Baseball Glove

Franklin ® Baseball Glove

Vinyl Base Set

7

SET

8

9

10

Baseball Set SENIOR

tanga sports ® Foam Rubber Baseball

Youth Baseball Benson LGB85

Baseball TRAINING CD-BEE8

1 Baseball School Set

Consisting of: 1 Vinyl Base Set, 5 pieces, 1 Batting Tee

51-90 cm, 1 wooden Teeball bat approximately 66 cm, 1

aluminum baseball bat approximately 66 cm, 10 baseball

gloves 10“ for right-handed players, 10 baseball gloves

12“, including 2 for left-handed players, 12 Teeballs, and

1 Super Sports Box.

D79761 p

2 Batting Tee

Durable rubber home plate with adjustable tee (51 - 90

cm). Perfect for batting practice, as it allows for precise

hitting of a stationary ball. Specifically designed ball rest

for minimal resistance.

D7915 p

pcs

3 Baseball Set KIDS

Baseball Ball Set includes 1x Franklin Catcher‘s Mitt 10“

(left hand throw for right-handed players), 1x Baseball

Bat 28“ (approx. 71 cm), 1x Baseball Size 8.5“ (approx.

7 cm Ø).

D79040 p

set

set

4 BRETT ® Baseball Glove

Soft and flexible, all-purpose glove made of vinyl for

adults and teenagers. RTP (ready to play).

D79922 p 10“ (25,4 cm) right (for left hander) pcs

D79921 p 10“ (25,4 cm) left (for right hander) pcs

D79880 p 12“ (30 cm) right (for left hander) pcs

D7988 p 12“ (30 cm) left (for right hander) pcs

5 Franklin ® Baseball Glove

All-round baseball glove made of vinyl. Available for

children and adults, suitable for both left-handed and

right-handed players.

D7997 p 12“ (30 cm) right (for left hander) pcs

D7996 p 12“ (30 cm) left (for right hander) pcs

D7993 p 9,5“ (approx. 24 cm) right (for left hander) pcs

D7992 p 9,5“ (approx. 24 cm) left (for right hander) pcs

6 Vinyl Base Set

Made of weatherproof white vinyl, includes 3 bases, 1

home plate, and 1 pitcher‘s plate.

D7920 p

set

7 Baseball Set SENIOR

Set contents: 1x Baseball glove 12“ PAT (left for righthanders),

1x Beechwood baseball bat 32“ (approx. 81

cm), and 1x Baseball 8.5“ (approx. 7 cm Ø).

D79030 p

8 tanga sports ® Foam Rubber Baseball

Material: Rubber core, foam rubber coating, Ø 7.5 cm.

D7952 p

pcs

9 Youth Baseball Benson LGB85

8.5“ Leather Ball. Game ball for youth teams (BeeBall

Major League). The ball is softer than a regular baseball,

making it ideal for schools or indoor training.

D7923 p

pcs

10 Baseball TRAINING CD-BEE8

8“ Leather Ball, slightly softer and smaller, ideal for

batting practice.

D7927 p

pcs

set

162



11

Beech Wood Baseball Bat

16

tanga sports ® Softball Foam Rubber

BRETT ® Aluminum Baseball Bat 28‘‘

tanga sports ® Softball made of PU

11 Beech Wood Baseball Bat

Durable racket made of beech wood, partially black lacquered,

available in two variations: Length: 32“ (approx.

81 cm) and 26“ (approx. 66 cm).

D79906 p 26 INCH pcs

D79902 p 32 INCH pcs

12 BRETT ® Aluminum Baseball Bat 28‘‘

Material: Aluminum, Length: 28‘‘ (approx. 70 cm), Handle

thickness: approx. 2.7 cm, rubberized, Width of paddle

surface: 5.7 cm, Weight: 625 g, Color: Red.

D79360 p

13 Aluminum Baseball Bat

Affordable aluminum beginner racket.

D7938 p

12

17

15 tanga sports ® Softball Set

Great combo set of rubber foam baseball bat and PU

baseball: Bat length 56 cm, Material: soft rubber foam,

Ball: Ø 9 cm, Material: PU foam.

D7956 p

13

Aluminum Baseball Bat

18

Franklin ® Official League Softball

14 Franklin MLB ® Soft Baseball Bat Set

One set includes one bat with soft baseball, bat length:

24“ (approx. 61 cm), assorted colors.

D79870 p

set

Franklin MLB ® Soft

Baseball Bat Set

Schildkröt ® Neoprene Baseball Set

set

19

15

tanga sports ® Softball Set

17 tanga sports ® Softball made of PU

Material: PU foam, Ø 7 cm.

D7953 p

16

pcs tanga sports ® Softball Foam Rubber

4“ (approx. Ø 10 cm) softball with moss rubber coating.

D7954 p 4“ pcs

D3272 p

pcs

14

pcs

18 Franklin ® Official League Softball

12‘‘ (Ø approx. 10.5 cm), weight approx. 150 g, material

outer: synthetic leather, material inner: cork core,

color: Yellow.

D79290 p

pcs

19 Schildkröt ® Neoprene Baseball Set

Material: Plastic tube with foam padding covered with

neoprene sleeve, Length: 62 cm, Weight: approx. 200

g, Saltwater resistant.

set


163

Racket Sports

Racket sports include a wide range of disciplines

played with a racket and a ball. From badminton

and table tennis to tennis and padel, racket

sports offer a broad variety of activities for sports

enthusiasts. These sports not only promote

physical fitness but also improve coordination,

agility, and concentration. Racket games are

suitable for people of all ages and fitness levels,

as they can be adapted to individual abilities.

Content

Badminton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Badminton Nets & Posts . . . . . . . . . 166

Badminton Rackets . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Badminton Sets & Shuttlecocks . . . . . 170

Badminton Accessories . . . . . . . . . . 172

Table Tennis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174

Table Tennis Tables School & Training . . 174

Table Tennis Tables Club & Competition . 176

Table Tennis Tables Outdoor . . . . . . . 178

Table Tennis Rackets & Balls . . . . . . . 182

Table Tennis Accessories . . . . . . . . . 184

Padel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Pickleball. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Tennis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190

Tennis Rackets & Balls . . . . . . . . . . 190

Tennis Court Equipment. . . . . . . . . . 192

164

165


Badminton

Badminton Nets & Posts

1 Badminton Training Net SCHOOL

Dimensions: 610 x 76 cm, 20 mm mesh

size, net thickness 1.2 mm, Material: Polypropylene,

Length of tension rope: 6.60

m, bordered all around.

V1779 p

MADE IN

GERMANY

pcs

MADE IN

GERMANY

2 Badminton Tournament Net SUPER

Dimensions: 602 x 76 cm, Mesh size: 18

mm, Net thickness: 1.8 mm, Material:

Polypropylene, Length of tension rope:

6.60 m, extra strong edge banding.

D1741 p kevlar cable pcs

D1781 p steel cable pcs

MADE IN

GERMANY

4 Badminton Net Set CHAMPION


mm, Net thickness: 1.2 mm, Material: Polypropylene,

Length of tension rope: 15 m /

23 m / 31 m, including strong edge tape.

D1787 p 2 nets / playgrounds yarn



5 Badminton Net Set SUPER


mm, Net thickness: 1.8 mm, Material: Polypropylene,

Length of tension rope: 15 m /

23 m / 31 m, including sturdy edge band.

3 Badminton Tournament Net CHAMPION

Dimensions: 602 x 76 cm, Mesh size: 18 D1785 p 2 nets / playgrounds

mm, Net thickness: 1.2 mm, Material: D1786 p 3 nets / playgrounds

Polypropylene, Length tension rope: 6.60 D1784 p 4 nets / playgrounds

m, extra strong border tape.

D1740 p kevlar cable pcs

D1780 p steel cable pcs

yarn

yarn

yarn

166



6

Badminton posts with internal tensioning mechanism

9

Kübler Sport ® Mobile Badminton Post SCHOOL

6 Badminton posts with internal tensioning

mechanism

Material: Aluminum, Net height: 155 cm,

Profile: 80 x 80 mm square or Ø 83 mm

round, Weight: 20 kg, including ground

sleeve, manufactured according to DIN

EN 1509, internal tension mechanism.

D1311 l 83 mm round pair

D1310 l 80 x 80 mm square pair

W 20 kg

7

Badminton Game Post CUP

8 Badminton Playing Post SUPERCUP

Material: Steel, Net Height: 155 - 170 cm,

Profile: 40 x 40 mm, Weight: 80 kg, Mobile

without installation, Complies with the

specifications of the DBV and IBF.

D1731 l

W 80 kg

7 Badminton Game Post CUP

Material: Steel, Net height: 155 - 170 cm,

Profile: 40 x 40 mm, Weight: 45 kg, Can be D3990 l

used mobile without installation. W 29 kg

D1730 l

pcs

W 45 kg

9

MADE IN

GERMANY

10

Kübler Sport ® Mobile Badminton

Center Post SCHOOL

pcs

Kübler Sport ® Mobile Badminton Post

SCHOOL

Material: Plastic-coated steel, Net height:

155 cm, Profile: 40 x 40 mm, Weight: 25

kg, Portable and usable without installation,

compatible additional weight: D3991.

pair

10

Kübler Sport ® Mobile Badminton Center

Post SCHOOL


155 cm, Profile: 40 x 40 mm, Weight: 45

kg, Mobile, can be used without mounting

Compatible additional weight: D3991

D3992 l

W 49 kg

11

12

Kübler Sport ® Badminton Post

SCHOOL with Ground Sockets

pcs

Additional Weight Badminton Post

SCHOOL

Material: Steel, Weight: 20 kg, Color: Blue,

suitable for mobile badminton posts D3990

& D3992.

D3991 y

pair

8

Badminton Playing Post SUPERCUP

12

Kübler Sport ® Badminton Post SCHOOL

with Ground Sockets

Material: plastic-coated steel, Net height:

155 cm, Profile: 40 x 40 mm, Weight: 15 kg,

Installation in ground sleeve (not included),

suitable ground sleeve: D39939.

D3993 l

W 16 kg

13

Kübler Sport ® Badminton Center Post

SCHOOL with Ground Sleeves

pcs

13 Kübler Sport ® Badminton Center Post

SCHOOL with Ground Sleeves


155 cm, Profile: 40 x 40 mm, Weight: 15 kg,

Installation in ground sleeve (not included),

suitable ground sleeve: D39939.

D3994 l

pcs

W 16 kg

167


Badminton

Badminton Rackets

1

3

5

Kübler Sport ® Badminton Racket SCHOOL

Talbot-Torro ® Badminton racket ELI Junior

tanga sports ® Methodology

Badminton Racket INIT

2

Kübler Sport ® Badminton racket COLLEGE

4

Talbot-Torro ® Badminton Racket ELI Teen

6

tanga sports ® Badminton racket

POWER EXTREME

1 Kübler Sport ® Badminton Racket SCHOOL

Length: 66 cm, Weight: 100 g, Color: red / silver, Frame

Material: Aluminum, Shaft Material: Carbon, String Material:

Lawntex.

D9700 p

pcs D6934 p

2 Kübler Sport ® Badminton racket COLLEGE

Length: 66 cm, Weight: 95 g, Color: blue, Frame Material:

Aluminum, Shaft Material: Carbon, String Material:

Lawntex.

D6935 p

D9701 p

pcs

3 Talbot-Torro ® Badminton racket ELI Junior

Length: 58 cm, Weight: 97 g, Color: blue / black, Frame

Material: Aluminum, Shaft Material: Steel, String Material:

Nylon.

4 Talbot-Torro ® Badminton Racket ELI Teen

Length: 63 cm, Weight: 95 g, Color: green / black, Frame


Nylon.

5 tanga sports ® Methodology Badminton Racket INIT

Length: 53 cm, Weight: approx. 100 g, Color: yellow /

blue, Frame Material: Aluminum, Shaft Material: Steel,

String Material: Nylon, shortened methodology racket.

pcs D9742 p

pcs

pcs

6 tanga sports ® Badminton racket POWER EXTREME

Length: 66 cm, Weight: 96 g, Color: gray, Frame Material:

Aluminum, Shaft Material: Graphite, String Material: Nylon.

D9741 p

pcs

168



7

Victor ® Badminton Racket PRO

Victor ® Badminton Racket AL-3300

9

Victor ® Badminton Racket AL-3300

7 Victor ® Badminton Racket PRO

Length: 66 cm, Weight: 102 g, Color: red/white, Frame

Material: Steel, Shaft Material: Aluminum, String Material:

Lawntex.

D9733 p

pcs D99040 p

8 Victor ® Badminton Racket AL-3300

Length: 63 cm, Weight: 98 g, Color: red / blue, Frame


Lawntex.

S7159 p

pcs D9908 p

9 Victor ® Badminton Racket AL-3300

Length: 63 cm, Weight: 98 g, Color: red / blue, Frame


Lawntex.

S7159 p

pcs

8

10

Yonex ® Badminton Racket B4000

11

Talbot-Torro ® Badminton

Racket Arrowspeed 299.8

10 Yonex ® Badminton Racket B4000

Length: 68 cm, Weight: 95 g, Color: green, Frame Material:

Aluminum, Shaft Material: Steel, String Material:

Lawntex, comes with a protective cover.

11 Talbot-Torro ® Badminton Racket Arrowspeed 299.8

Length: 67 cm, Weight: 96 g, Color: black / orange,

Frame Material: Graphite, Shaft Material: Graphite, String

Material: Lawntex.

12

Talbot-Torro ® Badminton Racket

Arrowspeed 399

Talbot-Torro ® Badminton

Racket ISOFORCE 511.8

12 Talbot-Torro ® Badminton Racket Arrowspeed 399

Length: 66 cm, Weight: 89 g, Color: black / orange,

Frame Material: Graphite, Shaft Material: Graphite, String

Material: Lawntex, multifile Galaxy String.

pcs D9940 p

pcs

13 Talbot-Torro ® Badminton Racket ISOFORCE 511.8

Length: 66.5 cm, Weight: 87 g, Color: green, Frame

Material: Carbon, Shaft Material: Carbon, String Material:

Lawntex.

pcs D99090 p

pcs

13


169

Badminton

Badminton Sets & Shuttlecocks

1

Kübler Sport ® Badminton Super Savings Pack

2

Victor ® Badminton School Savings Package ALLROUND

3

Kübler Sport ® Badminton School Set

4

5

6

Talbot-Torro ® ELI School Set MINI

Talbot-Torro ® ELI School Set JUNIOR

Talbot-Torro ® ELI School Set TEEN

1 Kübler Sport ® Badminton Super Savings Pack

3 Kübler Sport ® Badminton School Set

5 Talbot-Torro ® ELI School Set JUNIOR

10 x Badminton rackets (Kübler Sport ® SCHOOL - D9700),

2 x rolls of badminton shuttlecocks (Victor ® SHUTTLE

1000 - D9713), 1 x storage bag (Victor ® racket bag

8 x Badminton rackets (Kübler Sport ® SCHOOL - D9700),

8 x Badminton rackets (Kübler Sport ® COLLEGE - D9701),

2 x Badminton birdies (Victor ® SHUTTLE 1000 - D9713), 1x storage bag, 1x instructional poster.

D9705 - D6107). p

set 1 x Storage bag (Victor ® racket bag - D9716).

D6931 p

D9706 p

set

6 Talbot-Torro ® ELI School Set TEEN

2 Victor ® Badminton School Savings Package ALLROUND 4 Talbot-Torro ® ELI School Set MINI

12x Badminton rackets (Victor ® Pro - D9733), 2 x Badminton

shuttles (Victor ® SHUTTLE 1000 - D9713), 1x

bag, 1x instructional poster.

storage bag (Victor ® racket bag - D9716), 1x training

manual, 1x game rule poster A2 size.

D6932 p

D9736 p

set

Advantage set of 10 rackets (53 cm length/ from 4

years), 2x 6-pack premium nylon shuttlecocks for school

sports, badminton teaching poster with instructions for

the ELI concept and numerous special exercises with

the ELI rackets, and a practical bag for all equipment.

Contents: 10x badminton rackets, 2x shuttlecocks, 1x

storage bag

D6930 p

set

10x Badminton rackets (Talbot-Torro ® ELI Junior - D6934),

2x Badminton shuttlecocks (Talbot-Torro ® ELI - D6936),

10x Badminton rackets (Talbot-Torro ® ELI TEEN - D6935),

2x Badminton balls (Talbot-Torro ® ELI - D6936), 1x storage

set

set

170



tanga sports ® Badminton Shuttlecock 6-Pack

10

Victor ® Badminton Shuttlecock SHUTTLE 500

7

7 tanga sports ® Badminton Shuttlecock 6-Pack

Material Base: EVA foam cork, Basket Material: Nylon,

Color: white or yellow, Speed: medium, 6 balls per roll,

high-quality badminton shuttlecock.

D9745 p yellow roll

D9744 p white roll

8 Talbot-Torro ® Badminton Shuttle ELI

Material Base: EVA foam, Basket Material: Nylon, Color:

white, Speed: medium, 6 balls per roll, Training ball,

ideal for schools.

D6936 p

roll

9 FZ Forza ® Badminton Shuttlecock Hybrid 5000

Material Base: Cork, Basket Material: Nylon-Spring-

Hybrid, Color: white, Speed: medium, 12 balls per roll,

high-quality training ball, ideal for school sports.

D9704 p

roll

11

Victor ® Badminton Ball SHUTTLE 1000

8

Talbot-Torro ® Badminton Shuttle ELI

12

Victor ® Badminton Birdie SHUTTLE 2000

10 Victor ® Badminton Shuttlecock SHUTTLE 500

Material Base: Cork, Basket Material: Nylon, Color: white

or yellow, Speed: medium, 6 balls per roll, high-quality

training ball.

D9709 p yellow roll

D9715 p white roll

11 Victor ® Badminton Ball SHUTTLE 1000


or yellow, Speed: fast, medium or slow, 6 balls per roll,

high-quality training ball.

D9728 p fast yellow roll

D9714 p medium yellow roll

D9726 p slow yellow roll

D9725 p slow white roll

D9727 p fast white roll

D9713 p medium white roll

9

FZ Forza ® Badminton Shuttlecock Hybrid 5000

13

Victor ® Badminton Ball PRO COURT

12 Victor ® Badminton Birdie SHUTTLE 2000


or yellow, Speed: fast, medium, or slow, 6 balls per roll,

high-quality competition ball.

D9703 p medium yellow roll

D97022 p slow yellow roll

D97023 p fast yellow roll

D97021 p slow white roll

D97020 p fast white roll

D9702 p medium white roll

13 Victor ® Badminton Ball PRO COURT

Material Base: Natural cork, Basket Material: Duck

feathers, Color: white, Speed: medium, high-quality

training ball, 12 balls per roll.

D9712 p

roll


171

1

Storage Cart

3


6

Tie Down Strap

2

4

5

7

Wall bracket for net hanger, lockable

Net roll-up bar

Racket wall mount

Kübler Sport ® Pre-stretch Lead ISI-LINK

1 Storage Cart

Dimensions: 122 x 87 x 87 cm (H x W x L),

Weight: 13 kg, Color: grey, mobile thanks

to 3 castors, for quick set-up and rolling

of badminton or volleyball nets.

D1778 p

2 Wall bracket for net hanger, lockable

Powder coated, with a safety chain, for

orderly storage of nets on net hooks.

Includes padlock. Without net hooks.

Dimensions: approx. 40 x 25 x 53 cm,

Weight: approx. 3.8 kg.

V1570 p

V1761 p

pcs


For hanging net hangers for the orderly

storage of rolled-up nets. Projection: approx.

37 cm, Ø 20 mm, screw-on plate:

25 x 4 cm.

pcs V1760 p

pcs D1764 p

4 Net roll-up bar

Bracket for easy transport and storage

of volleyball, tennis, or badminton nets.

Dimensions: approx. 68 x 57 cm, wooden

handle: rotatable, approx. 15 cm long.

pcs

5 Racket wall mount

Dimensions: 40 x 10 x 5 cm (L x W x H),

Weight: 1 kg, Material: Metal, Color: silver,

for approximately 12 badminton rackets,

wall mountable.

pcs

6 Tie Down Strap

Dimensions: 100 x 2.5 cm (L x W), Weight:

400 g, Color: green, with self-locking strap

buckle, quick release for tensioning badminton

net.

D1801 p

pcs

8 Victor ® Badminton Mini-Net

Dimensions: 300 x 90 cm (W x D), height

adjustable in 3 levels: 107 cm, 130 cm,

155 cm, weight: 3 kg, color: blue / pink,

easy to set up and dismantle.

D9710 p

7 Kübler Sport ® Pre-stretch Lead ISI-LINK

Accessories for tensioning volleyball nets.

Overall length: 65 cm, Material: Polypropylene,

8 mm thick mesh line, with carabiner.

T1810 p

V2505 p

pcs

set

9 Hammer ® 3 in 1 Net Set

Multifunctional 3-in-1 set with nets for

the sports of volleyball, badminton, and

tennis. Dimensions volleyball net (length

x height): 3.10 m x 2.24 m, dimensions

badminton net (length x height): 3.20 m

x 1.55 m, dimensions tennis net (length

x height): 2.50 m x 1.02 m, dimensions of

the case: 85 x 33 x 15 cm, weight: 5.5 kg.

set

172



Badminton

Badminton Accessories

8

Victor ® Badminton Mini-Net

11

Victor ® Racket Bag

9

Hammer ® 3 in 1 Net Set

12

Talbot-Torro ® Overgrip, 3-pack blister

10

Badminton Referee Chair

Victor ® Badminton Court MOBIL

10 Badminton Referee Chair

11 Victor ® Racket Bag

13 Victor ® Badminton Court MOBIL


Frame Material: Aluminum, Seat Material:

Plastic, Weight: 15 kg, Seat Height: 155


Material: Nylon, Color: blue / black, for

approximately 10 squash rackets or 20

Dimensions: 15 x 6.66 m, Thickness: 5 mm, Weight: 475 kg, Material: PVC / Foam,

Color: blue / yellow, Delivery in two parts, Connection of the playing halves by VEU

adhesive tape, BWF certified, shock-absorbing.

cm, Capacity: up to 150 kg, compliant badminton rackets.

D7000 l

with DIN 33941-1.

D9716 p

pcs W 475 kg

pcs

D1729 l

pcs

12

W 20 kg

Talbot-Torro ® Overgrip, 3-pack blister

Dimensions: 113 x 2.7 cm, Color: black,

universal grip tape for badminton rackets,

D6938 p

set

13


173

Table Tennis

Table Tennis in School Sports

Table tennis is a popular sport in physical education that offers many

benefits. Through regular training, students improve their motor skills

and develop tactical thinking. To make training effective, various methodological

aspects should be considered. Contrast exercises such

as hard/soft strokes and early/late ball reception are useful. In addition,

movement experience exercises—such as balancing the ball on the

racket—can individually support and motivate students. However,

monotonous practice should be avoided, and the playful nature of

the game should be maintained. It is advisable to include varied alternative

game formats that go beyond the classic one-on-one match.

Table Tennis Tables School & Training

1 Sponeta ® Table Tennis Table SCHOOL- 2 Sponeta ® Table Tennis Table EXPERT- 3 Donic ® Table Tennis Table WALDNER 4 Donic ® Table Tennis Table COMPACT 25

LINE S5 Indoor

Dimensions: 274 x 153 x 76 cm (L x W x

H), Dimensions when set up: 184 x 70 x

155 cm (L x W x D), Plate thickness: 22

mm, Material: Particle board, Steel frame,

Weight: 92 kg, Color: blue, green, Classification:

LINE S4 Indoor

Dimensions: 274 x 153 x 76 cm (L x W

x H), Plate thickness: 19 mm, Material:

Fine particle board, powder-coated steel

frame, Weight: 79 kg, Color: green, blue,

Classification: DIN EN 14468-1 B, Setup:

HIGHSCHOOL


x H), Dimensions when folded: 152.5 x

156 x 45 cm (L x W x H), Plate thickness:

19 mm, Material: powder-coated steel

(frame), Weight: 90 kg, Color: blue, green,



powder-coated steel, Weight: 105 kg,

Color: blue, green, Classification: DIN EN

14468-1 A, Installation: fixed, Use: Indoor,

ITTF approval, includes net set.

DIN EN 14468-1 B, Installation: mobile (transport wheels), Usage: Indoor, Classification: DIN EN 14468-1 B, Setup: T2009-01 l blue pcs

mobile (transport wheels), Intended use: including net set.

mobile (with transport rollers), Usage: T2009-07 l green pcs

Indoor, including net set.

T1514-01 l blue pcs indoor, accessible for disabled according W 113 kg

T1512-01 l blue pcs T1514 l green pcs to ITTF, Delivery without net.

T1512 l green pcs W 82.5 kg

T2005 l blue pcs

W 96.5 kg

T2006 l green pcs

W 95 kg

174



1

Sponeta ® Table Tennis Table

SCHOOLLINE S5 Indoor

5

Schildkröt ® Table Tennis Table Joker

9

Joola ® Table Tennis Net Set SNAPPER

5 Schildkröt ® Table Tennis Table Joker


Plate thickness: 19 mm, Material: Particle

board, Steel frame, Color: Green, Classification:

DIN EN 14468-1 B, Setup: Mobile

(with transport wheels), Usage: Indoor.

T4783 l

pcs

W 65 kg

6 Schildkröt ® Table Tennis Table SpaceTec

Indoor



Particleboard, Color: green, Classification:

DIN EN 14468-1 B, Setup: mobile (with

transport wheels), Usage: Indoor.

T4784 l

pcs

W 68 kg

2

Sponeta ® Table Tennis Table

EXPERTLINE S4 Indoor

6

Schildkröt ® Table Tennis Table SpaceTec Indoor

10

Joola ® Table Tennis Net Set KLICK

3

Donic ® Table Tennis Table

WALDNER HIGHSCHOOL

Joola ® Table Tennis Table TRANSPORT

11

Joola ® Table Tennis Net Set EASY

7 Joola ® Table Tennis Table TRANSPORT 9 Joola ® Table Tennis Net Set SNAPPER

Dimensions: 274 x 153 x 76 cm (L x W x

H), Dimensions when folded: 68 x 167 cm

(D x W) Panel thickness: 19 mm, Material:

metal frame, Weight: 90 kg, Color: blue,

Dimensions: 183 x 15 cm (W x H), Weight:

825 g, Frame Material: Metal, Net Material:

Yarn, Clamping Technique, Classification:

EN 14468-2C leisure sports.

green, Classification: DIN EN 14468-1 B,

Setup: mobile (with transport wheels), Usage:

T4890 p

pcs T4922 p

Indoor, Delivery does not include net.

T4836 l blue pcs

W 92 kg

12

10 Joola ® Table Tennis Net Set KLICK

8 Joola ® Table Tennis Table INSIDE J15

Dimensions set up: 274 x 153 x 76 cm (L

x W x H), Dimensions folded: 161 x 64 x



Textile fabric, with height adjustment,

clamp technology, suitable for nearly all

tables, Classification: EN 14468-2 school

and club sports.

T4996 p

158 cm (L x W x H), Top thickness: 15mm,

Color: black, yellow, Top material: MDF,

T4921 p

pcs

Weight: 87 kg, Classification: EN 14468-1,

Setup: mobile (transport wheels), Intended

use: Indoor.

T49949 l

W 84 kg

pcs

7

4

Donic ® Table Tennis Table COMPACT 25

8

Joola ® Table Tennis Table INSIDE J15

12

Donic-Schildkröt ® Table Tennis

Net Set FLEXNET

11 Joola ® Table Tennis Net Set EASY



Textile fabric, Screw technology, Classification:

EN 14468-2C recreational sports.

pcs

Donic-Schildkröt ® Table Tennis Net

Set FLEXNET

Dimensions: 175 x 15.5 cm (W x H), Weight:

450 g, Frame Material: Plastic, Net Material:

Nylon, Clamp Technique.

pcs


175

Table Tennis

Table Tennis Tables Club & Competition

1

Joola ® Table Tennis Table 3000 SC PRO

2

Joola ® Table Tennis Table ROLLOMAT PRO

3

Donic ® Table Tennis Table DELHI 25

1 Joola ® Table Tennis Table 3000 SC PRO

Dimensions: 274 x 153 x 76 cm (L x W x H), Plate thickness:

25 mm, Material: Metal frame, Color: green, blue,

Classification: DIN EN 14468-1 A, Setup: mobile (transport

wheels), Usage: Indoor, Delivery without net set.

T48389 l blue pcs

T48379 l green pcs

W 125 kg

2 Joola ® Table Tennis Table ROLLOMAT PRO

Dimensions: 274 x 153 x 76 cm (L x W x H), Table thickness:

25 mm, Material: Metal frame, Weight: 100 kg, Color:

blue, green, Classification: DIN EN 14468-1 A, Setup:

mobile (with transport wheels), Use: Indoor, Delivery

without net set.

T48119 l blue pcs

T48109 l green pcs

W 115 kg

3 Donic ® Table Tennis Table DELHI 25

Dimensions: 274 x 153 x 76 cm (L x W x H), Dimensions

when folded: 152 x 160 x 47 cm (L x W x H), Plate thickness:

25 mm, Material: galvanized steel, Weight: 135

kg, Color: blue, green, Classification: DIN EN 14468-1

A, Setup: mobile (with transport rollers), Use: Indoor,

ITTF approved (competition table), Comes with net set.

T2016-01 l blue pcs

T2016-07 l green pcs

W 140 kg

4 Sponeta ® Table Tennis Table PROFILINE S7 Indoor

Dimensions: 274 x 153 x 76 cm, (L x W x H), Plate

thickness: 25 mm, Weight: 122 kg, Color: blue, green,

Classification: EN 14468-1A, Installation: mobile (transport

wheels), Intended use: Indoor, ITTF approval for

international competitions, Delivery with net set.

T1526 l blue pcs

T1525 l green pcs

W 122 kg

5 Joola ® Table Tennis Table 2000-S PRO


25 mm, Material: powder-coated steel frame, Weight: 105

kg, Color: green, blue, Classification: DIN EN 14468-1

A, Setup: fixed, Usage: Indoor, ITTF approval, Delivery

without net set.

T48310 l blue pcs

T48300 l green pcs

W 105 kg

176

8

Donic ® Table Tennis Net Set STRESS

Sponeta ® Table Tennis Table PROFILINE S7 Indoor

Donic ® Table Tennis Table WALDNER SC

6 Donic ® Table Tennis Table WALDNER SC


22 mm, Material: Steel frame, Weight: 95 kg, Color: blue,

green, Classification: DIN EN 14468-1 B, Setup: mobile

(transport wheels), Use: Indoor, Delivery with net set,

Delivery fully assembled.

T2008 l green pcs

W 100 kg

7 Joola ® Table Tennis Table WORLD CUP 25-S


when folded: 62 x 161 cm (D x W), Plate thickness: 25

mm, Material: powder-coated steel frame, Weight: 110

kg, Color: blue, green, Classification: DIN EN 14468-1 A,

Setup: mobile (with transport wheels), Use: Indoor, Delivery

without net set, ITTF approved (competition table).

T4824-01 l blue pcs

W 125 kg

T4824-04 l black pcs

W 0 kg

T4824-07 l green pcs

W 125 kg

4

6

9

Joola ® Table Tennis Net Set SPRING

10

Joola ® Table Tennis Net Set WM

Joola ® Table Tennis Net Set PRO TOUR

8 Donic ® Table Tennis Net Set STRESS

Dimensions: 183 x 15.5 cm (W x H), Weight: 1.8 kg, Frame

Material: Steel sheet, Net Material: Coated plastic, Screw

technology, Classification: EN 14468-1B, ITTF Approval,

suitable for table tennis tables: Waldner Highschool

(T2005, T2006) and Waldner SC (T2007, T2008). T4873 p

T2014 p

pcs

11 Joola ® Table Tennis Net Set PRO TOUR

9 Joola ® Table Tennis Net Set SPRING

Dimensions: 183 x 15.5 cm (W x H), Weight: 1000 g,

Frame Material: Metal, Net Material: Cotton, iron yarn,

Clamp technology, Classification: EN 14468-2A highperformance

sport, ITTF approval.

T4920 p

T4834 p

pcs

5

Joola ® Table Tennis Table 2000-S PRO

7

Joola ® Table Tennis Table WORLD CUP 25-S

10 Joola ® Table Tennis Net Set WM

Dimensions: 183 x 15.5 cm (W x H), Weight: 1.3 kg,

Frame Material: Metal, Net Material: Cotton, Iron Yarn,

Clamp Technology, Classification: EN 14468-2A High

Performance Sports, ITTF Approval.

11

pcs

Dimensions: 183 x 15.5 cm (W x H), Weight: 1.5 kg,

Frame Material: Metal, Net Material: Cotton, iron yarn,

Screw technology, Classification: EN 14468-2A highperformance

sport, ITTF approval.

pcs

177


Table Tennis

Table Tennis Tables Outdoor

178

1

Kübler Sport ® Table Tennis Table SOLIDO A45-S

- Durable weather- & UV-resistant

- Extremely robust

- Long-lasting

MADE IN

GERMANY

2

Aluminium Table Tennis Net

1 Kübler Sport ® Table Tennis Table SOLIDO A45-S

Dimensions: 274 x 153 x 76 cm (L x W x H), Panel thickness:

45 mm, Material: Polymer concrete, Weight: 515

kg, Color: granite green, leaf green, blue, anthracite,

Classification: DIN EN 15312, Installation: Concrete

foundations, Usage: Outdoor, Delivery without net, sturdy,

weatherproof.

T7777-1 l green granite pcs

T7777-2 l leaf green pcs

T7777-3 l blue pcs

T7777-4 l anthracite pcs

W 520 kg

2 Aluminium Table Tennis Net

Material: Aluminum, weather-resistant, suitable for

TT tables T2065, T2067, T2079, T2082, and T7777.

T2068 y 4 mm pcs

T2069 y 8 mm pcs

3 Half Plate SOLIDO A45-S

Replacement panel for SOLIDO table tennis table. Colors:

granite green, leaf green, blue, anthracite.

E7777-1 l green granite pcs

E7777-2 l leaf green pcs

E7777-3 l blue pcs

E7777-4 l anthracite pcs

W 170 kg

179


Table Tennis

Table Tennis Tables Outdoor

1

Kübler Sport ® Table Tennis Table FERO P30-S

3

Kübler Sport ® Table Tennis Table RONDO

5

Kübler Sport ® Table Tennis Renovation Boards

1 Kübler Sport ® Table Tennis Table FERO P30-S


30 mm, Material: Polymer concrete, Weight: 320 kg, Color:

granite green, leaf green, blue, anthracite, Classification:

DIN EN 15312, Installation: Concrete foundations, Use:

Outdoor, Delivery without net, sturdy, weatherproof.



T2067-3 l blue pcs


W 350 kg




T2068 y 4 mm pcs

T2069 y 8 mm pcs

3 Kübler Sport ® Table Tennis Table RONDO

4 Table tennis net Rondo 4 pieces

Dimensions: Ø 240 cm, Thickness of the plates: 30 mm,

Material: Polymer concrete, Weight: 500 kg, Color: granite

green, leaf green, blue, anthracite, Classification: DIN EN T2075 y

15312, Installation: Concrete foundations, Use: Outdoor.

T2071-1 l with net green granite pcs

W 500 kg

T2071-2 l with net leaf green pcs

W 500 kg

T2071-3 l with net blue pcs

W 500 kg

T2071-4 l with net anthracite pcs

W 500 kg

T2070-1 l with net cross green granite pcs

W 530 kg

T2070-2 l with net cross leaf green pcs

W 530 kg

T2070-3 l with net cross blue pcs

W 530 kg

T2070-4 l with net cross anthracite pcs

W 530 kg

Weatherproof, material: aluminum, suitable for the table

tennis table Rondo (T2070) by Kübler Sport ® .

pcs

5 Kübler Sport ® Table Tennis Renovation Boards

Material: Polymer concrete, replacement plate for concrete

tables, adhesive plate halves, suitable for almost

any concrete table tennis table, scope of delivery: two

plate halves, aluminum net (T2069).

T2078-1 l green granite set

T2078-2 l leaf green set

T2078-3 l blue set

T2078-4 l anthracite set

W 200 kg

180



7

Sponeta ® Table Tennis Table S6 Outdoor

6 Kübler Sport ® Outdoor Table Tennis Table

Dimensions: 274 x 153 x 76 cm (L x W x H), Weight:

170 kg, Material: Steel frame with zinc coating, Color:

gray, Classification: DIN EN 14468-1 B, Assembly: fixed

installation, Floor anchoring possible, Usage: Outdoor,

Includes net set, Easy assembly, Weatherproof.

T2097 l

pcs

W 170 kg

8

Schildkröt ® Table Tennis Table ProTec Outdoor

7 Sponeta ® Table Tennis Table S6 Outdoor


10 mm, Material: Melamine resin plate, Frame made

of galvanized steel, Weight: 123 kg, Color: blue, gray,

Classification: DIN EN 14468-1, Set-up: fixed (floor anchoring),

Usage: Outdoor, Includes net set, Weatherproof.

T20810 l blue pcs

T20800 l grey pcs

W 134 kg

8 Schildkröt ® Table Tennis Table ProTec Outdoor


6 mm, Material: Melamine resin plate, Weight:

75.5 kg, Color: Gray, Setup: Mobile (transport wheels),

Use: Outdoor.

T4787 l

pcs

W 75.5 kg

9

Joola ® Table Tennis Table ALUTERNA

9 Joola ® Table Tennis Table ALUTERNA


6 mm, Material: Aluminum-plastic playing surface, Weight:

67.5 kg, Color: blue, Classification: DIN EN 14468-1 D,

Installation: mobile (transport wheels), Usage: Outdoor,

includes net set.

T48190 l

W 68 kg

6

Kübler Sport ® Outdoor Table Tennis Table

- Easy assembly

- EN 144668-1

- Weather and weather-resistant

pcs


181

Table Tennis

Table Tennis Rackets & Balls

1

2

3

4

Kübler Sport ® Table Tennis Racket SCHOOL

Imperial ® Table Tennis Racket Power Strike

Butterfly ® Table Tennis

Racket Timo Boll Sapphire

Donic-Schildkröt ® Table Tennis

Racket Sensation 700

5

6

7

SET

8

Table Tennis Racket Set OUTDOOR

Joola ® Table Tennis Set BLACK+WHITE

Kübler Sport ® Table Tennis Savings Set

Joola ® Table Tennis Racket Bag HIT

1 Kübler Sport ® Table Tennis Racket SCHOOL

3 Butterfly ® Table Tennis Racket Timo Boll Sapphire 6 Joola ® Table Tennis Set BLACK+WHITE

Dimensions: 25.5 x 15 cm (H x W), Color: red / black,

Area of use: Indoor / Outdoor, Sponge: 1.5 mm.

Dimensions: 25 x 15 cm (H x W), Weight: 175 g, Color:

red & black/blue, Usage: Indoor/Outdoor, Sponge: 1.7

2 x Table Tennis Rackets Black & White, 8 x Table Tennis

Balls, Racket Surface: 2 mm, Racket Weight: 200 g, Ball

T48090 p

pcs mm, Ergo Grip with Stickfix.

Size: Ø 40 mm.

T49440 p

pcs T4985 p

set

2 Imperial ® Table Tennis Racket Power Strike

Dimensions: 26 x 14.5 cm (H x W), Weight: 172 g, Color:

blue, red, black, green, Intended Use: Outdoor, Material:

Plastic.

T4782-01 p blue pcs

T4782-02 p red pcs

T4782-04 p black pcs

T4782-07 p green pcs

4 Donic-Schildkröt ® Table Tennis Racket Sensation 700

Dimensions: 25 x 15 cm (H x W), Weight: 196 g, Color:

red / black / blue, Area of use: Indoor / Outdoor, Material:

plastic / wood, Anti-Shock Grip.

T4796 p

pcs

5 Table Tennis Racket Set OUTDOOR

Material: Plastic, Color: yellow, red, blue, green, Intended

use: Outdoor, Weight per racket: 300 g, Set of 4 rackets.

T4949 p

set

7 Kübler Sport ® Table Tennis Savings Set

14 x Table Tennis Racket SCHOOL (T48090), 3 x Table

Tennis Balls Joola ROSSI CHAMP 6-piece Set (T4880).

T4962 p

set

8 Joola ® Table Tennis Racket Bag HIT

14 x Table Tennis Racket Hit, 30 x Table Tennis Balls

Training 40 (Color: white), 1 x Storage Bag.

T4960 p

pcs

182



9

13

SET

Kübler Sport ® Table Tennis School Set

Donic-Schildkröt ® table tennis ball Avantgarde

9 Kübler Sport ® Table Tennis School Set

12 x Table Tennis Rackets SCHOOL (T48090), 1 x Table

Tennis Balls 144-Set (T49890).

T4963 p

set

10 Donic-Schildkröt ® Table Tennis Ball Colour Popps

Pack of 6 with 5 different colors.

T4779 p

pcs

11 tanga sports ® Table Tennis Ball 144-Piece Set

Dimensions: Ø 40 mm, Material: Plastic (celluloid-free),

in a practical carrying bag, 144 balls per bag.

T49890 p

pcs

14

Joola ® Table Tennis Ball TRAINING

tanga sports ® Table Tennis Ball 144-Piece Set

Joola ® Table Tennis Ball OUTDOOR

12 Kübler Sport ® Table Tennis Set SCHOOL

14 x Table tennis bats (1.5 mm sponge, concave handle,

pips-in), 24 x Table tennis balls (celluloid-free, 12 x orange,

12 x white), 1 x Storage bag, great for beginners, school,

and club sports.

T49610 p

10

Donic-Schildkröt ® Table

Tennis Ball Colour Popps

13 Donic-Schildkröt ® table tennis ball Avantgarde

Dimensions: Ø 40 mm, Color: 3x white, 3x orange, Classification:

3 stars, Competition ball.

T4791 p

set

14 Joola ® Table Tennis Ball TRAINING

Dimensions: Ø 40 mm, Material: ABS plastic, Weight

per ball: approx. 2-3 g, Color: white, Usage: Indoor

144 balls per pack.

T4887 p

pcs

11

15

pcs

12

SET

Kübler Sport ® Table Tennis Set SCHOOL

Joola ® Table Tennis Ball PRIME 40+

15 Joola ® Table Tennis Ball OUTDOOR

Dimensions: Ø 40 mm, Material: ABS plastic,

Weight per ball: approx. 9 g, Higher weight than

conventional balls, Color: white, Usage: Outdoor

6 balls per pack.

T4917 p

pack

16 Joola ® Table Tennis Ball PRIME 40+

Dimensions: Ø 40 mm, Material: ABS plastic, Weight per

ball: 2-3 g, Color: white, Intended use: indoor, Balls per

pack: 6, 72, ITTF approval.

T4976 p 6 pcs box pack

T4975 p 72 pcs box pack

16


183

Table Tennis

Table Tennis Accessories

2

JOOLA ® Pro Barrier Field Surroundings

3

Joola ® Surrounding Cart

4

5

6

7

Joola ® Table Cover

Sponeta ® Protective Cover for Table Tennis Tables

Joola ® Ball Catching Net BUDDY

Joola ® Ball Catching Net SERVICE

2 JOOLA ® Pro Barrier Field Surroundings

The Joola ® Pro Barrier Surrounds offer a robust and

flexible solution for your playing area. With their modern

design and reliable construction, they are perfect for use

in table tennis and pickleball.

T48020 l 3 pcs set set

W 5 kg

3 Joola ® Surrounding Cart

Dimensions: 243 x 73 x 165 cm (W x D x H), Weight: 42

kg, Material: Steel, 4 transport wheels, mobile, adjustable T1499 p

suspensions, suitable for borders up to 233 cm.

T48030 l

pcs

W 42 kg

4 Joola ® Table Cover

Cover for table tennis tables, UV-resistant, water-repellent.

T4817 p

pcs

5 Sponeta ® Protective Cover for Table Tennis Tables

Material: Polyethylene, dust and rain protection for table

tennis tables, suitable for foldable tables only, dimensions:

150 x 160 x 55-80 cm, weight: approx. 1 kg, includes

fastening system and zipper.

6 Joola ® Ball Catching Net BUDDY

Affordable, practical ball-catching net for the table tennis

robot BUDDY. The balls are collected in a container (not

included) through an opening. Easy assembly.

T4941 p

pcs

7 Joola ® Ball Catching Net SERVICE

The practical folding mechanism, the good workmanship,

the intelligent rolling system, and the easy handling make

pcs the catching net an indispensable helper, especially for

serving and ball bucket training.

T4964 y

pcs

184



8

Joola ® Table Tennis Table Midsize FA

12

Joola ® Table Cleaner

8 Joola ® Table Tennis Table Midsize FA


folded: 76 x 76 x 15 cm (L x W x H), Weight: 12 kg, Color:

black / orange.

T4606 p

pcs

9 Joola ® Table Tennis Table MIDSIZE

Dimensions: 168 x 84 x 76 cm (L x W x H), Material: MDF

board, Weight: 22 kg, Color: blue, green, Setup: foldable,

easy to transport, Usage: Indoor.

T4842 p blue pcs

T48430 p grey pcs

9

Joola ® Table Tennis Table MIDSIZE

13

Joola ® POCKET Table Tennis Cover

Joola ® Table Tennis Table MINI

Joola ® Table Tennis Robot SHOR-

TY with Catch Net

10 Joola ® Table Tennis Table MINI


kg, Color: blue, green, Setup: Easy assembly and disassembly,

Use: Indoor.

T48450 p blue pcs

T4607 l anthracite pcs

W 6.8 kg

11 Joola ® Ball Collector

Compact ball collector with a convenient telescopic

handle. Opening of the catching net: 40 cm, length: 2 m.

T49780 p

pcs

12 Joola ® Table Cleaner

Cleaning fluid for table tennis tables to extend their

lifespan. Removes dust, dirt, and sweat stains. Suitable

for indoor and outdoor tables (not concrete tables). Pump

spray 500 ml bottle.

T4904 p

pcs T4980 p

10

14

11

Joola ® Ball Collector

Joola ® Table Tennis Robot BUDDY V100

13 Joola ® POCKET Table Tennis Cover

Nylon case for a table tennis racket with a ball compartment

for 3 balls. Dimensions: 29 x 19 x 2 cm.

T4979-01 p blue pcs

T4979-02 p red pcs

14 Joola ® Table Tennis Robot SHORTY with Catch Net

Table Tennis Ball Robot, various settings for ball delivery,

including catching net, remote control, and ball bucket.

T4935 p

pcs

15 Joola ® Table Tennis Robot BUDDY V100

The BUDDY TOPSPIN is the perfect training partner for

beginners. The ball frequency can be adjusted with the

remote control. Topspin balls are thrown out, the ball

hopper holds 100 balls. Battery operated (6 AA batteries

not included). Weight: 1.8 kg, dimensions when folded:

48 x 28 x 28 cm.

15

pcs


185

Padel

Padel

The Rapid Trend Racket Sport

Padel is a trendy, relatively new racket sport that combines the best of tennis and squash. This high-intensity sport offers

spectacular rallies with a guaranteed fun factor. Similar to squash, the surrounding walls can be partially incorporated into play.

Building a Padel Court with Kübler Sport

Our Kübler Sport ® Padel Courts come standard with a load-bearing

steel structure, glass and wire mesh panels, an artificial

turf surface, and LED lighting.

Suitable for both indoor and outdoor use with additional

galvanization

RAL coating available in your desired color

Custom sizes possible

Premium options available at an additional cost, such as:

• Higher-quality artificial turf

• Thicker glass panels

• Custom dimensions

• Free-standing court option (no foundation required)

From Concept to Ready-to-Play Padel Court

Thinking about building a padel court? As a planner and installer

of padel courts, our goal and commitment are to make padel

accessible to everyone and to create high-quality facilities.

Our Full-Service Offering:

Individual Consultation: Assessment of site conditions and

needs analysis to determine court type and equipment

features

Expert Planning: Efficient, high-quality, and flexible project

management

Turnkey Installation: Premium construction execution by our

qualified in-house professionals

Inspection and Maintenance: Certified safety inspection to

ensure safe sports operations

We are here for you – from the initial consultation to your ready-to-play

court! We are happy to provide non-binding advice for

your padel court project.

Kübler Sport ®

Padel Court CLASSIC

Kübler Sport ®

Padel Court PRO

Kübler Sport ®

Padel Court PANORAMA

Article Number T4701 T4702 T4703

Frame

- High-quality steel structure made of 100 x

50 x 2 mm

- posts with crossbars for increased rigidity

on each post

- High-quality steel structure made of

prefabricated steel frames (wall-type) with

80 x 40 x 2 mm profiles

- High-quality steel structure made of prefabricated

steel frames (wall-type) with 80 x

40 x 2 mm and 100 x 40 x 2 mm profiles

- two strong upper and lower beams of

10 m length and four 100 x 100 x 3 mm

corner posts

Wire Mesh Panels

50 x 50 x 4 mm

Transparent Panels 10 mm tempered glass panels 12 mm tempered glass panels

Artificial Turf

Lighting

Fibrillated artificial turf including joint tape, line markings, special adhesive, and white quartz sand

- Mounting structure for eight lighting units

- 8 × 200 W LEDs, 26,000 lumens, IP65, 130 lm/W

T4701 l T4702 l T4703 l

186

4

FZ Forza ® Paddle racket POWER

The padel court covering is customized for your court and specific

requirements, with widths ranging from 11 to a maximum of 14 meters

possible. The height varies - depending on the width of the roof - between

9 and 10 meters. The structure consists of hot-dip galvanized

steel columns, which are typically 7 meters high. The columns can be

lower upon request. The roofing is made of high-quality PVC canvas.

The standard version is characterized by only the roof - starting from 7

meters in height - having a covering in the form of PVC canvas.

5

FZ Forza ® Paddle Racket THUNDER

6

Balls Unlimited ® Padel Balls

4 FZ Forza ® Paddle racket POWER

Material: 50% Carbon, 50% fiberglass,

Weight: 350-365 g, Shape: Tear-shaped,

Foam: Soft.

T4723 p

pcs

Dunlop ® TEAM PADEL Ball

6 Balls Unlimited ® Padel Balls

Woven Playnes felt, natural rubber ball core, color: Yellow,

pressure packaging, 4-ball can.

T4722 p

set

5 FZ Forza ® Paddle Racket THUNDER 7 Dunlop ® TEAM PADEL Ball

Material: 50 % Carbon, 50 % fiberglass;

Weight: 360 +/- 10 g; Shape: Round;

Foam: Soft.

Special paddle ball with exceptional price-performance

ratio. High-quality ball core and resistant synthetic felt

for longer durability. Ideal for training, school, or leisure.

T4724 p

pcs Approved by the Spanish Padel Federation. Set of 3 balls.

T4721 p

set

7


187

Pickleball

Pickleball

1

NEW

Park & Sun ® Pickleball Set

2

3

4

5

Court Royal ® Pickleball Net

Post PP 73 with Plate

Court Royal ® Pickleball Post Aluminum PP 73

Aluminum ground sockets 73 mm Ø

Court Royal ® Pickleball Net

1 Park & Sun ® Pickleball Set

3 Court Royal ® Pickleball Post Aluminum PP 73

6 sunflex ® Pickleball Set

Mobile and adjustable metal frame net system (81 cm Stationary pickleball net posts made of aluminum for Pickleball game set consisting of 2x paddles, 1x ball, and

height, 4.6 / 5.5 / 6.4 m width), 2 wooden pickleball installation in ground sleeves, tension mechanism: 1x storage net. Weight: 291 g per paddle, 22.5 g ball.

paddles with a soft-grip handle, 3 balls (diameter: 74 mm,

number of holes: 26), carrying bag with full-length zipper.

screw-on aluminum gear mechanism, total length: 125

cm, height above ground: 91 cm, post profile: 73 mm Ø,

T4743 p

pcs

7

T4746 p

set color: black, delivery without ground sleeves (T47520). Schildkröt ® Pickleball Set

T4752 y

pair 2x rackets, 1x TPE Indoor perforated ball with 26 holes,

2 Court Royal ® Pickleball Net Post PP 73 with Plate

1x TPE Outdoor perforated ball with 40 holes, Material

Plastic-coated aluminum posts with a base plate for 4 Aluminum ground sockets 73 mm Ø

of the rackets: FSC wood with PVC edge protection,

bolting on. Post height: 91 cm, Post diameter: 73 mm,

Color: black, Base plate: 14 x 14 x 1.5 cm, Hole in base

The ground sleeve made of aluminum is specially designed

for the post T4752. It has a diameter of 73 mm and is

rackets in tournament dimensions, game instructions

and carrying bag included.

plate: 1.5 cm Ø, Height of post with base plate: 28.5 cm. delivered including a cover.

T4747 p

pcs

T4751 y

pair T47520 p

pair

8 JOOLA ® Pickleball Set TUNDRA

5 Court Royal ® Pickleball Net

Set includes: 2 rackets, 4 balls (2x indoor, 2x outdoor), bag,

High-quality polyethylene net made of 3mm braided racket weight: approx. 230 g, racket length: approx. 40

rope, net edging made of plastic incl. plastic-coated steel cm, handle length: 12.7 cm, handle circumference: 10 cm.

cable, sides and bottom edges with heavy, black plastic

edging, two 10mm thick fiberglass rods for side fixation.

T4757 p

set

T4755 p

pcs

9 JOOLA ® Pickleball BEN JOHNS Blue Lightning Set

Set includes: 2 rackets, 4 balls (2x indoor, 2x outdoor), bag,

racket weight: approx. 232 g, racket length: approx. 40.5

cm, grip length: 12.7 cm, grip circumference: 10.5 cm.

T4758 p

set

188

6

sunflex ® Pickleball Set

10

sunflex ® Pickleball racket Reticulo FG13 Friction

14

Court Royal ® Pickleball Net System FUN

10 sunflex ® Pickleball racket Reticulo FG13 Friction

Racket for advanced players, fiberglass coated racket

head, foam-filled grip, perforated anti-slip edge grip.

Weight 226 g.

T4749 p

pcs

11 Franklin ® Pickleball Balls X-40 Orange 6-Pack

3-pack X-Performance 40 Outdoor Pickleballs. 26g

weight, 74mm diameter. With 40 machine-drilled holes.

T4742 p

set

7

Schildkröt ® Pickleball Set

11

Franklin ® Pickleball Balls X-40 Orange 6-Pack

12

JOOLA ® Pickleball Balls PRIMO

13 Ball Machine Pickleball Tutor Mini

Innovative ball throwing machine, specially designed for

Pickleball. Capacity: approx. 60 balls, Dimensions: 38 x

33 x 30 cm (closed), Battery-operated (charging voltage

220 V), Battery life: 2-3 hours, Battery charging time:

approx. 12 hours, Ball feed rate: 2 - 10 seconds, Maximum

speed: 80 km/h, Flight path: manually adjustable

(lob/groundstroke), Ball type: Outdoor or indoor balls,

Spread angle: One direction or random, Housing: Plastic,

Weight: approx. 11 kg.

T4756 y

12 JOOLA ® Pickleball Balls PRIMO

Official Outdoor Pickleball Ball has a diameter of 74 mm

and weighs 26 g.

T4759 p 4 pcs set pack

T4760 p 20 pcs set pack T4754 p

15

Court Royal ® Pickleball Net System

8

JOOLA ® Pickleball Set TUNDRA

pcs

14 Court Royal ® Pickleball Net System FUN

Portable net system, net dimensions: 670 x 86.5 cm,

material: painted steel, as a kit, net: polyester, including

bag, easy assembly.

pcs

9

JOOLA ® Pickleball BEN JOHNS Blue Lightning Set

13

Ball Machine Pickleball Tutor Mini

16

Court Royal ® Pickleball Net System PRO

15 Court Royal ® Pickleball Net System

High-quality, portable Pickleball net system manufactured

in Germany, Length: 670 cm, Height: 86.5 cm, Material:

Aluminum profiles, Weight: 6.8 kg, Base width: 60 cm,

Length of individual connecting elements: 138 x 4 x 3 cm,

Delivery including net, compliant with the requirements of

the USA Pickleball Association (USAPA) and the German

Pickleball Association (DPB).

T4739 y

pcs

16 Court Royal ® Pickleball Net System PRO

Mobile and professional tournament facility for Pickleball

Made in Germany. Material: Aluminum, powder-coated

- Profile: 80 x 80 mm, Color: black, Tensioning mechanism:

Internal, Weight: approx. 100 kg, Post height: 92

cm, Total length: 680 cm, Net height at center: 86 cm,

according to official IFP guidelines, Net not included in

delivery (T4755).

T4753 l

W 100 kg

pcs


189

Tennis

Tennis Rackets & Balls

1

tanga sports ® Tennis Racket Kids & Methodology

2

Tennis package KIDS & Methodology

3

4

5

Balls Unlimited ® Method Tennis Ball 12-Pack

Balls Unlimited ® Tennis Balls

CODE BLUE 60-piece set

Balls Unlimited ® Tennis Balls CODE RED

1 tanga sports ® Tennis Racket Kids & Methodology 3 Balls Unlimited ® Method Tennis Ball 12-Pack

Durable aluminum rackets with cover. Ideal for children

and adolescents.

The Methodik balls in Stage 1, 2, and 3, each in a set

of 12 and woven with high-quality Flex-Felt. The balls

T1670 p 53 cm pcs are ITF approved and therefore also suitable for young

T1671 p 58 cm pcs tennis talents.

T1672 p 63 cm pcs T1597 p stage 1 set

T1598 p stage 2 set

T1599 p stage 3 set

2 Tennis package KIDS & Methodology

For school sports and training with children. 10 rackets,

36 Tecnifibre ® tennis balls (Stage 2 = 50% slower) in

the carrying bag.

T16031 p 53 cm set

T16032 p 58 cm set

T16033 p 63 cm set

T16034 p 68 cm set

4 Balls Unlimited ® Tennis Balls CODE BLUE 60-piece set

Felt quality: Performance Needle Punch by WSP/England,

80% natural, 20% synthetic rubber. Extremely long

durability. Set with 60 balls.

T15781 p with bucket set

T15780 p loose set

5 Balls Unlimited ® Tennis Balls CODE RED

Combination of natural rubber and woven

English Playnes felt guarantees longer

durability. Suitable for training and tournaments.

4-ball can and ITF approved.

T15770 p

set

6 Kübler Sport ® Tennis Net

Size of standard nets for a double play

field according to the rules of the ITF and

DTB: 12.72 x 1.07 m (approximately 43

x 3.5 feet) for installation dimensions

according to DIN 7895. Border made of

woven, extremely durable pure polyester

webbing, UV-resistant with PVC-coated

steel cable, 13.10 m long.

T1853 p 2,3 mm black pcs

T1857 p 2,5 mm black pcs

T1862 p 2,5 mm green pcs

T1855 p 3 mm black pcs

T1854 p 3 mm green pcs

T1859 p 4 mm black pcs

190

6

Kübler Sport ® Tennis Net

7

Tensioning screw

7 Tensioning screw

Galvanized, for T1902 regulating tape.

T1903 p

pcs

8 Tennis Net Support

Aluminum, with floor-friendly large plate

feet and net forks made of cast aluminum,

for adjusting the prescribed net height

during individual games.

T1897 p white pair

T1890 p aluminium naturel pair

9 Court Royal ® Aluminum Tennis Net

Posts

Height 142 cm, according to the DIN EN

150 standard, safety-tested, meets the

requirements of the German Tennis Association

(DTB) and the International Tennis

Federation (ITF), made in Germany, Weight:

11 kg. Delivery without ground sleeves.

T1870 l 83 mm round pair

T1874 l 80 x 80 mm square pair

W 11 kg

8

Tennis Net Support

10 Court Royal ® Tennis Net Posts Green

Height 142 cm, according to the DIN EN

150 standard, safety tested, meets the

requirements of the DTB and the ITF, made

in Germany, Weight: 11 kg. Delivery without

ground sleeves.



W 11 kg

11 Court Royal ® Tennis Net Post (Black)

Height 142 cm, according to EN 150 standard,

safety tested, meets the requirements

of DTB and ITF, made in Germany,

Weight: 11 kg.



W 11 kg

9

Court Royal ® Aluminum Tennis Net Posts

12 Ground sleeve for Court Royal ® tennis

net posts

Insertion depth: 35 cm, complete with

aluminum cast cover.

T1880 p 83 mm round pair

T1881 p 80 x 80 mm square pair

13 Tennis Court Lines Set

Set made of plastic with cutouts. 85 pieces

4 cm wide, 8 pieces 5 cm wide, each

piece has a length of 1.6 m, total length:

148.80 m. Includes 100 T-connectors.

Nail-free self-installation possible for a

complete tennis court including double

boundary line.

T1588 p

yarn

13

Tennis Court Lines Set

14

Tennis Net Regulation Tape

14 Tennis Net Regulation Tape

Polyester fabric in various designs: Adjustable

strap with hook and loop closure,

T1901 (no additional accessories necessary),

Adjustable strap with brass eyelets:

T1902 (additional tension screw required),

Adjustable strap with a buckle: T1904 (no

additional accessories necessary).

T1901 p with velcro fastener pcs

T1902 p with brass eyelets pcs

T1904 p with buckle pcs

191


Tennis

Tennis Court

1

NEW

2

CARRINGTON ® Referee Chair TOURNAMENT

Court Royal ® Referee Chair Royal Tournament

3

NEW

4

5

CARRINGTON ® Pop-Up Targets

Court Royal ® freestanding game

scoreboard POINTER

Court Royal ® Scoreboard POINTER II

1 CARRINGTON ® Referee Chair TOURNAMENT

Material: Aluminum & wood cladding, UV & weather

resistant, plastic shell seat, seat height approx. 1.82 m,

white, powder-coated, load capacity up to 100 kg, suitable

for indoor and outdoor use, according to DIN EN 131.

T15301 h

pcs

2 Court Royal ® Referee Chair Royal Tournament

Robust construction, stable, with step bars. Shell seat and

writing board made of UV-resistant plastic. Weatherproof.

Height approx. 220 cm, seat height approx. 182 cm.

T1530 l

pcs

W 16.5 kg

3 CARRINGTON ® Pop-Up Targets

5 Court Royal ® Scoreboard POINTER II

Made of nylon & fiberglass, Quantity: 2 pieces, Target

area: 40 x 25 cm, Attachable to the net with Velcro straps,

includes carrying bag.

Made from durable and weather-resistant ABS plastic

sheets, with 7 cm high numbers, readable from both

sides, and equipped with a special mounting for hanging

T1653 p

pair the scoreboard on the fence.

T1644-01 p blue pcs

4 Court Royal ® freestanding game scoreboard POINTER T1644-05 p white pcs

Made of durable and weather-resistant ABS plastic T1644-07 p green pcs

panels, 7 cm high numbers, readable from both sides,

with a sturdy plastic base for filling and aluminum rod

for hanging the display board.

T1643-01 y blue pcs

T1643-05 y white pcs

T1643-07 y green pcs

192



9

6

Tennis Visor

NEW

CARRINGTON ® Tennis Bench

with advertising print

6 Tennis Visor

12 meters long, 2 meters high, breathable.

Reinforced edge all around and equipped

with metal eyelets at approximately 50

cm intervals. Each blind comes with 56

loose galvanized carabiner hooks. Without

promotional printing, material: 100%

polyethylene.

T1540 p blue pcs

T1541 p red pcs

T1539 p green pcs

T1538 p light green pcs

7

Aluminum Tennis Drag Net SPECIAL

10

Plastic Sports Bench

7 Aluminum Tennis Drag Net SPECIAL

Aluminum rail with heavy-duty PVC fabric.

Working width: 200 cm, Net depth: 150 cm,

Mesh size: approx. 3 cm, with drawstring.

T1494 p

pcs

8 Tennis drag net

Plastic-coated polyester fabric with 2 x 2

cm large mesh. The small mesh size makes

field maintenance even more efficient. Net

size: 2 m wide, 1.50 m long. Complete with

drag wood and drag line.

T1531 p

pcs

9

CARRINGTON ® Tennis Bench with advertising

print

Tennis bench made of powder-coated and

electrolytically galvanized steel including

printing. Dimensions (L x W): 53.5 cm x

150 cm, Advertising space back: 1 x 150

x 40 cm, Advertising space sides: 2 x

48/53.5 (tapered) x 66 cm. Weight: 31

kg. Vector file required.

T1650 l black pcs

T1651 l white pcs

W 31 kg

8

Tennis drag net

11

Plastic bench with backrest

10 Plastic Sports Bench

Very sturdy and weatherproof plastic

bench. Seat constructed with sturdy

multi-chamber profiles, feet made of solid

plastic. Easy to disassemble design,

without a backrest.

T1633 y 1,50 m pcs

T1640 l 2 m pcs

W 16 kg

11 Plastic bench with backrest

Very robust and weatherproof plastic bench

with backrest. Made of sturdy multi-chamber

profiles, with feet made of solid plastic.

Can be disassembled.

T1546 l 1,50 m pcs

W 14.5 kg

T1545 l 2 m pcs

W 21 kg


193

Athletics

Athletics, the oldest Olympic sport, is characterized

by a wide range of disciplines that focus on

fundamental human abilities such as movement,

agility, and strength. These include running

events, where athletes compete in speed and

endurance; jumping events, which require precision

and technique; and throwing disciplines,

where power and accuracy are key. Over the

centuries, athletics has attracted athletes from

around the world and remains a vital part of

the Olympic movement and sports in general.

Content

School & Children’s Athletics 196

BlockX ® Soft Blocks 196

Children’s Athletics Accessories 198

Throwing & Putting 200

Throwing & Striking Balls 200

Shot Put 202

Javelin Throw 204

Discus & Hammer Throw 206

Throwing Facilities & Protective Cage 208

Running 210

Relay Batons & Starting Blocks 210

Hurdles & Obstacles 212

Storage & Accessories 214

Long Jump 216

Take-Off Boards 216

Sand Pit Accessories 218

High Jump 220

High Jump Mats 220

High Jump Stands & Crossbars 222

Pole Vault 224

Pole Vault Mats 224

Pole Vault Stands, Crossbars & Poles 226

194

195


School & Children’s Athletics

BlockX ® Soft Blocks

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

2

3

BlockX ® Hurdle Set

BlockX ® Long Jump Set One

BlockX ® Long Jump Zone Tape

196

BlockX ® Soft Blocks: Train Effectively & Safely

Whether in schools, sports clubs, or childcare facilities – BlockX ®

blocks are an ideal tool to inspire children’s enthusiasm for

sports and give them a safe start in athletics. Children can train

without fear using the foam blocks, as the soft material allows

for mistakes and minimizes the risk of injury.

4

MINIBlockX ® Set

6

BlockX ® Indoor Start

1 BlockX ® Hurdle Set

BlockX ® 70s Hurdle Set, consisting of 20 original BlockX,

40 connectors, and 10 hurdle feet for building 5 complete

hurdles made of PE foam, dimensions per block:

50 x 15 x 9 cm.

L3185 p

L3211 p

set

5 BlockX ® Building Set

2 BlockX ® Long Jump Set One

BlockX ® Long Jump Set made of high-quality PE foam,

zone band: 440 x 25 cm, four-color printed, dimensions:

50 x 38 x 24 cm.

L3430 p

pcs

3 BlockX ® Long Jump Zone Tape

BlockX ® Long Jump Zone Tape, consisting of 4-color

printed 25 cm zones, for reading the distance and motivating

children and teenagers. Ideal for schools, athletics

clubs, and children's athletics. Dimensions: 440 x 25 cm.

Material: PVC tarpaulin.

L3431 p

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

7

BlockX ® Basic Set

4 MINIBlockX ® Set

Mini BlockX ® Set consisting of 20 foam blocks in four

colors each LxWxH: 25 x 8 x 7.5 cm and a matching bag.

Ideal for creative play.

The large BlockX ® building block set for fun and games

in sports, at home, and for therapy. The set consists of

12 large foam blocks and 32 mini foam blocks in 4 colors.

L3193 p with bag set

L3192 p without bag set

6 BlockX ® Indoor Start

BlockX ® Indoor Starting Block Set with two starting

blocks, made of PE foam, assorted colors. Dimensions:

35 and 25 x 15 x 9 cm. The different lengths of the blocks

allow for starting from the wall as well.

pcs L2755 p

pair

BlockX ® offer a wide range of applications:

• Building hurdles for running and jumping exercises

• Using them as targets for throwing games

• Marking and defining playing fields and running tracks

• Creating training routes

• Constructing play and movement landscapes

Thanks to the BlockX ® connectors, the blocks can be flexibly

combined, making their possible uses virtually limitless.

MADE IN

GERMANY

5

BlockX ® Building Set

8

BlockX ® Connector

MADE IN

GERMANY

7 BlockX ® Basic Set

BlockX ® Basic set, consisting of high-quality PE foam

with drilled holes, super lightweight, hygienic, and environmentally

friendly. Dimensions of each block (LxWxH):

set 50x15x9 cm. 20 blocks in the colors red, green, yellow,

and blue. Optionally available with a practical carrying bag

for storage and transport. Bag: 60 x 45 x 60 cm, yellow.

L3212 p 20 pcs set set

L3216 p 20 pcs with bag set

8 BlockX ® Connector

BlockX ® connectors for connecting and combining multiple

BlockX, made of high-quality plastic. Set of 20.

L3213 p

set


197

School & Children’s Athletics

Children’s Athletics Accessories

1

2

tanga sports ® Training Javelin

Turbo Javelin Training Spear

3

4

5

Self-adhesive number

Nordic Sport ® Fly-Hi Javelin

NERF ® Vortex Aero Howler Throwing Rocket

6

7

8

9

Fiberglass measuring tape

Fiberglass tape measure

Zacharias Latte

Zacharias-Latte Beginner

1 tanga sports ® Training Javelin

Foam practice javelin, ideal for learning

the javelin throwing technique, length 89

cm and weighing 85 g.

L3199 p

pcs

2 Turbo Javelin Training Spear

Training javelin made of durable plastic

for playful learning of the basic javelin

throwing techniques. With a rounded

standard plastic tip for training outdoors

and indoors.

L3206 p 300 g pcs

L3295 p 400 g pcs

L3296 p 500 g pcs

L3297 p 600 g pcs

L3298 p 700 g pcs

198

3 Self-adhesive number

Individually, 10 cm high, made of SK film,

lightfast.

A1700 p 0 black pcs

A1710 p 0 white pcs

A1701 p 1 black pcs

A1711 p 1 white pcs

A1702 p 2 black pcs

A1712 p 2 white pcs

A1703 p 3 black pcs

A1713 p 3 white pcs

A1704 p 4 black pcs

A1714 p 4 white pcs

A1705 p 5 black pcs

A1715 p 5 white pcs

A1706 p 6 black pcs

A1716 p 6 white pcs

A1707 p 7 black pcs

A1717 p 7 white pcs

A1708 p 8 black pcs

A1718 p 8 white pcs

A1709 p 9 black pcs

A1719 p 9 white pcs

4 Nordic Sport ® Fly-Hi Javelin

7 Fiberglass measuring tape

Spear suitable for children aged 4-10 years,

weight 270 g, length: 115 cm, material:

aluminum, tip made of safe plastic.

L3465 p

pcs

5 NERF ® Vortex Aero Howler Throwing

Rocket

Flight stabilizers enable sensational flight

distances and a stable flight path. The

three lateral nozzles produce a unique

sound while flying. Dimensions: Ø 9 x 32

cm, Weight: approx. 105 g.

G1680 p

pcs

6 Fiberglass tape measure

Fiberglass tape measure with a sturdy

case for use in sports and leisure activities.

Double-sided printing, 13 mm wide.

L3145 p 10 m pcs

L3146 p 15 m pcs

L3147 p 20 m pcs

L3148 p 25 m pcs

L3149 p 30 m pcs

L3150 p 50 m pcs

Fiberglass tape measure with plastic case,

highly impact-resistant, easy to grip, nickel-plated

metal spring crank. Fiberglass

tape, 14 mm wide, resistant to bending

and tearing, weatherproof, waterproof, and

durable, printed on both sides.

L3142 p 10 m pcs

L3143 p 20 m pcs

L3144 p 30 m pcs

L3155 p 50 m pcs

8 Zacharias Latte

Film tube that is tensioned between the

high jump stands with rubber rings and

tear-off bars.

L2521 p

pcs

9 Zacharias-Latte Beginner

The Zacharias bar is a foil tubing that is

stretched between the high jump stands

using rubber rings and tear-off brackets.

Training helps overcome inhibitory fears.

L2520 p

pcs

10

Starting Block

18

tanga sports ® Hand whistle

10 Starting Block

With a large viewing area made of shatterproof

polystyrene, flap made of multiply

glued multiplex board, excellent sound

effect, high durability.

L3168 p


BlockX ® Indoor Starting Block Set with two

starting blocks, made of PE foam, assorted

colors. Dimensions: 35 and 25 x 15 x 9

cm. The different lengths of the blocks


L2755 p

14

Kübler Sport ® Long Jump Mat

12 Schütt ® Stopwatch Stoptec PC-500

Stopwatch with a three-line display and

a 500 file memory storage. Dual timer,

recall function for stored times, water and

shock resistant, includes 3V lithium battery

CR2032.

L3830 p

pcs

11


15

tanga sports ® Plastic Bar for Exercise Aid

19

Lanyard Whistle Cord

12

Schütt ® Stopwatch Stoptec PC-500

20

Omnitronic ® Megaphone MP-10

13 tanga sports ® Hand Counter TALLY MAN 16 tanga sports ® Training Hurdle STAND UP

Hand counter that counts from 1 to 9999

with thumb pressure. Material: metal

casing.

Hurdle with stand-up function. Height:

20 or 30 cm (depending on choice), assorted

colors.

G4329 p

pcs F1681 p 20 cm pcs

pcs

14 Kübler Sport ® Long Jump Mat

F1682 p 30 cm pcs

Long jump mat, rollable. Measurement 17 Spordas ® Foldable Training Hurdle

scale in 5 cm increments up to 3 m. The Training hurdle made of polypropylene, for

landing leaves a temporary imprint for easy fear-free and safe training, 50 cm wide.

reading of the jump distance. Dimensions: Lightweight, easy to transport.

350 x 100 x 0.4 cm.

L4054 p 20 cm pcs

L3258 p

pcs L4053 p 30 cm pcs

pair

L4051 p 40 cm pcs

15

L4052 p 50 cm pcs

tanga sports ® Plastic Bar for Exercise

Aid

Length: 155 cm, Ø 25 mm. With black

end plugs.

F1122-02 p red pcs


16

tanga sports ® Training Hurdle STAND UP

18 tanga sports ® Hand whistle

Hygienic alternative to conventional referee L38760 p

whistles. Material: Skin-friendly PVC, Ø

approx. 70 mm, Weight: 75 g. With ring

for attaching to whistle cord.

F12471 p

pcs

13

tanga sports ® Hand Counter TALLY MAN

17

Spordas ® Foldable Training Hurdle

21

Omnitronic ® Megaphone MP-15A

19 Lanyard Whistle Cord

Material: Nylon, Length: 48 cm, Color:

Black. With carabiner.

F1246 p

pcs

20 Omnitronic ® Megaphone MP-10

10-watt megaphone with melody, range:

250 m, power supply: battery, 4x baby (C)

(not included), dimensions: length: 24.5

cm, weight: 490 g.

L3877 p

pcs

21 Omnitronic ® Megaphone MP-15A

Powerful 15-watt megaphone with melody,

range: 400 m, power supply: battery,

6x Mono (D) (not included), dimensions:

length: 33 cm, weight: 1 kg.

pcs


199

Throwing & Putting

Throwing & Striking

200

1

Tanga sports ® Foam Rubber Ball

4

SET

tanga sports ® 25-Piece Throwing

and Hitting Ball Set 80 Grams

8


1 Tanga sports ® Foam Rubber Ball 4

Large solid rubber balls, excellent grip,

good bounce. Diameter: Ø 6.2 cm, Weight:

approximately 60 g.

S6554 p blue pcs

S6555 p red pcs

S6556 p yellow pcs L2009 p

S6557 p green pcs

5

2 tanga sports ® Throw and Hit Ball Made

of Foam Rubber

Foam rubber balls for throwing training in

school and club.

L2793 p

pcs

3 tanga sports ® Leather Throwing Ball

Made of genuine leather, hardly bouncy,

Diameter: Ø 6.5 cm or 7.5 cm.

L29030 p

pcs

2

tanga sports ® Throw and Hit Ball

Made of Foam Rubber

5

tanga sports ® 25-piece set Throwing

Ball 80 Gram

9

PVC Marker Cone

tanga sports ® 25-Piece Throwing and

Hitting Ball Set 80 Grams

The set consists of 25 foam rubber throwing

balls weighing 80 grams each, and

a practical storage bag with a carrying

handle.

set

tanga sports ® 25-piece set Throwing

Ball 80 Gram

The set consists of 25 throwing balls, each

weighing 80 grams, and a practical storage

bag with a carrying handle.

L3305 p

SET

set

6 Kübler Sport ® School Set Throwing

and Hitting Balls

The school set consists of 20 leather throwing

balls weighing 80 g and 10 leather

throwing balls weighing 200 g, as well

as a net.

L2969 p

set

3

tanga sports ® Leather Throwing Ball

6

Kübler Sport ® Ball carrying net for

throwing and hitting balls

10

Trial ® Measuring Tape

7 Kübler Sport ® Ball carrying net for

throwing and hitting balls

Ball carrying net for approx. 30 practice

balls. Close-meshed, 100% 2mm thick

polypropylene, hemp-colored. Balls not

included.

L2968 p

pcs


Set contents: 11 cones with numbers

from 0 to 10, height: 23 cm, color: blue,

material: plastic.

P2867 p

set

9 PVC Marker Cone

Material: Heavy, flexible elastic soft PVC.

No harmful substances. Orange day-glow

color with white stripes.

F1133 p 32 cm pcs

F1132 p 50 cm pcs

7

Kübler Sport ® School Set Throwing

and Hitting Balls

11

Steel tape measure with aluminum

triangle frame

10 Trial ® Measuring Tape

Tape measure with extra large numbers,

Material: Plastic, Width: 16 cm.

L4039 p 50 m pcs

11 Steel tape measure with aluminum

triangle frame

Sturdy aluminum tape frame, roller and

handles made of impact-resistant plastic,

rolling mechanism through steel axle with

high sliding bearing effect, tape width

13 mm.

L3140 p 50 m pcs

L3141 p 100 m pcs


201

Throwing & Putting

Shot Put

1

2

3

Nordic Sport ® Competition Brass Shot Put

Nordic Sport ® Competition Shot Put

Polanik ® Competition Shot Put

1

Nordic Sport ® Competition Brass

Shot Put

Competition shot put made of brass, color:

gold, WA certified.

L3616 p 4 kg pcs

L3617 p 5 kg pcs

L3618 p 6 kg pcs

L3619 p 7,26 kg pcs

2 Nordic Sport ® Competition Shot Put

Shot put made of turned stainless steel,

Color: Silver, WA certified.

L3611 p 4 kg pcs

L3612 p 5 kg pcs

L3613 p 6 kg pcs

L3614 p 7,26 kg pcs

3 Polanik ® Competition Shot Put

4 Nelco ® Competition Shot Put KIN-O-

Made of twisted steel with a powder-coated surface. Many variations, WA certified. MAX

L3374 p 3 kg 100 mm pcs L3389 p 5 kg 115 mm pcs Competition shot put balls made of lacquered

steel, well balanced and centered

L3376 p 3 kg 105 mm pcs L3385 p 5 kg 120 mm pcs

L3375 p 3 kg 108 mm pcs L3390 p 6 kg 105 mm pcs center of gravity.

L3377 p 3 kg 85 mm pcs L3391 p 6 kg 110 mm pcs L3510 p 3 kg 100 mm pcs




L3382 p 4 kg 108 mm pcs L3395 p 7,26 kg 113 mm pcs L3509 p 3 kg 95 mm pcs

L3383 p 4 kg 110 mm pcs L3396 p 7,26 kg 115 mm pcs L3513 p 4 kg 100 cm pcs





L3388 p 5 kg 110 mm pcs

L3518 p 5 kg 114 mm pcs

L3519 p 5 kg 119 mm pcs

L3534 p 6 kg 115 mm pcs

L3535 p 6 kg 119 mm pcs

L3536 p 6 kg 124 mm pcs

L3537 p 7,26 kg 120 mm pcs

L3538 p 7,26 kg 129 mm pcs

202



7

Tanga Sports ® Shot Put

10

Kübler Sport ® Shock Block

5 Nordic Sport ® Training Shot Put

Training shot put made of cast iron for

clubs and schools.

L3601 p 1 kg pcs

L3602 p 2 kg pcs

L3603 p 3 kg pcs

L3604 p 4 kg pcs

L3605 p 5 kg pcs

L3606 p 6 kg pcs

L3607 p 7,26 kg pcs

L3608 p 9 kg pcs

L3609 p 10 kg pcs

6 Competition shot put made of steel

Robust and durable shot put, precision-made.

Harder surface than cast iron

shot puts, easier to clean. Suitable for

competition and training.

L3500 p 1 kg pcs

L3501 p 2 kg pcs

L3502 p 3 kg pcs

L3503 p 4 kg pcs

L3504 p 5 kg pcs

L3505 p 6 kg pcs

L3506 p 6,25 kg pcs

L3507 p 7,26 kg pcs

4

Nelco ® Competition Shot Put KIN-O-MAX

11

Polanik ® Carry Bag for Shot Puts & Hammers

WV Indoor Shot Put Ball

7 Tanga Sports ® Shot Put

Training ball made of cast iron, calibrated,

visual differentiation of weights through

6 colors.

L2650 p 2 kg pcs

L2871 p 3 kg pcs

L2872 p 4 kg pcs

L2873 p 5 kg pcs

L2869 p 6 kg pcs

L2875 p 7,26 kg pcs

8 WV Indoor Shot Put Ball

Made from thick-walled rubber for use

indoors and outdoors. Material: Thickwalled

rubber, shot filling, non-bouncing.

L2949 p 2,50 kg pcs

L2896 p 3 kg pcs

L2897 p 4 kg pcs

L2898 p 5 kg pcs

L2868 p 6 kg pcs

L2900 p 7,26 kg pcs

5

Competition shot put made of steel

8

12

Polanik ® Shot Put Stand

9 Trial ® Indoor shot put

Made of EVA plastic, non-bouncing,

non-tared, suitable for outdoor and indoor

training.

L2906 p 0,20 kg pcs

L2947 p 0,60 kg pcs

L2887 p 1 kg pcs

L2888 p 1,50 kg pcs

L2889 p 2 kg pcs

L2890 p 2,50 kg pcs

L2891 p 3 kg pcs

L2892 p 4 kg pcs

L2893 p 5 kg pcs

L2867 p 6 kg pcs

L2895 p 7,26 kg pcs

10 Kübler Sport ® Shock Block

Cast iron bumper plate, painted black,

according to DRTV.

L2925 p 3 kg pcs

L2924 p 5 kg pcs

L2923 p 7,50 kg pcs

L2922 p 10 kg pcs

L2921 p 15 kg pcs

Nordic Sport ® Training Shot Put

11

9

Trial ® Indoor shot put

Polanik ® Carry Bag for Shot Puts &

Hammers

Waterproof carrying bag for balls and

hammer heads. With drawstring closure

and sturdy carrying strap. For equipment

diameter up to 165 mm.

L29020 p

6

13

Shot Put Return Channel

pcs

12 Polanik ® Shot Put Stand

For storing approximately 24 balls, sturdy

steel tube construction, powder-coated.

Shipping in disassembled state in a cardboard

box.

L2946 p with wheels pcs

L2901 p without wheels pcs

13 Shot Put Return Channel

Sturdy aluminum construction with large

base feet (510 x 80 mm), groove width

100 mm, rubber stopper at the end of

the groove. Length available according

to individual requirements.

L3819 l

W 8.5 kg

linear metre

203


Throwing & Putting

Javelin Throw

Introduction of New 700 g Javelins

Starting April 1, 2025, World Athletics will

introduce new 700-gram javelins. Some

dimensions of these 700 g javelins will be

adjusted. Due to overlapping tolerances

with the current javelin specifications, it

is possible that existing 700 g javelins will

remain valid.

1

2

3

Polanik ® Javelin Stand

Kübler Sport ® Spear Bag

Nordic Sport ® Fly-Hi Javelin

1 Polanik ® Javelin Stand

Sturdy, practical steel construction for 18 javelins, approximately

120 x 60 x 15 cm.



2 Kübler Sport ® Spear Bag

Spear bag for up to 10 spears weighing up to 800 g each.

L2397 p

pcs

3 Nordic Sport ® Fly-Hi Javelin

Spear suitable for children aged 4-10 years, weight

270 g, length: 115 cm, material: aluminum, tip made

of safe plastic.

L3465 p

4 Megaform ® Training Spear

Aluminum training javelin with chrome-plated tip and

grip wrapping.

L3423 y 300 g pcs

L3424 y 400 g pcs

L3425 y 500 g pcs

L3426 y 600 g pcs

L3427 y 700 g pcs

L3428 y 800 g pcs

5 Getra ® Javelin SUPERTRAINING

Training javelin made of aluminum, body made of multiple

hardened aluminum alloy with a steel tip and secure

handle wrapping.

L2409 y 400 g pcs

pcs L2407 y 500 g pcs

L2405 y 600 g pcs

L2403 y 700 g pcs

L2401 y 800 g pcs

L2415 y 900 g pcs

6 Polanik ® Javelin TRAINER

Aluminum shaft, steel spear tips. Ideal for beginners and

advanced users, suitable for training in schools and clubs.

L2945 y 400 g pcs

L2944 y 500 g pcs

L2943 y 600 g pcs

L2942 y 700 g pcs

L2941 y 800 g pcs

7 Nordic Sport ® Comet Rubber Tip

Aluminum training javelin with rubber tip. This makes the

javelin also suitable for indoor use or on hard surfaces,

such as artificial turf fields.

L3455 y 400 g pcs

L3456 y 500 g pcs

L3457 y 600 g pcs

L3458 y 700 g pcs

L3459 y 800 g pcs

204



4

Megaform ® Training Spear

7

Nordic Sport ® Comet Rubber Tip

10

Nordic Sport ® Javelin Comet

8 Getra ® Competition II Competition Javelin

Competition javelin with excellent power transmission

and flight characteristics. Body made of hardened special

alloy with steel tip and fixed grip wrapping. WA certified

from 500 g onwards.

L2408 y 400 g pcs

L2406 y 500 g pcs

L2404 y 600 g pcs

L2402 y 700 g pcs

L2400 y 800 g pcs

9 Polanik ® Javelin Air Flyer

Aluminum javelin with steel tip, galvanized, metallic finish.

The 400g model complies with DLV regulations; all models

weighing 500g and above come with WA certification.

L3414 y 400 g pcs

L3415 y 500 g pcs

L3416 y 600 g pcs

L3417 y 700 g pcs

L3418 y 800 g pcs

5

Getra ® Javelin SUPERTRAINING

8

Getra ® Competition II Competition Javelin

11

Getra ® Javelin KINETIC

10 Nordic Sport ® Javelin Comet

Soft aluminum javelin with chrome steel tip for school

and club use. Complies with the competition rules of the

DLV and World Athletics. Material: Aluminum, chrome

steel tip. Color: Red.

L3450 y 400 g pcs

L3451 y 500 g pcs

L3452 y 600 g pcs

L3453 y 700 g pcs

L3454 y 800 g pcs

11 Getra ® Javelin KINETIC

Excellent javelin. The body is made of hardened aluminum

alloy for high durability and stability. With steel tip and

secure grip wrapping. WA certified.

L2398 y 500 g throw distance up to 50 m pcs







6

Polanik ® Javelin TRAINER

9

Polanik ® Javelin Air Flyer

12

Nordic Sport ® Javelin Viking

12 Nordic Sport ® Javelin Viking

Competition and training javelin made of metal alloy for

throwers who need a forgiving spear. Available from

500g with WA certification.

L3460 y 400 g pcs

L3461 y 500 g pcs

L3462 y 600 g pcs

L3463 y 700 g pcs

L3464 y 800 g pcs


205

Throwing & Putting

Discus & Hammer Throw

1

3

2

Kübler Sport ® Discus TRAINING

Nordic Sport ® Competition Discus VALKYRIE

Nordic Sport ® Discus Viking

4

5

6

Getra ® Indoor Discus

Trial ® Discus SOFT & SAFE

Polanik ® Discus Stand

1 Kübler Sport ® Discus TRAINING

Training discus in various versions for school and club.

Can also be used outdoors.

L2810 p 0,75 kg pcs

L2809 p 1 kg pcs

L2807 p 1,50 kg pcs

L2806 p 1,75 kg pcs

L2805 p 2 kg pcs

2 Nordic Sport ® Discus Viking

ABS plastic on the sides, sandblasted steel rim with

graphite finish for optimal grip. Certified WA from 1 kg.

L34840 p 0,60 kg pcs

L34850 p 0,75 kg pcs

L34860 p 1 kg pcs

L34870 p 1,25 kg pcs

L34880 p 1,50 kg pcs

L34890 p 1,75 kg pcs

L34900 p 2 kg pcs

3 Nordic Sport ® Competition Discus VALKYRIE

Ultra high spin discus for competition & training made

of ABS plastic and sandblasted brass rim for best grip

according to international rules. WA certified.

L3480 p 1 kg pcs

L3481 p 1,50 kg pcs

L3482 p 1,75 kg pcs

L3483 p 2 kg pcs

4 Getra ® Indoor Discus

Indoor discus made according to regulations from nonstaining

flex rubber with low abrasion, ideal for training.

L2825 p 0,75 kg pcs

L2824 p 1 kg pcs

L2822 p 1,50 kg pcs

L2821 p 1,75 kg pcs

L2820 p 2 kg pcs

5 Trial ® Discus SOFT & SAFE

Diskus Soft & Safe is particularly suitable for beginners'

training and in school sports. Made of a specially foamed

rubber material.

L3215 p 300 g pcs

L3208 p 500 g pcs

L3209 p 600 g pcs

L3210 p 750 g pcs

6 Polanik ® Discus Stand

For 26 discs, durable steel construction, powder coated

(shipped dismantled in a cardboard box). Weight: 8.5

or 13.5 kg.



206



7

Polanik ® Throwing Hammer Stand

11

7 Polanik ® Throwing Hammer Stand

For 12 throwing hammers, sturdy steel

construction, powder-coated, shipped

disassembled in a cardboard box.



8 Getra ® Throwing Hammer Basic

Competition throwing hammer with a highquality

ball-bearing swivel for maximum

rotational speed. Comes complete with

"Special World Athletics" handle (110mm

grip width) and wire.

L2260 p 2 kg pcs

L2261 p 3 kg pcs

L2262 p 4 kg pcs

L2263 p 5 kg pcs

L2264 p 6 kg pcs

L2265 p 7,26 kg pcs

8

Getra ® Throwing Hammer Basic

13

Kübler Sport ® Sling Ball

ECHT

LEDER

9 Throwing Hammer Made of Cast Iron

Cast iron throwing hammer for training and

competition. Wire and WA-certified handle

are included in the delivery.

L6015 p 2 kg pcs

L6016 p 3 kg pcs

L6017 p 4 kg pcs

L6018 p 5 kg pcs

L6019 p 6 kg pcs

L6020 p 7,26 kg pcs

10 Trial ® Throwing Hammer SOFT & SAFE

Specially designed to introduce children to

hammer throwing. It has avoided any hard

materials. The wire is made up of three

elements, which prevents twisting. Size

and length meet the official requirements.

L3201 p 1 kg pcs

L3202 p 2 kg pcs

L3203 p 3 kg pcs

L3204 p 4 kg pcs

L3205 p 5 kg pcs

11

L28510 p

9

Throwing Hammer Made of Cast Iron

14

WV ® Sling Ball

12 Throwing hammer wire

Made from stainless steel for all competition

classes.

L2847 p 100 cm pcs

13 Kübler Sport ® Sling Ball

Slingshot ball made of full-grain leather,

filled with compound, hand-sewn.

G4117 p 0,80 kg pcs

G4118 p 1 kg pcs

G4119 p 1,50 kg pcs

G4115 p 2 kg pcs

10

Trial ® Throwing Hammer SOFT & SAFE

15

Special Medicine Ball

14 WV ® Sling Ball

Sling ball made of natural rubber, extremely

durable, permanently dimensionally stable,

pcs and resistant to moisture, sewn-in leather

loop. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use.

Sling ball is not inflatable.

G4123 p 0,80 kg pcs

G4124 p 1 kg pcs

G4125 p 1,50 kg pcs

15 Special Medicine Ball

Medicine ball with integrated rope allows

for new exercise possibilities. By changing

the air pressure (needle valve), the sizes

can be easily varied.

G4126 p 0,80 kg pcs

G4127 p 1 kg pcs

G4128 p 1,50 kg pcs

G4128-3 p 3 kg pcs

G4128-4 p 4 kg pcs

G4128-5 p 5 kg pcs


207

Throwing & Putting

Throwing Facilities & Protective Cages

2

Discus & Hammer Throw Safety Net

1

Discus & Hammer Throw Safety Cage

SAFETY CAGE

SAFETY NET

1 Discus & Hammer Throw Safety Cage

Increasing from 7 to 10 meters. 10 poles with

aluminum profile cantilever arms measuring

98 x 142 mm, with internal reinforcement

and winding mechanisms. 2 swing gates

with running wheels and brakes. Delivery

includes 10 standard ground sleeves with

covers. Delivery does not include net, net

hoist mechanism, or sandbags. WA certified.

L3125 l

pcs

W 724 kg

2 Discus & Hammer Throw Safety Net

Increasing from 7 to 10 meters. Compatible

with article L3125. Net, 7.5 - 10.5 meters,

approximately 31.5 meters long, made of

polypropylene. Upper longitudinal side and

vertical end edges with edge rope.

L3127 l

W 145 kg

pcs

3 Discus Protective Cage 6 m

6 Discus Safety Net 4m High

Discus barrier 6 m perimeter made of aluminum.

10 posts made of aluminum profile 98 x

102 mm, including ground sleeves. Delivery

does not include net, ropes, and sandbags.

L3180 l ground sockets pcs

W 450 kg

4

Discus Safety Cage 6 m freestanding

L3181 l freestanding pcs

W 450 kg

5 Discus Safety Net for 6m High Fences

Knotless net made of PP, approximately

5 mm thick, mesh size approximately 45

mm, square mesh arrangement. Color:

green. Net size: 7 x 28 m, uniform height

for 10 posts. For L3180 protective barrier

systems.

L3184 l

W 100 kg

pcs

4 m circumference. With 10 ground sleeves

and 10 posts with cantilever extension,

aluminum profile 80 x 80 x 3 mm with

radius, internal reinforcement and cable

winders. Delivery without net, hoisting

device, and sandbags. IAAF certified.

L3124 l ground sockets pcs

W 85 kg

7 Discus Safety Net 4 m

Suitable for discus protective netting 4m,

thickness 5mm, rhombic mesh pattern,

mesh size 45mm, color green, net size:

4.50 x 27m.

L3126 l pcs 1.019.-

W 57 kg

8 Pull-up device for safety nets

With ropes and fastening unit.

L31819 h

pcs

10 Sandbag, unfilled

To weight down the cover, we recommend

using additional sandbags made of 100%

polyethylene. Delivery does not include

filling. Size: 30 x 60 cm.

L3123 p

pcs

208



11

Shot Put Toe Board made of fiberglass

15

Throwing ring for shot put & hammer throw

19

Throwing Ring for Discus Throw

12

Shot put toe board made of full plastic

13

Shot Put Toe Board Full Plastic

11 Shot Put Toe Board made of fiberglass 14 Getra ® Shot Put Toe Board ALU

17 Shot put ring with concrete plate

Made of GFRP (glass fiber reinforced plastic),

Made of cast aluminum, white painted, with Aluminum ring with cast-in concrete

with mounting tabs and galvanized mounting brackets, for mounting in front slab, brackets for the bumper beam and

fastening nails for ash ground, 122 cm of the ring, height 100 mm, WA certified. access chamber. Includes 4 eye screws

long circular cutout, Ø 2.135 m.

L2792 p

pcs for transport. According to WA requirements.

Ø 2.135 m. Disabled accessible

L2789 p

pcs

15 Throwing ring for shot put & hammer throw for wheelchair use.

12 Shot put toe board made of full plastic Aluminum throwing ring with T-profile L2797 l

pcs

Solid plastic take-off board, particularly for high dimensional stability, Ø 2.135 m, W 971 kg

robust, including ground sockets and fixing 70 mm high, for embedding in concrete,

pegs, compliant with DLV regulations. with bracing for high stabilization, with

L27927 p

pcs drainage, 2-piece for easy transport, WA

certified.

13 Shot Put Toe Board Full Plastic L2783 l

pcs

Material: Full plastic, Dimensions: 120.8 W 38 kg

x 11.5 x 8 cm, Weight: approx. 12 kg,

Color: White, WA certified and comes 16 Shot Put & Hammer Throw Circle with

with mounting materials (plugs, screws, Embedded Concrete Plate

washers) included.

L27929 y

pcs

16

Shot Put & Hammer Throw Circle

with Embedded Concrete Plate

Aluminum throwing ring with T-profile,

2.135 m in diameter, designed for on-site

embedding with poured concrete base.

Split for easier transportation, welded-in

ribs, equipped with drainage and anchor

loops for transport.

L27970 l

W 971 kg

20

Mobile discus ring

pcs

17

Shot put ring with concrete plate

21

Javelin throwing bow

18

Hammer Throw Insert

20 Mobile discus ring

The 2-piece mobile discus ring is made of

multiplex boards and allows for easy transportation

and flexible use. Edge protection made

of aluminum. The throwing area is compliant

with regulations and is recessed by 2 cm.

Dimensions approximately 310 x 310 x 7.5 cm.

L27850 l

W 68 kg

Getra ® Shot Put Toe Board ALU

Discus ring with concrete plate

18 Hammer Throw Insert

21 Javelin throwing bow

Fiberglass insert segments, fully foamed, Made of flat aluminum, white lacquered.

4-piece set, reduce the ring to 2.135 m Dimensions: Length 4 m, curve with radius

for hammer throw.

8 m. Profile width 70 mm, height 8 mm.

L2788 l

pcs With spikes for track surface. According

W 14 kg

to IAAF standards.

L2642 l

pcs

19 Throwing Ring for Discus Throw W 10 kg

Aluminum throwing ring with T-profile, Ø 22 Discus ring with concrete plate

2.50 m, for on-site installation, welded-in

webs, divided for easier transport, with

drainage, WA-certified.

Aluminum ring with precast concrete slab

and 6 inspection chambers. Includes 4

eye screws for transportation. Ø 2.50 m.

L2786 l

pcs Handicapped accessible for wheelchair

W 45 kg

use. According to IWR/WA.

L2798 l

pcs

W 900 kg

14

22

pcs


Running

Relay Batons & Starting

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

2

3

4

Starting Block

Wooden Relay Baton

Kübler Sport ® Relay Baton

Tanga Sports ® Aluminum Relay Baton

MADE IN

GERMANY

5

6

7

8


Polanik ® Starting Block BASIC

Indoor Starting Block

Polanik ® Starting Block SCHOOL

1 Starting Block

With a large viewing area made of shatterproof

polystyrene, flap made of multiply

glued multiplex board, excellent sound

effect, high durability.

L3168 p

pcs

2 Wooden Relay Baton

Made of solid wood, length 30 cm, Ø 4 cm.

L2771 p massive pcs

3 Kübler Sport ® Relay Baton

Plastic rod, 30 cm long, Ø 40 mm, Assorted

colors, Yellow, Red, Blue, Green.

L2777 p

pcs

4 Tanga Sports ® Aluminum Relay Baton

Very lightweight, 30 cm long, Ø 32 mm

(junior) or 38 mm (senior), assorted in

8 colors.

L2778 p 3,80 cm single pcs


BlockX ® Indoor Starting Block Set with two

starting blocks, made of PE foam, assorted

colors. Dimensions: 35 and 25 x 15 x 9

cm. The different lengths of the blocks


L2755 p

6 Polanik ® Starting Block BASIC

Starting rail made of galvanized steel with

11 openings for pedal positions. Suitable

for plastic and ash tracks. The inclination

of the starting blocks is not adjustable.

Ground spikes for ash tracks are included

in the delivery.

L2609 p

7 Indoor Starting Block

Starting rail, screwed onto a plywood

board with a non-slip and floor-protective

underside.

L2608 p

pcs

8

pair Polanik ® Starting Block SCHOOL

Robust steel construction with 14 block

positions for plastic and ash tracks, 4-way

adjustable printing angle. Includes pins,

spikes, and ground anchors.

L2768 p

pcs

pcs

210



9

Polanik ® Competition Starting Block TEAM

9 Polanik ® Competition Starting Block

TEAM

Sturdy steel construction, central rail with

floor spikes and pedals adjustable in 15

positions individually. 5-way adjustable

release angle. Suitable for synthetic tracks.

WA certified.

L2769 p standard version pcs

L2605 p extra high pedals pcs

10

Polanik ® Start Block CLUB

10 Polanik ® Start Block CLUB

Competition starting block with steel

rail and pedal mechanism for synthetic

tracks. Lightweight, durable aluminum

profiles and ergonomically shaped, very

high push-off surfaces. Vertical ground

spikes for perfect grip and optimal power

transmission. 5-fold adjustable pedal

angle and 15 horizontal pedal positions.

WA certified.



11

Polanik ® Starting Block SUPER

11 Polanik ® Starting Block SUPER

Special aluminum profiles, ergonomically

shaped imprint pedals. Center rail with

angled fixed ground spikes. 15 block positions

and 5-way adjustable block angle.

WA certified.

L2727 y



12

Starting block stand

12 Starting block stand

Transport trolley for up to 10 starting

blocks. Mobile, made of steel tubes and

steel profiles. Delivery disassembled in a

carton. Weight: 16 kg.

pcs


211

1

2

3

4

Aluminum Water Jump Cover

Obstacle for Water Barrier

Set of obstacle hurdles

Obstacle Hurdle Transport Cart

1 Aluminum Water Jump Cover

The aluminum substructure is adjustable in

height and length. When ordering, please

provide the exact measurements of the

water trench.

L2484 l standard version pcs

W 200 kg

L2485 l with upstand pcs L2481 l

W 190 kg

W 64 kg

2 Obstacle for Water Barrier

Made of aluminum, adjustable total height

(men 91.4 / women 76.2 cm), including

special ground sleeves, uprights 80 x 80

mm laminated wood beam in white, with

black panels. Dimensions: 12.7 x 12.7 cm,

length 3.66 m. WA certified.

3 Set of obstacle hurdles

4 Obstacle Hurdle Transport Cart

For 2000m & 3000m steeplechase. 91.4

cm (men) / 76.2 cm (women) high, adjustable.

3 pieces are 396 cm long, 1 piece

is 500 cm long. The beams are made of

glued and weatherproof coated wood with

detachable steel feet (1 set = 4 pieces),

For a complete set (1 piece 500 cm long

and 3 pieces 396 cm long), steel tube

construction with pneumatic tires, support

surfaces made of strong aluminum

structural plate, swivel steering, drawbar

for manual and trailer operation.

pcs WA-certified. Weight: 80 kg.

L2483 l

pcs

L2480 l

set W 175 kg

W 290 kg

212



Running

Hurdles & Obstacles

5

Kübler Sport ® Competition Hurdle WARSCHAU

5

9

Polanik ® Kids Hurdle

Kübler Sport ® Competition Hurdle

WARSCHAU

Stable frame made of galvanized steel

with anodized telescopic tubes made of

aluminum. Height adjustment with spring

pressure mechanism. Internal counterweights.

Transport-friendly model with

detachable hurdle feet. Adjustable height:

76.2 - 83.8 - 91.4 - 99.1 - 106.7 cm.

Weight: 13 kg.

L2743 l

W 15 kg

6 Competition Hurdle

Aluminum / steel construction. Height

adjustment 76.2 - 83.8 - 91.4 - 99.1 -

106.7 cm, height adjustment with push

button. Counterweight adjustment with

snap closure. Plastic hurdle bar for outdoor

use, WA certified. Matching hurdle

cart: L3252.

L2752 l

W 16 kg

6

Competition Hurdle

10

Zacharias Exercise Hurdle

8 Kübler Sport ® Training hurdle

pcs Frame made of bent, powder-coated steel

tube with integrated counterweights, columns

made of aluminum, adjustable by

spring pressure mechanism, hurdle bar L2740 l

made of weather-resistant plastic. W 20 kg

L3740 l

pcs

W 4.8 kg

pcs

7

Getra ® Competition Hurdle Alu Master

Getra ® Hurdle Spring-back

10 Zacharias Exercise Hurdle

Easy to use, transport, and store, continuously

adjustable from 8 - 107 cm in height

and from 60-160 cm in width. Weight

approximately 2.6 kg, with foam padding.

8

Kübler Sport ® Training hurdle

12

Hurdle Return

7 Getra ® Competition Hurdle Alu Master 9 Polanik ® Kids Hurdle

11 Getra ® Hurdle Spring-back

Fully welded construction with powdercoated

columns and galvanized, lockable

counterweights. Hurdle bar made of plastic,

6-fold height adjustable: 68.6-76.2-

The padded Polanik children's hurdle is

ideal for use in children's athletics. Possible

height adjustments: 40 cm, 50 cm,

and 60 cm.

83.8-91.4-9,91-106.7 cm. WA certified. L3739 l

L3730 l

pcs W 2.7 kg

pcs

106.7 cm.

W 10 kg

L3732 p

11

Double folding hurdle with self-righting

spring mechanism, made of aluminum,

base made of galvanized steel, powdercoated,

padded hurdle bar. 6-level height

adjustable 68.6-76.2-83.8-91.4-99.1-

pcs

12 Hurdle Return

Return mechanism that automatically

resets the hurdle. Sturdy yet lightweight

aluminum construction with collapsible

pcs legs. Rounded corner pieces provide protection

against injuries.

F1277 p 5 stages, 40 - 60 cm pcs

F1278 p 7 stages, 55 - 84 cm pcs

F1279 p 7 stages, 66 - 106 cm pcs

213


Running

Storage & Accessories

1 Polanik ® Compact Transport Trolley for

Competition Hurdles

Made of galvanized steel with a wide handle.

For 7 competition hurdles L3737 or 10

competition hurdles L2743. Weight: 35 kg,

Dimensions: 131 x 113 x 92 cm, Delivery

disassembled (unassembled).

L2728 y

pcs

1

Polanik ® Compact Transport Trolley for Competition Hurdles

214

L2748 l

W 60 kg

2

Polanik ® Hurdle Cart for Training Hurdles

5

Fiberglass Marker Box

pcs

3

Hurdle cart for up to 20 hurdles

6

Kübler Sport ® Timer Staircase

2 Polanik ® Hurdle Cart for Training Hurdles

For transportation and storage of up to 30 Polanik training

hurdles. Made from galvanized steel profiles with extra

wide access. Easy self-assembly.

L2722 l

pcs

W 42 kg

U2251 l disassembled for 12 persons, one row

3 Hurdle cart for up to 20 hurdles

W 365 kg

For medium to smaller facilities and school sports facilities.

Length: 2.70 m, Height without hurdles: 1.00 m, W 290 kg

U2249 l disassembled for 8 persons, one row

Width: 1.20 m, Polyamide wheels: Ø 20 cm.

L3252 l

pcs

7 Timing System

W 40 kg

4 Aluminum Hurdle Transport Cart

Completely made of aluminum, for approximately 30 training

and competition hurdles, accessible from the back, smoothrunning

front wheels, with towing attachment. Length: 5

L4060 y

m.

5 Fiberglass Marker Box

Three-sided marking box, fiberglass-reinforced plastic,

weatherproof, very stackable for space-saving storage.

Please specify desired numbering when ordering.

L3030 p

9

Goalposts

pcs

6 Kübler Sport ® Timer Staircase

Sliding target and timer stairs with staggered seats for

better visibility for judges during timekeeping. Material:

Fully welded design made of aluminum.

U2252 l full welded for 8 persons, one row pcs

W 250 kg

pcs

pcs

For sprint measurements or start-finish measurements for

tracks up to 100 m. Completely self-sufficient system with

2 light barriers, software uvsWatch, 2 control cables with

lengths of 5 m and 105 m on one cable reel. Without laptop.

8 Timing System WIRELESS

Complete radio-controlled time measuring system with

software for up to 8 light barriers, including software, 2

light barriers RS 06/81 on photo or microphone tripods, 2

radio transmitters FS 281k as well as setup and operating

instructions, without laptop.

L4061 y

MADE IN

GERMANY

10

Winners' podium

set

4

Aluminum Hurdle Transport Cart

7

Timing System

11

Equipment transport cart 1 x 2 m

9 Goalposts

Freestanding, with aluminum base plate, 1.40 m tall.

Includes lid and stainless steel spring for target band

attachment.

L2494 y freestanding pair

L2493 y ground sockets pair

10 Winners' podium

Stackable mats - space-saving, sturdy, and weatherproof.

Dimensions mat 1: 54 x 54 x 45 cm / mat 2: 49 x 49 x 30

cm / mat 3: 44 x 44 x 20 cm. Weight: 16.75 kg.

L3174 y

pcs

11 Equipment transport cart 1 x 2 m

The side panels with attached supports can be folded

open, allowing for easy loading. The transport cart is

set equipped with air-filled wheels and has front steering.

Load capacity of approximately 1000 kg. Made of aluminum.

Weight approximately 90 kg.

L31560 l

pcs

W 90 kg

215


Long Jump

Take-Off Boards

1

2

3

Wooden Vaulting Box

Getra ® Jump Bar SCHOOL

Getra ® Jumping Beam UniBlock COMPETITION

4

5

6

7

Multi-JUMP Jumping Bar

Competition 2-in-1 Vaulting Box

Solid Rubber Balance Beam

Jumping beam competition 3 in 1

1 Wooden Vaulting Box

One-piece vaulting board, multiple glued,

lacquered, with a wooden insert board

(without Regupol covering, without plastic).

Weight approx. 18 kg.

L3003 p

pcs

2 Getra ® Jump Bar SCHOOL

Made of black, hard, fully compressed

rubber with a white painted take-off

surface, resistant to spikes and weather,

without any wood parts that fray, swell

or warp. Dimensions: 122 x 34 x 10 cm,

Weight: 33 kg.

L3217 p

pcs

3 Getra ® Jumping Beam UniBlock COM- 4 Multi-JUMP Jumping Bar

6 Solid Rubber Balance Beam

PETITION

Made of extra hard, fully vulcanized rubber

with a white surface layer of UV-stabilized

Weatherproof, made of solid rubber, with

SuperGRIP surface. Dimensions: 122 x

34 x 10 cm. Weight: approximately 33

Weatherproof and winterproof blind bar.

Optimal grip on the track. Dimensions:

122 x 34 x 10 cm. Weight: approx. 38 kg.

EPDM rubber. Maintenance-free, winter- kg. WA certified.

L3260 l

pcs

and water-resistant. Weight approximately L3024 p

pcs W 38 kg

33 kg. Includes black insert rubber. WA

certified.

7 Jumping beam competition 3 in 1

L3218 p 122 x 30 x 10 cm pcs

L3219 p 122 x 34 x 10 cm pcs

5 Competition 2-in-1 Vaulting Box

WA certified reversible beam, 122 x 34 x

10 cm, durable beam made of cast plastic

with steel reinforcement, insert strip made

of black rubber, back side as blind beam

coated with red PU.

L3035 y

pcs

Competition Balance Beam, 2-piece, with

aluminum core, 3 possible uses: Competition

Balance Beam (30 or 34 cm wide),

School Sports Balance Beam 20 cm, or

Blind Balance Beam. WA certified.

L3745 y 122 x 30 x 10 cm pcs

L3744 y 122 x 34 x 10 cm pcs

216



8

Getra ® Jumpmaster Xtra Springboard

8 Getra ® Jumpmaster Xtra Springboard

Thanks to the infinitely adjustable height and tensioning

device, the diving board can be individually adjusted

and securely fixed to fit all installation tubs. The diving

board is screwed from below onto the basic structure,

so no screws are visible on the top. Extra hard rebound

effect for long jumping distances. Made in Germany, WA

certified. Including insert rubber.

L3420 p 122 x 30 x 10 cm pcs

L3421 p 122 x 34 x 10 cm pcs

10

Replacement jumpboard

9 Aluminum Mounting Frame

Longitudinal edge 13 mm recessed for seamless connection

of runway to take-off bar. Suitable for training

and competition according to DLV.

L3067 p 122 x 20 x 10 cm pcs

L3068 p 122 x 30 x 10 cm pcs

L3006 p 122 x 34 x 10 cm pcs

10 Replacement jumpboard

Made from weather-resistant wood for take-off bars

L3036 and L3004.

L3016 p

pcs

9

Aluminum Mounting Frame

11

Wooden Insert Board

Replacement insoles

11 Wooden Insert Board

For jumping bars 122 x 10 x 1.5 cm.

L3011 p

12

12 Replacement insoles

Rubber Insert Strips 121 x 10 x 1.6 cm.

L3012 p

pcs

pcs

13 Insert board with Regupol covering

Using Regupol flooring and a double-sided Plasticine

edge, instead of the usual wooden board. Allows for

transfer control.

L3159 p

pcs

13

Insert board with Regupol covering

14 Plasticine Strip Cushion 90°

Set consisting of 12 strips, each measuring 20.5 cm,

with a 90° degree edge, WA certified.

L3167 p

set


217

Long Jump

Sand Pit Accessories

1

4

5

Sandpit cover

Elastic Kerbstone

Elastic curb corner piece

1 Sandpit cover

Water-permeable mesh fabric with sewn-in hollow seam

ensures good ventilation, including 4 reinforced corner

cutouts. Material: polyester mesh fabric, approximately

400 g/sqm.

L7036 l m²

W 0.45 kg

2 Chain Weighting

Hot-dip galvanized, approximately 6 mm thick, approximately

800 g/m, chain is sewn into the hollow hem of

the cover, maximum dimensions of a cover with chain

weighting: 8 x 10 m.

L7042 p

3 Steel wire rope

Galvanized, approximately 6 mm thick. When ordered

in conjunction with the cover, the steel cable is already

sewn into the hollow hem.

L7037 p

linear metre

linear metre

4 Elastic Kerbstone

Polymer concrete kerbs with black or white rubber (EPDM)

cushion edge. Long lifespan due to excellent weather and

UV resistance. Available sizes: 50 or 100 cm in length,

height: 30 or 40 cm.


W 18.4 kg


W 24 kg


W 24.2 kg


W 18.4 kg


W 10.5 kg


W 9.2 kg


W 9.2 kg


W 10.5 kg

5 Elastic curb corner piece

Made of polymer concrete with a black or white rubber

(EPDM) cushion edge. 90° corner piece, width: 6 cm.


W 8.7 kg


W 8.7 kg


W 13.5 kg


W 13.5 kg

6 Sand trap channel Inner channel

Lower part made of frost-resistant polymer concrete,

cover made of slip-resistant galvanized expanded metal

grate, delivery including cover as expanded metal grate

and rubber mat, width: 50 cm, height: 14 cm.

L3436 l 56 cm pcs 249.-

W 26 kg

L3435 l 100 cm pcs 279.-

W 45 kg

218



6

Sand trap channel Inner channel

7 Gravel Catchment Channel Exterior Channel

Base made of frost-resistant polymer concrete, cover

made of non-slip galvanized expanded metal grate,

delivery includes cover as expanded metal grate and

rubber mat, width: 50 cm, height: 14 cm.

L3438 l 56 cm pcs

W 26 kg

L3437 l 100 cm pcs

W 45 kg

8 Gravel Trap Channel Front Wall

Suitable end cap for the sand traps, material: aluminum,

height: 14 cm, weight: 0.7 kg.

L3439 l

pcs

W 1 kg

9

Abacus

9 Abacus

Powder-coated rake, 36 cm wide, including long handle

160 cm.

U8214 p

pcs

10 Claw Broom - The Original

Extremely versatile universal broom, effortlessly sweeps

sand, pine needles, leaves, and dirt, delivery without

handle.

U3200 p 45 cm pcs

U3201 p 65 cm pcs

11 Telescopic handle with thread

Telescopic handle with thread, Material: Steel, Diameter:

24 mm, Length: 80-140 cm, for brooms with

internal thread.

U3202 p

pcs

12

Regupol ® Runway/Rubber Track

11

Telescopic handle with thread

10

Claw Broom - The Original

12 Regupol ® Runway/Rubber Track

Non-slip, water-permeable, weather-resistant and spikeresistant

starting from a thickness of 12 mm. Versatile

and ideal for temporary installation on outdoor sports

facilities for jumping or throwing disciplines. Material:

Polyurethane rubber composite material.

L3340 l 1,25 x 10 m 10 mm pcs

W 100 kg

L3345 l 1,25 x 10 m 12 mm pcs

W 110 kg

L3342 l 1,25 x 20 m 10 mm pcs

W 200 kg

L3347 l 1,25 x 20 m 12 mm pcs

W 225 kg

L3343 l 1,25 x 30 m 10 mm pcs

W 300 kg

L3348 l 1,25 x 30 m 12 mm pcs

W 335 kg


219

High Jump

High Jump Mats

Xere, adit ea sitium aut la nonsedi conse il iuritis ut lam, aut milia

vidis sequis alis andisitatur, nos porum nesto et optati nis es endaectate

vidit asperistion nimenis sitat quidendit adit pro blaboreicide

sitis et ommolup tationseque ne aut la vellaut quiae omni cusae

et recessitis sam, quiandam qui dolest odit earunt, consequuntur

seque voluptaero qui nihilla boreperum verendi psunda vent quia

abor seditam illeni num voloribus et qui iminctur? Pa quo et ipita

1 High jump mat STANDARD

2 High jump mat AERO-WM TYPE A 3 High Jump Mat AERO-WM TYPE B 4 High Jump Mat AERO TOP

Basic version. Foam elements in a monoblock

system, wear-resistant mat on top.

Delivery as a kit.

Honeycomb system made of PE foam RG 18

(blocks can be rotated), cover made of PVC

tarpaulin fabric with tear-resistant Trevira

fabric reinforcement, spike protection

on the top and bottom. Delivery as a kit.

Hollow chamber system, sliding mat with

separate cover and spike protection grid

fabric on both sides. The cover is made of

PVC tarpaulin fabric with tear-resistant Trevira

fabric reinforcement. Additional intermediate

floor made of PVC tarpaulin fabric ensures

improved rain protection. Delivered as a kit.

Double hollow chamber system is made

of PE foam RG 18 with an additional intermediate

floor (blocks can be rotated),

cover made of PVC tarpaulin fabric with

a tear-resistant Trevira fabric insert, spike

protection on the top and bottom. Delivery

as a kit.

Dimensions (L x

W x H)

High jump mat STANDARD High jump mat AERO-WM TYPE A High Jump Mat AERO-WM TYPE B High Jump Mat AERO TOP TOP

400 x 250 x 50 cm L3220 l L3221 l L3222 l L3223 l

400 x 300 x 50 cm L3225 l L3226 l L3227 l L3228 l

500 x 300 x 50 cm L3240 l L3241 l L3242 l L3243 l

500 x 400 x 50 cm L3230 l L3231 l L3232 l L3233 l

600 x 300 x 50 cm L3245 l L3246 l L3247 l L3248 l

600 x 400 x 50 cm L3235 l L3236 l L3237 l L3238 l

600 x 400 x 70 cm - - - L3250 l

5 Aluminium Bed Slats

Robust substructure made of large-sized aluminum

rectangular tubes with welded aluminum profiles (80

x 20 mm). This virtually indestructible support grid is

delivered in 2 or 3 pieces depending on the size, with

a height of 10 cm.

Dimensions (L x

W x H)

Wooden slatted frame

6 Mobile Cover for Pole Vault & High Jump

Aluminum frame, fully welded, roof construction made

of aluminum side wall profiles, walkable surface. Large,

concealed plastic wheels make the system easy to

move. Delivery is in two parts, cover is lockable (lock not

included), for mat dimensions: 650 x 500 x 120 (h) cm.

L7015 h

Aluminum/Wooden Slatted

Bed Base

Aluminium Bed Slats

Aluminium Bed Slats Rain protection cover Portable Cover for High Jump

400 x 250 x 50 cm L4100 l L4120 l L4140 l L3224 y W 12 kg L7043 h




pcs

5

6

Mobile Cover for Pole Vault & High Jump

7

Caster wheels for high jump cover

7 Caster wheels for high jump cover

Surcharge for 2 steering wheels per element for covers.

L7016

set





High Jump

High Jump Stands & Crossbars

1

2

Kübler Sport ® High Jump Stand

3

Competition high jump stand

MADE IN

GERMANY

1 Kübler Sport ® High Jump Set

Consisting of Kübler Sport ® high jump stands with T-

foot, Kübler Sport ® 400 cm jump bar, and Zacharias bar

for beginners. Ideal for beginners, clubs, and schools.

L2604 l

set

W 22 kg

4

Springboard Padding

2 Kübler Sport ® High Jump Stand

2x Steel base, T-shaped, corrosion-resistant, with casters,

2x Aluminum profile with scale (50-220 cm); 35 x 35

mm, 2x Board holder, powder coated.

L2643 y

pair

3 Competition high jump stand

World Athletics certified beam supports and standing

posts, fully anodized. Measurement scale inset into slot,

height adjustable continuously using screw (50 - 250

cm or 300 cm), aluminum profile, 50 x 50 x 3 mm with

rounded edges.

L2628 l 250 cm pair

W 26 kg

L2629 l 300 cm pair

W 27 kg

4 Springboard Padding

Foam padding, 2x 1 meter long, with sliding closure for

easy installation. Reduces the risk of injury and helps

to alleviate learning inhibiting fear.

L2540 p

pair

5

Spring Leash

6

9-fold slat layer with slat guard

5 Spring Leash

Made of elastic rubber with sand-filled artificial leather

weight bags and suede leather for marking the center.

Length 450 cm.

L2542 p

pair

222



6 9-fold slat layer with slat guard

Suitable for column profiles up to a maximum of 45 x 45

mm, approximately 45 cm long. Distance can be adjusted

in 5 cm increments.

L2625 p

pair

7 Latte stretcher

Made of cast aluminum with a locking screw, suitable

for column profiles up to 40 x 40 mm. Support surface

of 40 x 60 mm as required.

L2518 p

pcs

8 Kübler Sport ® Jumping Bar

Training and school sports jump bar made of sturdy

fiberglass. Minimal deflection, durable and resilient.

Black U-shaped support ends. According to official

competition regulations.

L2617 l 400 cm pcs

W 5.5 kg

L2618 l 450 cm pcs

W 4.5 kg

9 Getra ® Fiberglass Vaulting Pole

Light yellow competition jump bar made of triple glass

fiber reinforced fiberglass. Extremely low deflection,

sturdy, resilient, and durable.

L2610 l 400 cm pcs

W 2.2 kg

L2611 l 450 cm pcs

W 2.4 kg

10 Getra ® Polyester Springboard TARGET

Competition vaulting pole with maximum weight for minimal

rebound, lowest deflection, made of WIN-polyester,

Heavy support ends made of a new material blend for

maximum possible friction resistance, Made in Germany,

WA certified.

L26230 l 400 cm pcs

L2623 l 450 cm pcs

W 4.5 kg

7

Latte stretcher

8

Kübler Sport ® Jumping Bar

9

Getra ® Fiberglass Vaulting Pole

10

Getra ® Polyester Springboard TARGET


223

Pole Vault

Pole Vault Mats

1 Pole Vault Mat STANDARD

2 Pole Vaulting Mat AERO WM-Type B

3 Pole vault cushion AERO TOP

Basic version. Foam elements in a monoblock system,

wearing mat on top. Delivery as a kit.

Hollow chamber system, slip mat with separate cover and

double-sided spike protection mesh. The cover is made

of PVC tarpaulin fabric with tear-resistant Trevira fabric

lining. Additional intermediate floor made of PVC tarpaulin

fabric provides enhanced rain protection. Delivered as a kit.

Double hollow chamber system made of PE foam RG

18 with an additional intermediate floor (blocks can

be rotated), cover made of PVC tarpaulin fabric with

tear-resistant Trevira fabric insert, spike protection on

the top and bottom. Delivery as a kit.

Dimensions (L x

W x H)

Pole Vault Mat STANDARD Pole Vaulting Mat AERO WM-Type B Pole vault cushion AERO TOP

555 x 500 x 80 cm L3270 l L3271 l L3272 l

650 x 500 x 80 cm L3275 l L3276 l L3277 l

800 x 600 x 80 cm - - L3280 l

Dimensions (L x

W x H)

Wooden slatted frame

Aluminum/Wooden Slatted

Bed Base

Aluminium Bed Slats Rain protection cover Mobile Cover for Pole Vault

555 x 500 x 80 cm L4107 l L4127 l L4147 l L3273 p W 30 kg L7040 h

650 x 500 x 80 cm L4108 l L4128 l L4148 l L3278 l W 34 kg L7028 h

800 x 600 x 80 cm L4109 l L4129 l L4149 l L3281 l W 39 kg L7041 h

224

Planning & Installation of Athletics Facilities

Do you need assistance in selecting the right equipment for your facility?

We are happy to provide you with expert, project-specific consultation and

support throughout the entire process – whether it’s new construction,

redesign, or renovation.

4 Place mats

7 Mobile Cover for Pole Vault & High Jump

In accordance with the recommendations of DLV and

WA. Beveled at the insertion box and not connected

to the mat. Cover with top mesh fabric, sides made of

PVC tarpaulin material, bottom with non-slip mat fabric.

Aluminum frame, fully welded, roof construction made

of aluminum side wall profiles, walkable surface. Large,

concealed plastic wheels make the system easy to

move. Delivery is in two parts, cover is lockable (lock not

L3283 p

pair included), for mat dimensions: 650 x 500 x 120 (h) cm.

5 Track Cover

L7015 h

pcs

100 cm high column protection pads according to the

WA requirements, made of sturdy PE foam with a PVC 8 Caster wheels for high jump cover

tarpaulin cover.

Surcharge for 2 steering wheels per element for covers.

L3282 l

pair L7016

set

W 48 kg

6 Aluminium Bed Slats

Robust substructure made of large-sized aluminum

rectangular tubes with welded aluminum profiles (80

x 20 mm). This virtually indestructible support grid is

delivered in 2 or 3 pieces depending on the size, with

a height of 10 cm.

5

Track Cover

6

Aluminium Bed Slats

7

Mobile Cover for Pole Vault & High Jump

8

Caster wheels for high jump cover


225

Pole Vault

Pole Vault Stands, Crossbars & Poles

1 Pole vault stand

Made of aluminum. Special profile columns of 98 x 142

mm, anodized. All functional parts made of stainless

steel or plastic. Adjustable height from 150 - 650 cm

when the bar is placed, using a crank connected to a

belt system and an internal gearbox. Height display at

eye level. Welded guide carriage. Stand adjustable in the

track (with measurement scale) by 1.2 m. Mounting of

the track with 6 ground anchor sleeves in the concrete

foundation.

L2603 l

pair

W 200 kg

1

3

Pole vault stand

Aluminum puncture box

2

Jump Poles LANCET

5

GFRP Puncture Box

7

Polanik ® Telescopic Pole Vault Measuring Device

8

Telescopic pole spreader

2 Jump Poles LANCET

Made of fiberglass, pre-bent for optimal performance. A

proven German brand product. Upon request, it is possible

to individually adjust the weight for each pole length.

L4001 l 310 cm 30 kg pcs

W 2.5 kg

L4002 l 350 cm 35 kg pcs

W 2.5 kg

L4003 l 350 cm 40 kg pcs

W 2.6 kg

L4004 l 400 cm 45 kg pcs

W 2.8 kg

L4005 l 400 cm 50 kg pcs

W 2.9 kg

L4006 l 430 cm 55 kg pcs

W 3.1 kg

L4007 l 430 cm 60 kg pcs

W 3.1 kg

L4008 l 430 cm 65 kg pcs

W 3.3 kg

L4014 l 430 cm 75 kg pcs

W 3.3 kg

L4009 l 460 cm 70 kg pcs

W 3.7 kg

L4010 l 460 cm 75 kg pcs

W 3.8 kg

L4011 l 460 cm 80 kg pcs

W 3.8 kg

L4012 l 480 cm 80 kg pcs

W 3.8 kg

L4013 l 480 cm 85 kg pcs

W 4.2 kg

3 Aluminum puncture box

Made of stainless steel with drainage pipes, interior

painted in white. WA certified.

L2593 l

pcs

W 16 kg

4 Cover for puncture box

Suitable for insertion box L2593. Material: Aluminum,

4 mm thick.

L2594 l

pcs

W 14 kg

226

5 GFRP Puncture Box

For pole vaulting, weatherproof, made of GFRP with integrated

frame, designed to accommodate a GFRP cover plate,

with an installation flag on the front and built-in dollies.

L2597 l

pcs

W 12 kg

6 Cover for spike box, made of fiberglass-reinforced plastic

L2598 l

pcs

W 8 kg

7 Polanik ® Telescopic Pole Vault Measuring Device

Extendable measuring stick, 1.34 - 8 m, for testing

the bar height in pole vault. With measuring tape and

integrated level.

L2591 p

pcs

8 Telescopic pole spreader

For pole vaulting bars, made of aluminum, adjustable from 1.50 m - 4 m.

L2175 y

pcs

9 Kübler Sport ® Jumping Bar

Training and school sports jump bar made of sturdy

fiberglass. Minimal deflection, durable and resilient.

Black U-shaped support ends. According to official

competition regulations.

L2617 l 400 cm pcs

W 5.5 kg

L2618 l 450 cm pcs

W 4.5 kg

10 Getra ® Fiberglass Vaulting Pole

Light yellow competition jump bar made of triple glass

fiber reinforced fiberglass. Extremely low deflection,

sturdy, resilient, and durable.

L2610 l 400 cm pcs

W 2.2 kg

L2611 l 450 cm pcs

W 2.4 kg

11 Getra ® Polyester Springboard TARGET

Competition vaulting pole with maximum weight for minimal

rebound, lowest deflection, made of WIN-polyester, Heavy

support ends made of a new material blend for maximum

possible friction resistance, Made in Germany, WA certified.

L26230 l 400 cm pcs

L2623 l 450 cm pcs

W 4.5 kg

9

Kübler Sport ® Jumping Bar

10

Getra ® Fiberglass Vaulting Pole

11

Getra ® Polyester Springboard TARGET

227


Gymnastics

Gymnastics and fitness exercises are fascinating

sports that combine skill, strength, flexibility, and

elegance. Both disciplines have a long history

dating back to the ancient world. Gymnastics not

only promotes physical fitness but also enhances

mental strength and self-confidence. Suitable

for people of all ages, they offer a wide range of

opportunities for creative expression. Through

demanding exercises, athletes demonstrate

impressive body control and mastery.

Content

Mats 230

Mat Guide 230

Gymnastics Mats 232

Light Gymnastics Mats 234

Landing Mats 236

Low Landing Mats 238

Floor Exercise Mats 240

AirTrack Factory ® Inflatable Mats 242

Mat Storage & Accessories 244

Gymnastics Equipment 247

Vaulting Boxes 247

Vario Vaulting Boxes 250

Gym Benches & Accessories 252

Wall Bars 254

Double Wall Bars 256

Wall Bar Accessories 258

Climbing & Gym Walls 260

Vario Swing-Climbing System 262

Artistic Gymnastics 264

Gym Rings & Accessories 264

Swing & Gym Equipment 266

Men’s & Multi-Purpose Parallel Bars 269

Parallel Bars Competition & Training 270

Horizontal Bars School & Club 272

Horizontal Bars Training & Competition 274

Practice Balance Beam 276

Balance Beam Training & Competition 278

Springboards School & Club 280

Springboards Training & Competition 282

Vaulting Horses & Vaulting Mushrooms 284

Vaulting Tables 286

FIG-Certified Mat Sets 288

Gymnastics Accessories 290

Gym Aids 292

Trampolines 294

Mini Trampolines 294

Large Trampolines 296

Rhythmic Gymnastics 300

Hand Apparatus 300

Rope Skipping & Ring Tennis 304

Movement Landscapes 306

Gym Swings 306

Play Landscapes 308

Balancing Courses 310

Acoustic Elements 316

Ballet 318

Sports & Dance Mirrors 318

Ballet Barres & Holders 320

228

229

School Sports & Club Supplies Team Sports Racket Sports Athletics Gymnastics Sports Facility Equipment Water Sports

Mats

Mat Guide

The choice of the right mat depends on the type of movement task as well as factors such as the type of landing, the

athlete’s body weight, and the fall height. The mat should provide optimal cushioning while remaining firm enough to

minimize the risk of twisting an ankle upon landing. The most common types of gymnastics mats include standard gymnastics

mats, soft landing mats, low landing mats, and floor exercise mats.

Gymnastics Mats for Different Requirements

The European Standard Series EN 12503 defines safety requirements for various types of gymnastics mats used in schools, training, and

competitions. The overview provides a quick summary of the different mat types.

Mat Type according to DIN EN 12503-1 User Property Mat Recommendation

Type 1

Mat for floor exercises without jumps

(beginners)

Kindergarten, preschool,

and elementary

school

• Low indentation depth

• Low cushioning

• Low weight

Light Gymnastics Mat

Page 234-235

Type 2

Sports floor for floor exercises with jumps

and gymnastics exercises

Schools and clubs


• Low cushioning

Gymnastics Mat

Page 232-233

Floor Exercise Mat (Roll Mat)

Page 240-241

Type 3

Mat for floor exercises with jumps and low

landings up to 60 cm height

Kindergarten,

schools, and clubs


• Low cushioning

Gymnastics Mat

Page 232-233

Type 4

Mat for simple dismounts from apparatus

with controlled landing above 60 cm

height (Low Landing Mat 12 cm)

Schools and clubs,

not for lightweight primary

school children


• Medium cushioning

Low Landing Mat

Page 238-239

Type 5

Landing mat above 60 cm height (Low

Landing Mat 15 cm)

Schools and clubs,

artistic gymnastics

without competition



Low Landing Mat

Page 238-239

Type 6

Mat for difficult dismounts above 60 cm

height (Competition Low Landing Mat

20 cm)

Schools and clubs,

artistic gymnastics

with competition level



Low Landing Mat

Page 238-239

Type 7

Soft landing mat (30 or 40 cm) for simple

exercises with flat landings up to 200 cm

height

Schools and clubs

• High indentation depth

• Very high cushioning

Soft Landing Mat

Page 236-237

Type 8

Soft landing mat (30 cm, RG 23) for flat

landings up to 200 cm height

Schools and clubs

• High indentation depth

• Very high cushioning

Soft Landing Mat

Page 236-237

Tip: For children’s gymnastics in schools and clubs, combining different mats can help achieve optimal properties. For example, if

point landings are expected, a soft landing mat with a floor exercise mat placed on top is ideal.

Proper Mat Storage

• Gymnastics Mats: Store flat on mat carts

• Low Landing and Soft Landing Mats: Ideally stored flat,

otherwise upright without sagging

• Floor Exercise Mats: Roll up (on a mat core) with the felt side

facing outward

Mat Surfaces

Polygrip Gymnastics Mat Fabric

Rubber-like grain texture

Nubbed Gymnastics Mat Fabric

Textured nub surface

Tarpaulin Fabric

Smooth surface

without trimming with velcro corners with leather corners Carrying Strap

Needle Felt

Soft, textile-like surface

230

231


Mats

Gymnastics Mats

1

MADE IN

GERMANY

Kübler Sport ® Universal Gymnastics Mat

- Shape-retaining

- Non-slip

- Made in Germany

1 Kübler Sport ® Universal Gymnastics Mat

Affordable alternative in standard quality, core of the mat made of composite foam,

cover made of non-slip gymnastics mat fabric, with a zipper on the short side, according

to DIN 12503-1 Type 2 and 3.

Dimensions (L x W x H) Shipping weight without trimming with velcro corners with leather corners

with leather corners and

carrying straps

SKU l SKU l SKU l SKU l

150 x 100 x 6 cm W 15 kg G8800 G8801 G8802 G8803

150 x 100 x 8 cm W 16 kg G8805 G8806 G8807 G8808

200 x 100 x 6 cm W 19 kg G8810 G8811 G8812 G8813

200 x 100 x 8 cm W 20 kg G8815 G8816 G8817 G8818

200 x 125 x 6 cm W 23 kg G8820 G8821 G8822 G8823

200 x 125 x 8 cm W 25 kg G8825 G8826 G8827 G8828

232



2

Kübler Sport ® Special Gymnastics Mat

- For large-scale installation

2 Kübler Sport ® Special Gymnastics Mat

Laminated gymnastics mat without creases, Material: Composite foam, Density 100,

Cover: Gym mat fabric Polygrip and anti-slip waffle bottom, Cover not replaceable,

Color Blue, without carrying handles, suitable for large area laying, Phthalate-free.

Dimensions (L x W x H) Shipping weight without trimming

SKU

150 x 100 x 4 cm W 9 kg G8880

150 x 100 x 6 cm W 14 kg G8881

150 x 100 x 8 cm W 14 kg G8882

200 x 100 x 4 cm W 12 kg G8885

200 x 100 x 6 cm W 18 kg G8886

200 x 100 x 8 cm W 22 kg G8887

DIN DIN DIN

Dimensions (L x W x H) Shipping weight without trimming with velcro corners with leather corners

l

Reivo ® Gymnastics Mat COMBO

- Includes joint closure flaps and Velcro for seamless

connection of multiple mats

- Mat according to EN 12503-1 Type 3

with leather corners and

carrying straps

SKU l SKU l SKU l SKU l

150 x 100 x 6 cm W 15 kg G8506 G8526 G8546 G8556

150 x 100 x 8 cm W 18 kg G8508 G8528 G8548 G8558

200 x 100 x 6 cm W 19 kg G8606 G8626 G8646 G8656

200 x 100 x 8 cm W 24 kg G8608 G8628 G8648 G8658

200 x 125 x 6 cm W 23 kg G8306 G8326 G8346 G8356

3

3 Reivo ® Gymnastics Mat COMBO

Core in sandwich construction, elastic lightweight foam with a soft composite foam

top layer. Including Reivo Velcro safety system: Integrated joint closure and connection

flaps on one long and one narrow side of the mat. 5 cm hook-and-loop tape on the

top side, according to EN 12503-1 Type 3, dimensions: 200 x 100 cm.

Dimensions (L x W x H) Shipping weight without trimming

4

Kübler Sport ® Quality Gymnastics Mat

- DIN 12503-1 Type 2 and 3

- DIN 53354

- Made in Germany

4 Kübler Sport ® Quality Gymnastics Mat

Classic gymnastics mat suitable for apparatus gymnastics, school sports, children‘s

gymnastics, and therapy. Core: composite foam (density 120), fleece laminated, cover:

gymnastics mat fabric (polyester fabric) with zipper, according to DIN 12503-1 Type

2 and 3 and DIN 53354.

SKU

200 x 100 x 6 cm W 15 kg G1802

200 x 100 x 8 cm W 23 kg G1803

l

MADE IN

GERMANY


200 x 125 x 8 cm W 29 kg G8308 G8328 G8348 G8358

233

Mats

Light Gymnastics Mats

1 Kübler Sport ® Super Light Gymnastics Mat

Light mat for children‘s gymnastics. Especially suitable

for kindergartens or elementary schools. Material: super

lightweight, cushion-optimized foam core made of polyethylene

RG 30 in sandwich construction, cover made

of tear-resistant, fabric-reinforced tarpaulin fabric, anti-slip

on the underside made of gymnastics mat fabric,

according to EN 12503-01 Type 1.

1

MADE IN

GERMANY

Kübler Sport ® Super Light Gymnastics Mat

- Manufactured according to EN 12503-01

- Made in Germany

non-slip bottom

Dimensions (L x W x H) Shipping weight without trimming with velcro corners

blue red yellow green blue red yellow green

150 x 100 x 6 cm W 7 kg G8839-01 G8839-02 G8839-03 G8839-07 G8849-01 G8849-02 G8849-03 G8849-07






234



2

Kübler Sport ® Impact Protection Mat SUPER LIGHT

Certified impact protection up to 2 m according to HIC.

2 Kübler Sport ® Impact Protection Mat SUPER LIGHT

Impact protection for free fall heights up to 2 m in height. Material: Mat core: PE foam (density 30), top and sides cover: lightweight tarpaulin fabric, bottom cover: gray

gym mat fabric, hook-and-loop corners. Certified according to DIN EN 1177:2008-08.

Dimensions (L x W x H) Shipping weight with velcro corners

4

Kübler Sport ® Universal Light Gymnastics Mat

4 Kübler Sport ® Universal Light Gymnastics Mat

Ultra-light Gymnastics Mat, Material: super light, elastic lightweight foam core (PE foam: RG 30). Cover made of

non-slip, profiled, fabric-reinforced, blue PVC gymnastics mat fabric, with tear-resistant backing fabric. Weight:

approx. 7-8 kg.

Dimensions (L x W x H) Shipping weight without trimming with velcro corners

SKU l SKU l

200 x 100 x 6 cm W 8 kg G8870 G8872

200 x 100 x 8 cm W 9 kg G8871 G8873

5

Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics Mats with Jumping Boxes

3

Kübler Sport ® Lightweight Impact Protection Mat

Certified fall protection up to 2.60 m according to HIC.

3 Kübler Sport ® Lightweight Impact Protection Mat

Certified for fall heights up to 2.60 m. Can be used as fall protection or exercise mat. Mat core: PE foam, cover on top and sides: judo mat fabric (vinyl), cover on bottom:

gray waffle floor, hook and loop corners. According to DIN EN 1177:2008-08.

Dimensions (L x W x H) Shipping weight with velcro corners

blue red yellow green orange light blue light green l

100 x 100 x 6 cm W 4 kg G4954-01 G4954-02 G4954-03 G4954-07 G4954-23 G4954-26 G4954-35

150 x 100 x 6 cm W 5 kg G4955-01 G4955-02 G4955-03 G4955-07 G4955-23 G4955-26 G4955-35

200 x 100 x 6 cm W 7 kg G4956-01 G4956-02 G4956-03 G4956-07 G4956-23 G4956-26 G4956-35

MADE IN

GERMANY

blue red yellow green l

100 x 100 x 6 cm W 4 kg G4957-01 G4957-02 G4957-03 G4957-07

150 x 100 x 6 cm W 5 kg G4958-01 G4958-02 G4958-03 G4958-07

200 x 100 x 6 cm W 8 kg G4959-01 G4959-02 G4959-03 G4959-07

MADE IN

GERMANY

6

Kübler Sport ® Long Jump Mat

MADE IN

GERMANY

5 Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics Mats with Jumping Boxes

Gymnastics mat with printed hopscotch squares, dimensions:

200 x 100 x 6 cm, Material: Foam core with a cover

made of lightweight tarpaulin fabric, Weight: approx. 10

kg, (Optional with Velcro corners).

G8863 l blue pcs

G8860 l red pcs

G8862 l yellow pcs

G8861 l green pcs

W 11 kg

6 Kübler Sport ® Long Jump Mat

Gymnastics mat with printed length scale, measuring

scale: 25 - 175 cm in 25 cm increments, Material: Core

made of composite foam RG 80, Cover top and sides:

Lightweight tarpaulin fabric, Dimensions: 200 x 100 x

6 cm. (Optional with Velcro corners).

G8868 l blue pcs

G8865 l red pcs

G8867 l yellow pcs

G8866 l green pcs

W 11 kg


235

Mats

Landing Mats

- Super sturdy zipper, sewn in discreetly, running all around three sides.

- 3-sided mesh fabric for optimal ventilation upon impact

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

Kübler Sport ® Soft Floor Mat

- DIN 12503-1 Type 7 or 8

- With non-slip underside made of profiled

Tummat fabric

- Made in Germany

- 6 integrated carrying handles

- Slip-resistant profiled underside

- Durable and long-lasting

- Skin-friendly

- Foldable

- Made in Germany

- With 4 carrying loops

- PUR foam core RG 18

- Top and sides made of tarpaulin material

- Bottom made of non-slip gymnastics mat fabric

- 3-sided ventilation grille and zipper

MADE IN

GERMANY

2

Kübler Sport ® Soft Gym Mat UNIVERSAL

The top part of the

cover is continuous.

3

Kübler Sport ® Foldable Soft Floor Mat

MADE IN

GERMANY

1 Kübler Sport ® Soft Floor Mat

Core made of polyether foam core RG 20/25, cover on top

and sides: tarpaulin fabric, cover on the underside: nonslip,

grooved gymnastics mat fabric, 3-sided ventilation

grid and zipper, flatly sewn carrying handles, color: Blue.

According to DIN 12503-1 Type 7 or 8.

G3910 l 200 x 150 x 25 cm RG 20 pcs

W 22 kg

G4039 l 200 x 150 x 30 cm RG 20 pcs

W 28 kg

G3924 l 300 x 200 x 25 cm RG 20 pcs

W 39.5 kg

G3929 l 300 x 200 x 30 cm RG 20 pcs

W 42 kg

G3914 l 300 x 200 x 30 cm RG 23 pcs

W 47.5 kg

G3915 l 300 x 200 x 40 cm RG 20 pcs

W 54.5 kg

G3947 l 300 x 200 x 50 cm RG 20 pcs

W 73 kg

2 Kübler Sport ® Soft Gym Mat UNIVERSAL

Core made of PE foam with density 18, cover on top and

sides made of tarpaulin fabric, bottom made of non-slip

gymnastics mat fabric, 3-sided welded ventilation strip,

zipper and 4 carrying handles, Color: Blue.

G8830 l 300 x 200 x 25 cm pcs

W 38 kg

G8831 l 300 x 200 x 30 cm pcs

W 42 kg

3 Kübler Sport ® Foldable Soft Floor Mat

Versatile soft floor mat, Material: Polyether foam, density

18, cover made of non-slip coated high-strength Trevira

material, smooth top side, non-slip profiled bottom side,

side parts made of mat fabric with welded-in air strip,

with plastic zipper and 4 carrying handles, Color: Blue.

G4098 l 15 cm pcs

W 35 kg

G3931 l 25 cm pcs

W 38 kg

G3932 l 30 cm pcs

W 52 kg

4 Kübler Sport ® Soft Mat BLACK EDITION

Dimensions: 300 x 200 x 30 cm, density 23, with extra

durable cover in black, non-slip bottom, 3-sided ventilation

grid and zipper, flat sewn carrying handles.

G3897 l

pcs

W 47.5 kg

5 Kübler Sport ® slip-on cover for soft mats

Made of tarpaulin fabric, with gymnastic mat corners on

the underside for securing the cover. Allows for the quick

setup of using 4 soft mats (300 x 200 cm each) to create

a hall-sized landing mat (300 x 400 cm).

G3934 l

W 14 kg

pcs

6 Kübler Sport ® Reversible Mat

Mat with soft ground and low jump side, dimensions: 300

x 200 x 30 cm, color: yellow, blue, cover made of needle

felt or canvas fabric on the sides and bottom, 3-sided

zipper and 4 flat sewn carrying handles.

G1819 l

W 63 kg

pcs

236



4

Kübler Sport ® Soft Mat BLACK EDITION

11

Reivo ® Aerobic Mat

7 Kübler Sport ® Foam Core for Soft Floor Mats

For easy self-assembly, material: PU foam, RG 20/25,

Öko-Tex certified.

G3925 l 200 x 150 x 25 cm pcs

W 16 kg

E3925 l 200 x 150 x 30 cm pcs

W 16 kg

G3926 l 300 x 200 x 25 cm pcs

W 30 kg

G3927 l 300 x 200 x 30 cm pcs

W 36 kg

8 Kübler Sport ® Cover for Soft Floor Mat

The cover can be easily assembled by yourself thanks

to the three-sided zipper. Color: Blue, Material: Surface

and sides made of tarpaulin fabric, underside made of

gymnastic mat fabric, flat sewn-on carrying handles.

G3920 p 200 x 150 x 25 cm pcs

E3920 p 200 x 150 x 30 cm pcs

G3921 p 300 x 200 x 25 cm pcs

G3922 p 300 x 200 x 30 cm pcs

E3915 p 300 x 200 x 40 cm pcs

9

Eurotramp ® Landing Mat Cover

5

Kübler Sport ® slip-on cover for soft mats

11 Reivo ® Aerobic Mat

Padding for 2 soft mats, Dimensions: 400 x 300 x 10 cm,

Material: Special mesh fabric (100% polyester), Core:

solid polyether foam, Color: Blue.

G1821 l

W 37 kg

12

Reivo ® Combo Soft Mat

9 Eurotramp ® Landing Mat Cover

Dimensions: 600 x 300 x 30 cm, yellow landing area:

400 x 200 cm, red landing area: 200 x 100 cm, suitable

for 3 soft floor mats 300 x 200 x 30 cm, FIG certified.

G3559 p

pcs

10 SPIETH ® Super Soft Floor

Mobile fall protection made of 3 layers of polyester foam,

each layer with its own hardness level for a safe and soft

landing, bottom side with non-slip coating.

G9895 l fabric cover 200 x 150 x 70 cm pcs

W 73 kg

G9897 l bisonyl cover 200 x 150 x 70 cm pcs

W 55 kg

G9896 l fabric cover 350 x 200 x 70 cm pcs

W 165 kg

G9898 l bisonyl cover 350 x 200 x 70 cm pcs

W 165 kg

pcs

10

SPIETH ® Super Soft Floor

6

Kübler Sport ® Reversible Mat

13

Reivo ® Combo Soft Mat SUPER

12 Reivo ® Combo Soft Mat

Mat according to EN 12503-1 Type 7, dimensions: 300

x 200 cm, color: Blue, Material: Mat core made of foam,

density 20, top side made of tarpaulin fabric, bottom side

made of textured gymnastic mat fabric, Reivo Velcro

safety system with interlocking and fastening flaps.

G1813 l 25 cm pcs

W 48 kg

G1812 l 30 cm pcs

W 55 kg

13 Reivo ® Combo Soft Mat SUPER

For high jump training indoors and outdoors, dimensions:

200 x 300 x 50 cm, weight: 62 kg, color: Blue, 20 cm

Velcro strip on the top of the mat, foam core (RG 20)

with air chamber system, top made of tarpaulin fabric,

bottom made of textured gym mat fabric.

G1820 l

pcs

W 62 kg

237


Mats

Low Landing Mats

- According to DIN 12503-1 Type 6

- Made in Germany

- Slip-resistant

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

Kübler Sport ® Low Jump Mat

1 Kübler Sport ® Low Jump Mat

Special construction in sandwich design with all-around

edge stabilization, core: PU foam density RG 25 for high

cushioning, top made of needle felt, edge sides made of

tarpaulin fabric with ventilation openings, the bottom made

of non-slip gym mat fabric, individual mats equipped with

corner-to-corner hook-and-loop fasteners, according to

DIN 12503-1 Type 6.

Cutting Edge Landing Mat

Velcro strap across

the corner

Side: Fabric material

Durable needle felt

flooring surface

Optimal shock absorption and reduced

penetration depth ensure increased

stability and joint protection.

Dimensions (L x W) Height (cm) Shipping weight light blue yellow

100 x 200 cm 8 cm W 10 kg G3840 G3860 pcs

125 x 200 cm 8 cm W 12 kg G3841 G3861 pcs

100 x 200 cm 12 cm W 15 kg G3842 G3862 pcs

125 x 200 cm 12 cm W 16 kg G3843 G3863 pcs

150 x 200 cm 12 cm W 21 kg G3844 G3864 pcs

200 x 300 cm 12 cm W 41 kg G3845 G3865 pcs

100 x 200 cm 15 cm W 14 kg G3846 G3866 pcs

125 x 200 cm 15 cm W 20 kg G3847 G3867 pcs

150 x 200 cm 15 cm W 23 kg G3848 G3868 pcs

200 x 300 cm 15 cm W 45 kg G3849 G3869 pcs

100 x 200 cm 20 cm W 23 kg G3850 G3870 pcs

150 x 200 cm 20 cm W 33 kg G3851 G3871 pcs

200 x 300 cm 20 cm W 62 kg G3852 G3872 pcs

238



2

Bänfer ® Low Jump Mat

2 Bänfer ® Low Jump Mat

Core: Sandwich core made of PU core with edge reinforcement

made of composite foam, Height: 20 cm, FIG-certified, Top

made of skin-friendly needle felt, Sides made of tarpaulin

fabric with ventilation openings, Bottom made of non-slip

gymnastics mat fabric, Weight: 20 kg, Color: Blue.

G3761 l 200 x 100 cm pcs

W 23 kg

G3762 l 200 x 150 cm pcs

W 33 kg

G3763 l 300 x 200 cm pcs

W 63 kg

7

Reivo ® Combo Low-Spring Mat

MADE IN

GERMANY

4

Bänfer ® Super Soft Landing Mat

4 Bänfer ® Super Soft Landing Mat

Safety landing mat, dimensions: 200 x 200 cm, color:

blue, material: foam with a cover made of tarpaulin fabric,

3-sided zipper, 4 carrying handles for easy transport.

G3703 l 5 cm pcs

W 10 kg

G3704 l 10 cm pcs

W 14 kg

5 Kübler Sport ® SUPER Soft Landing Mat

Dimensions: 300 x 200 x 30 cm, RG 23, special construction

in sandwich construction, Yellow side facing

up: Landing mat, Blue side facing up: Soft floor mat,

Cover made of coated high-strength Trevira material,

with zipper and 4 carrying loops.

3 SPIETH ® Landing Mat MOSCOW

High jump mat certified according to FIG standards.

Sandwich construction with edge stabilization, anti-slip G3930 l

on the underside, and patented hand grips. Material: W 63 kg

flat stable core with cushioning foam, surface made of

skin-friendly felt, Height: 20 cm, Color: Blue.

6

G3759 l 200 x 100 cm pcs

W 17 kg

G3769 l 200 x 150 cm pcs

W 20 kg

Yellow/Blue, weight: 10 kg.

G9677 l 200 x 200 cm pcs G3839 p

W 49 kg

G3770 l 300 x 200 cm pcs

W 54 kg

pcs

Replacement cover for Kübler Sport ® SUPER Soft

Floor Landing Mat

Cover for reversible mat: soft floor and low jump mat

cover, dimensions: 300 x 200 x 30 cm, with zipper, color:

pcs

3

SPIETH ® Landing Mat MOSCOW

5

Kübler Sport ® SUPER Soft Landing Mat

8

Reivo ® Combination Reversible Mat

7 Reivo ® Combo Low-Spring Mat

Core in sandwich construction made of PU foam and

lightweight foam, surface made of needle felt, sides:

tarpaulin fabric, underside: ribbed gymnastics mat fabric,

with Reivo hook and loop safety system, color: Yellow,

according to EN 12503-1 Type 4.

G1805 l 150 x 200 x 12 cm pcs

W 20 kg

G1804 l 200 x 300 x 12 cm pcs

W 40 kg

8 Reivo ® Combination Reversible Mat

Dimensions: 200 x 300 x 30 cm, Blue Side: Soft floor,

Yellow Side: Low Impact Mat, Soft floor core: Foam,

Density 20, Cover made of tarpaulin fabric, Low Impact

Mat core: Lightweight foam, Cover made of needle felt,

according to EN 12503-6, Weight: 70 kg.

G1810 l

W 70 kg

pcs

239


Mats

Floor Exercise Mats

1

SPIETH ® Elastic Spring Floor MOSCOW

2

3

Bänfer ® Floor Gymnastics Surface System Wiemers

AirTrack Factory ® AirFloor Competition

4

5

6

SPIETH ® Tumbling Track STUTTGART

Bänfer ® Speedy 2000 Tumbling Track

SPIETH ® Tumbling Track MOSCOW

1 SPIETH ® Elastic Spring Floor MOSCOW

3 AirTrack Factory ® AirFloor Competition

5 Bänfer ® Speedy 2000 Tumbling Track

FIG-certified competition floor exercise mat, dimensions:

14 x 14 x 0.2 m, color: Blue, delivery pre-assembled,

including PVC perimeter skirts and white Velcro straps

Competition area with fully adjustable air pressure, installation

within 60 minutes, (OV10), 14 x 14 m wide, 10 cm

thick, space-saving storage, delivery without floor mats.

for marking.

G5209 l

pcs

G3746 l

set W 590 kg

W 3637 kg

2 Bänfer ® Floor Gymnastics Surface System Wiemers

FIG-certified competition floor with steel springs including

white Velcro for marking and blue perimeter

skirts, dimensions: 14 x 14 m, height: 20 cm, color: Blue.

G3308 l

set

W 3000 kg

4 SPIETH ® Tumbling Track STUTTGART

Single element 122 x 200 cm. Pressure distribution plate

made of flexible and multi-layered special plywood,

including Velcro connection to the lower spring plate.

Overall height approximately 15.5 cm with Velcro tape

connection on the longitudinal sides for attaching the

mobile FLEXI-Roll mats. Delivery as a kit.

G3705 l single pcs

W 47 kg

G9816 l 9 pcs pcs

W 353 kg

G9817 l 11 pcs pcs

W 433 kg

The beam consists of several elastic, multilayer doubleplywood

panels with specially coordinated and arranged

damping elements, including a floor gymnastics mat

made of skin-friendly, durable blue carpet, width: 2 m.

G3340 l 12 m set

W 450 kg

G3341 l 17 m set

W 640 kg

6 SPIETH ® Tumbling Track MOSCOW

High-quality tumbling track with steel spring system and

puzzle foam elements, runner with needle felt, pressure

distribution plate made of flexible, multi-layered special

plywood, total height: approx. 20 cm, consisting of 10

individual elements, color: Blue.

G3784 l 12 x 2 m set

W 600 kg

G3785 l 14 x 2 m set

W 720 kg

G9925 l 18 x 2 m set

W 900 kg

240



7 Kübler Sport ® Floor Exercise Mat ROLLFIX

Material: FAWOLON-PE special foam, Surface: Needle felt, no need for a rolling core, the floor gymnastics mat no

longer needs to be turned for rolling up and down, smooth edges for seamless interlocking.

Dimensions (L x W) Height (cm) Shipping weight blue yellow

6 x 2 m 3,5 cm W 28 kg G4445 l pcs G3740 l pcs







8 SPIETH ® Floor Gymnastics Mat Flexiroll ® Original

Reuther

No need for a rolling core anymore, the mat can be rolled up easily and space-savingly without flipping and without

a rolling core, smooth edges for seamless interlocking, mat thickness: 40 mm.

Dimensions (L x W) Height (cm) Shipping weight blue

6 x 2 m 4,0 cm W 45 kg G3741 l pcs

12 x 2 m 4,0 cm W 75 kg G3743 l pcs

14 x 2 m 4,0 cm W 85 kg G3745 l pcs

17 x 2 m 4,0 cm W 100 kg G9928 l pcs

20 x 2 m 4,0 cm W 110 kg G9899 l pcs

9 Light Floor Mats

Material: Closed-cell PE foam, the top made of skin-friendly, durable needle felt carpet, including a roll-up core.



6 x 2 m 3,5 cm DIN W 50 kg G3882 l pcs G3892 l pcs





10 Competition Floor Gymnastics Mat

Including rolling core, Material: special foam, highly elastic, rollable, lightweight foam material with skin-friendly

and durable needled felt velour covering. Lightweight, solid material and surface connection, large area, non-slip,

smooth edges for seamless interlocking. Also available in other dimensions upon request.




11 Kübler Sport ® Competition Floor Exercise Area

Includes roll-up core, Material: Lightweight foam material with skin-friendly and durable needle Velour felt cover.

Smooth edges for seamless connection, the floor surface consists of 6 or 7 rollable individual floor mats.




12 SPIETH ® Floor Exercise Area Flexiroll ®

Floor gymnastics surface consisting of 6 or 7 rollable individual mats, color: Blue, thickness: 4 cm. No core for

rolling up necessary, material: surface made of skin-friendly needle felt velour carpet, including white Velcro tape.

Dimensions (L x W) Height (cm) Shipping weight light blue

12 x 12 m 4,0 cm W 495 kg G5521 l pcs

14 x 14 m 4,0 cm W 680 kg G5523 l pcs

7

Kübler Sport ® Floor Exercise Mat ROLLFIX

8

SPIETH ® Floor Gymnastics Mat Flexiroll ® Original Reuther

9

Light Floor Mats

10

Competition Floor Gymnastics Mat

12

SPIETH ® Floor Exercise Area Flexiroll ®


241

Mats

AirTrack Factory ® Inflatable Mats

Unroll. Inflate. Get started. Whether young or old, recreational

or competitive athletes and gymnasts alike – the air-filled design

of AirTrack Factory ® mats allows the hardness and bounce level

to be adjusted by varying the amount of air. The air cushioning

also makes the mat much more joint-friendly than traditional

mats, reducing the risk of injury. In addition, AirTrack Factory ®

air mats offer the major advantages of space-saving storage

and low weight, allowing even children to easily handle setup

and takedown.

1

2

3

AirTrack Factory ® AirFloor PRO

AirTrack Factory ® AirTrack Spark

AirTrack Factory ® AirFloor

4

5

6

AirTrack Factory ® AirTrack P3

AirTrack Factory ® AirTrack P2

AirTrack Factory ® Training Set Home

1 AirTrack Factory ® AirFloor PRO

The AirFloor PRO offers a unique training experience. It

can be easily transported and inflated within minutes.

Dimensions: Height: 10 cm, Width: 2 m, Color: Blue.

G5202 y 3 m pcs

G5203 l 4 m pcs

W 26.4 kg

G5204 l 6 m pcs

W 39.6 kg

G5205 l 8 m pcs

W 52.8 kg

G5206 l 10 m pcs

W 66 kg

G5207 l 12 m pcs

W 79.2 kg

G5208 l 14 m pcs

W 99 kg

2 AirTrack Factory ® AirTrack Spark

For the slightly larger home use, including OV10 electric

blower.

G5230-04 y 500 x 140 x 20 cm pcs

242

3 AirTrack Factory ® AirFloor

Ideal for jumping or bouncing, for all floor and balance

exercises. Dimensions: Height: 10 cm, Width: 100 cm.

G5200-01 y 3 m blue pcs

G5200-04 y 3 m black pcs


G5201-04 y 5 m black pcs

4 AirTrack Factory ® AirTrack P3

Sports mat made of sturdy double-walled fabric with

high tear resistance, side handles, height: 30 cm, color:

Blue, including high-performance blower.

G5160 l 6 x 2,8 x 0,33 m pcs

W 60 kg

G5161 l 8 x 2,8 x 0,33 m pcs

W 80 kg

G5162 l 10 x 2,8 x 0,33 m pcs

W 99 kg

G5158 l 12 x 2 x 0,33 m pcs

W 85 kg

G5163 l 12 x 2,8 x 0,33 m pcs

W 115 kg

G5159 l 15 x 2 x 0,33 m pcs

W 105 kg

G5164 l 15 x 2,8 x 0,33 m pcs

W 143 kg

5 AirTrack Factory ® AirTrack P2

Turnbahn made of double-wall fabric with side handles,

height: 20 cm, color: Blue, including high-performance

blower and carrying bag.

G5151 l 6 x 2 x 0,2 m pcs

W 50 kg

G5152 l 8 x 2 x 0,2 m pcs

W 60 kg

G5153 l 10 x 2 x 0,2 m pcs

W 70 kg

G5154 l 12 x 2 x 0,2 m pcs

W 95 kg

G5155 l 15 x 2 x 0,2 m pcs

W 105 kg

6 AirTrack Factory ® Training Set Home

Training set for home, on the go, or in the gym. Set

includes: AirFloor Home (300 x 60 x 10 cm), AirBlock

(100 x 60 x 20 cm), AirBoard (100 x 60 x 10 cm), pump,

Total weight: 16 kg.

G5241-01 y blue set

G5241-04 y black set



7

AirTrackFactory ® Toddler Set

9

AirTrack Factory ® AirCube

7 AirTrackFactory ® Toddler Set

Set includes: AirFloor Home 3 x 1 m, AirBeam 3 x 0.4

m, AirSpot P1 Ø 70 cm, AirSpot P2 Ø, AirIncline 2 x 1

m, AirRoll Ø 60 cm, OV10 air pump, AirRoll Stabilizer,

Trackconnect P1 1 m, Carry bag S, Carry bag M.

G5236 l

W 37 kg

12

AirTrack Factory ® AirIncline

9 AirTrack Factory ® AirCube

Dimensions: 200 x 200 x 90 cm per layer, Weight: 14

kg per layer, Color: Blue, including Full Cover, Blower.

G5215 y

pcs

10

AirTrack Factory ® AirBlock

8 AirTrack Factory ® AirJump Set

All elements can be combined with each other using Velcro

straps. Set includes: 1x AirTrack P2 (4, 6, or 8 m length),

2x AirBox P2, 1x AirBox P3, 1x AirIncline, and 1x blower.

G5187 l 4 m pcs

W 70 kg

G5188 l 6 m pcs

G5226 l

W 10 kg

W 80 kg

G5189 l 8 m pcs

12 AirTrack Factory ® AirIncline

W 95 kg

13

AirTrack Factory ® TrackConnect

14

Pro Hand Blower

11 AirTrack Factory ® AirSpot SET

The AirSpots are small, round versions of the AirFloors,

perfect for jumping and balance exercises. The set includes

3 sizes: Ø 70 cm with a height of 10 cm, Ø 100 cm with

a height of 20 cm, and Ø 140 cm with a height of 30 cm.

Inflatable ramp for practicing rolling movements or

as a springboard mat, including OV10 electric blower,

color: Blue.

G5237 l 200 x 100 x 40 cm pcs

W 10 kg

G5238 l 200 x 200 x 40 cm pcs

W 19 kg

G5239 l 200 x 280 x 60 cm pcs

W 28 kg

8

AirTrack Factory ® AirJump Set

11

AirTrack Factory ® AirSpot SET

AirTrack Factory ® Mini Blower OV10

10 AirTrack Factory ® AirBlock

13 AirTrack Factory ® TrackConnect

If the jumping height of the Airblock is not sufficient,

different AirTrack products can be connected via Velcro

connections. Dimensions: 100 x 60 x 20 cm, including

foot pump.

pcs G5221-01 y blue pcs

G5221-04 y black pcs

For a seamless transition between two AirFloors/Air-

Tracks, suitable for all standard sizes and standard color

finishes, weight: between 0.2 and 3 kg.

G5243-04 y for AirFloor black pcs

G5243-01 y for AirFloor blue pcs

G5245 y for AirFloor PRO pcs

G5246 y for AirTrack P2 pcs

G5248 y for AirTrack P3, 2.8 m pcs

G5247 y for AirTrack P3, 2 m pcs

G5244 y for AirTrack Spark pcs

G5242 y for Training Set pcs

14

pcs Pro Hand Blower

With Flex adapter for AirTrack Professional products,

noise level: 84 dB, air pressure: 0 - 5.5 kPa, total length

with tube: 44.7 cm, approx. 1.7 kg.

G5150 y

pcs

15 AirTrack Factory ® Mini Blower OV10

Blower for AirBeam, AirTrack Training Set, AirRolls, and

other smaller products, Maximum pressure: 250 mbar.

G9792 y

pcs

15

243


Mats

Mat Storage & Accessories

1

2

3

Kübler Sport ® Mat Cart

Mat Transport Cart Elephant

SPIETH ® Mat Trolley

4

5

6

Kübler Sport ® Transport Cart for Gymnastics Mat

Kübler Sport ® Transport Cart for Gymnastics Mats

Kübler Sport ® transport cart for floor exercise mats

1 Kübler Sport ® Mat Cart

3 SPIETH ® Mat Trolley

5 Kübler Sport ® Transport Cart for Gymnastics Mats

Maximum load capacity: 400 kg, Dimensions: 233 x For about 10-15 gym mats, dimensions: 200 x 100 x Sturdy cart for transporting and storing up to 3 floor mats.

100 x 83 cm, easy maneuvering with casters, simple 100 cm, material: wood with FSC certification, 2 swivel Dimensions: 195 x 140 x 30 cm, Material: Steel tubing

self-assembly, Weight: 70 kg.

casters at the front, 2 fixed casters at the back (Ø 160 with wooden base, 4 double swivel casters, delivery

G9943 l

pcs mm, 44 mm wide), color: silver.

does not include floor mats.

W 75 kg

G9825 l

pcs G5143 l

pcs

2 Mat Transport Cart Elephant

W 28 kg

W 43 kg

Max. load capacity approx. 500 kg, 4 hard rubber wheels, 4 Kübler Sport ® Transport Cart for Gymnastics Mat 6 Kübler Sport ® transport cart for floor exercise mats

2 swivel and 2 rigid casters, wooden platform 200 x

100 cm.

Trough cart, Material: steel tube, with stable support for

pressure-free storage, 4 double swivel casters, suitable

For the vertical transport of a floor gymnastics mat,

made of welded steel tube with two large swivel casters,

G9947 l without wooden plate pcs for up to 2m wide floor exercise mats, Dimensions: 121 x dimensions: 55 x 52 x 150 cm.

W 53 kg

62 x 24 cm, Delivery does not include floor exercise mat. G5144 l

pcs

G9948 l with wooden plate pcs G5142 l

pcs W 20 kg

W 65 kg

W 15 kg

244



7

Kübler Sport ® Soft Mat Transport Trolley

10


13

Hook and loop fastener

7 Kübler Sport ® Soft Mat Transport Trolley

For storing soft floor mats and landing mats. Includes

straps for securing the mats. 2x loading area: approx.

250 x 40 cm, frame height: 140 cm (with base plate 148

cm), ideally suited for mats measuring 300 x 200 cm.

G3936 l

pcs

W 93 kg

8

Bänfer ® Transporter for Tumbling Track

11

Replacement strap for soft floor trolley

14

SPIETH ® Velcro Tape







11 Replacement strap for soft floor trolley

Strap for securing the mats on the transport cart, dimensions:

approx. 470 x 2.5 cm, with 2 swivel snap

hooks and a plastic slide adjuster for length adjustment.

8 Bänfer ® Transporter for Tumbling Track

For tumbling tracks of 12 - 14 m, with up to 12 lower

elements including cover plates. Individual width adjustment

from approx. 98.5 - 138.5 mm.

G3937 p

pcs

G3339 l

pcs

12

W 85 kg

Kübler Sport ® Buckle Strap for Mats

To secure 12 to 14 m long rolled mats, closure: plastic

9 SPIETH ® Transport Cart for Tumbling Track STUTTGART clip, strap length: 4.5 m.

Transport cart for 12 or 15 individual elements of the

tumbling track - please indicate the corresponding

G3739 p

pcs

quantity when ordering.

G3706 l

W 85 kg

pcs

9

SPIETH ® Transport Cart for Tumbling Track STUTTGART

12

Kübler Sport ® Buckle Strap for Mats

15

Reivo ® Joint & Fastening Tape

13 Hook and loop fastener

For seamlessly connecting multiple mats with felt surface.

One side is equipped with Velcro, the other side with loop.

G3181 p 15 cm yellow linear metre

G3180 p 15 cm light blue linear metre

G3179 p 5 cm white linear metre

14 SPIETH ® Velcro Tape

For seamlessly connecting multiple mats, color: blue,

width: 10 cm, price per linear meter.

G3178 p without fleece surface linear metre

15 Reivo ® Joint & Fastening Tape

For the seamless connection of Reivo mats, dimensions:

350 x 30 cm.

G1811 p

pcs


245

1

Kübler Sport ® Classic Vaulting Box

ECHT

LEDER

MADE IN

GERMANY

1 Kübler Sport ® Classic Vaulting Box

Solid pine wood frame with double dovetailed rounded corners. Cover made of core leather. Floor-friendly

rubber buffers. According to DIN 7908. Made in Germany. Dimensions (LxWxH): 70 x 50 x 40 cm.

Advantages

- Made in Germany

- According to DIN 7908

- FSC ® and PEFC certified wood

1 Kübler Sport ® Classic Vaulting Box

Model

Dimensions (L x

W x H)

leather

1 pc 70 x 50 x 40 cm W 19 kg l G7711

ECHT

LEDER

3 pcs 70 x 50 x 40 cm W 19 kg l G7712

ECHT

LEDER

Core leather cover: extremely

durable, even under heavy use.

4 pcs

without undercarriage 150 x 50 x 90 cm W 90 kg l G7721

with undercarriage 150 x 50 x 90 cm W 100 kg l G7722

without undercarriage, with cut-outs 150 x 50 x 90 cm W 90 kg l G7723

with undercarriage, with cut-outs 150 x 50 x 90 cm W 100 kg l G7724

5 pcs





6 pcs



Synthetic leather with a tactile surface

structure,

hygienic and washable.



246



Gymnastics Equipment

Vaulting Boxes

2

Kübler Sport ® Basic Vaulting Box

ECHT

LEDER

MADE IN

GERMANY

2 Kübler Sport ® Basic Vaulting Box

Box: Birch plywood with hardwood corner, Cover: Genuine leather or

synthetic leather, according to DIN 7908.

Advantages

- Made in Germany


- Wood certified by FSC ® and PEFC

2

leather ECHT synthetic leather

3

leather ECHT synthetic leather

LEDER

LEDER

l G1010 G9560 G9561 G9562 G9563 l G7816 G7816-02 G7816-24 G7816-01 G7816-03

l G1011 G9570 G9571 G9572 G9573

3 Kübler Sport ® Vaulting Box ECOLINE

Box: Birch plywood, cover made of real leather or synthetic leather, non-slip buffers

on the underside, according to DIN 7908.

Advantages

- Made in Germany


- FSC ® and PEFC certified wood

l G1015 G1040 G9576 G9577 G9578 l G7808 G7808-02 G7808-24 G7808-01 G7808-03

l G1016 G1041 G9581 G9582 G9583 l G7810 G7810-02 G7810-24 G7810-01 G7810-03

l G1017 G1042 G9586 G9587 G9588 l G7809 G7809-02 G7809-24 G7809-01 G7809-03

l G1018 G1043 G9591 G9592 G9593 l G7811 G7811-02 G7811-24 G7811-01 G7811-03

l G1020 G1044 G9596 G9597 G9598 l G7804 G7804-02 G7804-24 G7804-01 G7804-03

l G1021 G1045 G9601 G9602 G9603 l G7806 G7806-02 G7806-24 G7806-01 G7806-03

l G1022 G1046 G9606 G9607 G9608 l G7805 G7805-02 G7805-24 G7805-01 G7805-03

l G1023 G1047 G9611 G9612 G9613 l G7807 G7807-02 G7807-24 G7807-01 G7807-03

l G1025 G1048 G9616 G9617 G9618 l G7800 G7800-02 G7800-24 G7800-01 G7800-03

l G1026 G1049 G9621 G9622 G9623 l G7802 G7802-02 G7802-24 G7802-01 G7802-03

l G1027 G1050 G9626 G9627 G9628 l G7801 G7801-02 G7801-24 G7801-01 G7801-03

3

Kübler Sport ® Vaulting Box ECOLINE

ECHT

LEDER

MADE IN

GERMANY


l G1028 G1051 G9631 G9632 G9633 l G7803 G7803-02 G7803-24 G7803-01 G7803-03

247


Vaulting Boxes

1

Kübler Sport ® Trapez Jump Box

2

Kübler Sport ® Rainbow Vaulting Box, 5-piece set

1

Kübler Sport ® Trapez Jump Box

1 Kübler Sport ® Trapez Jump Box

Material: Foam, durable covers made of PE, non-slip coated,

securely connected to each other by Velcro fastener.

G1940 l 85 x 60 x 75 cm 3 pcs pcs

W 18 kg

G1941 l 120 x 90 x 120 cm 3 pcs pcs

W 40 kg

G1942 l 120 x 90 x 120 cm 4 pcs pcs

W 52 kg

2 Kübler Sport ® Rainbow Vaulting Box, 5-piece set

Ideal for children‘s gymnastics in schools, kindergartens,

and clubs. Material: wood, covering made of faux leather,

dimensions (L x W x H): 100 x 36 x 70 cm, including

cut-outs, color as shown in the picture.

G5912 l with transport wheels pcs

W 75 kg

G5914 l withour transport wheels pcs

W 70 kg

248

3

Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics Cube

6

Kübler Sport ® VARIO Box MINI individually

3 Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics Cube

As a training aid in artistic gymnastics, coaching platform,

soft obstacle, or as part of a movement landscape.

Dimensions (L x W x H): 200 x 100 x 100 cm, Material:

Core made of polyether foam (density 17/20), Cover:

made of 80 mm polyethylene, Weight: 70 kg.

G7928 l

pcs

W 82 kg

4 AirTrack Factory ® AirBox Set

Air-filled multi-functional jump table for schools, clubs,

and gymnastics training. 1x AirBox, 1x AirBox mounting

kit, 6x Velcro straps, color: Blue, includes electric blower

and transport bag.

G5211 y 0,90 x 2 x 0,30 m set

G5213 y 0,90 x 2,80 x 0,30 m set

G5210 y 1,40 x 2 x 0,30 m set

G5212 y 1,40 x 2,80 x 0,30 m set

G5214 y 3 x 2 x 0,20 m set

4

AirTrack Factory ® AirBox Set

7

Kübler Sport ® VARIO-Box Set MINI

5 Kübler Sport ® Jump Box SLIM

Narrower and smaller than conventional vaulting boxes,

Material: wood, cover made of synthetic leather, Dimensions

(L x W x H): 100 x 36 x 70 cm, including cutouts on

the sides, available with or without castors.

G7691 l with transport wheels natural pcs

G7691-01 l with transport wheels blue pcs

G7691-02 l with transport wheels red pcs

G7691-03 l with transport wheels yellow pcs

G7690 l withour transport wheels natural pcs

G7690-01 l withour transport wheels blue pcs

G7690-02 l withour transport wheels red pcs

G7690-03 l withour transport wheels yellow pcs

W 40 kg

6 Kübler Sport ® VARIO Box MINI individually

Including built-in driving device with 4 swivel casters,

Material: Birch plywood box, Cover made of synthetic

leather, Color: green/orange/red, Dimensions (L x W x

H): 100 x 50 x 70 cm.

G5916 l

W 35 kg

Kübler Sport ® Jump Box SLIM

8

Kübler Sport ® Trapezoid Jump Box 3-piece

7 Kübler Sport ® VARIO-Box Set MINI

Incl. built-in carriage with 4 swivel casters, Material: box

parts made of birch plywood, cover made of synthetic

leather, Color: green/orange/red, Dimensions of vaulting

box (L x W x H): 100 x 50 x 70 cm, Ladder (L x W):

approx. 150 x 43 cm, 2 oval bars each 150 cm, Cutouts

in the box lid for attaching vaulting benches, ladders,

or balance beams.

G5915 l

pcs

W 109 kg

8 Kübler Sport ® Trapezoid Jump Box 3-piece

Vaulting Box according to standard, Material: Box made

of birch wood, including cut-outs. Dimensions: 150 x 50

x 110 cm, Base area: 150 x 75 cm.

G1052 l without undercarriage leather pcs

G1054 l without undercarriage synthetic leather pcs

G1053 l with undercarriage leather pcs

G1055 l with undercarriage synthetic leather pcs

W 75 kg

pcs

5


249


Vario Vaulting Boxes

1

2

Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics Box VARIANTA

Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics Box Set VARIANTA

3

4

6

Kübler Sport ® VARIO ladder

Kübler Sport ® Spring Box VARIO Mini Set

Kübler Sport ® Springboard VARIO Maxi Set

1 Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics Box VARIANTA

Foldable Jump Box 4- or 5-part, Dimensions: 130 x 47 x

88/108 cm, Material: Jump box made of birch plywood and

bars made of ash wood, Cover made of synthetic leather.

G3627 l 4 pcs pcs

W 36 kg

G3628 l 5 pcs pcs

W 41 kg

2 Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics Box Set VARIANTA

Set of 2 Varianta vaulting boxes, 4 parts (G3627), 2

Varianta balance beams (G3619), 1 Varianta climbing

ladder (G3631), 1 Varianta chicken ladder (G3632), 1

Varianta half ladder (G3633), 1 Varianta slide board

(G3618), load capacity up to approx. 100 kg.

G3626 l

W 174.5 kg

3 Kübler Sport ® VARIO ladder

5-rung ladder for hooking into longitudinal recesses in

vaulting boxes, Material: wood, Length: 150 cm, load

capacity up to 90 kg.

G3635 y 40 cm pcs

G3634 l 120 cm pcs

W 11 kg

4 Kübler Sport ® Spring Box VARIO Mini Set

Set of 2 vaulting boxes Measurements: approx. 100 x 50

x 70 cm, 1 ladder approx. 150 x 40 cm, 2 bars 150 cm

long. Box material: Birch plywood, Cover material: Core

leather or synthetic leather, including transport wheels.

G7914L l leather set

W 138 kg

pcs

5 Kübler Sport ® Vaulting Box VARIO Mini

Dimensions: 100 x 50 x 70 cm, Material: Box made of

birch plywood, lid made of genuine or artificial leather,

including casters.

G7925 l leather pcs

W 35 kg

6 Kübler Sport ® Springboard VARIO Maxi Set

Consisting of: 2 vaulting boxes, dimensions (L x W x H):

approx. 150 x 50 x 110 cm, 1 ladder approx. 150 x 40

cm, 1 ladder approx. 150 x 120 cm, 4 bars each 150

cm long, including wheels, Material vaulting box: Birch

multiplex, cover made of washable synthetic leather or

core bovine leather.

G7912L l leather set

G7912 l synthetic leather set

W 210 kg

7 Kübler Sport ® Spring Box VARIO Maxi

Dimensions (L x W x H): 150 x 50 x 110 cm, including

casters and cutouts, Material: Birch plywood box.

G7920 l leather pcs

G7921 l synthetic leather pcs

W 102 kg

250



Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics ladder

for movement landscapes

12

Semiconductors for motion landscapes

8 Kübler Sport ® Vario Springboard Combination

Climbing and balancing elements with two

vaulting boxes, vaulting box dimensions: 50

x 40 x 81 cm. For hanging: chicken ladder,

balance beam, sliding board, half-ladder,

gym ladder, and horizontal bar, Weight:

approx. 120 kg.

P7681 l natural set

P7680 l blue set

W 120 kg

9 Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics ladder for

movement landscapes

Material: Cheekpieces made of multiplex

with hardwood rungs, Dimensions (L x W):

240 x 35 cm, Weight: 10 kg.

P7689 l natural pcs

P7688 l blue pcs

W 10 kg

9

10

11

13

Horizontal Bar for Movement Landscapes

Kübler Sport ® Slide Board for Movement

Landscapes

Material: Softwood, Dimensions (L x W):

240 x 33.6 cm, Slide surface 30 cm wide,

with hanging device, Weight: 15 kg.

P7685 l natural pcs

P7684 l blue pcs

W 15 kg

Kübler Sport ® Vaulting Box for movement

landscapes

5-part wooden box, dimensions (L x W

x H): 50 x 40 x 81 cm without casters,

with synthetic leather cover and cutouts

for hanging various devices.

P7683 l natural pcs

P7682 l blue pcs

W 30 kg

8

Kübler Sport ® Vario Springboard Combination

10

Kübler Sport ® Slide Board for

Movement Landscapes

12 Semiconductors for motion landscapes

Material: Multiplex with hardwood rungs,

Dimensions (L x W): 240 x 35 cm, Weight:

10 kg.

P7687 l natural pcs

P7686 l blue pcs

W 10 kg

13

14

Kübler Sport ® Balance Beam for

Movement Landscapes

Horizontal Bar for Movement Landscapes

Material: Hardwood, Dimensions: 165 cm

x Ø 35 mm, Weight: approx. 2 kg.

P7693 p natural pcs

P7692 p blue pcs

11

Kübler Sport ® Vaulting Box for movement landscapes

14

15

Kübler Sport ® Climbing Frame

Kübler Sport ® Balance Beam for Movement

Landscapes

Material: Softwood, Dimensions (L x W):


P7695 l natural pcs

W 6 kg

15 Kübler Sport ® Climbing Frame

Dimensions (L x W): approx. 124 x 120

cm, Hook spacing: 120 cm, max. Load

capacity: 120 kg, Material: Frame made

of pine wood, painted, Rope made of polypropylene,

16 mm, colored, with ball knots,

rubberized hooks and floor protectors.

G7927 l

pcs

W 17 kg


251


Gym Benches & Accessories

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics Bench

2

3

4

Transport and Storage Cart

Transport wheels for gymnastics benches

Transport Roller

1 Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics Bench

2 Transport and Storage Cart

4 Transport Roller

Material: Spruce wood and birch plywood, Height of the

gymnastics bench: approx. 35 cm, Width of the gymnastics

bench board: 27.5 cm, Width of the balance beam: 10

Shelf trolley for the transport and space-saving storage of

poles and vaulting boxes. Sturdy steel construction with

4 wheels, dimensions (assembled): 260 x 80 x 140 cm.

Suitable for e.g. handball goals and vaulting benches.

Dimensions: 54 x 18.5 x 7.5 cm, Material: Steel, max. load

capacity: 30 kg/piece, Color: Black, Scope of delivery: Pair.

cm, with a hook rail on one end of the gymnastics bench G8500 l

pcs Includes 4 swivel castors and non-slip powder coating.

for hanging on climbing frames or in vaulting boxes. W 45 kg

H1371 p

pair

G3654 l 200 cm pcs

3

W 19 kg

Transport wheels for gymnastics benches

G3653 l 280 cm pcs Smooth-running, trackless wheels for easy transport 5 Turnbank Replacement Rubber Protectors

W 23 kg

of gymnastics benches. Easy self-assembly possible Rubber protectors for Kübler Sport ® gymnastics benches.

G3655 l 300 cm pcs afterwards, including assembly instructions, Material: Suitable for bench feet with a 30 mm width.

W 31 kg

sturdy flat steel, Scope of delivery: 2 pieces.

G3649 p

pcs

G3645 l 350 cm pcs G3639 p

pair

W 38 kg

G3646 l 400 cm pcs

W 42 kg

G3638 l 450 cm pcs

W 42 kg

252



6

Kübler Sport ® Swing Block

6 Kübler Sport ® Swing Block

For vaulting horses up to 3 m and balance beam widths

up to 10.5 cm, dimensions: approx. 15 x 15 x 14 cm,

material: birch plywood and rubber.

G7070 p

7 Kübler Sport ® Mini gymnastics bench

Material: Birch multiplex with felt gliders, Dimensions:

approx. 70 x 25 x 20.5 cm, the seat surface is 16 cm wide.

G5928 p blue pcs

G5926 p yellow pcs

G5927 p green pcs

G5925 p orange pcs

7

Kübler Sport ® Mini gymnastics bench

8

Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics Bench, colorful

8 Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics Bench, colorful

Made of solid wood, dimensions: width: 24 cm, height: 31

cm. The edges of the balance beam are rounded on the

inside, with a wooden strip at one end of the gymnastics

pcs bench for hanging on bar walls or VARIO boxes, feet with

non-slip and non-staining slide protectors.

G5917 l 150 cm pcs

W 11 kg

G5918 l 200 cm pcs

W 14 kg

9

Kübler Sport ® Protective Mat VARIO

9 Kübler Sport ® Protective Mat VARIO

Blue protective pad made of composite foam core with

tarpaulin cover and non-slip gymnastic mat fabric. Foldable

via a Velcro strap connection. Suitable for gymnastics

benches up to 35 cm in height.

G7952 l 100 x 90 cm for 30 cm hight pcs

W 8.5 kg


W 4.5 kg


W 5 kg


W 9 kg


253


Wall Bars

Consulting, Planning & Equipment for Sports Facilities

Need assistance? With our experienced technical team,

we implement the planning and outfitting of your sports

facility with maximum efficiency, quality, and flexibility. Feel

free to contact us for a non-binding initial consultation.

1

Kübler Sport ® Mini Wall Bars U3

2

Kübler Sport ® Climbing Wall U3

1 Kübler Sport ® Mini Wall Bars U3

Complies with a rung spacing of 78 mm with the crib standard U3 and is particularly

well suited for kindergartens/daycare centers. Dimensions: 100 x 100 cm, 8 round

rungs, meets the requirements of DIN EN 1176 and DIN EN 7910.

G6011 l natural pcs

G6011-01 l blue pcs

G6011-23 l orange pcs

W 14 kg

2 Kübler Sport ® Climbing Wall U3

Complies with a bar spacing of 78 mm, according to the U3 crib standard, and is

particularly well suited for kindergartens and daycare centers. Dimensions: 200 x

100 cm, 1st rung advanced, a total of 17 round rungs, meets the requirements of

DIN EN 1176 and DIN EN 7910.

G4606 l natural pcs

G4606-01 l blue pcs


W 20 kg

254



3

Kübler Sport ® Painted Wall Bars

MADE IN

GERMANY

4

Kübler Sport ® Climbing Wall according to DIN standards

3 Kübler Sport ® Painted Wall Bars

4 Kübler Sport ® Climbing Wall according to DIN standards

Material: Cheeks made of aspen wood with rounded beech wood rungs, fully glued

into the cheeks. The wood is naturally lacquered for a durable and beautiful wood

look. Round rungs, top rung projecting. 12 rungs: Ø 35 mm, clearing distance between

Material: Cheek pieces made of finger-jointed aspen wood and beech wood rungs,

Dimensions: 260 x 100 cm, 16 oval rungs 43 x 33 mm, 1st and 3rd rungs staggered,

clear distance between the rungs: 9.7 cm, Load capacity: 150 kg.

rungs: 11 cm or clear space 45 cm, including wall mounting.

G4525 l

pcs

G4522 l 210 x 80 cm pcs W 40 kg

W 28 kg

G4523 l 230 x 100 cm pcs

W 35 kg

MADE IN

GERMANY


255


Double Wall Bars

1

2

3

Kübler Sport ® Double-field Wall Bars with Swivel Option

Double Field Sprossenwand U3

Mini Double Field Climbing Wall U3

1 Kübler Sport ® Double-field Wall Bars with Swivel Option 2 Double Field Sprossenwand U3

3 Mini Double Field Climbing Wall U3

Wall bars according to DIN 7910, Dimensions: 260 x 200

cm, Cheeks made of knot-free softwood, Oval ash rungs

(according to DIN), made of renewable domestic woods.

Meets the lower rung spacing of the U3 crib norm and is

particularly well suited for nurseries/ day care centers.

17 round rungs, with the first rung placed forward,

Complies with the lower rung spacing of the U3 crèche

standard and is particularly well suited for kindergartens/daycare

centers. Dimensions: 200 x 180 cm, rung

G7143 l

pcs dimensions: 200 x 180 cm, rung spacing is 78 mm, spacing is 78 mm. Certified according to DIN EN 1176

W 70 kg

compliant with the requirements according to DIN EN and DIN EN 7910.

1176 and DIN EN 7910.

G6012 l natural pcs

G6010 l natural pcs G6012-01 l blue pcs

G6010-01 l blue pcs G6012-23 l orange pcs

G6010-23 l orange pcs W 24 kg

W 38 kg

256



Sturdy wall construction

Pull chain for unlocking

Stable and secure

Wall mounting lock

Easy Pin Lock

(no ground sleeve required)

4 Kübler Sport ® Double Field Climbing Wall FLEX

Swingable 90° wall bars, dowel-lock mechanism (no

ground sleeve necessary), dimensions: 180 x 260 x 22

cm, including wall mountings.

Features

- Lockable by pin lock

- No ground sleeve required

- Size (LxW): 260 x 180 cm


- Includes fittings

- Swings to the left or right

G4537 l swiveling left pcs

G4538 l swiveling right pcs

W 50 kg

4

Kübler Sport ® Double Field

Climbing Wall FLEX

- Easy to operate

- High stability

- Swiveling

Without ground sleeve. Ideal for

retroactive installation or hall

renovations.

MADE IN

GERMANY

5

Kübler Sport ® Double Field Horizontal

Ladder according to DIN 7910

- According to DIN 7910 / DIN EN 12346

- Made in Germany

6

Double-field foldable climbing wall

5 Kübler Sport ® Double Field Horizontal Ladder according

6 Double-field foldable climbing wall

to DIN 7910

Dimensions: 260 x 200 cm, with 16 oval rungs, Ø 43 x 33

mm, thickness of cheeks: approximately 34 mm, 1st and

3rd rungs offset. Material: cheeks made of finger-jointed

aspen wood, rungs made of beech laminated wood. Load

Wall bars according to DIN EN 12346, dimensions: 260

x 200 cm, foldable and retractable, designed for high

demand in sports halls. Stable running rail and sliding

carriage ensure easy handling. Locking mechanism with

locking column in ground sleeve and ground anchor.

capacity up to 150 kg, including fittings.

G7142 l

pcs

G4520 l

pcs W 98 kg

W 65 kg


257


Wall Bar Accessories

1

Kübler Sport ® Impact Protection & Gymnastics Mat

258

Kübler Sport ® Impact Protection & Gymnastics Mat

5

Rolling Board Track Flizzer

1

3

Kübler Sport ® Pull-Up Bar

1 Kübler Sport ® Impact Protection & Gymnastics Mat 3 Kübler Sport ® Pull-Up Bar

Mat with dual function as impact protection and gymnastics

mat. Material: core made of PE lightweight foam,

cover on top and sides: woven reinforced blue tarpaulin

fabric, cover on bottom: non-slip gymnastics mat fabric

For hooking onto wall bars at any height, for pulling,

stretching, and flexibility exercises, Material: steel bracket

with wooden rung, Dimensions: approx. 70 cm wide, boom

75 cm and 50 cm, space-saving foldable.

in gray. Thickness: 8 cm.

G4529 p

pcs

G4518 l 182 x 95 cm pcs

4

W 9 kg

Kübler Sport ® Hanging Rungs for Climbing Walls

G4508 l 200 x 200 cm pcs Extended rung for hanging on rung walls at any height,

W 16 kg

material: beech wood, suitable for rungs on the existing

wall: oval rungs 43 x 33 mm; round rungs with a maximum

diameter of 35 mm.

G4532 y 73 cm pcs

G4530 p 93 cm pcs

2 Kübler Sport ® Pull-Up Bar for Climbing Wall

Pull-up bar for fastening to ladder rung cheeks and wall.

Suitable for ladder rung cheeks according to DIN 7910,

Material: Steel tube, galvanized, Dimensions: 100 x 84 cm.

G4528 y

pcs

5 Rolling Board Track Flizzer

For laying on attached gymnastics benches in climbing

walls, dimensions: length approx. 5.20 m for gymnastics

benches with a length of 4 m, Material: Birch plywood,

rolling track width approx. 29 cm, maximum load capacity:

150 kg.

G4539 p

G3644 l

pcs

W 46.5 kg

6

Kübler Sport ® Inclined Board

2

Kübler Sport ® Pull-Up Bar for Climbing Wall

4

Kübler Sport ® Hanging Rungs for Climbing Walls

7

Kübler Sport ® Leg Raise Trainer for Wall Bars

6 Kübler Sport ® Inclined Board

Sliding board for hanging on horizontal bars, Material:

plywood board, optional with polyester padding, dimensions:

200 x 40 cm, load capacity up to 100 kg,

includes foot strap.

P7672 l Not Padded pcs

W 16 kg

P7673 l Padded pcs

W 19 kg

7 Kübler Sport ® Leg Raise Trainer for Wall Bars

Training aid for leg lifts on the wall bars, Material: Cover

of the padded surface made of genuine leather, Dimensions:

100 x 50 x 30/15 cm, Padded surface: 6 cm thick,

Weight: approx. 10 kg.

pcs

259



Climbing & Gym Walls

1

Kübler Sport ® Folding Gymnastics Wall

5 pcs

MADE IN

GERMANY

6 pcs

Elements:

- Wall bars with 14 rungs

- Climbing net wall

- Climbing rope element (attachment at top and bottom)

- Parallel bars wall with four adjustable heights

- Large field wall bars

- Monkey bars

4 pcs

2

Mat set for Kübler Sport ® Multi-Folding Gymnastics Wall

3

Kübler Sport ® Multi-Folding Gymnastics Wall

3 pcs

1 Kübler Sport ® Folding Gymnastics Wall

5-piece gymnastics equipment with 40 cm wall spacing,

accessible from the front and back for children.

Dimensions: Individual elements are 100 cm wide, 215

cm high, stationary bar wall (12 bars), fold-out climbing

net wall, fold-out large-field bar wall (5 bars), stationary

climbing bar wall (2 bars), parallel bars/turning roller wall

foldable at 90° into the room. Material: Frame made of

softwood, bars made of hardwood. Dimensions when set

up: Length approx. 400 / 500 cm, Depth approx. 44 / 144

cm, Height approx. 230 cm. Includes fittings, mounting

materials, and assembly instructions.

P7630 l

set

W 155 kg

2 Mat set for Kübler Sport ® Multi-Folding Gymnastics Wall 3 Kübler Sport ® Multi-Folding Gymnastics Wall

Set of mats according to DIN EN 12503-1 for the folding

gymnastics wall, available in different numbers of parts,

mats made of composite foam 160.

Climbing and gymnastics equipment combinations for

children. Dimensions: 5 parts each 223 x 100 cm - can

also be interchanged with each other (access to the

P7657 l for multi foldable gym wall, 3 pcs pcs interior must be ensured) and can be folded compactly

W 195 kg

against the wall after use.

P7661 l for multi foldable gym wall, 4-5 pcs pcs P7653 l 3 pcs pcs

W 225 kg

P7651 l for multi foldable gym wall, 6 pcs pcs

W 50 kg

P7652 l 4 pcs pcs

W 260 kg

W 70 kg

P7660 l 5 pcs pcs

W 85 kg

P7650 l 6 pcs pcs

W 100 kg

260



4

Kübler Sport ® climbing wall with horizontal bars

bricks

5

Kübler Sport ® Ladder Climbing Wall

nature

4 Kübler Sport ® climbing wall with horizontal bars

Dimensions: 230 x 100 cm, Material: Cheeks made

of softwood, rungs made of hardwood. Please order

fittings separately.

P7641 l 16 bars pcs P7643 l

W 31 kg

W 27 kg

P7640 l 8 bars pcs

W 26 kg

7 Kübler Sport ® Climbing Bar Wall

5 Kübler Sport ® Ladder Climbing Wall

With 4 ladder rungs, dimensions: 230 x 100 cm, material:

frame made of softwood, rungs made of hardwood, fully P7644 l

assembled, without mounting material.

W 25.8 kg

P7642 l

pcs

W 30 kg

8

Kübler Sport ® Climbing Wall

6

Kübler Sport ® Climbing Net Wall

stone

6 Kübler Sport ® Climbing Net Wall

Mesh size approx. 25 cm, dimensions: 230 x 100 cm, material:

frame made of softwood, rungs made of hardwood,

fully assembled, without mounting material.

pcs

With 2 climbing bars. Dimensions: 230 x 100 cm, Material:

frame made of softwood, rungs made of hardwood, fully

assembled, without mounting materials.

pcs

7

Kübler Sport ® Climbing Bar Wall

Black

8 Kübler Sport ® Climbing Wall

Dimensions: 215 x 100 cm, Material: Sides made of

softwood, with a variety of attachment points for climbing

holds. Mounting on load-bearing walls indoors.

Delivery pre-assembled, without mounting material

and climbing holds.

P7655 l bricks pcs

P7654-38 l nature pcs

P7656 l stone pcs

P7654 l Black pcs

W 31 kg


261


Vario Swing-Climbing System

With the VSK system, you can determine

the number of ropes and thus the number

of swing seats yourself. Hanging and

climbing elements are simply attached and

secured with safety carabiners. A support

structure for attaching the VSK system is not

included in the delivery. We would be happy

to provide you with a detailed offer for this.

- Space-saving ceiling and wall mounting

- Secure locking of the ropes using clamping levers

- Quick and easy conversion of swing/climbing elements

- Innovative adjustment mechanism for continuous adjustment of rope lengths

- No annoying drooping of the swing elements

Features

- Special rope guides for VSK ropes

- VSK rope clamps with smooth lever mechanism and safety rope lock

- Safety carabiner for flexible hanging of swing and climbing elements

- Rope winder

- Weight bag

262

1

Kübler Sport ® Vario Swing-Climbing System Base Set

4

Cable Guide

7

Telescopic Hook Rod

1 Kübler Sport ® Vario Swing-Climbing System Base Set

The basic set includes: special rope guides for 2/4/6/8

VSK ropes, VSK rope adjusters with easy-to-use clamping

lever mechanism and safety rope locking, safety

carabiners for flexible attachment of swing and climbing

elements, rope winder and weight bag. Without support

tube, without ropes.

P8466 p 1 shelf for 1 pair of ropes set

P8467 p 2 shelfs for 2 pairs of ropes set

P8468 p 3 shelf for 3 pairs of ropes set

P8469 p 4 shelf for 4 pairs of ropes set

2 Kübler Sport ® VSK Rope Premium

With sewn loop, including heat shrink tubing, blunt end

on both sides. For ropes under 8 meters in length, there

is an additional charge of 20% per rope. Color: Blue/

Red - Thickness 11 mm.

E8466 p

linear metre

2

Kübler Sport ® VSK Rope Premium

5

Cable Guide

8

Weighted Bag

3 Rope Winder

For 1 pair or 1 piece of VSK ropes, depending on space

and requirements.

P8465 p

pcs

4 Cable Guide

For installation of the VSK rope tensioners in a niche,

width 30 cm.

P8464 p

pcs

5 Cable Guide

For the installation of the VSK rope tensioners in a niche,

width: 20 cm.

P8463 p

pcs

6 Bracket

Designed for high loads, 4 pieces are required per VSK,

2 pieces of pulleys.

P8462 p

pcs

3

Rope Winder

6

Bracket

9

Climbing rope

7 Telescopic Hook Rod

Ideal for pulling down gymnastic and swing rings parked

under the ceiling. Easy-to-use telescopic mechanism.

Extended up to 450 cm; collapsed approximately 150 cm.

P8460 y

pcs

8 Weighted Bag

For weighting the ropes. These can be stored under the

ceiling and easily lowered to the ground again. Material:

genuine leather, weight: approx. 4 kg, Ø approx. 20 cm.

P8459 p

pcs

9 Climbing rope

Made from hemp, with plastic coating at one end and a

ring for hanging at the other end.

E0319 p 4,80 m pcs

E0316 p 5 m pcs

E0317 p 5,50 m pcs

E0318 p 6,40 m pcs


263

Apparatus Gymnastics

Gym Rings & Accessories

1

SPIETH ® Ringer Frame BERLIN

- FIG certified, Original Reuther

- Height adjustability

- Extra high stability

- Damping module for resilient ring suspension

- Absorption of peak forces

- Height fine adjustment of individual rings

2

Bänfer ® Ring Frame Exclusiv Microswing

- FIG certified

- Microswing system for load reduction

- Dual bracing against counter swings

- Can be disassembled into conveniently transportable individual elements

1 SPIETH ® Ringer Frame BERLIN

FIG-certified rings for competitions, Original Reuther. With damping module in the

upper crossbar and spring suspension of the rings. Ring frame height adjustable from

595 - 625 cm in 5 cm increments. Rings height adjustable from 275 - 305 cm in 2.5

and 5 cm increments. Minimum required hall height 6.20 m.

Features

- Adjustable height scaffold: 595 - 625 cm

- Double bracing and wedge tensioners

- Frame scaffold made of square steel tube, can be dismantled into individual parts

up to 270 cm

- Rotatable suspension with adjustable height regulation of the individual rings

- Plastic-coated steel wire ropes

- Chrome leather straps, 70 cm long

- Rings made of laminated wood, integrated

- Rings adjustable in height: 275 - 305 cm in increments of 2.5 cm and 5 cm

- Footprint: approx. 400 x 550 cm

- Required minimum height of the hall: 6.20 m

G3490 l

W 160 kg

pcs

2 Bänfer ® Ring Frame Exclusiv Microswing

FIG-certified ring frame for competitions including rings, plastic-coated steel cables,

with double tension including quick-release for reduced counter vibrations, dimensions:

170 x 120 x 120 cm, weight: approx. 80 kg.

Features

- Micro swing system for reducing stress on the gymnast

- Double bracing to prevent counter swings

- 70 cm long, plastic-coated steel cables, including rings

- Quick-release fastener

- Dimensions including bracing (L x W x H): 5.5 x 4 x 5.8 m


- Suitable for training and competition

G3305 l

pcs

W 97 kg

264



3

SPIETH ® Rings for Gymnastics Rings Frame

6

SPIETH ® Trainer Console Club for Rings

9

SPIETH ® Handstand Balls

SPIETH ® Ring Set Ceiling

7

SPIETH ® Strength Training Bench

8

SPIETH ® Strength and Coordination Trainer

3 SPIETH ® Rings for Gymnastics Rings Frame

6 SPIETH ® Trainer Console Club for Rings

9 SPIETH ® Handstand Balls

For gymnastics frame BERLIN, rings made of multi-layer

glued multiplex and plastic-coated steel cables, standard

length: 300 cm, max. load capacity up to 200 kg, max.

Free-standing trainer platform, platform dimensions:

135 x 45 cm, height adjustable from 137 - 197 cm

in 10 cm increments, safe folding up thanks to a gas

Handstand training with independent hand movement.

Simulates the movement of rings. Dimensions: Ø 22.5

cm, height: 12 cm, delivery includes: a pair.

hanging height 5.50 m.

pressure spring.

G9800 p

pair

G8094 p

pair G9667 l

pcs

10

W 70 kg

SPIETH ® Rubber Ring for Handstand Ball

4 SPIETH ® Ring Set Ceiling

The position of the handstand balls can be fixed using

Ring set for ceiling mounting at a height of 5.5m, including 7 SPIETH ® Strength Training Bench

rubber rings. Dimensions: Ø 16.5 cm, Weight: 300 g,

swivel, rope, and spring element. Can be directly attached

Freestanding and height-adjustable model from 110 to assorted colors.

to the ceiling with a twist-proof cable suspension.

Different lengths are available upon request. Package

150 cm, with rings for strength training of the chest,

back, and shoulder muscles. Maximum load capacity

G9801 p

pcs

contents: one pair.

of the sled: 150 kg.

11 SPIETH ® Handstand Swing

G9705 p

pair G9664 l

pcs Training device for handstand exercises, handles guarantee

a correct hand position, movement in one direction.

Dimensions: 60 x 36 cm.

5 SPIETH ® Plywood Rings with Strap

W 85 kg

For hanging on parallel bars or in the clamp bracket on wall 8 SPIETH ® Strength and Coordination Trainer

bars. Height-adjustable straps, delivery includes: one pair. Training device for attaching to the parallel bars for the

G9698 p

pcs

G9697 p

pair

nastics, with a wide padded belt. Specifically targets the

development of strength and coordination for ring gym-

muscles in the shoulder and trunk area. Width: 63 cm.

G9671 y

pcs

4

10

SPIETH ® Rubber Ring for Handstand Ball

5

SPIETH ® Plywood Rings with Strap

11

SPIETH ® Handstand Swing


265


Swing & Gym Equipment

1

Gymnastics Rings

2

Plywood Rings - Gymnastics Rings

3

Kübler Sport ® Swing Ring Set

1 Gymnastics Rings

Ropes with suspension rings, 1 pair of gymnastic rings,

dimensions: PP rope Ø 12 mm, 250 cm long.

G1902 p

set

2 Plywood Rings - Gymnastics Rings

Gymnastic Rings with Strap Loops, Material: Rings made

of beech plywood, Dimensions: Ring thickness: 28 mm,

Ø 24 cm (inner), Delta link 12 mm, Strap loop: approx.

105 x 5 cm, Weight 1 pair of rings, including strap loop

and triangle ring: 1.2 kg.

G7272 p

pair

3 Kübler Sport ® Swing Ring Set

1 pair of swing rings made of waterproof bonded hardwood

and 1 pair of PP Multi weatherproof ropes, spliced ring

thimbles at the top, welded and galvanized, large adjusting

shackle at the bottom, for a room height of 3m (other

lengths available on request), delivery without dowels

and screw hooks. Dimensions: Rope Ø 12mm, adjustable

range of the ropes from approximately 50cm above the

floor to half the room height (150cm).

G1911 p

4 Kübler Sport ® Rung Swing Ladder

The rope ladder has 7 wooden rungs, dimensions (L x

W): 210 x 31 cm, ropes made of polypropylene, Ø 12

cm. Load capacity up to 150 kg, including suspension

ring and carabiner.

G1907 p

pcs

5 Sprossen-Swing Ladder

The climbing rope ladder has 6 (for a length of 200 cm)

or 8 (for a length of 270 cm) wooden rungs, dimensions:

Width: approx. 31 cm, Material: PA ropes, Ø 10 cm,

single-point suspension, load capacity up to max. 120 kg.

G1908 p 200 cm pcs

G1906 p 270 cm pcs

6 Knot rope

set Rope with suspension ring and knots at intervals of 50

cm, including end knot. Maximum load capacity: up to 200

kg, Dimensions: Ø 24 mm, Material: Polypropylene (PP).

G1904 p 2 m pcs

G1903 p 2,50 m pcs

266



4

Kübler Sport ® Rung Swing Ladder

11

Swing Disc

7 SwingTop ® Swing Seat

Plastic disc, suitable for all standard school ropes (Ø 30

mm), Dimensions: Ø 22 cm, 7 cm high, Weight approx.

400 g, Load capacity: up to approx. 90 kg.

G1988 p

pcs

8 Seat and impact protection for swing seat SwingTop

Seat and impact protection as a practical addition to the

SwingTop swing seat. Dimensions: Ø approx. 25 cm, 12

mm padding, Material: PUR plastic.

G1989 p

9 Kübler Sport ® Trapeze Bar

Made of wood, with special fittings for quick and easy

attachment to swing rings, self-locking, dimensions:

approx. 66 cm long, Ø 3.5 cm, weight: 2.5 kg, load

capacity: 150 - 200 kg, delivery without rings and ropes.

G7269 p

7

SwingTop ® Swing Seat

8

Seat and impact protection for swing seat SwingTop

5

Sprossen-Swing Ladder

12

Climbing Net

Kübler Sport ® Trapeze Bar

11 Swing Disc

Material: Plate made of laminated wood, natural lacquered,

pcs Ø 31 cm, hemp rope with hanging ring, wooden plate

securely spliced at the bottom, Dimensions: Rope length

approx. 200 cm, Ø 16 mm.

G1905 p

pcs

pcs

10 Chrome Plated Trapeze Bar

Material: chrome-plated stainless steel, hanging bracket

with safety snappers for easy mounting on gymnastic

rings, maintenance-free, sturdy, and durable, delivery

without rings and ropes, dimensions: approx. 72 cm

long, Ø 3 cm, max. load capacity: 200 kg.

G7270 p

9

pcs

6

Knot rope

13

Climbing net with steel reinforcement 2 x 2 m

12 Climbing Net

Net with attachment rod for hanging on, for example,

the gymnastic rings in the gym. Material: Polypropylene

ropes in orange, attachment rod made of galvanized steel

pipe, Ropes: Ø 16 mm, Mesh size: 25 x 25 cm. There are

loops for the attachment rod (Ø 42 mm) on the 2 m side.

G1936 l 200 cm pcs

W 7.4 kg

G2013 l 300 cm pcs

W 10 kg

13 Climbing net with steel reinforcement 2 x 2 m

Climbing net with mounting bar for hanging on, for example,

the gymnastics rings in the gym. Made of polyethylene

ropes with steel core and knot connection in red, with a

diameter of 16 mm and a mesh size of 25 cm.

G1937 l

W 15 kg

10

Chrome Plated Trapeze Bar

pcs


267

1

Kübler Sport ® Multi-purpose Parallel Bars

268


Men’s & Multi-Purpose Parallel Bars

2

Parallel Bars Mat 3-piece set.

6

SPIETH ® Parallel Bars Junior

1 Kübler Sport ® Multi-purpose Parallel Bars

Cast steel construction with stable steel frame, special

laminated wood bars with steel cable insert, bar length:

350 cm, adjustable in height from 120 - 180 cm, one bar

telescopic from 120 - 230 cm, adjustable width from 42

- 60 cm, built-in transport device with four ball-bearing

double swivel casters (Ø 75 mm).

G5180 l

pcs

W 235 kg

2 Parallel Bars Mat 3-piece set.

Protective mat 3-piece set for competition parallel bars

(Item G5181) and multipurpose parallel bars (Item G5180)

to fill the inner and outer bar areas as well as to cover the

longitudinal thresholds. Dimensions: 200 x 125 x 6 cm.

G5186 l

pcs

W 10 kg

3 Kübler Sport ® Sleeve Parallel Bars

Sleeve-mounted parallel bars with easy-to-operate, stepless

width adjustment through rotating bar joint. Height

adjustment with double secured lever lock. Protection

against popping out in the ground sleeve. Column ends

with floor protection. Special laminated wooden bars,

300 cm in length. Powder-coated metal parts.

G8048 l 110 - 160 cm pcs

W 60 kg

G8049 l 120 - 180 cm pcs

W 65 kg

4 Barrenholm

High-quality parallel bars with a length of 350 cm, profile

51 x 41 mm, with rounded corners.

G5138 l

pcs

W 8 kg

5 Barrenholm with steel cable reinforcement

Pole length: 350 cm, profile 51 x 41 mm, with rounded

ends. With steel cable insert as a safety measure against

sagging in case of breakage.

G5137 l

W 9.5 kg

3

Kübler Sport ® Sleeve Parallel Bars

7

Youth Parallel Bars

Barrenholm

5

Barrenholm with steel cable reinforcement

8

Bar mat 3-piece set for youth parallel bars

7 Youth Parallel Bars

According to DIN EN 914, adjustable in height from

100 - 160 cm, adjustable in width from 35.5 - 52.5

cm, high-quality cast steel construction with a stable

steel frame, laminated wood beams measuring 350 cm,

built-in transport device with four ball-bearing double

casters (Ø=75 mm).

G5182 l

pcs

W 195 kg

8 Bar mat 3-piece set for youth parallel bars

For G5182, designed to protect the inner and outer area

of the bars as well as to cover the longitudinal thresholds,

pcs total width approx. 125 cm.

G5184 l

pcs

W 10 kg

4

6 SPIETH ® Parallel Bars Junior

Junior parallel bars for exercise purposes with a stable

base frame and laminated wooden bars, bar length:

280 cm, frame width: 120 cm, weight: 139 kg, height

adjustment from 105 - 165 cm in 5 cm increments

possible, continuous width adjustment from 30 - 50 cm.

G9670 l with transport wheels with base plate

W 165 kg

pcs



Parallel Bars Competition & Training

1

Bänfer ® Men‘s Parallel Bars EXCLUSIVE

2

Bänfer ® Bar Trainer Mat for Men‘s

Parallel Bars EXCLUSIVE

3

Kübler Sport ® Competition Parallel Bars

5

SPIETH ® Men‘s Parallel Bars MELBOURNE Pro

1 Bänfer ® Men‘s Parallel Bars EXCLUSIVE

FIG certified competition parallel bars. Dimensions:

254 x 250 cm, bar pillars with height adjustment from

145 - 205 cm in 5 cm increments through simple and

secure clamping device. Width adjustment from 41 - 57

cm. Bar length 350 cm. Weight: approx. 140 kg, including

transport wheels.

G3315 l

pcs G5181 l

W 370 kg

W 205 kg

2 Bänfer ® Bar Trainer Mat for Men‘s Parallel Bars EX-

CLUSIVE

1- or 3-piece impact protection mat for men‘s parallel

bars G3315. Dimensions 3-piece: 220 x 150 x 6 cm,

consisting of 1 pc. 220 x 45 x 6 cm, 2 pcs. 220 x 43 x 6

cm. Dimensions 1-piece: 220 x 45 x 6 cm. Core: VB 120

uncoated. Material: Cover top and sides made of tarpaulin

fabric, underside made of non-slip gymnastics mat fabric.

G3317 y 1 pc set

G3318 l 3 pcs set

W 100 kg

3 Kübler Sport ® Competition Parallel Bars

According to DIN 7901, type 1-2, adjustable in height

from 120 - 185 cm, adjustable in width from 38.5 - 55.5

cm, high-quality cast steel construction with a sturdy

steel frame, laminated wood bars 350 cm long, built-in

transport device with four double swivel castors with

ball bearings (Ø=75 mm).

4 Parallel Bars Mat 3-piece set.

Protective mat 3-piece set for competition parallel bars

(Item G5181) and multipurpose parallel bars (Item G5180)

to fill the inner and outer bar areas as well as to cover the

longitudinal thresholds. Dimensions: 200 x 125 x 6 cm.

G5186 l

W 10 kg

5 SPIETH ® Men‘s Parallel Bars MELBOURNE Pro

Reuther System parallel bars for men, FIG-certified with

Dynamoflex ® Pro fiberglass bar with natural fiber veneer

and steel frame, continuous width adjustment from 41 - 71

cm with integrated measuring scale, height adjustment

in 5 cm increments from 160 - 210 cm, bar length: 350

cm, dimensions when assembled: 246 x 176 cm.

pcs G34790 l without undercarriage pcs

G4004 l with undercarriage pcs

W 302 kg

6 Bänfer ® Tension Uneven Bars EXCLUSIVE

FIG-certified adjustable parallel bars with height adjustment

in 5 cm increments, upper bar 250 - 260 cm,

lower bar 170 - 180 cm, diagonal clearance 130 - 180

pcs cm, including tensioning system.

G3325 l

pcs

W 130 kg

270



6

Bänfer ® Tension Uneven Bars EXCLUSIVE

8

SPIETH ® Uneven Bars COMBO

7 SPIETH ® Tensioned Uneven Bars MUNICH

FIG-certified, Original System Reuther. Fiberflex Pro

fiberglass bar with natural fiber veneer, Ø per bar: 4

cm, Width adjustment: 110 - 195 cm (continuously adjustable,

diagonally measured). High bar: 230 - 280

cm in 5 cm increments, low bar: 150 - 200 cm in 5 cm

increments, Dimensions when set up: approx. 252 x 120

cm, Dimensions when set up including tensioning: 550

x 400 cm (excluding mats).

G2940 l

W 156 kg

8 SPIETH ® Uneven Bars COMBO

Training parallel bars according to official dimensions

with tensioning and the possibility of conversion to high

bar. Including two fiberglass rails, high rail: 215 - 280 cm,

low rail: 140 - 190 cm. Weight: 133 kg, built-in transport

system. Ideal for installation on pit systems.

G2960 l

pcs G2947 l

W 153 kg

W 17 kg

9 SPIETH ® Uneven Bars Club

Free-standing uneven bars that can be additionally

tensioned for big swings. Training device according to

official FIG dimensions, including two fiberglass rails

Carboflex with wooden cladding and built-in rolling

mechanism. Width adjustment: 120 - 210 cm in steps

of 5 cm. Upper rail: 215 - 280 cm, lower rail: 140 - 190

cm, Weight: 291 kg, Rails replaceable by horizontal bar.

G2948 l

pcs

pcs W 306 kg

10 Insertion mat for uneven bars CLUB

This specially designed insert mat offers optimal protection

for gymnastics on the freestanding uneven bars

CLUB. It covers the thresholds perfectly and provides

safety for the gymnast. Dimensions (L x W x H): 225 x 85

x 20 cm. The long sides are equipped with Velcro tape,

allowing connection with other gym mats.

7

SPIETH ® Tensioned Uneven Bars MUNICH

pcs

9

SPIETH ® Uneven Bars Club

10

Insertion mat for uneven bars CLUB


271


Horizontal Bars School &

1

NEW

Kübler Sport ® Column FlexNFlow

2

Sled with eyelet

3

Sled with pulley

4

Parallel Bars

272

5

Kübler Sport ® Double-sided Ladder Bar Column

1 Kübler Sport ® Column FlexNFlow

4 Parallel Bars

Multifunctional stall bar tower with integrated sled system,

4-sided with double-row adjustment holes, with locking

mechanism to fix in ground sockets in sports halls and

Material: stainless spring steel, Dimensions: Ø 28 mm,

230 cm long, with fork heads, hanging pins, and screw

closure, according to EN 12197 Part 2.

outdoor areas, Material: Anodized aluminum, Profile: 90 G8019 l

x 90 mm, Height: 295 cm, Hole spacing: 10 cm. W 15 kg

pcs

G8000 l

pcs

5

W 30 kg

Kübler Sport ® Double-sided Ladder Bar Column

Dimensions: 9 x 9 cm, according to DIN 7903-1/EN12197,

Material: anodized lightweight metal, 2-sided and two-row

adjustment holes from 80 - 250 cm, lifting handles on

both sides, Weight: 20 kg, Delivery without ground sleeve.

2 Sled with eyelet

For Kübler Sport ® FlexNFlow Column, for hanging

elements, dimensions (L x W x H): 6 x 3.2 x 3.2 cm,

Weight: 68 g.

G8046 p

pcs

G8013 l

W 20 kg

3 Sled with pulley

For Kübler Sport ® FlexNFlow Column, Dimensions (L x W

x H): 6 x 3.4 x 6.5 cm, Ø Roll: 3 cm, for ropes with max.

Ø 14 mm, with snap locking mechanism for attachment.

G8045 p

pcs

6

Kübler Sport ® Steckrecksäule Kreuz & Quer

pcs

6 Kübler Sport ® Steckrecksäule Kreuz & Quer

Column for ground sleeves in the sports hall. Material:

anodized lightweight metal profile, two rows of adjustment

holes with Ø15 mm from 80 - 250 cm on all four sides,

insertion with lift-out handles on both sides, Dimensions:

9 x 9 x 305 cm, Delivery without horizontal bar.

G8017 l

W 20 kg

7

Kübler Sport ® Floor Socket for Parallel Bar Column

pcs

Kübler Sport ® Bar Grips

7 Kübler Sport ® Floor Socket for Parallel Bar Column

For the installation of plug-in rack columns with 90 x 90

mm, made of hot-dip galvanized steel or stainless steel

V4A, height 450 mm.

G8015 p galvanised steel pcs

G8016 p stainless steel pcs

8 Kübler Sport ® Bar Grips

Safety wedge for climbing frames and horizontal bars.

Suitable for columns with a maximum diameter of 100

mm, dimensions: Ø 19.1 mm.

G8202 p

4

Parallel Bars

8

pcs

273



Horizontal Bars Training & Competition

1

SPIETH ® Tension Bar STUTTGART

2

Bänfer ® Tension Bar EXCLUSIVE Microswing

1 SPIETH ® Tension Bar STUTTGART

2 Bänfer ® Tension Bar EXCLUSIVE Microswing

3 SPIETH ® Adjustable Bar UNIVERAL

FIG-certified competition uneven bars, Material: main

frame made of steel tubing, continuous uprights made

of stainless steel, bar made of tempered spring steel,

Dimensions: 550 x 400 x 280 cm, Bar length: 240 cm,

Ø 28 mm, with high tension, Weight: approx. 39 kg.

FIG-certified parallel bars. The column head of the bars

features a special suspension for the bar, which minimizes

force peaks and vibrations through a spring element.

Height can be adjusted in 5 cm increments from 255 to

285 cm. Weight: 53 kg, dimensions when set up: 550 x

Reuther parallel bars, with universal bracing, without floor

anchoring, height adjustable from 155 - 275 cm. Material:

Steel tube parallel bars, rubber-coated, non-slip base

plates, flexible mounting, parallel bars made of stainless

special spring steel, parallel bars dimensions: Ø 28 mm,

G3484 l

pcs 400 x 280 cm, bar length: 240 cm.

240 cm long. Installation dimensions: 550 x 400 x 280

W 39 kg

G3320 l

pcs cm, including wire rope bracing with tensioning device

W 56 kg

and setting chains.

G3485 l

pcs

W 52 kg

274



3

SPIETH ® Adjustable Bar UNIVERAL

4

SPIETH ® Methodik-Reck Club

6

SPIETH ® Trainer Console Club

4 SPIETH ® Methodik-Reck Club

Exercise bar without tension, quick height adjustment from

45 - 200 cm, Weight: 37 kg, Dimensions: 244 x 200 cm.

G9892 l

pcs

W 95 kg

5 SPIETH ® Training Bar Club

Training bar with click system for height adjustment: G9642 l

75 - 250 cm in increments of 10 cm, 250 to 300 cm in W 70 kg

increments of 5 cm without completely releasing the

tension. The bar can be easily exchanged for a uneven

bars rail. Weight: 80 kg, dimensions of the bar: 240

cm, Ø 28 mm.

G3486 l

pcs

W 85 kg

7

SPIETH ® protection pads for uneven bars/high bar

6 SPIETH ® Trainer Console Club

Platform with floor anchoring, thus not affecting the

characteristics of the device. Height adjustable from

131 - 191 cm in 10 cm increments, platform folds back

once the user leaves the platform. Steps can be attached

on 3 sides. Platform: 120 x 50 cm with anti-slip surface,

Weight: 70 kg.

pcs

5

SPIETH ® Training Bar Club

8

SPIETH ® Floor Bar Basic Carrier

7 SPIETH ® protection pads for uneven bars/high bar

U-shaped protective padding for uneven bars, parallel

bars, and high bars, Dimensions: 140 x 16.5 x 13 cm,

Weight: 4 kg, Material: High-density foam with washable

Bisonyl coating.

G9641 p

pcs

8 SPIETH ® Floor Bar Basic Carrier

Two base supports with a wide surface area for good

stability, ideal training equipment for learning various

exercises and rotations in handstand close to the ground.

Height: 40 cm, suitable for all „Club“ beams and bars.

Beams not included.

G9676 l

W 40 kg

pcs


275


Practice Balance Beam

1

Kübler Sport ® Exercise Balance Beam

1 Kübler Sport ® Exercise Balance Beam

Material: High-quality spruce wood, stable wooden

construction stand feet with non-slip and abrasionresistant

floor protectors, Height: 22 cm, Width: 10 cm.

G3563 l 3 m without cover pcs

W 30 kg

276

pcs

1

Kübler Sport ® Exercise Balance Beam

3

SPIETH ® Practice Balance Beam Club

5

SPIETH ® Roll-up Exercise Beam

2 SPIETH ® Soft Touch Training Beam

The SPIETH ® Practice Beam from the Soft Touch Series

is ideal for balance beam training thanks to its unique

SPIETH Gymnastics „Soft Touch“ surface technology

and the low base feet. Dimensions (L x W x H): 500 x

10 x 25 cm.

G4974 l

pcs

W 57 kg

2

SPIETH ® Soft Touch Training Beam

Bänfer ® Foam Exercise Balance Beam

3 SPIETH ® Practice Balance Beam Club

With soft padding, so that the balance between a soft

running surface and necessary stability is optimally

adjusted. This reduces strain, minimizes the risk of

injury, and allows for a higher training frequency. Width:

10 cm, height: 30 cm.

G9648 p

G3546 l 300 cm pcs

6 AirTrack Factory ® AirBeam

W 32 kg

G3530 l 500 cm pcs

W 57 kg

4

6

AirTrack Factory ® AirBeam

4 Bänfer ® Foam Exercise Balance Beam

Foam Exercise Beam with Cover, 3 m long, 15 cm wide.

Multi-layer construction with anti-slip base. Suitable for

school, club, and elite sports.

G8372 l 3 m pcs

W 12 kg

G83720 l 5 m pcs

W 20 kg

5 SPIETH ® Roll-up Exercise Beam

Roll-up exercise bar. Material: Plastic with elastic running

surface. Height: 25 mm. Length: 5 m. Width: 10

cm. Color: Blue.

pcs

Safe, joint-friendly, and versatile - the AirBeam enables

suspension beam training with many benefits. Delivery

without pump. Dimensions (W x H): 40 x 10 cm, centerline

10 cm wide and 2.5 mm high.




277


Balance Beam Training & Competition

1

2

3

SPIETH ® Balance Beam Soft Touch

SPIETH ® Balance Beam Club Soft

Bänfer ® Balance Beam EXCLUSIVE Microswing

4

5

6

SPIETH ® SoftTouch Padding for Balance Beam

SPIETH ® Balance Beam Club Padding

Bänfer ® Balance Beam Widening Kit

1 SPIETH ® Balance Beam Soft Touch

Reuther Competition Balance Beam, FIG certified, height

adjustable from 75 - 125 cm in 5 cm increments, beam

dimensions: 500 x 10 cm, base length: 112 cm, synthetic

leather cover. Weight: 94 kg.

Advantages

- FIG certified

- High power dissipation through Soft-Touch technology

G4968 l

pcs

W 97 kg

2 SPIETH ® Balance Beam Club Soft

Soft padded training beam with high shock absorption.

Height adjustable using a gas spring from 50 - 90 cm

in 10 cm increments, 90 - 130 cm in 5 cm increments.

Dimensions: 500 x 10 cm, Weight: 91 kg, Material:

Aluminum beam with hygroscopic synthetic leather.

Advantages

- Soft training beam with high shock absorption

- Easy height adjustment by gas spring

- The balance between the softer running surface and

the necessary stability is optimally adjusted

- Loadings are reduced and the risk of injury is

minimized

- Enables a higher training frequency

- Durable

G3526 l

W 91 kg

3 Bänfer ® Balance Beam EXCLUSIVE Microswing

The FIG-certified Microswing System in the form of a

surface-elastic double cushioning reduces peak forces

and minimizes the risk of microtrauma. Height adjustable

in 5 cm increments from 90 - 130 cm, dimensions:

approx. 500 x 120 cm, body dimensions: 500 x 10 x 16

cm, weight: approx. 90 kg, including castors.

Features

- Surface elastic padding for optimal force reduction

- Length: 5 m

- Width including feet: 1.25 m

- Tread width: 10 cm

- Adjustable height from 90 - 130 cm

G3330 l

pcs

W 81 kg

pcs

278



7

SPIETH ® Balance Beam Widener

4 SPIETH ® SoftTouch Padding for Balance Beam

Protective padding for the base legs of the balance

beam, according to the current FIG guidelines. Material:

Preformed foam with a soft felt cover. The set includes

padding for one base leg. Two sets are required per beam.

G9650 y

pcs

5 SPIETH ® Balance Beam Club Padding

The balance beam can be adjusted in height despite the

padding. Scope of delivery: 1 piece, 2 pieces of padding

are required per balance beam. Material: Molded foam

with a top layer of soft felt, Weight: 4 kg.

G9877 p

set

8

SPIETH ® Multi Matte Balance Beam

6 Bänfer ® Balance Beam Widening Kit

A training aid for the 10 cm wide balance beam. 20 cm

width, can be easily attached with Velcro. Weight: 5.5

kg for a length of 200 cm, 7.5 kg for a length of 300 cm.

G3334 l 2 m pcs

W 8 kg

G3335 l 3 m pcs

W 10 kg

7 SPIETH ® Balance Beam Widener

Easy to put on a 10 cm wide balance beam and quickly

and securely attach with Velcro fastening. Width: 20

cm. Material: wooden board covered with foam padding

and fabric cover.

G3528 l 200 x 20 cm pcs

W 12 kg

G3529 l 300 x 20 cm pcs

W 16 kg

9

SPIETH ® Mat for Balance Beam

8 SPIETH ® Multi Matte Balance Beam

Mat with high cushioning properties and anti-slip coating.

Material: high-quality foam with elastic stretch cover for

balance beam and parallel bars. Dimensions: 150 x 100

x 1.5 cm, Weight: 8 kg.

G9649 p

pcs

9 SPIETH ® Mat for Balance Beam

Cover suitable for all common balance beam models.

Material: artificial leather with special foam and fleece

cover to protect joints and reduce the risk of injury.

Inner side with anti-slip coating. Easy attachment with

hook-and-loop connections.

G3520 p 1 m pcs

G3521 y 2 m pcs


279


Springboards School & Club

Model

Kübler Sport ® Padded

Vaulting Board

SPIETH ® Padded

Springboard

SPIETH ® Springboard

STRASSBURG


Junior

Bänfer ® Springboard

KIDS 40

1 2 3 4 5 6


KIDS 60

Range of use school school, club school, club school, club school, club school, club

Division / Performance level beginner beginner beginner children children children

Spring action 1-6 according FIG 2 2 2 4 4 4

Certificates & quality seals

Typ of feather wood wood wood wood steel steel

Body weight up to 50 kg up to 80 kg up to 80 kg up to 40 kg up to 40 kg up to 60 kg

SKU G3673 G3768 G3663 G3667/G3671 G3674 G3675

280



Kübler Sport ® Padded Vaulting Board

Kübler Sport ® Springboard

BUCHAREST

school, training, competition

7

all divisions

5 soft

wood

up to 70 kg

G2349

1

3

SPIETH ® Springboard STRASSBURG

6

Bänfer ® Springboard KIDS 60

SPIETH ® Springboard Junior

1 Kübler Sport ® Padded Vaulting Board

With padding and durable needle felt carpeting, higher

spring force to protect the joints, dimensions: 120 x 60 x

15 cm, weight: 24 kg, suitable for beginners and children

up to approx. 50 kg body weight.

G3673 p

pcs

2 SPIETH ® Padded Springboard

Original Reuther springboard with padded jumping surface,

dimensions: 120 x 60 x 17 cm. Suitable for jumps with

low approach speed, suitable for children and teenagers

up to 80 kg body weight with little jumping experience.

G3768 y

pcs

G3674 l

3 SPIETH ® Springboard STRASSBURG

W 21 kg

Springboard with reinforced suspension, Original Reuther.

Dimensions: 120 x 60 x 18 cm, Material: Special foam

base and high-quality carpet covering, increased spring

force to protect the joints.

G3663 y

pcs

4

7

Kübler Sport ® Springboard BUCHAREST

4 SPIETH ® Springboard Junior

Mini Springboard Junior for children aged

4 - 8 years up to 40 kg body weight, no

jumping experience required. High damping,

intermediate spring made of wood.

G3667 p 100 x 55 x 21 cm pcs

G3671 y 120 x 60 x 21 cm pcs

5 Bänfer ® Springboard KIDS 40

Springboard with steel springs, dimensions:

120 x 60 x 28 cm, overall jumping area

padded and covered with quality carpet,

suitable for up to 40 kg body weight.

pcs

2

SPIETH ® Padded Springboard

5

Bänfer ® Springboard KIDS 40

6 Bänfer ® Springboard KIDS 60

Springboard with steel springs, dimensions:

120 x 60 x 28 cm, overall jump area

padded and covered with quality carpet,

suitable for up to 60 kg body weight.

G3675 l

W 21 kg

pcs

7 Kübler Sport ® Springboard BUCHAREST

All-round vaulting board for schools and

clubs. Dimensions: 120 x 60 x 21.5 cm,

Surface material: durable needle felt, Jumping

surface material: special foam, special

elastomer springs provide enhanced

jumping power, Weight: 20 kg, Suitable for

approximately 70 kg body weight.

G2349 y

pcs


281


Springboards Training & Competition

The classic version of the springboard is made of hardwood. The wooden jumping surface is typically covered with a durable felt

carpet, providing a non-slip surface for takeoff and additional joint-friendly cushioning. The spring action in wooden springboards

can be achieved through laminated wood springs or metal springs.

Spring Action According to FIG

1 = low > 6 = very high

Spring Action with Laminated Wood Springs

In springboards with laminated wood springs, the rebound effect

is created by an intermediate wooden spring with adjusted pretension.

This type of spring system is particularly recommended

for children and beginners in schools and clubs. Depending on

the model, the spring action generally ranges between 2 and 4

according to FIG standards.

Spring Action with Metal Springs

Springboards with metal springs are available in softer or firmer

versions, depending on the gymnast’s body weight and experience.

Metal or steel springs provide especially high dynamics

during takeoff, which is why these springboards are used by

advanced gymnasts and in competitions. The spring action

according to FIG is usually between 4 and 6 and can be adjusted

on some models.

When selecting the right springboard, factors such as the gymnast’s

age, skill level, and weight, as well as the intended use,

are crucial. For competition, FIG-certified springboards are

required; these are characterized by high rebound power and

minimal energy loss.

1

2

3

4

SPIETH ® Springboard WM BUDAPEST

SPIETH ® Springboard ERGOTOP 2

Bänfer ® Springboard ATHENA

SPIETH ® Springboard MOSCOW 5

Model

SPIETH ® Springboard WM

BUDAPEST


ERGOTOP 2


ATHENA


ATHENA


MOSCOW 5

1 2 3 3 4 5


MOSCOW 8

Range of use school, club, competition club, competition club, competition club, competition club, competition club, competition

Division / Performance level advanced advanced professionals professionals professionals professionals

Spring action 1-6 according

FIG

5 soft 5 6 / soft 6 / hard 6 / soft 6 / hard

Certificates & quality seals FIG FIG

Typ of feather wood wood / steel exchangeable steel exchangeable steel exchangeable steel exchangeable steel exchangeable

Body weight up to 95 kg 40 - 75 kg up to 100 kg up to 100 kg 40 - 75 kg 50 - 100 kg

SKU G3664 G2350 G3677 G3676 G2347 G2348

282



5

SPIETH ® Springboard MOSCOW 8

1 SPIETH ® Springboard WM BUDAPEST

Springboard according to Reuther system for school and

club. Dimensions: 120 x 60 x 21 cm. With high rebound

force, entire jumping surface padded, covered with durable

sports carpet, suitable for up to 95 kg body weight.

G3664 y

pcs

2 SPIETH ® Springboard ERGOTOP 2

G2347 y

Original Reuther Springboard combines the quick response

of metal springs with the pleasant cushioning of the proven

WM-Budapest springboard. Due to the progressive spring

curve, the board is highly spring-active. Dimensions: 120

5 SPIETH ® Springboard MOSCOW 8

x 60 x 21 cm, suitable for body weights of 40 - 75 kg. suitable for 50 - 100 kg body weight.

G2350 y

pcs G2348 y

3 Bänfer ® Springboard ATHENA

Specially designed springboard for athletes on a steel

spring base, additionally supported with spring in the

jumping area. Cover made of durable needled felt, dimensions:

120 x 60 x 23 cm, suitable for up to 100 kg

body weight.

G3676 l 6 / hard pcs

G3677 l 6 / soft pcs

W 26.5 kg

6

AirTrack ® AirBoard Boost

7

SPIETH ® Round-off Mat

4 SPIETH ® Springboard MOSCOW 5

FIG-certified official women‘s competition springboard.

Equipped with soft pyramid springs made of chrome-silicon

steel and carbon fiber sandwich board, including

detachable transport wheels. Suitable for 40 - 75 kg

body weight. Dimensions: 120 x 60 x 22 cm.

FIG certified, with low noise emission. Hard pyramidal and

hardened steel springs, including removable transport

wheels, dimensions: 120 x 60 x 22 cm, weight: 25 kg,

6 AirTrack ® AirBoard Boost

Inflatable springboard with individually adjustable take-off

hardness for different user groups/age groups. Securely

attachable to gym floors with suction cup holders.

Dimensions: 120 x 60 x 30 cm, weight approx. 5.7 kg.

G5157 y with suction cup holders pcs

8

Kübler Sport ® Springboard Cart

7 SPIETH ® Round-off Mat

Front and side board protection. Its use is mandatory for

round-off jumps in FIG competitions. Dimensions: 102 x

120 cm or 140 x 120 cm.

G3678 l 120 cm pcs

pcs

W 9 kg

G3792 l 140 cm pcs

W 11 kg

8 Kübler Sport ® Springboard Cart

Mobile, made of steel tubing, powder-coated, for up

to 4 springboards, distance between the brackets: 18

cm, weight: 12 kg.

pcs G3669 l

pcs

W 12 kg

283



Vaulting Boxes, Mushrooms & Pommel Horses

1

2

3

4

Kübler Sport ® Pommel Horse according to DIN

Kübler Sport ® Spring Horse with Wooden Legs

Kübler Sport ® Jumping Horse with Steel Legs

Kübler Sport ® Vaulting Horse with Steel Legs

5

6

7

8

SPIETH ® Competition Gymnastic Mushroom

SPIETH ® Mushroom without padberry

SPIETH ® Padding Training Aid

SPIETH ® Turn Mushroom with Pad

1 Kübler Sport ® Pommel Horse according to DIN

Balance beam according to DIN 7904/DIN EN 12196,

2 hooves with non-staining transport wheels, height

adjustment in increments of 5 cm. One leg with continuous

height compensation. Dimensions: Body: approx. 56 x

34 cm, Material: Body with composite foam padding and

core cowhide cover.

G5132 l 100 - 150 cm wood pcs

W 70 kg

G5134 l 110 - 170 cm wood pcs

W 76 kg

G5135 l 110 - 170 cm steel pcs

W 66 kg

2 Kübler Sport ® Spring Horse with Wooden Legs

According to DIN 7902, height adjustment in increments

of 5 cm from 100 - 150 cm, one leg with continuous

height adjustment, padding with a core leather cover,

hooves made of non-staining Vulkollan ® , two of them

with castors, including a suspension eyelet for tension

straps/chains. Weight: approx. 87 kg, dimensions: 160

x 70 x 115 cm.

G3565 l

W 107 kg

3 Kübler Sport ® Jumping Horse with Steel Legs

According to DIN 7902, height adjustment in steps of 5

cm from 100 - 150 cm, padding with core bovine leather

cover, hooves made of non-staining Vulkollan ® , including

2 with castors, one leg with continuous height adjustment.

Weight: 75 kg, Dimensions: 160 x 80 x 110 cm.

G3545 l

W 95 kg

4 Kübler Sport ® Vaulting Horse with Steel Legs

According to DIN 7902, height adjustment in increments

of 5 cm from 95 - 150 cm, padding with core cowhide

cover, hooves made of non-staining Vulkollan ® , including

2 with casters, one leg with continuous height adjustment.

Weight: approx. 80 kg, dimensions: 160 x 70 x 115 cm.

G3554 l

pcs

W 100 kg

pcs

5 SPIETH ® Competition Gymnastic Mushroom

Dimensions: Ø 100 cm, Height: approx. 48 cm, specially

designed to be gentle on the hands, mushroom-shaped

body made of PU integral foam on a stable substructure.

G2984 l

pcs

W 97 kg

6 SPIETH ® Mushroom without padberry

pcs Dimensions: approx. 60 cm diameter, height approx.

48 cm, Weight: 22 kg. Stable base plate made of laminated

wood, mushroom body made of seamlessly

molded PU foam.

G2982 p

pcs

284



9

Kübler Sport ® Vaulting Horse with Wooden Legs

12

SPIETH ® Floor Pommel Horse

7 SPIETH ® Padding Training Aid

Training aid for technical training, material: wooden

body, padded with foam and leather cover. Adjustable

and removable competition pads, dimensions: 120 x 80

x 60 cm, weight: 45 kg.

G9662 l

W 50 kg

8 SPIETH ® Turn Mushroom with Pad

Dimensions: Ø approx. 60 cm, height approx. 48 cm.

Stable base plate made of laminated wood, toadstool

body made of seamlessly formed PUR foam with aluminum

caps.

G2985 p

pcs

9 Kübler Sport ® Vaulting Horse with Wooden Legs

According to DIN 7902, height-adjustable in steps of 5 cm

from 95 - 150 cm, padding with core red leather cover, G3550 l

hooves made of non-staining Vulkollan ® , including 2 with W 94 kg

casters, one leg with continuous height adjustment, with

original Reuther full plastic pads, legs made of hardwood,

weight: approx. 90 kg, dimensions: 160 x 70 x 95 cm.

G3552 l

pcs

W 110 kg

pcs

10

Bänfer ® Vaulting Horse EXCLUSIVE

13

SPIETH ® Mini Pommel Horse Junior

10 Bänfer ® Vaulting Horse EXCLUSIVE

Height adjustable in 5 cm increments from 110 - 135

cm. Padding with core bovine leather. Multi-layered

wooden blocks with cast iron base, detachable. Including

tensioning, dimensions: 160 x 90 cm, body dimensions:

160 x 35 x 28 cm, FIG certified.

G3300 l natural pcs

W 100 kg

11 SPIETH ® Pommel Horse

Original System REUTHER, FIG-certified, two-legged

safety construction, Height-adjustable: 95 - 125 cm in 5

cm increments, Body with professional padding and core

bovine leather cover, Hygroscopic aluminum pads, built-in

retractable swivel castors, Includes tension chain with

tension lock for anchoring, Width adjustment pads: 36 - 48

cm, Dimensions body: 160 x 35 x 28 cm, Weight: 87 kg

pcs

11

SPIETH ® Pommel Horse

12 SPIETH ® Floor Pommel Horse

Competition pommel horse on low feet. Dimensions: 160 x

35 x 35 cm. Adjustable, removable competition pommels

made of aluminum. Stable stance due to wide wooden

feet and rubber elements. Cover made of cowhide leather.

G9657 l

W 65 kg

13 SPIETH ® Mini Pommel Horse Junior

90% of the dimensions of a regular vaulting horse in

terms of height, body and pads, Material: Body made

of core bovine leather, Dimensions Body: 143 x 32 cm,

Height: 100 cm. Weight: 47 kg.

G9656 l

W 65 kg

14

SPIETH ® Circular Flank Pad

pcs

pcs

14 SPIETH ® Circular Flank Pad

Made of preformed foam with a nylon cover to protect

the wrists during circular flank training. Easy attachment

with quick-release fastener. Dimensions: 27 x 14 x 4 cm.

Scope of delivery: 1 piece.

G9660 p

pcs

285



Vaulting Tables

1

SPIETH ® Spring Table ERGOJET JUNIOR

2

SPIETH ® Practice Vaulting Table

3

4

5

SPIETH ® Non-woven cover for ERGOJET CLUB vaulting table

SPIETH ® Fabric Cover for ERGOJET RIO Vaulting Table Top

SPIETH ® Runway

1 SPIETH ® Spring Table ERGOJET JUNIOR

3 SPIETH ® Non-woven cover for ERGOJET CLUB vaulting

6 Jumping Table TARPAN

Ideal for children and teenagers. Reduced, padded Ergojet

upper part on a stable steel tube base construction, support

surface dimension: 90 x 72 cm, 2 feet with castors,

table

Sewn along the edges with an integrated strap tensioning

system for additional protection of the vaulting table top.

height adjustable from 85 - 135 cm in 5 cm increments. G8743 p

pcs

G8674 l

pcs

4

W 135 kg

SPIETH ® Fabric Cover for ERGOJET RIO Vaulting Table

Top

2 SPIETH ® Practice Vaulting Table

Non-woven cover, stitched along the edges with an 7 SPIETH ® Vaulting Table ERGOJET Club

3-piece vaulting box with PVC cover, consisting of 2 integrated strap tensioning system to cover the damaged

module parts made of hard foam 50 cm, 25 cm, and

jump table top or to protect against wear and tear.

a semicircular foam element 50 cm which is shaped

like the top part of a vaulting box. Connection via hookand-loop

G8742 p

pcs

band system. Dimensions: 90 x 75 x 125 cm, 5 SPIETH ® Runway

Weight: 28 kg.

Material: Anti-slip coating on the bottom, top made

G8678 l

pcs of high-quality needle felt velour, Dimensions: 25 x 1

W 42 kg

m, 25 mm, Weight: 40 kg, Color: Blue, without a core

for rolling up.

G8740 l

pcs

W 120 kg

With rolling mechanism, easy height adjustment by gas

spring, adjustable from 110 - 135 cm and 140 - 165 cm

(in 5 cm increments) and feet according to FIG regulations

(max. 120 cm). Suitable for TeamGym group competitions.

G8727 l pcs 4.895.-

W 142 kg 279.-

Training vaulting table, height adjustable: 90 - 135 cm,

dimensions: approximately 110 x 94 cm, supporting

surface: approximately 95 x 120 cm, with integrated gas

spring and rolling mechanism. Weight: 130 kg.

G8684 l pcs 4.920.-

W 165 kg 234.-

286



6

Jumping Table TARPAN

9

SPIETH ® Hand-SAFETY Mat

12

SPIETH ® Run-up and Jumping Platform

7

SPIETH ® Vaulting Table ERGOJET Club

10

Bänfer ® Jump Table ST-6

13

Bänfer ® Protective Cushion for ST-6 Vaulting Table

8

SPIETH ® Springboard ERGOJET RIO

Bänfer ® Vaulting Table ST-4 Exclusive Microswing

Bänfer ® Protective Padding for Vaulting Table ST-4

8 SPIETH ® Springboard ERGOJET RIO

10 Bänfer ® Jump Table ST-6

12 SPIETH ® Run-up and Jumping Platform

FIG-certified competition vaulting table Original Reuther

with floor anchoring and built-in transport system. Height

adjustment from 100 - 140 cm in 5 cm increments with

gas pressure spring. Dimensions: approx. 110 x 94 cm,

support area: approx. 120 x 95 cm, weight 150 kg.

Jumping table with a large support surface for practicing

challenging jumps. With continuous height adjustment

from 100 - 135 cm, enlarged support surface, two-part

take-off body, padded and covered in real leather, dimensions:

100 x 120 cm, weight approx. 85 kg, including

Reuther set, consisting of: 1 runway, dimensions: 25

x 1 m, 25 mm thick, material: special foam material

with springboard and support surface with opening for

tension chain for the vaulting table, color: blue, weight:

approx. 108 kg.

G8725 l

pcs rolling device.

G8741 l

set

W 165 kg

G8715 l

pcs W 110 kg

9 SPIETH ® Hand-SAFETY Mat

W 110 kg

13 Bänfer ® Protective Cushion for ST-6 Vaulting Table

According to FIG requirements for vaulting, this mat 11 Bänfer ® Vaulting Table ST-4 Exclusive Microswing Cushion with Velcro fastening for easy attachment,

protects the wrists during round-off jumps. Material: PVC, Springboard for competition and elite sports. The Microswing

Material: PE foam, with blue needle felt, Dimensions:

dimensions: 120 x 100 x 3 cm, weight: 5 kg.

equipment reduces peak forces and thus prevents 178 x 70 x 2.5 cm, Weight: approximately 3 kg.

G3679 y

pcs the risk of microtrauma, corpus padded and covered G8718 l

pcs

with leather. Dimensions: 120 x 70 cm, continuously W 3.5 kg

adjustable in height from 100 - 140 cm. Weight: 170

kg, including transport wheels.

14 Bänfer ® Protective Padding for Vaulting Table ST-4

G8712 l

pcs Springboard padding for competitions to meet FIG requirements.

With Velcro fastener for easy attachment

W 185 kg

to the upright column. Dimensions: 62 x 45 x 89 cm,

Weight: 5 kg.

G8716 l

pcs

W 7 kg

11

14

287



FIG-Certified Mat Sets

1

SPIETH ® Mat Set Uneven Bars

2 3

4

SPIETH ® Mat Set Tension Frame

SPIETH ® Mat Set for Parallel Bars

SPIETH ® Mat Set Rings

1 SPIETH ® Mat Set Uneven Bars

FIG-certified mat set, overall dimensions:

1400 x 200 x 20 cm, individual mat dimensions:

4 mats 300 x 200 x 20 cm, 1 mat

200 x 200 x 20 cm. Material: sandwich

construction with additional edge stabilization,

top surface: skin-friendly needle

felt, bottom surface: non-slip gymnastics

mat fabric, weight: 260 kg.

G1560 l

set G1564 l

W 300 kg

W 347 kg

2 SPIETH ® Mat Set Tension Frame

FIG-certified mat set, dimensions: 4 mats

each 200 x 300 x 20 cm, 2 mats each

200 x 300 x 20 cm with cutout. Overall

dimensions: 1200 x 300 x 20 cm, Weight:

310 kg. Material: Special sandwich construction

with additional edge stabilization,

Top: skin-friendly carpet cover, Bottom:

non-slip gymnastics mat fabric.

set

3 SPIETH ® Mat Set for Parallel Bars

FIG-certified mats for competitions, dimensions:

2 mats each 300 x 200 x 20

cm, 2 mats each 300 x 200 x 20 cm with

cut-out, 1 mat with 100 x 200 x 20 cm,

4 mats each 100 x 135 x 20 cm, 1 mat

with 300 x 70 x 20 cm (insert mat). Overall

dimensions: 100 x 470 x 20 cm, top side:

skin-friendly needle fleece, bottom side:

non-slip gymnastics mat fabric, weight

355 kg.

G1563 l

W 395 kg

set

4 SPIETH ® Mat Set Rings

For competition FIG-certified mats. Dimensions:

1 mat 300 x 200 x 20 cm, 2

mats 100 x 200 x 20 cm. Low profile mats

in sandwich construction with edge stabilization

and cover made of needle felt.

G1557 l

set

W 127 kg

288



SPIETH ® Set of mats for vaulting table

5 SPIETH ® Set of mats for vaulting table

FIG certified mats for competitions. Dimensions: 3 mats

each 300 x 200 x 20 cm, including 2-part padding for

the vaulting table console measuring approximately 100

x 120 x 20 cm. Overall dimensions: 600 x 300 x 20 cm,

Weight: 133 kg. Material: Mats in sandwich construction

with additional edge stabilization, Top cover: high-quality

needle felt, Underside: non-slip gymnastics mat fabric.

G1566 l

W 170 kg

5

set

SPIETH ® Balance Beam Mat Set

6 SPIETH ® Balance Beam Mat Set

FIG-certified mats for competitions, Dimensions: 3 mats

each 300 x 200 x 20 cm, 1 mat 200 x 200 x 20 cm,

1 mat 100 x 200 x 20 cm, 4 mats each 250 x 200 x

20 cm with cutout, 4 mats each 135 x 100 x 20 cm.

Overall dimensions: 1800 x 400 x 20 cm, Top surface:

skin-friendly needle fleece, Bottom surface: non-slip

gymnastics mat fabric, Weight: 500 kg.

G1561 l

W 535 kg

6

set

7

SPIETH ® Set of Mats for Vaulting Horse

7 SPIETH ® Set of Mats for Vaulting Horse

4 mats FIG-certified, suitable for all competitions. Material:

Mat core in sandwich construction with additional

edge stabilization, surface made of skin-friendly needle

fleece. Dimensions per mat: 200 x 200 x 10 cm.

G1555 l

set

W 107 kg


289


Apparatus Gymnastics Accessories

1

Hand Protection Universal

2

Uneven Bars Straps, 2-hole

3

Reckleder Swiss Cup 3-Hole

1 Hand Protection Universal

2-hole hand protection made of durable leather with

buckle strap.

G3474 p 0 pair

G3475 p 1 pair

G3476 p 2 pair

G3477 p 3 pair

2 Uneven Bars Straps, 2-hole

Uneven bar straps, 2-hole, with leather rollers.

G3370 p 0 pair

G3371 p 1 pair

G3372 p 2 pair

G3373 p 3 pair

3 Reckleder Swiss Cup 3-Hole

Leather swinging platform with 3 holes and rollers.

G3360 p 0 pair

G3361 p 1 pair

G3362 p 2 pair

G3363 p 3 pair

G3364 p 4 pair

290



5

SPIETH ® TD Tension Meter

8

SPIETH ® magnesium beam for feet

4

SPIETH ® Happy Landing mat

4 SPIETH ® Happy Landing mat

The SPIETH ® Happy Landing Landing Mat provides additional

cushioning for the gymnast upon landing and

extends the lifespan of the underlying mats. Material:

Soft foam core, PVC cover.

G3702 l 200 x 200 x 10 cm pcs

W 20 kg

5 SPIETH ® TD Tension Meter

FIG-certified measuring device for testing the tension

of uneven bars, rings, or high bar, with digital display.

G2964 p

pcs

6 SPIETH ® Magnesia Stand MUNICH

Elegant plastic container, practical hand openings, with

sandpaper and sponge compartment, steel tube frame,

without wheels, height 95 cm.

G3698 p

pcs

9

SPIETH ® Magnesia Blocks

6

SPIETH ® Magnesia Stand MUNICH

SPIETH ® Magnesia Cream

7 Saltogürtel

Made of split leather with strap reinforcement for customized

use.

G8778 p 60 cm pcs

G8779 p 80 cm pcs

8 SPIETH ® magnesium beam for feet

Magnesium foot basin for use on vault and floor in the form

of a rectangular wooden tray, dimensions: 50 x 50 cm.

G9812 p

pcs

10

7

Saltogürtel

11

Getra ® Magnesia Box with new formula

9 SPIETH ® Magnesia Blocks

Box with 8 blocks of chalk (magnesium carbonate) each

weighing 60 g, total content: approx. 450 g.

G9919 p

set

10 SPIETH ® Magnesia Cream

The liquid Magnesia Cream turns into magnesia when

applied to the hands, thus avoiding magnesia dust in the

halls. The uniform distribution of the cream on the hands

provides a perfect grip, Content: 250 ml.

G9933 p

pcs

11 Getra ® Magnesia Box with new formula

The Magnesia box with 8 bricks and a weight of 456

g is the perfect accessory for all athletes who require

a secure grip. Thanks to the new 2020 formula, the

Magnesia offers a long-lasting grip.

G3398 p

set


291


Gym Aids

1

3

4

AirTrack Factory ® AirRoll

SPIETH ® Trainer Assistance Aid

Bänfer ® Vaulting Roll

1 AirTrack Factory ® AirRoll

For methodical exercises such as somersaults, secure

grip thanks to side handles.

G5165 y 60 cm blue pcs

G5166 y 75 cm yellow pcs

G5166-04 y 75 cm black pcs

G5167 y 90 cm red pcs

2 AirRoll ® Stabilizer

Foam wedge to secure the AirRoll and prevent rolling

away. Dimensions: 120 x 60 cm.

G5168 y

pcs

3 SPIETH ® Trainer Assistance Aid

Variable climbing aid for use as a coaching platform and

for preparing the equipment. Material: lightweight hard

foam, reinforced in the standing area.

G9808 p 50 x 50 x 50 cm pcs

G9668 l 100 x 75 x 75 cm pcs

W 36 kg

G9811 p 75 x 45 x 60 cm pcs

4 Bänfer ® Vaulting Roll

Core made of solid special foam RG 30 with tear-resistant

cover. Dimensions of the cutout: approx. 40 x 59 cm;

overall size: approx. Ø 100 cm x 50 cm.

G8380 l

W 21 kg

pcs

5 SPIETH ® Training Bars

Space-saving, foldable beam with heights of 40 or 105

cm, especially suitable for school gymnastics. Stable

design, lightweight, width adjustment continuously up

to max. 46 cm by moving the bar thresholds, bars made

of special laminated wood.

G2972 l 170 cm pcs

W 32 kg

G2973 l 250 cm pcs

W 40 kg

6 Bänfer ® Handstand Practice Bars

Parallel bars for handstand training at ground level. Material:

wood, Dimensions: 110 x 80 x 40 cm, Weight: 20 kg.

G2967 l

pcs

W 25 kg

292



9

SPIETH ® Methodical Roll with fixation

7 SPIETH ® Handstand Blocks

Handstand exercises for the parallel and uneven bars

can be practiced close to the ground. With rounded

corners. Delivery in pairs.

G2975 p 40 cm pair

G9672 p 90 cm pair

8 SPIETH ® Methodical Roll

Ideal tool for practicing somersault movements. Dimensions:

100 x ø 69 cm, Material: washable PVC cover,

Weight: 8 kg.

G9916 l

pcs

W 12 kg

9 SPIETH ® Methodical Roll with fixation

Ideal tool for practicing somersault movements. The roll

comes to a stop after one revolution due to the wedge.

Material: wipeable PVC, Dimensions: 100 x ø 69 cm,

Weight: 8 kg.

G9917 l

pcs

W 14 kg

6

Bänfer ® Handstand Practice Bars

10

SPIETH ® Flick-Flack Trainer

10 SPIETH ® Flick-Flack Trainer

Ideal for learning flick-flacks and somersault movements

safely and without fear. The elliptical shape automatically

moves the foam module back to its starting position.

Material: Bisonyl with lightweight filling.

G8394 l up to 130 cm pcs

W 31 kg


W 32 kg

G8396 l from 160 cm pcs

W 34 kg

11 SPIETH ® Stabilizer for Flick-Flack Trainer

The stabilizer turns your backflip trainer into a jumping

device in no time. Simply place it underneath and nothing

can roll away or slip anymore.

G8397 p up to 130 cm pcs

G8398 p up to 160 cm pcs

G8399 p from 160 cm pcs

11

5

SPIETH ® Training Bars

7

SPIETH ® Handstand Blocks

12

Bänfer ® Flick-Flack Trainer

12 Bänfer ® Flick-Flack Trainer

Ideal for learning somersault movements. Thanks to its

elliptical shape, the device automatically moves back

to its starting position. Material: Styrofoam core with

cushioning, front side with PE foam padding for pressure

distribution, cover made of tarpaulin fabric.


W 16 kg


W 21 kg


W 26 kg


293

Gym Trampolines

Mini Trampolines

7

Eurotramp ® Trampoline Springboard

1 Eurotramp ® Mini Trampoline

2 Eurotramp ® Mini Trampoline with integrated full cover 3 Eurotramp ® Mini Trampoline with steel springs

Trampoline with jumping mat made of nylon, dimensions:

frame 112 x 112 cm with jumping mat 60 x 60 cm, frame

125 x 125 cm with jumping mat: 70 x 70 cm, height adjustable

from 35 - 42 cm, frame and legs made of round

tube, hot-dip galvanized. Weight: 32 kg, load capacity:

up to 90 kg, according to EN 13219.

Ideal for school and recreational sports. Trampoline with

integrated full cover for even more safety, frame size: 112

x 112 cm, jump mat (whole fabric): 60 x 60 cm or frame

size: 125 x 125 cm, jump mat: 70 x 70 cm. Adjustable

in slope and height: angle position from -0.4° to 10.9°

(for 125 x 125), angle position from -0.7° to 12.6° (for

Trampoline with frame made of special spring steel

tubing, adjustable in inclination and height, galvanized.

Jumping mat made of nylon straps 13 mm, tensioned by

steel springs for very high throwing power, ideal for club

and elite sports. With full covering made of composite

foam with PVC coating. Dimensions: Frame size: 112 x

G3680 y 112 x 112 cm pcs 112 x 112). Weight: 29 kg, tension via rubber cables for 112 cm, jumping mat: 60 x 60 cm, frame size: 125 x 125

G3682 y 125 x 125 cm pcs medium throwing force.

cm, jumping mat: 70 x 70 cm, adjustable in height from

G4640 y 112 x 112 cm pcs 35.3 - 42.5 cm, according to EN 13219.

G4642 y 125 x 125 cm pcs G4641 y 112 x 112 cm pcs

G4644 y 125 x 125 cm pcs

294



MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

Eurotramp ® Mini Trampoline

4

SPIETH ® Mini trampoline

7

Eurotramp ® Trampoline Springboard

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

2

Eurotramp ® Mini Trampoline with integrated full cover

5

Eurotramp ® Open-End Mini Tramp

8

Eurotramp ® Mini-Tramp Transport Cart

3

Eurotramp ® Mini Trampoline with steel springs

6

Eurotramp ® Minitramp Teamgym Premium

Eurotramp ® transport rollers for mini trampolines

4 SPIETH ® Mini trampoline

6 Eurotramp ® Minitramp Teamgym Premium

8 Eurotramp ® Mini-Tramp Transport Cart

Trampoline with woven nylon jump mat: 60 x 60 cm, metal Trampoline with galvanized flat oval tube frame made Flexible and space-saving solution for storage and transportation

frame: 115 x 115 cm, 28 steel springs. Height adjustment: of special steel: 125 x 130 cm, jumping mat: 60 x 60

of up to 8 mini trampolines. High load capacity

front 30 - 39 cm, back 39 - 53 cm (horizontal use at 39 cm made of 6 mm wide, braided nylon straps, 36 steel and carrying capacity. Safety provided by 2 brake wheels.

cm), recommended for schools/clubs.

springs, weight: 60 kg, height-adjustable legs from Delivery disassembled, easy self-assembly.

G3324 l

pcs 23.7 - 28.5 cm with anti-slip base plates, including G3684 l

W 33 kg

transport wheels.

W 20 kg

pcs

G4643 l

pcs

5 Eurotramp ® Open-End Mini Tramp

9

W 58 kg

Eurotramp ® transport rollers for mini trampolines

Trampoline with flat oval tube frame, dimensions: 120 x

Set of 2 transport wheels for mini tramp 112/125. Drilling

120 cm made of special steel, galvanized, Jumping mat: 7 Eurotramp ® Trampoline Springboard

holes in the mini tramp‘s frame must be available.

60 x 70 cm made of braided nylon bands, Weight: 39

kg, Maximum load: 90 kg, Maximum immersion depth:

48.1 cm, Required room height: 4.5 - 5 m, according

to EN 13219.

The trampoline springboard Booster Board combines the

functionality of a classic springboard with the dynamics,

lightness, and jumping fun of a trampoline. Dimensions:

135 x 100 cm, jumping surface: 96 x 57 cm, adjustable

G4659 p

pair

G3681 l standard pcs height from 26.5 - 32 cm, max. load capacity: 90 kg,

G3683 l school pcs recommended for school/club use.

G3764 l premium pcs G2360 l

pcs

W 39 kg

W 35 kg

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

9


295

Gym Trampolines

Large Trampolines

1

Eurotramp ® Ultimate 4x4

MADE IN

GERMANY

Features

- Jump mat: 426 x 213 cm made of 4x4 mm nylon straps with sewn-in eyelets

- Ultimate frame (L x W x H): 520 x 305 x 115 cm

- 118 steel springs

- Minimum ceiling height: 8 m

- High-tech steel for frame rigidity and flexibility

- Maintenance-free sliding bearing joints

2

Eurotramp ® Ultimate

MADE IN

Features

GERMANY

- TÜV-certified according to EN 13219

- Dimensions (when set up): 520 x 305 x 115 cm


- Number of springs: 118

- FIG-certified

1 Eurotramp ® Ultimate 4x4

2 Eurotramp ® Ultimate

FIG-certified trampoline with a jumping mat of 4 x 4 mm, minimum ceiling height:

8 m, 1-person assembly thanks to the Easy-Lock system, maintenance-free sliding

bearing joints, dimensions when set up: 520 x 305 x 115 cm.

Rolling Stands & Lifting Rolling Stands

FIG-certified competition trampoline for national and international competitions.

Jumping mat made of nylon straps, frame made of special galvanized steel, dimensions

(L x W x H): 520 x 305 x 115 cm, weight: approx. 285 kg. Optionally available with

rolling stand or lifting rolling stand.

G3497 l with lifting roller stands 32mm frame upholsterer pcs G3101 l 5 x 4 mm nylonbands lifting roller stand „Safe & Comfort“ 32mm frame upholsterer pcs

G3615 l with lifting roller stands 50mm frame upholsterer fixed pcs W 271 kg

G3493 l with lifting roller stands 50 mm frame upholsterer foldable pcs G3118 l 6 x 6 mm nylonbands lifting roller stand „Safe & Comfort“ 32mm frame upholsterer pcs

G3498 l with lifting roller stands safe & comfort 32mm frame upholsterer pcs W 271 kg

G3616 l with lifting roller stands safe & comfort 50mm frame upholsterer fixed pcs G3111 l 6 x 4 mm nylonbands lifting roller stand „Safe & Comfort“ 32mm frame upholsterer pcs

G3494 l with lifting roller stands safe & comfort 50 mm frame upholsterer foldable pcs W 271 kg

G3496 l with roller stands 32mm frame upholsterer pcs G3112 l 6 x 4 mm nylonbands lifting roller stand „Safe & Comfort“ 50mm frame upholsterer fixed pcs

G3614 l with roller stands 50mm frame upholsterer fixed pcs W 273 kg

G3492 l with roller stands 50 mm frame upholsterer foldable pcs G3106 l 5 x 4 mm nylonbands lifting roller stand „Safe & Comfort“ 50mm frame upholsterer fixed pcs

W 273 kg

G3115 l 6 x 4 mm nylonbands lifting roller stand „Safe & Comfort“ 50 mm frame upholsterer foldable pcs

W 273 kg

G3121 l 6 x 6 mm nylonbands lifting roller stand „Safe & Comfort“ 50 mm frame upholsterer foldable pcs

W 273 kg

G3124 l 13 mm nylonbands lifting roller stand „Safe & Comfort“ 50 mm frame upholsterer foldable pcs

W 273 kg

296

3

Eurotramp ® Trampoline Grand Master School

Features

- Dimensions (L x W x H): 520 x 305 x 108 cm

- Jumping mat dimensions (L x W): 426 x 213 cm

- Minimum room height: 6 m

- Depth of immersion: 108 cm

- Jumping mat made of polyester fabric

- Foot construction made of round tube

- Shock-absorbing and sturdy frame padding full cover


MADE IN

GERMANY

5

Eurotramp ® Trampoline Master School

3 Eurotramp ® Trampoline Grand Master Super Special

Trampoline with jumping mat made of 13mm braided nylon straps for school sports, club

sports, and therapy. Dimensions (L x W x H): 520 x 305 x 108 cm, Weight: approx. 225 kg,

Foot construction made of round tube, Jumping mat: Dimensions: 426 x 213 cm, shockabsorbing

and sturdy frame pad full cover, Pad thickness: 32 mm. Minimum room height:

6 m, certified according to EN 13219.

G3403 l with lifting roller stands pcs

G3468 l with lifting roller stands safe & comfort pcs

G3402 l with roller stands pcs

W 250 kg

4 Eurotramp ® Trampoline Master School

Trampoline including wheel stand, jumping mat material: synthetic fabric, shock-absorbing

and robust frame padding for complete coverage. Dimensions when set up: 457 x 275 x 99 cm,

dimensions when transported: 291 x 70 x 198 cm. Weight: 190 kg, immersion depth: 99 cm.

G3408 l

W 192 kg

5 Eurotramp ® Trampoline Grand Master School

Ideal for school, club, and therapy. Dimensions (L x W x H): 520 x 305 x 108 cm, Jumping

mat: 426 x 213 cm made of polyester fabric, min. room height: 6 m, immersion depth:

108 cm, Shock-absorbing frame pads as full coverage, 118 special springs, Weight:

approx. 220 kg, certified according to EN 13219, including service bag with spare parts.

G3425 l with lifting roller stands pcs

G3487 l with lifting roller stands safe & comfort pcs

G3424 l with roller stands pcs

W 250 kg

pcs

Overview of Jumping Bed Types

4

Eurotramp ® Trampoline Grand Master Super Special

Features

- Dimensions (L x W x H): 520 x 305 x 108 cm

- Trampoline mat dimensions (L x W): 426 x 213 cm


- Depth of bounce: 108 cm

- Mat made of woven nylon straps 13 x 13 mm

- Base construction made of round tubing


Jumping Bed Properties Application Area

4 x 4 mm

5 x 4 mm

6 x 4 mm

6 x 6 mm

13 mm

School

Features

- 1 pair of wheelchair stands

- Jumping mat: synthetic fabric

- Shock-absorbing and sturdy frame padding complete covering

- Dimensions (L x W x H) when assembled: 457 x 275 x 99 cm

- Dimensions (L x W x H) when transported: 291 x 70 x 198 cm

- Weight: 190 kg


- Submergence depth: 99 cm

- Made in Germany

- Includes service bag

- Suitable for schools and therapy purposes

Made of braided nylon

bands


bands


bands


bands


bands

Made of polyester fabric

Competition, high-performance,

and recreational sports

High-performance and recreational

sports


sports


sports

School / recreational sports,

therapy

School / recreational sports,

therapy

In general: The narrower the bands, the higher the bounce performance.


Gym Trampolines

Large Trampoline Accessories

2

Eurotramp ® Additional Frame Universal

1

Trampoline Icepad ®

3

Eurotramp ® Landing Mat

1 Trampoline Icepad ®

Mat for reducing throwing force by approximately 60%.

Training aid for trampoline sports, is clamped to the carabiner

hooks on the edge of the fabric to prevent slipping

and the mat from striking up extremely. Dimensions (L

x W x H): 340 x 160 x 3 cm, Material: Special foam with

cotton cover.

G3510 l

W 12 kg

2 Eurotramp ® Additional Frame Universal

For all competition trampolines Ultimate and Grand

Master, Material: Steel construction with elastic mesh,

Dimensions (L x W x H): 187 x 262 x 115 cm, Weight: 90

kg, without safety mats.

G3478 l

pair G3509 l

W 104 kg

W 12 kg

pcs

3 Eurotramp ® Landing Mat

Safety mat required for FIG competitions, with attached

wedges for placement on the additional frame structure.

Dimensions: 300 x 200 x 20 cm. Removable wedge: 300

x 40 x 20 cm. Weight: 98 kg. Material: PE foam with

tear-resistant PVC tarpaulin fabric.

G3418 l

set

W 98 kg

4 Spieth ® Trampoline Sliding Mat SECURA

Safety mat according to FIG standards, with 4 attached

handles, Material: PE foam, Top side made of skin-friendly,

elastic stretch material, Weight: 11 kg, Dimensions (L x

W x H): 125 x 175 x 14 cm.

pcs

5 Eurotramp ® Saltogurtel

The belt is ergonomically shaped and offers a high

level of comfort, suitable for lunge lines, attachment

bungee lunge lines, and bungee trampolines.

- Small: Hip circumference: 68 - 92 cm, Weight: 15 - 40 kg

- Medium: Hip circumference: 73 - 100 cm, Weight: 30 - 60 kg

- Large: Hip circumference: 85 - 115 cm, Weight: 50 - 90 kg

Material: Outer material made of nylon with PE foam filling.

G8420 p up to 35 kg pcs



298



7

Eurotramp ® Lift Trolley Stand Safe & Comfort

4

Spieth ® Trampoline Sliding Mat SECURA

5

Eurotramp ® Saltogurtel

8

SPIETH ® vaulting belt

6

Eurotramp ® Attachment Bungee Leash for

Grand-Master and Ultimate Trampoline

9

SPIETH ® Screw Buckle Belt

6 Eurotramp ® Attachment Bungee Leash for Grand-Master

8 SPIETH ® vaulting belt

9 SPIETH ® Screw Buckle Belt

and Ultimate Trampoline

Cable pull with hand winch, including saltogürtel up to

90 kg body weight, weight (without trampoline): approx.

110 kg, dimensions (W x H): 400 cm x 730 cm.

With a solid ring and padded belt to increase hip stability.

For easier rotation, the suspension is attached to the

ring with a ball bearing. Belt made of quickly adjustable

plastic band with wide padding, including quick-release

G5051 l

set buckle and detachable leg loops. Dimensions: Ø 30 cm:

W 110 kg

Belt adjustable from 55 - 80 cm, Ø 38 cm: Belt adjustable

from 80 - 108 cm.

7 Eurotramp ® Lift Trolley Stand Safe & Comfort G8787 p 55 - 80 cm pcs

G8788 p 80 - 108 cm pcs

For Grand Master and Ultimate models, user-friendly

hydraulic/pump system, safe lifting and lowering

to 1.97 m, weight: approximately 12 kg, dimensions:

approximately 80 x 20 x 130 cm.

G3489 l

W 30 kg

pair

Thanks to the smooth-running ball bearings, it is possible

to learn rotations around the lateral and longitudinal axis

in a safe manner. The wide and padded seat with quickrelease

ensures a high level of comfort, along with the

two adjustable and detachable leg loops. Dimensions: Ø

30 cm: adjustable from 55 - 80 cm, Ø 38 cm: adjustable

from 80 - 108 cm.

G9802 p 55 - 80 cm pcs

G9803 p 80 - 108 cm pcs


299

Rhythmic Gymnastics

Hand Apparatus

MADE IN

GERMANY

2

Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics Jump Rope

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

Kübler Sport ® Competition Gymnastics Rope

3

Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics Skipping Rope Two-Tone

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

4

5

6

7

Kübler Sport ® Gymnastic Rope Scandinavia

Kübler Sport ® Cotton Jump Rope

Kübler Sport ® Classic Jump Rope

Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics Skipping Rope 100 m Roll

1

Kübler Sport ® Competition Gymnastics

Rope

Even skipping rope for school, leisure,

and club. Ends soldered, material: 100%

polypropylene, braided, length: 300 cm,

thickness: Ø 9 mm.

G4354 p blue pcs

G4346 p red pcs

G4342 p yellow pcs

G4341 p green pcs

G4344 p pink pcs

G4345 p purple pcs

G4343 p orange pcs

G4340 p light blue pcs

300

2 Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics Jump Rope

Skipping rope with reinforced middle and

knotted ends. Material: 100% braided polypropylene,

Measurements: Rope length:

280 cm, Thickness: 8 mm, Middle reinforced:

13 mm.

G4350 p blue pcs

G4351 p red pcs

G4353 p yellow pcs

G4352 p green pcs

3 Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics Skipping

Rope Two-Tone

Skipping rope for leisure, fitness, and

competition with amazing effects while

swinging. Material: two-tone braided polypropylene

multifilament yarn, Dimensions:

300 cm long, Ø 9 mm, Weight: approx.

90 g.

G4396 p black / orange pcs

G4398 p violet / green pcs

G4397 p black / green pcs

G4399 p blue / brown pcs

4

Kübler Sport ® Gymnastic Rope Scandinavia

Extra heavy gymnastics rope in Scandinavian

style. Material: 100% polyamide,

core-sheath braid with welded ends. Dimensions:

300 cm long, approximately

9 mm consistently thick. Weight: 160 g.

G4408-40 p terra / natural pcs

G4408-01 p blue pcs

G4408-02 p red pcs

G4408-07 p green pcs

5 Kübler Sport ® Cotton Jump Rope

Rope with thickened center, Material: 75%

cotton and 25% flax, Length: approx. 280


G4415-03 p yellow pcs

G4415-05 p white pcs


G4415-12 p pink pcs

G4415-21 p terra pcs

G4415-26 p light blue pcs

G4415-27 p multicoloured pcs

6 Kübler Sport ® Classic Jump Rope

For leisure, fitness, and gymnastics, in a

natural rope look. Material: 100% polypropylene,

braided, gold-beige, reinforced

center, ends knotted, plus tolerance

possible.

G4330 p 160 cm pcs

G4331 p 250 cm pcs

G4332 p 280 cm pcs

7 Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics Skipping

Rope 100 m Roll

Customizable jump rope, for individual

trimming according to body height. Material:

100% polypropylene, Ø 9 mm thick,

on the plastic spool. Made in Germany.

G4395-01 p blue pcs

G4395-02 p red pcs



G4395-12 p pink pcs

G4395-16 p purple pcs

G4395-23 p orange pcs


MADE IN

GERMANY

8

Kübler Sport ® Wooden Gymnastics Bar

9


11

tanga sports ® Gymnastics Rope

8 Kübler Sport ® Wooden Gymnastics Bar

Material: Pine wood, natural lacquered, rounded ends,

Dimensions: Ø 24 mm or 30 mm.

G4486 p 100 cm 24 mm pcs

G4485 p 100 cm 30 mm pcs

G4488 p 80 cm 24 mm pcs

G4487 p 90 cm 24 mm pcs

9 Tanga Sports ® Bar for Exercise Aid 100 cm



Weight: 120 g, Material: PP.


F11220-02 p red pcs



12

Gymnastics Equipment Cart

10 tanga sports ® Bar for Exercise Aid, 80 cm



Weight: 112 g, Material: PP.


F11221-02 p red pcs



11 tanga sports ® Gymnastics Rope

Wrapped red and white rubber rope, approximately 6

mm thick, with plastic hooks on both sides. Versatile

for gymnastics and games.

G4455 p 8 m pcs

G4456 p 10 m pcs P2903 p

G4457 p 12 m pcs

12 Gymnastics Equipment Cart

Sturdy wooden construction, naturally lacquered, easily

movable on castor wheels. Child-friendly storage options

for various gymnastics equipment. Dimensions: 116 x

50 x 85 cm, 3 shelves, each measuring 85 x 50 x 5.7

cm, Weight: approximately 20 kg, Delivery unassembled

and without equipment set.

P2902 l

pcs

W 20 kg

10

tanga sports ® Bar for Exercise Aid, 80 cm

Assortment Set, 85 pcs.

13 Assortment Set, 85 pcs.

Assembly set (order cart separately) consisting of:

- 12 PVC Gymnastics hoops, 70 cm (4 colors)

- 12 Gymnastics bars, 100 cm (4 colors)

- 8 Gymnastics balls, 16 cm (4 colors)

- 12 Foam balls (4 colors)

- 12 Jump ropes, 300 cm (4 colors)

- 2 Medicine balls, 1 kg

- 1 Multi-ball, 22 cm

- 8 Throwing rings, 18 cm (4 colors)

- 8 Bean bags, 150 g (4 colors)

- 8 Gymnastics clubs, 44 cm (4 colors)

- 1 Gymnastic rope, 10 m

- 1 Ball pump

13

set

301


Rhythmic Gymnastics

Hand Apparatus

1

tanga sports ® Competition Gymnastics Band

2

tanga sports ® Gymnastics Band 6 m

3

Rainbow gymnastics ribbon

1

tanga sports ® Competition Gymnastics

Band

Rhythmic Ribbon with Fiberglass Rod and

Swivel. Dimensions: Rod Length: 50 cm,

Ribbon: approx. 600 x 5 cm, Material: Satin

Ribbon and Fiberglass Rod.

G4373 p blue pcs

G4374 p red pcs

G4372 p yellow pcs

G4371 p white pcs

G4370 p green pcs

G4387 p pink pcs

2 tanga sports ® Gymnastics Band 6 m

Rainbow-design rhythmic ribbon made of

satin, dimensions: 600 x 5 cm, includes

fiberglass rod and swivel.

G4391 p

3 Rainbow gymnastics ribbon

Rhythm ribbon in rainbow colors, Dimensions:

Ribbon dimensions: 200 x 4 cm,

Stick length: 40 cm.

G6220 p

pcs

4 Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics Ball

Smooth, shiny surface, unlacquered, latexfree,

weight for Ø 16 cm: 300 g, weight for

Ø 19 cm: 420 g, load capacity up to 200 kg.

G9901 p 16 cm blue pcs

G9902 p 16 cm red pcs

G9904 p 16 cm yellow pcs

G9903 p 16 cm green pcs

G4226 p 16 cm turquoise pcs

G4225 p 16 cm pink pcs


pcs G9922 p 19 cm red pcs



5 TOGU ® Gymnastics Ball FIG

6 tanga sports ® Gymnastics Ball Training

Shiny ball, material: Ruton, latex-free

without phthalates and heavy metals.

Very gripable, extremely bouncy, super

elastic and antistatic. FIG certified for use

in training and competition. Dimensions: Ø

approx. 19 cm, weight: 420 g, load capacity

The Tanga Sports gymnastics ball is the

ideal companion for training in gymnastics,

dancing, and playing. Its matte surface

provides good grip and texture. The ball is

known for its bounce and shape resilience.

Dimensions: Ø 18 cm, Weight 200 g.

up to approx. 200 kg, Made in Germany. G9930 p blue pcs

G4230 p blue pcs G9929 p red pcs

G4231 p red pcs G9931 p yellow pcs

G4233 p yellow pcs G9932 p green pcs

G4235 p black pcs

G4234 p white pcs

G4232 p green pcs

G4238 p turquoise pcs

G4236 p pink pcs

G4266 p gold pcs


G4239 p light green pcs

302



4

Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics Ball

7

Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics Hoop

10

tanga sports ® RYTMO Dual Band Set

MADE IN

GERMANY

5

TOGU ® Gymnastics Ball FIG

8

Kübler Sport ® Wooden Gymnastics Hoop

11

tanga sports ® Competition Gymnastics Clubs

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

6

tanga sports ® Gymnastics Ball Training

9

Kübler Sport ® Competition Gymnastics Hoop

12

Kübler Sport ® Wooden Gymnastics Club

7 Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics Hoop 8 Kübler Sport ® Wooden Gymnastics Hoop 9 Kübler Sport ® Competition Gymnastics

11 tanga sports ® Competition Gymnastics

Lateral grooves for an excellent grip profile,

weather-resistant and buoyant, Material:

PVC, Tire thickness: 15 mm, according

Material: 100% PEFC certified beech

wood, multiple glued and finely sanded.

Dimensions: profile 20 x 10 mm.

Hoop

Plastic wheel with diagonally welded seams,

weather-resistant, according to FIG

Clubs

Material: Plastic, according to FIG standards,

Length: 44 cm, Weight: 150 g.

to DIN 7912.

G4280 p 60 cm pcs standard, suitable for water gymnastics, G4265 p blue pcs

G4426 p 50 cm blue pcs G4281 p 70 cm pcs outer diameter: Ø approx. 89.5 cm, profile G4287 p red pcs

G4425 p 50 cm red pcs G4282 p 80 cm pcs diameter: Ø 20 mm, weight: approx. 305 g. G4289 p yellow pcs

G4427 p 50 cm yellow pcs G4284 p 90 cm pcs G4400 p blue pcs G4299 p white pcs


G4403 p red pcs G4288 p green pcs


G4401 p yellow pcs


G4404 p white pcs

12


G4402 p green pcs Kübler Sport ® Wooden Gymnastics Club


Material: Turned beech wood, silk-matte

10


tanga sports ® RYTMO Dual Band Set lacquered.


6 double straps in orange, yellow, blue, G4292 p 36 cm pcs


green, red, purple. Band dimensions: 90 G4297 p 40 cm pcs


x 2 cm, rod length: 22 cm in the color G42981 p 45 cm pcs


of the band.


G6239 p

set



MADE IN

GERMANY


303

Rope Skipping & Ring Tennis

Rope Skipping & Ring Tennis

2

tanga sports ® Throwing Ring

3

tanga sports ® Tournament Tennis Ring

4

5

SET

DTB Competition Tennis Ring

1

6

7

SET

Multi-playing post


tanga sports ® 20-piece Rope Skipping Set

1 Multi-playing post

3 meters high, made of thick-walled aluminum profile 80

x 80 mm. Steel frame. Suitable for outdoor and indoor

use. Particularly stable and heavy construction (120 kg

per post), portable with large transport wheels. Does not

include a net. Delivery in separate pieces.

D9520 l

W 120 kg

2 tanga sports ® Throwing Ring

Air-filled with valve. Material: PVC. Weight: 180 g.

G4465 p blue pcs

G4466 p red pcs

G4467 p yellow pcs

G4468 p green pcs

G4469 p purple pcs

3 tanga sports ® Tournament Tennis Ring

5

Solid foam ring. Dimensions: Ø 17 cm, Weight: 220 g.

G4472 p blue pcs

G4474 p red pcs

G4473 p yellow pcs

G4470 p white pcs

pcs G4475 p green pcs G4658 p red / blue set

4 DTB Competition Tennis Ring

Official competition ring made of foam rubber according

to FGO/DTB standards in yellow, outer diameter: 17 cm,

inner diameter: 10.5 cm, weight: 230 g.

G4476 p

pcs

6 tanga sports ® Hand Counter TALLY MAN

Hand counter that counts from 1 to 9999 with thumb

pressure. Material: metal casing.

G4329 p

pcs

7 tanga sports ® 20-piece Rope Skipping Set

Set of 20 Jump Ropes including storage bag, Dimensions

of storage bag: Ø 27 x 23 cm.

G5016 p 213 cm pcs

G5017 p 243 cm pcs

G5018 p 273 cm pcs

G5019 p 300 cm pcs

304

8

tanga sports ® Double Dutch Jump Rope

8 tanga sports ® Double Dutch Jump Rope

High-speed plastic ropes, specially designed for team

jump roping & rope skipping, Dimensions: 6 m long,

Delivery in pairs.

G4321-01 p blue pair

G4321-03 p yellow pair

G4321 p orange pair

9 tanga sports ® Rope Skipping Swing Rope 6 m

High-speed plastic ropes, specifically designed for team

rope jumping & skipping, Length: 6 m, Material: 100%

polychloride.

G4339-01 p blue pcs


G4339-12 p pink pcs

G4339 p orange pcs 10.95

9

tanga sports ® Rope Skipping Swing Rope 6 m

10

tanga sports ® Rope Skipping Jump Rope

11

tanga sports ® Beaded Jump Rope

10 tanga sports ® Rope Skipping Jump

11 tanga sports ® Beaded Jump Rope

Rope

Fast-swinging jump rope, Material: 100% PVC with black

plastic handles, individually adjustable.

G4862 p 213 cm blue pcs Color: red/white.

G4860 p 213 cm yellow pcs G4348 p


G4861 p 213 cm orange pcs













Skipping rope for leisure, fitness, gymnastics, consisting

of a nylon rope (100% nylon) with colored plastic links

threaded onto it. Length: 300 cm, with plastic handles.

pcs


305

Movement Landscapes

Gym Swings

1 Kübler Sport ® Flying Swing

The swing adapts to the body and allows children to swing

safely and comfortably. It provides great fun, strengthens

muscle tone, and promotes body awareness and spatial

orientation, among other things. Dimensions: 100 x 75

cm. Weight capacity: up to 120 kg. Delivery: Flying swing

including ropes and carabiner hooks.

P8531 p

set

306

1

Kübler Sport ® Flying Swing

4

Seat swing

7

Square Swing

2

Clamping strip including roller joint

5

Horse Swing

8

Round swing

2 Clamping strip including roller joint

5 Horse Swing

The clamping bar is universally applicable for attaching This swing simulates a horse. It provides an amazing and

hanging elements to steel beams. The device can be safe swinging experience. 2-point and 4-point suspension

attached to HEA and HEB steel beams. On the underside,

options possible. Cover: tarpaulin fabric, core: wood with

there are three slots in which the roller joint can be foam, dimensions: 75 x 32 x 6 cm, weight capacity: 120 kg.

mounted lengthwise or crosswise to the slots.

P8522 p

pcs P8527 l

G2079 p flange width 100 mm pcs

W 15 kg

6

G2070 p flange width 150 mm pcs Horse Saddle

G2077 p flange width 200 mm pcs Accessories for the horse swing, max. load capacity: 9 Multi-child swing

G2078 p flange width 250 mm pcs 120 kg.

3 MARATHON ® Suspension System

P8523 p

pcs

Swivel joint with ball bearings for silent and long-lasting 7 Square Swing

movements indoors and outdoors. Load capacity: up to Swing structure with enough space for multiple children.

125 kg. Scope of delivery: 1x roller joint, 1x carabiner For motor exercises and balance training. 1-point (with

hook 100 x 10 mm, installation manual.

swivel only), 2-point, and 4-point suspension possible.

G1828 p

pcs Cover: tarpaulin fabric, core: wood with foam padding,

dimensions: 100 x 100 x 6 cm, weight capacity: 120 kg.

4 Seat swing

P8521 l

pcs

Specially designed swing for children aged 2 and up. W 15 kg

Provides extremely high stability. Can be installed with

either a 2-point or 4-point suspension. Cover: tarpaulin

fabric, Core: wood with foam padding, Dimensions: 65

x 35 x 5 cm, Weight capacity: 120 kg.

P8520 p

pcs

3

MARATHON ® Suspension System

6

Horse Saddle

9

Multi-child swing

8 Round swing

Suitable for multiple children to promote sense of balance.

1-point and 3-point suspension possible. Cover: canvas

fabric, core: wood with foam, dimensions: Ø 100 x 6 cm,

weight capacity: 120 kg.

pcs

Education M: Suitable for 2-3 children, also in public

facilities (DIN EN 1176), preferred for indoor use. Mountable

on any swing frame. Capacity: 150 kg, dynamic

capacity: 300 kg; All-around impact protection in dark

gray. Dimensions: 109 x 53 x 12 cm. Professional rope

set: 2-point suspension made of 10 mm ropes with safety

screw connection, adjustable in height. Suspension set

(G1828) available separately. Education L: Suitable for

4-5 children, according to DIN EN 1176. Dimensions:

136 x 66 x 15 cm, otherwise the same as Education M.

G1825 y for 2-3 kids pcs

G1826 y for 4-5 kids pcs

307


Movement Landscapes

Play Landscapes

1

Module set, 21 pieces

2

3

4

Building Set, 10 pieces

Playground Landscape 4, 4-piece

Playground landscape 3, 10-piece

5

6

7

Playground House Puzzle, 11 pieces

Spordas ® Heaven & Hell Puzzle Mat

Kübler Sport ® Puzzle Mats & Pool Noodles Set

1 Module set, 21 pieces

3 Playground Landscape 4, 4-piece

Consisting of various triangles, half rolls, U-profiles, cubes,

and L-profiles, optional with cover, Material: tarpaulin

fabric, foam, dimensions as a cube: 150 x 150 x 30 cm.

Consisting of a staircase, a wedge, and two bridges,

Material: tarpaulin fabric, foam, Dimensions: staircase

60 x 120 x 60 cm, bridges 60 x 30 x 30 cm, wedge 60

G4732 l without coat red, blue, yellow, green

set x 120 x 60/6 cm.

W 46 kg

G4714 l

pcs G4716 l

G4734 l without coat orange, light blue, yellow, light green set W 35 kg

W 23 kg

W 46 kg

G4733 l with coat red, blue, yellow, green set

W 32 kg

G4738 l with coat

W 32 kg

orange, light blue, yellow, light green set

2 Building Set, 10 pieces

Consisting of different triangular bridges, triangles, cubes,

and rollers. Material: tarpaulin fabric, foam.

G4724 l

pcs

W 11 kg

4 Playground landscape 3, 10-piece

The individual modules are designed to be easily combined

with each other. Material: Inserts made of solid

foam cores, cover made of durable lightweight tarpaulin

fabric with double-sewn zipper, resistant to dirt and

moisture, easy to clean.

G4713 l

W 42 kg

pcs

5 Playground House Puzzle, 11 pieces

Play landscape consisting of four mats each 100 x 90 x

10 cm, two mats each 100 x 100 x 10 cm, and five inner

parts, material: tarpaulin fabric, foam, the individual parts

are connected with Velcro.

pcs

6 Spordas ® Heaven & Hell Puzzle Mat

Play mat suitable for hopscotch games, Material: EVA

foam, Overall dimensions: 368 x 137 x 1.2 cm, Dimensions

per number mat: 46 x 46 x 1.2 cm.

G5199 p

7 Kübler Sport ® Puzzle Mats & Pool Noodles Set

Consisting of two puzzle mats each 106 x 106 x 3 cm, eight

border pieces, and four pool noodles. Mat color: Red/Blue.

G4698 y

set

set

308



11

9

Square Ball Pit

tanga sports ® Play Balls for the Ball Pit

12

BIG ® Fun Slide Slide

8 Kübler Sport ® Folding Mat

Versatile applications in school and children‘s gymnastics, ideal for covering larger

areas, space-saving foldable, Material: core made of PE foam, cover made of tearresistant

washable PVC fabric, Dimensions: 35 mm thick, 120 cm wide.

G3951 l 240 cm blue / yellow

G3952 l 240 cm red / yellow

G3950 l 240 cm blue

W 7 kg



G3953 l 300 cm blue

W 8.5 kg



G3956 l 360 cm blue

W 10 kg



G3959 l 420 cm blue

W 11 kg

pcs

pcs

pcs

pcs

pcs

pcs

pcs

pcs

pcs

pcs

pcs

pcs



G3962 l 480 cm blue

W 12 kg



G3964 l 540 cm blue

W 14 kg



G3967 l 600 cm blue

W 16 kg

8

Kübler Sport ® Folding Mat

10

Quarter Circle Ball Pit

Hamster Wheel / Rhön Wheel

9 Square Ball Pit

12 BIG ® Fun Slide Slide

For about 4000 balls consisting of four

parts, Material: tarpaulin fabric, foam,

Outer dimensions: 225 x 225 x 50 cm,

Stable design with wide steps, height-adjustable

and foldable, dimensions (L x W x

H): 164 x 73 x 116 cm, sliding length of 152

pcs Inner dimensions: 175 x 175 x 50 cm, cm, maximum weight capacity of 50 kg.

pcs Delivery without balls.

G4707 l

pcs

pcs G4717 l

pcs W 13.9 kg

W 37 kg

pcs

10 Quarter Circle Ball Pit

13

pcs

Hamster Wheel / Rhön Wheel

pcs For approx. 3000 balls consisting of four As a hamster wheel or lying down as a half

parts, Material: tarpaulin fabric, foam, or quarter circle for balancing, rocking,

pcs Dimensions: 200 x 200 x 50 cm, Delivery climbing - alone or in pairs, concealed

pcs without balls.

screw connections hold the stable roll

pcs G4723 l

pcs together, rung spacing approx. 15 cm,

W 32 kg

Ø 145 cm, 45 cm wide, loadable up to

max. 100 kg.

11 tanga sports ® Play Balls for the Ball Pit

500 colorful plastic balls, Ø 6 cm.

P2917 p

set

G4719 p 6 cm set

13


309

Movement Landscapes

Balancing Courses

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

2

3

Erzi ® Balancing Board Coloursteps

Erzi ® Balance Board Pebble Beach

Erzi ® Balance Board Forest Ground

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

4

5

6

Erzi ® Balance Board Branches

Erzi ® Balance Board Feldstein

Erzi ® Balance Board Mixed Material

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

7

8

9

Erzi ® Balance Board Puddle

Erzi ® Balance Board ZEHner

Erzi ® Balance Beam Rung

1 Erzi ® Balancing Board Coloursteps

The six different colors of the balancing stones not only

offer various possibilities for tasks within a course, but

also add a vibrant splash of color to the gymnasium.

Dimensions: 190 x 24 x 9 cm, Weight capacity: 100 kg.

P7723 y

pcs

3 Erzi ® Balance Board Forest Ground

27 holes are filled here with small and large foam balls.

Walking here requires concentration, one wrong step and

the ball slips out. The balls provide a pleasant stimulation

of the soles of the feet, especially when walking barefoot.

Material: birch, foam, dimensions: 190 x 24 x 9 cm,


5 Erzi ® Balance Board Feldstein

Hiking and balancing over various stones. The small and

large stones particularly stimulate the foot and leg muscles

when walking barefoot. Material: Birch, Dimensions: 190

x 24 x 9 cm, Weight Capacity: 100 kg.

P7705 y

2 Erzi ® Balance Board Pebble Beach

P7712 y

pcs

Running barefoot like on the beach - that‘s how the board 4 Erzi ® Balance Board Branches

with its various materials is supposed to feel, sensitizing

the feet and soles. The board is used to develop foot

sensory perception. Material: beech, birch, Dimensions:

190 x 24 x 9 cm, Weight capacity: 100 kg.

Balance board with untreated „branches“ made of spruce

wood. Balance from branch to branch or alternate placing

one foot on the branch and one on the ground. The six

branches provide a real wood feeling and train the arch

P7704 y

P7724 y

pcs of the foot. Material: birch, spruce, dimensions: 190 x

24 x 9 cm, capacity: 100 kg.

P7702 y

pcs

pcs

6 Erzi ® Balance Board Mixed Material

Five different materials provide a tactile experience here.

Smooth, rough, warm, cold, hard or soft, everything can

be explored with eyes, hands, and feet. Dimensions: 190

x 24 x 9 cm, Weight capacity: 100 kg.

pcs

310



10

Erzi ® Balance Walking Path Nature

Erzi ® Rocky Rocker

7 Erzi ® Balance Board Puddle

You can jump from „puddle“ to „puddle“ or step on the

board alternately. The alternation between solid and

unstable ground strengthens the sense of balance and

stability of the ankles. Material: birch, plastic, dimensions:

190 x 24 x 9 cm, load capacity: 100 kg.

P7739 y

8 Erzi ® Balance Board ZEHner

The 10 number fields with 55 small stones can be walked

or touched from 1 to 10. Ideal for children with visual

impairments or for walking and touching with blindfolds.

Material: Birch, dimensions: 190 x 24 x 9 cm, weight

capacity: 100 kg.

P7721 y

11

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

9 Erzi ® Balance Beam Rung

The balance beam is the perfect addition to the balance

boards. The high level of challenge is created by the

winding rungs along the direction of movement. Material:

birch, beech, dimensions: 186.4 x 24 x 12 cm, weight P7720 p

capacity: 100 kg.

pcs P7741 y

pcs

10 Erzi ® Balance Walking Path Nature

Set of 6 different balance boards for attaching to standard

wall bars, sport boxes, or trapeze blocks. Material: birch,

dimensions: each 190 x 24 x 9 cm, weight capacity: P7727 p

each 100 kg.

P7708 l

set

W 50 kg

pcs

12

Erzi ® Wall Mount

MADE IN

GERMANY

11 Erzi ® Rocky Rocker

Can be used as a rocker or as an add-on module for

balance boards. Reversible for different levels of difficulty.

Dimensions: 42 x 28.5 x 17 cm, load capacity: 100 kg.

pcs

12 Erzi ® Wall Mount

For up to four Erzi ® balance boards or balance beams. The

boards can be easily folded in and out for space-saving

storage. Dimensions: 50.6 x 12 x 6.7 cm.

pcs


311

Movement Landscapes

Balancing Courses

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

Erzi ® Center Piece Parcours

1 Erzi ® Center Piece Parcours

The obstacle course offers the Center Piece as the center

of the movement landscape, along with a roller slide

(length: 205 cm), three balance boards, a balance wave,

and the Rocky Rocker. Material: birch, dimensions of the

Center Piece: 149 x 107 x 55 cm, weight capacity: 100 kg.

Features

Set consisting of:

- Center Piece (P7749)

- Roller Slide M (G5851)

- Balance Board TEN Step (P7721)

- Balance Board Material Mix (P7704)

- Balance Board Field Stone (P7705)

- Balance Beam Rungs (P7741)

- Rocky Rocker (P7720)

P7750 l

W 95 kg

2 Erzi ® Sport Box Balance Course

The set consists of a small sports box, a large sports box

with a padded attachment, a rolling slide (length: 205

cm), and two balance boards. This way, all possibilities

of the sports box are utilized in the obstacle course. The

setup can be done in a circular or star shape, allowing for

numerous combinations of the individual sports equipment.

Material: Birch, Load capacity: 100 kg.

P7751 l

set

W 61 kg

3 Erzi ® Rolling Slide Course

Offers a trapeze horse and two roller slides that can be

attached to the trapeze horse as needed. Dimensions

of the roller slides: 115 x 56.5 x 10.5 cm, 205 x 56.5 x

set 10.5 cm, weight capacity: 100 kg.

P7748 l

set

W 30 kg

set

G5846 l

W 19.3 kg

4 Erzi ® Rolling Slide

Simply hang it in a regular climbing frame, the sports

box, or the trapeze blocks and enjoy the motor challenge

with lots of fun. Material: birch and polyethylene, Load

capacity: up to 100 kg.

G5850 p 115 cm pcs

G5851 l 205 cm pcs

W 15 kg

P7747 l 250 cm pcs

W 18 kg

G5852 l 300 cm pcs

W 23 kg

5 Erzi ® Wave Slide

For hanging on standard climbing walls, in the sports

box or on the trapeze blocks. Dimensions: 205 x 56.5 x

18 cm, Material: birch and polyethylene, Load capacity:

up to 100 kg.

pcs

312



1

Erzi ® Center Piece Parcours

4

Erzi ® Rolling Slide

8

Erzi ® Sports Box with Attachment

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

6 Erzi ® Replacement Wheels for Slide Boards, Set of 5

5 replacement wheels for Erzi ® roller slides and wave

slides. Ø per wheel: 5.9 cm. Material: Polyethylene.

G5853 p

set

2

Erzi ® Sport Box Balance Course

5

Erzi ® Wave Slide

9

Erzi ® Trapezium Block

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

7 Erzi ® Balance Beam Net

Curved balance beam for obstacle courses and movement

landscapes. Whether lying on the ground or hung up, the

balance beam offers a lot of fun and a motor challenge.

Material: birch and plastic, dimensions: 204 x 56.5 x 18

cm, weight: 13.5 kg, load capacity: 100 kg.

G5854 l

pcs

W 15 kg

8 Erzi ® Sports Box with Attachment

The sports box can be combined with Erzi balance boards

and slides thanks to its versatile openings. The attachment

provides a padded surface. Included is a colored wheeled G5855 p

board that can also be used as a lid for the sports box.

Material: birch, artificial leather, dimensions: 75 x 39.5

x 59 cm, weight capacity: 140 kg.

P7732 p

pcs

3

Erzi ® Rolling Slide Course

7

Erzi ® Balance Beam Net

10

Erzi ® Climbing Wall Platform

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

9 Erzi ® Trapezium Block

Whether it‘s climbing, jumping, crawling, or balancing, it

is versatile. Balance boards and slides can be attached.

Material: birch, weight capacity: 140 kg.

P7742 p 44,50 cm pcs

P7728 y 58,50 cm pcs

10 Erzi ® Climbing Wall Platform

Here you can attach the balance boards, balance beams,

and roller slides. The platform can be hung on any rung

wall with a rung diameter of 35 mm. Dimensions: 87 x

61.6 x 39.7 cm, Load capacity: 100 kg.

pcs


313

Movement Landscapes

Balancing Courses

1

2

Edugym ® Rocking Horse

Edugym ® Platform

3

4

5

6

Edugym ® Island

Edugym ® Triangle Vault

Edugym ® Balance Beam

Edugym ® Rope Bridge

7

8

9

Edugym ® Slide

Edugym ® Tactile Board

Edugym ® Arch Bridge / Seesaw

1 Edugym ® Rocking Horse

4 Edugym ® Triangle Vault

8 Edugym ® Tactile Board

Climbing element for movement landscapes, Material: Climbing element for movement landscapes, Material: Material: Side parts made of 15 mm thick birch plywood,

Side panels made of 15 mm thick birch wood, Rungs Side parts made of 15 mm thick birch plywood, Rungs rungs made of solid beech wood, Weight: 15 kg, Dimensions

made of solid birch wood, Weight: 4.5 kg, Dimensions made of solid beech wood, Dimensions: 60 x 74 x 66

(L x W x H): 153 x 40 x 8 cm.

(L x W x H): 47 x 35 x 31 cm.

cm, Weight: 8 kg.

G9144 y

pcs

G9139 y

pcs G9137 y

pcs

9 Edugym ® Arch Bridge / Seesaw

2 Edugym ® Platform

5 Edugym ® Balance Beam

Suspension element, Material: Birch plywood and rungs

Platform for hanging elements, Material: side walls made For suspending in movement landscapes, Material: Multiplex,

made of solid beech wood, Dimensions (L x W x H): 170

of 15 mm birch plywood, rungs made of solid beech wood,

Weight: 10 kg, Dimensions (L x W): 140 x 10 cm. x 40 x 36 cm, Weight: 15 kg, Load capacity up to 60 kg.

Weight: 12 kg, Dimensions (L x W x H): 60 x 67 x 72 cm. G9141 y

pcs G9146 y

pcs

G9140 y

pcs

6 Edugym ® Rope Bridge

10 Climbing Tunnel Mini

3 Edugym ® Island

For attachment to podium, vaulting box, and more. Mini climbing tunnel set for toddlers can be used as a

For attaching balance boards, balance beams, and more.

Material: Birch plywood side parts and solid beechwood

rungs. Weight: 5 kg. Dimensions (L x W x H): 68 x 68

Material: side parts made of 15 mm thick birch plywood,

rods made of solid beech wood. Dimensions (L x W x H):

190 x 40 x 8 cm. Weight: 12.5 kg.

bridge or seesaw, Material: Side parts made of plywood,

rungs made of hardwood, Dimensions balancing/rocking

board: 150 x 20 x 7 cm with hanging options, 2 climbing

x 15 cm.

G9149 y

pcs arcs, Dimensions: 58 x 58 x 40 cm, Dimensions when

G9138 y

pcs

set up: 245 x 58 cm, including 2 seats for the seesaw.

7 Edugym ® Slide

G5902 l

set

W 40 kg

314

Can be used for hanging or as a rocker, Material: Side

parts made of 15 mm thick birch plywood, Rungs made

of beech wood, Weight: 14.5 kg, Dimensions (L x W x

H): 190 x 40 x 8 cm.

G9143 l

W 14.5 kg

pcs



10

Climbing Tunnel Mini

13

Climbing Tunnel Set

16

möte ® Movement Construction Site Outdoor Basic Set

11

Climbing bridge

14

Running seesaw

12

Climbing House Mini

Balance Stairs 11-piece

11 Climbing bridge

14 Running seesaw

16 möte ® Movement Construction Site Outdoor Basic Set

4-sided climbing bridge made of different elements:

climbing net, chicken ladder, rung track, gym ladder,

dimensions: 200 x 200 x 45 cm, material: multiplex

With attached rungs for increased slip resistance, Material:

Beech, Dimensions (L x W x H): 170 x 17 x 32 cm, Weight:

approx. 9 kg, load capacity up to 35 kg.

18-piece set of crates, boards, balance beams, and

transport cart, suitable for outdoor use, Material: Birch

real wood panel with textured phenolic film coating, the

with hardwood rungs, weight: 60 kg, load capacity up

to approx. 120 kg.

G5935 y

set crates can be stacked inside each other for compact

storage, suitable for children aged 4-12 years.

15

G5903 l

set Balance Stairs 11-piece

P7780 l

pcs

W 30 kg

Combination of wooden stools of different heights, natural W 142 kg

lacquered, steps with non-slip coating, feet with rubber

12 Climbing House Mini

coating, dimensions extended: 500 x 60 x 83 cm, packed 17 Puzzle Bank Set

Small version of the climbing house, dimensions: 90 x dimensions: 90 x 60 x 83 cm, weight: approx. 60 kg, 4- or 12-piece set of colorful children‘s gym benches,

90 x 140 cm, slide dimensions: 180 x 52 cm and ladder load capacity up to 90 kg.

Material: Birch plywood, Height: 25 cm, Seat width: 16

dimensions: 120 x 52 cm, weight: 80 kg.

P7625 l

set cm, stackable with floor-protecting felt glides.

G5909 l

set W 80 kg

G5922 l quarter circles set

W 80 kg

W 12 kg

G5923 l semi circles set

13 Climbing Tunnel Set

W 12 kg

Set of 2 climbing arches and a balance board, Material:

G5921 l straight set

Sides made of multiplex, rungs made of hardwood,

W 12 kg

Dimensions climbing arch: 72 x 72 x 62 cm and balance

G5920 l 12 pcs set

board: 180 x 35 cm, Weight: 40 kg.

W 36 kg

G5900 l natural set

G5901 l blue set

W 40 kg

315

15

17

Puzzle Bank Set


Movement Landscapes

Acoustic Elements

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

Acoustic Playhouse Gitta

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

2

Acoustic Playhouse Stefanshof

3

Waldis Acoustic Tree Stump Cave

1 Acoustic Playhouse Gitta

3 Waldis Acoustic Tree Stump Cave

5 Acoustic Panel Crawl Meadow

20-piece playhouse made of sound-absorbing material

that converts sound energy into thermal energy and

achieves an absorption value of 85-100%, Material:

Acoustic panel 3000 g/m², 2.5 cm thick, Dimensions (L

x W x H): 173 x 156 x 163 cm, easy assembly and disassembly

thanks to plug-in system, B1, flame retardant

8-piece playhouse in the shape of a tree stump, the

cave has a spacious interior and removable windows,

made of sound-absorbing material that converts sound

energy into thermal energy and achieves an absorption

value of 85-100%, Material: Acoustic panel 3000 g/

m², 2.5 cm thick.

according to DIN 4102 and EN 13501-1.

P2002 l 120 x 78 x 120 cm pcs

P2001 l

pcs P2003 l 177 x 120 x 152 cm pcs

W 0 kg

W 0 kg

2 Acoustic Playhouse Stefanshof

21-piece playhouse made of sound-absorbing material

that converts sound energy into thermal energy and

achieves an absorption value of 85-100%, Material:

Acoustic panel 3000 g/m², 2.5 cm thick, Dimensions (L

x W x H): 173 x 156 x 163 cm, easy assembly and disassembly

thanks to plug-in system, B1, flame retardant

according to DIN 4102 and EN 13501-1.

P2000 l

pcs

W 0 kg

4 Acoustic Panel Jungle

Absorbs 85 - 100% of the sound and converts it into

thermal energy for improved room acoustics, 1 panel,

6 figures, Material: Acoustic panel 3000 g/m², 2.5 cm

thick, Figures: 4 cm thick, made from up to 100% recycled

material, B1 flame retardant according to DIN

4102 and EN 13501-1.

P2010 l 120 x 60 cm pcs

P2011 l 200 x 100 cm pcs

P2012 l 300 x 150 cm pcs

W 0 kg

Absorbs 85-100% of the sound and converts it into

thermal energy for improved room acoustics. Includes

1 mounting picture, 6 figures. Material: Acoustic panel

3000 g/m², 2.5 cm thick. Figures: 4 cm thick, made of up

to 100% recycled materials. B1 fire resistant according

to DIN 4120 and EN 13501-1.

P2004 l 120 x 60 cm pcs

P2005 l 200 x 100 cm pcs

P2006 l 300 x 150 cm pcs

W 0 kg

316

MADE IN

GERMANY

4

Acoustic Panel Jungle

5

Acoustic Panel Crawl Meadow

MADE IN

GERMANY


317

Ballet

Sports & Dance Mirrors

1

Foil Lightweight Mirror 200 cm Height

1 Foil Lightweight Mirror

200 cm Height

100% distortion-free and

resistant to dust and dirt.

Material: Mirrored polyester

film, aluminum frame.

Weight: approx. 2 kg/sqm.

Installation: with 2 hanging

eyes.

G1372 l without mounting 200 x 100 cm without back plate pcs

W 8 kg

G1329 l with suspension eyes 200 x 100 cm without back plate pcs

W 6 kg

G1370 l with z-profile rail 200 x 100 cm without back plate pcs

W 8 kg

G1373 l without mounting 200 x 100 cm with back plate pcs

W 8 kg

G1369 l with suspension eyes 200 x 100 cm with back plate

pcs

W 8 kg

G1371 l with z-profile rail 200 x 100 cm with back plate pcs

W 8 kg


W 9 kg


W 9 kg

G1331 l with suspension eyes 200 x 125 cm without back plate

W 7 kg

pcs


pcs

W 9 kg


W 9 kg


W 9 kg


W 9 kg


W 9 kg


W 9 kg


W 9 kg


pcs

W 9 kg


W 9 kg

318



5

Three-piece mirror panel with rolling stand

2 Sports Mirror System KRISTALL

4 Dance Mirror, Mobile

Mirrors for classrooms and dance rooms, easy mounting

system for individual mirror panels, construction:

lightweight plastic panel with 6 mm thick crystal glass

mirror, includes mounting, blending, and mirror strips.

G1607 l 3 x 2 m set thickness 4 mm.

W 96 kg

G1608 l 5 x 2 m set

G1645 l

W 60 kg

W 160 kg

G1609 l 10 x 2 m set

W 320 kg

G1610 l 10 x 1,5 m set

W 240 kg

3 Wall Mirror Figaro

For wall mounting in dance and fitness studios as well as

for medical use. Individual elements can be installed as

seamless mirror walls. Silver aluminum frame. Safety mirror

glass with splinter protection. Includes metal brackets

for wall mounting. Mirror thickness: 4 mm, frame width:

2.5 cm on each side. According to standard EN 60601-1.

G1755 l 170 x 100 cm pcs

W 30 kg

G1756 l 200 x 100 cm pcs

W 35 kg

G1759 l 200 x 125 cm pcs

W 40 kg

2

Sports Mirror System KRISTALL

6

Fosk ® Mobile Crystal Mirror 1-piece

Mobile mirror, nearly seamlessly connected to create a

large, distortion-free mirror, with smooth, freely rotating

wheels and locking brakes, safety glass „Mirox Safe“,

dimensions: 190 x 100 x 53.5 cm, approx. 53 kg, mirror

pcs

5 Three-piece mirror panel with rolling stand

Super lightweight and distortion-free foil mirror. Foldable

and lockable in a 3-part version. Includes rolling stand

with swivel and lockable wheels. Material: Back: Polyurethane

foam board, Mirror: Mirrored polyester film.

G1341 l 200 x 200 cm pcs

W 20 kg

G1343 l 200 x 300 cm pcs

W 22 kg

G1340 l 175 x 200 cm pcs

W 20 kg

G1342 l 175 x 300 cm pcs

W 22 kg

3

Wall Mirror Figaro

4

Dance Mirror, Mobile

7

Fosk ® Mobile Crystal Mirror 3-piece

6 Fosk ® Mobile Crystal Mirror 1-piece

Mobile crystal mirror, firmly glued to the back plate. With

powder-coated steel frame and swivel casters (two with

brakes). Mirror height: 194 cm, Mirror thickness: 6 mm.

G1734 l 194 x 125 cm pcs

W 84 kg

G1735 l 194 x 200 cm pcs

W 122 kg

G1736 l 194 x 255 cm pcs

W 145 kg

7 Fosk ® Mobile Crystal Mirror 3-piece

Mobile crystal mirror, firmly glued on the back panel. With

powder-coated steel frame and swivel casters (two with

brakes). Design: 3-part, foldable and lockable. Mirror

height: 199 cm, mirror thickness: 6 mm.

G1737 l 199 x 400 cm pcs

W 237 kg

G1738 l 199 x 508 cm pcs

W 275 kg

319


Ballet

Ballet Barres & Holders

1

2

3

4

Pine Ballet Barre

Ballet Barre, Ash Wood

Ballet Barre Ash Extension

Connection sleeve for ballet barres

5

6

7

Stand base for ballet barre

Ballet barre stand, height-adjustable

Stand base for double ballet bars

8

9

10

Kübler Sport ® Ballet bar wall mount with profile rail

Kübler Sport ® Ballet Bar Wall Bracket

Ballet Wall Mount ELEGANCE

1 Pine Ballet Barre

4 Connection sleeve for ballet barres

8 Kübler Sport ® Ballet bar wall mount with profile rail

Made from turpentine pine, Ø 40 mm, Weight: approx.

1 kg per meter, Characterized by high density and durability,

with sanded and smoothed edges for enhanced

For ballet bars, Ø 40 mm, length: 20 cm, material: stainless

steel round tube, for easy, stable, and secure (seamless)

connection of ballet bars.

Infinitely adjustable in height via handwheel, for ballet

bars with Ø 40 mm, Material: stainless steel, including

profile rail 28 x 14 mm, 100 cm long, projection approx.

user comfort.

G1687 p

pcs 23 cm, ideal for ballet, rehabilitation, and gymnastics, 3

G1695 p 1 m pcs

wall brackets are required for a 250 cm long bar, delivery

5

G1696 p 1,50 m pcs Stand base for ballet barre

without ballet bar.

G1697 y 2 m pcs For ballet bars with Ø 40 mm, dimensions: height: 103 G1743 p double pcs

G1698 l 3 m pcs cm, base dimensions: 18 x 10 x 0.6 cm, weight: 4.5 kg, G1742 p single pcs

W 3 kg

including mounting material.

9

2 Ballet Barre, Ash Wood

Made of ash wood Ø 40 mm, 250 cm long (standard

length), weight: 3 kg, other lengths available upon request.

G1629 y

pcs

3 Ballet Barre Ash Extension

Ballet barre with one milled end or two milled ends for

use with connector sleeve G1687, Material: Ash wood,

Ø 40 mm, 250 cm long.

G1686 y both ends milled off pcs

G1685 y one end milled off pcs

320

G1692 p

6 Ballet barre stand, height-adjustable

For ballet bars with Ø 40 mm, 14-level height adjustment

from 79.5 cm to 118 cm, base dimensions: 18 x 10 x

0.6 cm, weight: 4.5 kg, including mounting materials.

G1693 p

pcs

7 Stand base for double ballet bars

For ballet bars with Ø 40 mm, height: lower bar 77.5 cm,

upper bar 101 cm, distance between ballet bars: 19 cm,

no need to drill holes in the bars, weight: 5.75 kg, incl.

mounting materials.

G1694 p

pcs

Kübler Sport ® Ballet Bar Wall Bracket

For ballet bars with a diameter of 40 mm, projection:

approx. 23 cm, material: stainless steel., 3 wall brackets

are required for a bar with a length of 250 cm, delivery

without ballet bar.

G1741 p double pcs

G1740 p single pcs

10 Ballet Wall Mount ELEGANCE

Material: Steel with epoxy coating, suitable for Ø 40 mm

poles, dimensions wall bracket: 20.2 x 15 cm, dimensions

mounting plate: 10 x 8 x 0.6 cm, weight: 1.15 kg, including

mounting material, delivery does not include ballet barre.

pcs G1683-04 p double black pcs

G1683 p double silver pcs

G1682-04 p single black pcs

G1682 p single silver pcs

11

Mobile Double Ballet Barre PINA

12

Mobile Double Ballet Barre GISELLE, height adjustable

14

Mobile Ballet Barre ISA, adjustable height

11 Mobile Double Ballet Barre PINA

The bars are arranged at a height of 79.5 and 102 cm,

bars made of pine wood (Ø 40 mm), 19 cm distance

between the bars, steel base feet.

G1618 l with wheels 2 m pcs

W 57 kg


W 57.5 kg

G1616 l without wheels 2 m pcs

W 37.5 kg


W 38.5 kg

12 Mobile Double Ballet Barre GISELLE, height adjustable

The bars can be arranged at heights of 70 and 120 cm

thanks to the height adjustment, bars made of pine wood

(Ø 40 mm), 19 cm distance between the bars, steel feet.


W 57 kg


W 59 kg


W 40 kg


W 41 kg

13

Mobile Double Ballet Barre MAURICE

15

Mobile Ballet Barre AVANT

13 Mobile Double Ballet Barre MAURICE

Pine parallel bars (Ø 40 mm), Height: upper bar: 105

cm, lower bar: 82.5 cm, Distance between bars: 19 cm,

Material: Steel base feet, base made of cast iron with 4

rubber wheels each, Total weight: 74 kg for 2 m length.

G1620 l 2 m pcs

W 79 kg

G1621 l 3 m pcs

W 81 kg

14 Mobile Ballet Barre ISA, adjustable height

Pine Wood Ballet Barre Ø 40 mm, height-adjustable in

14 steps: min. height: 81.5 cm, max. height: 120.5 cm.


W 55.5 kg


W 56 kg


W 36.5 kg


W 37 kg

16

Mobile Ballet Barre WORKOUT

15 Mobile Ballet Barre AVANT

Dimensions: 102 cm high, Base dimensions (L x W x

H): 39.5 x 32 x 1 cm, Base: Ø 5 cm, Ballet bar made of

pine wood Ø 40 mm.


W 52.5 kg


W 53 kg


W 33.5 kg


W 34 kg

16 Mobile Ballet Barre WORKOUT

Dimensions: 96 cm high, base dimensions: 39.5 x 32 x

1 cm, including pine wood ballet bar Ø 40 mm, weight:

17.5 kg at 1.5 m length, for private use.

G1673 y 1,50 m pcs

G1674 y 2 m pcs

321


Sports Facility Equipment

Complete your sports facility with premium

equipment that combines functionality and

aesthetics. From practical equipment room

solutions and convenient ball storage systems

to durable equipment cabinets, we offer everything

you need to keep your facility organized.

Safety is our top priority – our first aid equipment

ensures a secure environment for all sports

activities. With our modern scoreboards and

clocks, sports events and training sessions

can be managed smoothly. For a solid flooring

surface that meets the demands of sports, rely

on our Bergo ® flooring solutions. They provide

the perfect combination of durability, safety,

and performance – forming the foundation for

outstanding athletic experiences.

Content

Equipment Room 324

Ball Carts 324

Storage Accessories 326

Equipment Cabinets 328

Locker Room 332

Lockers 332

Locker Room Benches 334

First Aid 338

Wall Clocks 340

Scoreboards 342

Stationary Scoreboards 342

Mobile Scoreboards 345

Bergo ® Sports Floors 346

322

323


Equipment Room

Ball Carts

1

XXL Shelf Cart

3

Shelving Cart

4

5

6

Ball Transport Cart Maxi

Ball Transport Cart Mini

Ball Transport Cart Jumbo

1 XXL Shelf Cart

External dimensions: 80 x 160 x 182.5 cm, Internal

dimensions: 74.0 x 154.5 x 160 cm, Bicycle frame made

of rectangular tubing: 40 x 20 mm, Load capacity: 500

kg, Surface: Electroplated blue galvanized, Castors:

4x Ø 125 mm, Polyamide, Tread made of elastomer

rubber. Accessories not included: Insert shelf D12671 D1273 l

without upstand.

W 24 kg

D12670 l

pcs

5

W 100 kg

Ball Transport Cart Mini

2 Intermediate Shelf for XXL Shelf Cart

Accessories for the XXL shelf trolley (D12670). Dimensions:

725 x 1,545 x 23 mm, load capacity: 150 kg,

surface: Galvanically blue zinc-plated. Without edging, D1279 l

with flat iron supports.

W 20 kg

D12671 y

pcs

3 Shelving Cart

Lockable, close-meshed steel frame construction with

pressed steel grid. Dimensions: 130 x 65 x 180 cm,

mesh size: 50 mm, design: 2 double doors with latch

(without lock), castors: 4x Ø 100 mm. Includes heightadjustable

grid shelves.

D1278 l

W 87 kg

pcs

4 Ball Transport Cart Maxi

Fine-meshed, galvanized steel wire construction with

foldable lid for balls and small equipment. Dimensions:

97 x 74 x 97 cm, Load capacity: approx. 250 kg, Weight:

24 kg, Swivel castors: Ø 100 mm. Padlock is not included

in the delivery.

Tightly woven, galvanized steel wire construction with a

folding lid. Dimensions: 90 x 67.5 x 75 cm, Load capacity:

approximately 250 kg, Swivel castors: 4x Ø 100 mm.

Padlock not included in delivery.

6 Ball Transport Cart Jumbo

Stable ball and equipment storage for up to 50 soccer

balls. Load capacity: approx. 100 kg. External dimensions

when set up: 100 x 104 x 62.5 cm, external dimensions

when folded: 100 x 100 x 20 cm, capacity: 600 liters,

weight: 27 kg, material: galvanized steel wire 40 x 100

mm, castors: 4x Ø 100 mm. Perfectly suitable for younger

children with an additional flap on the front.

D1266 y

7 Ball Transport Rollbox PREMIUM

External dimensions: 72.4 x 81.5 x 181 cm, Internal

dimensions: 66 x 75 x 158.5 cm, Load capacity: 500

kg, Weight: 53 kg, Door profile: Round tube Ø 22 mm,

Material: Steel, Surface: Galvanically blue zinc-plated,

Grid thickness: 4 mm, Mesh size: 50 x 50 mm, Rolling

pcs plate: Plastic gentian blue similar to RAL 5010, Casters:

2x swivel casters + 2x fixed casters Ø 108 mm made

of PP. Delivery is unassembled. Lock is not included in

the delivery.

D1261-01 l pcs

W 55 kg

pcs

pcs

8 Ball Transport Rollbox L

External dimensions: 72 x 81.5 x 180 cm, Internal dimensions:

66 x 75.0 x 160 cm, Load capacity: 500 kg,

Material: Steel, Surface: Galvanically blue zinc-plated,

Door pipe profile: Ø 22 mm, Platform: Plastic, Wheels: Ø

108 mm Polypropylene, 2 swivel casters / 2 fixed casters,

Mesh size: 50 x 50 mm, Mesh thickness: 4 mm, Weight:

approx. 48 kg. Delivery is unassembled.

D1265-01 l blue pcs

D1265-02 l red pcs


W 51 kg

7

Ball Transport Rollbox PREMIUM

12

Sypro ® Ball Cart ROBUST

9 Ball Transport Rollbox M


dimensions: 66 x 75 x 132.5 cm, Load capacity: 500 kg,

Material: Steel, Surface: Galvanically blue zinc plated, Door

pipe profile: Ø 22 mm, Plastic roller plate: Gentian blue

similar to RAL 5010, Wheels: Ø 108 mm polypropylene,

2 swivel casters / 2 fixed casters, Mesh size: 50 x 50

mm, Mesh thickness: 4 mm, Weight: approximately 42

kg. Delivery is unassembled. Lock is not included in the

scope of delivery.

D1263-01 l pcs

W 46 kg

8

Ball Transport Rollbox L

13

tanga sports ® Ball Cart

10 Rollbox BASICline - Recycled


dimensions: 66 x 75 x 158.5 cm, Design: 5-sided without

intermediate floor, Load capacity: 500 kg, Material: Steel,

Surface: Galvanically blue zinc-plated, Door pipe profile:

Ø 22 mm, Roll platform: Recycled plastic, Wheels: Ø 108

mm polypropylene, 2 swivel castors / 2 fixed castors,

Mesh size: 50 x 50 mm, Mesh thickness: 4 mm. Delivery

is unassembled.

D1265-04 l pcs

W 50 kg

D1288 l

W 22 kg

9

Ball Transport Rollbox M

14

tanga sports ® Ball Rack

11 Wire mesh intermediate shelf for Rollbox BASICline

Matching for D1265-04 Rollbox BASICline. Dimensions: 70

x 70.5 mm, Load capacity: 150 kg, Surface: Galvanically

blue zinc-plated. Without upturn.

D12641 y

pcs

D1289 p

12 Sypro ® Ball Cart ROBUST

Material: Steel tube, Surface: Powder-coated, anthracite

gray RAL 7016, Rollers material: Rubber. Lock not

included. Delivery is unassembled.

D1260 l 130 x 75 x 90 cm pcs

W 39 kg

D12601 l 94 x 75 x 90 cm pcs

W 34 kg

13 tanga sports ® Ball Cart

Dimensions when set up (L x W x H): 92 cm x 60 cm x

104 cm, Height without mounted wheel and handle: 88

cm, Material: Steel wire construction, chrome-plated,

Weight: approx. 23 kg, Grid box with dimensions: 10 x 7.6

cm, Thickness of the rods: 5 mm, Capacity: 20 - 30 balls

(e.g. 24x size 7 basketballs), Includes lockable folding lid

and 4 transport wheels. Lock not included in delivery.

pcs

10

Rollbox BASICline - Recycled

15

Combination Lock with Number Wheels

16

Magno Padlock

14 tanga sports ® Ball Rack

Chrome-plated steel tube construction with 4 wheels.

Capacity: Approx. 12 balls size 4/5/6/7. Dimensions: 101

x 23 x 100 cm. Length: Approx. 100 cm. Height: Approx.

100 cm. Bottom width: 43 cm. Includes 4 transport wheels.

pcs

15 Combination Lock with Number Wheels

Adjustable, personal security code with 5 number dials.

Inner width: 40 mm, inner height: 30 mm, shackle:

steel, 7 mm.

D1313 p

pcs

16 Magno Padlock

Inner height small: 14 mm, Inner height large: 22.3 mm,

Lock material: Brass, Shackle material: Steel, chrome-plated,

Key material: Brass, nickel-plated. Includes 2x keys.

D1317 p big pcs

D1316 p small pcs

325


Equipment Room

Storage Überschrift Accessories

1

Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics Ball Wall Holder

2

3

4

5

Stacking Aid Set

Wall shelf

Container trolley

Storage Device

6

7

8

9

BUREBA ® Gymnastics Ball Stand.

Ball rack for gymnastic balls

Eurotramp ® Mini-Tramp Transport Cart

Structure Hero ®

1 Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics Ball Wall Holder

Suitable for 3 balls with Ø 53 cm, 65 cm, or for 4 balls

with Ø 42 cm. Material: Steel. Dimensions: 165 x 54 cm,

Load capacity: 40 kg.

D1270 y

4 Container trolley

Made of steel sheet with large casters, perfect for transporting

and storing gymnastic bars or hockey sticks.

Weight: 10 kg, Height: 95 cm, Diameter: 25 cm.

pcs D2145 p

pcs

7 Ball rack for gymnastic balls

Shelf distances: Bottom-Middle 80 cm, Middle-Top 70

cm. Dimensions: 276 x 64 x 180 cm, Weight: 39 kg.

D1298 l

pcs

W 59 kg

2 Stacking Aid Set

5 Storage Device

8 Eurotramp ® Mini-Tramp Transport Cart

For exercise balls up to Ø 75 cm. High-quality, transparent

plastic. Set of 3 rings. Balls not included.

Dimensions: 34 x 14 x 71.5 cm (W x D x H), Material:

wood, natural finish, Space for 40 gymnastic sticks,

Flexible and space-saving solution for storage and transportation

of up to 8 mini trampolines. High load capacity

D1290 p

set Wall-mounting option.

and carrying capacity. Safety provided by 2 brake wheels.

G4505 p

pcs Delivery disassembled, easy self-assembly.

3 Wall shelf

G3684 l

pcs

For 15-20 gymnastic balls (depending on Ø). Stable 6 BUREBA ® Gymnastics Ball Stand.

W 20 kg

steel construction, white powder coated. With 4 support Suitable for 10 gym balls. Dimensions: Ø 100 x 195 cm.

elements. Maximum load capacity of approximately 50 Weight: 15.60 kg.

kg, approximately 175 x 50 cm, including mounting

materials. Balls not included.

K3279 p

pcs

D1297 l

set

W 11 kg

326



11

Hanging device for tires

14

Structure Hero ® Complete Set

12

Hanging device for tires, lockable

15

Jump Rope Suspension Device

10

Shelf brackets

13


16

Hanging device, lockable

9 Structure Hero ®

11 Hanging device for tires

14 Structure Hero ® Complete Set

Wall mount for cleaning equipment. Dimensions: 40.5 Made of metal for over 20 gymnastic hoops.

Wall holder with cleaning tools. Dimensions: 40.5 x 27.5

x 27.5 x 8 cm, Weight: 1.1 kg, Material: Metal. Delivery G4285 p

pcs x 8 cm, Weight: 1.1 kg, Material: Metal.

without accessories.

U3218 p magnet system pcs

12

U3217 p magnet system pcs Hanging device for tires, lockable

U3219 p with screws and dowels pcs

U3207 p with screws and dowels pcs Made of metal, lockable, suitable for 20 gymnastic

hoops, without padlock.

15 Jump Rope Suspension Device

10 Shelf brackets

For storing volleyball, gymnastics, and badminton posts.

G4286 p

pcs for over 180 jump ropes with 6 suspension bars, 36 cm

long, width 60 cm.

Delivery includes screws and dowels. Steel shelves 13 Wall console for net handles

with PVC coating protect the posts. Shelf width: 20 cm. For hanging net hangers for the orderly storage of rolledup

G4599 p

pcs


16

D8023 p 5 shelfs for 10 posts set


D8022 p 1 shelf for 2 posts set plate: 25 x 4 cm.

For 28 wooden or 35 plastic clubs, or for 20 Flexi-Bars ® .

G7100 p 2 shelfs for 4 posts set V1760 p

pcs Lockable. Dimensions: 50 x 20 cm.


G4290 p

pcs



327

Equipment Room

Equipment Cabinets

1

Maxi Equipment Cabinet

MADE IN

GERMANY

2

3

4

Kübler Sport ® Equipment Cabinet SUPER

Kübler Sport ® Equipment Cabinet COMPACT

C+P ® Equipment Cabinet with Drawers

4

C+P ® Equipment Cabinet with Drawers

1 Maxi Equipment Cabinet

The aluminium equipment cabinet is a

versatile storage solution for small equipment

in swimming pools, schools, clubs, or

sports halls. With this organization system,

even the smallest aids can be stored in an

organized manner.

W2887 l with wheels pcs

W2886 l without wheels pcs

W 85 kg

2 Kübler Sport ® Equipment Cabinet

SUPER

Aluminium mesh locker cabinet, version on

wheels: 4 swivel casters, 2 with brakes,

mesh size: 5 cm, 2 sliding doors, 3 shelves,

lockable (lock not included in delivery),

dimensions: 150 x 62 x 145 cm.

W28870 l

W 74 kg

pcs

3 Kübler Sport ® Equipment Cabinet

COMPACT

Aluminum mesh cabinet, mobile version:

4 casters, 2 with brakes, mesh size: 5

cm, 2 doors, 2 shelves, dimensions: 150

x 62 x 145 cm.

W28871 l

pcs

W 62 kg

Model sheet metal doors perforated metal doors

Dimension

(H x B x T)

195 x 120 x 50 cm

Lichtgrau U6000 U6007

Lichtblau U6001 U6008

Lichtgrün U6002 U6009

Enzianblau U6003 U6013

Rubinrot U6004 U6018

Clowngrün U6005 U6019

Gelborange U6006 U6023

pcs l l

Shipping weight W 95 kg 95 kg

328



5 C+P ® Sports Equipment Cabinet Type III S

Optional with solid sheet metal doors, perforated sheet

metal doors, or acrylic glass windows with the new

Ergo-Lock 4.0 handle lock (3-bolt locking mechanism),

featuring 2 keys.

Model

Dimension

(H x B x T)

5

C+P ® Sports Equipment Cabinet Type III S

sheet metal doors

7

C+P ® Sports Equipment Cabinet Type III S L

8

C+P ® Sports Equipment Cabinet Type III XL

5 TYP III S 6 TYP III M 7 TYP III L 8 TYP III XL

doors with acryl

window

sheet metal doors

TYP III S

MADE IN

GERMANY

TYP III L

MADE IN

GERMANY

doors with acryl

window

perforated metal

doors

sheet metal doors

perforated metal

doors

sheet metal doors

195 x 93 x 50 cm 195 x 120 x 50 cm 195 x 150 x 50 cm 195 x 190 x 60 cm

perforated metal

doors

Lichtgrau U6480 U6362-11 U6330 U6363-11 U6340 U6460 U6470 U6310 U6410

Lichtblau U6486 U6362-26 U6336 U6363-26 U6346 U6466 U6476 U6316 U6416

Lichtgrün U6487 U6362-29 U6337 U6363-29 U6347 U6467 U6477 U6317 U6417

Enzianblau U6483 U6362-01 U6333 U6363-01 U6343 U6463 U6473 U6313 U6413

Rubinrot U6484 U6362-02 U6334 U6363-02 U6344 U6464 U6474 U6314 U6414

Clowngrün U6488 U6362-35 U6388 U6363-35 U6349 U6468 U6478 U6318 U6418

Gelborange U6489 U6362-23 U6389 U6363-23 U6350 U6469 U6479 U6319 U6419

pcs l l l l l l l l l

6

C+P ® Sports Equipment Cabinet Type III S M

TYP III M

MADE IN

GERMANY

TYP III XL

MADE IN

GERMANY


Shipping weight W 73 kg 73 kg 87 kg 90 kg 89 kg 109 kg 111 kg 152 kg 155 kg

329

Equipment Room

Equipment Cabinets

C+P ® is known as a market leader for steel lockers and cabinets,

offering customized solutions for sports facilities, schools,

swimming pools, hotels, and medical practices. Especially

in wet areas, C+P ® furniture systems remain rust-free and

feature unique ventilation and drying systems for a hygienic

environment. Customers can rely on quality and functionality

that meet the highest standards.

TYP I

TYP II

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

from 1.249.-

2

from 899.-

C+P ® Sports Equipment Cabinet Type I

C+P ® Sports Equipment Cabinet Type II

TYP IV

TYP V

3

from 2.399.-

MADE IN

GERMANY

4

from 1.799.-

MADE IN

GERMANY

C+P ® Sports Equipment Cabinet Type IV

C+P ® Sports Equipment Cabinet Type V

Model

Dimension

(H x B x T)

sheet metal doors

1 TYP I 2 TYP II 3 TYP IV 4 TYP V

perforated metal

doors

sheet metal doors

perforated metal

doors

sheet metal doors

perforated metal

doors

sheet metal doors

195 x 120 x 50 cm 195 x 120 x 50 cm 195 x 190 x 60 cm 195 x 190 x 60 cm

perforated metal

doors

Lichtgrau U7570 U7670 U7560 U7660 U6320 U6420 U6490 U6500

Lichtblau U7576 U7676 U7566 U7666 U6326 U6426 U6496 U6506

Lichtgrün U7577 U7677 U7567 U7667 U6327 U6427 U6497 U6507

Enzianblau U7573 U7673 U7563 U7663 U6323 U6423 U6493 U6503

Rubinrot U7574 U7674 U7564 U7664 U6324 U6424 U6494 U6504

Clowngrün U7578 U7678 U7568 U7668 U6328 U6428 U6498 U6508

Gelborange U7579 U7679 U7569 U7669 U6329 U6429 U6499 U6509

pcs l l l l l l l l

Shipping weight W 93 kg 95 kg 82 kg 84 kg 107 kg 164 kg 118 kg 122 kg

330



Model

Dimension

(H x B x T)

6

7

149.95

C+P ® Longitudinal Trusses Module

49.95

C+P ® Separator Module

5 Model A

5

sheet metal

doors

Version A – with Basic Equipment

perforated metal

doors

C+P ® Side Traverse Module

C+P ® Hook Module

sheet metal

doors

34.95

Model B

perforated metal

doors

195 x 120 x 50 cm 195 x 120 x 50 cm

Lichtgrau U7700 U7705 U7710 U7715

Lichtblau U7701 U7706 U7711 U7716

Lichtgrün U7702 U7707 U7712 U7717

Enzianblau U7703 U7708 U7713 U7718

Rubinrot U7704 U7709 U7714 U7719

Clowngrün U7731 U7733 U7735 U7737

Gelborange U7732 U7734 U7736 U7738

pcs l l l l

Shipping weight W 95 kg 80 kg 62 kg 62 kg

8

9

24.95

5

from 949.-

C+P ® Module Device Cabinet BASIC

10

C+P ® Backboard Traverse Module

11

54.95

39.95

C+P ® Tire Holder Module

6 C+P ® Longitudinal Trusses Module

Individual modules for interior design of

the module equipment cabinet.

U7725 l

pair

W 4.3 kg

7 C+P ® Separator Module

Individual modules for the interior of the

module equipment cabinet.

U7724 l

pair

W 0.5 kg

8 C+P ® Side Traverse Module

Individual modules for the interior of the

module equipment cabinet.

U7723 l

pcs

W 0.5 kg

9 C+P ® Hook Module

Individual modules for the interior design

of the module equipment cabinet.

U7722 l

pair

W 0.2 kg

5 C+P ® Module Device Cabinet BASIC

The interior of this equipment cabinet can be individually

customized and easily modified at any time using individual

modules. The parts can be easily hung into the cabinet

brackets without the need for tools and are adjustable

as desired. Optimal use of space with freely selectable

modules for securely storing a wide variety of sports

equipment. Body in light gray RAL 7035.

MADE IN

GERMANY

Version B – without Interior Fittings

12

C+P ® Floor Tray Module

13

59.95

59.95

C+P ® Insert Shelf Module

10 C+P ® Backboard Traverse Module


of the modular equipment cabinet.

U7721 l

pcs

W 1.9 kg

11 C+P ® Tire Holder Module



U7720 l

pcs

W 0.2 kg

12 C+P ® Floor Tray Module

U7727 l

W 6.5 kg

pcs

13 C+P ® Insert Shelf Module



U7726 l

pcs

W 6 kg

331


Changing Room Cabin

Locker Room Cabinets

1 C+P ® Wardrobe Cabinet EVOLO, with

base

Sturdy steel sheet construction with a 10

cm high base. Doors hinged on the right,

mounted on pivot pins with vertical box

reinforcement and punched label frame,

each compartment with a rotating bolt lock.

Corpus black-grey RAL 7021.

MADE IN

GERMANY

grey

light blue

light green

blue

red

green

orange

mample

ash

- Stable steel sheet construction

- Various colors and designs

- With rotary latch lock

oak

1

C+P ® Garderobenschrank EVOLO, mit Sockel

2

2

C+P ® Wardrobe Cabinet EVOLO,

with base

C+P ® Garderobenschrank EVOLO doppelstöckig, mit Sockel

Model 2 compartments 3 compartments 4 compartments 4 compartments 6 compartments 8 compartments

Dimension

(H x B x T)

195 x 60 x 50 cm 195 x 90 x 50 cm 195 x 120 x 50 cm 195 x 60 x 50 cm 195 x 90 x 50 cm 195 x 120 x 50 cm

Lichtgrau U6736 U6740 U6744 U6724 U6728 U6732

Lichtblau U6737 U6741 U6745 U6725 U6729 U6733

Lichtgrün U6770 U6771 U6772 U6773 U6774 U6775

Enzianblau U6738 U6742 U6746 U6726 U6730 U6734

Rubinrot U6739 U6743 U6747 U6727 U6731 U6735

Clowngrün U6870 U6871 U6872 U6873 U6874 U6875

Gelborange U6880 U6881 U6882 U6883 U6884 U6885

pcs l l l l l l

Shipping weight W 43 kg 56 kg 76 kg 44 kg 59 kg 79 kg

maple U6050 U6053 U6056 U6060 U6063 U6066

ash U6051 U6054 U6057 U6061 U6064 U6067

oak U6052 U6055 U6058 U6062 U6065 U6068

Price / pcs l l l l l l


3 C+P ® EvoLO Locker Cabinet with Bench

The S3000 Evolo series comes with a stable steel sheet construction and an underbuilt seat bench,

seat height 42 cm, seat depth 31.5 cm, right-hinged doors, mounted on pivot pins with vertical box

reinforcement, ventilation holes, and punched label frame. Rotary latch. Corpus light gray RAL 7035.

grey light blue light green blue red green orange


- EBL self-ventilation concept

- With rotating bolt lock

4 C+P ® Locker Cabinet EVOLO double-decker, with bench

Store clothing safely and neatly with the double wardrobe cabinet Evolo with 2 doors stacked on

top of each other. Sturdy steel sheet construction with an integrated bench, seat height 42 cm, seat

depth 31.5 cm. Steel doors mounted on pivot pins with vertical box reinforcement and right-hand door

swing. Ventilation holes and punched label frames with rotating latch. Cabinet in light gray RAL 7035.

- With 2 doors on top of each other


- EBL self-ventilation concept

- With rotating latch lock

3 C+P ® Garderobenschrank EVOLO, mit Sitzbank

4

C+P ® Garderobenschrank EVOLO doppelstöckig, mit Sitzbank

Model 2 compartments 3 compartments 4 compartments 4 compartments 6 compartments 8 compartments

Dimension

(H x B x T)

MADE IN

GERMANY

grey light blue light green blue red green orange

MADE IN

GERMANY

225 x 60 x 50/81,5 cm 225 x 90 x 50/81,5 cm 225 x 120 x 50/81,5 cm 225 x 60 x 50/81,5 cm 225 x 90 x 50/81,5 cm 225 x 120 x 50/81,5 cm

Lichtgrau U6712 U6716 U6720 U6700 U6704 U6708

Lichtblau U6713 U6717 U6721 U6701 U6705 U6709

Lichtgrün U6780 U6781 U6782 U6783 U6784 U6785

Enzianblau U6714 U6718 U6722 U6702 U6706 U6710

Rubinrot U6715 U6719 U6723 U6703 U6707 U6711

Clowngrün U6840 U6841 U6842 U6843 U6844 U6845

Gelborange U6848 U6849 U6850 U6851 U6852 U6853

pcs l l l l l l



333

Changing Room Cabin

Locker Room Benches

- 100% Made in Germany

- Wood from 100% PEFC certified companies

- Safety tested

- Custom-made with flexible special solutions

Consulting, Planning & Equipment

for Sports Facilities

Need assistance? With our experienced technical

team, we implement the planning and

outfitting of your sports facility with maximum

efficiency, quality, and flexibility. Feel free to

contact us for a non-binding initial consultation.

- Bench frame made of round tube and bench traverse made of special aluminum profiles

- Floor finish: Adjustable glider without floor fixation

Aluminum (anodized)

Beech (finger jointed)

with shoe rack

1

3

4

rontec ® Changing Bench, Freestanding

rontec ® changing bench with wardrobe and shoe rack, one-sided

rontec ® Changing bench with wardrobe, double-sided

Round profile Ø 40 mm

Oval profile 60 mm

Flat profile 55 mm

MADE IN

GERMANY

RAL

triple hook

double hook

double hook

334



6

rontec ® changing bench with backrest, wall-mounted

7

rontec ® Changing Room Bench, Wall-Mounted

8

rontec ® Backrest, wall mounted

1 rontec ® Changing Bench, Freestanding

Bench frame made of round tube and bench traverse made of special aluminum profiles. Floor finishes: adjustable

gliders without floor fixation. Dimensions: 32 cm width, 45 cm height, seat height: 45 cm. Simple, quick, and

easy self-assembly.

G9208 y Aluminum (anodized) Beech (finger jointed) linear metre

G9211 y Aluminum (anodized) Aluminum (anodized) linear metre

G9210 y Aluminum & RAL powder coated Beech (finger jointed) linear metre

G9212 y Aluminum & RAL powder coated Aluminum & RAL powder coated linear metre

2 rontec ® Changing bench with wardrobe, one-sided

Frame made of round tube and bench traverse made of aluminum special profiles. Hook spacing 25 cm. Bottom

finishes: adjustable gliders without floor fixation. Dimensions: 40 cm width, 165 cm height, seat height: 45 cm,

backrest height: 69 cm. Easy, fast, and light self-assembly.

G9174 y Aluminum (anodized) triple (aluminium) Round profile Ø 40 mm Beech (finger jointed) linear metre

G9176 y Aluminum & RAL powder coated triple (aluminium) Round profile Ø 40 mm Beech (finger jointed) linear metre

G9179 y Aluminum (anodized) double (steel) Round profile Ø 40 mm Beech (finger jointed) linear metre

G9177 y Aluminum (anodized) triple (aluminium) Round profile Ø 40 mm Aluminum (anodized) linear metre

G9178 y Aluminum & RAL powder coated triple (aluminium) Round profile Ø 40 mm Aluminum & RAL powder coated linear metre

G9182 y Aluminum (anodized) triple (aluminium) Oval profile 60 mm Beech (finger jointed) linear metre

G9184 y Aluminum & RAL powder coated triple (aluminium) Oval profile 60 mm Beech (finger jointed) linear metre

G9187 y Aluminum (anodized) double (steel) Oval profile 60 mm Beech (finger jointed) linear metre

G9185 y Aluminum (anodized) triple (aluminium) Oval profile 60 mm Aluminum (anodized) linear metre

G9186 y Aluminum & RAL powder coated triple (aluminium) Oval profile 60 mm Aluminum & RAL powder coated linear metre

G9195 y Aluminum (anodized) double (steel) Flat profile 55 mm Beech (finger jointed) linear metre

G9192 y Aluminum & RAL powder coated triple (aluminium) Flat profile 55 mm Beech (finger jointed) linear metre

G9190 y Aluminum (anodized) triple (aluminium) Flat profile 55 mm Beech (finger jointed) linear metre

G9193 y Aluminum (anodized) triple (aluminium) Flat profile 55 mm Aluminum (anodized) linear metre

G9194 y Aluminum & RAL powder coated triple (aluminium) Flat profile 55 mm Aluminum & RAL powder coated linear metre

3 rontec ® changing bench with wardrobe and shoe rack, one-sided

Bench frame made of round tube and bench traverse made of aluminum special profiles with shoe rack. Hook

spacing 25 cm. Floor finishes: adjustable gliders without floor fixation. Dimensions: 40 cm width, 165 cm height,

seat height: 45 cm, backrest height: 69 cm. Shoe rack height: 18.5 cm. Easy, fast, and easy self-assembly.

G9180 y Aluminum (anodized) double (steel) Round profile Ø 40 mm linear metre

G9188 y Aluminum (anodized) double (steel) Oval profile 60 mm linear metre

G9196 y Aluminum (anodized) double (steel) Flat profile 55 mm linear metre

G9175 y Aluminum (anodized) triple (aluminium) Round profile Ø 40 mm linear metre

G9183 y Aluminum (anodized) triple (aluminium) Oval profile 60 mm linear metre

G9191 y Aluminum (anodized) triple (aluminium) Flat profile 55 mm linear metre

4 rontec ® Changing bench with wardrobe, double-sided

Frame made of round tube and bench traverse made of special aluminum profiles. Hook spacing 25 cm. Floor

finishes: Adjustable gliders without floor mounting. Dimensions: 78 cm width, 165 cm height, seat height: 45 cm,

backrest height: 69 cm. Easy, fast, and lightweight self-assembly.

G9150 y Aluminum (anodized) triple (aluminium) Round profile Ø 40 mm Beech (finger jointed) linear metre

G9152 y Aluminum & RAL powder coated triple (aluminium) Round profile Ø 40 mm Beech (finger jointed) linear metre

G9155 y Aluminum (anodized) double (steel) Round profile Ø 40 mm Beech (finger jointed) linear metre

G9153 y Aluminum (anodized) triple (aluminium) Round profile Ø 40 mm Aluminum (anodized) linear metre

G9154 y Aluminum & RAL powder coated triple (aluminium) Round profile Ø 40 mm Aluminum & RAL powder coated linear metre

G9158 y Aluminum (anodized) triple (aluminium) Oval profile 60 mm Beech (finger jointed) linear metre

G9160 y Aluminum & RAL powder coated triple (aluminium) Oval profile 60 mm Beech (finger jointed) linear metre

G9163 y Aluminum (anodized) double (steel) Oval profile 60 mm Beech (finger jointed) linear metre

G9161 y Aluminum (anodized) triple (aluminium) Oval profile 60 mm Aluminum (anodized) linear metre

G9162 y Aluminum & RAL powder coated triple (aluminium) Oval profile 60 mm Aluminum & RAL powder coated linear metre

G9171 y Aluminum (anodized) double (steel) Flat profile 55 mm Beech (finger jointed) linear metre

G9168 y Aluminum & RAL powder coated triple (aluminium) Flat profile 55 mm Beech (finger jointed) linear metre

G9166 y Aluminum (anodized) triple (aluminium) Flat profile 55 mm Beech (finger jointed) linear metre

G9169 y Aluminum (anodized) triple (aluminium) Flat profile 55 mm Aluminum (anodized) linear metre

G9170 y Aluminum & RAL powder coated triple (aluminium) Flat profile 55 mm Aluminum & RAL powder coated linear metre

5 rontec ® Changing bench with wardrobe and shoe rack, double-sided

Bench frame made of round tube and bench traverse made of aluminum special profiles with shoe rack. Hook

spacing 25 cm. Floor finishes: adjustable glides without floor fastening. Dimensions: 78 cm width, 165 cm height,

seat height: 45 cm, backrest height: 69 cm. Shoe rack at 18.5 cm height. Easy, quick, and light self-assembly.

G9156 y Aluminum (anodized) double (steel) Round profile Ø 40 mm linear metre

G9164 y Aluminum (anodized) double (steel) Oval profile 60 mm linear metre

G9172 y Aluminum (anodized) double (steel) Flat profile 55 mm linear metre

G9151 y Aluminum (anodized) triple (aluminium) Round profile Ø 40 mm linear metre

G9159 y Aluminum (anodized) triple (aluminium) Oval profile 60 mm linear metre

G9167 y Aluminum (anodized) triple (aluminium) Flat profile 55 mm linear metre

6 rontec ® changing bench with backrest, wall-mounted

Bench frame made of round tube and bench traverse made of special aluminum profiles. Dimensions: 40 cm width,

seat height: 45 cm, backrest height: 69 cm. Easy, quick, and lightweight self-assembly.





7 rontec ® Changing Room Bench, Wall-Mounted

Bench frame made of round tube and bench traverse made of aluminum special profiles. Floor finishes: adjustable

gliders without floor fixation. Dimensions: 40 cm width, 45 cm height, seat height: 45 cm. Easy, fast, and lightweight

self-assembly.





8 rontec ® Backrest, wall mounted

Backrest with spacer. Dimensions: 9 cm width, thickness: 2.7 cm. Simple, fast, and easy self-assembly.

G9227 y Beech (finger jointed) linear metre

G9228 y Aluminum (anodized) linear metre


335

Changing Room Cabin

Locker Room Benches & Hygiene Items

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

Sypro ® Stackable Bench

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

2

3

4

Sypro ® Wall Bench

Sypro ® Folding Wall Bench

Sypro ® Wooden/Steel Hook Bar

5

6

7

rontec ® Safety Wall Wardrobe FLAT 55 S

rontec ® Safety Wall Coat Rack OVAL 60 S

rontec ® Safety Wall Wardrobe ROUND 40 S

1 Sypro ® Stackable Bench

Sturdy design made of powder-coated square steel tube

measuring 25 x 25 mm. Seat cushions made of solid

hardwood slats. Rubber stoppers to prevent scratches

when stacking. Height: 45 cm, Depth: 45 cm (Seat

Depth: 33 cm).

U7096 y 101 cm pcs

U7097 y 150 cm pcs

U7098 y 200 cm pcs

2 Sypro ® Wall Bench

Stable construction made of square steel tubing, powder

coated RAL 7035 light grey, seat made of high-quality

pine wood. For indoor use, other painting options as per

RAL color chart available upon request.

U7086 p 150 cm aluminium pcs

U7084 p 150 cm wood pcs

U7088 p 150 cm stainless steel pcs

U7087 p 200 cm aluminium pcs

U7085 p 200 cm wood pcs

U7089 p 200 cm stainless steel pcs

3 Sypro ® Folding Wall Bench

Sturdy, space-saving wall bench with powder-coated steel

tube frame, light gray RAL 7035, seat cushions made of

premium pine wood, other paint finishes according to

RAL color chart available on request.

U7082 l 120 cm aluminium pcs

W 14 kg

U7080 l 120 cm wood pcs

W 14 kg

U7083 l 200 cm aluminium pcs

W 22 kg

U7081 l 200 cm wood pcs

W 22 kg

4 Sypro ® Wooden/Steel Hook Bar

The suitable hook strip for the Sypro wall bench, made

of high-quality pine wood slats with steel spacers (powder-coated

in light gray RAL 7035), 4 double hooks,

for indoor use, other paint finishes according to RAL

color chart upon request.

U7092 y 150 cm aluminium pcs

U7090 y 150 cm wood pcs

U7094 y 150 cm stainless steel pcs

U7093 y 200 cm aluminium pcs

U7091 y 200 cm wood pcs

U7095 y 200 cm stainless steel pcs

5 rontec ® Safety Wall Wardrobe FLAT 55 S

Hook carrier profile: 55 mm high, hooks: 10 mm aluminum

or 8 mm steel, hook spacing: 250 mm, wall bracket:

135 mm.

G9252 y double (steel) 90° termination to the wall linear metre

G9251 y double (steel) straight end linear metre

G9250 y triple (aluminium) 90° termination to the wall linear metre

G9249 y triple (aluminium) straight end

linear metre

336



12

Foldable Hand Towel Dispenser

Foldable Hand Towels

8

ingo-man ® 26 Euro Dispenser, 500 ml

10

Soap dispenser

6 rontec ® Safety Wall Coat Rack OVAL 60 S

8 ingo-man ® 26 Euro Dispenser, 500 ml

Hook bracket profile: 60 x 24 mm oval, hooks: 10 mm Three dosage amounts can be set depending on the

aluminum or 8 mm steel, hook spacing: 250 mm, wall viscosity of the filling material. Dimensions: 8.20 x 28.30

bracket: 145 mm.

x 22.50 cm. Includes mounting kit and empty bottle.

G9256 y double (steel) 90° termination to the wall linear metre U1513 p

pcs

G9255 y double (steel) straight end linear metre

9

G9254 y triple (aluminium) 90° termination to the wall linear metre ingo-man ® Drip Tray including Holder


linear metre Prevents dripping from the hand onto the floor. Compatible

with the 500 ml ingo-man ® Eurodispenser.

7 rontec ® Safety Wall Wardrobe ROUND 40 S

U1514 p

pcs

Hook support profile: 40 mm round, hook: 10 mm aluminum

or 8 mm steel, hook spacing: 250 mm, wall 10 Soap dispenser

bracket: 155 mm.

- Durable and economical soap dispenser

G9248 y double (steel) 90° termination to the wall linear metre - Reduced soap consumption due to foaming

G9247 y double (steel) straight end linear metre - Suitable for foaming soap only

G9246 y triple (aluminium) 90° termination to the wall linear metre T3412 p

pcs


linear metre

11 Foaming Soap

- Special foam soap for frequent hand washing

- Protects and nourishes the skin, preventing dryness

- Skin-neutral pH value

- Refill bag with its own pump

T3411 p

pcs

13

ingo-man ® Drip Tray including Holder

14

Foaming Soap

12 Foldable Hand Towel Dispenser

Sturdy and robust dispenser for paper towels. With supply

indicator. Dimensions: 42.5 x 29 x 14.5 cm.

T3410 p

pcs

13 Foldable Hand Towels

Highly absorbent towels with Z-folding for towel dispensers.

Contents: 20 packs of 250 towels each.

T3406 p natural pcs

9

11

Wire mesh waste bin

14 Wire mesh waste bin

Practical and clean solution for collecting used folding

towels, etc. Dimensions: 41 x 63 x 25.5 cm.

T3413 p

pcs

337


First Aid

First Aid

1

Examination table

MD

MD

MD

2

3

4

5

Defibtech ® Defibrillator Lifeline SG AED

Defibtech ® Wall Cabinet for Defibrillator

Lifeline AED

Söhngen ® First Aid Cabinet NovoLine 4

Söhngen ® First Aid Kit DIRECT Sports Hall

1 Examination table

Cushion made of high-quality artificial

leather, adjustable headrest. Frame made

of steel tube. Cushion color: Gray, Load

capacity: 220 kg, Dimensions: 195 x 65

x 65 cm.

U7310 l

W 35 kg

pcs

2 Defibtech ® Defibrillator Lifeline SG AED

Guided by the entire resuscitation algorithm

with metronome and convenient

handle. An introduction according to the

Medical Devices Act (MPG) is required

for initial operation. Dimensions: 30 x 22

x 7 cm. Weight: 2 kg, 8 years warranty,

Battery standby time: 7 years.

U1500 p

pcs

3 Defibtech ® Wall Cabinet for Defibrillator

Lifeline AED

Fully preassembled wall cabinet. A loud

alarm sounds when the cabinet is opened.

U1505 p

pcs

4 Söhngen ® First Aid Cabinet NovoLine 4

Standing cabinet, filled, with a foldable

stretcher, steel sheet first aid kit with filling

according to DIN 13157, two eco-thermal

blankets, and two stretcher sheets.

Dimensions: 200 x 30 x 20 cm.

U7301 l unfilled pcs

W 23 kg

U7302 l filled pcs

W 35 kg

5

Söhngen ® First Aid Kit DIRECT Sports

Hall

According to DIN 13157, plus first aid

supplies according to job-specific risk

assessment for the sports hall area. For

mobile and stationary use. Including wall

bracket. Material: ABS plastic, dimensions:

31 x 21 x 13 cm.

U2065 p

6

pcs

Söhngen ® First aid cabinet according

to DIN 13169

High-quality filling according to DIN. With

safety lock and two keys. One door first

aid cabinet with two shelves. Door with

three storage trays. Material: sheet steel,

dimensions: 45.2 x 55.2 x 17 cm.

U7322 p

pcs

7 Söhngen ® First Aid Kit Refill according

to DIN 13169

U7321 p

pack

8 Söhngen ® First Aid Cabinet according

to DIN 13157

High-quality filling according to DIN standards.

With security lock and two keys.

Single-door first aid cabinet with one shelf.

Material: steel sheet, dimensions: 30.2 x

36.2 x 14 cm.

U7323 p

pcs

9 Söhngen ® First Aid Kit Refill, DIN 13157

U7320 p

pack

338



16

Kübler Sport ® Sports Tape 3.8 cm x 10 m

10 Söhngen ® First Aid Kit School Sports

SN-CD

Equipment designed for the risks and

injuries in physical education classes.

Suitable for both mobile and stationary

use. Includes wall mount. Material: ABS

plastic. Dimensions: 31 x 21 x 13 cm.

U2010 p

12

Söhngen ® First Aid Kit DIRECT

Stadium & Sports Field

11 Söhngen ® First Aid Kit SN-CD

Equipment according to DIN 13157. For


bracket. Material: ABS plastic, Dimensions:

31 x 21 x 13 cm.

U6931 p

MD

6

Söhngen ® First aid cabinet according

to DIN 13169

MD

12

MD

8

Söhngen ® First Aid Cabinet according

to DIN 13157

MD

13

Söhngen ® First Aid Bag Sports & Leisure

17

Leukotape ® classic 10 m

Söhngen ® First Aid Kit DIRECT Stadium

& Sports Field

According to DIN 13157 plus first aid material

based on job-specific risk assessment

for the stadium & sports field area. For


bracket. Material: ABS plastic. Dimensions:

31 x 21 x 13 cm.

MD

10

Söhngen ® First Aid Kit School Sports SN-CD

MD

14

Instant cold compress

MD

18

Gazofix ® Cohesive Elastic Fixation

Bandage 8 cm x 20 m

14 Instant cold compress

For a quick cold application. Ready to

use in seconds.

D6137 p 300 g pcs

11

Söhngen ® First Aid Kit SN-CD

15

Igloo ® Ice Box Playmate Elite

19

Ice Power ® Cooling Spray

17 Leukotape ® classic 10 m

High-quality sports tape. Easy to apply,

tear, and remove. Protective and breathable.

Length: 10 m.

D6152 p 2 cm roll

D6150 p 3,75 cm roll

15 Igloo ® Ice Box Playmate Elite

pcs

Capacity: 15.2 liters, Outside dimensions:

40 x 26 x 36 cm, Inside dimensions: 34 18

U2066 p

pcs

Gazofix ® Cohesive Elastic Fixation

x 21.5 x 26 cm, Weight: 1.8 kg, Material: Bandage 8 cm x 20 m

13 Söhngen ® First Aid Bag Sports & Leisure polyethylene, Cooling capacity: 10 to 24 Self-adhesive and elastic. With 40% cotton

Designed to meet the injury risks in sports hours. Environmentally friendly insulation content and latex-free polymer coating.

and leisure activities. Compact in a practical

zipper bag. Material: nylon fabric, opened on both sides.

foam Thermecool Foam. Lid can be D6179 p

roll

pcs dimensions: 21 x 14 cm.

D61230 p blue pcs 69.95

19

U2068-01 p pcs D61390 p red pcs 69.95 Ice Power ® Cooling Spray

Provides fast and effective emergency

16 Kübler Sport ® Sports Tape 3.8 cm x 10 m cooling. 200 ml.

High-quality tape with excellent tensile T5357 p

pcs

strength. Roll length: 10m. Roll width:

3.8cm.

D6190-05 p white roll

MD


339

Wall Clocks

Wall Clocks

Viewing Distances of Analog Clocks

Visible Dial Diameter

Viewing Distance in Illuminated Rooms

30 cm 20 m

40 cm 30 m

50 cm 50 m

60 cm 50-60 m

1

LCD-Jumbo radio-controlled clock Advertime

2

Peweta ® Wireless Wall Clock DCF77 Type 115

3

Stramatel ® Digital Clock HH9

4

Advertime Wall Clock

5

Stramatel ® Chronometer

1 LCD-Jumbo radio-controlled clock Advertime

JUMBO-Funkwanduhr with LCD display. Displays time,

month, date, day of the week, and indoor temperature.

Digit height for hours/minutes: 120 mm, seconds: 45

mm. Date/temperature: 55 mm, month: 40 mm. Color:

matte silver. Dimensions: 41 x 27 x 4.3 cm. Includes

battery (3x DC 1.5V AA).

U4720 p

pcs

2 Peweta ® Wireless Wall Clock DCF77 Type 115

Battery operated 1.5 V, batteries included. Housing Ø

approx. 300 mm, plastic housing available in white or

black. Protection class IP 40 (EN 60 529). Curved plastic

glass front, white dial with black numbers, black bar

hands for hour and minute display, red second hand.

U47630 y digits black pcs

U47620 y digits white pcs

U4761 y digits silver pcs

U4760 y bars black pcs

3 Stramatel ® Digital Clock HH9


Power supply: 230 V / 50-60 Hz, Material: Polycarbonate,

matte black, anti-glare, impact-resistant, Includes infrared

remote control (range 10 m), 5 m power cord.

U4117 l

W 4 kg

4 Advertime Wall Clock

Wall clocks Ø 30 cm in an elegant design, housing made

of ABS plastic, silver, with mineral glass cover, white line

dial with black print, hour/minute hand in black, seconds

hand in red, or with white numeral dial and black print,

hour/minute and second hands in black, or with black

numeral dial and white print, hour/minute and second

hands in white, delivery including 1.5V LR6 battery.

U4723 p digits black pcs

U4724 p digits white pcs

U4725 p bars white pcs

5 Stramatel ® Chronometer

Secondary clock- chronometer for displaying time and

date, score and temperature. Available in red or yellow

with 4 or 6 digit display, digit height of 9 cm, 12 cm or

16 cm. Main functions include Count up, Count down,

pcs training intervals. Readability: from 35 to 60 meters,

viewing angle >160°. Power supply: 230 V / 50-60 Hz.

Front made of polycarbonate, matte black, anti-glare,

impact-resistant. Includes infrared remote control (range

10 m), handheld control for cable operation, 5 m power

cable, with buzzer (only for indoor use), installation and

operating manual.

U4116 l 6 indoor 12 cm pcs

W 10 kg

U4115 l 4 indoor 9 cm pcs

W 4 kg

U4118 l 6 outdoor 16 cm pcs

W 12 kg

340



6

Peweta ® Large Area Radio Clock Type 370

6 Peweta ® Large Area Radio Clock Type 370

Radio controlled clock with DCF77 antenna, mains operation 230 V, robust metal housing (industrial quality), white

lacquered. Size optionally 40, 50 or 60 cm. Protection class IP 40 (EN 60 529). Front glass flat, impact-resistant

plexiglass ® XT (PMMA), white dial optionally with black Arabic numerals or black DIN bar digits for hour and minute

display. Options: shatterproof or moisture-proof version.

U4770 y digits 40 x 40 cm ball throw protection pcs

U4776 y bars 40 x 40 cm ball throw protection pcs

U4777 y bars 40 x 40 cm for moist rooms pcs

U4771 y digits 40 x 40 cm for moist rooms pcs

U4767 y bars 40 x 40 cm standard version pcs

U4764 y digits 40 x 40 cm standard version pcs













7

Square Wall Clock with Bars

7 Square Wall Clock with Bars

Dimensions: 40 x 40 cm, Casing: white aluminum, Dial:

white with black hour/minute hands cone-shaped, Dial

Cover: MiraGlas, Protection Class: IP 52 (indoor use),

Control: internal quartz time base, Power Supply: Battery

operated 1.5V (batteries not included).

U4810 p battery mode quartz clock pcs

341


Scoreboards

Stationary Scoreboards

1

Stramatel ® Multisport Pro Indoor Scoreboard, three modules

2

Stramatel ® Scoreboard Multisport Pro Indoor, two modules

3

Stramatel ® Multisport Pro Indoor Scoreboard, one module

1 Stramatel ® Multisport Pro Indoor Scoreboard, three

modules

Dimensions: 390 x 100 x 9 cm / 310 x 115 x 9 cm (W x

H x D), Weight: 65 kg / 62 kg, Digit height: 25 and 20

cm, Displayable digit colors: red, yellow, green, white,

Visibility: up to 110 m, Functions: score, game time, game

period, penalty display per team, optional player fouls,

game penalties, Operation: mains operation, Modules: 3

modules, Series: Multisport Pro, Sports: over 14 sports

(including basketball, handball, soccer).

U3941 l Sticker with player foul indicator pcs

W 95 kg

U3944 l Sticker with three player penalties pcs

W 95 kg

U4014 l Digital with player foul indicator pcs

W 85 kg

U3975 l Digital with three player penalties pcs

W 95 kg

2

Stramatel ® Scoreboard Multisport Pro Indoor, two

modules

Dimensions: 190 x 200 x 9 cm / 190 x 160 x 9 cm (W

x H x D), Weight: 75 kg / 50 kg, Digit height: 25 and 20

cm, Displayable digit colors: red, yellow, green, white,

Visibility: up to 110 m, Functions: score, game time,

game period, team penalty display, player penalty displays,

Operation: mains powered, Modules: 2 modules,

Series: Multisport Pro, Sports: over 14 sports (including

basketball, handball, soccer).

U4077 l Sticker with three player penalties pcs

W 90 kg

U4085 l Sticker with two player penalties pcs

W 82 kg

U4078 l Digital with three player penalties pcs

W 90 kg

U3943 l Digital with two player penalties pcs

W 82 kg

3 Stramatel ® Multisport Pro Indoor Scoreboard, one

module


kg, Digit height: 25 and 20 cm, Displayable digit colors:

red, yellow, green, white, Visibility: up to 110 m, Functions:

Score, Game time, Game period, Penalty display

per team, Power supply: mains operation, Modules: 1

module, Series: Multisport Pro, Sports: more than 14

sports (including basketball, handball, soccer).

U4013 l Sticker pcs

U3940 l Digital pcs

W 50 kg

342



Stramatel ® Multisport Super Pro

Indoor Scoreboard, Five Modules

5

Stramatel ® Multi-Sport Compact Indoor

Scoreboard, two modules.

4 Stramatel ® Multisport Super Pro Indoor Scoreboard,

Five Modules


kg, Digit height: 30, 25 cm, Display color of numbers: red,

yellow, green, white, Visibility: up to 160 m, Functions:

Scoreboard, Game time, Game period, Penalty display per

team, Player fouls, Player numbers, Advertising space,

Operation: Mains operation, Modules: 5 modules, Series:

Multisport Super Pro, Sports: over 14 sports (including


U3967 l Sticker pcs

U4200 l Digital pcs

W 200 kg

4

5

6

Stramatel ® Multisport MD Indoor Scoreboard, four modules

Stramatel ® Multi-Sport Compact Indoor Scoreboard,

two modules.


Digit height: 15 cm, Color of displayable digits: red, yellow,

green, white, Visibility: up to 110 m, Functions: Score,

Game time, Game period, Penalty display per team, two

player penalties per team, Operation: Mains operation,

Modules: 2 modules, Series: Multisport Compact, Sports:

Over 14 sports (including basketball, handball, soccer).

U3976 l Sticker pcs

U3934 l Digital pcs

W 76 kg

6 Stramatel ® Multisport MD Indoor Scoreboard, four

modules


kg, Digit height: 20.15 cm, Displayable digit colors: red,

yellow, green, white, Visibility: up to 90 m, Functions:

Score display, Game time, Game period, Penalty display

per team, Player fouls, Player numbers, Advertising

space, Operation: Mains operation, Modules: 4 modules,

Series: Multisport MD, Sports: over 14 sports (including


U3923 l Sticker pcs

U3926 l Digital pcs

W 76 kg


343

1

4-sided 24/14s scoreboard

2

Stramatel ® LED Strips

3

24 Second Shot Clock Display MSA SC K24S

4

5

6

7

Stramatel ® Attack Timer Display 12 Seconds

Stramatel ® Attack Display Multisport Indoor

Stramatel ® 30-Second Scoreboard SC30

Stramatel ® Attack Time Display Multisport Outdoor

1 4-sided 24/14s scoreboard

Control: Cable, Installation: on basketball system, Operation:

with Stramatel scoreboards, Size: 60 x 77 x 77 cm,

LED digits: 8 red 25 cm for 24-second display, 16 yellow

16 cm for game time, Viewing distance: 130 m, Horn:

integrated (116 dBa), FIBA Approved, Power source: 230 V.

U4106 l

W 90 kg

pair

3 24 Second Shot Clock Display MSA SC K24S

Dimensions display: 30 x 31 x 4.4 cm, weight: 8.9 kg,

digit height: 20 cm, reading distance: 90 m, LED color:

red, DBB approval.

U3994 y

pcs

4 Stramatel ® Attack Timer Display 12 Seconds

Dimensions: 50 x 30 x 6.5 cm (W x H x D), Weight: 8

kg, Digit height: 23 cm, Color of displayable numbers:

red, Visibility: up to 100 m, Series: Shotclocks, Power

supply: Battery.

2 Stramatel ® LED Strips

1 pair of red/yellow LED strips for mounting around the

game board. Red LED strips are synchronized with the U4204 l

pcs

main game time, yellow LED strips are synchronized W 12 kg

W 65 kg

with the 24-second displays.

5 Stramatel ® Attack Display Multisport Indoor

U3971 l

U4105 l

set

W 8 kg

Dimensions: 50 x 30 x 6.5 cm (W x H x D), Weight: 10 W 60 kg

kg, Digit Height: 23 cm, Displayable Digit Color: red,

Visibility: up to 100 m, Series: Shotclocks, Power Source:

Battery / Mains.

U40180 l rechargeable battery mode autonomous use pair

U4018 l grid operation autonomous use pair

can only be used with

U4010 l grid operation

pair

existing scoreboard

W 14 kg

344

6 Stramatel ® 30-Second Scoreboard SC30

A pair of 30-second shot clock boards for the attack

time in water polo.

U40761 l

pair

W 6 kg

7 Stramatel ® Attack Time Display Multisport Outdoor


kg, Digit Height: 46 cm, Color of Displayed Digits: red,

Visibility: up to 200 m, Series: Shotclocks, Power Supply:

Battery / Mains.

U39710 l autonomous use pair

can only be used with existing

scoreboard



pair

Scoreboards

Mobile Scoreboards

8

Stramatel ® Tabletop Display Device Multisport Indoor

10

Portable Indoor Multi-Sport Scoreboard MSA 50

11

Mobile rack for the MSA 50

8 Stramatel ® Tabletop Display Device Multisport Indoor

Dimensions: 73.3 x 36.8 x 11.5 cm (W x H x D), Weight: 5.5 kg, Digit

height: 9 cm, Color of displayed digits: red, yellow, green, Visibility: up

to 35 m, Features: score, game time, penalty display per team, game

period, optional attack time, Sports: over 14 sports (including basketball,

handball, soccer), Series: Portable Multisport, Power: Battery / Mains.

U4011 l rechargeable battery mode standard version pcs

U40118 l grid operation standard version pcs

U40119 l rechargeable battery mode with attack time

pcs

U40115 l rechargeable battery mode with attack time a. remote cont. pcs

U40113 l rechargeable battery mode with remote control

pcs

U40116 l grid operation with remote control pcs U4079 y

W 7 kg

11 Mobile rack for the MSA 50

9 Stramatel ® Tabletop Scoreboard Multisport Outdoor

Dimensions: 73.3 x 36.8 x 11.5 cm (W x H x D), Weight: 5.5 kg, Digit

height: 9 cm, Color of displayed digits: red, Visibility: up to 35 m,

Functions: Scoreboard, Game time, Penalty display per team, Period of

play, optional Attack time, Sports: over 14 sports (including basketball,

U4108 y

handball, soccer), Series: Portable Multisport, Power supply: Battery

/ Mains operated.

U40112 l standard version pcs

U40114 l with integrated attack time pcs

U40111 l with integrated attack time and remote control pcs

U40117 l with remote control pcs

W 7 kg

10 Portable Indoor Multi-Sport Scoreboard MSA 50

Mobile display made of durable and lightweight plastic

housing, high-quality LEDs, digit height of 7, 10 & 12

cm. Integrated sound signal (volume roughly adjustable),

control panel on the back, 9 programmed sports:

badminton, basketball, boxing, handball, judo, karate,

wrestling, table tennis, volleyball. In addition, it has an

integrated stopwatch function with display in 1/100th

seconds, as well as the "interval training" function with

up to 9 programs and 99 repetitions each. Power supply:

230 VAC, 50 Hz, Weight: approx. 6 kg.

Mobile stand for the Multisport Display MSA 50 - black

painted steel, 4 lockable wheels. Dimensions of the stand:

56 x 111 x 61 cm, weight approx. 6.5 kg.

Stramatel ® Tabletop Scoreboard Multisport Outdoor

13

Victor ® Scoreboard SPECIAL

13 Victor ® Scoreboard SPECIAL

Very robust counting board. Foldable with

locking mechanism. Digits readable from

pcs both sides. Numbers from 0 - 36, with

sentence display from 0 - 5, dimensions:

40 x 22 x 10 cm.

T4895 p

pcs

pcs

9

12

Remote control for the MSA 50

12 Remote control for the MSA 50

Remote control for the MSA 50 for convenient

operation of key functions such

as score, stopwatch, start, and stop.

Dimensions: 3.5 x 6.5 x 1.5 cm. Range

approximately 15 m.

U4109 p

pcs

345


Scoreboards

Bergo ® Sports Floors

Dull, weathered courts hardly invite people—especially children and teenagers—to play or exercise. In contrast, sports

flooring from Bergo ® Flooring transforms any area into a modern, attractive all-weather sports surface that can be used

for multiple purposes.

The BERGO ULTIMATE sports flooring series elevates every

game with sophisticated functionality and appealing design.

The interlocking tiles are easy to install and customize, offering

excellent playing characteristics. These multifunctional sports

surfaces also set new standards in sustainability. Clean, non-toxic

materials ensure a safe and carefree sports and play experience.

Next-Generation Sports Flooring

• Suitable for all climates and environments

• Stable and easy to install – no tools or adhesives required

• Long lifespan, minimal maintenance – 15-year warranty

• Water-draining and well-ventilated; rain dries without puddles

• Sound-dampening and joint-friendly properties

• Made from eco-friendly, 100% recyclable PP composite

material

• No microplastics, no emissions, no loose particles during

use or production

1

Bergo ® Basketball Court 3x3 FIBA

6

NEW

Bergo ® Line Plate Ultimate Flow

- All-round sports floor

- Customizable

- Outstanding gaming properties

2

5

NEW

7

NEW

Bergo ® Basketball Court 3x3

Bergo ® Floor Tile Ultimate Flow

Bergo ® Linienkreuz Ultimate Flow

1 Bergo ® Basketball Court 3x3 FIBA

Dimensions: 17.28 x 14.23 m, Playing field dimensions:

15 x 11 m, Consists of 2530 panels, Panels are interlocking,

Color: black / grey, Official color scheme for FIBA

tournaments, Material: Polypropylene Composite, 100%

recyclable, FIBA certified, Classification: EN 14877, EN

1569, EN 1517, 15-year warranty, Waterproof, quick-drying,

Includes straight lines with line panels.

U51130 l

W 2000 kg

pcs

2 Bergo ® Basketball Court 3x3

Total area dimensions: 17.28 x 14.23 m (L x W), Playing

field dimensions: 15 x 11 m (L x W), consists of 2530

panels, panels are connected together, Color: customizable,

each panel can have its own color, Material:

Polypropylene Composite, 100% recyclable, FIBA certified,

Classification: EN 14877, EN 1569, EN 1517, 15-year

warranty, water-draining, fast-drying, straight lines

included with line panels, round lines still need to be

painted, a court can be composed of Ultimate, Ultimate

plus, or Ultimate Flow panels, various underlays available

to enhance playing characteristics.

U5112 l

pcs

W 1250 kg

5 Bergo ® Floor Tile Ultimate Flow

Dimensions: 1 m², Dimensions per single tile: 37.5 x 37.5

cm, 1 m² consists of 7 tiles, Height: 1.2 cm, Weight: 2.9

kg, Material: Polypropylene, Classification: EN 14877, EN

1569, EN 1517, 15-year warranty, Water-draining, 100%

recyclable, multifunctional sports surfaces, Elastic design

for optimal ground contact.

U5125-01 l blue m²

U5125-02 l red m²

U5125-03 l yellow m²

U5125-04 l black m²

U5125-05 l white m²

U5125-06 l anthracite m²

U5125-07 l green m²

U5125-11 l grey m²

U5125-18 l silver m²

U5125-23 l orange m²

U5125-26 l light blue m²

U5125-35 l light green m²

U5125-37 l light brown m²

U5125 l free choice of colour m²

U5125-50 l royal blue m²

U5125-59 l tennis red m²

W 2.9 kg

6 Bergo ® Line Plate Ultimate Flow

Dimensions: 37.5 x 5 x 1.2 cm

U5126-01 p blue pcs

U5126-02 p red pcs

U5126-03 p yellow pcs

U5126-04 p black pcs

U5126-05 p white pcs

U5126-06 p anthracite pcs

U5126-07 p green pcs

U5126-11 p grey pcs

U5126-18 p silver pcs

U5126-23 p orange pcs

U5126 p free choice of colour pcs

7 Bergo ® Linienkreuz Ultimate Flow

Dimensions: 37.5 x 5 x 1.2 cm

U5127-01 p blue pcs

U5127-02 p red pcs

U5127-03 p yellow pcs

U5127-04 p black pcs

U5127-05 p white pcs

U5127-06 p anthracite pcs

U5127-07 p green pcs

U5127-11 p grey pcs

U5127-18 p silver pcs

U5127-23 p orange pcs

U5127 p free choice of colour pcs

- All-round sports floor

- Customizable

- Excellent playing characteristics

8

Bergo ® Floor Tile Ultimate

8 Bergo ® Floor Tile Ultimate

Dimensions: 1 m², Dimensions of each tile:

37.5 x 37.5 cm, 1 m² consists of 7 tiles,

Height: 1.2 cm, Weight: 3.6 kg, Material:

Polypropylene, Classification: EN 14877,

EN 1569, EN 1517, 15-year warranty, Water-draining,

100% recyclable.

U5101-01 l blue m²

U5101-02 l red m²






U5101-11 l grey m²









W 3.6 kg

- Extremely durable

- Customizable

- Excellent gameplay qualities

9

Bergo ® Floor Tile Ultimate Plus

9 Bergo ® Floor Tile Ultimate Plus

Dimensions: 1 m², Dimensions per individual

tile: 37.5 x 37.5 cm, 1 m² consists of 7 tiles,

Height: 1.2 cm, Weight: 5.2 kg, Material:

Polypropylene, Classification: EN 14877, EN

1569, EN 1517, 15-year warranty, waterdraining,

100% recyclable, multifunctional

sports surfaces, reinforced design for high

impact (e.g. inline skating, skateboarding).

U5102-01 l blue m²

U5102-02 l red m²






U5102-11 l grey m²









W 5.4 kg

10

Bergo ® Line Board Ultimate

12

Bergo ® Line Cross Ultimate

10 Bergo ® Line Board Ultimate

U5103-... p Colour selection pcs

11 Bergo ® Edge Ultimate Tiles


12 Bergo ® Line Cross Ultimate


13 Bergo ® Corner Plate Round Ultimate


14 Bergo ® Line Edge Ultimate


13

Bergo ® Corner Plate Round Ultimate

11

Bergo ® Edge Ultimate Tiles

14

Bergo ® Line Edge Ultimate

347


Water Sports

Experience the diverse world of water sports!

Here you’ll find a wide range of activities that

not only provide fun and action in the water

but also promote relaxation and well-being.

From the art of swimming to dynamic aqua

fitness, exciting water polo, and soothing water

therapy – there are countless ways to enjoy

the refreshing element to the fullest. Modern

swimming pool equipment completes the water

sports experience and provides the perfect

setting for unforgettable moments.

Content

Learning to Swim 350

Swimming Aids 350

Kickboards 352

Pool Noodles 354

Swimming Badges 356

Diving 358

Aquafitness 360

Water Gymnastics Equipment 360

Aquajogging & Aerobics 362

Aquacycling & Jumping 364

Water Therapy 366

Water Polo 368

Swimming Pool Equipment 370

Storage & Accessories 370

Equipment 372

Starting Blocks & Springboards 373

Lane Ropes 374

Rescue Equipment 378

348

349


Learning to Swim

Swimming Aids

1

2

3

BEMA ® Neoprene Swim Wings

BEMA ® Swim Armbands

BECO ® Swim Floats

1 BEMA ® Neoprene Swim Wings

With removable inflatable inner chambers. Possibility

for buoyancy reduction. Orange, 15 x 25 cm, Maximum

weight: 30 kg, For children aged 1-6 years.

W2464 p

2 BEMA ® Swim Armbands

Ergonomically shaped connection between the inflatable

chambers on the underside of the armbands for maximum

freedom of movement. Rounded corners for optimal

wearing comfort and fit.

W2460 p up to 11 kg pair



W2463 p from 60 kg pair

3 BECO ® Swim Floats

Double chamber system, flattened inner sides, extra

strong film, tested according to DIN 7874, safety valves.


pair W2401 p 15 - 30 kg pair

W2402 p 30 - 60 kg pair W2405 p

W2403 p from 60 kg pair

7 BECO ® Swim Vest Sealife

4 BECO ® Swim Aid STANDARD

With 2 air chambers, strong foil, DIN 7874, safety valves.

Universal size for children up to 12 years.

W2404 p

pair

5 BECO ® Swimming Discs

Made of PE foam according to EN 13138-1. No inflation,

no leaks. Set consisting of 6 discs. Depending on the

learning progress, the number of discs per arm can be

reduced. Suitable for a maximum body weight of 30 kg.

W2423 p

set

6 SCHWIMMI ® Swim Collar

Swimming aid made of signal yellow strong foil, 2-chamber

safety system, fully utilizes natural body buoyancy,

reduces learning time to only 1/3 of the usual time.

Universal size.

pcs

According to safety standard EN13138-1:2014. Size S

for toddlers 1-3 years / 15-18 kg, size M for children 3-6

years / 18-30 kg. Zipper and quick release buckle for

easy on and off, adjustable buoyancy inserts, adjustable

leg strap. Swim aid - not a life jacket.

W2429-07 p S green pcs

W2429-12 p S pink pcs

W2430-07 p M green pcs

W2430-12 p M pink pcs

350



4

BECO ® Swim Aid STANDARD

7

BECO ® Swim Vest Sealife

10

BECO ® Swimming Belt Monobelt

8 BECO ® Swim Vest Sindbad

The adjustable swim vest that grows with you. Adjustable

to body size with velcro fasteners. Optimal buoyancy

thanks to securely stitched buoyancy bodies. Swim

aid - not a life-saving vest.

W2420 p up to 30 kg pcs

W2421 p 30 - 60 kg pcs

W2422 p from 60 kg pcs

9 SECUMAR ® Swim Collar 9S

The swim collar for hydrotherapy and rehabilitation, for

insecure swimmers and people with disabilities. The

therapy collar enables a comfortable position that keeps

the head safely above water.

W2870 p S pcs

W2871 p M pcs

W2872 p L pcs

5

BECO ® Swimming Discs

8

BECO ® Swim Vest Sindbad

11

BECO ® Swimming Belt

10 BECO ® Swimming Belt Monobelt

Certified buoyancy aid according to EN 13138-1:2014.

One-piece foam body provides better pressure distribution.

Adjustable strap with quick-release buckle.

W2425 p S pcs

W2426 p M pcs

W2427 p L pcs

W2428 p XL pcs

6

SCHWIMMI ® Swim Collar

MD

9

SECUMAR ® Swim Collar 9S

12

BECO ® Swim Belt Sealife

11 BECO ® Swimming Belt

5 or 6 foam blocks, adjustable strap with quick release

buckle, certified to EN 13138 1:2008.

W2867 p 15 - 30 kg pcs

W2868 p 30 - 60 kg pcs

12 BECO ® Swim Belt Sealife

Adjustable strap and quick release buckle. Certified

according to EN 13138-1:2014. For children weighing

approximately 15-30 kg.

W2869-07 p green pcs

W2869-12 p pink pcs


351

Learning to Swim

Kickboards

1

2

3

4

Comfy ® Swimming Board Twin

Comfy ® Swim Board Kick

Comfy ® Swim Board Pro

tanga sports ® Swimming Kickboard

1 Comfy ® Swimming Board Twin

Made from PE foam in an attractive rainbow color design.

Can support up to 80 kg. Dimensions: 90 x 42 x 3 cm.

W2443 p

pcs

2 Comfy ® Swim Board Kick

Made from PE foam in an attractive rainbow color design,


W2716 p

pcs

3 Comfy ® Swim Board Pro

3-layer swimming board made of PE foam with 2 grip holes

for optimal grip position. Size: approx. 45 x 28 x 3.5 cm.

W7504 p

pcs

4 tanga sports ® Swimming Kickboard

Made of durable foam (EPP), particularly robust, abrasion-resistant,

and odorless. Dimensions Size S: 32 x

22.4 x 3.5 cm, Size M: 39 x 27.3 x 3.5 cm, Size L: 46.5

x 32.5 x 3.5 cm.

W7472 p S pcs

W7473 p M pcs

W7474 p L pcs

5 aquafeel ® Kickboard Speedblue

Dimensions: 40 x 30 x 3.3 cm, Material: 100% Ethylene

Vinyl Acetate.

W2630-01 p blue pcs

W2630-02 p red pcs

W2630-04 p black pcs


6 BECO ® Plastic Swimming Board

Made of plastic with stabilizing grooves. Various grip

options for versatile use, approximately 43 x 26 x 4 cm.

Assorted colors.

W2710 p

pcs

352



5

aquafeel ® Kickboard Speedblue

8

NEW

NEW

aquafeel ® Pullkick Speedblue

12

Kübler Sport ® Swimming and Play Float XL

BECO ® Pull Buoy Junior

6

BECO ® Plastic Swimming Board

13

Kübler Sport ® Swim Float ROUND

10

tanga sports ® Pull Buoy

7 BECO ® Swimming Board UNIVERSAL

9 BECO ® Pull Buoy Junior

With glide ribs, specially refined PE foam. The glide ribs

provide stability and safety. Assorted colors. Dimensions:

47x30x3 cm.

Made of 3 layers of PE foam in a striped design.

W2626 p

W2704 p

pcs

10 tanga sports ® Pull Buoy

Made of PE foam with a striped design.

8 aquafeel ® Pullkick Speedblue

Dimensions: 31 x 28 x 5 cm, Material: 100% Ethylene

W7509 p

Vinyl Acetate. For arm and leg training.

W26290-01 p blue pcs

W26290-02 p red pcs

W26290-04 p black pcs


9

pcs

pcs

11 tanga sports ® Pull Buoy

Made from robust and durable foam (EPP), training device

for swimming technique and upper body strengthening,

dimensions Junior: 21 x 7 x 12 cm, Senior: 23 x 8 x 14 cm.

W7476 p senior pcs

W7475 p junior pcs

7

BECO ® Swimming Board UNIVERSAL

tanga sports ® Pull Buoy

14

12 Kübler Sport ® Swimming and Play Float XL

Dimensions: 200 x 100 x 6 cm, Material: PE, color assorted.

W73630 y

pcs

13 Kübler Sport ® Swim Float ROUND

Ø 100 cm, thickness: 6 cm, Material: PE, assorted colors.

W73640 y

pcs

11

Kübler Sport ® Swimming and Play Float M

14 Kübler Sport ® Swimming and Play Float M

Dimensions: 100 x 50 x 6 cm, Material: PE, assorted

colors.

W29040 p

pcs


353

Learning to Swim

Pool Noodles

1

Comfy ® Swim Float Fluorescent

2

Comfy ® Swim noodle

3

BECO ® Swim noodle carrying strap

4

Comfy ® Pool Stick

1 Comfy ® Swim Float Fluorescent

Pool noodle in neon colors, color sorted in yellow, green,

orange. Size: Ø 6.7 cm x 160 cm. Made of closed-cell,

durable polyethylene foam, flexible and waterproof.

W2442 p

pcs

2 Comfy ® Swim noodle

Made of closed-cell PE foam, color sorted: green, blue,

yellow, red, Length: 160 cm, Ø 6.7 cm.

W2718 p

pcs

3 BECO ® Swim noodle carrying strap

Strap made of 100% nylon with buckle closure for approximately

20 swim noodles, adjustable circumference.

W2724 p

pcs

4 Comfy ® Pool Stick

Material: Closed-cell polyethylene foam, Ø 7 cm, Length:

78 cm, assorted colors.

W2618 p

pcs

5 BECO ® Funnoodle Pony



W2723 p

pcs

354

6

Comfy ® Connector

7

Connector with 5 cross holes

6 Comfy ® Connector

Connector for the assembly and linking of the Funnoodle.

Ø 10 cm.

W2721 p 2 x cross hole pcs

W2720 p 1 x cross hole pcs W27210 p

W2719 p without cross hole pcs

7 Connector with 5 cross holes

The Connector is a practical coupling that allows you to

connect and extend swim noodles quickly and easily.

Model: 5 holes, Dimensions: 75 cm.

8

Swimming Rung Set TM

pcs

8 Swimming Rung Set TM

Versatile for various uses (aquafitness, play equipment)

and can be combined with each other. Octagon material:

PE (25 x 25 x 8.5 cm). Rod material: aluminum with plastic

coating (length: 108 cm).

W75500 p

set

9

BECO ® Water Seat for Funnoodle

9 BECO ® Water Seat for Funnoodle

Made from 100% durable nylon. Simply slide the pool

noodle through the loops and you can comfortably enjoy

it on the water. Delivery does not include the pool noodle.

W2722 p

pcs



www.kuebler-sport.com 355

Learning to Swim

Swimming Badges

Swimming is one of the most popular leisure activities and offers numerous benefits for physical health and well-being.

One way to improve swimming skills and set personal goals is through swimming badges.

Motivation and Challenge

Swimming badges are awards that swimmers receive for learning

and mastering specific swimming techniques and skills.

Swimming badges offer a variety of benefits for swimmers of

all ages. For beginners, they can serve as motivation to improve

their swimming skills and overcome their fear of water. By

learning new techniques and mastering challenges, swimmers

boost their self-confidence. Swimming badges can also help

increase awareness of water and swimming safety by encouraging

familiarity with rescue techniques and water behavior rules.

Swim Education with Swimming Badges

The requirements for swimming badges vary depending on the

level or difficulty, ranging from beginners to advanced swimmers.

In Germany, there are many different swimming badges, with

the most well-known for beginners being:

Badge

Kroko (Crocodile)

Frühschwimmer (Seepferdchen)

(Early Swimmer)

Seeräuber (Pirate)

Deutsches Schwimmabzeichen

Bronze (Bronze German Swimming

Badge/Freischwimmer)


Silber (Silver German Swimming

Badge)


Gold (Gold German Swimming

Badge)

Performance Criteria

• Jump from the pool edge

• 10 m swimming in prone position

• 3 m Crocodile Glide with mouth submerged and eyes above water

• Understanding of swimming rules

• Jump from the pool edge followed by 25 m swimming in one swimming style, either prone or supine

• Retrieving an object from shoulder-deep water using hands

• 100 m breaststroke

• Diving approximately 1 m deep from the water surface to retrieve an object

• 5 m underwater swimming


• Head-first jump from the pool edge and swim for 15 minutes, covering a minimum of 200 m

• Diving approximately 2 m deep from the water surface to retrieve an object

• A jump from the starting block or 1 m board with a somersault


• Self-rescue skills


• Diving approximately 2 m deep from the water surface to retrieve an object, twice

• 10 m underwater swimming with a push-off from the pool edge

• Jump from a height of 3 m or two different jumps from a height of 1 m


• Assistance in swimming, boating, and ice emergencies


• Starting dive and 25 m freestyle swimming

• Starting dive and 50 m breaststroke swimming in a maximum of 1:15 minutes

• 50 m backstroke swimming with scissor kick without arm movement or back crawl swimming

• 10 m underwater swimming from a swimming position (without push-off from the pool edge)

• Diving approximately 2 m deep from the water surface to retrieve an object, three times within 3 minutes

• One jump from a height of 3 m or two different jumps from a height of 1 m

• 50 m transport swimming: pushing or pulling

Almost all swimming pools, swimming clubs, and the German

Life Saving Association (DLRG) have authorized examiners who

can assess and certify the badges. In principle, each badge can

be obtained without a mandatory practice course. However, for

badges that assess basic swimming skills, courses to learn the

correct techniques are recommended.

356



Crocodile Swimming Badge

5

1

Pirate Swim Badge

2

Certificate Croco

6

Pirate Certificate

3

Swimming Badge for Beginner Swimmers (Seahorse)

German Swimming Badge, 2020

1 Crocodile Swimming Badge

4 Certificate for Early Swimmer (Seahorse)

7 German Swimming Badge, 2020

Swimming badge for newly crowned first swimmers, which Certificate for the Seepferdchen swim badge, DIN A6 Official German swimming badge.

can be completed before the Seahorse badge. Sew-on. format.

W2838 p to iron on gold pcs

W2833 p

pcs W2759 p

pcs W2753 p to stitch on gold pcs

W2837 p to iron on silver pcs

2 Certificate Croco

5 Pirate Swim Badge

W2752 p to stitch on silver pcs

DIN A6 certificate for the achievements of the Kroko The badge requires 100m breaststroke, 5m distance W2836 p to iron on bronze pcs

swimming badge. Fields for filling in: Name, Location, diving with subsequent retrieval of an object from a W2751 p to stitch on bronze pcs

Date, Signature, and Stamp.

minimum depth of 1m. For sewing on.

8

W2834 p

pcs W2748 p

pcs German Swimming Pass, 2020

The official certification of the 3-level performance requirements

for children, teenagers, and adults according

3 Swimming Badge for Beginner Swimmers (Seahorse) 6 Pirate Certificate

Official Early Swimming Badge.

DIN A6 certificate for the achievement of the Seeräuber to the new DPO starting from January 1, 2020.

W2750 p to stitch on pcs swimming badge. Fields to fill in: Name, year of birth, W2754 p

pcs

W2809 p to iron on pcs location, date, signature, and stamp.

W2749 p

pcs

7

4

Certificate for Early Swimmer (Seahorse)

8

German Swimming Pass, 2020


357

Diving

Diving

1

tanga sports ® Swim Fins TanGa

2

3

BECO ® Diving Mask Ari Kids 4+

BECO ® Swim Goggles Sealife

4

5

6

tanga sports ® Egg Flips 10-piece Set

Soft Nose Clip

BS Toys ® Dive Game Diving Memo

1 tanga sports ® Swim Fins TanGa

Lightly angled rubber shoe fin, with toe freedom and

stiffening edges on the fin blade, color sorted by size.

W7410 p 26 - 29 pair

W7411 p 30 - 33 pair

W7412 p 34 - 35 pair

W7413 p 36 - 37 pair

W7414 p 38 - 39 pair

W7415 p 40 - 41 pair

W7416 p 42 - 43 pair

W7417 p 44 - 45 pair

W7418 p 46 - 48 pair

2 BECO ® Diving Mask Ari Kids 4+

Ideal diving mask for the diving experience in childhood.

The seal and the headband are made of polyvinyl. Suitable

for children aged 4 and above.

W2786-01 p blue pcs

W2786-12 p pink pcs

3 BECO ® Swim Goggles Sealife

Soft swimming goggles for children aged 4 and up.

Lenses with 100% UV protection and anti-fog feature.

Includes storage box.

W2808-01 p blue pcs


W2808-12 p pink pcs

4 tanga sports ® Egg Flips 10-piece Set

Two-tone training aid for learning the correct breathing

technique while swimming and in Halliwick therapy. Ø

approx. 6 cm, weight: approx. 9 g, material: plastic.

W2745 p

set

5 Soft Nose Clip

Protects the nostrils from water entering. Material:

plastic. Smooth tip.

W29360 p

pcs

6 BS Toys ® Dive Game Diving Memo

Material: Neoprene, Filling: Sand, Diameter: Ø 10 cm,

Quantity: 12 pieces.

W27113 p

pcs

358



9

Schildkröt ® Neoprene Dive Balls Set of 3

12

tanga sports ® Diving Ring 5 kg

7 Diving Bars

Semi-circular diving rings, Material: PVC, Dimensions:

approx. 75 x 75 cm, Quantity: 3 pieces.

W7916 p

set

8 tanga sports ® Dive Hoop

Stand-up diving ring with a diameter of approximately

75 cm, weight: approximately 800 g.

W7531 p

pcs

7

Diving Bars

10

Diving Stone

13

tanga sports ® Hedgehog Dive Ring

9 Schildkröt ® Neoprene Dive Balls Set of 3

Ø 3 cm, Length: 29 cm, Material: Neoprene surface,

Filling: Sand.

W27112 p

set

10 Diving Stone

Made of solid rubber, 2.0 kg. Dimensions: 24 x 11 x 4.5 cm.

W7535 p

pcs

11 TOGU ® Dive Ring

Ø approx. 16 cm, Material: full plastic, assorted colors.

Made in Germany.

W7542 p

pcs

8

tanga sports ® Dive Hoop

11

TOGU ® Dive Ring

14

tanga sports ® Lamella Dive Ring

12 tanga sports ® Diving Ring 5 kg

Ø approx. 30 cm, Material: Solid rubber, Color: Black.

W7536 p

pcs

13 tanga sports ® Hedgehog Dive Ring

Ø approximately 16 cm, material: solid plastic. Color:

yellow.

W7539 p

pcs

14 tanga sports ® Lamella Dive Ring

Ø 18 cm, Material: Plastic, Surface: Grip with Lamellae,

Color: red.

W7538 p

pcs


359

Aquafitness

Water Gymnastics Equipment

1

Tanga Sports ® Aqua Dumbbell

2

BECO ® Aqua Dumbbell

1 Tanga Sports ® Aqua Dumbbell

3 BECO ® Hand Paddles Dynamic Pro

5 BECO ® Aqua Gloves

Increases water resistance and is ideal for endurance

exercises. Material: Skin-friendly foam. Length: 30 cm,

Ø 15 cm.

Ergonomically shaped hand paddles for efficient strength

and endurance training in the water. A special silicone

finger fixation provides a secure and comfortable fit as

W7995 p

pcs well as optimal grip.

W2882 p S pair

2 BECO ® Aqua Dumbbell

W2883 p M pair

W2884 p L pair

Essential for water gymnastics and aqua fitness. Size

S without handle loop, sizes M and L with handle loop.

W2920 p S pair

W2934 p M pair

W2921 p L pair

4 Hand Paddles

Intensive training in the water is enhanced with the

ergonomically shaped hand paddles for efficient strength

and endurance training. Sold in pairs, with adjustable

elastic straps.

W28820 p S pcs

W28830 p M pcs

W28840 p L pcs

For aqua fitness and aqua gymnastics to increase water

resistance. Material: 100% neoprene.

W8037 p S closed pair

W8017 p S open, without fingertips pair

W8038 p M closed pair

W8018 p M open, without fingertips pair

W8039 p L closed pair

W8019 p L open, without fingertips pair

6 BECO ® Aqua Dumbbell BEbell

Material: EPP, Resistance: Flexible, Dimensions S: 21 x

14.3 cm, Dimensions M: 23.5 cm x 14.5 cm.

W2939 p S pair

W2940 p M pair

360



3

BECO ® Hand Paddles Dynamic Pro

7 Beco ® Aquatic Band

For resistance training in water and on land, which

engages the entire body. Length: 80 cm, loop length:

10 cm, pulling force: 10 kg, 6 loops.

W2627 p

pcs

9 TOGU ® Brasil ® Aqua

Weight: 2 x 270 g. Filling: Sand. Material: Ruton, waterproof.

The additional straps ensure a secure grip

on the hand.

W2919 p

6

BECO ® Aqua Dumbbell BEbell

9

TOGU ® Brasil ® Aqua

8 BECO ® Aqua-Disc SZ

Material: PE foam, Buoyancy: High, Resistance: Flexible,

Ø 25 cm, Assorted colors.

W7960 p

pair

pair

4

Hand Paddles

7

Beco ® Aquatic Band

10

Sveltus ® Aqua Band Weight Cuff

10 Sveltus ® Aqua Band Weight Cuff

Weight cuff for use in water on wrists and ankles. Weights

can be removed and the cover can be washed. Cover material:

70% Nylon and 30% Polyurethane Mesh. Weights:

Silicone mixture.

W2923 p 2 x 0,5 kg pair

W2924 p 2 x 1 kg pair

11 BECO ® BEflex Hand Paddles

Material: Flexible silicone, without buoyancy, Length: 29

cm, Weight: 500 g per pair.

W2850-01 p blue pair

W2850-08 p turquoise pair

W2850-12 p pink pair

5

BECO ® Aqua Gloves

8

BECO ® Aqua-Disc SZ

11

BECO ® BEflex Hand Paddles


361

Aquafitness

Aquajogging & Aerobics

1

2

3

BECO ® Leg Floats

BECO ® BEnamic

BECO ® Aqua Twin II Professional

1 BECO ® Leg Floats

Ideal training aid for aqua jogging, aqua fitness, and

water gymnastics. Material: PE foam with wide Velcro

fasteners. Suitable for deep and shallow water.

W7963 p M pair

W7964 p XL pair

2 BECO ® BEnamic

Medium buoyancy or resistance. Length: 45 cm. Weight:

300 g. For an effective full-body workout with various

grip positions.

W2861-01 p blue pcs

W2861-08 p turquoise pcs

W2861-12 p pink pcs

W2861-16 p purple pcs

3 BECO ® Aqua Twin II Professional

Made of specially refined PE foam, individually adjustable

with straps and Velcro fastener. Size S (36 - 41) = red,

Size L (42 - 46) = blue.

W7968 p 42 - 46 pair

W7967 p 36 - 41 pair

362



7

Bodyflex Athletic Stabilization Trainer

4 Aqquatix ® Aqua Treadmill

For water depths of 100-120 cm, foldable, Material: Inox

AISI 316 L painted, also suitable for use in thermal and

salt water. Including 2 wheels, weight: 20 kg.

Features

- Suitable for water depths of 100-120 cm

- Foldable for space-saving storage

- Material: Inox AISI 316 L, painted

- 2 wheels

- Weight: 20 kg

Further details:

- Dimensions (LxWxH): 140 x 58 x 125 cm

- Dimensions when folded (LxWxH): 50 x 58 x 125 cm

- Wide edge for resting feet

- Delivery includes operating and

maintenance instructions

W8021 l

W 20 kg

5

Dolphin ® Aqua-Step

8

BECO ® BEbelt

5 Dolphin ® Aqua-Step

Durable plastic, anti-slip surface, two heights: 13.5

and 18.5 cm.

W27150 p

pcs

Aqquatix ® Aqua Treadmill

9

BECO ® Aqua-Jogging Belt MAXI

8 BECO ® BEbelt

Space-saving with foldable side panels. Strap length:

150 cm. Dimensions: 75x22 cm. Folded: 35 x 22 x 10 cm.



6 Aqua Step

9 BECO ® Aqua-Jogging Belt MAXI

Lightweight, 6 kg, 8 suction cups for a stable grip on

the pelvic floor. 4 hand recesses for easy lifting out of

the water. Dimensions: 67 x 35 x 17 cm.

Material: PE foam, reinforced strap outlets, wide strap

with patented fastener, suitable for a maximum body

weight of 120 kg.

W2922 p

pcs W7973 p

pcs

7 Bodyflex Athletic Stabilization Trainer

Length: 130 cm, 700 g. Can be used with one hand

or two hands, narrow or wide grip position, for use in

water and on land.

pcs W2856 p medium pcs

W2857 p strong pcs

4

6

Aqua Step


363

Aquafitness

Aquacycling & Jumping

1

2

Aqquatix ® Galaxy Aquabike

Aqquatix ® BPM Aquabike

3

4

5

Waterflex ® Aquabike Inobike 8 AIR

Waterflex ® Aquabike WR5 AIR

Waterflex ® Aquabike WR MAX

1 Aqquatix ® Galaxy Aquabike

Stainless Steel AISI 316L Aquabike, for shallow pools

with a depth of 70-100 cm, dimensions: 145 × 54 × 85

cm, flexible resistance adjustment, pedals: polyethylene,

maximum height: 190 cm, weight: 21 kg.

- Frame material: Stainless steel AISI 316L

- Dimensions: 145 x 54 x 85 cm

- Includes suction cups

- Color: Yellow-green

- Pedals: Polyethylene

- Flexible resistance adjustment

- Suitable water depth: 70-100 cm

- Maximum body height: 190 cm

- Weight: 21 kg

W8029 l

pcs

W 25 kg .-

364

2 Aqquatix ® BPM Aquabike

Stationary stainless steel aquabike with adjustable resistance

for water depths of 110 - 160 cm, new resistance

and pedal system for improved fluidity, high stability and

2 wheels for easy transport. Maximum body height: 190

cm, weight: 26 kg.

W8020-02 l orange pcs

W8020-03 l fluorescent yellow pcs

W 26 kg

3 Waterflex ® Aquabike Inobike 8 AIR

Made of extruded aluminum T6, the Inobike 8 Air offers

perfect solidity at a weight of only 15 kg. Dimensions in

the smallest state: 99 cm x 56 cm x 117 cm (LxWxH),

water depth: 1.10 to 1.50 m, handlebar adjustment:

vertical and horizontal, saddle adjustment: vertical and

horizontal, quick drainage, including sacrificial anode,

mechanical resistance adjustment, buffer with lever and

4 speeds, pedals with additional surface, suitable body

height: 1.55 to 1.95 m, max. user weight: 150 kg, place

of use: clubs & public swimming pools.

W80030 l

W 20 kg

pcs

4 Waterflex ® Aquabike WR5 AIR

Full aluminum, lightweight yet robust. Pedals, saddle, and

handlebar of the Aquabike can be adjusted as desired.

The Aquabike features a dual, central resistance with

brake pads and Aqua Double Speed pedals, as well as

an adjustable mechanical resistance that, combined with

the aluminum construction, ensures a highly dynamic

Aquabike training. Weight: 16 kg, suitable for water

depth: 1.10 m to 1.60 m.

W80037 l

pcs

W 18 kg

5 Waterflex ® Aquabike WR MAX

Aluminum bike, therefore 40% lighter than stainless

steel, barefoot use, adjustable seat and handlebar in

height and depth, adjustable hydraulic resistance on

the pedals, adjustment range: 55 x 103 x 140/170 cm.

Pool depth: 110 to 150 cm. Weight: 15.9 kg.

W80038 l

pcs

W 19 kg



6

Aqquatix ® Aqua Trampoline

7 BECO ® SharkJumper

High-quality stainless steel AISI 316L DIN 1.4404, with

six suction cups, jumping mat with chlorine and salt

resistance, overall diameter: 102 cm, jumping mat diameter:

75 cm, height: 26 cm, minimum water depth:

130 cm, weight: 9 kg.

W7977 l

W 9 kg

7

BECO ® SharkJumper

6 Aqquatix ® Aqua Trampoline

8 BECO ® SharkJumper Handle

Underwater trampoline, Ø 91 x h 21 cm, 5 kg, made

of 316 L stainless steel with 5 suction cups for stable

grip. Ideal water depth: 120 - 140 cm. Stackable for

space-saving storage.

Easy to assemble handle. Provides safety for beginners

and individuals with physical limitations. Dimensions

including handle: (LxWxH) 130 x 105 x 128 cm, approx.

15.5 kg.

W7709 l

pcs W7978 y

pcs

W 5 kg

9 Eurotramp ® Underwater Trampoline

Frame construction made of V4A stainless steel, 100 x

100 x 27 cm, 4 detachable feet made of V4A stainless

steel with suction cups, jumping mat 73.5 x 73.5 cm, 28

stainless steel V4A springs, shock-absorbing frame pad

cover made of high-quality swimming pool film, chlorine

pcs water-resistant. Weight: 15 kg.

W7710 l

pcs

W 16 kg

8

BECO ® SharkJumper Handle

9

Eurotramp ® Underwater Trampoline


365

Water Therapy

Water Therapy

Water Therapy

Water therapy uses the physical properties

of water—buoyancy and resistance—for the

gentle rehabilitation of various musculoskeletal

conditions and for pain relief. Movement

therapy in water focuses on improving

mobility, stability, strength, coordination,

and endurance. Accessories used in water

therapy include aids that provide safety during

treatment as well as supportive training

equipment.

MD

MD

MD

1

2

3

AIREX ® Hercules

AIREX ® Balance-pad Mini

AIREX ® Balance Beam

MD

MD

4

5

6

AIREX ® Atlas

AIREX ® Balance-pad Elite

Comfy ® Swim noodle

1 AIREX ® Hercules

Offers endless variety for individual & group therapies.

Provides great comfort with a thickness of 2.5 cm.

Preferred hydrotherapy mat. Material: Closed-cell foam,

Dimensions: 200 x 100 x 2.5 cm, Weight: 7.3 kg.

A5011-01 p blue pcs

A5011-29 p water blue pcs

2 AIREX ® Balance-pad Mini

Reduced version of the regular Balance Pad Elite. Ideal

for one-armed or one-legged fitness and coordination

exercises. Perfect for fitness, physiotherapy, rehabilitation,

and club sports. Material: Closed-cell foam, Dimensions:

41 x 25 x 6 cm, Weight: 398 g.

A5028-28 p pcs

3 AIREX ® Balance Beam

The balance beam was designed for balancing and

training purposes. Its size allows to train all core muscles

both in supine and prone positions. Ideal for fitness,

physiotherapy, rehabilitation, functional training, and

club sports. Material: Closed-cell foam, Dimensions:

160 x 24 x 6 cm, Weight: 1.2 kg.

A5033-01 p blue pcs

A5033-28 p lava pcs

4 AIREX ® Atlas

Thanks to its right-angled cut, it can be seamlessly

placed on large surfaces. Optimal support for all imaginable

therapy forms in the water. Ideal for physio &

rehabilitation. Material: Closed-cell foam, Dimensions:

200 x 125 x 1.5 cm, Weight: 5.9 kg.

A5000-02 p red pcs


5 AIREX ® Balance-pad Elite

Further development of the proven balance pads. With its

non-slip, waffle-like texture and destabilizing properties,

it is perfect for barefoot balance training. Ideally suited

for fitness, physiotherapy, rehabilitation, and club sports.

Material: Closed-cell foam, Dimensions: 48 x 40 x 6 cm,

Weight: 795 g.

A5027-01 p blue pcs

A5027-12 p pink pcs

A5027-30 p kiwi pcs

A5027-28 p lava pcs

6 Comfy ® Swim noodle

Made of closed-cell PE foam, color sorted: green, blue,

yellow, red, Length: 160 cm, Ø 6.7 cm.

W2718 p

pcs

366



7

Mobile Pool Lift R37

8

Pool lift R36 i-swim

7 Mobile Pool Lift R37

Control unit with battery (power supply:

built-in 2x 24 V batteries including charger),

secure locking mechanism for the

pool edge with 4 wheels and 2 brakes,

instant stop switch. Target group: swimmers

with varying disabilities and a high

level of independence. Material: aluminum,

stainless steel (1.4571). Load capacity:

136 kg. Weight: 300 kg. Dimensions: 251

x 78 x 150 cm.

W75660 l

pcs

W 325 kg .-

9

SECUMAR ® Swim Collar 9S

8 Pool lift R36 i-swim

Control unit with battery (power supply:

2x 24V batteries included charger, for

approximately 50 lifting movements), push

buttons: up and down, with instant stop

button, battery charge status indicator,

4 wheels, 2 of them with brakes, materials:

aluminum and stainless steel (white

powder-coated), carrying capacity of 136

kg. Weight: 140 kg. Dimensions: 124.5 x

64 x 151 cm.

W7566 l

W 190 kg

MD

pcs

10

BECO ® Aqua-Jogging Belt MAXI

Pedalo ® Classic S Aqua

9 SECUMAR ® Swim Collar 9S

The swim collar for hydrotherapy and rehabilitation,

for insecure swimmers and

people with disabilities. The therapy collar

enables a comfortable position that keeps W7973 p

the head safely above water.

W2870 p S pcs

W2871 p M pcs

11

W2872 p L pcs Pedalo ® Classic S Aqua

11

10 BECO ® Aqua-Jogging Belt MAXI

Material: PE foam, reinforced strap outlets,

wide strap with patented fastener, suitable

for a maximum body weight of 120 kg.

pcs

Low difficulty level, ideal for aquatic therapy

and mobilization or maintenance of

mobility. Load capacity: 200 kg, weight:

8.5 kg, dimensions: 46 x 37.5 x 22 cm.

W7716 p

pcs


367

Water Polo

Water Polo

1

2

3

molten ® Water Polo Ball

1 molten ® Water Polo Ball

Competition ball, 18 panels with nylon carcass on butyl

rubber bladder, super grippy quality. Size and weight

according to regulations.

W7662 p size 5 pcs

2

W76680 p size 5 pcs

3

5 Mikasa ® Water Polo W6608W Competition Junior

Official design, „No Leak“ nylon carcass, laminated butyl

rubber bladder, special valve, circumference 58 - 60 cm,

weight 300 - 320 g, size 2.

W76690 p size 4 pcs W7679 p size 2 pcs

4

Mikasa ® Water Polo W6608.5W Competition Intermediate

Official design, „No Leak“ nylon carcass, laminated butyl

rubber bladder, special valve, circumference 61 - 63 cm,

weight 340-380 g, size 3.

W7674 p size 3 pcs

6 Floating Water Polo Goals OFFICIAL

Structure made of reinforced aluminum/stainless steel.

According to FINA & LEN standards (3 x 0.9 m), white

painted frame profile. Floats made of painted aluminum,

with foam insert for additional stability. Nylon profiles on

the bottom and back of the floats for protection and easy

entry and exit of the goal. 4 retractable wheels for easy

transportation. Includes nets and fastening elements.

W2033 l

pair

W 175 kg

368



9

Stramatel ® Display Board 452 PS 900

7 Water polo goals for the pool edge

Dimensions: 300 x 60 x 90 cm, made of white lacquered

aluminum and electro-polished stainless steel. According

to FINA- & LEN-regulations. Nets, ground sockets, and

ground anchorages are included in the delivery.

W2035 l

pair

W 60 kg

8 Goal Wall Cover for Water Polo Goal

PVC netting for 3 x 0.9 m goals including fastening.

W2034 p

pcs

7

Water polo goals for the pool edge

10

Stramatel ® 30-Second Scoreboard SC30

9 Stramatel ® Display Board 452 PS 900

Dimensions: 150 x 100 x 9 cm, Weight 24 kg, Digit height

15 cm, Readability 60 m, Viewing angle 160°, Application

area: Indoor, Water polo & swimming programs. Electronics

protected against moisture and chlorine-containing

air in swimming pools.

Display features:

- Score: 2x2 digits, red (digit height 15 cm)

- Game period: 1 digit, green (15 cm)

- Game time/Timeout time: 4 digits, white (15 cm) +

2 blinking LEDs

- Time of day: outside of game operation

- Number of timeouts: 2x4 green LEDs

- Team colors: white and blue stickers

U40760 l

W 27 kg

6

Floating Water Polo Goals OFFICIAL

8

Goal Wall Cover for Water Polo Goal

11

Mobile spectator stand 12-seater

10 Stramatel ® 30-Second Scoreboard SC30

A pair of 30-second shot clock boards for the attack

time in water polo.

U40761 l

pair

W 6 kg

11 Mobile spectator stand 12-seater

Made entirely of aluminum, 3 rows of 4 seats each,

suitable for indoor and outdoor use, equipped with swivel

wheels for easy transportation and convenient storage,

delivered disassembled, easy to assemble. Dimensions:

200 x 200 x 100 cm.

W2036 l

pcs

W 80 kg

pcs


369

Swimming Pool Equipment

Storage & Accessories

1

2

3

Kübler Sport ® Equipment Cabinet SUPER

Plastic Storage Basket

Portable Storage Basket

4

5

6

Foldable Storage Basket

Swimming Pool Material Cart PVC

Kübler Sport ® Equipment Cabinet COMPACT

1 Kübler Sport ® Equipment Cabinet SUPER

Aluminium mesh locker cabinet, version on wheels: 4

swivel casters, 2 with brakes, mesh size: 5 cm, 2 sliding

doors, 3 shelves, lockable (lock not included in delivery),


W28870 l

W 74 kg

2 Plastic Storage Basket

Storage basket (without wheels), open design for faster

water drainage; stackable, dimensions 60 x 32 x 40 cm.

Ideal addition for the container trolley W2873 or the

storage baskets W2840.

W28760 p

pcs

pcs

3 Portable Storage Basket

Rollable storage cart made of durable plastic, open

baskets allow for quick water drainage, available in

four heights.

W2840 p 42 cm pcs

W2841 p 74 cm pcs

W2842 y 106 cm pcs

W2843 y 138 cm pcs

4 Foldable Storage Basket

Material: Polypropylene (PP), Dimensions: 60 x 40 x 33

cm, Height when folded: 8 cm, Color: Blue.

W28761 p

pcs

5 Swimming Pool Material Cart PVC

Sturdy PVC cart, 4 swivel casters, 2 of them with brakes,

moisture-resistant, dimensions: 100 x 87 x 80 cm.

W2029-05 l white pcs

W2029-11 l grey pcs

W 18 kg

6 Kübler Sport ® Equipment Cabinet COMPACT

Aluminum mesh cabinet, mobile version: 4 casters, 2 with

brakes, mesh size: 5 cm, 2 doors, 2 shelves, dimensions:

150 x 62 x 145 cm.

W28871 l

pcs

W 62 kg

370



8

Swimming pool lounge

11

Rectangular PVC Material Cart with Lid

7 Storage Cart for Pool Noodles

Robust PVC cart, 4 swivel casters, 2 of them with brakes,

moisture resistant, ideal for swim noodles, dimensions:

100 x 50 x 130 cm.


W2031-11 l grey pcs

W 16 kg

8 Swimming pool lounge

High-quality sun lounger for the swimming pool. Stackable,

material: plastic, 4 rest positions, dimensions:

184 x 70 cm.

W74510 l

W 10.25 kg

9 PVC Container Cart

Sturdy PVC cart, wheels: 4 swivel wheels, 2 with brakes,

moisture-resistant, capacity: 3 baskets, dimensions:

55 x 66 x 180 cm.

W28730-05 y white pcs

W28730-11 y grey pcs

9

PVC Container Cart

12

PVC Rectangular Material Cart

10 PVC Shelf Cart

Sturdy PVC shelf cart, wheels: 4 swivel casters, 2 with

brakes, moisture-resistant, capacity: 3 shelf compartments,



W28810-11 l grey pcs

W 78 kg

11 Rectangular PVC Material Cart with Lid

Durable PVC cart, 6 swivel casters, 3 of them with

brakes, moisture-resistant, version with lid, dimensions:

200 x 87 x 80 cm.

pcs W2028-05 l white pcs

W2028-11 l grey pcs

W 39 kg

7

Storage Cart for Pool Noodles

13

10

PVC Shelf Cart

NEW

PVC Multi-Storage Cart

12 PVC Rectangular Material Cart

Sturdy PVC cart, 6 swivel casters, 3 of them with brakes,

moisture resistant, dimensions: 200 x 87 x 80 cm.


W2030-11 l grey pcs

W 30 kg

13 PVC Multi-Storage Cart

Material: PVC, UV-resistant, Dimensions: 200 x 63 x

130 cm, 6 rotating wheels, 3 with locking mechanism,

Compartment for pool noodles: 40 x 50 x 95 cm, Middle

compartment: 91 x 50 x 77 cm, Shelf compartments:

each 43 x 60 x 34 cm.


W2061-11 l grey pcs

W 15 kg


371


Equipment

1

2

3

Training Watch

Pool ladder

Victory podium

4

5

6

Wet Area Floor Mat, 15 m Roll

Wet Room Floor Tile

Clip fastening for bath mats, 10 pcs.

1 Training Watch

Waterproof training watch for displaying split times during

swimming training. Dimensions: approx. 60 x 60 cm. Power

supply: Battery-operated for mobile use (batteries included),

mains operation: 230V. Mounting: Wall mounting. Readability: W2041 l

approx. 30m. Delivery includes tamper-proof 3-point fastening. W 85 kg

second and minute

W7563 y battery mode

pcs

hands

second and minute

W7564 y grid operation

pcs

hands

W7567 y battery mode second-cross pcs

W7568 y grid operation second-cross pcs

2 Pool ladder

43 mm electropolished stainless steel tube ladder, steps

made of stainless steel with anti-slip coating. First step is

20 mm away from the wall, maximum depth: 120 cm, handrails

are 70 and 100 cm high, including mounting anchor.

W2024 l 2 steps pcs

W 17 kg

W2025 l 3 steps pcs

W 19 kg

W2026 l 4 steps pcs

W 21 kg

372

3 Victory podium

Three-piece, non-slip surface, Material: 12mm thick

phenolic resin fibers, frame made of stainless steel,

Dimensions of stacked modules: 120 x 60 cm.

4 Wet Area Floor Mat, 15 m Roll

Made from pure polyethylene, antibacterial and UVresistant.

Thickness: 9 mm. Dimensions: 15 x 0.6 m,

Weight: 19 kg.

U30170-01 l blue roll

U30170-11 l grey roll

W 19 kg

6 Clip fastening for bath mats, 10 pcs.

For side or front connections between the floors.

W2042 p

7 Malmsten ® Starting Block PRO

Anti-slip surface, construction made of powder-coated

stainless steel, base width 34 cm, weighs 40 kg. Digits

on 4 sides, platform dimensions 70 x 50 x 40 cm.

W7732 l

W 50 kg

5 Wet Room Floor Tile

PVC wet area floor mat, non-slip and resistant to chemicals,

easy installation and customization. Dimensions

of one module: 33 x 33 x 1.6 cm.

W7733 l

U3019-01 l blue pcs W 50 kg

U3019-03 l yellow pcs

U3019-04 l black pcs

U3019-07 l green pcs

U3019-11 l grey pcs

W 1 kg

pcs

set

pcs

8 Malmsten ® Startblock PRO with Track Start

Starting block for training and competition with anti-slip

surface and a construction made of powder-coated

stainless steel. Platform dimensions (LxWxH): 70 x 50

x 40 cm, base width 34 cm, weight 40 kg. Numbers on

4 sides. With FINA approved Track Start System with

horizontally adjustable footrest (30 degrees).



pcs

Starting Blocks & Springboards

7

Malmsten ® Starting Block PRO

12

Springboard Storage

9 Starting Block R1690W

Baseboard in stainless steel pipe construction, take-off

area (min. 500 x 500 mm) in box shape with approx. 17 cm

high side cladding for numbering and intermediate step

(min. 500 x 300 mm), slip resistance class C according

to DIN 51097, take-off area inclined 10 degrees forward,

underside of steps with special coating, according to DIN

EN 13451-4, complying with the rules of the DSV and FINA.

Includes standard ground sleeves with 150 mm insertion

depth, as well as ground sleeve insert for non-use.

W7743 l

W 45 kg

10 Water Diving Board 2.5m Free-standing

Board length x board width: 2.5 x 0.5 m, overall dimensions

(LxWxH): 280 x 65 x 60 cm, empty weight: 80

kg, built-in water tank (200 liters) as counterweight,

suitable for children and adults. Recommended water

depth: minimum 3 m.

W7742 l

W 100 kg

pcs

pcs

12 Springboard Storage

Made of corrosion-free V2A material. The bearing blocks

are equipped with plastic bushings for noise reduction.

All wearing parts are replaceable. Necessary accessories

for the installation of the fiberglass springboard.

W7727 l

W 17 kg

8

Malmsten ® Startblock PRO with Track Start

10

Water Diving Board 2.5m Free-standing

13

Springboard pad

11 Water Diving Board Fiberglass

Water diving board made of fiberglass for recreational

sports. Highly flexible, low rebound, non-slip surface

according to DIN 51097 rating group C. White with black

stepping surface, 0.5m wide, made in Germany.

W7737 l 3,50 m pcs

W 60 kg

W7738 l 4 m pcs

W 70 kg

W7739 l 4,50 m pcs

W 80 kg

W7740 l 4,80 m pcs

W 90 kg

pcs

9

Starting Block R1690W

11

Water Diving Board Fiberglass

14

Roller adjustment for diving board

13 Springboard pad

Necessary accessories for the installation of diving boards,

as an alternative to W7725. The support piece is made

of solid rubber and can be adjusted in three positions

using a wrench. The remaining frame is made of stainless

steel. All wear parts are replaceable.

W7726 l

pcs

W 12 kg

14 Roller adjustment for diving board

Necessary accessories for the installation of diving

boards, alternative to W7726. Made of corrosion-free

V2A material with racks and pinions made of special

plastic. The diving board is supported by a wide plastic

roller. All wear parts are replaceable.

W7725 l

pcs

W 39 kg


373


Lane Ropes

1

Malmsten ® Swimline Gold PRO

2

Malmsten ® Swimming Line

3

4

Competition racing lane COMPETITION

1 Malmsten ® Swimline Gold PRO

Absorption of wave energy: 90.50%, panels: Ø 150 mm.

State-of-the-art industrial polyethylene, reinforced with

highest color fastness and UV protection. Floats: Ø 80

mm. Durable polyethylene with UV protection. Wire: 4

mm. Stainless steel, flexible and strong. Fully assembled

delivery including winding reel, tension spring, and

ratchet wrench.

W7627 l 25 m pcs

W7628 l 50 m pcs

W 70 kg

2 Malmsten ® Swimming Line

Ø 10 cm or Ø 15 cm with freely rotating discs for optimal

wave breaking. Plastic discs, stainless steel cable

including spring and tension lock with cover.

W7621 l 25 m 10 cm pcs

W 50 kg

W7622 l 50 m 10 cm pcs

W 85 kg

W7617 l 25 m pcs

W 27 kg

3 Competition racing lane COMPETITION

5 End fittings for custom swimming ropes

Freely rotating special perforated discs Ø 10 cm for End fitting set made of V4A stainless steel for training

wave breaking and rapid water calming, including steel lines, consisting of 2 carabiner hooks, 2 simplex clamps,

cable, tensioning device, tensioning key. Standard color and 1 adjuster shackle.

combination: 5 m of red at the ends, alternating white/

blue in the middle section.

W76129 p

set

6

W7610 l 25 m pcs Quick Release Buckle for Swim Lines

W 34 kg

For the quick attachment of the swimming lanes in the

W7611 l 50 m pcs pool. Suitable for all lines made of plastic and steel

W 75 kg

ropes. Tension spring with plastic sleeve, size: 10 x 5 cm.

W7607 p

pcs

4

374



5

End fittings for custom swimming ropes

8

Training swimming line STANDARD

11

Swim Line JPP per Meter

7 Turnbuckle including cover

Turnbuckle including silicone cover for secure attachment

of swimming ropes W7610 and W7611.

W7609 p

pcs

8 Training swimming line STANDARD

Hostalen swimmer, approx. 70 x 65 mm, with approx. 25

cm spacing, including spacers. Ends 5 m red, remaining

100 cm white and 100 cm red. Rust-proof carabiner hooks

as end fastening, wire clamp, and an adjustable loop. Rope

made of 6 mm Multilon rope, non-rotting, non-stretch,

maintenance-free. Compliant with FINA regulations.

W7602 y 25 m pcs

W7603 l 50 m pcs

W 16 kg

9 Tensioning key

Tensioning key for swimming lines W7610 and W7611.

W7608 p

pcs

12

Training Swim Resistance Cords

10 Edge Protector for Swim Lines

Simplifies the set-up and dismantling of swimming lanes

and prevents damage to the pool edge and swimming

lane. Dimensions (LxWxH): 60 x 38 x 40.5 cm, 2.5 kg.

W7606 p

Base price/m

6

Quick Release Buckle for Swim Lines

9

Tensioning key

11 Swim Line JPP per Meter

Training leash JPP as meterware. With 4 Hostalen balls

and 4 spacers per meter on a 6 mm Multilon rope without

end fixation. Maximum leash length 50 meters, color

options: blue, yellow, green, red, white.

W7613 l

W 0.5 kg

Turnbuckle including cover

10

Edge Protector for Swim Lines

13

Swim line MONACO

12 Training Swim Resistance Cords

Hostalen swimmer, approx. 70 x 65 mm, closely packed

(14 drivers per meter). Ends are each 5 m in red, remaining

100 cm white and 100 cm red, with stainless steel

pcs carabiner hooks, wire clamp, and a D-ring. Polypropylene

leash, non-rotting, non-stretch, maintenance-free.

Complies with FINA regulations.

W7600 l 25 m pcs

W 14.3 kg

W7601 l 50 m pcs

W 27 kg

13

linear metre Swim line MONACO

Swimline/barrier line per running meter, consisting of 4

hostalen balls (70 x 65 mm) and 4 spacers per meter,

1 Monaco driver (300 x 170 mm) per 5 meters, doublepressed

loops on both sides, 2 screwable D-rings for

attachment.

W7605 l

linear metre

W 1.5 kg

7


375


Lane Ropes

1

False Start Display System

2

Backswimmer Visibility System

3

False start leash

4

5

6

Aluminium ground sleeve

Malmsten ® Backstroke Flag Chain

Backstroke Flag Banner

1 False Start Display System

2 anodized aluminum posts with eyelet on one post and

release hook on the other post, length: 160 cm (150 cm

above ground socket), without rope and ground sockets,

diameter Ø 40 mm.

W7632 p

2 Backswimmer Visibility System

Viewing system for backstroke, consisting of 4 aluminum

posts with fastening eyes, length of the posts: 190 cm

(180 cm above ground socket). Ropes and ground sockets

are not included in delivery. Diameter of rod: Ø 40 mm,

suitable for ground sleeves with a diameter of 42 mm.

W7630 l

W 17 kg

set

set

3 False start leash

1 plastic ball per meter, carabiner hook on one end, loop

and extra rope for attachment on the other end. Rope

diameter 6 mm, please specify pelvic width when ordering.

W7633 p

4 Aluminium ground sleeve

With cover for backstroke viewing facility and false start

display system as well as for water polo goals, insertion

depth: 100 mm, hole dimensions: 130 x 70 x 70 mm,

for 40 mm Ø posts.

W7634 p

5 Malmsten ® Backstroke Flag Chain

According to FINA standards, pennant banner on a nylon

cord with alternating 3 flags per meter of rope. Durable,

easy to use, and complies with international rules. Made

linear metre from triangular-shaped vinyl fabric, securely attached

(sewn) to a nylon rope, none of which absorbs unnecessary

water. All blue flags feature the Malmsten logo.

W7658 p 22 m pcs

W7659 p 27 m pcs

pcs

6 Backstroke Flag Banner

Material: Vinyl/Nylon, Color: blue, red, white, triangular

shaped

W76590 p 12,50 m pair

W76591 p 17 m pair

W76592 p 21 m pair

W76593 p 25 m pair

376



11

Swim line cart

7 Swimming Pool Archway Stainless Steel

Swim-through width: 2 m, Arch diameter: 40 mm, Material:

V4A stainless steel, Ground sleeve included (100

mm length), Insertion depth: 150 mm, Fastening eye for

attaching the swimming rope, includes a warning sign.

W2888 l

pcs

W 20 kg

8 Aluminum Cable Reel Cart

Rubber wheels, including 2 swivel castors with locks,

made of aluminum, maximum load capacity 200 kg,

delivery disassembled, dimensions: 178 x 118 x 137 cm.

W7640 l

pcs

W 95 kg

7

Swimming Pool Archway Stainless Steel

9 Reel cart with spool

Made of aluminum. Dimensions: WxDxH 130 x 80 x

117 cm. Reel diameter: 0.98 m. Delivery disassembled.

W7642 l

pcs

W 16 kg

10 Replacement reel

Easy to remove.

W7643 l

W 11 kg

pcs

12

Swim Rope Cart Professional

8

Aluminum Cable Reel Cart

9

Reel cart with spool

11 Swim line cart

Aluminum cart with 2 wheels. Delivery including reel

lock. Reel diameter: 1.15 m. Mini (LxWxH): 0.80 x 1.40

x 1.35 m, Maxi (LxWxH): 1.40 x 1.40 x 1.35 m.

W7646 l mini pcs

W 64 kg

W7649 l maxi pcs

W 66 kg

12 Swim Rope Cart Professional

Swimline cart with reel locking. Maintenance-free, nonmarking

and smooth-running wheels, 2 of which are

steerable and 1 can be locked. Delivery disassembled.

Reel diameter 1.15 m. Mini (LxWxH): 1.78 x 1.18 x 1.37

m, Maxi (LxWxH): 2.45 x 1.18 x 1.50 m.

W7648 l mini pcs

W 95 kg

W7647 l maxi pcs

W 105 kg


377


Rescue Equipment

1

2

3

Finger Pulse Oximeter

Defibtech ® Defibrillator Lifeline VIEW AED

Defibtech ® Defibrillator Lifeline SG AED

4

5

6

7

Söhngen ® First Aid Kit SN-CD

SIRIUS ® Rescue Blanket 210 x 160 cm

Omnitronic ® Megaphone MP-15A

Omnitronic ® Megaphone MP-25

1 Finger Pulse Oximeter

3 Defibtech ® Defibrillator Lifeline SG AED 6 Omnitronic ® Megaphone MP-15A 9 Stainless Steel Bracket for Life Buoy

To check the blood oxygen saturation

(SpO2) and the pulse rate, measuring

range: blood oxygen saturation: 70% ~

99%, pulse rate: 30 BPM~240 BPM, 6

Guided by the entire resuscitation algorithm

with metronome and convenient

handle. An introduction according to the

Medical Devices Act (MPG) is required

Powerful 15-watt megaphone with melody,

range: 400 m, power supply: battery,

6x Mono (D) (not included), dimensions:

length: 33 cm, weight: 1 kg.

The bracket for a lifebuoy is a sturdy and

reliable solution to provide quick assistance

in emergency situations. The bracket

can be easily mounted on a wall. Material:

display modes, automatically turns off

after 8 seconds of inactivity.

for initial operation. Dimensions: 30 x 22

x 7 cm. Weight: 2 kg, 8 years warranty,

L38760 p

pcs Stainless Steel AISI-316. Includes mounting

hardware for installation.

T3928 p

pcs Battery standby time: 7 years.

W24180 p

pcs

7

U1500 p

pcs Omnitronic ® Megaphone MP-25

2 Defibtech ® Defibrillator Lifeline VIEW

Powerful 25-watt megaphone with siren,

AED

4 Söhngen ® First Aid Kit SN-CD includes detachable handheld microphone

10 Lifebuoy SOLAS

Language and visual guidance through Equipment according to DIN 13157. For

on spiral cable, range: 800 m, power Approved with SOLAS 74 and CE 96/98

the complete resuscitation algorithm with mobile and stationary use. Including wall supply: battery & rechargeable battery: certification, Weight: 2.5 kg, In signal color,

high-resolution LCD color screen and metronome.

bracket. Material: ABS plastic, Dimensions: 8x Baby (C) (not included), dimensions: Material: Hard plastic, Diameter: 75 cm

An instruction according to the 31 x 21 x 13 cm.

Length: 39 cm, weight: 1.30 kg. outside, 44 cm inside. A 36-meter long

Medical Device Act (MPG) is required for

initial operation. Dimensions: 24 x 18.5 x

U6931 p

pcs L3878 p

pcs rope (W75880) is required for the use

of the lifebuoy, which must be ordered

5.8 cm. Weight: 1.4 kg. 8-year warranty. 5 SIRIUS ® Rescue Blanket 210 x 160 cm 8 Rescue throw rope, 36 m

separately.

Battery standby time: 4 years. Bilingual. High-quality emergency blanket, reflects Material: Polyethylene, Dimensions: Diameter:

6 mm, Length: 36 m, Color: Orange,

W76440 p

pcs

U1501 p

pcs up to 85% of body heat, can prevent radiation

loss, hypothermia, and chilling, Including red float.

dimensions: 210 x 160 cm.

W75880 p

pcs

U7325 p

pcs

378



12

Standard referee whistle

12 Standard referee whistle

The whistle is an easy-to-use tool for

coaches, referees, and rescue personnel.

Colors: Assorted colors.

F12110 p

16

Extendable Rescue Pole

11 Rescue Ring SOLID

The sturdy lifebuoy is a high-quality rescue

tool made of soft yet durable material. Ø

Outer: 60 cm, Ø Inner: 30 cm.

W75860 p

pcs

13 DLRG rescue belt

DLRG Rescue Belt, adjustable and suitable

for all sizes. For securing the rescuer during

operations, color: yellow.

W7589 p

8

Rescue throw rope, 36 m

NEW

Stainless Steel Bracket for Life Buoy

15 Rescue Buoy

Plastic with floating rope, belt with Velcro

closure and non-slip handles. Dimensions:

73 x 26 cm.

W74490 p

9

pcs

16 Extendable Rescue Pole

With its special extension and locking function,

the rescue pole enables a quick and

effective rescue of people in emergency

situations. Length: 2.9 to 5.3 meters, Pole

material: anodized aluminum, Rescue ring

material: stainless steel AISI316.

W75800 y

pcs

18

Diving Doll

18 Diving Doll

Diving doll for head, upper arm, and sailor

grip according to international regulations,

made of impact-resistant plastic, approximately

100 cm tall, weight approximately 6

kg. In water, it resembles an adult person,

three filling closures, special plugs for

complete emptying.

W7448 y

14

Rescue throw bag

14 Rescue throw bag

17 Bracket for rescue rod

High-quality rescue throw bag with a 15m

throwing line, possibility of attaching it

around the waist, throw bag in red signal

pcs color, yellow polypropylene line.

W7447 p

pcs included.

W7593 p

pcs

13

DLRG rescue belt

17

Bracket for rescue rod

10

Lifebuoy SOLAS

Set of 2 hooks for attachment to walls and

fences. Hooks made of galvanized flat iron,

3 mm thick, including mounting material

for wire fences. Screws and dowels not

11

Rescue Ring SOLID

15

Rescue Buoy

19

Swimsuit for dress swimming

19 Swimsuit for dress swimming

Set, consisting of jacket and pants, for

clothed swimming, optionally with belt

or suspenders, available in various sizes,

Material: 100% cotton, Fabric weight:

240 g/m².

pair W7691 p XS belt pcs

W7686 p XS suspender pcs

W7692 p S belt pcs

W7687 p S suspender pcs

W7693 p M belt pcs

W7688 p M suspender pcs

W7694 p L belt pcs

W7689 p L suspender pcs

W7695 p XL belt pcs

W7690 p XL suspender pcs

pcs W7697 p XXL belt pcs

W7696 p XXL suspender pcs


379

Martial Arts

Martial arts are a fascinating and diverse discipline

that combine physical fitness, mental strength,

and technical skill. At their core, martial arts are

not only about learning effective defense and

attack techniques but also about developing

discipline, respect, and self-confidence. From

traditional styles such as karate, judo, and taekwondo

to modern forms like mixed martial arts

(MMA), the world of martial arts spans various

cultures, philosophies, and training methods. Depending

on the specific discipline and individual

training level, the required equipment may vary.

Content

Boxing 382

Boxing Gloves & Wraps 382

Punching Bags & Speed Balls 384

Boxing Rings 386

Mixed Martial Arts 388

Martial Arts Mats 390

Training Equipment & Body Protection 392

380

381

Martial Arts Fitness & Therapy Outdoor Fitness Climbing & Bouldering Playground Equipment Recess & Leisure Games Service

Boxing

1

JU-Sports ® Boxing Gloves TRAINING

Boxing Gloves & Bandages

ECHT

LEDER

2

JU-Sports ® Boxing Gloves COMPETITION

Finding the Right Boxing Glove: Boxing gloves come in different

weight classes, measured in ounces (oz.) – one ounce equals 28.35 g.

Weight in

Ounces

Weight in

Grams

Application

4 oz. 113.40 g Children 3–5 years

6 oz. 170.10 g Children 5–12 years

8 oz. 226.80 g Youth 12–15 years

10 oz. 283.50 g

Standard in amateur and professional boxing

competitions*

Training 340,20 g

Olympisches Boxen (Herren)

Sparring und Training (Erwachsene)

12 oz. 340.20 g Olympic boxing (men)

Sparring 453,60 g Training (Herren)

* Except men (elite) 12 oz. and up to welterweight 8 oz.

3

JU-Sports ® Children‘s Boxing Gloves

4

JU-Sports ® Sandbag Gloves

1 JU-Sports ® Boxing Gloves TRAINING

Solid, reliable beginner boxing gloves made of PU synthetic

leather. Comfortable, soft padding for daily training in the

ring or on the punching bag. The sturdy, wrap-around

Velcro closure at the wrist ensures a good fit and provides

perfect grip. With sewn-on thumb.

K1152 p 10 oz pair

K1153 p 12 oz pair

K1154 p 14 oz pair

2 JU-Sports ® Boxing Gloves COMPETITION

Classic boxing gloves made of genuine leather. The gloves

are equipped with a wrap-around Velcro closure at the

wrist and thumb protection. Also suitable for training on

the punching bag. Colors black/red.

K1150 p 10 oz pair

K1151 p 12 oz pair

3 JU-Sports ® Children‘s Boxing Gloves

Children‘s boxing glove made of durable PU faux leather

(Rexion), color: black. Pre-formed padding, all-round

Velcro fastener for a good fit, stability, and wearing

comfort. Sewn-on thumb for injury prevention.

K1174 p 6 oz pair

K1175 p 8 oz pair

4 JU-Sports ® Sandbag Gloves

Solid, durable sandbag gloves made of artificial leather.

With comfortable padding, ideal for training with a punching

bag, double end ball, sandbag, or focus mitts. The

slanted, anatomically shaped Velcro closure provides a

perfect fit at the wrist. The thumb is free, and a mesh fabric

on the palm ensures moisture and temperature balance.

K1164 p S pair

K1165 p M pair

K1166 p L pair

K1167 p XL pair

382



5

Adidas ® Boxing Gloves SPEED 100

adidas ® AIBA Boxing Gloves

8

6

JU-Sports ® Slip-on Bandages

ECHT

LEDER

5 Adidas ® Boxing Gloves SPEED 100

Official WAKO approved gloves. Outer hand made of

calfskin leather, inner hand made of PU synthetic leather.

STRAP-UP technology with a 7.5 cm wide Velcro closure.

6 adidas ® AIBA Boxing Gloves

Official competition boxing gloves with AIBA and DBV

approval. Made of 100% cowhide leather, padding made

of IMF (Injected Moulded Foam). The DBV logo is not

included in the delivery.

K1181 p 10 oz blue pair

K1180 p 10 oz red pair

K1183 p 12 oz blue pair

K1182 p 12 oz red pair

9

JU-Sports ® Boxing Hand Wraps (Inner-Glove)

Adidas ® Boxing Set

Boxing Hand Wraps AIBA 450cm long

7 Adidas ® Boxing Set

Punching bag made of durable nylon, sewn in canvas

style. Complete with shape-retaining filling, 12-ounce

boxing gloves made of durable synthetic leather, and

1 pair of black boxing hand wraps, approximately 2.5

meters long. 90 x 30 cm, approximately 20 kg.

K1277 p

8 JU-Sports ® Slip-on Bandages

Comfortable alternative to traditional hand wraps for

boxing. Lightly elastic, absorbs sweat, and provides

additional protection for the knuckles as an inner boxing

glove. Made of 100% cotton, washable.

K1176 p M pair

K1177 p L pair

10

pcs

7

Boxing bandages 250 cm long

9 JU-Sports ® Boxing Hand Wraps (Inner-Glove)

Material: 100% cotton, Color: black, strong protection

against impacts, elastic material for optimal fit, one size

fits all senior size.

K1155 p

10 Boxing Hand Wraps AIBA 450cm long

According to AIBA standard, elastic, 5 cm wide, 450 cm

long, with thumb loop and Velcro closure.

K1212 p red pair

11 Boxing bandages 250 cm long

Elastic, 5 cm wide, 250 cm long, with thumb loop and

Velcro closure.

K1236 p blue pair

K1237 p red pair

K1239 p black pair

11

pair


383

Boxing

Punching Bags & Punch Balls

3

4

Standing Bulb

Boxing Dummy Figure FLEX Black

1

2

5

6

Kübler Sport ® Punching Bag

JU-Sports ® Leather Punching Bag

Boxing Base

Punching Bag XXL

1 Kübler Sport ® Punching Bag

Made from durable bisonyl synthetic leather, suitable for

both professional boxing training and home use. Filled with

clean textile strips to prevent mold and odor formation.

The textile filling ensures perfect cushioning. With extra

securely sewn hanging loops, 4-point chain suspension.

K1130 p 70 cm pcs

K1131 p 100 cm pcs

K1132 l 120 cm pcs

W 41 kg

K1133 l 150 cm pcs

W 60 kg

K1134 l 180 cm pcs

W 66 kg

K1288 p

2 JU-Sports ® Leather Punching Bag

Size: 120 cm, 150 cm, or 180 cm. Material: Leather.

K1168 l 120 cm pcs

W 40 kg

K1169 l 150 cm pcs

W 50 kg

K11690 l 180 cm pcs

W 55 kg

3 Standing Bulb

Box stand with foam punching ball and fillable weighted

base, continuously adjustable in height approx. 140-170

cm. Optimal training partner for speed and reaction

training. Very stable design.

4 Boxing Dummy Figure FLEX Black

Weight empty: 20 kg, Weight filled: 110 kg, Adjustable

height from 158 - 180 cm, 3 level height adjustment,

Base height: 70 cm.

K11790 y

5 Boxing Base

Sturdy standing punching bag for children. Made of

durable foam and a sand-filled base. Dimensions: Ø 25

x 110 cm (15 kg) for children from 4 years old, dimensions:

Ø 35 x 140 cm (31 kg) for older and larger children

from 8 years old.

S6567 p 110 cm pcs

S6586 l 140 cm pcs

W 32 kg

6 Punching Bag XXL

Ideal for training high as well as low kicks. Very stable

with a particularly large target area. Stable inner tube with

approximately 15 cm thick, shock-absorbing padding all

pcs around. Total height approximately 180 cm. Base (HxØ)

approximately 38 x 65 cm, fillable with gravel or sand

(up to max. 100 kg). Punching bag (HxØ) approximately

142 x 42 cm.

K1247 y

pcs

pcs

384



Boxing bag wall mount, foldable on the side

10

7

Double End Ball

14

Speedball Holder

8 Wall Mount Speedball

Sturdy metal construction with wooden board, including

installation material for concrete wall. Material: metal and

wood, Weight: 8 kg. Speedball not included.

K2031 y

pcs

11

JU-Sports ® Punching Bag

15

Ceiling Mount for Boxing Bags

9 Wall Mount Speedball with Height Adjustment

Robust steel construction, suitable for speed balls with

a length of up to 25 cm. Adjustable height of over 70

cm. Plate diameter: 60 cm, projection: 75 cm. Material:

powder-coated steel and wood. Weight: 29 kg. Speedball

and swivel not included.

K2033 y

K2032 y

pcs

8

Wall Mount Speedball

12

SMAI Speedball Genuine Leather

16

Wall Mount Bracket

11 JU-Sports ® Punching Bag

Firmness adjustable via air pressure. Material: Cow

leather, Sizes: 25.5 cm, 30 cm.

K1157 p 25,50 cm pcs

K1158 p 30 cm pcs

12 SMAI Speedball Genuine Leather

Length: 25 cm, Weight: approximately 350 g, Material:

genuine leather, Color: white/red, professional version,

interchangeable bladder.

13

Corn pear made of real leather

14 Speedball Holder

Rotatable mount for speedball or punching bag.

K3610 p

9

Wall Mount Speedball with Height Adjustment

7 Boxing bag wall mount, foldable on the side

10 Double End Ball

13 Corn pear made of real leather

Extremely durable, can be used at home as well as in the

gym, approximately 70 cm high and 48 cm wide, projection

approximately 70 cm, maximum weight capacity of 100

kg. Includes mounting material for load-bearing walls.

The double end ball made of genuine leather is perfect for

speed, coordination, and reaction training. For fastening

and tensioning, the ball is equipped with elastic rubber

ropes, carabiners, and mounting materials.

Durable leather with textile padding for good shock absorption.

Black with chrome-plated 4-fold steel chain.

Height approx. 60 cm, diameter 15 cm (top) or 35 cm

(bottom). With zipper. Weight approx. 12-14 kg.

K1194 p

pcs K1156 p

pcs K1178 p

pcs

ECHT

LEDER

ECHT

LEDER

pcs

15 Ceiling Mount for Boxing Bags

With an open hook for easy yet secure hanging of a

punching bag. Without mounting material.

K1273 p

pcs

16 Wall Mount Bracket

Wall bracket made of sturdy square steel tube. Reach

pcs approximately 100 cm, also suitable for hanging a maize

pear with an open hook. For punching bags up to 60

kg. Includes mounting material for installation on a

concrete wall.

K1272 p fixed pcs

385


Boxing

Boxing Rings

1

Did you know?

The boxing ring is the central element

of the sport. Despite its square shape, the

term “ring” has been retained for historical

reasons—spectators once formed a circle

around the fighters. The boxing ring not only

provides the setting for the match but also

adds to the sport’s tension and drama. It is

where fighters demonstrate their technique,

endurance, and determination. The limited

space requires strategic thinking and encourages

intense close combat.

Mobile Boxing Ring including mat

1 Mobile Boxing Ring including mat

Dimensions outside: 4 x 4 m, 5 x 5 m, 6 x 6 m (L x W),

Dimensions inside (between the ropes): 3 x 3 m, 4 x 4

m, 5 x 5 m, Frame Material: Steel, 3 ring ropes per side

(stacked), Rope Material: Polypropylene, Rope Thickness:

30 mm, Without floor, 4 corner pads, Corner pad Material:

Plastic, Corner pad Colors: 1 x blue, 1 x red, 2 x white,

Mat Material: High-density foam, Mat Thickness: 20 mm,

Portable use, No floor attachment necessary.

K1098 l 4 x 4 m pcs

W 212 kg

K1097 l 5 x 5 m pcs

W 235 kg

K1096 l 6 x 6 m pcs

W 305 kg

2 Folding Boxing Ring



m, 5 x 5 m (L x W), Frame Material: Steel, 3 ring ropes

per side (stacked), Rope Material: Polypropylene, Rope

Thickness: 30 mm, without floor, 4 corner pads, Corner

Pad Thickness: 100 mm, Corner Pad Material: Plastic,

Corner Pad Color: 1 x blue, 1 x red, 2 x white, patented

folding principle.

K1095 l 4 x 4 m pcs

W 380 kg

K1225 l 5 x 5 m pcs

W 400 kg

K1227 l 6 x 6 m pcs

W 500 kg

3 Protective cover for collapsible boxing ring

Dimensions: 6 x 6 m, 5 x 5 m, Material: Plastic, compatible

with item K1225 and K1227, protects against

dirt, indoor use.

K1223 p 5 x 5 m pcs

K1224 p 6 x 6 m pcs

4 Mobile boxing ring

Dimensions outer: 4 x 4 m, 5 x 5 m, 6 x 6 m (L x W),

Dimensions inner (between the ropes): 3 x 3 m, 4 x 4

m, 5 x 5 m, Frame Material: Steel, 3 ring ropes per side

(stacked), Rope Material: Polypropylene, Rope Thickness:

30 mm, Without floor, 4 corner pads, Corner Pad Material:

Plastic, Corner Pad Colors: 1 x blue, 1 x red, 2 x white,

Portable use, No floor fixing required.

K1099 l 4 x 4 m pcs

W 250 kg

K1221 l 5 x 5 m pcs

W 270 kg

K1222 l 6 x 6 m pcs

W 320 kg

386



2

Folding Boxing Ring

4

Mobile boxing ring

5

Pro Training Ring, 30 cm Platform

Protective cover for collapsible boxing ring

7

Competition Boxing Ring AIBA

5 Pro Training Ring, 30 cm Platform

6 Profi Training Ring, 50 cm Platform

7 Competition Boxing Ring AIBA



m, 5 x 5 m (L x W), Frame Material: Steel, 4 ring ropes

per side (stacked), Rope Material: Polypropylene, Rope

Thickness: 30 mm, Floor Material: Wood, Floor Thickness:

21 mm, Mat Material: high-density foam, Mat Thickness:

20 mm, 4 corner pads, Corner Pad Material: Plastic,

Corner Pad Color: 1 x blue, 1 x red, 2 x white, 30 cm high

platform as a base under the ring, freestanding boxing

ring, no anchoring necessary.

Outer dimensions: 4 x 4 m, 5 x 5 m, 6 x 6 m (L x W), Inner

dimensions (between the ropes): 3 x 3 m, 4 x 4 m, 5 x 5

m (L x W), Frame material: Steel, 4 ring ropes per side

(stacked), Rope material: Polypropylene, Rope thickness:

30 mm, Floor material: Wood, Floor thickness: 21 mm,

Mat material: High-density foam, Mat thickness: 20 mm,

4 corner pads, Corner pad material: Plastic, Corner pad

colors: 1 x blue, 1 x red, 2 x white, 50 cm high platform

as substructure under the ring, freestanding boxing ring,

no anchoring necessary.

Dimensions outside: 7.8 x 7.8 m (L x W), Dimensions

inside (between the ropes): 6.1 x 6.1 m (L x W), Frame

Material: Steel, 4 ring ropes per side (stacked), Rope

Material: Polypropylene, Rope Thickness: 40 mm, Floor

Thickness: 21 mm, Floor Material: Plywood, Mat Thickness:

20 mm, Mat Material: high-density foam, 4 corner

posts, Corner Post Diameter: 114 mm, 4 corner pads,

Corner Pad Material: Plastic, Corner Pad Color: 1 x blue, 1

x red, 2 x white, AIBA certified, manufactured according

to Olympic standards.

K1091 l 4 x 4 m pcs K1084 l 4 x 4 m pcs K1218 l

pcs

W 400 kg

K1090 l 5 x 5 m pcs

W 700 kg

K1083 l 5 x 5 m pcs

W 2200 kg

W 600 kg

K1082 l 6 x 6 m pcs

W 900 kg

W 900 kg

3


387

Mixed Martial Arts

Mixed Martial Arts

1

MMA Cage with Platform

2

Foldable MMA Cage

3

JU-Sports ® Throwing Dummy

1 MMA Cage with Platform

3 JU-Sports ® Throwing Dummy

Diameter: 4 x 4 m, Panel height: 1.85 m, Steel pipes,

PU leather. 7 MMA panels + 1 MMA panel with 80 cm

door, Panels with steel frame and padding, Mesh panels

High-quality synthetic leather, multiple seams. For children

and juniors 15 kg/100 cm (XS) or 25 kg/120 cm

(S), for adults 30 kg/163 cm (M), 45 kg/173 cm (L) or 60

with reinforced fastenings, 8 adjustable corner pads, 8 kg/183 cm (XL). Weight specifications may vary slightly. K1149 l

panel-to-panel connections, 8 floor-to-panel connections. K1950 p XS pcs W 22 kg

Features

K1951 p S pcs

K1086 l

pcs K1952 l M pcs

W 900 kg

W 30 kg

K1953 l L pcs

W 45 kg

2 Foldable MMA Cage

K1954 l XL pcs

Innovative foldable MMA cage, diameter: 5 meters, 8 x W 60 kg

panels height 1.93m (1 with PMR door), mesh with single

twist through extrusion plasticization, diameter 4.5 mm,

galvanized iron core 3.2 mm, Removable wheel system

K1144 l

at each panel connection.

W 46 kg

K1088 l

W 700 kg

pcs

4 Century Torrent ® T2 Pro

Height: 170 cm, Diameter: Ø 45 cm top, 61 cm bottom,

Weight: 113 kg filled with water, optimal shock absorption.

K1143 l

pcs

W 35 kg

5 Century ® Versys VS. BOB

Height: 175 cm, Top diameter: 46 cm, Base diameter:

117 cm, Weight: filled 55 kg, Shipping weight: 22 kg,

suitable for various martial arts disciplines.

pcs

6 Century BOB ® XL

The form and material properties allow for a very realistic

training of striking techniques and combinations,

adjustable in height from 155 - 205 cm. The stand base

is made of polyethylene and can be filled with water or

sand, filled weight is approximately 122.5 kg. The base

is approximately 40 cm high and has a diameter of

approximately 60 cm.

pcs

pcs

388



4

Century Torrent ® T2 Pro

7

JU-Sports ® Curved Focus Pads

10

Handguard FREEFIGHT

ECHT

LEDER

7 JU-Sports ® Curved Focus Pads

Pre-curved focus pads made of high-quality PU synthetic

leather. Essential training device for boxing, kickboxing,

and many other martial arts. Striking surfaces approximately

6 cm thick, with excellent shock absorption properties.

Approximately 26 x 19 cm in size. One size fits all.

K1159 p

pair

8 Round Mitt

Very lightweight pad for quick handling. One loop for

gripping, the other to stabilize the wrist. Synthetic leather.

K1118 p 22 cm pcs

K1119 p 27 cm pcs

K1120 p 32 cm pcs

Century ® Versys VS. BOB

11

5

8

Round Mitt

Floor-mounted MMA cage

9 Freefight-Glove SPARRING

Freefight/MMA glove made of genuine leather. Extra thick

padding (approximately 3.5 to 4 cm) for sparring, the palm

is open for gripping. With double wraparound wrist for

optimal support and stability. Sturdy leather loops on

the fingers, the thumb is protected with a small cushion.

K1087 l

10 Handguard FREEFIGHT

W 400 kg

Perfect for contact or punching bag training, MMA,

freefight, etc. The glove is closed with a wide Velcro

strap around the wrist. The fingers are open. Made of

high-quality cowhide leather.

6

Century BOB ® XL

9

Freefight-Glove SPARRING

11 Floor-mounted MMA cage

Height: 1.85 m, Diameter: 4 m, Panels with steel frame

and padding, mesh panels with reinforced fastenings.

Features

- 7 MMA panels + 1 MMA panel with 80 cm door

- Panels with steel frame and padding

- Mesh panels with reinforced fastenings

- 8 connections from panel to panel

- 8 floor-to-panel connections

pcs


389

Martial Arts Mats

Martial Arts Mats

The Right Martial Arts Mat

For martial arts practiced primarily in a

standing position, mats with a thickness

of around 2 cm are recommended. These

provide firm cushioning to prevent excessive

sinking. For ground-based disciplines, mats

with a thickness of approximately 4 cm

are ideal. The additional padding perfectly

supports throwing and falling techniques.

1

Judo Mat LONGLIFE

2

ProGame Tatami ® Martial Arts Mat TSI ROLL

3

4

5

ProGame Tatami Puzzle Mat

Puzzle Martial Arts Mat DOUBLE COMPETITION

Kübler Sport ® Transport Cart for Judo Mats

1 Judo Mat LONGLIFE

Dimensions: 100 x 100 x 4 cm, 200 x 100 x 4 cm (L x

W x H), Weight: 10 kg, 20 kg, Color: blue, red, yellow,

green, Material: foam composite, Anti-Slip material on

the bottom, welded corners, easy to clean.

K1602 l 100 x 100 x 4 cm blue pcs

W 12 kg

K1601 l 100 x 100 x 4 cm red pcs

W 12 kg

K1603 l 100 x 100 x 4 cm yellow pcs

W 12 kg

K1600 l 100 x 100 x 4 cm green pcs

W 12 kg

K1612 l 200 x 100 x 4 cm blue pcs

W 21 kg

K1621 l 200 x 100 x 4 cm red pcs

W 21 kg

K1613 l 200 x 100 x 4 cm yellow pcs

W 21 kg

K1620 l 200 x 100 x 4 cm green pcs

W 21 kg

2 ProGame Tatami ® Martial Arts Mat TSI ROLL


kg, Color: red, black, PVC-coated PE foam, suitable for

almost all martial arts disciplines.

K1979-02 l red pcs

K1979-04 l black pcs

W 12 kg

3 ProGame Tatami Puzzle Mat

Dimensions: 100 x 100 x 4 cm (L x W x H), Color: black

/ gray, Firmness: medium, with 4 edge pieces, Tatami

surface structure, can be used on both sides.

K1595 l

W 3.8 kg

pcs

4 Puzzle Martial Arts Mat DOUBLE COMPETITION


Hardness: 35 - 40°, 50 - 55°, Color: red / blue, yellow

/ green, Classification: DIN EN 1177, each mat comes

with 4 edge pieces, Impact protection for a fall height of

90 cm, suitable for almost all martial arts.

K1588 l hardness level: 35-40° red / blue pcs

K1590 l hardness level: 50-55° red / blue pcs

K1589 l hardness level: 35-40° yellow / green pcs

K1591 l hardness level: 50-55° yellow / green pcs

W 2 kg

5 Kübler Sport ® Transport Cart for Judo Mats

Very stable steel tube construction with handrail and

cross brace. Wooden base and large, smooth-running

casters for a load capacity of approximately 400 kg.

K1650 l 100 cm pcs

W 64 kg

K1651 l 200 cm pcs

W 82 kg

390



6 Dollamur ® Martial Arts Mat Flexi-Roll, Smooth

7 Dollamur ® Matte Flexi-Roll ®

8 Dollamur ® Flexi-Roll Wall Mat

Dimensions: 3 x 1.82 m, 6 x 1.82 m, 10 x 1.82 m, 14 x 1.82 m (L x W), Thickness: 4

cm, Weight: 2.3 kg/m², Classification: DIN EN 12503, Material: Polyethylene.

Dimensions: 1.82 x 1 m, Material: Polyethylene,

Weight: 1.5 kg/m², Thickness:

3 cm, EN 12503.

K1908-01 l blue linear metre

K1908-04 l black linear metre

K1908-11 l grey linear metre

W 5 kg

K1905-01 l 10 m blue pcs

K1905-02 l 10 m red pcs

K1905-04 l 10 m black pcs

K1905-05 l 10 m white pcs

K1905-11 l 10 m grey pcs

W 58 kg


K1906-02 l 14 m red pcs




W 66 kg

6

Dollamur ® Martial Arts Mat Flexi-Roll, Smooth

- Designed for community spaces or permanent installations

- Easy and quick to install and uninstall

- Super lightweight

- Completely smooth surface without gaps between the mats


K1903-02 l 3 m red pcs




W 14 kg


K1904-02 l 6 m red pcs




W 28 kg

7

Dollamur ® Matte Flexi-Roll ®

Dimensions: 3.6 x 3.6 m, 5.4 x 5.4 m, 9 x 9

m (L x W), Thickness: 4 cm, Classification:

DIN EN 12503, Flexi-Connect connections,

easy to set up and dismantle.

K1963 l 3,6 x 3,6 m pcs

W 35 kg

K1964 l 5,4 x 5,4 m pcs

W 112 kg

K1965 l 9 x 9 m pcs

W 300 kg

8

Dollamur ® Flexi-Roll Wall Mat


391

Training Equipment & Body Protection

Training Equipment & Body Protection

1

2

3

tanga sports ® Jump rope Fit

tanga sports ® Professional Jump Rope


4

5

6

Table Bell

KWON Breaking Boards

KWON Karate Shin Guards

1 tanga sports ® Jump rope Fit

PVC skipping rope with a length of 270 cm, with ball

bearing swivel handles for optimal jumping comfort.

K5010 p

pcs

2 tanga sports ® Professional Jump Rope

Steel cable coated with PVC, 270 cm, adjustable. Breakresistant

rotating handles for optimal jumping comfort.

K5011 p

pcs

3 tanga sports ® Hand Counter TALLY MAN

Hand counter that counts from 1 to 9999 with thumb

pressure. Material: metal casing.

G4329 p

pcs

4 Table Bell

Small table signal bell. Ideal accessory for training or

competition.

K1228 p

pcs

5 KWON Breaking Boards

Material: Hard plastic, Weight: 620 g, Defined breaking

point, Reusable through click mechanism, Safety protective

layer made of PU foam, Various hardness and

difficulty levels.

K2090 p easy pcs

K2092 p strong pcs

6 KWON Karate Shin Guards

Made of vinyl material with foam padding, of very high

quality. Ergonomically shaped and with extremely good

cushioning properties. The shin guard can be attached

to the karate foot guard via Velcro fasteners. Produced in

accordance with the regulations and guidelines of the WKF.

K2205 p M blue pair

K2200 p M red pair

K2206 p L blue pair

K2201 p L red pair

7 Punching Pad

Robust strike pad made of synthetic leather with durable,

multilayer padding. Color red/black. Back side with 2 reinforced

hand and 2 forearm loops. Weight approx. 1.7 kg.

K2097 p curved 60 x 35 x 20 cm pcs

K2095 p straight 60 x 35 x 20 cm pcs

K2096 p straight 75 x 35 x 20 cm pcs

8 PUNCH Strike Pad

Sturdy, high-quality strike pad made of synthetic leather

for practicing kicks, punches, or elbow strikes in Taekwondo,

kickboxing, etc. Three loops for the forearms

ensure optimal grip. Straight shape, 60 x 30 cm, or 75

x 30 cm, 15 cm thick.

K1116 p 75 x 30 cm pcs

K1117 p 60 x 30 cm pcs

392



9

OPRO Mouthguard Bronze

12

Groin Protector MOTION PRO

9 OPRO Mouthguard Bronze

With patented lamella technology for optimal fit and

maximum protection. Adjustment in hot water, latex-free.

Including jar with screw cap.

K5044-02 p junior red pcs

K5044-04 p junior black pcs

K5044-05 p junior white pcs

K5045-02 p senior red pcs

K5045-04 p senior black pcs

K5045-05 p senior white pcs

10 OPRO Mouthguard Silver

With patented lamella technology for optimal fit and

maximum protection. Customizable in hot water, latexfree.

Includes screw-top container.

K5046-02 p junior red pcs

K5046-04 p junior black pcs

K5046-05 p junior white pcs

K5047-02 p senior red pcs

K5047-04 p senior black pcs

K5047-05 p senior white pcs

7

Punching Pad

10

OPRO Mouthguard Silver

13

adidas ® Headguard AIBA

11 Double Mouthguard

For upper and lower jaw, with practical storage box. By

heating in water, this mouthguard can be adapted to the

respective dentition, one size fits all.

K5042 p

ECHT

LEDER

pcs

12 Groin Protector MOTION PRO

Suspensory with well-ventilated, preformed pocket

made of breathable mesh material, waistband made of

elastic stretch material, and an anatomically shaped cup

with gel-supported edge. 85% polyester, 15% elastane

(Spandex), cup made of TPR plastic, polypropylene.

K1124 p S pcs

K1125 p M pcs

K1126 p L pcs

K1127 p XL pcs

8

PUNCH Strike Pad

11

Double Mouthguard

14

JU-Sports ® Leather Headgear

ECHT

LEDER

13 adidas ® Headguard AIBA

Official competition headgear with AIBA and DBV approval.

Upper material made of high-quality cowhide leather. 5

Velcro fasteners ensure an optimal fit. The DBV logo is

not included in the delivery.

K1189 p M blue pcs

K1185 p M red pcs

K1190 p L blue pcs

K1186 p L red pcs

K1191 p XL blue pcs

K1187 p XL red pcs

14 JU-Sports ® Leather Headgear

Size: S, M, L, XL, Material: cowhide leather, Color: black,

Headgear with ear, chin, and cheekbone protection, Velcro

closure on the back, Lace-up on the top.

K1160 p S pcs

K1161 p M pcs

K1162 p L pcs

K1163 p XL pcs


393

Fitness & Therapy

Content

Training Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396

AIREX ® Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396

Fitness & Training Mats . . . . . . . . . 400

Mat Storage & Accessories . . . . . . . 402

Yoga & Pilates . . . . . . . . . . . . .404

Yoga & Pilates Mats . . . . . . . . . . . 404

Yoga & Pilates Accessories . . . . . . . 406

Balance & Coordination . . . . . . . . 08

Balance Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408

Balance Cushions . . . . . . . . . . . . 410

Balance Balls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412

Gymnastics & Sitting Balls . . . . . . . . 414

Balance Boards & Discs . . . . . . . . . 418

Stability Trainers & Slacklines . . . . . . 420

Posturomed ® Balance Trainers . . . . . 422

Hand & Foot Trainers . . . . . . . . . 424

Hand Trainers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424

Foot Trainers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428

Fascia Training & Massage . . . . . .430

Foam Rollers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430

Trigger Point Devices . . . . . . . . . . 434

Massage Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 436

Massage Products . . . . . . . . . . . . 438

Tapes, Cupping Glasses & Acupuncture 440

Training Bands . . . . . . . . . . . . .442

Weights & Dumbbells . . . . . . . . .448

Weight Vests & Cuffs . . . . . . . . . . . 448

Bodypump Dumbbells . . . . . . . . . . 450

Medicine Balls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452

Kettlebells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454

Short & Grip Dumbbells . . . . . . . . . 456

Barbells & Plates 50 cm . . . . . . . . . 458

Barbell Racks & Stands . . . . . . . . . 462

Strength & Fitness Equipment . . . . 464

Smith Machines & Benches . . . . . . . 464

Rigs & Racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466

Studio Strength Equipment . . . . . . . 470

MTT Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476

Approval Requirements . . . . . . . . . 478

Cardio Equipment . . . . . . . . . . .482

Treadmills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483

Ergometers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484

Rowing Machines & Indoor Bikes . . . . 486

Cross Trainers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488

Medical Cardio Equipment . . . . . . . . 490

Functional Training . . . . . . . . . . 494

Small Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494

Reaction Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498

Suspension Trainers . . . . . . . . . . . 500

Wall Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503

Therapy Wall Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . 506

Therapeutic Climbing . . . . . . . . . . 508

Gym Equipment & Accessories . . . .510

Sound Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510

Fitness Flooring . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512

Group Training . . . . . . . . . . . . .514

Step Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514

Fitness Trampolines . . . . . . . . . . . 516

Vibration Trainers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518

Nordic Walking . . . . . . . . . . . . 520

Movement at the Workplace . . . . . 522

Practice Equipment . . . . . . . . . .526

Therapy Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Therapy Table Accessories . . . . . . . 534

Positioning Aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536

Seating Furniture . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538

Therapy Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540

Anatomical Models . . . . . . . . . . . . 542

Anatomical Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . 546

Hygiene & First Aid Products . . . . . . 548

Therapy Equipment & Supplies . . . .550

Cold & Heat Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . 550

Mud & Paraffin Packs . . . . . . . . . . 552

Heating Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554

Parallel Bars & Training Stairs . . . . . . 556

Traction & Extension Tables . . . . . . . 558

Electro & Ultrasound Therapy Devices . 560

Combination & Shockwave Therapy Dev. 563

Measuring Devices & Tools . . . . . . . 564

Psychomotor Exercise Equipment . .566

Bean Bags & Floor Markers . . . . . . . 566

Stapelstein® Play Elements . . . . . . . 568

Balance & Coordination Games 5 . . . . . 70

Swings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572

Scooter Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574

Motor Skills Balls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576

Soft Balls & Cubes . . . . . . . . . . . . 578

Tactile Balance Paths . . . . . . . . . . 580

394

Fitness Equipment for Every Application

The classification shown directly on each product gives

you a quick overview of its intended use.

HOME

SEMI

PRO

MD

Home Use

Suitable exclusively for occasional private use.

Semi-Professional

For use in public areas without continuous

operation, e.g., workplace fitness programs,

schools, or by demanding private users.

Professional

For use in public areas with continuous operation,

e.g., fitness studios.

Medical Use

Approved for use in the medical sector in

accordance with the Medical Device Regulation

(MDR).

Discover our wide range of products in the

Fitness & Therapy category. Here you’ll find

versatile, high-quality equipment for effective

training and holistic therapy. From small

exercise tools to complete studio setups, we

offer a broad selection of products focused

on effectiveness, safety, and quality. Whether

for rehabilitation, targeted muscle building, or

general fitness – we provide the right solutions

for your individual needs.


395

Training Mats

AIREX ® Mats

®

AIREX ® is the world market leader in training and

therapy mats. The brand’s strong sense of tradition is

reflected in over 60 years of expertise in foam technology

and in the exceptional durability of all AIREX ®

products – without exceptions or compromises.

1

AIREX ® Titania

MD

MD

MD

MD

1

2

3

4

AIREX ® Titania

AIREX ® Diana

AIREX ® Hercules

AIREX ® Atlas

1 AIREX ® Titania

Best cushioning properties thanks to a thickness of 3.2

cm. Features a special coating for long-lasting protection

during frequent use. Extremely robust and durable. Ideal

for school and club sports. Material: PVC, Dimensions:

200 x 125 x 3.2 cm, Weight: 12.9 kg.

A5012-29 p pcs

2 AIREX ® Diana

Features a special coating for sustainable protection

during frequent use. Extremely robust and durable.

Popular mat in school and club sports. Material: PVC,


A5005-29 p pcs

3 AIREX ® Hercules

Offers endless variety for individual & group therapies.

Provides great comfort with a thickness of 2.5 cm.

Preferred hydrotherapy mat. Material: Closed-cell foam,


A5011-01 p blue pcs


4 AIREX ® Atlas

Thanks to its right-angled cut, it can be seamlessly

placed on large surfaces. Optimal support for all imaginable

therapy forms in the water. Ideal for physio &

rehabilitation. Material: Closed-cell foam, Dimensions:

200 x 125 x 1.5 cm, Weight: 5.9 kg.

A5000-02 p red pcs


5 AIREX ® Corona 185

Offers first-class wearing comfort, feels pleasant on the

skin, and is highly hygienic. Ideal for physiotherapy and

personal training. Material: Closed-cell foam, Dimensions:

185 x 100 x 1.5 cm, Weight: 3.9 kg.

A5002-01 p blue pcs

A5002-02 p red pcs

A5002-31 p slate pcs

6 AIREX ® Corona 200

Offers first-class comfort, feels pleasant on the skin, and

is highly hygienic. Ideal for physiotherapy and personal

training. Material: Closed-cell foam, Dimensions: 200 x

100 x 1.5 cm, Weight: 4.3 kg.

A5001-01 p blue pcs

A5001-02 p red pcs


A5001-11 p platinum pcs

396



5

AIREX ® Corona 185

AIREX ® Coronita 200

9

AIREX ® Coronella 185

7 AIREX ® Coronita 200

Due to its heavy weight, the mat lies flat and has good

damping and material properties. Ideal for clubs, fitness

studios, therapeutic facilities, and home use. Material:

Closed-cell foam, Dimensions: 200 x 80 x 1.5 cm,

Weight: 3.5 kg.

A5068 p

MD

MD

8 AIREX ® Coronella 120

Withstands high physical loads and is extremely dimensionally

stable. Nevertheless, it can still be easily rolled

up. Ideally suited for physiotherapy, rehabilitation, and

club sports. Material: Closed-cell foam, Dimensions: 120

x 60 x 1.5 cm, Weight: 1.5 kg.

A5010-01 p pcs

7

MD


Withstands high physical stress and is exceptionally

dimensionally stable. Still, it can be easily rolled up.

Ideal for physiotherapy, rehabilitation, and club sports.

Material: Closed-cell foam, Dimensions: 185 x 60 x 1.5

cm, Weight: 2.3 kg.

pcs A5004-01 p blue pcs

A5004-02 p red pcs


MD

6

AIREX ® Corona 200

MD

8


MD

10



Withstands high physical stress and is exceptionally

dimensionally stable. Nevertheless, it can still be easily

rolled up. Ideally suited for physiotherapy, rehabilitation,


200 x 60 x 1.5 cm, Weight: 2.5 kg.

A5003-01 p blue pcs

A5003-02 p red pcs


A5003-11 p platinum pcs


All AIREX ® Coronella 120 and 185 mats

are also available in a grommeted version

in the shop.

397

Training Mats

AIREX ® Mats

All AIREX ® Fitline and Heritage mats are

also available in a grommeted version in

the shop.

MD

MD

MD

1

2

3

AIREX ® Fitline Studio

AIREX ® Fitline 140


MD

MD

MD

4

5

6

NEW


AIREX ® Xtrema

AIREX ® Heritage

7

NEW

8

NEW

AIREX ® TrExercise 180

AIREX ® TrExercise 140

1 AIREX ® Fitline Studio

Classic fitness mat for group fitness classes. Also perfect

for home or on the go as a small, lightweight, and trendy

mat. Material: Closed-cell foam, Dimensions: 100 x 50

x 1 cm, Weight: 0.8 kg.

A5009-31 p pcs

2 AIREX ® Fitline 140

Classic fitness mat for group fitness classes. Also perfect

for home or on the go as a small, lightweight, and trendy

mat. Material: Closed-cell foam, Dimensions: 140 x 60


A5008-12 p pink pcs



A5008-30 p kiwi pcs

398


Classic fitness mat for group fitness classes. As a lightweight

and trendy mat, it is also perfect for home or on

the go. Material: Closed-cell foam, Dimensions: 180 x

60 x 1 cm, Weight: 1.8 kg.

A5007-12 p pink pcs



A5007-30 p kiwi pcs


Classic fitness mat for group fitness classes. The extra

length and width make the mat also ideal for taller users.

Material: Closed-cell foam, Dimensions: 200 x 80 x 1

cm, Weight: 2.4 kg.



5 AIREX ® Xtrema

Extremely durable mat with high-density foam. Suitable

for outdoor use as well. Ideal for professional, functional

training. Material: Closed-cell foam, Dimensions: 178 x

58 x 0.6 cm, Weight: 1.8 kg.

A5013-06 p pcs

6 AIREX ® Heritage

First AIREX ® mat, which was produced for the Swiss

military. Can be used as a multifunctional mat in various

segments. Material: Closed-cell foam, Dimensions: 190

x 60 x 0.8 cm, Weight: 1.6 kg.

A5014-44 p pcs

7 AIREX ® TrExercise 180

Reliable companion for your journey and training. Easyto-roll

and durable mat made from recyclable EPDM.

Includes carrying strap. Dimensions: 180 x 60 x 0.8

cm, Weight: 1.5 kg.

A5025-40 p terra pcs

A5025-49 p sky pcs

8 AIREX ® TrExercise 140

Reliable companion for your journey and your training.

Easy-to-roll and durable mat, made from recyclable

TPE. Includes carrying strap. Dimensions: 140 x 60 x

0.6 cm, Weight: 750 g.

A5025-22 p sand pcs

A5025-48 p moss pcs

399


Training Mats

Fitness Überschrift & Training Mats

2

Gymnastics Mat

1

3

4

Profigym ® Exercise Mat

TOGU ® Gymnastics Mat JumpYone ®

Gymnastics Mat Bicolor

1

Profigym ® Exercise Mat

Dimensions (L x W x H) with eyelet red blue green orange purple anthracite

120 x 60 x 1 cm - G4815 G4814 – – – G4816 p pcs

120 x 60 x 1 cm G4819 G4818 – – – G4820 p pcs

140 x 60 x 1 cm - G4750 G4751 G4752 G4830 G4831 G4870 p pcs

140 x 60 x 1 cm G4760 G4761 G4762 G4832 G4833 G4871 p pcs

140 x 60 x 1,5 cm - G4753 G4754 G4755 – – G4872 p pcs

140 x 60 x 1,5 cm G4763 G4764 G4765 – – G4873 p pcs

180 x 60 x 1 cm - G4770 G4771 G4772 G4840 G4841 G4875 p pcs

180 x 60 x 1 cm G4780 G4781 G4782 G4842 G4843 G4876 p pcs

180 x 60 x 1,5 cm - G4773 G4774 G4775 G4844 G4845 G4877 p pcs

180 x 60 x 1,5 cm G4783 G4784 G4785 G4846 G4847 G4878 p pcs

180 x 120 x 1,5 cm - G4790 G4791 G4792 – – – y pcs

180 x 120 x 1,5 cm G4796 G4797 G4798 – – – y pcs

200 x 100 x 2,5 cm - – G4879 – – – – y pcs

400



7

Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics Mat with Eyelets

tanga sports ® Gymnastics Folding Mat

1 Profigym ® Exercise Mat

Comfortable, flexible, and flat gymnastics mat. Available

in various colors, sizes, and thicknesses. With or without

eyelets. Eyelet distance: approximately 47 cm. Eyelet

diameter: 35 mm.

2 Gymnastics Mat

High-quality gymnastics mat made of PE foam, durable

and equipped with a non-slip, embossed surface on both

sides. Dimensions: 180 x 60 x 1 cm. Delivery does not

include strap.

G1668 p

pcs

3 TOGU ® Gymnastics Mat JumpYone ®

Elastic, rollable, and cushioning material with slip-resistant

top and bottom surface. Double-sided printing.

Dimensions: 180 x 66 x 0.5 cm, Weight: 1.7 kg, Material:

PVC.

G4824 p

5

pcs

4 Gymnastics Mat Bicolor

Attractive and easy-care mat made of 8 mm thick foam.

Specially embossed surface for non-slip grip. 100%

polyester with vinyl coating and antimicrobial finish.

Dimensions: 180 x 65 x 0.8 cm.

G4823 p grey pcs

G4821 p apple green pcs


5 tanga sports ® Gymnastics Folding Mat

Folding exercise mat for gymnastics, yoga, and pilates.

Sturdy and resilient, easy to store and transport. Dimensions:

180 x 60 x 0.7 cm, Weight: 750 g.

G4972 p

6 Sveltus ® Gymnastics Folding Mat

Gymnastics mat made of polyethylene foam with a textile

surface lamination. Foldable for storage and equipped

with handles for transport. Very durable and pleasantly

skin-friendly.

G4905 p 140 x 60 x 0,8 cm pcs

G4906 p 170 x 70 x 1,3 cm pcs

G4907 p 190 x 90 x 1,5 cm pcs

6

Sveltus ® Gymnastics Folding Mat

MADE IN

GERMANY

7 Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics Mat with Eyelets

Durable and versatile gymnastics mat. Good cushioning

properties and high resilience. Hygienic and easy to wipe

clean. Eyelets: Ø 2 cm, distance approx. 47 cm.

G4894 p 140 x 60 x 1 cm blue pcs

G4895 p 140 x 60 x 1 cm red pcs

G4896 p 140 x 60 x 1 cm anthracite pcs

G4848 p 140 x 60 x 1,5 cm blue pcs


G4898 p 180 x 60 x 1 cm red pcs


G4849 p 180 x 60 x 1,5 cm blue pcs

G4863 p 180 x 100 x 1 cm blue pcs

G4864 p 180 x 100 x 1 cm red pcs

pcs G4865 p 180 x 100 x 1 cm anthracite pcs


G4867 p 200 x 85 x 1 cm red pcs



Training Mats

Mat Storage & Accessories

1

2

5

AIREX ® Mat Retention Band

AIREX ® Eyelet Set Type 8

AIREX ® Duffle Bag

6

7

8

AIREX ® wall bracket Type 40 for eyelets

AIREX ® Wall Mount Type 65 without Eyelets

AIREX ® Wall Bracket Type 105 without Eyelets

10

9

Kübler Sport ® Suspension device, adjustable

1 AIREX ® Mat Retention Band

With the flexible mat strap, the mat can be securely stored

at any time. Perfectly fits all Airex ® mats. Dimensions:

57 x 6.5 cm, Material: Nylon.

A5049 p

pcs

A5045 p

2 AIREX ® Eyelet Set Type 8

The AIREX ® eyelet set serves as a replacement or for

retrofitting. The eyelet set Type 8 is suitable for AIREX ®

mats with a mat thickness of 0.8 cm. Material: plastic,

set: 2 eyelets.

A5047 p




mats with a mat thickness of 1.0 cm. Material: Plastic,

Set: 2 eyelets.

A5046 p

set

set




mats with a mat thickness of 1.5 cm. Material: Plastic,

Set: 2 eyelets.

5 AIREX ® Duffle Bag

Waterproof carrying bag for all AIREX ® mats up to a width

of 80 cm. Dimensions: approx. 80 x 23 cm, Volume:

approx. 30 liters, Material: Tarpaulin 500D.

A5052-04 p pcs

6 AIREX ® wall bracket Type 40 for eyelets

Practical storage aid for AIREX ® mats with eyelets. The

wall bracket is made entirely of stainless steel. For 15 mats

with 1 cm thickness or 10 mats with 1.5 cm thickness.

Dimensions: 50 x 15 x 25 cm, distance between brackets:

set approx. 40 cm, projection: approx. 15 cm.

A5044 p

pcs

7 AIREX ® Wall Mount Type 65 without Eyelets

The AIREX ® Wall Mount is suitable for storing your AIREX ®

mats without eyelets in a space-saving and efficient

way. This 65 cm version can accommodate AIREX ®

mats with a maximum width of 60 cm. It can store 12

to 15 AIREX ® mats. Length: 65 cm, Material: stainless

steel, Weight: 2.5 kg.

A5042 p

pcs

402



11

NEW

Kübler Sport ® Mat Trolley Multifunctional

8 AIREX ® Wall Bracket Type 105 without Eyelets

The AIREX ® wall bracket is suitable for storing your

AIREX ® mats without eyelets in a space-saving and

efficient manner. This version with a length of 105 cm

is designed to hold AIREX ® mats with a maximum width

of 100 cm. It can accommodate 10 to 12 AIREX ® mats.

Length: 105 cm, Material: stainless steel, Weight: 3.5 kg.

A5043 p

pcs

9 Kübler Sport ® Suspension device, adjustable

For gymnastics mats with eyelets. Spike length approx.

25 cm, Ø 18 mm. For approximately 20 mats with a

thickness of 1 cm. Material: aluminum/stainless steel.

G4766 y

Delivery including fastening material.

G4768 p 75 cm pcs

G4767 p 100 cm pcs

10

G4799 p silver pcs

11 Kübler Sport ® Mat Trolley Multifunctional

Multifunctional mat trolley for versatile applications.

For storing gymnastic mats, resistance bands, balance

pads, and much more. Material: Aluminum, 3 shelves,

Dimensions: 69 x 71.3 x 180 cm.

12

Mat Cart Carro

13

Kübler Sport ® Gymnastic Mat Stand

12 Mat Cart Carro

Flexible mat stand made of aluminum. Height adjustable

from 178-207 cm. Eyelet receptacles adjustable up to

a maximum distance of 59 cm. Dimensions: 77 x 83 x

208 cm, Weight: approx. 20 kg, Capacity: 20 to 30 mats,

depending on mat thickness.

G4869 y

pcs

13 Kübler Sport ® Gymnastic Mat Stand

Mat cart with sturdy steel construction, movable thanks to

the four swivel casters. Load capacity: 45 kg. Dimensions:

126 x 80 x 120 cm.

pcs G3799 l

pcs

W 26 kg


403

Yoga & Pilates

Yoga & Pilates Mats

1

AIREX ® HEARTBEAT

1 AIREX ® HEARTBEAT

The AIREX ® Heartbeat, which combines yoga and functional

training for the first time. Grippy, soft, and non-slip.

Recycled, sustainable, and biodegradable materials

combined with the well-known AIREX ® quality. Material:

recycled PU on natural rubber basis, Dimensions: 183 x

61 x 0.4 cm, Weight: 2.4 kg.

A5024-06 p anthracite pcs

A5024-12 p pink pcs

A5024-44 p olive pcs

404

2

AIREX ® Yoga Calyana Start

5

AIREX ® Yoga Calyana Advanced Studio

8

AIREX ® Yoga ECO Grip

2 AIREX ® Yoga Calyana Start

Premium yoga mat from the AIREX ® Yoga & Pilates line.

It is considered one of the best yoga mats worldwide.

Dimensions: 185 x 65 x 0.45 cm, Weight: 2.1 kg, PVC-free.

A5016-45 p pcs

3 AIREX ® Yoga Calyana Start Studio


It is considered one of the best yoga mats worldwide

and was specially designed for professional use in the

studio. Material: PVC, with eyelets, Dimensions: 185 x

65 x 0.5 cm, Weight: 2.2 kg.

A5019-44 p pcs

4 AIREX ® Pilates 190

Incredibly thin mat made of high-density material. It

ensures the necessary stability during Pilates and helps

effectively protect the joints and tendons. Material:

Closed-cell foam, Dimensions: 190 x 60 x 0.8 cm,

Weight: 1.7 kg.

A5015-06 p pcs

3

AIREX ® Yoga Calyana Start Studio

6

AIREX ® Yoga Calyana Pro

5 AIREX ® Yoga Calyana Advanced Studio


One of the best yoga mats worldwide, specially designed

for professional use in the studio. Material: Polyester with

vinyl coating, with eyelets, Dimensions: 185 x 65 x 0.5

cm, Weight: 1.9 kg.

A5018-06 p pcs

6 AIREX ® Yoga Calyana Pro


It is considered one of the best yoga mats worldwide

and is also the perfect mat for all fitness enthusiasts

for functional training of any kind. Dimensions: 185 x

65 x 0.68 cm, Weight: 2.8 kg.

A5017-46 p pcs

7 AIREX ® Yoga Eco Cork Mat

Offers the ultimate natural feeling: The cork material

provides warmth and insulation for indoor and outdoor

use, creating a balance between nature, body,

and mind. Material: Cork, Dimensions: 183 x 61 x 0.4

cm, Weight: 2.3 kg.

A5021 p

9

AIREX ® Yoga ECO Pro

pcs

MD

4

AIREX ® Pilates 190

7

AIREX ® Yoga Eco Cork Mat

10

Yoga Mat Eco

MADE IN

GERMANY

8 AIREX ® Yoga ECO Grip

It is the ultimate choice for nature-loving yogis and

provides maximum support for all yoga activities. All

materials are environmentally friendly. Material: Recycled

PU on a natural rubber base, Dimensions: 183 x 61 x 0.4

cm, Weight: 2.3 kg.

A5022-06 p anthracite pcs

A5022-12 p pink pcs

A5022-13 p purple pcs

9 AIREX ® Yoga ECO Pro

State-of-the-art yoga mat that is lightweight and perfect

for all your yoga adventures around the world. All materials

are environmentally friendly. Material: TPE with natural

rubber, Dimensions: 183 x 61 x 0.4 cm, Weight: 1.9 kg.

A5023-01 p blue pcs

A5023-07 p green pcs

10 Yoga Mat Eco

Light and versatile, with a recycling share of 50%. With

good grip. Non-slip, cushioning, and insulating. Material:

Polyester, Dimension: 180 x 60 x 0.4 cm.

G4990-01 p blue pcs

G4990-11 p grey pcs


Yoga & Pilates

Yoga & Pilates Accessories

1

2

3

Kübler Sport ® Pilates Roller

Yoga Wheel

SISSEL Pilates Circle

1 Kübler Sport ® Pilates Roller

The Pilates roller is very versatile for Pilates and fitness

training. For stabilization, strengthening, and promoting

flexibility. Ø each 15 cm. Material: firm foam.

G2480 p 30 cm pcs

G2481 p 45 cm pcs

3 SISSEL Pilates Circle

The Circle makes Pilates exercises more effective and

intense. The rubber coating ensures a soft and comfortable

application. The Pilates Circle measures Ø 38 cm and fits

into any sports bag. Includes exercise poster.

G2464 p

2 Yoga Wheel

Yoga exercise aid for stretching, lengthening, balancing,

and stabilizing. Ring made of ABS plastic, Ø 32 cm and

13 cm wide. With non-slip and comfortable TPE coating.

Weight approximately 1.3 kg.

G2426 p

pcs T3024 p

4 Meditation Cushion Mantra

The raised seating position ensures a comfortable posture

and makes sitting in a cross-legged position more

pleasant. Made of cotton, filled with spelt. Dimensions:

Ø 40 x 15 cm.

5 PILATES Ball BASIC

Made from soft, foamed PVC material. Super grippy

and easy to inflate with a blowpipe. Ideal Pilates ball

for strengthening the back and abdominal muscles, also

great for deep relaxation and well-being.

pcs G2445 p 20 cm pcs

G2446 p 25 cm pcs

6 Mambo Max ® Superball (Overball)

High jumping power and very grippy PVC material. With

plug closure. Colors: Green (18 cm), Anthracite (22 cm),

Blue (26 cm). Delivery with inflation aid.

pcs D9918 p 18 cm pcs

D9914 p 22 cm pcs

D9921 p 26 cm pcs

406



7

Yoga Strap

11

4

Meditation Cushion Mantra

AIREX ® Yoga Carry Strap

MADE IN

GERMANY

7 Yoga Strap

Useful aid for static positions, made of 100% cotton, 190

cm long and 40 mm wide with a sturdy plastic buckle.

G2655 p blue pcs

G2665 p red pcs

G2663 p anthracite pcs

G2664 p grey pcs

8 Kübler Sport ® Yoga Block

This yoga block is versatile. It is suitable for support

during individual exercises and provides the stability

required for yoga. Material: EVA.

G2648-01 p 23 x 15 x 10 cm pcs

G2649-01 p 23 x 15 x 7,5 cm pcs

8

Kübler Sport ® Yoga Block

12

AIREX ® Yoga Carry Bag

9

AIREX ® Yoga Eco Cork Block

9 AIREX ® Yoga Eco Cork Block

Cork Yoga Block provides warmth and insulation for yoga

exercises indoors and outdoors. Dimensions: 22.5 x 15

x 7.4 cm, Weight: 0.8 kg, Material: Cork.

A5020 p

pcs

10 Yoga Block Bamboo

Appealing yoga block made of bamboo, which can be

used both for support and to bridge distances between

individual positions. Dimensions: 23 x 15 x 7.5 cm.

G2427 p

5

PILATES Ball BASIC

pcs

11 AIREX ® Yoga Carry Strap

With this trendy yoga carrying strap for your yoga mat,

you‘re always on the go. The carrying strap offers easy

handling and secure transport for your yoga mat. Dimensions:

173 x 3.8 cm, Material: Dacron.

A5048-04 p black pcs


13

6

Mambo Max ® Superball (Overball)

Yoga Block Bamboo

12 AIREX ® Yoga Carry Bag

The AIREX ® Yoga Carry Bag offers plenty of space with

many side compartments to securely store your valuables

and travel essentials. Dimensions: 65 x 14 x 14 cm,

Weight: 0.30 kg, Material: 100% canvas.

A5051-04 p black pcs


13

G2492 l without feet pcs

W 65 kg

10


407

Balance & Coordination

Balance Pads

Areas of Application for Balance Pads

Hardness Surface Fitness Physio/Reha Club Sports School Workplace Functional Training

AIREX ® Balance-pad Cloud Soft Nubbed • • • •

AIREX ® Balance-pad Standard Smooth • • • •

AIREX ® Balance-pad Elite Standard Nubbed • • • • •

AIREX ® Balance-pad Mini Standard Nubbed • • • • •

AIREX ® Balance-pad XLarge Standard Nubbed • • • • • •

AIREX ® Balance-beam Standard Smooth • • • • •

tanga sports ® Balance Pad Medium Nubbed • • • •

AIREX ® Balance-pad Solid Hard Nubbed • • • •

1 tanga sports ® Balance Pad

Excellent cushioning properties in trapezoidal shape

with a waffle-like texture on top and bottom. Material:

EVA foam, Dimensions: 48 x 38 x 6 cm, Weight: 800 g.

G57001 p

pcs

2 AIREX ® Balance Pad

With its smooth surface and destabilizing properties,

perfect for getting started with barefoot balance training.

Ideally suited for fitness, physio, rehab, and club sports.


Weight: 795 g.

A5026-01 p blue pcs

A5026-28 p lava pcs


4 AIREX ® Balance-pad Solid

Further development of the proven balance pads. With its

non-slip, waffle-like texture and destabilizing properties,

it is perfect for barefoot balance training. Ideally suited

for fitness, physiotherapy, rehabilitation, and club sports.


Weight: 795 g.

A5027-01 p blue pcs

A5027-12 p pink pcs

A5027-30 p kiwi pcs

A5027-28 p lava pcs

With its non-slip, waffle-like texture and higher density,

it is perfect for balance training with seniors and patients

in early therapy phases. Also suitable for use with shoes.

Ideally suited for physio, rehab, functional training, and

club sports. Material: Closed-cell foam, Dimensions: 46

x 41 x 5 cm, Weight: 993 g.

A5031-50 p pcs

408



1

tanga sports ® Balance Pad

AIREX ® Balance-pad Solid

MD

7

MD

4

AIREX ® Balance-pad XLarge

5 AIREX ® Balance-pad Cloud

More unstable and wobbly than any other AIREX ® balance

pads. Perfect for balance training with athletes

with its non-slip waffle-like texture and lower density.

Ideal for fitness, functional training, and club sports.

Material: Closed-cell foam, Dimensions: 48 x 40 x 6

cm, Weight: 795 g.

A5030-02 p red pcs


6 AIREX ® Balance-pad Mini Duo

The scaled-down version of the regular Balance Pad Elite

in a double pack. For one-armed or one-legged fitness

and coordination exercises. Ideally suited for fitness,

physio, rehab, and club sports. Material: Closed-cell foam,

Dimensions: 41 x 25 x 6 cm, Weight: 398 g.

A5029-28 p set

MD

8

AIREX ® Balance Beam

MD

2

AIREX ® Balance Pad

MD

5

AIREX ® Balance-pad Cloud

MD

7 AIREX ® Balance-pad XLarge

Enlarged version of the regular Balance Pad Elite. Perfect

for barefoot balance training with its non-slip, waffle-like

texture and destabilizing properties, also suitable for use

in the office. Ideal for fitness, physiotherapy, rehabilitation,

workplace health management (BGM), and club sports.


Weight: 1.43 kg.

A5032-01 p blue pcs

A5032-28 p lava pcs

8 AIREX ® Balance Beam

The balance beam was designed for balancing and

training purposes. Its size allows to train all core muscles

both in supine and prone positions. Ideal for fitness,

physiotherapy, rehabilitation, functional training, and

club sports. Material: Closed-cell foam, Dimensions:

160 x 24 x 6 cm, Weight: 1.2 kg.

A5033-01 p blue pcs

A5033-28 p lava pcs

9

AIREX ® Balance-beam Mini

MD

3


MD

6

AIREX ® Balance-pad Mini Duo

MD

10

AIREX ® Balance-pad Mini

9 AIREX ® Balance-beam Mini

Reduced version of the regular Balance Beam. Developed

for balancing and training. Also suitable for supporting

and intensifying yoga and Pilates exercises. Ideally suited

for fitness, physiotherapy, rehabilitation, yoga, Pilates,


41 x 24 x 6 cm, Weight: 300 g.

A5034-01 p pcs

10 AIREX ® Balance-pad Mini

Reduced version of the regular Balance Pad Elite. Ideal

for one-armed or one-legged fitness and coordination

exercises. Perfect for fitness, physiotherapy, rehabilitation,


41 x 25 x 6 cm, Weight: 398 g.

A5028-28 p pcs


409


Balance Cushions

1

MADE IN

GERMANY

2

MADE IN

GERMANY

3

TOGU ® Dynair ® Ball Cushion ®

TOGU ® Dynair ® Ball Cushion ® Senso ®

Kübler Sport ® Air Balance Cushion BASIC

4

MADE IN

GERMANY

5

MADE IN

GERMANY

6

MADE IN

GERMANY

SISSEL ® Balancefit ®

TOGU ® Dynair ® Ball Cushion ® XXL

TOGU ® Dynair ® Extreme

1 TOGU ® Dynair ® Ball Cushion ®

Spinal gymnastics through dynamic sitting with the ball

cushion - the alternative to the exercise ball. Velvety

smooth surface. Material: Ruton, Max. load capacity:

approx. 200 kg.

G2501-01 p 33 cm blue pcs

G2501-02 p 33 cm red pcs

G2501-04 p 33 cm black pcs

G2501-07 p 33 cm green pcs

G2501-08 p 33 cm turquoise pcs

G2501-16 p 33 cm purple pcs

G2501-21 p 33 cm terra pcs

G2501-27 p 33 cm multicoloured pcs



G2502-04 p 36 cm black pcs





G2502-27 p 36 cm multicoloured pcs

410

2 TOGU ® Dynair ® Ball Cushion ® Senso ®

3 Kübler Sport ® Air Balance Cushion BASIC

Air-filled and dynamic training device. One side with

rounded, gentle Senso nubs, one side with velvetysmooth

surface. Material: Ruton, Max. load capacity:

approx. 200 kg.

Balance cushion, for versatile use as a seat cushion or

in therapy and training. One side with pimples, one side

smooth. Air pressure adjustable. Dimensions: approx.

35 x 6.5 cm.

G2470-01 p 33 cm blue pcs G2473 p

pcs


4

G2470-04 p 33 cm black pcs SISSEL ® Balancefit ®

G2470-07 p 33 cm green pcs Ideal training device for active training of muscles, balance,

and strengthening of postural muscles. With different


G2470-16 p 33 cm purple pcs knob structures on the top and bottom for massaging

G2503-01 p 36 cm blue pcs and improved body awareness. Load capacity: 130 kg,

G2503-02 p 36 cm red pcs Dimensions: Ø 32 x 7 cm.

G2503-04 p 36 cm black pcs G2516-02 p red pcs





5 TOGU ® Dynair ® Ball Cushion ® XXL

Individually adjustable air cushion for improving coordination

and balance. Can be used in all types of training and

therapy. Includes pump and training manual. Dimensions:

approx. 50 x 12 cm, Weight: approx. 2.5 kg, Material:

Ruton, Max. load capacity: 200 kg.

G2471 p strong pcs

G2472 p very strong pcs

7

TOGU ® Aero-Step ®

10

TOGU ® Aero-Step ® One

6 TOGU ® Dynair ® Extreme

Large sitting and balance cushion, instability individually

adjustable. Resilient material, suitable for indoor, outdoor,

and use with animals. One side with smooth surface, one

side with nubs. Dimensions: 80 x 18 cm, Max. Weight

capacity: approx. 200 kg.

K3798 p

G4196 p

pcs

7 TOGU ® Aero-Step ®

Two separate, air-filled chambers and a surface covered

with nodules. The instability of the Aero Step promotes

proprioception and coordination. Dimensions: 46 x 32 x

8 cm, Max. load capacity: approximately 200 kg.

K3799 p

pcs

8

TOGU ® Aero-Step ® XL

MADE IN

GERMANY

TOGU ® Aero-Step ® Pro

8 TOGU ® Aero-Step ® XL

Two separate, air-filled chambers with nubbed surface

on one side. Provides gentle instability and pleasant

massaging effect. Dimensions: 51 x 37 x 8 cm, Weight:

approx. 2.8 kg, Max. load capacity: approx. 200 kg.

All items on this page are manufactured

in Germany.

pcs

9 TOGU ® Aero-Step ® XL Functional

Balance trainer for fitness and therapy to improve coordination,

balance, and equilibrium. Whether standing or

lying down, the air-filled Aero Step, with its air chamber

system, provides an unstable, non-slip surface, constantly

challenging the body to stabilize and strengthen

the deeper muscle

K3803-04 p black pcs

K3803 p grey pcs

11

9

TOGU ® Aero-Step ® XL Functional

10 TOGU ® Aero-Step ® One

Air-filled and individually adjustable training device for

balance and coordination, especially for foot and leg

axis training. Dimensions: 38 x 21 x 6 cm, Max. Load

capacity: approximately 150 kg.

K3801 p very soft pcs

K3800 p soft pcs

11 TOGU ® Aero-Step ® Pro

2-chamber air cushion for ideal training of the deep

muscles and improvement of body posture. Easy to

clean, simply stackable. Dimensions: 52 x 40 x 8.5 cm,

Max. load capacity: approx. 200 kg.

K3804-01 p blue pcs

K3804 p silver pcs


411


Balance Balls

412

1

TOGU ® Jumper Mini

4

TOGU ® Dynair ® Pro

7

BOSU ® Balance Trainer PRO

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

1 TOGU ® Jumper Mini

Air-filled trampoline ball, challenges deeper muscles

through instability. Trains balance, stability, and coordination.

Dimensions: approximately 36 x 18 cm,

weight: approximately 2.3 kg, maximum weight capacity:

approximately 120 kg.

K3721 p

pcs G2509 p

2 TOGU ® Jumper

Air-filled trampoline ball made of resilient Ruton, challenges

balance, coordination, and sensory motor skills.

Dimensions: 52 x 24 cm. Includes exercise poster. Max.

load capacity: approximately 200 kg.

K3720-01 p blue pcs

K3720 p red pcs K3557 p

K37209 p black pcs

K3720-51 p berry pcs

3 TOGU ® Jumper Pro

The additional Pro Plate forms a flat surface on the bottom

of the jumper. This allows for a flat landing of the foot

when the half ball is facing downwards. Dimensions: 52 x

24 cm, Weight: approx. 6 kg, Max. Load capacity: 200 kg.

K3889 p

K3722 p red pcs

K37229 p black pcs

2

TOGU ® Jumper

5

tanga sports ® Balance Step PRO

8

BOSU ® Balance Trainer Sport

MADE IN

GERMANY

4 TOGU ® Dynair ® Pro

Ball cushion combined with a stable plate for safe sensory

motor and coordinative training in sports and therapy.

For all therapeutic exercises in single-leg stance and

for the specific improvement of the stability of all joints.

Dimensions: Ø 36 x 10 cm, Load capacity: 150 kg.

5 tanga sports ® Balance Step PRO

Double-sided balance trainer for all performance levels.

The firmness and instability can be adjusted using the

included pump. With fitness tubes for combined training.

Dimensions: 62 x 25 cm, Ø balance half-ball: approx. 58

cm, Weight: 4.5 kg.

6 BOSU ® Balance Pods Set of 2

Targeted balance and coordination training in a compact

size, in the usual BOSU quality. Dimensions: approx. 16.5

x 3.5 cm each, Weight: approx. 500 g each, Max. load

capacity: approx. 135 kg each.

3

TOGU ® Jumper Pro

6

BOSU ® Balance Pods Set of 2

9

BOSU ® Balance Trainer NexGen Pro

MADE IN

GERMANY

7 BOSU ® Balance Trainer PRO

Double-sided half ball for standing, jumping, or lying

down training of balance, coordination, endurance, and

stability. Dimensions: 65 x 22 cm, Weight: approx. 8 kg,

Max. Load capacity: approx. 150 kg.

K3860 p

pcs

pcs

8 BOSU ® Balance Trainer Sport

For balance, equilibrium, and coordination exercises.

Can be used from both sides. Dimensions: 50 x 18 cm,

Weight: approx. 4.5 kg, Max. Load capacity: approx. 113

kg. Includes instructions and pump.

K3869 p

pcs

9

pcs BOSU ® Balance Trainer NexGen Pro

Professional training equipment for balance and coordination.

Specifically textured surface with symmetrical

markings. Dimensions: approx. Ø 65 x 25 cm, Weight:

approx. 9 kg, Max. Load capacity: approx. 150 kg. Includes

instruction manual and pump.

K3878 p

pcs

set

413



Gymnastics & Sitting Balls

The Right Gymnastics Ball Size

Height

up to 140 cm

Ball Diameter

42 cm

141- 155 cm 53 cm

156 - 175 cm 65 cm

from 176 cm

75 cm

MD

MD

MD

1

2

3

PEZZI ® Gymnastics Ball.

PEZZI ® Gymnastics Ball BioBased

Original PEZZI ® PhysioBall

1 PEZZI ® Gymnastics Ball.

From gymnastics to rehabilitation, from fitness to aerobic,

to sports and therapy, the air-filled Pezziball is ideal for

many areas. Load capacity: 400 kg.


G4160 p 42 cm fluorescent yellow pcs




2 PEZZI ® Gymnastics Ball BioBased

Alternative to the classic air-filled gymnastics ball made

from raw materials with 40-60% of plant origin. Load

capacity: 400 kg.

T5454 p 42 cm sand pcs

T5450 p 42 cm lime pcs






3 Original PEZZI ® PhysioBall

Colorful and of large dimensions, the ball is specially

designed for physiotherapeutic and rehabilitative applications.


T3502 p 85 cm pcs

G4134 p 95 cm pcs

T3503 p 105 cm pcs

G4135 p 120 cm pcs

414



4

TOGU ® Powerball ® ABS ®

7

BUREBA ® Gymnastics Ball BASIC

MADE IN

GERMANY

4 TOGU ® Powerball ® ABS ®

Air-filled and burst-proof ball. The material is odorless,

latex-free, highly durable (guaranteed burst-proof up to 90

kg when the outer skin is damaged), and made of 100%

recyclable plastic. Load capacity: 500 kg.

G4140 p 55 cm pcs

G4141 p 65 cm pcs

G4142 p 75 cm pcs

5 Trial ® Sit Ball BOA

The air-filled ball has a lowered center of gravity. This

allows it to repeatedly return to its original position. Load

capacity: 300 kg.



5

Trial ® Sit Ball BOA

MD

8

Original PEZZI ® EggBall

6 Gymnic ® Opti Ball Exercise Ball

Transparent version of the exercise ball. Facilitates

tracking of movements as well as interaction between

users. Weight capacity: 300 kg.

G4566 p 55 cm pcs

G4567 p 65 cm pcs

G4568 p 75 cm pcs

7 BUREBA ® Gymnastics Ball BASIC

The ideal training partner for balance, strength, and fitness

exercises or as a sitting ball. Load capacity: 300 kg.

MD

6

Gymnic ® Opti Ball Exercise Ball

MD

9

Gymnic ® Physio Roll Exercise Ball

8 Original PEZZI ® EggBall

The oval shape guarantees the user a high stability

and therefore is an ideal tool for gymnastic exercises,

therapeutic purposes, strength training, and children‘s

play. Load capacity: 400 kg.

P2880 p 45 cm pcs

P2881 p 55 cm pcs

P2882 p 65 cm pcs

P2883 p 85 cm pcs

9 Gymnic ® Physio Roll Exercise Ball

The air-filled Physio Roll, which was created from two

balls, is a more versatile and stable ball than the regular

exercise ball. Load capacity: 300 kg.

T5503 p 30 cm pcs

T5504 p 40 cm pcs

T5505 p 55 cm pcs

T5506 p 70 cm pcs

T5507 p 85 cm pcs


415


Gym Ball Accessories

Properly Inflating Gymnastics Balls

When using the ball for the first time, it

should initially be inflated to only 80% of its

capacity. The next day, once the material

has stretched sufficiently, the balls can be

fully inflated.

2

Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics Ball Wall Holder

3

Ball rack for gymnastic balls

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

Ball net for exercise balls

4

Electric pump Sidewinder 230 V

1 Ball net for exercise balls

Ball carrying net for gym balls including drawstring.

Rhombic mesh, dimensions: 3 mm thickness, color:

Green, material: Polypropylene.

D1302 p for 1 gymnastic ball pcs

D1303 p for 2 gymnastic balls pcs



2 Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics Ball Wall Holder

Suitable for 3 balls with Ø 53 cm, 65 cm, or for 4 balls

with Ø 42 cm. Material: Steel. Dimensions: 165 x 54 cm, G4188 p


D1270 y

pcs

3 Ball rack for gymnastic balls

Shelf distances: Bottom-Middle 80 cm, Middle-Top 70

cm. Dimensions: 276 x 64 x 180 cm, Weight: 39 kg.

D1298 l

pcs

W 59 kg

4 Electric pump Sidewinder 230 V

Suitable for e.g. Air-Body ® , exercise balls, or OMNIKIN ® .

Includes 3 different adapters. Connection: 230 V, Power:

140 watts, Cable length: 1.5 m, Dimensions: Ø 11 x 12

cm, Weight: 500 g.

pcs

5 Kübler Sport ® Wall Mount for Gymnastic Balls

Max. ball size of Ø 85 cm. Delivery includes fastening

materials for mounting on a concrete wall.

T3504 p

pcs

6 Stacking Aid Set

For exercise balls up to Ø 75 cm. High-quality, transparent

plastic. Set of 3 rings. Balls not included.

D1290 p

set

7 Ball Shell for Gymnastics Balls

Suitable for all gymnastic and sitting balls up to Ø 95

cm. Dimensions: Ø 45 cm.

P2894 p

pcs

416



5

Kübler Sport ® Wall Mount for Gymnastic Balls

8 Ball Holder

Suitable for storing gymnastic balls with a diameter of up

to 120 cm. Dimensions: Ø 26 cm. Color: Black.

G4079 p

pcs

9 Double-action pump

With continuous airflow during pulling and pushing movements.

For inflation and deflation. Includes 4 different

adapters. Weight: 900 g.

G4136 p

pcs

10 Double Stroke Hand Pump for Gymnastic Balls

For large gymnastics or Pilates balls. Inflates with pressure

and pulling.

G4064 p

pcs

6

Stacking Aid Set

11

PEZZI ® Gymnastics Ball Replacement Plug Set

Ball Shell for Gymnastics Balls

9

Double-action pump

TOGU ® Replacement Plug Set

11 PEZZI ® Gymnastics Ball Replacement Plug Set

Compatible with all Original Pezzi balls. The set consists

of two replacement plugs and an adapter for pumps

with a needle valve.

G4139 p

pcs

12 TOGU ® Replacement Plug Set

Suitable for all air-filled TOGU ® balls and large exercise

balls.

G4166 p

pair

13 Plug lifter for large exercise balls

For removing the valve plugs of all large exercise balls.

G4168 p

pcs

7

12

8

Ball Holder

10

Double Stroke Hand Pump for Gymnastic Balls

13

Plug lifter for large exercise balls


417


Balance Boards & Balance Trainers

The balance board strengthens the muscles

of the legs and core while improving

balance and body awareness. In addition to

therapeutic applications, the therapy board

is also an excellent fitness tool to take your

workout to the next level.

1

2

3

MADE IN

GERMANY

Fitness and therapy balance board

tanga sports ® Balance Disc

Sports Spinner

4

MADE IN

GERMANY

5

MADE IN

GERMANY

6

NEW

Pedalo ® Rola-Bola Sport

Pedalo ® Rola-Bola Design

Korxx ® Kübler Sport ® Balance Board

1 Fitness and therapy balance board

3 Sports Spinner

5 Pedalo ® Rola-Bola Design

Ideal for balance exercises at home, outdoors, or in the

gym. Made of sturdy plastic. Dimensions: Ø 40 x 9 cm.


A steel core inside the aluminum hemisphere ensures

that the spinning top is positioned horizontally before

starting the exercise and only tilts to the side when

For balance and equilibrium exercises. With floor-friendly

removable rubber stoppers and a cork roll. Offers an

increased level of difficulty. Board dimensions: 99 x 34

P2760 p

pcs loaded. With anti-slip coating. Dimensions: Ø 37 x 12 cm, roll dimensions: Ø 15 cm, weight capacity: 100 kg.

cm. Load capacity: 180 kg.

G2248 p

set

2 tanga sports ® Balance Disc

P2750 p

pcs

Features a stable and non-slip stepping platform. Dimensions:

6 Korxx ® Kübler Sport ® Balance Board

approximately Ø 40 x 8 cm. Weight: 1.4 kg. 4 Pedalo ® Rola-Bola Sport

Usable with cork roller or cork ball. Offers a unique

P2768 p

pcs For balance and equilibrium exercises. With floor-friendly training experience through the various balance options.

removable rubber stoppers & anti-slip rubber rings. The Dimensions board: 71 x 35.5 x 1.2 cm, roller: 27 x 9 cm,

surrounding grid drilling can be used for accessories. ball: Ø 9 cm, Material: Birch, Cork.

Board dimensions: 60 x 35 cm, roller dimensions: Ø 10

cm, load capacity: 150 kg.

P4661 p

set

G2238 p

set

418



7

Pedalo ® Foot Whirligig with cork coating

8

ARTZT vitality ® Wobblesmart ® Therapy Circle

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

7 Pedalo ® Foot Whirligig with cork coating

The movable base is used to improve the interaction of

the structures of the upper and lower ankle, to activate

and strengthen the lower leg and foot muscles, as well

as to stabilize the entire leg axis. Dimensions: 35 x 12 x

7 cm. Load capacity: 120 kg.

K8913 p

pcs

8 ARTZT vitality ® Wobblesmart ® Therapy Circle

Offers 6 different difficulty levels through a simple rotating

motion of the support surface. Suitable for therapy,

fitness, or performance sports. Dimensions: Ø 39 cm.

Weight capacity: 120 kg.

P2767 p

pcs


419


Stability Trainers & Slackline

How does the stabilizer work?

The base plate on all 3 stabilizer models can be suspended

directly on the ropes rigid but movable. The base plate moves

horizontally on a level in all directions. When the springs are

integrated, depending on body weight, there is a lowering of

the base plate. Afterwards, the base plate adjusts to the compensatory

movements emanating from the body both vertically

and horizontally and in the lateral inclinations, and the game of

balance begins. All 3 models have the same maximum load

limits of 120 kg. The stopper rope attached to the spring stops

the spring at full extension and prevents the base plate from

sitting on the floor when the maximum load limit is exceeded.

Which Pedalo® Stabilizer Should I Choose?

For health-conscious individuals, recreational athletes, or trainers,

the Stabilizer Sport is the right choice. Those aiming for

high-level performance improvements or working with athletes

in therapy should opt for the Stabilizer Profi. Both models feature

a plug-in system, making them easy to transport.

Patients with neurological impairments, as well as seniors training

balance, stability, and fall prevention, benefit from the Stabilizer

Therapy.

1

MADE IN

GERMANY

2

MADE IN

GERMANY

3

MADE IN

GERMANY

Pedalo ® Stabilizer Sport

Pedalo ® Stabilizer Pro

Pedalo ® Stabilizer Therapy

- Improvement of sensory control of posture and

movement

- Quick setup and ready for use

- Ideal for health-oriented individuals, recreational athletes,

and coaches

- Adjustable swinging and tilting behavior

- Removable base for leg-independent training

- Includes exercise poster

- Adjustable motion range and vibration

- Safety ensured by handrail

- Includes standing platform

1 Pedalo ® Stabilizer Sport

A training device for functional training in private, recreational,

and competitive sports, as well as in therapy.

The base provides enough space for a hip-width stable

stance. Experienced users can also train in a one-legged

stance to enhance leg axis stability. Dimensions: 64 x

58 x 46 cm, Weight capacity: 120 kg.

K8805 p

pcs

2 Pedalo ® Stabilizer Pro

Offers many additional customization options compared to

the sport version. With two separately suspended footboards

that provide more mobility and require more stability.

In addition, the large base can be quickly attached. The

suspension can be adjusted horizontally 10 times at the

top and bottom. Accordingly, the swinging and tilting

behavior changes from easy to difficult. Dimensions:

64 x 58 x 46 cm, Load capacity: 120 kg.

K8845 p

pcs

3 Pedalo ® Stabilizer Therapy

With hip-high bars for gripping. The standing platform

is suspended on ropes directly or in conjunction with

springs. The height-adjustable motion limiters attached to

the sides of the bars are used to set the range of motion

as well as the oscillation speed. Includes a standing

platform for safe ascent. Dimensions: 95 x 56 x 107.5

cm. Weight capacity: 120 kg.

K8897 p

pcs

420



4

Gibbon ® SLACKRACK Fitness Edition

4 Gibbon ® SLACKRACK Fitness Edition

Can be freely set up both indoors and outdoors. The metal

frame can be assembled in a length of 2 or 3 meters.

Includes exercise band and handles for additional fitness

exercises and training poster. Load capacity: up to 100 kg.

D5519 p

set D5545 p

5 Gibbon ® SLACKRACK Extension (1 m)

Extension attachment.

D5477 p

7

Gibbon ® Giboard ® BONZO CLASSIC Set

5

Gibbon ® SLACKRACK Extension (1 m)

8

Gibbon ® Giboard ® ROOTS ROCKER TRAVEL Set

6 Gibbon ® Giboard ® CAESAR JIB Set

Thanks to its design and material, it creates a loose

spring effect, making it an ideal balance training tool.

The JibLine is a high-performance trickline slackline.

Dimensions: 106 x 28 x 14 cm. Weight: 3.5 kg.

set

6

Gibbon ® Giboard ® CAESAR JIB Set

8 Gibbon ® Giboard ® ROOTS ROCKER TRAVEL Set

Due to its design and material, it creates a loose spring

effect, making it ideal for balance training. The TravelLine

is a very soft line and features a beautiful Tiki design.


D5547 p

9

Gibbon ® Giboard ® Stand

7 Gibbon ® Giboard ® BONZO CLASSIC Set

Its design and material create a loose spring effect, 9 Gibbon ® Giboard ® Stand

making it ideal for balance training. The ClassicLine Allows for safe parking or storage of a high bar.

pcs is perfect for beginners. Measurements: 106 x 28 x 14

cm. Weight: 3.5 kg.

D5548 p

D5546 p

set

set

set


Weitere Ausführungen im Onlineshop:

www.kuebler-sport.de

421


Posturomed ® Balance Trainer

MD

1

BIOSWING Posturomed ® 202

MD

2

BIOSWING Posturomed ® Compact

4

5

6

BIOSWING ® Step Mat PKT

BIOSWING ® Provocation Module

BIOSWING Posturomed ® Swinging Element

3

7

8

9

BIOSWING ® Seat Module

BIOSWING ® Rehabilitation Module

BIOSWING ® Feedback Module

BIOSWING ® OSG Module

1 BIOSWING Posturomed ® 202

3 BIOSWING ® Seat Module

Sensomotor Prevention, Therapy, and Assessment Device

with a softly swinging instable surface. This surface

is suspended on a double pendulum system, allowing

Stool attachment for the Posturomed.

T3482 h

controlled dampened evasion movements in specific frequency

ranges, enabling different oscillation amplitudes.

Due to its design, the Posturomed ® is ideally suited for

connecting numerous additional modules, significantly

expanding its range of applications. Therapy surface:

4 BIOSWING ® Step Mat PKT

60 x 60 cm, Dimensions: 85.5 x 90 x 114 cm, Load

capacity: 180 kg.

150 - 210 cm.

T3485 h

T3483 h

pcs

2 BIOSWING Posturomed ® Compact

The compact model of the Posturomed ® 202. The compact

model is designed for mobile use and features a carrying

handle as well as a folding railing, large transport wheels,

and adjustable feet. Therapy surface: 40 x 40 cm, Dimensions:


T3474 h

pcs

422

pcs

Accessory for the Posturomed 202. The mat has markings

and body heights printed on it. With this aid, the person

practicing can stand on the corresponding marking and

take a step onto the therapy surface. Body height from

pcs

5 BIOSWING ® Provocation Module

For standardized displacement of the therapy surface. The

provocation module holds the therapy surface displaced

by 10, 20 or 30 mm and releases it after the foot trigger.

T3472 h pcs 214.-

6 BIOSWING Posturomed ® Swinging Element

Replacement oscillating element for the BIOSWING

Posturomed ® 202.

T3348-02 p red pcs


7 BIOSWING ® Rehabilitation Module

Crossbar, sliding element, and 2 sets of fastening devices.

T3873 h

pcs

8 BIOSWING ® Feedback Module

The two colors black and red visually depict the movements

of the Posturomed and help patients and therapists

with correct execution of movement.

T3872 h

pcs

9 BIOSWING ® OSG Module

The OSG module utilizes sensorimotor stimulating movement

impulses even outside of the horizontal plane. 4

different tilting angles adjustable. Ø 32 cm.

T3478 h



pcs


MADE IN

GERMANY

All items on this double page

are manufactured in Germany.

423

Hand & Foot Trainers

Hand Trainers

Therapy Putty

Our hands are indispensable for managing

everyday tasks. Therapy putty helps strengthen

and mobilize this vital area, as well as

the forearm. The brightly colored, pliable

material encourages extensive kneading

and shaping. For this reason, therapy putty

is also widely used in educational settings

with children and in senior care to promote

sensory awareness and improve fine motor

coordination.

424

1

MoVeS ® Therapy Putty

4

MD

Kübler Sport ® Clay Ball

1 MoVeS ® Therapy Putty

With its various strengths, the putty can be used for

strength exercises and for modeling figures. Does not

harden, hygienic, non-greasy, and antimicrobial.

T3038 p 450 g very soft pcs 34.95

Base price/kg 77.67

T3039 p 450 g soft pcs 34.95

Base price/kg 77.67

T3040 p 450 g medium pcs 34.95

Base price/kg 77.67

T3041 p 450 g strong pcs 34.95

Base price/kg 77.67

T3033 p 85 g very soft pcs 9.95

Base price/kg 117.06

T3034 p 85 g soft pcs 9.95

Base price/kg 117.06

2

T3035 TheraBand p 85 Hand g Trainer medium pcs 9.95

Ideal Base price/kg for strengthening the hand and finger 117.06 muscles.

Dimensions: T3036 p Ø 585 cm. g strong pcs 9.95

G5600 Base price/kg p very soft 117.06 pcs 17.95

G5601 p soft pcs 17.95

G5602 p medium pcs 17.95

G5603 p hard pcs 17.95

G5605 p very hard pcs 17.95

5

AIREX ® Handtrimmer

MD

MoVeS ® Squeeze Egg

3 Physio Reflex Ball

Highly elastic ball with knobs and lamellae. Ideal for stimulation

exercises, fascia treatment, massages, gripping

and mobilization exercises.

T5570 p 5,50 cm pcs 2.95

T5571 p 6 cm pcs 3.95

T5572 p 7 cm pcs 4.95

4 Kübler Sport ® Clay Ball

To strengthen hand muscles, for rehabilitation, and as

an anti-stress ball. Dimensions: Ø 6.5 cm, Weight: 24 g,

Material: Polyurethane foam, Color: Yellow.

S6595 p pcs 4.95

5 AIREX ® Handtrimmer

Tool for strengthening finger and forearm muscles.

Material: Closed-cell foam structure. Dimensions: 12

x 6 x 3 cm.

A5053-01 p blue pcs 5.95

A5053-29 p water blue pcs 5.95

6

MD

2

TheraBand ® Hand Trainer

3

Physio Reflex Ball

MD

MoVeS ® Squeeze Ball

6 MoVeS ® Squeeze Egg

Due to their anatomical and ergonomic shape, the eggs fit

very well in the hand. Suitable for strengthening the hand

and finger muscles. Dimensions approximately 5 x 6 cm.

T3381 p very soft pcs 8.95

T3382 p soft pcs 8.95

T3383 p medium pcs 8.95

T3384 p strong pcs 8.95

T3385 p very strong pcs 8.95

7 MoVeS ® Squeeze Ball

Ideal for strengthening hand and finger muscles. Dimensions:

Ø 5 cm.

T5126 p very soft pcs 8.95

T5127 p soft pcs 8.95

T5128 p medium pcs 8.95

T5129 p strong pcs 8.95

T5130 p very strong pcs 8.95

7

MADE IN

GERMANY

425



Hand Trainers

MD

MD

1

2

3

MoVeS ® Wrist Exerciser

TheraBand ® Hand XTrainer

TheraBand ® FlexBar Hand Exerciser

4

5

6

Schildkröt ® Hand Muscle Trainer Pro

Mambo Max ® Adjustable Hand Trainer

Digi-Flex ® Hand Exerciser

7

8

10

Powerball ®

Handmaster Plus ® Handtrainer

Power-Web ® Hand Trainer Combo

1 MoVeS ® Wrist Exerciser

Strengthens and mobilizes the flexor and extensor muscles.

Adjustable resistance. Dimensions: 37 x 13 cm.

T3436 p

pcs

2 TheraBand ® Hand XTrainer

Allows for extension and flexion exercises. The exercises

can be performed with the fingers or with the

entire hand. Also suitable for heat and cold therapy.

Dimensions: Ø 12 cm.

T3336 p easy pcs

T3337 p medium pcs

T3338 p strong pcs

T3339 p very strong pcs

3 TheraBand ® FlexBar Hand Exerciser

Flexible exercise device made of hard rubber to strengthen

the hand and arm muscles. Length: 30 cm.

G2196 p very easy pcs

G2197 p easy pcs

G2198 p medium pcs

G2199 p strong pcs

4 Schildkröt ® Hand Muscle Trainer Pro

Adjustable finger trainer with 10-30 kg pulling force.

Resistance adjustable via rotary knob.

K5304 p

pcs

5 Mambo Max ® Adjustable Hand Trainer

Adjustable hand trainer available in different resistances.

Strength can be adjusted by turning the wheel.

T3332 p 5 - 20 kg pcs

T3333 p 10 - 40 kg pcs

6 Digi-Flex ® Hand Exerciser

For building strength in the finger, hand, and forearm

muscles. Also suitable for strengthening individual fingers.

T3390 p very easy pcs

T3391 p easy pcs

T3392 p medium pcs

T3393 p strong pcs


7 Powerball ®

Generates a training weight of up to 16 kg through gyroscopic

movements. A positive training effect is achieved

even at low rotational speeds. Ø 7.5 cm.

T3334 p

pcs

8 Handmaster Plus ® Handtrainer

Trains the stretching and bending muscles. Allows for

individual single finger training.

T3386 p easy pcs

T3387 p medium pcs

T3388 p strong pcs

9 Handmaster Plus ® Hand Trainer Set

All 3 strengths in a set.

T3389 p

set

426



MD

10

Power-Web ® Hand Trainer Combo

10 Power-Web ® Hand Trainer Combo

For the strengthening and mobilization of hand and arm

muscles. It offers two different levels of resistance,

providing an effective muscle training for rehabilitation

and sports. Material: Natural rubber, Dimensions: 38 cm.

T3431 p extra leicht / mittel pcs

T3432 p easy / strong pcs

T3433 p medium / very strong pcs

T3434 p strong / especially strong pcs


427


Foot Trainers

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

Pedalo ® Foot Workshop

MADE IN

GERMANY

2

Pedalo ® Foot Rollers, pair

1 Pedalo ® Foot Workshop

The nine exercise stations impress with their versatility

and target all the important systems and structures for

a functional and healthy foot. Ideal for use as a training

course for prevention and rehabilitation. Includes stand

for storage, exercise poster, and exercise instructions.

Dimensions: 47 x 40 x 113 cm, Weight: 34 kg, Load

capacity: 150 kg.

K8861 y

set

2 Pedalo ® Foot Rollers, pair

For strengthening and stretching the foot as well as

for straightening the arch of the foot. Can be used on

both sides. Includes anti-slip mat. Dimensions: 48 x

29 x 5.2 cm.

K8823 p

pair

428



3

Pedalo ® Foot Torsion Trainer

5

Pedalo ® Pro-Pedes

8

MADE IN

GERMANY

Pedalo ® Foot Regeneration Mat

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

3 Pedalo ® Foot Torsion Trainer

Allows for targeted training of the foot articulation.

Each segment is independently movable to the left and

right and can be fixed in place using bars. Dimensions:

32 x 12 x 5 cm.

K8860 p

pcs

K8913 p

4 Pedalo ® Foot Trainer

Many foot problems can be addressed, as it is adjustable in

all axes depending on the positioning of the wedge strips.

The forefoot and rear foot can act independently. Includes

cork top and bottom layer. Dimensions: 33 x 12 cm.

K8887 p

pcs

5 Pedalo ® Pro-Pedes

With the convex side facing up, it functions as a footleg

axis trainer. With the flat side facing up, Pro-Pedes

acts as a therapy balance board to improve posture and

movement coordination. Dimensions: Ø 27 cm.

G2232 p

pcs

9

TOGU ® Brasil ® Base

7 Pedalo ® Forefoot Lifter

Activates the neural control of the responsible muscles

(primarily the anterior shin muscles) through targeted

exercises for an improved gait pattern. Dimensions: 47

x 40 x 6.3 cm.

K8912 p

4

Pedalo ® Foot Trainer

6

MADE IN

GERMANY

Pedalo ® Foot Whirligig with cork coating

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

6 Pedalo ® Foot Whirligig with cork coating

The movable base is used to improve the interaction of

the structures of the upper and lower ankle, to activate

and strengthen the lower leg and foot muscles, as well

as to stabilize the entire leg axis. Dimensions: 35 x 12 x

7 cm. Load capacity: 120 kg.

pcs

Pedalo ® Forefoot Lifter

10

7

NEW

Schildkröt ® Balance Stepper including hand pump

MADE IN

GERMANY

8 Pedalo ® Foot Regeneration Mat

The spherical curve of the massage mat stimulates all

pressure points of both soles of the feet simultaneously.

Made from natural rubber. Dimensions: Ø 25 cm.

K8825 p

pcs

9 TOGU ® Brasil ® Base

Mat made of Ruton with over 2,000 gentle nodules for

massage and body perception. Dimensions: 60 x 40 cm.

G4154 p

pcs

10 Schildkröt ® Balance Stepper including hand pump

Trains stability, surefootedness, and balance. The nubs

on the top stimulate muscles, activate the venous pump,

pcs and provide a massaging function. The underside features

an anti-slip coating. Dimensions: 31.5 x 38.5 x 6 cm,


G2424 p

pcs


429

Fascia Training & Massage

Foam Rollers

BLACKROLL® specializes in the development and production of high-quality products

for self-massage and regeneration. Founded in Germany, BLACKROLL® has

gained worldwide recognition for its innovative foam rollers, balls, and accessories.

The products are known for their exceptional quality, durability, and ease of use.

1

BLACKROLL ® STANDARD

2

BLACKROLL ® MED

3

BLACKROLL ® PRO

1 BLACKROLL ® STANDARD

Proven for muscular problems and tension. The classic

fascia roller for therapy and fitness. Dimensions: 30

x 15 cm.

T5039 p 30 cm pcs

K1647 p 45 cm pcs

2 BLACKROLL ® MED

Proven for muscular problems and tension. 20% softer

than the standard Blackroll ® . Dimensions: 30 x 15 cm.

T5164 p 30 cm pcs

K1648 p 45 cm pcs

MADE IN

GERMANY

Alle Blackroll-Artikel auf dieser

Doppelseite werden in Deutschland

hergestellt.

430



4

BLACKROLL ® GROOVE

7

BLACKROLL ® MINI FLOW

10

ARTZT vitality ® Fascia Roller Cork

3 BLACKROLL ® PRO

50% harder than the standard black roll in black. For

intense applications and for heavier individuals. Dimensions:

Ø 15 cm x 30 cm.

T5044 p

pcs

4 BLACKROLL ® GROOVE

The ridged surface causes the roller to vibrate on hard

surfaces, thereby greatly promoting blood circulation.

Dimensions: 30 x Ø 15 cm.

T5179 p

T5165 p

pcs

5 BLACKROLL ® TWIN

Combines the characteristics of the duoball and the

standard roller. Additionally, the twist in the middle

provides increased stimulation and blood circulation of

the tissue. Dimensions: 30 cm x 13 cm.

T5245 p

pcs

5

BLACKROLL ® TWIN

8

BLACKROLL ® MINI

6 BLACKROLL ® SLIM

She packs the benefits of the proven Blackroll rollers

into a more compact format. Dimensions: 30 x Ø 10 cm.

T5159 p

pcs

7 BLACKROLL ® MINI FLOW

It is the further development of the proven Mini Blackroll.

Revolutionary structure for double the effect.


pcs

6

BLACKROLL ® SLIM

9

BLACKROLL ® Trainer Set, 10-piece set with bag

8 BLACKROLL ® MINI

Ideal for massaging the arms, neck, or feet. Dimensions:

15 x 6 cm.

T5145 p

pcs

9 BLACKROLL ® Trainer Set, 10-piece set with bag

Consisting of 10 x Blackroll Standard and one Trainerbag.

The length of the carrying straps has been chosen so

that the bag can be comfortably worn either as a backpack

or diagonally across the shoulders. Dimensions:

75 x 31 x 31 cm.

T5424 p

SET

10 ARTZT vitality ® Fascia Roller Cork

Made from 100% recyclable cork, sturdy and easy to

clean. Dimensions: Ø 10 cm x 30 cm. Weight: 0.75 kg.

T5579 p

pcs

set


431


Fascia Balls

432

1

BLACKROLL ® BALL

4

ARTZT vitality ® Massage Ball Cork

11 BLACKROLL ® BALL

With the balls, adhesions and tension can be treated in

a targeted and precise manner with ease.

T5143 p 8 cm pcs

T5144 p 12 cm pcs

2 BLACKROLL ® TWISTER

With a curved and textured surface for massaging the

shoulder and chest muscles, forearms, and the sole of

the foot. Dimensions: 7 x 5 cm.

K1649 p

7

Erzi ® Woodroller Fascia Ball

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

3 TOGU ® Actiball ® Relax

Balls with adjustable air filling for fascia treatment and

self-massage. Hygienic, easy to clean, odorless, and

waterproof. Color: Orange.

G2498 p 8 cm pcs

G2499 p 12 cm pcs

2

BLACKROLL ® TWISTER

5

TOGU ® FASZIO ® Ball

8

Pure 2Improve ® Fascia Double Ball

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

4 ARTZT vitality ® Massage Ball Cork

Made from 100% recyclable cork, durable and easy to

care for. Dimensions: Ø 7.5 cm. Weight: 50 g.

T5580 p

pcs

5 TOGU ® FASZIO ® Ball

The air-filled balls are ideal for fascia stimulation. Material:

Ruton. Color: blue.

G2447 p 4 cm pcs

G2479 p 10 cm pcs

pcs

K1593 p

6 TOGU ® Actiball ®

Air-filled regeneration tool for self-massage, suitable

for fascia fitness, for use in training and therapy. The

material Ruton is hardened, durable and easy to clean,

skin-friendly, odorless and 100% recyclable. Ø 9 cm,

weight 105 g.

K1615 p

pcs

3

TOGU ® Actiball ® Relax

6

TOGU ® Actiball ®

9

BLACKROLL ® DUOBALL

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

7 Erzi ® Woodroller Fascia Ball

The wooden balls penetrate deeply and effectively release

stubborn tension during exercises using body weight.

Material: Beech.

T5435 p 8 cm pcs

T5436 p 10 cm pcs

8 Pure 2Improve ® Fascia Double Ball

To loosen the muscles in the shoulder and neck area.

Material: 95% PU foam, 5% plastic, Dimensions: Ø

6.5 x 13 cm.

pcs

9 BLACKROLL ® DUOBALL

Ideal for massaging the back or neck. Length: 16 cm

or 24 cm.

T5166 p 8 cm pcs

T5167 p 12 cm pcs


433


Trigger Point Devices

Trigger Point Therapy

Trigger points, medically known as myogeloses,

are painful hardened areas in the

muscles and their associated fascia, caused

by muscular imbalances. These knots in the

muscle tissue can produce intense pain

that often radiates to other parts of the

body, known as “referred pain.” Trigger point

treatment aims to improve blood circulation

and relax the muscles to achieve pain relief.

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

2

3

ARTZT thepro ® Climbing Set

Erzi ® Woodblade Massage Tool

Erzi ® Woodroll Trigger Therapy

1 ARTZT thepro ® Climbing Set

Specially designed for professional therapists to relieve

hands during several hours of daily treatment. Before

treatment, simply lubricate the body or the area to be

treated with a suitable massage oil, and the Klimmi will T5523 p

glide over all body areas. Dimensions: 6.5 x 2.5 cm each.

Strengths: Purple = Soft, Gray = Hard.

T5573 p

set

2 Erzi ® Woodblade Massage Tool

Offers five differently rounded edges. Especially with

the convex 9 cm edge, targeted pressure points can be

massaged. Dimensions: 13 x 9.1 x 1.5 cm, Material: Beech.

pcs

3 Erzi ® Woodroll Trigger Therapy

For targeted trigger and deep tissue massage. The shape

of the trigger allows for high pressure on the tissue while

protecting the therapist‘s hands. Dimensions: 12 cm x Ø

2 cm and Ø 4 cm. Material: Beechwood.

T5510 p

pcs

434



4

Jacknobber ® II

7

Rosewood Massage Stick

10

Erzi ® Woodroll Massage Stick Set

MADE IN

GERMANY

4 Jacknobber ® II

For massaging tired and tense muscles in all areas.

Clean with water and soap. Dimensions: 10 x 10 x 10

cm. Assorted colors.

T3400 p

pcs

5 Palmassager ®

For massaging tired and tense muscles in all areas.

Clean with water and soap. Dimensions: 11.5 x 11.5 x 7

cm. Assorted colors.

T3401 p

pcs

6 Index Knobber ® II

Used for deep tissue massage and allows for deep and

sustained pressure on the muscles. Easy to clean with

water and soap. Dimensions: 12 x 7 x 2.5 cm. Assorted

colors.

T3402 p

pcs

5

Palmassager ®

8

Rosewood Massage Cross

11

Erzi ® Woodroll Trigger Maxi

7 Rosewood Massage Stick

Used for massage, foot reflexology massage, and trigger

point therapy. Material: rosewood. Length: 14.5 cm.

T3415 p

pcs

8 Rosewood Massage Cross

Used for massage, foot reflexology massage, and trigger

point therapy. Material: rosewood. Length: 11 cm.

T3416 p

pcs

9

MADE IN

GERMANY

6

Index Knobber ® II

9

12

Erzi ® Woodroll Trigger-Set

MADE IN

GERMANY

10 Erzi ® Woodroll Massage Stick Set

The warmth and hardness of beech wood is excellent

for targeted trigger and deep massages. Length: 11.5

cm. Delivery: 1 pair.

T5512 p

set

11 Erzi ® Woodroll Trigger Maxi

Pain points can be triggered while sitting, lying down, or

standing. With a particularly large trigger ball and antislip

pad. Dimensions: Ø 6.3 cm, Material: Beechwood.

T5522 p

set

12 Erzi ® Woodroll Trigger-Set

Pain points can be triggered while sitting, lying down, or

standing. Comes with an anti-slip pad. Includes 2 triggers:

Ø 6.3 cm with Ø 3 cm trigger ball and Ø 5.3 cm with Ø

2 cm trigger ball. Material: beechwood.

T5511 p

set


435


Massage Devices

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

2

3

Kübler Sport ® Massage Ball

tanga sports ® Massage Ball

TOGU ® Hedgehog Ball

1 Kübler Sport ® Massage Ball

For finger and foot massage, rolling movements, and

gripping exercises.

T5040 p 6 cm pcs

T5041 p 8 cm pcs

T5042 p 9 cm pcs

T5043 p 10 cm pcs

2 tanga sports ® Massage Ball

For finger massage, rolling movements, and gripping

exercises.

T3899 p 10 cm pcs

3 TOGU ® Hedgehog Ball

5 Hedgehog Ball Massage Stick Rainbow

For finger massage, rolling movements, and gripping

exercises. With needle valve for pressure regulation.

G4116 p 6 cm pcs Measurements: 47 x Ø 6 cm.

G4147 p 8 cm pcs T3895 p

G4148 p 9 cm pcs

G4149 p 10 cm pcs

4 BellaBambi ® original solo

The fascia cups create a vacuum on the skin, which

lifts the fascia layer. Material: silicone, dimensions: Ø

3.4 x 7.5 cm.

T5475 p easy pcs

T5477 p medium pcs

T5479 p strong pcs

Thanks to the 4 hedgehogs balls mounted on the stick,

larger areas can be evenly stimulated and stimulated.

pcs

6 SISSEL ® Spiky Twin Roller

The two rotating massage balls support the circulatory

function and stimulate metabolism. The application

improves blood circulation and lymph circulation. Also

suitable for self-massage. Dimensions: 43 x 0.9 x 0.9 cm.

G2235 p

pcs

7 FASZIO ® Cupping Set

The Fascia Cups create a vacuum on the skin, lifting the

fascia layer. Set of 2 in different sizes. Material: silicone,

dimensions: Ø 2 x 5 cm and Ø 3.5 x 8 cm.

T5480 p

set

436



8

9

4

BellaBambi ® original solo

7

FASZIO ® Cupping Set

10

BellaBambi ® original trio

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

10 BellaBambi ® original trio

The fascia cups create a vacuum on the skin, which

lifts the fascial layer. Set of 3 with different intensities.

Material: silicone, dimensions: Ø 3.4 cm x 7.5 cm.

T5427 p

set

5

Hedgehog Ball Massage Stick Rainbow

8

6

SISSEL ® Spiky Twin Roller

Cupping: Gentle Suction Therapy

Cupping with BellaBambi® is a gentle

form of cupping massage using silicone

cups. Whether for fascia training, massage,

lymphatic treatment, or scar therapy,

BellaBambi® fascia cups are suitable for

a wide range of applications.

9


437


Massage Preparations

Since 1986, cosiMed® has been producing high-quality products in the areas of massage, wellness, hygiene, and sports. The

brand places great emphasis on quality and functionality. By using renewable raw materials, pure essential oils, and selected

ingredients, cosiMed® continuously improves its products and develops new formulations based on the latest scientific findings.

1

2

3

cosiMed ® Horse Balm - warming

cosiMed ® Thermo Massage Cream

cosiMed ® Massage Cream Neutral

4

5

6

cosiMed ® Horse Balm Cooling

cosiMed ® Massage Cream Cooling

cosiMed ® Massage Balm Lavender

1 cosiMed ® Horse Balm - warming

3 cosiMed ® Massage Cream Neutral

5 cosiMed ® Massage Cream Cooling

Nourishing and regenerating balm for warming body care. Offers optimal spreadability and reduces friction during Cooling effect ideal for sports injuries. Especially economical

product. Does not rub off during treatment. Particularly

T3743 p 100 ml pcs massage.

T3346 p 1 l pcs recommended for sensitive skin. High glideability during

T3744 p 500 ml pcs

the entire treatment. 500 ml.

T3158 p 500 ml pcs T3153 p

pcs

2 cosiMed ® Thermo Massage Cream

The massage with the Thermo Massage Balm achieves a

circulation-promoting effect on the skin. Does not rub off

during treatment. Prevents muscle tension and strains.

High glideability and intense skin contact possible. 500 ml.

T3159 p

pcs

4 cosiMed ® Horse Balm Cooling

Nourishing and regenerating balm for refreshing body

care.

T3745 p 100 ml pcs

T3746 p 500 ml pcs

6 cosiMed ® Massage Balm Lavender

Particularly economical preparation. Does not slip away

during treatment. With a pleasant lavender scent. High

glideability throughout the entire treatment. 500 ml.

T3197 p

pcs

438



7

cosiMed ® Massage Oil Neutral

7 cosiMed ® Massage Oil Neutral

Free from preservatives as well as fragrances and

therefore particularly suitable for sensitive skin and

allergy sufferers.

T3150 p 1 l pcs

T3151 p 5 l pcs

T3152 p 10 l pcs

T3174 p 500 ml pcs

8

cosiMed ® Massage Oil Grip

8 cosiMed ® Massage Oil Grip

It is characterized by its very good grip security. It allows

for intense massages deep into the tissue. It stays on

the skin for a long time, is particularly economical,

well-tolerated, and gentle on the skin. In addition, it is

free from preservatives and fragrances.

T3979 p 1 l pcs

T3980 p 5 l pcs

T3978 p 500 ml pcs

9

cosiMed ® Massage Lotion - Neutral

9 cosiMed ® Massage Lotion - Neutral

Very productive with high grip for intense massages.

Suitable for sensitive skin.

T3167 p 1 l pcs

T3168 p 5 l pcs

T3178 p 500 ml pcs


MADE IN

GERMANY



439

MD

1

NASARA ® Kinesiology Tape 5m

2

Taping Scissors

MD

3

NASARA ® Kinesiology Tape 32 m

1 NASARA ® Kinesiology Tape 5m

Excellent adhesive properties and 100% cotton. Width:

5 cm.

D6145 p red roll

D6147 p yellow roll

D6158 p black roll

D6149 p green roll

D6157 p turquoise roll

D6155 p beige roll

D6156 p pink roll

D6148 p purple roll

D6146 p orange roll

2 Taping Scissors

Length: 20 cm. Blade length: 8.5 cm.

D6159 p

pcs

440




Tapes, Cupping Glasses & Acupuncture

MD MD MD

4

AcuTop ® Grid Tape

7

AcuTop ® Cupping Set, 19 pieces

3 NASARA ® Kinesiology Tape 32 m

Excellent adhesive properties and made from 100%

cotton. In an environmentally friendly large packaging.

Width: 5 cm.

D6143 p black roll

D6142 p turquoise roll

D6140 p beige roll

D6141 p pink roll

4 AcuTop ® Grid Tape

Works like acupuncture needles, applied to pain, trigger,

or acupuncture points. T3936: 180 pieces, T3906: 120

pieces, T3949: 40 pieces.

T3936 p 2,1 x 2,7 cm set

T3906 p 2,8 x 3,6 cm set

T3949 p 4,5 x 5,2 cm set

5

AcuTop ® Acupuncture Needles Type CBs

8

Cupping Glass Set

5 AcuTop ® Acupuncture Needles Type CBs

High-quality acupuncture needles made of rust-free

surgical stainless steel. With copper spiral handle, uncoated

(silicone-free), without guide tube. 100 pieces.

T5050 p 0,20 x 15 mm set

T5051 p 0,22 x 13 mm set

T5052 p 0,25 x 25 mm set

T5053 p 0,25 x 40 mm set

T5054 p 0,30 x 30 mm set

6 AcuTop ® acupuncture needles Type PB

High-quality acupuncture needles made of rust-free

surgical stainless steel. With plastic handle, siliconecoated

for an especially gentle and smooth insertion,

without guide tube. 100 pieces.

T5056 p 0,20 x 15 mm set

T5057 p 0,25 x 25 mm set

T5058 p 0,25 x 40 mm set

T5059 p 0,30 x 30 mm set

6

AcuTop ® acupuncture needles Type PB

9

Acrylic Cupping Glass

7 AcuTop ® Cupping Set, 19 pieces

Consists of 19 acrylic cupping glasses with 6 interchangeable

magnet pins and a vacuum hand pump with

extension. Includes storage case.

T3894 p

set

8 Cupping Glass Set

Suitable for fire cupping with thick-walled glass. Sizes:

1 each of 3.5, 4.5, 5.5, and 6.5 cm.

T3938 p

set

9 Acrylic Cupping Glass

For cupping massage and fireless cupping. Made of

shatterproof acrylic glass and high-quality suction ball.

T50601 p 1,90 cm pcs

T50602 p 2,60 cm pcs

T50603 p 3,60 cm pcs

T50604 p 4,80 cm pcs

T50605 p 5,70 cm pcs


441

Resistance Bands

Therapy Bands

Thera-Band Resistance Levels

Color Resistance Application

1,1 kg Rehabilitation, Recovery

1,3 kg

1,8 kg

2,3 kg

Therapy, Care

Rehabilitation After Injuries

Therapy, Rehabilitation

Playful Children’s Training

Preventive Training

All-Round Band for Recreation and Sports

Challenging Exercise Band for Recreation and Sports

3,2 kg Strength Training

4,4 kg Preventive Training

4,6 kg Advanced Strength and Athletic Training

6,4 kg

High-Performance Strength and Athletic Training for

Professionals

1 TheraBand ® Exercise Band 5.50 m

Roll of 100% latex, approximately 12.8 cm wide.

G2194 p very easy roll

G2180 p easy roll

G2181 p medium roll

G2182 p strong roll

G2183 p very strong roll

G2184 p especially strong roll

G2185 p super strong roll

G2193 p maximum strong roll

G2194S p 45,50 m very easy roll

G2180S p 45,50 m easy roll

G2181S p 45,50 m medium roll

G2182S p 45,50 m strong roll

G2183S p 45,50 m very strong roll

G2184S p 45,50 m especially strong roll

G2185S p 45,50 m super strong roll

G2193S p 45,50 m maximum strong roll

442



MD MD MD

1

TheraBand ® Exercise Band 5.50 m

4

Sanctband ® Resistance Band

3 TheraBand ® Fitness Band 2.50 m, including bag

In a practical zippered bag with exercise instructions. The

ideal trainer for home, travel, in the club, or fitness studio.

G2186 p easy pcs 14.95

G2187 p medium pcs 14.95

G2188 p strong pcs 14.95

G2189 p very strong pcs 14.95

G2192 p especially strong pcs 14.95

TheraBand ® Latex-Free Exercise Band 22.85 meters

TheraBand ® Handles

2 TheraBand ® Latex-Free Exercise Band 22.85 meters 4 Sanctband ® Resistance Band

Roller roll 22.85 meters.

Roller tape 5.5 m or 46 m.

G2240 p easy roll G2100 p 5,50 m extra Leicht Stk. 14.95

G2241 p medium roll

G2242 p strong roll

G2243 p very strong roll

G2101 p 5,50 m leicht Stk. 15.95

G2102 p 5,50 m mittel Stk. 16.95

G2103 p 5,50 m stark Stk. 19.95

G2104 p 5,50 m extra Stark Stk. 20.95

G2105 p 5,50 m super Stark Stk. 31.95

2

5

TheraBand ® Fitness Band 2.50 m, including bag

MD MD MD

G2107 p 46 m extra Leicht Stk. 99.95

G2108 p 46 m leicht Stk. 104.95

G2109 p 46 m mittel Stk. 117.95

G2110 p 46 m stark Stk. 129.95

G2111 p 46 m extra Stark Stk. 154.95

3

6

TheraBand ® Door Anchor

5 TheraBand ® Handles

6 TheraBand ® Door Anchor

Offering a simple and secure grip for exercises with For flexible fixation of exercise bands and tubing on a door.

exercise bands and tubing. Adjustable individually. G2191 p

pcs

G2190 p

pair


443

Resistance Bands

Mini Loop Bands

MD

MD

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

2

3

Sanctband ® Loop

Sanctband ® Loop Mini

Deuser ® Band Original

MADE IN

GERMANY

4

5

6

Rubber-Band ® XL

Rubber-Band ®

Deuser ® Band Light

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

7

9

10

FLEXVIT ® Mini Fitness Band

FLEXVIT ® Mini fitness bands, set of 10

Dittmann ® Superband ®

1 Sanctband ® Loop

Loop bands made of natural latex for resistance training.

Circumference: 66 cm. Width: 5 cm.


G2122 p easy pcs

G2123 p medium pcs

G2124 p strong pcs

2 Sanctband ® Loop Mini

Mini-loop bands made of natural latex for resistance

training. Circumference: 45 cm. Width: 5 cm.


G2131 p easy pcs

G2132 p medium pcs

G2133 p strong pcs

3 Deuser ® Band Original

Long loop band made of natural rubber for a dynamic

full-body workout. Includes exercise chart. Dimensions:

100 x 3 cm.

G4462 p

pcs

4 Rubber-Band ® XL

Latex loop bands for resistance training. Circumference:

55 cm. Width: 5 cm.

K6473 p easy pcs

K6474 p medium pcs

K6475 p strong pcs

444



10

Dittmann ® Superband ®

5 Rubber-Band ®

Small mini loop bands made of latex for resistance

training. Circumference: 55 cm. Width: yellow, 1.8 cm,

red, 2.4 cm, green 2.9 cm.

K6456 p easy pcs

K6457 p medium pcs

K6458 p strong pcs

6 Deuser ® Band Light

Reduced pulling force by 40%. Specifically designed

for rehabilitation and therapy purposes. Endless rubber

band, approximately 100 x 1.5 cm.

G4463 p

pcs

7 FLEXVIT ® Mini Fitness Band

Perfect training accessory for the activation and stabilization

of muscle groups and entire muscle chains. Fabric

covering, suitable for allergy sufferers and snag-free.

Dimensions: 32 x 5.7 cm, washable up to 60° C, made

in Germany.

K2300 p very easy pcs

K2301 p easy pcs

K2302 p medium pcs

K2303 p medium / stark pcs

K2304 p strong pcs

K2305 p very strong pcs

8 FLEXVIT ® Mini Fitnessband, Set of 6

Consisting of one band of each of the 6 strengths.

K2490 p

set

9 FLEXVIT ® Mini fitness bands, set of 10

K2310 p very easy set

K2311 p easy set

K2312 p medium set

K2313 p medium / stark set

K2314 p strong set

K2315 p very strong set

10 Dittmann ® Superband ®

Long latex loop bands for dynamic full body training.

Length: 105 cm.

K1750 p very easy pcs

K1751 p easy pcs

K1752 p medium pcs

K1753 p strong pcs


K1769 p maximum strong pcs

445


Resistance Bands

Loop & Multi Bands

1

Sveltus ® Elastiband ®

2

Sveltus ® Elastiband ® MAXI

3

Sveltus ® Elastiband ® MULTI

4

TheraBand ® CLX Fitness Band 2.00 m

1 Sveltus ® Elastiband ®

Versatile training band made of 100% nylon. With sewn-in

loops and numbering for a variety of exercises. Length:

approx. 85 cm. Width: 2.5 to 6 cm.

G2113 p 7 kg pcs

G2114 p 10 kg pcs G2125 p

G2115 p 15 kg pcs

G2116 p 20 kg pcs

3 Sveltus ® Elastiband ® MULTI

2 Sveltus ® Elastiband ® MAXI

Versatile for strengthening all muscle groups. 10 kg

resistance. 5 loops, each approximately 22 cm in length.

Also suitable for use in water. Material: 39% elastodiene,

35% polyester, 26% polyamide. Washable up to 30°C.

Elastic training band with a total of 8 loops. Can also be

used in water. Dimensions: each 110 x 4 cm. Material:

39% elastodien, 35% polyester, 26% polyamide. Washable

up to 30°C.

G2128 p 10 kg pcs

G2129 p 15 kg pcs

4 TheraBand ® CLX Fitness Band 2.00 m

The latex-free band consists of interconnected loops

that allow for easy gripping and fastening of the bands.

Delivery: 2 meters of band with 11 loops.

G2840 p easy pcs

pcs G2841 p medium pcs

G2842 p strong pcs

G2843 p very strong pcs

G2844 p especially strong pcs

G2845 p super strong pcs

G2846 p maximum strong pcs

446



FLEXVIT® Fitnessbänder

Mit FLEXVIT® können Hobbysportler,

ambitionierte Amateure und Profi-Athleten

gleichermaßen ortsunabhängig trainieren.

Die Widerstandsbänder sind außerdem bei

Personal Trainern, Physiotherapeuten sowie

Sportvereinen im Einsatz. Alle FLEXVIT®

Bänder werden in Deutschland hergestellt

und sind dank des besonderen Materials

robust, nahezu reißfest und können bei 60

°C gewaschen werden.

5

FLEXVIT ® Revolve Fitness Band

MADE IN

GERMANY

5 FLEXVIT ® Revolve Fitness Band

Large loop bands made of braided rubber for functional

full-body training. Washable up to 60°C. Dimensions:

100 x 3-4 cm.

K2324 p easy pcs

K2325 p medium pcs

K2323 p strong pcs


6 FLEXVIT ® Revolve Fitness Band, Set of 4

Consisting of one band of each of the 4 strengths.

K2491 p

set

7

FLEXVIT ® Multi Fitness Band

7 FLEXVIT ® Multi Fitness Band

Versatile training band made of woven rubber. With sewnin

loops for a variety of exercises. Washable up to 60°C.

Length: 275 cm. Width: 3 cm (orange, green), 4 cm (blue).

K2316 p easy pcs

K2317 p medium pcs

K2318 p strong pcs

8 FLEXVIT ® Multi Fitness Band, Set of 3

Consisting of one band of each strength.

K2492 p

MADE IN

GERMANY

set

- Durable and tear-resistant

- Versatile application

- Pleasant skin contact

- Hygienic & washable

9

FLEXVIT ® Resist Fitness Band

9 FLEXVIT ® Resist Fitness Band

Long resistance band made of woven rubber. For creative

use in rehabilitation and effective athletic training in all

sports. Washable up to 60°C. Dimensions: 200 x 5.8 cm.

K2306 p easy pcs

K2307 p medium pcs

K2308 p strong pcs

K2309 p extreme pcs

10 FLEXVIT ® Resist Fitness Band, Set of 4

Including one band of each of the 4 strengths.

K2493 p

7

FLEXVIT ® Multi Fitness Band

MADE IN

GERMANY

set


447

Weights & Dumbbells

Weighted Vests & Cuffs

1

2

3

tanga sports ® Functional Bag

O‘Live ® Shelf for Functional Bags

O‘Live ® Bulgarian Bag

1 tanga sports ® Functional Bag

Functional bags as a versatile tool for barbells, medicine

balls, kettlebells, or Bulgarian bags. Wide range of uses

with various grip and holding options. Material: Highquality

synthetic leather.

K3536 p 5 kg pcs

K3537 p 10 kg pcs

K3538 p 15 kg pcs

K3539 p 20 kg pcs

K35390 p 25 kg pcs

2 O‘Live ® Shelf for Functional Bags

Steel tube storage rack for 5 Functional Bags. Dimensions:

72 x 67 x 165 cm.

K1829 p for 5 functional bags pcs

3 O‘Live ® Bulgarian Bag

Bulgarian Bags, flexible alternative to training with weight

vests or barbells, for improving dynamic and explosive

power. Made of durable synthetic leather.

K2330 p 5 kg pcs

K2331 p 8 kg pcs

K2332 p 12 kg pcs

K2333 p 15 kg pcs

K2334 p 18 kg pcs

4 ekamed ® Sandbag with Velcro

Versatile for gymnastics and physiotherapy. Fine-grained

T3537 p 0,50 kg pcs

T3538 p 1 kg pcs

T3539 p 2 kg pcs

T3540 p 3 kg pcs

T3541 p 4 kg pcs

T3542 p 5 kg pcs

448



7

TOGU ® TrainChain

MADE IN

GERMANY

5 Sveltus ® Weight Cuffs

Hand and ankle cuffs with Velcro fasteners in a set of 2,

universal size, individually adjustable, Outer material: 70%

nylon, 30% Terylene, Filling: metal granules.

K2160 p 2 x 0,5 kg pair

K2161 p 2 x 1 kg pair

K2162 p 2 x 1,5 kg pair

K2163 p 2 x 2 kg pair

Weight Cuffs

Weight cuffs can increase the effectiveness

of exercises while adding variety to

your training routine.

5

Sveltus ® Weight Cuffs

8

Weighted vest with 8 weight pockets.

6 Sveltus ® Aqua Band Weight Cuff

Weight cuff for use in water on wrists and ankles. Weights

can be removed and the cover can be washed. Cover material:

70% Nylon and 30% Polyurethane Mesh. Weights:

Silicone mixture.

W2923 p 2 x 0,5 kg pair

W2924 p 2 x 1 kg pair

7 TOGU ® TrainChain

Versatile training tool consisting of three 3 kg rings

that can be connected together with two belt straps.

Dimensions: each 33 x 5 cm, Weight: each 3 kg, Material:

Ruton, Made in Germany.

G4989 p

pcs

MD

4

ekamed ® Sandbag with Velcro

6

Sveltus ® Aqua Band Weight Cuff

9

tanga sports ® Weighted Vest

MADE IN

GERMANY

8 Weighted vest with 8 weight pockets.

For fitness and conditioning training in all sports. Approximately

10 kg, with 8 interchangeable weight bags.

Universal size. 100% polyester.

K2139 p

pcs

9 tanga sports ® Weighted Vest

This weight vest is ideal as additional weight for conditioning

and strength training, with individually removable

weights. Material: Nylon, One size fits all, Weight: 10 kg.

K3553 p

pcs


449

Weights & Dumbbells

Bodypump Dumbbells

1

tanga sports ® BodyTraining SET

3

tanga sports ® Weight Plate BodyTraining

4

tanga sports ® ABS Closures 30 mm

1 tanga sports ® BodyTraining SET

Training set for endurance training in classes or at home.

Consisting of 1x 140 cm long barbell with a diameter of

30 mm, 2x 5 kg, 2x 2.5 kg, 2x 1.25 kg TPU weight plates,

1 pair of locks, total weight: approx. 19.5 kg.

K3554 p

set

1


2 tanga sports ® Barbell BodyTraining

Lightweight, sturdy Olympic barbell in studio quality.

Length: 140 cm, grip diameter: 3.1 cm, collar diameter:

30 mm, weight: 2 kg.

K3555 p

pcs

3 tanga sports ® Weight Plate BodyTraining

Weight plates with a 30 mm bore and small cutouts on

each side. Dimensions: 17.5 x 17.5 cm to 24.5 x 24.5 cm,

plate height: 2-3 cm, bore diameter: 30 mm.

K3547 p 1,25 kg pcs

K3548 p 2,50 kg pcs

K3549 p 5 kg pcs

450

5

2

6

Spring closures, Ø 28 mm

8

Trolley for Kit Fit‘us barbell sets

4 tanga sports ® ABS Closures 30 mm

High-quality ABS locking collars for all common barbells

with Ø 30 mm sleeves. Internal rubber protection prevents

slipping. Delivery in pairs.

K3449 p

pair

5 Bowflex ® Dumbbell SelectTech 2080

Intelligent SelectTech ® System: Long barbell and curl

barbell adjustable from 9 to 36 kg, allowing for a variety

of different exercises. Change weights with the

selection dial. Dimensions: 150 x 30.5 x 33 cm, Weight

range: 9 - 36 kg per dumbbell, Weight adjustments: 7

different per dumbbell.

K2298 l

W 59 kg

9

O‘Live ® Rack for aerobic barbells.

6 Spring closures, Ø 28 mm

Replacement fasteners for the Fit‘us barbell set. Delivered

in pairs.

K2172 p

pair

7 Barbell Set Kit Fit‘us

Training set for fitness training in classes or at home.

Weight plates with plastic coating. Weight plates: 2x

2 kg, 2x 1 kg, 2x 0.5 kg. Including 2x spring collars.

K2170 p 8 kg set

8 Trolley for Kit Fit‘us barbell sets

pcs Practical rolling storage rack for approximately 20 barbell

sets. Profiles made of sturdy metal. Dimensions: 100 x

85 x 135 cm, delivery without equipment.

K8446 p

K3429 l

pcs

W 33.5 kg

Bowflex ® Dumbbell SelectTech 2080

7

Barbell Set Kit Fit‘us

10

Body-Solid ® Weight Sled

9 O‘Live ® Rack for aerobic barbells.

Storage stand made of oval steel tube for storing up

to 12 sets of aerobic barbells, plates (Ø 30 mm), and

collars. Dimensions: 66 x 66 x 158 cm, Weight: approximately

34 kg.

K3248 l

pcs

W 35 kg

10 Body-Solid ® Weight Sled

Weight sled made of sturdy steel. Vertical and horizontal

hand posts offer different gripping positions for pushing

and pulling. Three vertical posts serve as weight holders

for 50 mm weight plates. Dimensions: 127 x 89 x 102

cm, Weight: 31 kg.

pcs




451

Weights & Dumbbells

Medicine Balls

1 Gymnic ® Heavymed Weight Ball

The Heavymed weighted balls are based on the classic

medicine ball. They have a particularly good grip and offer

a high weight for their small size, up to 5 kg.

T5513 p 0,50 kg pcs

T5514 p 1 kg pcs

T5515 p 2 kg pcs

T5516 p 3 kg pcs

T5517 p 4 kg pcs

T5518 p 5 kg pcs

2 TOGU ® Medicine Ball ACTISAN ®

Latex-free medicine ball with special Actisan, making it

self-disinfecting and hygienic. Good bounce, air pressure

adjustable via needle valve. Suitable for school, fitness,

and therapy. Material: high-quality Ruton with Actisan.

Load capacity: 150 kg, Made in Germany.

G4960 p 0,50 kg pcs

G4961 p 0,80 kg pcs

G4962 p 1 kg pcs

G4963 p 1,50 kg pcs

G4964 p 2 kg pcs

G4965 p 3 kg pcs

G4966 p 4 kg pcs

G4967 p 5 kg pcs

3 tanga sports ® Leather Medicine Ball

Medicine ball made of genuine leather with a solid,

environmentally friendly blend filling of granulated rubber,

foam, and cork. Up to 5 kg.

G4047 p 1 kg pcs

G4048 p 1,50 kg pcs

G4051 p 4 kg pcs

G4052 p 5 kg pcs

452

4 Trial ® Medicine Ball NEW NEMO

Medicine ball made of special synthetic plastic, allows for

a combination of high weight with small circumference,

excellent abrasion resistance, with rubber needle valve.

Up to 11 kg, color-coded. Dimensions: Up to 3 kg Ø 19

cm, from 4 kg Ø 24 cm.

G4580 p 1 kg pcs

G4581 p 1,50 kg pcs

G4582 p 2 kg pcs

G4583 p 3 kg pcs

G4584 p 4 kg pcs

G4585 p 5 kg pcs

G4590 p 10 kg pcs

G4591 p 11 kg pcs

5 Trial ® Medicine Ball NEW NEMO BLACK

Medicine ball made of special synthetic plastic, allowing

for a combination of high weight with small circumference,

excellent abrasion resistance, with rubber needle valve.

Up to 12 kg, Color: Black, Diameter: 19 / 24 / 29 cm (up

to 3 / 6 / 12 kg).

G4593 p 1 kg pcs

G4594 p 1,50 kg pcs

G4595 p 2 kg pcs

G4596 p 3 kg pcs

G4597 p 4 kg pcs

G4598 p 5 kg pcs

G4586-04 p 6 kg pcs

G4587-04 p 7 kg pcs

G4588-04 p 8 kg pcs

G4589-04 p 9 kg pcs

G4590-04 p 10 kg pcs

G4591-04 p 11 kg pcs

G4592-04 p 12 kg pcs

6 O`LIVE ® Functional Ball

Large, soft medicine balls for stabilizing and coordinative

exercises. Outer material made of high-quality synthetic

leather, filling made of cotton/rubber blend. Diameter:

39 cm. Weights color-coded. Up to 10 kg.

K1801 p 3 kg pcs

K1802 p 4 kg pcs

K1803 p 5 kg pcs

K1804 p 6 kg pcs

K1805 p 7 kg pcs

K1806 p 8 kg pcs

K1807 p 9 kg pcs

K1808 p 10 kg pcs

7 O‘Live ® Slam Ball

Slam Ball for Cross Training, made of very grippy and

durable rubber. The sand filling prevents the balls from

bouncing or rolling. Diameter: Up to 12 kg, Ø 23 cm -

from 15 kg, Ø 30 cm.

K3340 p 3 kg pcs

K3341 p 6 kg pcs

K3342 p 9 kg pcs

K3343 p 12 kg pcs

K3344 p 15 kg pcs

K3345 p 20 kg pcs

K3346 p 25 kg pcs

K3347 p 30 kg pcs

8 O‘Live ® Medicine Ball DUAL GRIP

Functional medicine ball made of rubber with a grippy,

abrasion-resistant surface structure. Suitable for a

variety of exercises. With needle valve for regulating air

pressure. Up to 8 kg, hygienically washable.

K3357 p 4 kg pcs

K3358 p 5 kg pcs

K3359 p 6 kg pcs

K3360 p 7 kg pcs

K3361 p 8 kg pcs

9 O‘Live ® Mini Functional Ball

Mini-sized functional balls. Grippy synthetic leather outer

material. Soft filling made of cotton and rubber granules.

Diameter: 25 cm. Up to 10 kg.

K3380 p 1 kg pcs

K3381 p 2 kg pcs

K3382 p 3 kg pcs

K3383 p 4 kg pcs

K3384 p 5 kg pcs

K3385 p 6 kg pcs

K3386 p 7 kg pcs

K3387 p 8 kg pcs

K3388 p 9 kg pcs

K3389 p 10 kg pcs

1

Gymnic ® Heavymed Weight Ball

4

Trial ® Medicine Ball NEW NEMO

7

2

TOGU ® Medicine Ball ACTISAN ®

5

Trial ® Medicine Ball NEW NEMO BLACK

8

MADE IN

GERMANY

3

tanga sports ® Leather Medicine Ball

6

O`LIVE ® Functional Ball

9

ECHT

LEDER


O‘Live ® Slam Ball

O‘Live ® Medicine Ball DUAL GRIP

O‘Live ® Mini Functional Ball

453

Weights & Dumbbells

Kettlebells

1 Kübler Sport Kettlebell

Discover the Kettlebell - the ideal training equipment

for targeted strength building and improved endurance!

Compared to traditional dumbbells, the Kettlebell offers

key advantages due to its unique shape and special handle.

The movements with the Kettlebell not only promote explosive

strength but also the development of stability and

body control. Dynamic exercises such as swings, lifts,

and jerks will train not only your maximum strength but

also your ability to sustain it over a longer period of time.

Enhance your performance and experience how

the Kettlebell takes your training to the next level!

Solid cast iron quality with engraved KG markings and

flat base. Handy and non-slip grip, designed for professional

use.

K1771 p 4 kg pcs

K1827 p 6 kg pcs

K1772 p 8 kg pcs

K1773 p 10 kg pcs

K1774 p 12 kg pcs

K1775 p 16 kg pcs

K1776 p 20 kg pcs

K1777 p 24 kg pcs

K1778 p 28 kg pcs

K1779 p 32 kg pcs

K1780 p 36 kg pcs

K1781 l 40 kg pcs

W 40 kg

2 tanga sports ® Vinyl Kettlebell

High-quality cast iron with vinyl coating and flattened

base for stability.

K3450 p 4 kg pcs

K3451 p 6 kg pcs

K3452 p 8 kg pcs

K3453 p 10 kg pcs

K3454 p 12 kg pcs

K3455 p 16 kg pcs

K3456 y 20 kg pcs

K3457 y 24 kg pcs

3 Plastic Kettlebell

Robust, durable kettlebell made of hard plastic. The

bottom is rubberized to provide noise reduction and

floor protection.

K1720 p 2 kg pcs

K1721 p 4 kg pcs

K1722 p 6 kg pcs

K1723 p 8 kg pcs

K1724 p 10 kg pcs

K1725 p 12 kg pcs

K1726 p 16 kg pcs

K1727 p 20 kg pcs

4 Neoprene Kettlebell

Kettlebells with color-coded neoprene coating.

K3322 p 4 kg pcs

K33220 p 6 kg pcs

K3323 p 8 kg pcs

K33230 p 10 kg pcs

K3324 p 12 kg pcs

K3325 p 16 kg pcs

K3326 p 20 kg pcs

K3327 y 24 kg pcs

K3328 y 28 kg pcs

K3329 l 32 kg pcs

W 32 kg 49.-

5 Smashbell

Combination of kettlebell and medicine ball made of

highly durable and robust Cordura ® with sand filling.

Can be used in the studio as well as outdoors. The textile

surface protects the floor and equipment.

K1532 p 4 kg pcs

6 Bowflex ® SelectTech Kettlebell 840

Adjustable kettlebell from 2 to 18 kg, replacing 6 kettlebells.

Dimensions: 22.4 x 17.8 x 31.8 cm, weight settings:

3.5 kg, 5.5 kg, 9 kg, 11 kg, 16 kg, 18 kg.

K2297 p

pcs

1

Kübler Sport Kettlebell

3

Plastic Kettlebell

5

Smashbell

2

tanga sports ® Vinyl Kettlebell

4

Neoprene Kettlebell

6

Bowflex ® SelectTech Kettlebell 840

454



Kübler Sport ® Kettlebell Handle

8

Kettlebell Rack

9

Marbo Sport ® Kettlebell Stand PRO 2.0

7 Kübler Sport ® Kettlebell Handle

Kettlebell handle including closure, approximately 37

cm long, weight: approximately 3 kg. Plate attachment

approximately 18 cm. Suitable for weight plates with a

31 mm bore. Delivery does not include weight plates.

K1719 p

pcs

8 Kettlebell Rack

Heavy-duty, 2-tier rack for kettlebells or dumbbells (the

racks can be mounted and rotated 180°). Dimensions:

113 x 59 x 85 cm, Weight: 36 kg, Max. Load-bearing

capacity: 300 kg.

K1782 p

pcs

9 Marbo Sport ® Kettlebell Stand PRO 2.0

Compact and robust kettlebell stand for up to 12 kettlebells.

Dimensions: 113 x 50 x 51 cm, Weight: 31 kg,

Max. load capacity: 300 kg.

K84910 l

pcs

W 40 kg

7


455

Weights & Dumbbells

Short & Grip Dumbbells

1

2

3

4

Dumbbell Set

tanga sports ® Dumbbell Set 20 kg

Kübler Sport ® Wall Mount with Hand Weights

tanga sports ® Vinyl Dumbbell

5

6

7

Chrome dumbbell set

Chrome Dumbbell Set including Storage Rack

Dumbbell set, rubber-coated

1 Dumbbell Set

Set consisting of 1x dumbbell bar (2.5 kg) with star

collars and the respective cast iron weight plates in 5

kg, 2.5 kg, and 1.25 kg.

K1319 p 10 kg set

K1407 p 12,50 kg set

K1408 p 15 kg set

K1409 p 17,50 kg set

K1419 p 20 kg set

2 tanga sports ® Dumbbell Set 20 kg

Complete dumbbell set consisting of 1x dumbbell (barbell

diameter 50 mm), 1 pair of spring collars, weight plates

2x 5 kg, 2x 2.5 kg & 2x 1.25 kg. Knurled dumbbell bar.

K3563 p

set

3 Kübler Sport ® Wall Mount with Hand Weights

1 x 0.5 kg, 1 kg, 1.5 kg, 2 kg, 3 kg, 4 kg, and 5 kg each.

For wall mounting.

K3440 p

set

4 tanga sports ® Vinyl Dumbbell

Dumbbell for gymnastics, rehab, aerobic, and fitness training.

Made of cast iron with vinyl coating. Sold individually.

K3458 p 0,50 kg pcs

K3459 p 1 kg pcs

K3460 p 1,50 kg pcs

K3461 p 2 kg pcs

K3462 p 3 kg pcs

K3463 p 4 kg pcs

K3464 p 5 kg pcs

5 Chrome dumbbell set

The dumbbell set is made of chrome-plated steel, the

handles of the dumbbells are knurled. 10 pairs of dumbbells

ranging from 1 - 10 kg in 1 kg increments.

K7918 l

W 130 kg

6 Chrome Dumbbell Set including Storage Rack

Compact design, extremely robust. With knurled handles.

10 pairs of dumbbells from 1 - 10 kg in 1 kg increments,

including a matching storage rack.

K7937 l

set

W 160 kg

7 Dumbbell set, rubber-coated

Professional hexagonal dumbbell set. Fixed steel weights,

1 cm thick floor-friendly rubber coating, integrated kg

marking. Ergonomically shaped, chrome-plated and

knurled bar. High-quality, non-emitting rubber.

K7900 l 2 x 1 - 10 kg set

W 110 kg

K79010 l 2 x 12,5 - 20 kg set

set

W 130 kg

K79020 l 2 x 22,5 - 30 kg set

W 210 kg

K79030 l 2 x 32,5 - 40 kg set

W 290 kg

K79040 l 2 x 42,5 - 50 kg set

W 370 kg

456

8

tanga sports ® CPU Dumbbells

8 tanga sports ® CPU Dumbbells

Compact dumbbell with chrome dumbbell bar and rubberized weight blocks. Weight:

from 2.5 kg to 50 kg (in 2.5 kg increments), handle diameter: 3.5 cm.

K3509 p 2,50 kg pcs

K3517 p 5 kg pcs

K3518 p 7,50 kg pcs

K3519 p 10 kg pcs

K3520 p 12,50 kg pcs

K3521 p 15 kg pcs

K3522 p 17,50 kg pcs

K3523 p 20 kg pcs

K3524 l 22,50 kg pcs

W 22.7 kg

K3525 l 25 kg pcs

W 25.2 kg

K3526 l 27,50 kg pcs

W 27.7 kg

K3527 l 30 kg pcs

W 30.2 kg

K3528 l 32,50 kg pcs

W 32.6 kg

K3529 l 35 kg pcs

W 35.2 kg

K3530 l 37,50 kg pcs

W 37.7 kg

K3531 l 40 kg pcs

W 40 kg

K3532 l 42,50 kg pcs

W 42.7 kg

K3533 l 45 kg pcs

W 45.2 kg

K3534 l 47,50 kg pcs

W 47.7 kg

K3535 l 50 kg pcs

W 50.2 kg

9

tanga sports ® Rubber Dumbbell HEX

9 tanga sports ® Rubber Dumbbell HEX

Sturdy hex dumbbells with rubber coating and KG imprints. Knurled handles, approximately

13 cm long. Handle diameter: 3 cm.

K3470 p 1 kg pcs

K3471 p 2 kg pcs

K3472 p 3 kg pcs

K3473 p 4 kg pcs

K3474 p 5 kg pcs

K3475 p 6 kg pcs

K3476 p 7 kg pcs

K3477 p 8 kg pcs

K3478 p 9 kg pcs

K3479 p 10 kg pcs

K3480 p 12,50 kg pcs

K3481 p 15 kg pcs

K3482 p 17,50 kg pcs

K3483 p 20 kg pcs

K3484 l 22,50 kg pcs

W 22.7 kg

K3485 l 25 kg pcs

W 25.2 kg

K3486 l 27,50 kg pcs

W 27.7 kg

K3487 l 30 kg pcs

W 30.2 kg

K3488 l 32,50 kg pcs

W 32.7 kg

K3489 l 35 kg pcs

W 35.2 kg

K3490 l 37,50 kg pcs

W 37.7 kg

K3491 l 40 kg pcs

W 40.2 kg

K3492 l 42,50 kg pcs

W 42.7 kg

K3493 l 45 kg pcs

W 45.2 kg

K3494 l 47,50 kg pcs

W 47.7 kg

K3495 l 50 kg pcs

W 50.2 kg

457


Weights & Dumbbells

Barbells & Plates 50 mm

1

2

3

tanga sports ® TPU Weight Plate

tanga sports ® Cast Iron Weight Plate

tanga sports ® Bumper Plates

4

5

6

tanga sports ® Spring Clips 50 mm

tanga sports ® ABS Lock 50 mm

Star fasteners, Ø 50 mm

1 tanga sports ® TPU Weight Plate

TPU-coated weight plates with side cutouts,

durable and low-noise. Dimensions:

Ø from 17.5 cm to 45 cm, Thickness: from

1 cm to 5 cm, Bore: Ø 50 mm.

K3496 p 1,25 kg pcs

K3497 p 2,50 kg pcs

K3498 p 5 kg pcs

K3499 p 10 kg pcs

K3500 p 15 kg pcs

K3502 y 25 kg pcs

2 tanga sports ® Cast Iron Weight Plate

Dumbbell plates made of solid cast iron.

Dimensions: Ø from 15.5 cm to Ø 43.5

cm, thickness: from 1.5 cm to 4.5 cm,

bore: Ø 50 mm.

K3540 p 1,25 kg pcs

K3541 p 2,50 kg pcs

K3542 p 5 kg pcs

K3543 p 10 kg pcs

K3544 p 15 kg pcs

K3545 y 20 kg pcs

K3546 y 25 kg pcs

3 tanga sports ® Bumper Plates

Highly robust solid rubber weight plates

made from recycled rubber granules. Noise-reducing

and floor-friendly. With a Ø 51

mm stainless steel sleeve. Dimensions: Ø

45 cm, Thickness: 4.5 - 14 cm.

K9357 y 10 kg pcs

K9358 y 15 kg pcs

K9359 y 20 kg pcs

K9360 y 25 kg pcs

4 tanga sports ® Spring Clips 50 mm

Spring clasps for Ø 50 mm barbells. Material:

steel, chrome-plated. Delivery in pairs.

K3506 p

pair

5 tanga sports ® ABS Lock 50 mm

High-quality fasteners that ensure safety

during free weight training. Robust and

easy to use. Weight per pair: 370 g, for

50 mm barbell sleeves, delivered in pairs.

K3469 p

pair

6 Star fasteners, Ø 50 mm

For barbell bars with Ø 50 mm sleeves,

Weight: 2 x 2.5 kg. Delivery in pairs.

K8236 p

pair

458



7

POWER-EXTREME Trap Bar

11

tanga sports ® Dumbbell Barbell 50 mm

7 POWER-EXTREME Trap Bar

Solid full steel trap bar for deadlifts, shrugs,

etc. Total length: 162 cm, grip width: 60

cm, grip diameter: 26 mm, weight plate

holder: Ø 50 mm, 34 cm long, weight:

approx. 25 kg, max. load capacity: 300 kg.

K8224 y

MADE IN

GERMANY

pcs

8 tanga sports ® Olympic Barbell 1000 LB

Durable barbell made of chrome-plated

steel with knurled grip surfaces. Length:

220 cm, Weight: 20 kg, Grip diameter:

30 mm, Barbell sleeve diameter: 50 mm.

K3503 y

pcs K3505 p

8

tanga sports ® Olympic Barbell 1000 LB

13

Squeezebar-Pro ® Barbell

9 tanga sports ® Barbell 700 LB

Barbell made of chromed steel with knurled

grip surfaces. Length: 220 cm, Weight:

20 kg, Grip Ø: 30 mm, Sleeve Ø: 50 mm.

K3504 y

pcs

10 tanga sports ® SZ Bar

High load capacity with solid construction

and good grip. Curved bar for variable

grip positions. Length: 120 cm, Rotating

sleeve: Ø 50 mm, Sleeve length: 18 cm,

Grip thickness Ø: 27 mm, Weight: 8 kg,

Material: chrome-plated steel.

pcs

9

tanga sports ® Barbell 700 LB

13 tanga sports ® Barbell Set

Barbell set for versatile free weight training

with different weight plates. Consists of:

Barbell (220 cm, 20 kg, 50 mm bore), ABS

locks, neck pad, Cast Iron Plates: 2 x 5

kg, 2 x 10 kg, 2 x 15 kg.

K3564 y

12

tanga sports ® Barbell Set

14

tanga sports ® SZ dumbbell set

10

tanga sports ® SZ Bar

17 tanga sports ® Dumbbell Barbell 50 mm 16 Squeezebar-Pro ® Barbell

Grip dumbbell with Ø 50 mm sleeves for

weight plates. Includes 2 spring collars.

Total length: approximately 51.5 cm, length

of the sleeves: 15 cm, weight: approximately

3.55 kg.

Innovative barbell rod. Two ball-bearing

handles on a spindle system allow for dynamic

adjustment of the grip position during

exercise execution. Dimensions: 200 cm,

Ø 5 cm, Weight: 15 kg, Material: Hardened

K3558 p

pcs steel, Max. Load capacity: 160 kg.

K3560 l

pcs

W 22 kg

14 tanga sports ® SZ dumbbell set

SZ barbell set for versatile free weight

training with different weight plates. Consisting

of: EZ curl bar (120 cm, 8 kg, 50

set

mm bore), spring collars, cast iron weight

plates: 2 x 1.25 kg, 2 x 2.5 kg, 2 x 5 kg.

K3565 y

set


459

Weights & Dumbbells

Barbells & Plates 30 mm

1

Rubber Coated Weight Plate, 30 mm

2

3

Cast Iron Weight Plate, 30 mm

tanga sports ® Weight Plate BodyTraining

4

5

6

tanga sports ® ABS Closures 30 mm

tanga sports ® Spring Clips 30 mm

Star locks for barbell bars Ø 30 mm

1 Rubber Coated Weight Plate, 30 mm

Cast iron weight plate with rubber coating,

making it low-noise, durable, and rust-resistant.

Borehole: Ø 31 mm.

K1393 p 0,50 kg pcs

K1394 p 1,25 kg pcs

K1395 p 2,50 kg pcs

K1396 p 5 kg pcs

K1397 p 10 kg pcs

K1398 p 15 kg pcs

K1399 p 20 kg pcs

2 Cast Iron Weight Plate, 30 mm

Solid cast iron weight plates, black painted,

barbell hole diameter: 30 mm. Bore:

Ø 31 mm.

K7747 p 0,50 kg pcs

K7746 p 1,25 kg pcs

K7745 p 2,50 kg pcs

K7744 p 5 kg pcs

K7743 p 10 kg pcs

K7742 p 15 kg pcs

K7741 p 20 kg pcs

3 tanga sports ® Weight Plate BodyTraining

Weight plates with a 30 mm bore and small

cutouts on each side. Dimensions: 17.5 x

17.5 cm to 24.5 x 24.5 cm, plate height:

2-3 cm, bore diameter: 30 mm.

K3547 p 1,25 kg pcs

K3548 p 2,50 kg pcs

K3549 p 5 kg pcs

4 tanga sports ® ABS Closures 30 mm 5 tanga sports ® Spring Clips 30 mm

High-quality ABS locking collars for all Spring collars for secure grip during training.

common barbells with Ø 30 mm sleeves.

For barbells with 30 mm diameter.

Internal rubber protection prevents slipping.

Delivery in pairs.

Delivery in pairs.

K3556 p

pair

K3449 p

pair

6 Star locks for barbell bars Ø 30 mm

Steel star lock collars for barbell bars

with Ø 30 mm shafts and threads. Delivery

in pairs.

E7763 p

pair

460



Barbell Set, Ø 30 mm

10

tanga sports ® Barbell BodyTraining

8 tanga sports ® BodyTraining SET

Training set for endurance training in

classes or at home. Consisting of 1x 140

cm long barbell with a diameter of 30

mm, 2x 5 kg, 2x 2.5 kg, 2x 1.25 kg TPU

weight plates, 1 pair of locks, total weight:

approx. 19.5 kg.

K3554 p

set

7

11

tanga sports ® Long Barbell

8


9

Tanga Sports ® Dumbbell Bar with Star Lock, Ø 30 mm

Frame dumbbell, 30 mm.

7 Barbell Set, Ø 30 mm

9 Tanga Sports ® Dumbbell Bar with Star 10 tanga sports ® Barbell BodyTraining 12 SZ-Bar (Curl Bar)

Barbell set for versatile free weight training.

Consisting of: Barbell: 182 cm long,

Ø 30 mm, weight plate hole: Ø 30 mm,

rubber-coated weight plates and spring

Lock, Ø 30 mm

Dumbbell bar with star closures. Length:

36 cm, weight capacity: Ø 30 mm, weight:

approx. 2.25 kg.

Lightweight, sturdy Olympic barbell in

studio quality. Length: 140 cm, grip diameter:

3.1 cm, collar diameter: 30 mm,

weight: 2 kg.

collars.

K3507 p

pcs K3555 p

pcs

K3561 y 50 kg set

K3562 y 80 kg set

12

SZ-Bar (Curl Bar)

11 tanga sports ® Long Barbell

Optimal barbell bar from beginners to professionals.

High load capacity, knurled grip

surfaces. Grip Ø: 3 cm, sleeve Ø: 30 mm.

K3550 p 160 cm pcs

K3551 p 182 cm pcs K7040 p

K3552 p 200 cm pcs

13

Curved handle provides optimal and

adjustable wrist positioning for various

exercises. Length: 120 cm, Ø 30 mm,

quality steel. Weight approximately 7.5 kg.

K7039 p excl. collar pcs

K7764 p incl. collar pcs

13 Frame dumbbell, 30 mm.

Solid chrome-plated barbell bar. Knurled

grips, grip diameter 26 mm. Length: 16

cm, plate holders: Ø 30 mm. Dimensions:

86 x 18 x 3 cm, Weight: 10 kg.

pcs


461

Weights & Dumbbells

Barbell Stands & Racks

1

2

3

Kettlebell Rack

Marbo Sport ® Dumbbell Stand MP-S207

BH Fitness ® Dumbbell Rack L875BB

4

5

7

Dumbbell Rack

Dumbbell Rack

Marbo Sport ® Kettlebell Stand PRO 2.0

1 Kettlebell Rack

Heavy-duty, 2-tier rack for kettlebells or dumbbells (the

racks can be mounted and rotated 180°). Dimensions:

113 x 59 x 85 cm, Weight: 36 kg, Max. Load-bearing

capacity: 300 kg.

K1782 p

pcs

K8612 l

W 76 kg

2 Marbo Sport ® Dumbbell Stand MP-S207

High-quality, expandable dumbbell rack, minimum length

of dumbbell handle 12 cm, maximum load of 650 kg

per module segment. Dimensions: 78 x 110 cm per

module x 93 cm.

K85031 l 110 cm pcs

W 60 kg

K85032 l 220 cm pcs

W 100 kg

K85033 l 330 cm pcs

W 140 kg

K85034 l 440 cm pcs

W 180 kg

3 BH Fitness ® Dumbbell Rack L875BB

Solid dumbbell rack for up to 12 pairs of dumbbells.

Dimensions: 159 x 81 x 98 cm, Weight: approx. 70 kg,

Load capacity per shelf level approx. 300 kg.

4 Dumbbell Rack

2-stage dumbbell rack with half-shells for 10 pairs of

dumbbells. Modular expandable. Dimensions: 57 x 245

x 80 cm, Weight: approx. 65 kg, Max. Load capacity:

300 kg per shelf plate.

K7923 l

W 65 kg

5 Dumbbell Rack

Robust steel tube construction, powder coated. Shelf

width: 154 cm, dimensions: 158 x 59 x 82 cm. Weight:

35 kg. Maximum load capacity: 450 kg.

pcs K1795 p

pcs

6 Dumbbell Rack Shelf

3. Storage Plate for the Dumbbell Rack K1795.

K17950 p

7 Marbo Sport ® Kettlebell Stand PRO 2.0

Compact and robust kettlebell stand for up to 12 kettlebells.

Dimensions: 113 x 50 x 51 cm, Weight: 31 kg,

pcs


K84910 l

pcs

W 40 kg

pcs

462



8

Stand for 50 mm barbells & weight plates

11

UpForm ® Rack for weight plates & bars

14

O‘Live ® Shelf for Functional Bags

9

POWER-EXTREME Dumbbell and Barbell Stand

12

Dumbbell Plate Stand

15

O‘Live ® Stand for Medicine Balls

10

Marbo Sport ® Dumbbell Plate Rack MP-S203

13

BH Fitness ® Disc Stand L860BB

O‘Live ® Medicine Ball Rack

8 Stand for 50 mm barbells & weight plates

11 UpForm ® Rack for weight plates & bars

14 O‘Live ® Shelf for Functional Bags

Stand with 6 holders for weight plates and 2 sleeves for

vertical storage of barbells. Dimensions: 59 x 52 x 103

Robust barbell bar and plate rack. 12 mounting pins Ø 50

mm & 4 barbell holders Ø 51 mm. Dimensions 114 x 114

Steel tube storage rack for 5 Functional Bags. Dimensions:

72 x 67 x 165 cm.

cm. Load capacity up to 350 kg.

x 115 cm, Weight: 68 kg, Max. weight capacity: 800 kg. K1829 p for 5 functional bags pcs

K8007 p

pcs K8557 l

pcs

15

W 75 kg

O‘Live ® Stand for Medicine Balls

9 POWER-EXTREME Dumbbell and Barbell Stand

Storage stand made of oval steel tubing for 5 medicine

Durable weight plate and barbell stand with 6 attachment

balls. Measurements: 65 x 47 x 145, Weight: approximately

pins (2x Ø 50 mm, 4x Ø 45 mm) and 6 barbell holders. 12 Dumbbell Plate Stand

18 kg.

Dimensions: 73 x 53 x 126 cm, Weight: 20 kg, Maximum

capacity: 350 kg.

For discs with a 30 mm hole diameter. 6 mounts with Ø

25.4 mm. Dimensions: 68 x 38 x 68 cm.

K3338 p

pcs

K80070 p

pcs K8008 p

pcs

16 O‘Live ® Medicine Ball Rack

Medicine ball rack for up to 20 medicine balls. Dimensions:

10 Marbo Sport ® Dumbbell Plate Rack MP-S203

13 BH Fitness ® Disc Stand L860BB

110 x 35 x 130 cm, Weight: 19 kg, Material: Wood.

Highly durable weight plate rack for use in the gym or

at home. Dimensions: 70 x 65 x 92 cm, Weight: 30.5

Professional weight plate rack for use in fitness studios

or demanding home training. Stable and high-quality

K3362 y

pcs

kg, Max. load capacity: 600 kg, Holder pins: 22 cm construction, a total of 8 stainless steel weight plate

length, Ø 50 mm.

holders. Dimensions: 96 x 62.5 x 120 cm, Weight: 30.8 kg.

K84880 l

pcs K8689 l

pcs

W 40 kg

W 36 kg

16


463

Strength & Fitness Equipment

Smith Machines & Weight Benches

PRO

PRO

PRO

1

2

3

Marbo Sport ® Scott Bench PRO 2.0

Marbo Sport ® Incline Bench PRO 2.0

BH Fitness ® Multiposition Bench L825BB

PRO

PRO

PRO

4

5

6

Marbo Sport ® Ab Bench PRO 2.0

Marbo Sport ® Back Trainer PRO 2.0

BH Fitness ® Back Extension Bench L805

1 Marbo Sport ® Scott Bench PRO 2.0 3 BH Fitness ® Multiposition Bench L825BB

Robust construction with barbell holders,

maximum training comfort. Seat

adjustment: 3 positions, dimensions: 87

x 75 x 100 cm, weight: 50 kg, max. load

capacity: 350 kg.

Professional training bench for use in fitness studios

or demanding home training. Stable and high-quality

construction, comfortable padding. Seat and backrest

individually adjustable. Dimensions: 121.2 x 75 x 46.5

cm, Weight: 37 kg.

K84940 l

pcs K8681 l

pcs

W 70 kg

W 42 kg

2 Marbo Sport ® Incline Bench PRO 2.0 4 Marbo Sport ® Ab Bench PRO 2.0

Robust construction, maximum training

comfort. 3-way adjustable seat, 8-way

adjustable backrest (1x negative). Dimensions:

Robust construction with polyurethane foam cushion

rolls. High training comfort. Dimensions: 130 x 58 x 80

cm, Weight: 28 kg, Max. load capacity: 350 kg.

130 x 53 x 42-130 cm, weight: 35 K84960 l

kg, Max. Load capacity: 400 kg. W 48 kg

pcs

K84930 l

pcs

W 50 kg



7

Incline Bench

5 Marbo Sport ® Back Trainer PRO 2.0

Robust construction with 5-fold adjustable hip pad. High

training comfort. Dimensions: 120 x 78 x 88 cm, weight:

40 kg, max. load capacity: 350 kg.

K84980 l

W 60 kg

8

UpForm ® Multi-Press (Smith Machine)

6 BH Fitness ® Back Extension Bench L805

Professional back extension bench for use in fitness

studios. High-quality craftsmanship, durable padding,

and multiple adjustable positions. Dimensions: 121 x

72.5 x 93.5 cm, Weight: 40 kg.

K8610 l

W 47 kg

PRO

PRO PRO PRO

7 Incline Bench

9 BH Fitness ® Multipresse L350BB

Multi-adjustable incline bench with robust, durable

upholstery. Backrest adjustable from -18° to 80°, 6

levels; seat pad adjustable from 0° to 18°. Comes with

pcs transport wheels. Dimensions: 146 x 65 x 46 cm. Max. 137 kg, Disc holder diameter: 50 mm.


K8685 l

K8413 l

pcs W 146 kg

W 45 kg

10 BH Fitness ® Max Rack LD400BB

8 UpForm ® Multi-Press (Smith Machine)

Solid multi-press for safe, guided execution of a variety

of exercises. Dimensions: 115 x 227 x 214 cm, Weight:

226 kg, Max. Load capacity (barbell): 300 kg.

pcs

K85019 l

W 245 kg

9

BH Fitness ® Multipresse L350BB

pcs

10

BH Fitness ® Max Rack LD400BB

Professional multipress for use in fitness studios. Solid

construction and high-quality guidance. Special safety

lock system. Dimensions: 140 x 193 x 212 cm, Weight:

pcs

Professional rack with 3D multi-press for use in fitness

studios. Solid construction made of high-quality steel

tube with anti-corrosion coating. With horizontal and

vertical guidance. Dimensions: 200 x 140 x 216 cm,

Weight: 199 kg.

K8686 l

W 220 kg

pcs


465


Rigs & Racks

PRO

PRO

PRO

1

2

3

Marbo Sport ® Power Rack MFT-RIG-10

Marbo Sport ® Wall Rig MFT-RIG-03

Marbo Sport ® Power Cage MFT-RIG-14

PRO PRO PRO

4

5

6

Multi Squat Rack

Marbo Sport ® Barbell Rack 2.0

Marbo Sport ® Power Rack PRO 2.0

1 Marbo Sport ® Power Rack MFT-RIG-10

Versatile and expandable rack for training and therapy.

Dimensions: 124 x 136 x 241 cm, Weight: 75 kg.

K8787 l

pcs

W 75 kg

2 Marbo Sport ® Wall Rig MFT-RIG-03

Durable, space-saving, and expandable wall rig for versatile

full-body training. Dimensions: 124 x 136 x 291 cm,

Weight: approx. 75 kg, Material: Steel, powder-coated.

K8760 l red pcs


K8760-32 l lime pcs

W 78 kg

3 Marbo Sport ® Power Cage MFT-RIG-14

Functional training rack as the perfect foundation for

full-body training. Holes in the columns allow for the

attachment of accessories. Dimensions: 140 x 136 x

241 cm, Weight: approx. 136 kg.

K8504 l red pcs

K8504-03 l yellow pcs


W 136 kg

4 Multi Squat Rack

Professional rack made of solid, powder-coated steel tube

construction with wide access and a load capacity of 450

kg. Dimensions: 232 x 181 x 227 cm, Weight: 140 kg.

K8412 l

pcs K84870 l

W 165 kg

W 150 kg

5 Marbo Sport ® Barbell Rack 2.0

Barbell rack with height adjustment from 94 to 164 cm

using a tension screw. Racks with polyamide to protect

the barbell. Dimensions: 82 x 64 x 94-164 cm, Weight:

approx. 18.5 kg per stand, Max. Load capacity: 300 kg.

K84790 l

pair

W 45 kg

6 Marbo Sport ® Power Rack PRO 2.0

Professional power rack with 5-tier barbell storage

and side safety bars. High load capacity and stability.

Dimensions: 152 x 188 x 188 cm, Weight: 122 kg, Max.


pcs

466



467



Rig Accessories

Marbo Sport ® Main Column MFT-R2.4

3

PRO

PRO

All items on this double

page are manufactured

in Europe.

1

Marbo Sport ® Extension Column MFT-A017

2

Marbo Sport ® Main Column MFT-R1.9

1 Marbo Sport ® Extension Column MFT-A017

Extension column 100 cm for the Marbo main columns of

the MFT series. Dimensions: 8 x 8 x 132 cm, Weight: 11 kg.

K8748-02 l red pcs


K8748 l black pcs

W 11 kg

2 Marbo Sport ® Main Column MFT-R1.9

Main column for Marbo Racks and Rigs of the Modular-

Functional-Training-System (MFT). Dimensions (with

base): 18 x 18 x 190 cm, structural profile: 80 x 80 x 3

mm, weight: approx. 15 kg, material: steel, powder coated.

K8759-02 l red pcs



W 16 kg

3 Marbo Sport ® Main Column MFT-R2.4

Main column for Marbo Racks and Rigs of the Modular-

Functional-Training-System (MFT). Dimensions (with

base): 18 x 18 x 240 cm, Construction profile: 80 x 80 x

3 mm, Weight: 18.6 kg.

468



4 Marbo Sport ® Beam Connector MFT-B110

The beam connector with a length of 110 cm serves as

a connector between two main pillars. Dimensions: 110

x 8 x 25 cm, Weight: 11 kg.

K8740 l

pcs

W 11 kg

5 Marbo Sport ® Pull-Up Bar, 110 cm in diameter, 33

mm thickness

The pull-up bar with Ø 33 mm serves as a training device

and/or connecting element between the columns of the

rig. Dimensions: 17 x 25 x 17 cm, Weight: 2.5 kg.

K8724 l

pcs

W 3.4 kg

6 Marbo Sport ® Double Pull-Up Bar Ø 33, Ø 48 mm

Double pull-up bar with diameters of 48 and 33 mm.

Training element and/or connector between pillars of

the rig, or between pillar and wall. Dimensions: 110 x

32 x 25 cm, weight: 13.2 kg.

K8745 l

W 13.2 kg

4

Marbo Sport ® Beam Connector MFT-B110

7

Marbo Sport ® Dip Station MFT-A004

10

Marbo Sport ® J-Hooks MFT-A001

5

Marbo Sport ® Pull-Up Bar, 110 cm in diameter, 33 mm thickness

Marbo Sport ® Safety Racks MFT-A002

7 Marbo Sport ® Dip Station MFT-A004

Dip station for hanging on a main column of a Marbo Rig

System. Dimensions: 77 x 62 x 24 cm, Weight: 11.6 kg.

K8752 l

pcs

W 11.6 kg

9 Marbo Sport ® Dumbbell Plate Pin

Weight plate holder for storing weight plates with a

bore diameter of 50 mm. Dimensions: 26 x 14 x 4.8

cm, Weight: 1.7 kg.

K8727 l

pcs

pcs W 1.7 kg

8

Marbo Sport ® Arm Extension Attachment MFT-A023

11

6

Marbo Sport ® Double Pull-Up Bar Ø 33, Ø 48 mm

9

Marbo Sport ® Dumbbell Plate Pin

12

Marbo Sport ® Barbell Holder MFT-A018

10 Marbo Sport ® J-Hooks MFT-A001

The J-Hooks serve as secure dumbbell racks on the main

columns of a Marbo ® Rig Systems. Dimensions: 24 x 10

x 25 cm each, Weight: 2x 3.2 kg.

K8747 l

pair

W 6.5 kg

8 Marbo Sport ® Arm Extension Attachment MFT-A023 11 Marbo Sport ® Safety Racks MFT-A002

The attachment made of powder-coated steel can easily

be hooked into a Marbo Rig system and enables a

variety of exercises. Dimensions: 23 x 77 x 101 cm,

Weight: 2x 18 kg.

Two safety arms for hooking onto the main columns. Can

be used as a dumbbell rack and provide security during

training. Dimensions: each 59 x 10 x 25 cm, Weight: 2x

5.9 kg, Max. Load capacity: 250 kg.

K8767 l

pair K8756 l

pair

W 36 kg

W 12 kg

12 Marbo Sport ® Barbell Holder MFT-A018

Holder for a barbell with a diameter of up to 50 mm.

Dimensions: 11 x 10 x 25 cm, Weight: 2.3 kg.

K8725 l

pcs

W 2.3 kg


469


Studio Strength Equipment

PRO PRO PRO

1

2

3

BH Fitness ® Movemia Leg Press M050

BH Fitness ® Movemia Leg Extension M010

BH Fitness ® Movemia Adductor/Abductor M250

PRO PRO PRO

4

5

6

BH Fitness ® Movemia Rowing Machine M290

BH Fitness ® Movemia Latzug M550

BH Fitness ® Movemia Chest Press M070

1 BH Fitness ® Movemia Leg Press M050

Professional leg press from the Movemia line for use in

fitness studios. The equipment is characterized by highquality

workmanship, durability, and high ergonomics.

Optional with Smart Focus Screen. Dimensions: 170.5

x 120 x 149 cm, Weight: 452 kg, Weight stack: 95 kg

(expandable to 135 kg).

K8661 l

pcs K8664 l

W 594 kg

W 279 kg

2 BH Fitness ® Movemia Leg Extension M010

Professional leg extension machine from the Movemia

line for use in fitness studios. The equipment stands

out for its high-quality craftsmanship, durability, and

excellent ergonomics. Optional with Smart Focus Screen.

Dimensions: 130 x 124 x 149 cm, Weight: 310 kg, Weight

stack: 135 kg.

K8663 l

pcs K8665 l

W 344 kg

W 330 kg

3 BH Fitness ® Movemia Adductor/Abductor M250

Professional adductor/abductor machine from the Movemia

line for use in fitness studios. The equipment

stands out for its high-quality workmanship, durability,

and high ergonomics. Optional with Smart Focus Screen.

Dimensions: 173.5 x 150 x 149 cm, Weight: 250 kg,

Weight stack: 77.5 kg (expandable to 135 kg).

pcs

4 BH Fitness ® Movemia Rowing Machine M290

Professional rowing machine from the Movemia line for

use in fitness studios. The equipment is characterized

by high-quality workmanship, durability, and high ergonomics.

Optional with Smart Focus Screen. Dimensions:

200 x 113 x 149 cm, Weight: 296 kg, Weight stack: 112

kg (expandable to 135 kg).

pcs

5 BH Fitness ® Movemia Latzug M550

Professional lat pulldown from the Movemia line for use

in fitness studios. The equipment stands out for its highquality


Optional with Smart Focus Screen. Dimensions: 130.5

x 123 x 201 cm, Weight: 298.5 kg, Weight Stack: 112


K8666 l

W 332 kg

pcs

6 BH Fitness ® Movemia Chest Press M070

Professional chest press from the Movemia line for use

in fitness studios. The equipment stands out with highquality


Optionally available with Smart Focus Screen. Dimensions:

123 x 157 x 149 cm, Weight: 288 kg, Weight stack: 112


K8669 l

W 251 kg

pcs

470



PRO PRO PRO

7

BH Fitness ® TR Leg Press L050B

10

BH Fitness ® TR Butterfly Machine L410B

7 BH Fitness ® TR Leg Press L050B

Professional leg press from the TR line for use in fitness

studios. The equipment stands out for its high-quality

workmanship, durability, and a classically proven design.

Dimensions: 206 x 112 x 148.5 cm, Weight: 298 kg,

Weight stack: 136 kg.

K8673 l

pcs K8676 l

W 326 kg

W 269 kg

8 BH Fitness ® TR Leg Curl/Extension L020B

Professional leg curl/extension machine from the TR line

for use in fitness studios. The machines are characterized

by high-quality craftsmanship, durability, and a classically

proven design. Dimensions: 146 x 125 x 152 cm, Weight:

229 kg, Weight stack: 90 kg.

K8674 l

pcs K8678 l

W 261 kg

W 234 kg

8

BH Fitness ® TR Leg Curl/Extension L020B

11

BH Fitness ® TR Chest/Shoulder Press L080B

9 BH Fitness ® TR Lat Pull-/Rowing Machine L550B

Professional Lat Pulldown/Rowing Machine from the

TR line for use in fitness studios. The equipment stands

out due to high-quality craftsmanship, durability, and a

classic proven design. Dimensions: 185 x 122 x 220 cm,

Weight: 232 kg, Weight stack: 125 kg.

pcs

10 BH Fitness ® TR Butterfly Machine L410B

Professional butterfly machine from the TR line for use in fitness

studios. The equipment stands out for its high-quality

workmanship, durability, and a classically proven design.

Dimensions: 166 x 129 x 200 cm, Weight: 229 kg, Weight

stack: 91 kg (expandable to 125 kg).

pcs

9

BH Fitness ® TR Lat Pull-/Rowing Machine L550B

PRO PRO PRO

11 BH Fitness ® TR Chest/Shoulder Press L080B

Professional chest/shoulder press from the TR line for

use in fitness studios. The equipment stands out for its

high-quality craftsmanship, durability, and a classically

proven design. Dimensions: 193 x 132 x 152 cm, Weight:

212 kg, Weight stack: 90 kg.

K8679 l

W 239 kg

12

BH Fitness ® TR Abdominal/Back Machine L610B

pcs

12 BH Fitness ® TR Abdominal/Back Machine L610B

Professional abdominal/back machine from the TR line

for use in fitness studios. The equipment stands out for

its high-quality workmanship, durability, and a classic

proven design. Dimensions: 136 x 105 x 148.5 cm,

Weight: 216 kg, Weight stack: 91 kg.

K8680 l

W 228 kg

pcs


471





in Europe.

PRO PRO PRO

1

2

3

Marbo Sport ® Combo Machine Butterfly

& Butterfly Reverse MP-U224

Marbo Sport ® Combo machine Lat Pull & Row MP-U211

Marbo Sport ® Leg Curl & Leg Extension MP-U216

PRO PRO PRO

4

5

6

Marbo Sport ® Leg Press, Seated MP-U217

Marbo Sport ® Shoulder Press MP-U226

Marbo Sport ® Chest Press MP-U225

1 Marbo Sport ® Combo Machine Butterfly & Butterfly

Reverse MP-U224

Professional combined machine with comfortable handle

adjustment system. Seat and backrest are adjustable

multiple times. Weight stack with 16 x 10 kg weight

plates and protective cover made of transparent plexiglass.

Dimensions: 120 x 140 x 223 cm, Total weight:

approx. 350 kg.

K8431 l red pcs

K8432 l black pcs

W 380 kg

2 Marbo Sport ® Combo machine Lat Pull & Row MP-U211

Professional combination machine with curved handlebar.

The positions of the leg pads and the seat can be

adjusted individually. Weight stack with 8 x 5 kg & 8 x

10 kg weight plates and protective cover made of transparent

plexiglass. Dimensions: 200 x 76 x 245 cm, Total

weight: approx. 315 kg.

K8458 l red pcs

K8459 l black pcs

W 340 kg

3 Marbo Sport ® Leg Curl & Leg Extension MP-U216

Professional combination machine where leg pads and

the backrest can be individually adjusted to different

body sizes. Weight stack with 16 x 10 kg weight plates

and protective covering made of transparent acrylic

glass. Dimensions: 175 x 106 x 147 cm, Total weight:

approx. 360 kg.

K8472 l red pcs

K8473 l black pcs

W 400 kg

4 Marbo Sport ® Leg Press, Seated MP-U217

Professional leg press with large and sturdy footrest. The

positions of the backrest can be individually adjusted.

Weight stack with 16 x 10 kg weight plates and protective

cover made of transparent plexiglass. Dimensions: 197 x

106 x 175 cm, total weight: approx. 470 kg.

K8474 l red pcs

K8475 l black pcs

W 510 kg

5 Marbo Sport ® Shoulder Press MP-U226

Professional shoulder press in studio quality. The position

of the seat cushion can be individually adjusted. Weight

stack with 16 x 10 kg weight plates and protective casing

made of transparent plexiglass. Dimensions: 155 x 120

x 180 cm, total weight: approx. 280 kg.

K8534 l red pcs

K8533 l black pcs

W 320 kg

6 Marbo Sport ® Chest Press MP-U225

Professional chest press in studio quality. The positions

of the seat cushion can be individually adjusted. Weight

stack with 16 x 10 kg weight plates and protective cover

made of transparent plexiglass. Dimensions: 154 x 95 x

181 cm, total weight: approximately 325 kg, max. user

weight: 150 kg.

K8535 l red pcs

K8536 l black pcs

W 350 kg

472



7

UpForm ® Adjustable Cable Pulley UF-001

8

UpForm ® Double Cable Pull UF-002

11

UpForm ® Lat Pulldown UF-003

8 UpForm ® Double Cable Pull UF-002

Modular, height-adjustable dual cable pull, which enables

all muscle groups to be targeted on all levels and for all

training levels. Weight stack with 93.75 kg. Dimensions:

68 x 65 x 220 cm, Weight: 167 kg, Gear ratio: 2:1.

K8587 l

pcs K8588 l

W 187 kg

W 240 kg

9 UpForm ® 4-station connector UF-015

The 4-Station Connector is part of the professional

modular UpForm System. With the help of this practical

small part, the training stations can be securely connected

to each other at their upper rear cantilevers. Dimensions:

50.5 x 50.5 x 3 cm, Weight: 4 kg.

K8600 l

W 4 kg

PRO

PRO

10

UpForm ® Butterfly/Butterfly-Reverse UF-018

PRO

PRO

7 UpForm ® Adjustable Cable Pulley UF-001

Modular, height-adjustable cable pull that targets all

muscle groups at all levels and for all training levels.

Weight stack with 93.75 kg. Dimensions: 76 x 65 x 220

cm, Weight: 173 kg, Gear ratio: 2:1.

K8586 l

pcs K8603 l

W 205 kg

W 310 kg

UpForm® Modular System

Thanks to the modular design of

the UpForm F-Line, the training

station can be configured according

to individual needs and

available space. The individual

stations can be connected using

a multifunctional connector bar

(K8598) or efficiently linked with

the 2-, 3-, and 4-station connectors

(K8601, K8599, K8600) to

create any number of strength

towers.

PRO

UpForm ® Rowing Machine UF-004

10 UpForm ® Butterfly/Butterfly-Reverse UF-018

Modular combination machine with butterfly/butterflyreverse

movements and high-quality, breathable padding.

Weight stack of 120 kg. Dimensions: 133 x 148 x 203


11 UpForm ® Lat Pulldown UF-003

Modular lat pulldown machine with high-quality, breathable

padding. Can be equipped with various cable

attachments. Weight stack with 93.75 kg. Dimensions:

112 x 65 x 233 cm, Weight: 220 kg, Gear ratio: 2:1.

12 UpForm ® Rowing Machine UF-004

Modular rowing system with high-quality breathable

padding. Can be equipped with various pulling devices.

Weight stack with 120 kg. Dimensions: 190 x 65 x 200


K8589 l

pcs

pcs W 241 kg

12

pcs

9

UpForm ® 4-station connector UF-015

13

UpForm ® 3-Station Connector UF-014

14

UpForm ® Stand Feet UF-017

13 UpForm ® 3-Station Connector UF-014

The 3-Station Connector is part of the professional

modular UpForm system. With the help of this practical

small part, the training stations can be securely connected

to each other at their upper rear cantilevers. Dimensions:

20.6 x 22 x 2 cm, Weight: 1 kg.

pcs

K8599 l

W 1 kg

pcs

14 UpForm ® Stand Feet UF-017

Base stand for the UpForm ® cable pull stations. Essential

when a training station is to be used freestanding.

Dimensions: 65.5 x 44 x 53 cm, Weight: approx. 17 kg.

K8602 l

W 17 kg

pcs

473




PRO

1

Marbo Sport ® 4-Station Training Tower MP-T001

PRO

2

BH Fitness ® 4-Station Training Tower L480B

PRO

3

Body-Solid ® Multi-Cable Machine GDCC-200

PRO

4


1 Marbo Sport ® 4-Station Training Tower MP-T001

Professional training tower for fitness studios as basic equipment for core, shoulder, and

upper back training. Consisting of a lat pulldown, row station, and 2 height-adjustable

cable pulls with stackable weights. The lat pulldown and row station each have 120

kg of stackable weights, and the two cable pulls have 100 kg each. Dimensions: 390

x 210 x 240 cm, Weight: approx. 1400 kg.

K8445 l

K8480 l red pcs W 233 kg

K8499 l black pcs

4

W 1500 kg


2 BH Fitness ® 4-Station Training Tower L480B

Professional 4-station tower consisting of lat pulldown, rowing, high cable pulley,

& adjustable cable pulley. Four stack weight blocks with 91 kg each and durable,

coated nylon-covered steel cables for smooth training. Dimensions: 335 x 210 x 233

cm, Weight: 640 kg.

K8690 l

W 711 kg

pcs

3 Body-Solid ® Multi-Cable Machine GDCC-200

This adjustable, sturdy cable pull station is suitable for both training and therapy

purposes. The multi-cable pull features two weight stacks of 75 kg each and can

be equipped with various pulling devices. Dimensions: 109 x 185 x 213 cm, 20-way

height adjustable, Weight: 233 kg, Material: Powder-coated steel frame construction.

Professional strength training equipment consisting of two independent, height-adjustable

cable pulls. The dual cable pull features two sturdy weight stack systems

with 90 kg each. In addition, the cable pull includes a pull-up bar, an information

board with exercise instructions, and five different training grips, ropes, and bars

that can be conveniently hung on the wall. Dimensions (L x W x H): 139 x 152 x 229

cm, Weight: 371 kg.

K85410 l

W 390 kg

pcs

pcs

474



5 BH Fitness ® Movemia Double Cable Pulley M370

Professional double cable pulley from the Movemia line for use in fitness

studios. The equipment stands out for its high-quality workmanship,

durability, and high ergonomics. The double cable pulley features two

sturdy weight stack systems with 90 kg each and durable, coated nyloncovered

steel cables. Additionally, the cable pulley offers a pull-up bar,

an information board with exercise instructions, and seven different

training handles, ropes, and bars. Dimensions: 150 x 146 x 218 cm,

Weight: 387 kg, Weight stacks: 2x 90 kg.

K8671 l

pcs

W 437 kg

PRO

5

BH Fitness ® Movemia Double Cable Pulley M370


475


MTT Devices

3

MADE IN

GERMANY

Attachment bar for ProLine Reaktiv cable pulley system

MD

MD

1

MADE IN

GERMANY

2

MADE IN

GERMANY

4

MADE IN

GERMANY

ProLine Reactive Cable Machine

ProLine Vertical Cable Machine

T-handle bar for cable machines ProLine

1 ProLine Reactive Cable Machine

The cable system works with a 3-fold reduction and

thus allows for explosive strength training. The specially

installed pulleys and bearings ensure a smooth and quiet

training experience. Available as a wall-mounted or

tripod model. Delivery includes 1 pair of handles. A solid

concrete wall is required for wall mounting. Dimensions

wall model: 223 x 30 x 28 cm, dimensions tripod model:

223 x 160 x 120 cm.

T3701 l freestanding 65 kg pcs

W 85 kg


W 105 kg

T3700 l wall mounted 65 kg pcs

W 85 kg


W 100 kg

2 ProLine Vertical Cable Machine

The cable pulley system operates with a direct translation,

so the set weight is transferred directly to the

cable output. The specially installed guide rollers and

bearings ensure smooth and quiet training. Available as

a wall-mounted or freestanding model. Delivery includes

a latissimus bar. For wall mounting, a solid concrete

wall is required. Dimensions of the wall model: 223 x

30 x 28 cm, dimensions of the freestanding model: 223

x 160 x 120 cm.


W 85 kg


W 105 kg


W 80 kg


W 100 kg

3 Attachment bar for ProLine Reaktiv cable pulley system

It is integrated through a plug-in system and is suitable

for use with the latissimus bar.

T3718 p

pcs

4 T-handle bar for cable machines ProLine

The height-adjustable bar can be attached to the pulley

system, providing a secure grip for the patient.

T3714 p

pcs

476



MD

5

Kübler Sport ® Cable Pull Station MED

MD

5 Kübler Sport ® Cable Pull Station MED

Medical freestanding cable station. Offers the possibility

for single and double cable training, pull-ups, and deadlifts.

With rubberized hand grips and pull-up handles,

Includes accessories for cable training. Stack weight: per

cable 24 x 5 kg, Color: Silver, Material: Metal, Dimensions:

140 x 180 x 235 cm.

K2502 l pcs 8.799.-

W 640 kg 835.-

7

Kübler Sport ® Training Bench MED

6 Kübler Sport ® Functional Whistle MED

Medical functional bench. Adjustable backrest. With

rubberized handles, textured foot plate, and comfortable

padding. Stack weight: 4 x 5 kg and 15 x 10 kg, Color:

Anthracite, Material: Metal, Synthetic leather, Dimensions:

217 x 120 x 220 cm, Capacity: 130 kg.

K2501 l pcs 6.499.-

W 550 kg 179.-

7 Kübler Sport ® Training Bench MED

Medical training bench. Seat and lying surface are individually

adjustable. With comfortable cushioning. Color:

Anthracite, Material: Metal, Faux leather, Dimensions:


K2504 l pcs 979.-

W 35 kg 49.95

MD

6

Kübler Sport ® Functional Whistle MED

MD

8

Kübler Sport ® Lateral / Lumbar Trainer MED

8 Kübler Sport ® Lateral / Lumbar Trainer MED

Medical lateral/lumbar trainer. Height-adjustable hip

padding. With rubberized handles, textured footplate,

and comfortable cushioning. Color: Anthracite, Material:

Metal, Synthetic leather, Dimensions: 155 x 65 x 80 cm,


K2503 l pcs 949.-

W 40 kg 49.95


477


Physiotherapy Practices

Approval Requirements

A well-equipped physiotherapy practice offers a wide range of

therapy devices and accessories. Even when practices specialize

in specific treatment methods, there are certain basic

equipment essentials that must be present in every practice.

To provide patients with treatments and services covered

by statutory health insurance, a suitable practice setup is

required in addition to professional training. This ensures that

services can be delivered effectively and economically. The

approval requirements for healthcare providers are defined by

the GKV (National Association of Statutory Health Insurance

Funds). Final approval can be requested from the regional

working group responsible for the respective federal state.

Minimum Spatial Requirements

• A physiotherapy practice must have a total therapy area of

at least 23 m², consisting of one treatment area of at least

15 m² and another of at least 8 m².

• For each additional therapist working simultaneously in the

practice, an extra treatment area of 8 m² is required.

• Treatment rooms or areas may not serve as passageways

unless the adjoining rooms are not used for practice operations

during therapy.

• All treatment rooms/areas must have adequate ventilation,

heating, and lighting, and must have a minimum ceiling height

of 2.40 m.

• Floors in treatment rooms/areas must be non-slip, low-joint,

easy to clean, and disinfectable. In wet areas (therapy areas),

slip-resistant flooring and sufficient floor drainage are required.

• The wet area (therapy area) must be tiled or fitted with waterproof

wall coverings up to a height of 2.40 m.

• Each treatment room/area must have the option for hand

disinfection.

Mandatory Equipment

• 2 height-adjustable treatment tables.

• Each treatment table must have suitable positioning aids (e.g.,

neck and knee rolls).

• Equipment for exercise therapy/physiotherapy — the setup

must ensure high-quality patient care through appropriate

therapy devices, for example:

• Wall bars

• Small exercise equipment (gym balls, resistance bands, rods,

balance boards, etc.)

• Therapy mats

• Gym stools

• Mirror

• A sufficient number of short-term timers for the treatment

rooms/areas.

• An emergency call system in treatment rooms/areas where

treatments are performed that do not require the constant

presence of the therapist.

• Technical equipment for cryotherapy (cold applications).

• A device for heat therapy in accordance with the service

description, including at least one device for radiant heat

therapy (e.g., infrared).

• Sheets, towels, and suitable positioning materials (e.g., cushions,

pads, and blankets) in sufficient quantities.

Additional Equipment

Additional facilities such as equipment-based physiotherapy or

electrotherapy have their own specific requirements, which are

detailed separately in the official approval conditions.

478

Planning to open a new practice or expand your existing

one?

We’re happy to assist you with your equipment planning! Our

many years of experience in sports facility design and the realization

of numerous practice concepts make us your reliable

and knowledgeable partner.

Kübler Sport is happy to assist you with your individual project.

Contact us now!

Anja Phildius

+49 7191/9570-0


MD

1

Kübler Sport ® KG Equipment Set MED

1 Kübler Sport ® KG Equipment Set MED

Medical equipment set for machine-based physiotherapy. Includes:

functional brace, cable station including complete equipment, lateral/

lumbar trainer, and a training bench.

Features

Set components:

1 x Medical training bench

1 x Medical lateral/lumbar trainer

1 x Medical cable station

1 x Medical functional press

2 x Handles for deadlift

1 x Triceps rope

1 x Straight barbell

1 x Ankle cuff

2 x Horizontal handles

1 x V-barbell rowing handle

K2506 l

pcs

W 1500 kg


479


Cable Machine Accessories

1

2

3

Lat multi-grip curved, wide

Body-Solid ® Lat Pulldown Bar

Body-Solid ® Biceps & Triceps Bar, curved

4

5

6

Body-Solid ® Rotating Tricep Bar

One-handed handle

Body-Solid ® Half-Round Tricep Grip

7

8

9

Foot loop with Velcro fastener

Body-Solid ® Parallel Grip Rowing/Lat Pulldown

Body-Solid ® Rotating Bar Handle

1 Lat multi-grip curved, wide

4 Body-Solid ® Rotating Tricep Bar

7 Foot loop with Velcro fastener

Wide, curved handle with knurled grip surfaces made

of chromed steel. Width: 85 cm.

Made from solid steel with a swivel joint. Extra grippy

straight bar, knurled and high-gloss chrome plated.

Padded interior for comfortable wearing. Pull tab can be

connected with a carabiner hook. Dimensions: 33 x 10

K7961 p

pcs Width: approximately 50 cm.

cm, Weight: 500 g, Material: Leather.

2 Body-Solid ® Lat Pulldown Bar

K7975 p

pcs K7969 p

pcs

Chrome-plated solid bar with knurled grip positions and 5 One-handed handle

8 Body-Solid ® Parallel Grip Rowing/Lat Pulldown

rotating joint. Overall length: approx. 120 cm. Extra light made of nylon. With a sturdy PVC handle. Parallel grip with a grip width of approximately 14 cm.

K7963 p standard version pcs Handle diameter: approximately 3.5 cm, handle length: High-gloss chrome-plated solid steel with an extra grippy,

K7962 p rubberized pcs approximately 13 cm.

knurled grip surface. Grip diameter: approximately 26 mm.

3 Body-Solid ® Biceps & Triceps Bar, curved

K7989 p

pcs K7973 p

pcs

SZ handle for various grip variations. High-gloss chromeplated

6 Body-Solid ® Half-Round Tricep Grip

9 Body-Solid ® Rotating Bar Handle

solid steel, extra grippy and knurled. With rotating Made of solid steel, extra textured and chrome-plated. One-handed grip in a closed form with a rotating handle.

joint. Length: approx. 75 cm.

With swivel joint and rubber end caps. Width: approximately

Chrome-plated solid steel, extra grippy and knurled.

K7979 p

pcs

35 cm.

K7980 p

pcs

K7965 p

pcs

480



10

Body-Solid ® Triceps Rope

11

Tunturi ® Single Handle Triceps Rope

12

ATX ® Foam Grip Set 5-piece

10 Body-Solid ® Triceps Rope

Made of nylon fiber with rubber end caps and highquality

swivel joint. Handle diameter: 28 mm, Weight:

approximately 600 g.

K7988 p

pcs

11 Tunturi ® Single Handle Triceps Rope

Made of durable nylon, with a ring hook closure. Dimensions:

37 x 6.4 cm, Weight: 300 g.

K79870 p

pcs

12 ATX ® Foam Grip Set 5-piece

Set for various training sessions. Compatible with all

standard carabiner hooks with a diameter of 6-10 mm,

heavy-duty. Material: 8 mm steel, Coating: 3 mm neoprene.

K7958 p

set


481

Cardio Equipment

Treadmills

1 Horizon® Treadmill 2 3 4

Omega Z Dark Edition

AssaultRunner Pro

BH Fitness® Inertia 5 Vision Fitness® T600 6

Treadmill G688 Treadmill

Application Area Heimgebrauch Semi-Professionell Semi-Professionell Professionell Professionell Professionell

BH Fitness® Movemia

Treadmill TR800

Dimensions 183 x 89 x 144 cm 197 x 92 x 159 cm 177,5 x 83,5 x 163 cm 207 x 94 x 160 cm 215 x 91 x 154 cm 212 x 94 x 172 cm

Weight 95,5 kg 114 kg 127 kg 185 kg 178 kg 233 kg

Max. User Weight 159 kg 150 kg 160 kg 182 kg 182 kg 195 kg

Speed 0,8 – 20 km/h 1 – 22 km/h Selbst regulierbar 0,8 – 24 km/h 0,8 – 22 km/h 0,5 – 22 km/h

Incline 0 – 12 % 0 – 15 % - 0 – 15 % 0 – 15 % 0 – 15 %

Running Surface 140 x 53 cm 155 x 55 cm 155 x 43 cm 160 x 58 cm 152 x 55,4 cm 160 x 58 cm

Motor Power 3 PS 3,5 PS AC Unmotorisiert 4,5 CV 4,2 PS AC 5 PS

Programs 15 8 - 8 / 24 9 8 / 24

K7898 l K8654 l K8651 l K8645 l K7537 l K8615 l

482

HOME

1

Horizon ® Treadmill Omega Z Dark Edition

4

BH Fitness ® Inertia Treadmill G688

1 Horizon ® Treadmill Omega Z Dark Edition

Treadmill with full functionality for running training at

home. Dimensions: 183 x 89 x 144 cm, Weight: 95.5

kg, Speed from 0.8 to 20 km/h, Incline: 0-12%, Running

surface: 140 x 53 cm.

K7898 l

pcs

W 105 kg

K8651 l

W 135 kg

2

Treadmill for use in smaller fitness centers. Dimensions:

197 x 92 x 159 cm, Weight: 114 kg, Speed from 1 to 22

km/h, Incline: 0-15%, Running surface: 155 x 55 cm,

Max. user weight: 150 kg.

K8654 l

pcs

W 125 kg

SEMI

2

5

Vision Fitness ® T600 Treadmill

3 AssaultRunner Pro

Robust and durable, non-motorized treadmill for every

endurance training session. The speed of the treadmill

is determined by the athlete. Dimensions: 177.5 x 83.5 x

163 cm, Weight: 127 kg, User height: approx. 150 - 194

cm, Max. user weight: approx. 160 kg.

pcs

4 BH Fitness ® Inertia Treadmill G688

Professional treadmill from the Inertia line for use in

fitness studios. Dimensions (L x W x H): 207 x 94 x 160

cm, Weight: 185 kg, Speed from 0.8 to 24 km/h, Running

surface: 160 x 58 cm, Incline: 0-15%.

K8646 l LED Monitor pcs

K8645 l SmartFocus Screen pcs

W 195 kg

3

AssaultRunner Pro

5 Vision Fitness ® T600 Treadmill

Professional treadmill with a powerful motor and large

running surface for intense training sessions. Dimensions:

215 x 91 x 154 cm, Weight: 178 kg, max user weight 182

kg, Speed 0.8–22 km/h, Incline 0 - 15%.

K7537 l

W 190 kg

SEMI

PRO PRO PRO

6

BH Fitness ® Movemia Treadmill TR800

pcs

6 BH Fitness ® Movemia Treadmill TR800

Professional treadmill from the Movemia line for use in

fitness studios. Dimensions (L x W x H): 212 x 94 x 172

cm, Weight: 233 kg, Speed from 0.5 to 22 km/h, Running

surface: 160 x 58 cm, Incline: 0-15%.



W 250 kg


483

Cardio Equipment

Ergometers

1 HORIZON Ergometer 2 BH Fitness® Ergometer

3 Vision Fitness® Ergo-

4 BH Fitness® Inertia 5

Comfort 4.0

TFB

meter U60

Ergometer

H720R

Application Area Heimgebrauch Semi-Professionell Professionell Professionell Professionell

Vision Fitness® U600E

Exercise Bike

Dimensions 120 x 55 x 136 cm 130 x 62 x 156 cm 104 x 65 x 138 cm 130 x 62 x 142 cm 104 x 65 x 144 cm

Weight 41 kg 53 kg 52 60,5 kg 57 kg

Max. User Weight 136 kg 130 kg 182 kg 180 kg 182 kg

Resistance Levels 30 24 25 25 25

Programs 14 12 12 8 / 24 14

K1512 l K8658 l K7534 l K8633 l K75380 l

6 7

Schwinn® Recumbent Bike 590R

Vision Fitness® Recumbent Ergometer 8

R60

Application Area Heimgebrauch Professionell Professionell

Dimensions 169 x 67 x 119 cm 162 x 73 x 138 cm 170 x 61 x 130 cm

Weight 50 kg 70 kg 79,5 kg

Max. User Weight 150 kg 182 kg 180 kg

Resistance Levels 25 25 25

Programs 12 12 8 / 24

K2213 l K7535 l K8635 l

BH Fitness® Inertia Recumbent Bike

H775R

484



PRO

3

Vision Fitness ® Ergometer U60

HOME

6

Schwinn ® Recumbent Bike 590R

1

HORIZON Ergometer Comfort 4.0

1 HORIZON Ergometer Comfort 4.0

Continuously adjustable multi-position handlebar with

hand pulse sensors, low step-in, precise induction braking

system. Dimensions: 120 x 55 x 136 cm, Weight: 41 kg,


K1512 l

pcs

W 50 kg

HOME

4

BH Fitness ® Inertia Ergometer H720R

4 BH Fitness ® Inertia Ergometer H720R

Professional ergometer from the Inertia line for use in

fitness studios. With wide entry. Dimensions: 130 x 62

x 142 cm, Weight: 60.5 kg, Max. user weight: 180 kg.

5 Vision Fitness ® U600E Exercise Bike

Ergometer in classic design with extensive entertainment

options. Saddle and handlebar individually adjustable.

Dimensions: 104 x 65 x 144 cm, Weight: 57 kg, max.

user weight: 182 kg, 16“ LCD touchscreen.

2 BH Fitness ® Ergometer TFB

The ergometer offers a modern design and a comfortable

entry for demanding training at home or in a semi-professional

environment. Dimensions: 130 x 62 x 156 cm, K75380 l

Weight: 53 kg, Max. user weight: 130 kg.

W 65 kg

K8658 l

pcs

6

W 60 kg

Schwinn ® Recumbent Bike 590R

3 Vision Fitness ® Ergometer U60

Sturdy and stable construction for continuous use, even

in the fitness studio. Dimensions: 104 x 65 x 138 cm,

Weight: 52 kg, Max user weight: 182 kg.

K7534 l

pcs

K2213 l

W 58 kg

W 60 kg

PRO

PRO

7

Vision Fitness ® Recumbent Ergometer R60

pcs

Cardio training equipment for home use. Multimedia

connectivity and heart rate monitoring via Bluetooth.

Dimensions: 169 x 67 x 119 cm, Weight: 50 kg, Max

user weight: 150 kg.

pcs

SEMI

2

BH Fitness ® Ergometer TFB

5

Vision Fitness ® U600E Exercise Bike

7 Vision Fitness ® Recumbent Ergometer R60

Recumbent bike for professional training operations.

Low entry and comfortable seat shell for a pleasant

and back-friendly workout. Dimensions: 162 x 73 x 138

cm, Weight: approx. 70 kg, max. User weight: 182 kg.

K7535 l

W 80 kg

PRO

PRO

8

BH Fitness ® Inertia Recumbent Bike H775R

pcs

8 BH Fitness ® Inertia Recumbent Bike H775R

Professional recumbent bike from the Inertia line for

use in fitness studios. Dimensions: 170 x 61 x 130 cm,

Weight: 79.5 kg, Max user weight: 180 kg.


485

Cardio Equipment

Rowing Machines & Indoor Bikes

HOME

1

HORIZON FITNESS Rowing Machine OXFORD 6

SEMI

2

BH Fitness ® Rowing Machine Cardiff

PRO

3

BH Fitness ® Movemia Rowing Machine RW1000

1 HORIZON FITNESS Rowing Machine OXFORD 6 2 BH Fitness® Rowing Machine Cardiff 3 BH Fitness® Movemia Rowing Machine RW1000

Application Area Heimgebrauch Semi-Professionell Professionell

Dimensions 210 x 62 x 109 cm 205 x 56 x 97 cm 272 x 54 x 116 cm

Weight 38 kg 38,5 kg 57 kg


Resistance Levels 20 Stufen Durch Wassertank 16 Stufen

K7861 l K8659 l K8614 l

4 SCHWINN® Indoor Bike 800IC 5 BH Fitness® SmartBike EXERCYCLE+ v2 6 BH Fitness® Movemia Cycling Bike H945

Application Area Heimgebrauch Semi-Professionell Professionell

Dimensions 124 x 54 x 131 cm 140-144 x 61 x 114-136 cm 112 x 62 x 120 cm

Weight 53 kg 48,6 kg 43 kg


Resistance Levels 100 24 16

K2197 l K8640 l K8625 l

486



4

SCHWINN ® Indoor Bike 800IC

2 BH Fitness ® Rowing Machine Cardiff

Provides an individually adjustable and dynamic training

experience for home or semi-professional use. The water

tank ensures consistent resistance. Dimensions: 205 x

56 x 97 cm, Weight: 38.5 kg.

K8659 l

W 45 kg

HOME

1 HORIZON FITNESS Rowing Machine OXFORD 6

Ergonomically designed rowing machine with maintenance-free

and quiet induction braking system for home

use. Dimensions: 210 x 62 x 109 cm, Weight: 38 kg, max.

User weight: 159 kg.

K7861 l

pcs K8614 l

W 45 kg

W 65 kg

SEMI

5

BH Fitness ® SmartBike EXERCYCLE+ v2

3 BH Fitness ® Movemia Rowing Machine RW1000

Professional rowing machine from the Movemia line

for use in fitness studios. Screen: LCD (5.5“), batteryoperated.

Dimensions: 272 x 54 x 116 cm, max. user

weight: 180 kg.

4 SCHWINN ® Indoor Bike 800IC

Smooth-running indoor bike equipped with everything

you need for home training. 100 resistance levels and

power up to 1000 watts. Dimensions: 124 x 54 x 131

cm, max. user weight: 150 kg.

pcs K2197 l

pcs

W 60 kg

PRO

6

BH Fitness ® Movemia Cycling Bike H945

5 BH Fitness ® SmartBike EXERCYCLE+ v2

Modern indoor racing bike with a feel like on the road.

Q factor of 152 mm. Compact monitor with heart rate

belt and Bluetooth connectivity. Dimensions: 144 x 61

x 136 cm, weight: 48.6 kg, max. user weight: 150 kg.

pcs K8640 l

pcs

W 55 kg

6 BH Fitness ® Movemia Cycling Bike H945

Professional indoor cycling bike from the Movemia line for

use in fitness studios. Flywheel weight: 20 kg, Magnetic

braking system. Dimensions: 112 x 62 x 120 cm, Weight:

43 kg, max user weight: 150 kg.

K8625 l Bluetooth pcs

K8626 l FTMS pcs

W 50 kg


487

Cardio Equipment

Cross Trainers

SEMI

1

Assault Fitness ® AssaultBike Classic

SEMI

2

NEW

Bowflex ® Max Trainer SEi

PRO

3

Schwinn ® Airdyne ® AD8

1 Assault Fitness® AssaultBike Classic 2 Bowflex® Max Trainer SEi 3 Schwinn® Airdyne® AD8

Usage Semi-Professionell Semi-Professionell Professionell

Dimensions 128,5 x 58 x 127 cm 119 x 77,6 x 165,6 cm 106 x 50 x 132 cm

Weight 44 kg 65 kg 51 kg

Max. User Weigh 155 kg 136 kg 160 kg

Programs 8 4 & 16 Widerstandsstufen 9

K8650 l K2178 l K1490 l

1 Horizon® Elliptical 2 Schwinn® Elliptical 3 BH Fitness® Inertia 4 Vision Fitness® Elliptical 5

Trainer Andes 7.1

Trainer 590E

Crosstrainer G818R Ergometer S60

Usage Heimgebrauch Semi-Professionell Professionell Professionell Professionell

BH Fitness® Movemia

Elliptical Trainer EV1000

Dimensions 173 x 67 x 171 cm 148 x 86 x 173 cm 162 x 95 x 160 cm 186 x 75 x 164 cm 150 x 90 x 165 cm

Weight 79,5 kg 85 kg 141 kg 140 kg 135 kg

Max. User Weight 136 kg 150 kg 180 kg 182 kg 150 kg

Stride Length 50,8 cm 51 cm 52 cm 53 cm 46 – 66 cm

Resistance 30 25 25 25 25

Programs 14 Über JRNY-App 8 / 24 12 8 / 24

K7897 l K2177 l K8629 l K7536 l K8623 l

488



4

Horizon ® Elliptical Trainer Andes 7.1

PRO

6

BH Fitness ® Inertia Crosstrainer G818R

1 Assault Fitness ® AssaultBike Classic

Robust combination of cross trainer and exercise bike,

with wind resistance system for intense training sessions.

Dimensions: 128.5 x 58 x 127 cm, Weight: 44 kg, Max.

user weight: approx. 155 kg.

K8650 l

W 50 kg

2 Bowflex ® Max Trainer SEi

Elliptical trainer meets stepper in a compact design.

With oversized pedals and convenient transport wheels.

Dimensions: 119 x 77.6 x 165.6 cm, Weight: 65 kg, Max.

User Weight: 136 kg.

K2178 l

W 74 kg

3 Schwinn ® Airdyne ® AD8

Professional fitness bike for highly intensive full-body training.

Dynamic resistance via wind wheel. Dimensions: 106

x 50 x 132 cm, Weight: 51 kg, Max user weight: 160 kg.

K1490 l

W 60 kg

HOME

PRO

7

Vision Fitness ® Elliptical Ergometer S60

SEMI

5

Schwinn ® Elliptical Trainer 590E

PRO

4 Horizon ® Elliptical Trainer Andes 7.1

7 Vision Fitness ® Elliptical Ergometer S60

The elliptical trainer is robust, quiet, and designed for Professional and especially quiet elliptical trainer for effective

demanding and efficient full-body training at home.

full-body training with a pleasant and joint-friendly

Dimensions: 173 x 67 x 171 cm, Dimensions (folded): range of motion. Dimensions: 186 x 75 x 164 cm, Weight:

102 x 67 x 171 cm, Weight: 79.5 kg, Flywheel: 8.5 kg, 140 kg, Max. User weight: 182 kg, Flywheel: 11 kg.

pcs Max. user weight: 136 kg.

K7536 l

pcs

K7897 l

pcs W 150 kg

W 90 kg

8 BH Fitness ® Movemia Elliptical Trainer EV1000

5 Schwinn ® Elliptical Trainer 590E

Professional elliptical trainer from the Movemia line for

With its compact footprint, the elliptical trainer is ideal for

home use or for smaller facilities in the semi-professional

sector. Dimensions: 148 x 86 x 173 cm, Weight: 85 kg,

use in fitness studios. Dimensions: 149.5 x 90 x 165 cm,

Weight: 135 kg, Stride length: Individually adjustable from

46 cm to 66 cm, Max. user weight: 150 kg.

pcs Max User Weight: 150 kg, Flywheel: 4.5 kg.


K2177 l

pcs K8623 l SmartFocus Screen pcs

W 100 kg

W 150 kg

6 BH Fitness ® Inertia Crosstrainer G818R

Professional cross trainer from the Inertia line for use in

fitness studios. Dimensions: 162 x 95 x 160 cm, Weight:

pcs 141 kg, Max. user weight: 180 kg.



W 155 kg

8

BH Fitness ® Movemia Elliptical Trainer EV1000

489


Cardio Equipment

Medical Cardio Equipment

- Medically certified

- Independent from the power grid

- Sustainable

MD

MD

MD

1

NEW

2

3

emotion fitness ® motion cycle 100 med

- Entry-level model with a good price-performance ratio

- Independent operation without the need for a power source

- Especially low step-through height

emotion fitness ® motion cycle 900 med

- Battery-powered operation

- Very low step-through

- Durable, clean touch display

emotion fitness ® motion relax 900 med

- Independent operation

- Very low step-through


1 emotion fitness ® motion cycle 100 med

Robust and low-maintenance ergometer that offers easy

operation and includes the basic functions of a medical

training device. The compact housing provides a wide

step-through for easier mounting and dismounting.

Features


- Weight: 58 kg

- User weight: up to 130 kg

- Speed range: 20 – 120 rpm

- Power range: 25 – 300 watts (independent of speed)

- Battery-operated

- Calibrated and recalibratable drive unit

- Hybrid Braking System (HBS)

- Mono belt drive, self-adjusting and quiet

- Vertical saddle adjustment

- Coded Polar ® pulse receiver

- RS232 interface

- 3 programs: Quick Start, Watt Training, Pulse Training

K2422 l

pcs

W 65 kg

490

2 emotion fitness ® motion cycle 900 med

3

Meets all requirements for an optimal, individual training

position. The compact frame provides a wide step-through

of approximately 36-41 cm and a low axle position

for easier mounting and dismounting. The saddle and

handlebar adjustment offers a comfortable workout for

children as well as very tall individuals.

Features


- Weight: 58 kg




- Battery-powered operation


- Hybrid braking system (HBS)

- Mono-belt drive, self-adjusting and quiet

- Horizontal and vertical saddle adjustment

- Polar ® Hybrid system (5kHz & Bluetooth ® Low Energy)

- 7-inch capacitive touch display

- 3 programs: Quick Start, Watt Training, Heart Rate Training

K2279 l

W 68 kg

pcs

emotion fitness ® motion relax 900 med

A comfortable training device for long training sessions

or patients with neurological or orthopedic restrictions.

It offers a wide entry, handles for safe getting on and

off, and standard backrest adjustment.

Features


- Weight: 80 kg


- Speed range: 15 - 140 rpm

- Power range: 15 - 500 watts (independent of speed)

- Can be operated without power supply


- Hybrid brake system (HBS)


- Horizontal seat and backrest adjustment

- Polar ® hybrid system (5kHz & Bluetooth ® Low Energy)



K2281 l

W 90 kg



pcs

K2283 l

W 111 kg

4

MD

emotion fitness ® motion cross 900 med

- Independent operation without a power supply

- Low step height of approximately 17 cm


pcs

- Medically certified

- Independent from the power grid

- Sustainable

MADE IN

GERMANY

Alle Artikel auf dieser Doppelseite

werden in Deutschland

hergestellt.

5

MD

emotion fitness ® motion stair 900 med

- Battery-operated operation

- Auto-weighting system (determination of user weight) for

accurate watt and calorie display

- Wide range of movement due to pedal-independent system

4 emotion fitness ® motion cross 900 med

5 emotion fitness ® motion stair 900 med

Long cranks and an ergonomic connection between arm and leg movement ensure a

dynamic stride and pleasant motion. An adjustable speed limit and automatic deceleration

at the end are special safety features. The movement sequence is very smooth and

easy on the joints. The low minimum entry height of 17 cm is highly advantageous.

Low-maintenance, durable, and portable training device that will provide long-term

enjoyment in daily training therapy.

Features


Features

- Weight: 79 kg


- User weight: 150 kg

- Weight: 101 kg

- Power range: 4 - 27 m/min (descend speed)

- User weight capacity: up to 150 kg

- Independent power supply





- Battery operated

- Pedal-independent system with max. step height of 32 cm





- Adjustable braking power configuration


- Single-belt drive, self-adjusting and quiet

K2289 l

pcs

- Large, non-slip footrests

W 89 kg -

- Adjustable speed limit for added safety




491


Cardio Equipment

Medical Cardio Equipment

MADE IN

GERMANY



MD

1

emotion fitness ® motion sprint 900 SE med

- Joint-friendly running surface

- Adjustable speeds in 0.1 km/h increments

- Continuous handrails for safe ascent and descent

MD

- Inclination adjustment from 0 - 15%

- Adjustable speed in 0.1 km/h increments

- Continuous handrails for safe on/off access

2

emotion fitness ® motion sprint 900 SL med

1 emotion fitness ® motion sprint 900 SE med

Professional and very robust treadmill with lamella technology. The lamellas are

ball-bearing mounted and free-swinging. Due to low friction, speeds from 0.1 to 17

km/h are possible. The handrail allows for an ergonomic posture while walking or

running, and assists with safely stepping onto the running surface.

Features


- Treadmill surface: 155 x 50 cm

- Weight: 156 kg

- User weight capacity: up to 160 kg

- Speed range: 0.1 - 17 km/h

- Power supply: 30V/50-60 Hz

- Toothed belt-guided lamellar system

- Emergency stop system with magnetic line

- Energy-saving, brushless 1100 W DC motor

- Continuous handrails for safe mounting/dismounting




K2335 l

W 165 kg

492

pcs

2 emotion fitness ® motion sprint 900 SL med

Professional and highly robust treadmill with lamella technology. The lamellae are

ball-bearing mounted and free-swinging. Due to low friction, speeds from 0.1 to 17

km/h are possible. Includes inclination adjustment from 0 - 15% or optionally -3 - 12%.

The handrail allows for an ergonomic posture while walking or running and supports

safe stepping onto the running surface.

Features


- Running surface: 155 x 50 cm

- Weight: 177 kg


- Performance range: 0.1 - 17 km/h

- Inclination angle: 0 - 15%, optionally -3 - 12%

- Power supply: 30V/50-60 Hz

- Toothed belt-guided lamella system

- Emergency stop system with magnetic leash

- Energy-saving, brushless 1100 W DC motor

- Continuous handrails for safe on/off access

- Polar ® hybrid system (5kHz & Bluetooth ® Low Energy)



K2336 l

W 185 kg



pcs

MD

3

emotion fitness ® motion body 900 med, floor model

- Independent operation without a power connection

- Training possible in standing or sitting position due

to wide adjustment range and removable seat

- Ergonomic Leki ® handles

MD

4

emotion fitness ® motion body 900 med, wall model

- Battery-operated operation

5

- Training possible while standing or sitting thanks

to the wide adjustment range

- Ergonomic Leki ® handles emotion fitness ® all-inclusive package

3 emotion fitness ® motion body 900 med, floor model

4 emotion fitness ® motion body 900 med, wall model 5 emotion fitness ® all-inclusive package

Low-maintenance, durable, and independent of power supply training For the active work of the upper extremities. It is suitable Includes all three add-on packages: performance

equipment that will bring long-lasting joy in daily training therapy. for endurance training as well as for mobilization after joint

package, connection package,

Features

injuries in the arm and shoulder area. The adjustable range and program package.


- Weight: 98 kg

of the drive unit of 40 cm allows training while standing

or sitting. The movement itself can be done forwards and

K2217 h

pcs


backwards. Especially suitable for wheelchair users. 6 emotion fitness ® performance package


Features

Expands the performance capabilities and



provides inductive charging for smartphones

- Independent operation without power supply

- Weight: 48 kg

and tablets.



- User weight: No limit

- Speed range: 15 – 140 RPM

K2207 h

pcs


- Power range: 15 – 500 watts (independent of speed) 7 emotion fitness ® connection package

- Forward and reverse motion

- Independent operation without power supply

Required for all types of system integration.

- Adjustable range of the drive unit: 40 cm

- Includes removable seat


- Hybrid Brake System (HBS)

K2208 h

pcs

- Polar ® Hybrid System (5kHz & Bluetooth ® Low Energy)



- Forward and reverse motion

8 emotion fitness ® program package


- Drive unit adjustability range of 40 cm

Includes 10 training programs instead of 3.

K2285 l

pcs - Polar ® Hybrid System (5kHz & Bluetooth ® Low Energy) K2209 h

pcs

W 108 kg



K2287 l

W 58 kg

pcs

493


Functional Training

Small Equipment

1

2

3

tanga sports ® Plyobox WOOD

Wooden Plyobox

O‘Live ® Steel Tube Plyobox

4

5

6

O‘Live ® Plyobox SAFE

tanga sports ® Soft-Plyobox 3 in 1

O`Live ® Functional Hurdle

1 tanga sports ® Plyobox WOOD

Robust wooden plyobox for plyometric

training. Dimensions: 50 x 60 x 75 cm,

Weight: 24 kg, Material: Wood, Delivery

unassembled, screws included.

K3467 p

pcs

2 Wooden Plyobox

Vaulting boxes in various heights. Extremely

sturdy and durable. Glued and

additionally secured with multiple screws.

Landing surface covered with non-slip

rubber. Space-saving and stackable.

K1731 l 15 cm pcs

W 5 kg

K1732 l 30 cm pcs

W 7.5 kg

K1733 l 45 cm pcs

W 12 kg

K1734 l 60 cm pcs

W 17 kg

K1735 l 75 cm pcs

W 21.5 kg

494

3 O‘Live ® Steel Tube Plyobox

The standard tool for plyometric training.

Fully welded steel frame in trapezoidal

shape for high stability. With rubberized

anti-slip surface. Space-saving stackable.

K1864 p 15 cm pcs

K1865 p 30 cm pcs

K1866 p 45 cm pcs

K1867 p 60 cm pcs

K1868 p 75 cm pcs

4 O‘Live ® Plyobox SAFE

Plyometric platforms made of foam with

an internal, stable wooden box. The soft

material prevents injuries. Can be connected

to each other using Velcro straps.

Base area: 90 x 76 cm.

K1604 p 15 cm pcs

K1605 p 30 cm pcs

K1606 y 45 cm pcs

K1607 y 60 cm pcs

5 tanga sports ® Soft-Plyobox 3 in 1 7 tanga sports ® Skipping Rope Highspeed

Plyo box with solid wooden core and covering

made of recycled cotton. PVC cover.

High stability. Dimensions: 50 x 60 x 75

cm, Weight: 28 kg.

Skipping rope made of PVC with reinforced

center. Rope length can be adjusted individually.

Rope thickness: 7.2 mm, center

9 mm, length: up to 285 cm.

K3466 l

W 30 kg

pcs

6 O`Live ® Functional Hurdle

Simple training device with a wide range

of applications. Suitable for fitness, stretching,

and jump training. Robust steel

tube, Ø 4 cm, 2 mm thick. With rubberized

grip surface. Dimensions: 60 x 38 x 73

cm per hurdle.

K1749 p

pair

K5014 p

pcs

8 Tunturi ® Jump Rope with Counter

(analog)

Skipping rope with analog counter. Grippy,

ergonomic handles. Length: 300 cm (adjustable),


K5016 p

pcs



11

Climbing rope with loop

15

Battle Rope

11 Climbing rope with loop

Climbing rope made of polypropylene, 400

cm long and 40 mm thick. Fastened using

a loop at the end of the rope. Material:

Polypropylene.

K1709 p

7

tanga sports ® Skipping Rope Highspeed

10 O‘Live ® Speed Rope Jump Rope

Lightweight, fast-spinning, and durable

jump rope. Handles with metal pin for

attaching the plastic-coated steel cable.

K1838 p

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

8

Tunturi ® Jump Rope with Counter (analog)

12

PROspeedrope ® Jump Rope PRO

16

Wall Mount for Fitness Ropes

MADE IN

GERMANY

9 tanga sports ® Professional Jump Rope 12 PROspeedrope ® Jump Rope PRO

Steel cable coated with PVC, 270 cm, adjustable.

Break-resistant rotating handles

for optimal jumping comfort.

Skipping rope for competitive athletes

including additional weights. Rope length:

300 cm (individually adjustable), Ø 5 mm,

K5011 p

pcs PVC-coated, black, Weight: 430 g.

K1792 p

pcs

13 PROspeedrope ® Speed Jump Rope

Smooth and long-lasting. High-quality ball

bearings and a 90° rope guide ensure the

pcs perfect arc when jumping. Rope length:

300 cm (individually adjustable), Ø 3 mm,

PVC-coated, black, Weight: 210 g.

K1794 p

pcs

14 tanga sports ® Jump rope Fit

K1756 p

pcs PVC skipping rope with a length of 270

cm, with ball bearing swivel handles for

optimal jumping comfort.

K5010 p

pcs

9

tanga sports ® Professional Jump Rope

13

PROspeedrope ® Speed Jump Rope

17

Wall anchor for fitness rope

MADE IN

GERMANY

15 Battle Rope

Battle Ropes in various designs for a

diverse strength-endurance training.

Material: synthetic hemp, with rubbercoated

rope ends.

K1692 p 10 m 30 mm pcs

K1693 p 10 m 40 mm pcs

K1760 p 15 m 30 mm pcs

K1764 p 15 m 40 mm pcs

K1761 p 20 m 30 mm pcs

K1765 p 20 m 40 mm pcs

16 Wall Mount for Fitness Ropes

For space-saving storage of fitness ropes.

For wall mounting, 25 cm surface area,

hand-welded.

pcs

14

tanga sports ® Jump rope Fit

17 Wall anchor for fitness rope

Practical, inconspicuous, and sturdy

attachment option for fitness ropes. The

hand-welded, rounded eyelet is particularly

gentle on the rope.

K1755 p

10

O‘Live ® Speed Rope Jump Rope

18

aerobis ® Battle Rope V2

pcs

18 aerobis ® Battle Rope V2

High-quality and durable Battle Ropes

for an efficient workout for every fitness

level. Polyester braided coating for high

flexibility, UV resistance, and water resistance.

Material: Polyester (coating),

rubber (handles).

K2036 p 10 m 30 mm pcs

K2038 p 10 m 40 mm pcs

K2037 p 15 m 30 mm pcs

K2039 p 15 m 40 mm pcs


495

Functional Training

Small Equipment

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

2

3

Plastic Rings Set of 2

O`Live ® Suspension Rings

Pedalo ® Push-Up Handles 4 Levels

4

5

6

Abdominal Muscle Straps

Multifunctional Pull-Up Bar

Sveltus ® Gliding Pads

7

8

9

Flowin ® Pro Black

Flowin ® Sport

Schildkröt ® Push Up Multitrainer

1 Plastic Rings Set of 2

Practical plastic rings for functional training at the gym

or at home. Outer diameter: approx. 23 cm, material

thickness: approx. 2.5 cm, strap length: 4.55 m, Max.

load capacity: approx. 150 kg per strap.

K17070 p

pair K1705 p

2 O`Live ® Suspension Rings

Lightweight, easy to install wooden suspension rings.

Includes sturdy nylon straps with metal buckles for easy

length adjustment. Outer diameter: approximately 24 cm,

material thickness: approximately 28 mm, strap length:

approximately 5.80 m.

K1707 p

pair

K1299 p

3 Pedalo ® Push-Up Handles 4 Levels

Push-up or handstand grips with 4 different difficulty

levels, including anti-slip mats. Dimensions: 38 x 16.6

x 17.5 cm. Weight: 3.6 kg (each 1.8 kg).

K8899 p

pair

496

4 Abdominal Muscle Straps

For optimal development of the lower and side abdominal

muscles. Made of durable, padded nylon. With

large, sturdy safety carabiner hooks for hanging on a

horizontal or pull-up bar.

5 Multifunctional Pull-Up Bar

For pull-ups, sit-ups, push-ups, and dips. This pull-up

bar can be easily installed in a door frame with a width

of 70-80 cm without any fixed mounting or screws.

Made of sturdy steel tubing, with hand grips covered in

comfortable and skin-friendly foam padding. Maximum

user weight 100 kg.

6 Sveltus ® Gliding Pads

Gliding pads for training on various surfaces. The pads

can be placed under hands, feet, or heels. Poster with

different exercises included. Material: Polyester with comfort

foam. Dimensions: 31 x 22 x 0.5 cm, Weight: 145 g.

K13920 p

7 Flowin ® Pro Black

Complete set for professional friction training in the

gym. Not rollable. Dimensions: 140 x 100 cm. Includes

2x foot pads, 2x hand pads, and 1x knee pad. Materials:

Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene, thermoplastic polyurethane,

polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene, and

pair

polycarbonate.

K1391 l

pcs

W 7.45 kg

pcs

pair

8 Flowin ® Sport

Complete set for friction training. Rollable mat, making

it portable. Dimensions: 140 x 100 cm, Material: PET,

Polylofelin, Total weight: approx. 3 kg, Includes 2x foot

pads, 2x hand pads and 1x knee pad, Includes carrying

and storage bag.

K1390 p

9 Schildkröt ® Push Up Multitrainer

Push-up multi trainer with color coding for different

exercise positions. Non-slip handles. Dimensions: 60 x 18

x 2 cm, Weight: approx. 1 kg, Max. Load capacity: 120 kg.

K5302 p



pcs

pcs

10

TOGU ® Mini Dumbbell

13

TOGU ® Senso ® Walking Trainer, Set of 2

16

Schildkröt ® Push-Up Handles

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

10 TOGU ® Mini Dumbbell

Ideal for aerobic, Pilates, and physiotherapy. The dumbbells

made of Ruton are easy to care for, washable, with

a comfortable, secure, and non-slip grip.

K2173 p 250 g pcs

K2174 p 500 g pcs

K2175 p 1000 g pcs

11 TOGU ® Brasil ®

Compact deep muscle trainer with a filling of air and

weight. Material: Ruton. Weight: approx. 2x 200 g.

G41691 p black pair

G4169 p green pair

G41690 p

12 TOGU ® Brasil ® berry pair

Compact deep muscle trainer with a filling of air and

weight. Material: Ruton. Weight: approx. 2x 200 g.

G41691 p black pair

G4169 p green pair

G41690 p berry pair

11

TOGU ® Brasil ®

14

Pedalo ® Core Trainer

13 TOGU ® Senso ® Walking Trainer, Set of 2

Walking trainer for strengthening the finger, hand, and

forearm muscles. Also ideal as an aid in hand rehabilitation.

Material: Latex-free, Filling: Sand/metal mixture,

Delivery in pairs.

K1896 p

G4129 p 2 x 20 g pair

17

G4144 p 2 x 250 g pair Body-Solid ® AB Wheel

15 Schildkröt ® Dual Core Wheels

Ideal training companions for the strength training of

the core muscles. Ball bearing non-marking wheels.

Rubberized handles. Dimensions: 18 x 14.5 cm.

K5306 p

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

14 Pedalo ® Core Trainer

Targeted training of the straight and oblique abdominal

muscles. Adds dynamism to the forearm plank. Comes

with forearm padding. Dimensions: 50 x 50 x 9 cm, K1869 p

Weight: 1.6 kg, Material: Birch plywood.

K8875 p

pcs

pair

12

TOGU ® Brasil ®

15

Schildkröt ® Dual Core Wheels

17

Body-Solid ® AB Wheel

MADE IN

GERMANY

16 Schildkröt ® Push-Up Handles

Push-up handles with foam cover for wrist-friendly

training. Dimensions: 23 x 14 x 12 cm, Material: Steel

with foam cover, Max. Load capacity: approx. 120 kg.

pair

Ideal for strengthening the abdominal, arm, and shoulder

muscles. Double wheel design, rubber grips provide

comfortable and secure hold. Dimensions: 20 x 25 x 20


pcs


497

Functional Training

Reaction Training

Precision and Speed

Reaction training is a key component in many sports that require quick and precise movements. It focuses on improving

the ability to react swiftly and appropriately to unexpected stimuli. Good reaction skills are essential for many sports —

but short reaction times are also important in everyday life.

Goals of Reaction Training

• Improve the speed and precision of reactions

• Enhance athletic performance

• Increase safety in everyday situations

Unique Training with Reaction Lights

An innovative approach to reaction training involves the use of

reaction lights — training devices that emit visual stimuli requiring

the athlete to respond quickly. These devices are highly versatile

and can be used across various sports to improve reaction speed,

decision-making, and coordination.

A-Champs ® ROX – Next-Generation Reaction Training

1. Select Exercise

A-Champs ® ROX devices connect to a smartphone via Bluetooth

and are controlled using the dedicated app. The app manages all

training programs, interactive workouts, performance overviews,

and battery management. The reaction lights can be used both

for individual and group training.

2. Train Interactively

A-Champs ® ROX devices connect to a smartphone via Bluetooth

and are controlled using the dedicated app. The app manages all

training programs, interactive workouts, performance overviews,

and battery management. The reaction lights can be used both

for individual and group training.

3. Analyze Performance

Real-time performance feedback is provided through the free

app, allowing users to instantly review and evaluate their results.

ROX ROXPro ROXProX

Light 8 colors 8 colors 8 colors and 100+ symbols

Sensor 12-level touch sensor 12-level touch sensor Touchless-Sensor

Special Feature

Speed measurement

Battery Life 5,5 h 6 h 6,5 h

Connectivity 6 ROX 24 ROX 24 ROX

Connection Range approx. 20 m approx. 40 m approx. 40 m

498

1

A-Champs ® Reaction Training ROX

2

A-Champs ® Reaction Training ROXPro

3

A-Champs ® Reaction Training ROXProX

1 A-Champs ® Reaction Training ROX

The ROX (Reaction Trainer) Pods are suitable for various

reaction training sessions, with the aim of improving

motor-cognitive skills. Material: Polycarbonate, Dimensions:

11 x 11 x 5 cm.

K2528 p

set

2 A-Champs ® Reaction Training ROXPro

The ROXPro (Reaction Trainer) Pods are suitable for

various reaction training sessions with the aim of improving

motor-cognitive abilities. Material: Polycarbonate,


K2529 p 3 pcs set set


4

A-Champs ® Connector ROXClaw

3 A-Champs ® Reaction Training ROXProX

The ROXProX (reaction trainer) pods are suitable for

various reaction training sessions with the aim of improving

motor-cognitive abilities. Material: polycarbonate,




5

A-Champs ® Cover for ROXCone

4 A-Champs ® Connector ROXClaw

Connector with 3 different adapters (Velcro, suction cup,

and mast attachment) to attach the ROX to any object.

Suitable for ROX, ROXPro, and ROXProX. Material: ABS,

polyester, silicone.



5 A-Champs ® Cover for ROXCone

Cover for non-slip training. They increase grip, resistance,

and protect against rain. Suitable for ROX and ROXPro.

Material: Silicone.




499

Functional Training

Suspension Trainers

1

2

3

Kübler Sport ® Suspension Trainer Pro Light

tanga sports ® Suspension Trainer PRO

aerobis ® aeroSling ® ELITE

4

5

6

7

Kübler Sport ® Suspension Trainer Pro Expert

TRX ® Move Suspension Trainer

TRX ® Burn Suspension Trainer

TRX ® Home 2 Suspension Trainer

1 Kübler Sport ® Suspension Trainer Pro Light

With an 80 cm long round sling for suspension, foam

handles, and two Dyneema adjustment slings. Set in a

practical storage bag with training instructions.

G5658 p

2 tanga sports ® Suspension Trainer PRO

High-quality suspension trainer with a compact net bag.

The length can be easily and continuously adjusted from

130-260 cm. Rubberized handles. Door anchor included.

Robust strap, 4 cm width. Sturdy metal carabiners.

Maximum user weight: approx. 125 kg.

K3468 p

3 aerobis ® aeroSling ® ELITE

Integrated pulley for alternating and rotating exercises.

Resistance and resulting instability can be adjusted

continuously. Adjustable foot and hand loops. Maximum

pcs load: 200 kg. Weight: approximately 900 g.

G5632 p

pcs

G5673 p

5 TRX ® Move Suspension Trainer

High-quality beginner model for suspension training at

home and on the go. Includes TRX Suspension Anchor &

TRX Door Anchor PRO. Material (Strap): Industrial-grade

nylon, Strap width 2.5 cm, Material (Handles): Foam

rubber, Max. Load capacity: 159 kg.

4 Kübler Sport ® Suspension Trainer Pro Expert

pcs

High-quality suspension trainer with handcrafted beechwood

handles. 3 loops with stitched eyelets, each

approximately 110 cm long, individually adjustable. 80

cm long round sling for flexible hanging.

G5664 p

G5659 p

pcs

7 TRX ® Home 2 Suspension Trainer

pcs

6 TRX ® Burn Suspension Trainer

All-rounder among suspension trainers. Including suspension

anchor, door anchor PRO & storage bag. Max.


pcs

Proven, high-quality suspension trainer for use at home

and on the go. Weight: 650 g, Strap width: 3 cm, Max.


G5662 p

pcs

500



8

aerobis ® revvll ® PRO Rope Trainer

MD

11

MoVeS ® Shoulder Tube Pulley with Handles

9

aerobis ® Kinetic Trainer

MD

12

MoVeS ® Shoulder Rope Pulley with Hand Loops

10

aerobis ® Wall Bracket for Kinetic Trainer and revvll ®

13

BOSU ® Surge ® Storm 40

8 aerobis ® revvll ® PRO Rope Trainer

10 aerobis ® Wall Bracket for Kinetic Trainer and revvll ® 12 MoVeS ® Shoulder Rope Pulley with Hand Loops

Mobile Endless Rope Trainer in studio version with innovative

eddy current brake for 6 different resistance

settings. Anchor loop and carabiner included for attachment

High-quality wall bar with height adjustment, in 14 different

positions. Material: stainless steel, installation with

the bottom edge approximately 40-50 cm above the floor.

The easy handling of the shoulder straps enables various

exercises to increase mobility and muscle strength in the

shoulder and back area. Simple and lightweight to attach

to training equipment or climbing walls. Length of G5670 p

pcs to doors and ready for training at any time.

PU endless rope: 4 m. Weight: approx. 5 kg.

G2155 p

11

G5656 p

pcs MoVeS ® Shoulder Tube Pulley with Handles

The easy handling of the shoulder straps enables various

pcs

exercises to increase mobility and muscle strength in the 13 BOSU ® Surge ® Storm 40

9 aerobis ® Kinetic Trainer

shoulder and back area. Easy and lightweight to attach Exceptional training device with individually adjustable

Compact flywheel trainer with a 250 cm long strap. Versatile

to doors and ready for training at any time. Comes in water filling for a coordinatively demanding training.

and easy to use. Portable and flexible when mounting. 3 different resistances for targeted muscle training. Dimensions (L x Ø): 85 x 21.5 cm, weight empty: approx.

Dimensions: 41 x 32 x 16 cm, Weight: approx. 5 kg. G2156 p easy pcs 3.4 kg, weight filled: approx. 18 kg.

G5666 p

pcs G2157 p medium pcs K2218 p

pcs

G2158 p strong pcs


501

1

BenchK ® Wall Bars 700

502

Functional Training

Wall Bars

2


3


MADE IN

GERMANY

4

Kübler Sport ® Painted Wall Bars

1 BenchK ® Wall Bars 700


High-quality wall bars consisting of metal profiles and 9 High-quality metal profile wall bars with 8 oval beech

oval beech wood rungs. Mounting: wall-mounted, Min. wood rungs. Mounting: wall-mounted. Minimum ceiling

room height: 250 cm, Dimensions: 67 x 240 cm, Weight: height: 240 cm. Dimensions: 67 x 230 cm. Weight: 18

18 kg, Max. user weight: 150 kg.

kg. Maximum user weight: 150 kg.

K2369 y black pcs K2357 y black pcs

G4525 l


W 40 kg

High-quality wall bars made of beech wood with 8 oval

rungs. Mounting: wall-mounted, Min. room height: 230

cm, Dimensions: 64 x 220 cm, Weight: 14 kg, Max. user

weight: 120 kg.

K2350 y

pcs

4 Kübler Sport ® Painted Wall Bars

Material: Cheeks made of aspen wood with rounded

beech wood rungs, fully glued into the cheeks. The wood

is naturally lacquered for a durable and beautiful wood

look. Round rungs, top rung projecting. 12 rungs: Ø 35

mm, clearing distance between rungs: 11 cm or clear

space 45 cm, including wall mounting.

G4522 l 210 x 80 cm pcs

W 28 kg

G4523 l 230 x 100 cm pcs

W 35 kg

MADE IN

GERMANY

5


according to DIN standards

5 Kübler Sport ® Climbing Wall according to DIN standards

Material: Cheek pieces made of finger-jointed aspen

wood and beech wood rungs, Dimensions: 260 x 100

cm, 16 oval rungs 43 x 33 mm, 1st and 3rd rungs staggered,

clear distance between the rungs: 9.7 cm, Load

capacity: 150 kg.

pcs


503

Functional Training

Wall Bars & Pull-Up Bars

1

2

BenchK ® Wall Bars 111 with Pull-Up Bar, Rope, and Rings

BenchK ® Climbing Wall 211 with Pull-Up Bar

3

4

5

tanga sports ® Pull-Up Bar PRO

ATX ® Multi Grip Professional Pull-Up Bar

Pull-Up Bar with Punching Bag Holder

1

BenchK ® Wall Bars 111 with Pull-Up Bar, Rope, and

Rings

High-quality beech wood climbing wall with 8 oval rungs

(30 x 40 mm). Compliant with EN 913 and EN 12346.

Dimensions: 64 x 220 cm, Weight: 23 kg, Material: Beech

wood, Max. user weight: 120 kg, Minimum room height

for installation: 2.30 m.

K2352 y

2 BenchK ® Climbing Wall 211 with Pull-Up Bar

4 ATX ® Multi Grip Professional Pull-Up Bar

High-quality wall bars with metal profiles and 8 oval Massive steel construction with knurled handles, powdercoated,

beech wood rungs. Dimensions: 67 x 230 cm, Weight:

load capacity up to 350 kg. For wall mounting.

24 kg, Color: Black or white frame with beech wood Dimensions: 63 x 132 x 43 cm, Weight: approx. 20 kg,

rungs, Rungs: 8 pieces, oval, 30 x 40 mm, max. user Max. Load Capacity: 350 kg. Certified according to EN

weight: 120 kg.

20957 I.II.IV - S.

K2358 y black set K8454 p

pcs

set

3 tanga sports ® Pull-Up Bar PRO

5 Pull-Up Bar with Punching Bag Holder

High-quality pull-up bar with multiple grip variations and

knurled grip surfaces. Dimensions: 55.5 x 116.5 x 55

cm, grip diameter: Ø 3.2 cm, weight: 15 kg.

Practical combination of pull-up bar and punching bag

hanging. Includes mounting material. Projection approx.

75 cm, width of the pull-up bar approx. 75 cm for different

K3508 p

pcs grip options. Max. load capacity approx. 100 kg.

K1289 p

pcs

504



6

BenchK ® Climbing Frame 221 with Chin-Up Bar

9

BenchK ® Dip Bars DB1

6 BenchK ® Climbing Frame 221 with Chin-Up Bar

High-quality wall bars with metal profiles, 8 oval beech

wood rungs, and a multifunctional pull-up bar. Dimensions:

67 x 230 cm, Weight: 24 kg, Material: Metal frame,

beech wood rungs, max. user weight: 150 kg, Mounting:

Wall-mounted, Min. room height: 240 cm.

K2365 y white pcs

7 BenchK ® Sprossenwand 722 with chin-up bar & dip

handles

High-quality wall bars made of metal profiles and 9

oval beech wood rungs. Compliant with EN 913 & EN

12346. Dimensions: 67 x 240 cm, Weight: 38 kg, Max.

user weight: 150 kg, Mounting: Wall-mounted, Minimum

room height for installation: 250 cm.

K2371 y black set

8

BenchK ® Sprossenwand 722 with chin-up bar & dip handles

10

BenchK ® Pull-Up Bar PB3

7

11

BenchK ® Training Bench B1

BenchK ® Wall Bars 733 with Pull-Up Bar, Dip Bars &

Training Bench

High-quality wall bars with multifunctional pull-up bar,

dip bars, and a training bench for hanging. Wall-mounted.

According to EN 913 and EN 12346. Dimensions: 67 x

240 cm, Weight: 61 kg, Material: Metal, Beech wood,

Max. User Weight: 150 kg, Min. Room Height: 2.50 m.

9 BenchK ® Dip Bars DB1

Dip bar as optional accessory for the BenchK wall bars

series 200, 500 & 700. Dimensions: 80 x 54.5 x 60 cm,

Weight: 11 kg, Max. Load capacity: 150 kg.

K2378 p black pcs

8

BenchK ® Wall Bars 733 with Pull-Up Bar,

Dip Bars & Training Bench

BenchK ® Rings & Rope A076

10 BenchK ® Pull-Up Bar PB3

High-quality pull-up bar compatible with all gymnastics

wall series from BenchK ® . With dumbbell holders. Dimensions:

85 x 55 x 40 cm, Weight: 11 kg, Material: Metal,

Polyurethane, max. user weight: 200 kg.

K2399-05 p white pcs

11 BenchK ® Training Bench B1

Wall bars accessory for the BenchK series 200, 500 & 700.

The bench can be attached to both sides of the wall bars.

Dimensions: 139 x 53 x 48 cm, Weight: 19 kg, Material:

Metal and polyurethane, Max. Load capacity: 150 kg.

K2379 y black pcs

12 BenchK ® Rings & Rope A076

Rope and rings as accessories for the climbing wall,

suitable for all BenchK series. Strap length for rings:

210 cm, Material: Rings and swing made of oak wood,


K2368 p

set

12


505

Functional Training

Therapy Wall Bars

MD

MD

1

2

3

EXCLUSIVE

Ferrox ® Sling Grid for Therapy Climbing Wall

Ferrox ® Therapy Wall Bars

Kübler Sport ® Wave Bars ® climbing wall

1 Ferrox ® Sling Grid for Therapy Climbing Wall

Suspension fence for attaching to climbing walls with a

minimum width of 90 cm.

T3404 y

pcs

2 Ferrox ® Therapy Wall Bars

Consisting of a steel frame, 14 beech wood rungs, and

an overhanging rung. To be attached to a solid wall.

Includes assembly instructions and mounting materials.


T3435 l

W 20 kg

pcs

3 Kübler Sport ® Wave Bars ® climbing wall

Innovative, patented wall bars with 1.5 m overhang for

versatile training options. Dimensions (WxH): 128 x 230

cm, sides made of 4 cm thick spruce, bars made of beech

wood (Ø 3.5 cm), bar spacing: 22.5 cm, TUV tested.

- Width: approx. 128 cm (rung width)

- Height: approx. 230 cm (highest point at the

overhang)


- Side panels made of spruce wood, 4 cm thick

- Rungs made of beech wood, Ø 3.5 cm

- Rung spacing: 22.5 cm

- 13 rungs (New version 06/2021)

- TÜV certified

- Patented shape

- Delivery in dismantled (unassembled) state

G6000 l

W 95 kg

4 Kübler Sport ® Wave Bars ® Cheek Extension

Includes additional rung and mounting materials.

G6005 p 20 cm pair

pcs G6006 p 30 cm pair

G6007 p 40 cm pair

506



TÜV AUSTRIA SERVICES GMBH

3

MADE IN

GERMANY

Kübler Sport ® Wave Bars ® climbing wall

- Space-saving installation on load-bearing wall

- Accessories can be conveniently hung

- Side extensions for different room heights and body sizes


507

Functional Training

Therapeutic Climbing

Effects & Areas of Application

Climbing enhances body awareness, balance, and overall

coordination. It primarily strengthens the shoulder girdle and

core muscles while also engaging the rest of the body. But

it’s not only sport climbers who benefit — climbing has also

found its way into therapy, forming the basis for the treatment

method known as therapeutic climbing.

Effects of Therapeutic Climbing

Therapeutic climbing primarily benefits from the fact that both

static and dynamic muscle work, as well as coordination and

balance, are required for climbing. This combination enables the

integration of motor and postural control. Beyond strengthening

the entire musculoskeletal system, therapeutic climbing also

stimulates the psyche, boosting patients’ self-confidence and

motivation through a sense of achievement. The inherently high

motivational aspect of climbing is a key element of therapeutic

climbing.

Exercises in Therapeutic Climbing

Exercises in therapeutic climbing are usually modular and adaptable.

They range in scope and complexity — from individual

movements to more advanced sequences — allowing flexible

training tailored to the patient’s therapeutic goals and daily condition.

Training to become a certified supervisor or instructor in

therapeutic climbing can be obtained through specialized courses.

Therapeutic Climbing in Occupational and Physical Therapy

Therapeutic climbing serves as a supportive tool in occupational

therapy, physiotherapy, and early intervention for both prevention

and rehabilitation. It functions as functional strength training

that effectively improves muscle stability, motor skills, and body

control. For example, endurance training for the knees, hip extensors,

and arm muscles can be performed on a therapeutic

climbing wall. It also helps improve the mobility of the shoulder,

hip, knee, and ankle joints.

Therapeutic Climbing in Psychotherapy

In psychotherapy, therapeutic climbing is one of the newer treatment

methods. It is used to treat anxiety and panic disorders,

as well as eating disorders and ADHD. The focus is not on the

athletic aspect but on improving motor skills, body awareness,

resilience, and self-confidence. It also promotes a sense of

responsibility and trust. For patients with anxiety disorders,

therapeutic climbing can serve as exposure therapy, while for

those with body image or eating disorders, the focus lies on

enhancing body perception. In treating depression, climbing

helps with activation and motivation. Additionally, its social and

enjoyable nature can counteract isolation in patients with mental

health challenges and be integrated into group or experiential

therapy settings.

Therapeutic Climbing in Geriatrics

Therapeutic climbing is also a versatile concept in physiotherapeutic

or orthopedic care for seniors. It has positive effects on

balance, flexibility, and muscle strength, helping to improve

independence and mobility while reducing the risk of falls. It also

enhances motivation and self-confidence among elderly patients.

1

PhysioClimb ® Climbing Wall MED Multifit Eco

- Easy and quick tilt adjustment - positive and negative

- Meets the requirements for pulling devices in KGG

- Safety tested and approved as a medical device

1 PhysioClimb ® Climbing Wall MED Multifit Eco

The climbing wall coated with linoleum can be adjusted in seconds, tilting up to -15°

negative incline and up to 15° positive incline. Includes a 22-piece set of handles and

footrests, two T-rails with sliders, and an engraved coordinate system. Safety tested

and certified. Dimensions: 250 x 150 cm.

T4068 l

W 90 kg

MD

set

Therapeutic Climbing in Neurology

In neurology, therapeutic climbing is used, for example, in stroke

therapy or for patients with multiple sclerosis to improve coordination

and body awareness. The high level of coordination

required during climbing also stimulates brain activity and supports

cognitive performance.

Therapeutic Climbing Walls

Therapy climbing walls are typically compact individual

modules mounted directly to the wall, requiring

minimal space. Depending on the model, the wall may

be fixed without angle adjustment or equipped with

an adjustable incline. The adjustment mechanisms

allow for both negative and positive angles. Handholds

and footholds can usually be positioned individually.

A printed coordinate system enables precise tracking

and documentation of exercises. For children, special

climbing wall modules with child-friendly designs are

available to further enhance motivation and engagement

during therapy.


509

Fitness Studio Equipment

Sound Systems

1

2

3

OMNITRONIC ® WAMS-08BT MK2 Wireless PA System

OMNITRONIC ® XKB-212A 2-Way Speaker

OMNITRONIC ® WAMS-10BT2 MK2 Wireless PA System

4

5

6

OMNITRONIC ® WAMS-65BT incl. battery

OMNITRONIC ® Set 2x XKB-212A incl. speaker

stand speaker stand

OMNITRONIC ® ALP-5A Active Speaker Set

1 OMNITRONIC ® WAMS-08BT MK2 Wireless PA System 3 OMNITRONIC ® WAMS-10BT2 MK2 Wireless PA System 5 OMNITRONIC ® Set 2x XKB-212A incl. speaker stand

Compact and portable PA system with battery or mains

operation. With Bluetooth module, SD card slot, and USB

port. Dimensions: 27 x 29 x 42 cm, Weight: approx. 7.75

kg, Output power: 40 W RMS, Battery: Lithium-Ion 11.1V,

Battery life: approx. 4 hours.

Powerful and portable PA system with battery or mains

operation. With Bluetooth module, SD card slot, and USB

connection. Dimensions: 31 x 36 x 56 cm, Weight: approx.

13.7 kg, Output power: 80 W RMS, Battery: Lithium-Ion

12.8 V, Runtime: approx. 4 hours.

speaker stand

Powerful active speaker set for events in larger indoor

spaces or outdoor areas (water-resistant). Controlled

via Bluetooth / Combo connector XLR / jack. Speaker

output power: HF: 60 W RMS each, LF: 300 W RMS,

U3855 p

pcs U3857 p

pcs DSP-controlled bi-amp amplifier, 24-bit DSP.

2 OMNITRONIC ® XKB-212A 2-Way Speaker

4 OMNITRONIC ® WAMS-65BT incl. battery

U3859 p

set

Powerful active speaker for permanent installation or Compact and portable PA system with battery or mains 6 OMNITRONIC ® ALP-5A Active Speaker Set

flexible use indoors and (waterproof) outdoors. Dimensions:

operation. With Bluetooth module, SD card slot, and USB Compact, powerful active speaker pair for indoor use. One

38 x 35 x 61 cm, Weight: approx. 15.5 kg, Housing port. Dimensions: 27 x 27 x 44 cm, Weight: approx. 5.2 active and one passive speaker. Dimensions: 18 x 24 x

material: plastic with metal protective grille, Output kg, Output power: 40 W RMS, Battery: Lead 12V, Running 16 cm each, Weight: approximately 2.9 kg each, Housing

power: 60 W RMS HF, 300 W RMS LF.

time: approx. 4 hours.

material: ABS plastic with metal protective grille, Output

U3868 p

pcs U3851 p

pcs power: 2x 30 W RMS, Connections: Cinch/3.5mm jack.

U3866 p

set

510



7

OMNITRONIC ® WAMS-65BT pocket transmitter

including headset.

8

OMNITRONIC ® WAMS-10BT2 MK2 bodypack transmitter

including headband microphone

9

OMNITRONIC ® UWM-2HH USB Wireless Microphone Set

7 OMNITRONIC ® WAMS-65BT pocket transmitter including

headset.

Pocket transmitter with headband microphone for

WAMS-65BT. Range up to 50 m. Dimensions: 6.4 x 3.6

x 10 cm, Weight: approx. 160 g, Carrier frequency: 865

MHz, Connection: 3.5 mm jack, Batteries: 2x AA (not

included in delivery).

U3853 p

pcs

8 OMNITRONIC ® WAMS-10BT2 MK2 bodypack transmitter

including headband microphone

Pocket transmitter with headband microphone for WAMS-

10BT2 MK2. Range up to 60 m. Dimensions: 6.6 x 2.5 x

10.5 cm, Weight: approximately 100 g, Carrier frequency:

865 MHz, Connection: 3.5 mm jack, Batteries: 2x AA

(not included).

U3858 p

pcs

9 OMNITRONIC ® UWM-2HH USB Wireless Microphone Set

USB wireless microphone set with 2 handheld microphones

& USB receiver. Compatible with WAMS-08BT MK2.

Plug & Play. Frequency range: 863-865 MHz, Range: up

to 30 m, Batteries: 2x AA (Mignon) per microphone, not


U3856 p

set

12

RCS Amplifier System SCHOOL-CUBE 100

11 Soundbox 9995 Wireless

100-watt soundbox for classrooms, halls, or outdoor

events. Battery life approximately 3-5 hours. Includes 2

UHF microphones. Dimensions: 30 x 29 x 60 cm, weight:

approximately 17.6 kg.

U4125 p

10

RCS Amplifier System SCHOOL-CUBE 500

10 RCS Amplifier System SCHOOL-CUBE 500

Mobile speaker and amplifier system for the classroom

with rich, crystal-clear sound and long battery life. Play

data from USB, SD card, or via Bluetooth. Signal input

for connecting PC or smartphone. With VHF receiver for

wireless microphone use. Mains and battery operation.


U3957 p

11

Soundbox 9995 Wireless

13

RCS amplifier system SCHOOL-CUBE 700

12 RCS Amplifier System SCHOOL-CUBE 100

Amplifier system with a robust MDF housing for classrooms.

MP3 player with playback from SD card, USB,

or Bluetooth and recording function. Includes remote

control. 6.3mm jack for PC, smartphone, or microphone.

Powered by AC. Dimensions: 22 x 21 x 20 cm, Weight:

2.5 kg, Power output: 20 W RMS.

pcs U3949 p

pcs

13 RCS amplifier system SCHOOL-CUBE 700

Powerful, mobile speaker and amplifier system with

rich, crystal-clear sound and long battery life. Suitable

for classrooms, auditoriums, and small sports halls. The

multiplayer with Bluetooth function plays data from CD,

pcs SD card, and USB, and features a recording function.

With VHF receiver. Dimensions: 25 x 24 x 28 cm, Weight:

8.5 kg, Power: 50 W RMS.

U3958 p

pcs

511


Fitness Studio Equipment

Sports Floors

1

2

3

4

Granuflex ® Fitness Sports Floor

Basic, 50 x 50 cm, 15 mm

Granuflex ® Fitness Sport Floor Standard, 20 mm

Granuflex ® Fitness Sport Floor

Weight Lift, 30 mm

Granuflex ® Fitness Sports Floor CF, 43 mm

1 Granuflex ® Fitness Sports Floor Basic,

50 x 50 cm, 15 mm

Durable, impact-resistant, and easy-tocare-for

rubber granulate floor. Compact

size, ideal for home use or small areas in

the studio. Dimensions: 50 x 50 x 1.5 cm,

Weight: approx. 3.4 kg per mat.

K1558 l

pcs

W 3.5 kg

2 Granuflex ® Fitness Sport Floor Standard,

20 mm

Finely structured rubber granulate floor

for the free weight area. Can be laid freely

or glued together if desired. Dimensions:

100 x 100 x 2 cm, Weight: approx. 20 kg/

m², Material: Recycled rubber granulate.

K1561 l red m²

K1560 l black m²

K1562 l green m²

K1563 l grey m²

W 19.5 kg

3

4

Granuflex ® Fitness Sport Floor Weight

Lift, 30 mm

Durable fitness floor made from recycled

material. Increased stability for weightlifting.

Dimensions: 100 x 100 x 3 cm per

mat. Weight: approximately 25 kg/m².

Material: Compressed rubber granules

made from recycled rubber.

K15692 l m²

W 25 kg

Granuflex ® Fitness Sports Floor CF,

43 mm

For the free weight area both indoors and

outdoors, noise- and vibration-absorbing.

Virtually odorless, slip- and shock-resistant,

easy to clean. Dimensions: 100

x 100 x 4.3 cm, Weight: approx. 26 kg/m².

K1565 l black m²

K1566 l grey m²

W 26.5 kg

5

Gum-Tech ® Puzzle 3D Gym-Allrounder

Light

Cushioning and durable puzzle mat with

special 3D interlocking system. Can be

freely laid out. Dimensions: 55 x 55 x 2.2

cm, Weight: 5.6 kg, Material: Recycled

rubber granules, Sound insulation: > 17 dB.

K1521 l

W 6 kg

6 Rubber puzzle mat 50 x 50 cm

Versatile puzzle mat. Can be freely laid

out, but should be glued when subjected to

high loads to prevent slipping. Dimensions:

50 x 50 x 1 cm, Weight: 3.5 kg per piece,

Material: recycled rubber granules.

K1586 l

W 4 kg

7 Puzzle Sports Floor STUDIO LINE

Durable floor covering for fitness studios,

gymnastics, aerobic, and martial arts

areas. Point elastic and joint-friendly. Easy

installation on smooth surfaces. Includes

4 edge strips. PVC free, hardness level

60-65°. Dimensions: 100 x 100 x 1.4 cm.

pcs G5006 l blue pcs

G5010 l black pcs

G5009 l grey pcs

W 2.6 kg

8 Puzzle Mat SPORT L

Large puzzle mat made of natural rubber

for free, floating installation. Durable,

sturdy, and non-slip mat with a closed

pcs surface. Dimensions: 150 x 90 x 1 cm.

K1570 l

pcs

W 21 kg

512



5

Gum-Tech ® Puzzle 3D Gym-Allrounder Light

8

Puzzle Mat SPORT L

11

Kübler Sport ® Puzzle-Sportboden

STUDIO FLOOR

9 Puzzle Mat SPORT XXL

Large puzzle mat made of natural rubber

for free-floating installation. Durable, sturdy,

and slip-resistant mat with a closed

surface. Dimensions: 120 x 90 x 1.7 cm.

K1573 l

W 21 kg

pcs

10 Puzzle Sports Flooring TOP

Robust, elastic, and non-slip mat made of

EVA foam and rubber. Seamless installation

for a closed, easy-to-clean surface.

K1585 y

12

Dimensions: 100 x 100 x 2 cm, weight

approximately 5.5 kg.

K1582 l blue m²

K1583 l grey m²

W 5.5 kg

11

6

Rubber puzzle mat 50 x 50 cm

9

Puzzle Mat SPORT XXL

12

Sprint Tracks ® Artifical Turf Running

Track START & FINISH

Kübler Sport ® Puzzle-Sportboden

STUDIO FLOOR

Shock-absorbing and stable foam material,

closed-pore, therefore washable and waterproof.

One side in wood look, one side in

sand look. Delivery includes surrounding

edge trim per mat. Dimensions: 100 x 100

x 2.5 cm per mat, Weight: approx. 3.5 kg/

m², Material: Foam with coating.

pcs

Sprint Tracks ® Artifical Turf Running

Track START & FINISH

Durable and wear-resistant artificial turf

runner for indoor or outdoor use. Designed

for high performance. Dimensions: 10 x 2

m, Weight of the turf approx. 3.5 kg/m²,

Pile height: 13 mm.

K1946-01 l blue pcs


K1946-06 l anthracite pcs

K1946-35 l light green pcs

W 70 kg

7

Puzzle Sports Floor STUDIO LINE

10

Puzzle Sports Flooring TOP

13

SprintTracks ® Synthetic Running

Track NUMBERED

fior ® Speedtrack

Start & Finish

13 SprintTracks ® Synthetic Running Track NUMBERED

Durable and wear-resistant artificial turf runner for indoor

or outdoor use. Dimensions: 10 x 2 m, weight of the turf

approximately 3.5 kg/m², pile height: 13 mm.

K1947-01 l blue pcs


K1947-06 l anthracite pcs

K1947-35 l light green pcs

W 70 kg

14 fior ® Speedtrack Start & Finish

High-quality artificial turf runner for indoor and outdoor use.

Available with anti-slip backing or without. Durable quality and

high load capacity. Made in Germany. Dimensions: 10 x 1.5 m,

Weight: approx. 40 kg, Material: Polyethylene.

K1949-01 l Anti-Slip blue pcs

K1949-04 l Anti-Slip black pcs

K1949-07 l Anti-Slip green pcs

K1949-12 l Anti-Slip pink pcs

K1949-21 l Anti-Slip terra pcs

K1949-23 l Anti-Slip orange pcs

K1948-01 l standard version blue pcs

K1948-04 l standard version black pcs

K1948-07 l standard version green pcs

K1948-12 l standard version pink pcs

K1948-21 l standard version terra pcs

K1948-23 l standard version orange pcs

W 40 kg

14

MADE IN

GERMANY


Group Training

Step Platforms

1

tanga sports ® Aerobic Step

514

1

tanga sports ® Aerobic Step

4

Reebok ® Mini STEP

MADE IN

GERMANY

7

TOGU ® Balanza ® Ballstep ®

2

tanga sports ® Aerobic Step L

Kübler Sport ® Aerobic Step WORKOUT

1 tanga sports ® Aerobic Step

Stable stepper of studio quality. Non-slip standing surface,

grippy texture. Adjustable in three different heights (15,

20, and 25 cm). Dimensions: 97 x 36 cm, Weight: 7 kg,

Maximum user weight: 120 kg.

K3213 p

K3811 p

pcs

5 Kübler Sport ® Aerobic Step WORKOUT

2 tanga sports ® Aerobic Step L

Sturdy stepper with a large, non-slip tread surface and

8 rubber pads on the underside. Includes 4 blocks for

height adjustment from 10 to 15 or 20 cm. Dimensions:

109 x 40 x 10/15/20 cm.

kg. Max. Load capacity: approx. 100 kg.

K3793 p

K32360 p

pcs

6 Parabolic Step

3 Reebok ® STEP

High-quality studio quality. Non-slip base, textured

surface. 3-level height adjustable (15, 20, and 25 cm).

Dimensions: 102 x 38.5 x 25 cm. Weight: 7.2 kg, max.


load capacity: approx. 125 kg.

K3210 p

pcs K3714 p

5

4 Reebok ® Mini STEP

Compact studio quality step for training in small spaces.

Dimensions: 65.5 x 32 x 15 cm, maximum user weight:

110 kg.

pcs

Compact and affordable stepper made of sturdy plastic.

With anti-slip surface. Adjustable height of 13 or 18 cm.

Dimensions: 70 x 40 x 13-18 cm, Weight: approx. 3.5

pcs

Parabolic cushions provide a spring effect and slight

instability. This challenges the deep muscles and balance

during training. Dimensions: approx. 82 x 40 x 10 cm,

Weight: approx. 7.5 kg, Material: Birch plywood, Max.

pcs

6

3

Reebok ® STEP

EXCLUSIVE

Parabolic Step

MADE IN

GERMANY

8

TOGU ® Balanza ® Ballstep ® XXL

MADE IN

GERMANY

7 TOGU ® Balanza ® Ballstep ®

Balance and stability trainer that creates instability using

air-filled, inflatable balls and thus provides appropriate

training stimuli. Due to the wide range of exercises,

exercises for sensory-motor training are also possible.

Load capacity up to 200 kg.

K3708 p 64 x 34 cm pcs

K3710 p 89 x 43 cm pcs

8 TOGU ® Balanza ® Ballstep ® XXL

Balance and stability trainer that creates instability with

the help of air-filled, inflatable balls and thus provides

appropriate training stimuli. Due to its high variety of

exercises, it is also suitable for sensory-motor training.

Load capacity up to 200 kg. Dimensions: 185 x 65 x 14 cm.

K3711 l

pcs

W 18.8 kg


515

Group Training

Fitness Trampolines

1

2

Trimilin ® Trampoline Vivo 111 PLUS

Trimilin ® Trampoline jump 120 PLUS including handrail

3

4

5

WORLD JUMPING ® Trampoline SPIDER premium

WORLD JUMPING ® Trampoline HOME

WORLD JUMPING ® Trampoline MEDICAL

1 Trimilin ® Trampoline Vivo 111 PLUS

Ideal for gentle swinging, joint-friendly jogging, intense

cardio workouts, and dynamic jumping movements.

Tension can be quickly and easily adjusted. With folding

legs and variable rubber suspension. Dimensions: 111 x

32 cm, max. user weight: 110 kg.

G1571-04 y black blue pcs

G1571 y white blue pcs

G1571-12 y pink blue pcs

G1571-23 y orange blue pcs

G1571-33 y fluorescent yellow blue pcs

Black jumping mat available online.

516

2 Trimilin ® Trampoline jump 120 PLUS including handrail 4 WORLD JUMPING ® Trampoline HOME

Ideal for gentle swinging, joint-friendly jogging, intense Home version with removable legs for easy transportation

cardio workouts, and dynamic jumping movements. and convenient storage. Jumping mat with anti-slip

Tension easily adjustable. With folding legs, variable surface. Frame made of powder-coated steel. Includes

rubber suspension, and handrail. Dimensions: 120 x 32 adjustable handlebar. Dimensions: Ø 120 x 34 cm, Ø

cm, max. user weight: 120 kg.

jumping mat: 98 cm, Weight: approximately 10 kg, Maximum



G1573 y white blue pcs G1518-01 l blue pcs

G1573-12 y pink blue pcs G1518-12 l pink pcs

G1573-23 y orange blue pcs W 12 kg

G1573-33 y fluorescent yellow blue pcs

5 WORLD JUMPING ® Trampoline MEDICAL

Black jumping mat available online.

Jumping mat with anti-slip surface. Solid stainless steel

frame. Multiple tensioning system. Extended legs for

increased stability & easy stacking. Dimensions: approx.

120 x 35 cm, Ø jumping mat: 98 cm, Weight: approx. 10

kg, Max. load capacity: 200 kg.

G1495 l

pcs

W 12 kg

3 WORLD JUMPING ® Trampoline SPIDER premium

Jumping mat with anti-slip surface. Frame made of powdercoated

steel. Multiple tensioning system. Extended legs for

increased stability & easy stacking. Dimensions: approx. Ø

120 x 34 cm, Ø jumping mat: 98 cm, Weight: approx. 10 kg,

max. user weight: 120 kg.

G1496-01 l blue pcs

G1496-12 l pink pcs

G1496-13 l purple pcs


W 19 kg



7

Trimilin ® Trampoline with PLUS

Trimilin ® Mini Trampolines with Elastic Rubber Cords or Gentle Steel Suspension.

6 Trimilin ® Trampoline SPORT

For dynamic workouts, endurance and cardio training,

for competitive sports, strength and plyometric training.

With screw legs and 36 steel springs. Dimensions: 102 x

24 cm, recommended user weight: 50-125 kg.

G1510-01 y blue pcs

G1510 y silver pcs

6

Trimilin ® Trampoline SPORT

9

Trimilin ® Trampoline Swing PLUS

6 SPORT 7 MED 8 PRO 9 SWING 10 VARIO

Diameter 102 cm 102 cm 102 cm 122 cm 122 cm

Softness • ••• •• •••• ••••

Body weight 125 kg 100 kg 150 kg 90 kg 120 kg

Shipping weight 11 kg 11 kg 12 kg 10 kg 10 kg

Typ of feather 36 Springs 36 Springs 48 Springs Rubber Cords Rubber Cords

Suspension of springs Special Eyelets Steel Brackets Steel Brackets - -

Height 20 cm 20 cm 20 cm 25 cm 25 cm

foldable legs - MED-PLUS PRO-PLUS SWING-PLUS VARIO-PLUS

7 Trimilin ® Trampoline with PLUS

Perfect for fitness and cardio training, but also suitable for

use in rehabilitation and therapy. Particularly durable due

to elastic steel springs. Also provides gentle cushioning.

With folding legs for easy storage. Dimensions: 102 x 24

cm, recommended user weight: 40-100 kg.

G1528-01 y blue blue pcs

G1528-02 y red blue pcs

G1528-03 y yellow blue pcs


G1528-08 y turquoise blue pcs

G1528-14 y bordeaux blue pcs

G1528 y silver blue pcs


8 Trimilin ® Trampoline pro PLUS

For fitness, endurance, running, and cardio training,

but also for improving balance and coordination in the

therapy field. Particularly durable due to elastic steel

springs. With folding legs for easy storage. Dimensions:

102 x 24 cm, max. user weight: 150 kg.



9 Trimilin ® Trampoline Swing PLUS

Trampoline with dynamic rebound and large jump mat.

With folding legs and rubber suspension. Dimensions:

120 x 29 cm, max. user weight: 90 kg.









8

Trimilin ® Trampoline pro PLUS

10

Trimilin ® Trampoline Vario 120 PLUS

Jumping Mat Blue

or Black

Edge Cover Available

Online in 8 Colors

36 Unbreakable Steel Springs PLUS: Foldable Legs

10 Trimilin ® Trampoline Vario 120 PLUS

Ideal for gentle swinging, joint-friendly jogging, intense

cardio workouts, and dynamic jumping movements.

Tension adjustable quickly and easily. With folding legs

& variable rubber suspension. Dimensions: 120 x 29 cm,



G1582-01 y blue black pcs


G1582-02 y red black pcs


G1582-03 y yellow black pcs


G1582-04 y black black pcs


G1582-08 y turquoise black pcs


G1582-14 y bordeaux black pcs

G1581-18 y silver blue pcs

G1582-18 y silver black pcs


G1582-23 y orange black pcs


517

Kurstraining

Vibration Trainers

518

1

standard

FLEXI-BAR ® Vibrating Bar

6

FLEXI-BAR ® Vibration Bar Set

5,0 - 6,0 hz

2

BIOSWING Improve ® Swingstick

2 BIOSWING Improve ® Swingstick

High-tech vibrational bar with adjustable symmetrical and

asymmetrical frequency controllers. With these frequency

controllers, you can adjust the vibration speed. Frequency

3.8 - 4.8 (150 cm) is ideal for health and fitness training,

as well as for children aged approximately 6 years and

up. Frequency 5.0 - 6.0 (130 cm) is ideal for advanced

users and athletic training.

T3497 p 3,8 - 4,8 hz pcs

T3496 p 5 - 6 hz pcs

BIOSWING Propriomed ® 100 Swing Stick

7


1 FLEXI-BAR ® Vibrating Bar

Flexi-Bar ® combines endurance, strength, and coordination

training. The bar is made of fiberglass with directly

foamed end pieces. Suitable for both beginners and

trained athletes. Length: approximately 153 cm. Includes

YouTube links for introduction.

T3498 h

G2800 p standard pcs

5 BIOSWING Propriomed ® 2 Swing Bar

3,8 - 4,8 hz

3 BIOSWING Propriomed ® 100 Swing Stick

For hand, elbow, shoulder, cervical spine, and pediatric

rehabilitation. Features a frequency controller (4.8 to 6.0

Hz) on each side and three twisted spring wires for jointfriendly

vibration damping. Color: Gray, Length: 100 cm.

T3874 h

pcs

MADE IN

GERMANY MADE IN

GERMANY

3

FLEXI-BAR ® Storage Rack

4 BIOSWING Propriomed ® 1 Swing Stick

Features two continuously adjustable frequency controllers

on each side. Covers the frequencies of 3.0 to 4.0 Hz,

which are relevant for most patients in neuroorthopedic

rehabilitation. Color: Yellow, Length: 190 cm.

6 FLEXI-BAR ® Vibration Bar Set

Practical Flexi-Bar ® set for groups or entire classes.

Includes carrying bag, voucher for online instructor

training, and YouTube links.

G2804 p 10 pcs set pcs

G2807 p 25 pcs set pcs

BIOSWING Propriomed ® 1 Swing Stick

8

pcs

Features two infinitely adjustable frequency controllers

on each side. Covers the frequencies of 4.0 to 5.2 Hz,

which are relevant for motorically well-coordinated

patients. Color: red, length: 165 cm.

T3499 h

pcs

4

MADE IN

GERMANY

BIOSWING Propriomed ® 2 Swing Bar

BIOSWING Propriomed ® Rolling Stand

7 Hanging device, lockable

For 28 wooden or 35 plastic clubs, or for 20 Flexi-Bars ® .

Lockable. Dimensions: 50 x 20 cm.

G4290 p

pcs

8 FLEXI-BAR ® Storage Rack

For up to 30 Flexi-Bars ® , suitable for all models. Portable.

Dimensions: approximately 50 x 43 x 12 cm, Weight:

approximately 2 kg.

G2805 p

pcs

9 BIOSWING Propriomed ® Rolling Stand

For up to 20 Propriomed ® vibration rods. With 5 transport

wheels.

T3875 h

pcs

9

5

MADE IN

GERMANY

519


Nordic Walking

Nordic Walking

1

LEKI ® Asphalt Pads POWERGRIP

2

Determining the Correct Walking/

Hiking Pole Length

• Wear appropriate footwear and stand

upright without arching your back.

• Hold the walking pole loosely and position

it vertically at your side.

• The angle between your upper and lower

arm should be between 90 and a maximum

of 100 degrees.

LEKI ® Smart Tip Pad 2.0

3

4

5

6

Leki ® Rubber Pads HIKING

LEKI ® Short Flex Tips

LEKI ® Trigger 1 V2 STRAP Hand Loops

LEKI ® Stock Bag TEAM

1 LEKI ® Asphalt Pads POWERGRIP

Rubber pads for all LEKI ® Nordic Walking poles. Ideal

swing behavior & optimal grip due to vulcanized material.

U4537 p

pair

2 LEKI ® Smart Tip Pad 2.0

U4539 p

Replacement pad for LEKI ® Smart Tip 2.0 made of vulcanized

rubber. Easy to replace without any tools. 1 pair.

For models from 2017 onwards.

U4548 p

pair

3 Leki ® Rubber Pads HIKING

For use on hard floors and asphalt. Easy application to

trekking or Nordic walking poles. Provide cushioning

and anti-slip properties. Abrasion-resistant and durable.

Material: Vulcanized rubber. Delivered in pairs.

4 LEKI ® Short Flex Tips

The flex tip is suitable for all LEKI ® walking poles (Ø 18

mm). It offers excellent grip and durability and is flexible

up to an incline of 30°. Designed for use on soft surfaces.

U4538 p

pair

pair

5 LEKI ® Trigger 1 V2 STRAP Hand Loops

Durable wrist straps for all LEKI ® poles with Trigger 1

System. Wrist straps for quick, individual adjustment.

Sizes: S-M-L (small) or M-L-XL (large). Delivery in pairs.

U4529 p big pair

U4528 p small pair

520



7

LEKI ® SPIN Nordic Walking Telescopic Poles

LEKI ® SPIN Nordic Walking Telescopic Poles

9

LEKI ® SMART SUPREME

6 LEKI ® Stock Bag TEAM

Carry bag for up to 15 pairs of Nordic Walking poles.

Dimensions: approx. 140 x 30 x 30 cm. Made of 100%

polyester.

U45350 p

pcs

7 LEKI ® SPIN Nordic Walking Telescopic Poles

U4543 p

High-quality walking sticks with a strong grip, easy 9 LEKI ® SMART SUPREME

adjustment system, and carbide tip with rubber buffers.

Length: 100 - 130 cm, continuously adjustable. Weight:

220 g per stick. Material: 16/14 mm aluminum HTS 5.5.

U4543 p

pair

8

8 LEKI ® SPIN Nordic Walking Telescopic Poles

High-quality walking sticks with a strong grip, easy

adjustment system, and carbide tip with rubber buffers.

Length: 100 - 130 cm, continuously adjustable. Weight:

220 g per stick. Material: 16/14 mm aluminum HTS 5.5.

pair

All-round walking poles for any terrain. Quick change

between rubber buffer or carbide tip at any time. Adjustable

from 100 - 130 cm in length. Weight: 225 g,

Material: Aluminium (HTS 5.5), Grip: Trigger Shark 2.0.

U4545 p

LEKI ® Response

pair

10

11

Telescopic Nordic walking

poles with cork grip

10 LEKI ® Response

Nordic Walking poles made of aluminum in a fixed length

- for all those who want to be on the move with the

least possible weight during walking. Material: HTS 6.0

aluminum, 16 mm thick.

U4530 p 105 cm pair

U4531 p 110 cm pair

U4532 p 115 cm pair

U4533 p 120 cm pair

U4534 p 125 cm pair

11 Telescopic Nordic walking poles with cork grip

Aluminum poles with sweat-absorbing cork handles and

adjustable comfort straps. Adjustable from 80 - 140 cm

continuously, including asphalt pads.

U4318 p blue pair

U43180 p red pair


521

Movement at the Workplace

Active Furniture & Desk Trainers

MD

-01 -02 -03 -06 -08 -26 -28 -35

1

Hokki+ ® Height-Adjustable Active Seat

MADE IN

GERMANY

4


MD

MD

2


3

AIREX ® Balance-pad XLarge

5

MADE IN

GERMANY

6

BLACKROLL ® OFFICE SET

BenchK ® Climbing Wall 112 with Pull-Up Bar

& Table Attachment, Rope and Rings

1 Hokki+ ® Height-Adjustable Active Seat

The height-adjustable motion seat for everyday and universal temporary

use. From 38 to 50 cm for heights between 1.35 and 1.75 m, and table

heights between 64 and 72 cm. Or from 50 to 68 cm for heights above

1.65 m and table heights above 76 cm.

T4117-... p Colour selection 38 - 50 cm Padded pcs


T4115-... p Colour selection 38 - 50 cm with Foam Padding pcs



Further development of the proven balance pads. With its non-slip,

waffle-like texture and destabilizing properties, it is perfect for barefoot

balance training. Ideally suited for fitness, physiotherapy, rehabilitation,

and club sports. Material: Closed-cell foam, Dimensions: 48 x 40 x 6

cm, Weight: 795 g.

A5027-01 p blue pcs

A5027-12 p pink pcs

A5027-30 p kiwi pcs

A5027-28 p lava pcs

3 AIREX ® Balance-pad XLarge

Enlarged version of the regular Balance Pad

Elite. Perfect for barefoot balance training

with its non-slip, waffle-like texture and

destabilizing properties, also suitable for

use in the office. Ideal for fitness, physiotherapy,

rehabilitation, workplace health

management (BGM), and club sports.

Material: Closed-cell foam, Dimensions:

98 x 41 x 6 cm, Weight: 1.43 kg.

A5032-01 p blue pcs

A5032-28 p lava pcs










522



7

Tunturi ® Cardio Fit D20 Deskbike

8

Tunturi ® Under Desk Bike Cardio Fit D10

5 BLACKROLL ® OFFICE SET

7 Tunturi ® Cardio Fit D20 Deskbike

10 Tunturi ® Cardio Fit T10 Treadmill

With the Office Set, you will receive all the essential fascia

tools for your everyday work life. Mini roller, DuoBall 8

cm, Twister, and a Gymbag carrying bag.

Deskbike as a supplement to your daily dose of physical

activity during work with 8 resistance levels. Ergonomically

shaped and height-adjustable saddle, as well as

The treadmill fits under any desk to stay active and

burn calories while working. Foldable, monitor with

training parameters. Dimensions: 148 x 73 x 121 cm.

T5422 p

set ergonomically shaped pedals with foot straps. Foldable

and easy to store. Dimensions: 59 x 81.5 x 88 cm, K7671 y

Weight: 36 kg.

6 BenchK ® Climbing Wall 112 with Pull-Up Bar & Table Weight: 14.5 kg.

pcs

Attachment, Rope and Rings

11

K2214 y

pcs Hovoboard ® Standing and Balance Board

High-quality wall bars made of beech wood with 8 oval

rungs (30 x 40 mm). Compliant with EN 913 and EN 12346. 8 Tunturi ® Under Desk Bike Cardio Fit D10

Dimensions: 64 x 220 cm, Weight: 29 kg, Material: Beech

wood, Max. user weight: 120 kg, Minimum room height

for installation: 2.30 m.

Under desk exercise bike as a supplement to your daily

dose of physical activity during work. Ergonomically shaped

pedals. With different resistance levels. Dimensions:

K2353 y

Motive Fitness Walkingpad

set

62 x 48 x 26 cm. Weight: 11.4 kg.

K7669 y

10

Tunturi ® Cardio Fit T10 Treadmill

pcs

9 Motive Fitness Walkingpad

Stay fit and healthy at your workplace with the Walkingpad.

With a height of 13 cm, it can be easily stored after

work. Comes with a remote control, speed: 1 - 6 km/h.

Dimensions: 125 x 55 x 13 cm, Weight: 22 kg. Maximum


K7672 y

pcs

11

Hovoboard ® Standing and Balance Board

MADE IN

GERMANY

For active standing at the workplace. Elegant, well-shaped

design combined with innovative functionality. Includes

two interchangeable base plates for different movement

requirements. These plates can be quickly, easily, and

securely inserted using integrated magnets. Dimensions:

61 x 29 x 1.5 cm, Weight capacity: 100 kg.

T5349 p black pcs

T5348 p brown pcs

T5347 p light brown pcs

523


Movement at the Workplace

Corporate Sports

Getting Employees Moving

Sporting activities not only have positive effects on individual

health but can also sustainably improve the work environment

and team dynamics within a company.

Why Is Company Sports Beneficial?

The advantages of company sports programs show that both

employees and companies can benefi

What Counts as Company Sports?

Company sports include physical activities offered by employers

for their employees. These activities can take place either on

company premises or outside of them. Participation is always

voluntary and, unless otherwise defined by the employer, does

not count as working hours. Employees are generally covered

by accident insurance through the employers’ liability insurance

associations when participating in company sports. However,

certain health insurance criteria apply — for example, the activity

must be purely recreational and non-competitive in nature.

• Promotes Health: Sedentary work dominates today’s job

market. Regular physical activity helps employees improve

their fitness, increase endurance, and enhance overall wellbeing.

A preventive, healthy lifestyle can reduce illness-related

absences and boost overall performance.

• Increases Productivity: Exercise can have a positive effect on

workplace productivity. Physical activity releases endorphins

that raise energy levels and improve mood. Employees who

exercise regularly tend to be more focused, motivated, and

resilient to stress.

• Enhances Employer Appeal: Offering company sports

demonstrates that the employer cares about employees’

well-being and work-life balance. Such programs can also

strengthen employer branding, helping to attract and retain

talented staff over the long term.

• Fosters Teamwork and Cohesion: Sports connect employees

across departments and hierarchies. Shared activities create

an informal, relaxed atmosphere that encourages interaction

and helps colleagues get to know each other better. This can

strengthen understanding, communication, and collaboration

in the workplace — especially important in today’s hybrid

work environments where team-building opportunities are

often limited.

Tip: A general rule of thumb for office workers is

60% sitting, 30% standing, and 10% movement.

524

How Can Company Sports Be Implemented?

Die Umsetzung des Betriebssports kann je nach den spezifischen

Bedürfnissen und Ressourcen eines Unternehmens variieren.

Es ist wichtig, dass Unternehmen den Betriebssport als Teil

der Unternehmenskultur etablieren. Implementation can vary

depending on a company’s specific needs and resources. It’s

Option

Sports Courses & Training Sessions

Company Sports Clubs

Internal Tournaments

External Sports Events

Cooperation with Sports Facilities

Company-Owned Sports Facilities

Active Corporate Culture

important that company sports become an established part of

the corporate culture. Since participation is voluntary, it’s even

more crucial to convince employees of its many benefits. Ideally,

at least one person within the company should coordinate and

promote the activities. Company sports offerings can include

all forms of recreational, leisure, and health-oriented exercise:

Examples

Team Sports, Yoga, Nordic Walking

Soccer, Volleyball

Table Tennis Rounds, Badminton Tournament

Company Run

Discounted Gym Membership

Fitness Studio, Mini Playing Field

Bike Leasing Options, Health Checks


525

Treatment Room

1 Therapy Bed Basic

The Basic treatment table is characterized by its ease of use, quality,

and reliability. The treatment table includes a standard lockable drawer

and is available with either electric or hydraulic height adjustment. The

sturdy frame is equipped with a wheelbase and lifting mechanism.

Features

- Dimensions: 200 x 65 cm

- Height adjustment: 48 - 95 cm

- Height adjustment: Electric, Hydraulic

- Weight capacity: 200 kg

- Headrest: Adjustable + 50° to - 40°

- Headrest: With nasal slot and cushion insert

- Includes wheel frame and safety box

- Additional cushion colors available upon request

T5140-... l Colour selection hand switch pcs

T3698-... l Colour selection foot switch pcs

T5141-... l Colour selection hydraulic hight adjustment pcs

W 100 kg

Therapy Tables

Different treatment methods require different conditions for a therapy

table. The optimal table should meet the needs of both the

patient and the therapist. In addition to functionality, comfort, and

ergonomics, the aesthetics are also important for the therapist.

Color-coordinated with the practice’s furnishings, the therapy table

becomes the centerpiece of your treatment room.

2 Therapy Table Extension

The Therapy Table Extension offers a variety of therapy options with its

versatile adjustment options. Equipped as standard with vertical height

adjustment, incline position (adjustment with gas spring), foldable leg

section, and wheeled base, this treatment table is a true all-round table.

Features



- Height adjustment: Electric, Hydraulic

- Load capacity: 200 kg

- Head section: Adjustable + 50° to -40°

- Head section: With nose slot and padding insert

- Includes wheeled frame and safety box

- Backrest position with gas spring

- Additional upholstery colors on request



T3651-... l Colour selection hydraulic hight adjustment pcs

W 115 kg

4

3-piece headpiece for therapy

table Basic & Extension

4 3-piece headpiece for therapy table

Basic & Extension

Optional Accessories.

T3653 p

pcs

All-around control system for therapy


5 All-around control system for therapy


Optional Accessories.

T3654 p

pcs

Colour selection* (E.g.: T3000-01)

01 blue 02 red 05 white

06 anthracite 09 beige 11 grey

10 creme 15 apricot 04 black

13 purple

(*) Colour variations between original material and

the shown picture are possible. Colour samples for

inspection are available upon request.

5

08 turquoise 03 yellow 24 apple green

3 Vojta/Bobath Therapy Table

The therapy table Vojta/Bobath stands out for its large treatment area.

The table is very stable and can withstand loads up to 200kg. The therapy

table comes with a standard locking mechanism and is available

with either electric or hydraulic height adjustment. The sturdy base is

equipped with a wheel frame and lifting mechanism.

Features



- Height adjustment: Electric



- Other upholstery colors available upon request



W 100 kg

526



5

All-around control system for therapy


1

2

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

MD

Therapy Bed Basic

- Robust

- Shock-resistant steel frame

- Durable synthetic leather material

MD

Therapy Table Extension

- Robust

- Impact-resistant steel frame

- Durable synthetic leather material

3

MD

Vojta/Bobath Therapy Table


527

Treatment Room

Therapy Tables

4 3-part headrest for therapy table

Vario No. 1

7 3-piece lying surface for therapy bed

Vario No. 1

Ergonomically retractable armrests. T4264 p

pcs

T4263 p

pcs

1 Therapy Table Vario No. 1

The therapy and treatment bed for professional use. With the electric

height adjustment including a safety box, a stable, vibration-free

frame, and the wheel base, this bed is ideal for rehabilitation and

therapy facilities.

Features



- Height adjustment: Electric with hand switch


- Headrest: Adjustable + 40° to -55°

- Headrest: With nasal slit and padding insert


- Additional upholstery colors available upon request

T4260-01 l blue pcs

T4260-02 l red pcs



T4260-09 l beige pcs

T4260-11 l grey pcs

T4260-32 l lime pcs

W 90 kg

5 Hydraulic roof position for therapy

couch Vario No. 1

8 Electric roof positioning for therapy

couch Vario No. 1

The prerequisite is the 3-piece running

track.

Prerequisite is T4264, the 3-part walking

surface.

T4265 p

pcs T4266 p

pcs

6 All-Around Switch for Therapy Bed

Vario No. 1

9 Cushion Width 80 cm for Therapy Bed

Vario No. 1

Circumferential handle for height adjustment

with uniform release mechanism.

T4276 h

pcs

T4275 h

pcs

10 Comfort Padding 8 cm for Therapy Bed

Vario No. 1

11 Head Section for Therapy Bed Vario

Vojta

Adjustable head section. Only compatible

with a lying surface of 200 x 120 cm.

T4278 h

pcs

T4277 h

pcs

12 Lying Surface 200 x 120 cm for Therapy

Bed Vario Vojta

T4279 h

pcs

2 Therapy Table Vario Vojta

Bobath table with an exceptionally low ascent height. With electric

height adjustment using a handheld switch. Includes a safety box, a

sturdy, vibration-free frame, and a wheel base. An optimal table for

rehabilitation and therapy facilities.

Features






- Other cushion colors available upon request

T4262-01 l blue pcs

T4262-02 l red pcs




T4262-11 l grey pcs

T4262-32 l lime pcs

W 0 kg


01 blue 04 black

06 anthracite 11 grey




3 Therapy/Massage Table Vario XXL

With an extra strong and wide frame construction, the bed offers

especially high load capacity. The height adjustment is done electrically

using a handheld switch. Includes a safety box and a wheel frame. Ideal

for rehabilitation and therapy facilities.

Features





- Headrest: Adjustable +40° to -55°

- Headrest: With nose slot and padding insert

- Includes wheeled frame and safety box

- Additional upholstery colors available upon request

T4272-01 l blue pcs

T4272-02 l red pcs




T4272-11 l grey pcs

T4272-32 l lime pcs

W 120 kg

528



11

Head Section for Therapy Bed Vario Vojta

1

MADE IN

GERMANY

Therapy Table Vario No. 1

- Extremely stable

- Durable material

- High quality

2

MADE IN

GERMANY

Therapy Table Vario Vojta

3

MADE IN

GERMANY

MD

MD

MD

Therapy/Massage Table Vario XXL


529

Treatment Room

Therapy Tables

4

4 Rolling lift system for therapy table

STAN

Roller lifting system for the STAN therapy

beds. For easy movement of the therapy

beds.

T4305 p

pcs

5

5 Full-body control system for therapy

table STAN

All-around adjustment for the STAN therapy

couches. For easy height adjustment

from any position.

T4306 p

pcs

6

6 3-piece headrest for therapy bed STAN

3-piece headrest for the STAN therapy

couches. With height-adjustable armrests.

T4307 p

pcs

1 Therapy Table STAN 2

The therapy table STAN 2 has a two-part cushioned surface (for body

and head). The headrest can be adjusted continuously in both positive

and negative positions. The electric height adjustment can be done

with a hand switch or a foot switch. An optional all-around switch is

also available.

Features

- Lying surface: approx. 202.8 x 65 cm



- Frame color: Silver

- Padding: Amalfi 6 cm

- Height adjustment: Electric, 50 - 100 cm

- Headrest: Continuously adjustable, 33° positive, 68° negative

- Nasal slit with padding insert

- Safety key

- Without rolling lift system (accessory)


T4301-01 l electrical with foot switch blue pcs

T4301-06 l electrical with foot switch anthracite pcs

T4301-09 l electrical with foot switch beige pcs

T4301-11 l electrical with foot switch grey pcs

T4300-01 l electrical with manual switch blue pcs

T4300-06 l electrical with manual switch anthracite pcs

T4300-09 l electrical with manual switch beige pcs

T4300-11 l electrical with manual switch grey pcs

W 115 kg

2 Therapy Bench STAN 3

The therapy table STAN 3 features a three-part cushioned surface

(for legs, torso, and head). The headrest can be continuously adjusted

in a positive and negative position. The leg section can be adjusted

in a positive position, and in combination with the torso cushion, an

inclined position is possible. The electric height adjustment can be

done with a handheld switch or a foot switch. An optional all-around

circuit would also be possible.

Features

- Bed surface: 3 parts, approx. 204 x 65 cm





- Height adjustment: Electric, 50 - 100 cm

- Backrest adjustment: Manual gas spring

- Leg rest adjustment: Manual gas spring


- Nose slit with padding insert

- Safety key

- Without rolling lifting system (accessory)

- Other padding colors available upon request

T4303-01 l electrical with foot switch blue pcs

T4303-06 l electrical with foot switch anthracite pcs

T4303-09 l electrical with foot switch beige pcs

T4303-11 l electrical with foot switch grey pcs

T4302-01 l electrical with manual switch blue pcs

T4302-06 l electrical with manual switch anthracite pcs

T4302-09 l electrical with manual switch beige pcs

T4302-11 l electrical with manual switch grey pcs

W 130 kg

530


01 blue 09 beige





3 Therapy Table STAN PRO

The therapy table STAN PRO has a three-part upholstered surface (for

legs, torso, and head). The head section can be continuously adjusted

in a positive and negative angle. The leg section can be adjusted in a

positive angle, and in combination with the torso cushion, an inclined

position is possible. The height adjustment is done through the integrated

round switch.

Features

- Sleeping area: 3 parts, approx. 204 x 65 cm





- Height adjustment: Electric with all-around switch 50 - 100 cm

- Roof position: Electric

- Adjustment of the foot section: Manual gas spring


- Nose slot including padding insert

- Safety key

- Without rolling lifting system (accessory)

- Other padding colors available on request

T4304-01 l blue pcs



T4304-11 l grey pcs

W 134 kg



1

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

MD

Therapy Table STAN 2

- Modern design

- Barely visible electronics

- Specifically designed for physiotherapy

and rehabilitation

2

MADE IN

GERMANY

MD

Therapy Bench STAN 3

- Modern design

- Barely visible electronics

- Specially designed for physiotherapy

and rehabilitation

3

MD

Therapy Table STAN PRO

- Modern design

- Almost invisible electronics

- Specifically designed for physiotherapy

and rehabilitation


531

Treatment Room

1 Therapy Table Solid 2

The therapy beds of the Solid series stand out for their high quality,

aesthetics, and safety. By default, the beds can be moved like a

„wheelbarrow“ using the two wheels located at the headrest area.

The height-adjustable, 2-part beds impress with ample legroom and

a comfortable 6 cm high padding.

Features



- Height adjustment: Electric, Hydraulic, Battery-operated

- Hand control with switch bar on both sides

- Lifting capacity: Electric and battery-operated up to 200 kg

- Lifting capacity: Hydraulic up to 180 kg



T4200-... l Colour selection electrical with manual switch white pcs

battery mode with manual

T4202-... l Colour selection

switch

white pcs

T4204-... l Colour selection hydraulical white pcs

T4201-... l Colour selection electrical with manual switch grey pcs



switch

grey

pcs

T4205-... l Colour selection hydraulical grey pcs

W 90 kg

Therapy Tables

4

4 Full control system for Solid therapy

table

Round foot control on head and foot side.

T4247 p

pcs

5

5 Automatic Foot End for Solid Therapy

Table

A wheel lifting system at the foot end for

the Solid therapy couches.

T4248 p

pcs

2 Therapy Table Solid 3 Viernheim

The therapy tables of the Solid series are characterized by high quality,

aesthetics, and safety. By default, the tables can be moved like a

„wheelbarrow“ with the 2 wheels available in the headrest area. The

height-adjustable, 3-section tables impress with ample legroom and

a comfortable 6 cm high cushion. The 92 cm long leg section can be

continuously adjusted from 0° to +80°.

Features



- Height adjustment: Electric, hydraulic, battery-operated

- Hand control with control panel on both sides




- Legrest: Adjustable 0° to + 80°

- Legrest: Length 92 cm


T4230-... l Colour selection electrical with manual switch white pcs



switch

white pcs

T4234-... l Colour selection hydraulical white pcs

T4231-... l Colour selection electrical with manual switch grey pcs



switch

grey

pcs

T4235-... l Colour selection hydraulical grey pcs

W 90 kg

6

6 Automatic Headrest for Solid Therapy

Table

A wheel lifting system at the head end for

the Solid therapy couches.

T4249 p

pcs


01 blue 04 black





3 Therapy Table Solid 5 Viernheim

The therapy tables of the Solid series are characterized by high quality,

aesthetics, and safety. By default, the tables can be moved like a

„wheelbarrow“ using the two wheels located at the head section. The

height-adjustable, 5-section tables impress with plenty of legroom

and a comfortable 6 cm high cushion. Adjustable armrests at the head

section and an adjustable leg section.

Features



- Height adjustment options: Electric, Hydraulic, Battery-operated

- Hand control with switch bar on both sides



- Adjustable headrest: + 45° to - 50°

- Headrest: With two height and side-adjustable armrests

- Adjustable legrest: 0° to + 80°

- Legrest length: 92 cm

T4236-01 l Colour selection electrical with manual switch white pcs

T4238-01 l Colour selection


switch

white pcs

T4240-01 l Colour selection hydraulical white pcs

T4237-01 l Colour selection electrical with manual switch grey pcs

T4239-01 l Colour selection


switch

grey pcs

T4241-01 l Colour selection hydraulical grey pcs

W 90 kg

532



1

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

MD

Therapy Table Solid 2

- Secure and flexible height adjustment

options

- High load capacity

- Ergonomic design and comfort

2

MADE IN

GERMANY

MD

Therapy Table Solid 3 Viernheim

- Secure and flexible height adjustment

- High load capacity


3

MD

Therapy Table Solid 5 Viernheim


- High load capacity with a lifting power of 180 kg

- Safe and flexible height adjustment options


533

Treatment Room


01 blue 02 red 03 yellow

04 black 06 anthracite 11 grey

(*) Colour variations between original material and the shown

picture are possible. Colour samples for inspection are

available upon request.

Therapy Table Accessories

Synthetic leather upholstery on therapy tables is extremely

durable and easy to maintain. However, daily use inevitably

leads to some wear and soiling. Regular cleaning and disinfection

with suitable products are therefore essential. Covers

and disposable sheets provide additional protection against

wear and tear. A practice stool is also indispensable — both

for therapists and patients.

1 Therapy table cover

80% cotton and 20% polyamide.

T3000-... p Colour selection 200 x 65 cm without nose slot pcs


T3020-... p Colour selection 200 x 65 cm with nose slot pcs

T3021-... p Colour selection 200 x 80 cm with nose slot pcs


2 Pillowcase, 40 x 30 cm

Made from 100% cotton.

T3023-... p Colour selection pcs

3 Catching blanket, 200 x 150 cm

Breathable, skin-friendly, and antistatic. Made from high-quality material: 50% cotton,

43% polyacrylic, and 7% polyester. Washable up to 40°C gentle cycle.

T3171-01 p blue pcs

T3171-02 p red pcs

T3171-10 p creme pcs

T3171-19 p brown pcs

T3171-23 p orange pcs

534



1

Therapy table cover

Kübler Sport ® Head Pillow

Fleece bed pads, machine washable

5 Kübler Sport ® Nose Cushion

Padded facial rest with durable faux leather cover. Soft

and pressure-free. Dimensions: 30 x 32 x 7 cm.

T5134-01 p blue pcs

T5134-02 p red pcs

T5134-03 p yellow pcs


T5134-06 p anthracite pcs

T5134-11 p grey pcs

4

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

4 Kübler Sport ® Head Pillow

With high-quality artificial leather cover - easy-care,

soft, tactile, stretchable, and abrasion-resistant. Measurements:

40 x 30 x 9 cm.

T3368-01 p blue pcs

T3368-02 p red pcs

T3368-03 p yellow pcs


T3368-06 p anthracite pcs

T3368-11 p grey pcs

2

Pillowcase, 40 x 30 cm

Kübler Sport ® Nose Cushion

7 8

6 Face cushion made of gel

The nasal area of the face is left free in this design. The

entire pillow rests on the therapy couch and prevents

pressure sores on the patient. Easy to disinfect. Dimensions:

29 x 23 cm.

U2416 p

pcs

5

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

7 Fleece bed pads, machine washable

The material (100% synthetic fiber fleece) is pleasantly

soft, lint-free, tear-resistant, and washable multiple times

(60°). T3025: 10 pieces, T3027: 5 pieces.

T3025 p 200 x 80 cm set

T3027 p 200 x 160 cm set

8

Catching blanket, 200 x 150 cm

Single Nasal Slit Tissues BIO, 100 pieces

9 Single Nasal Slit Tissues BIO, 100 pieces

Disposable non-woven fabric. 100% biodegradable.

100 pieces.

U2410 p 30 x 21 cm set

U2415 p 40 x 30,5 cm set

3

6

Face cushion made of gel

9

MADE IN

GERMANY


535

Treatment Room

Positioning Aids


01 blue 02 red 03 yellow

04 black 06 anthracite 11 grey

(*) Colour variations between original material and the shown

picture are possible. Colour samples for inspection are

available upon request.

MADE IN

GERMANY

All items on this double page are

manufactured in Germany.

1 3

2 4 5

1 Kübler Sport ® Roller

T3359-... p Colour selection 50 cm, Ø 15 cm




2 Kübler Sport ® Half Roll

T3350-... p Colour selection 50 x 18 x 9 cm

T3351-... p Colour selection 50 x 25 x 12,5 cm


T3353-... p Colour selection 50 x 15 x 7,5 cm

pcs

pcs

pcs

pcs

pcs

pcs

pcs

pcs

3 Kübler Sport ® Three-Quarter Roll



4 Kübler Sport ® Posture Cushion/Support Cushion




pcs

pcs

pcs

pcs

pcs

5 Kübler Sport ® Storage Cube






pcs

pcs

pcs

pcs

pcs

536



6 8

7 9 11

6 Kübler Sport ® Wedge Cushion with Leg Hollows

1 x Leg Rest: 70 x 22 x 19 cm

1 x Leg Rest: 70 x 22 x 19 cm

T3372-... p Colour selection with 1x leg trough

T3374-... p Colour selection with 2 leg hollows

pcs

pcs

8 Kübler Sport ® Seat Wedge Cushion according to

Brügger

37 x 37 x 7 cm


10

10 Kübler Sport ® Head Pillow

40 x 30 x 9 cm


7 Kübler Sport ® Leg Cushion

9 Kübler Sport ® Wedge Cushion

11 Kübler Sport ® Lumbar Support Cushion

55 x 67 x 22,5 cm

70 x 55 x 30 cm

T3376-... p Colour selection 40 x 25 x 4,5 cm pcs

T3378-... p Colour selection pcs T3373-... p Colour selection pcs T3377-... p Colour selection 40 x 29 x 6 cm pcs


537

Treatment Room

Seating Furniture

MD

-01 -02 -03 -06 -08 -26 -28 -35

-01 -02 -03 -06 -08 -26 -28 -35

1

MADE IN

GERMANY

2

MADE IN

GERMANY

3


Hokki ® Motion Seat


4

5

6

BUREBA ® Gymnastics Ball BASIC

Erzi ® Wooden Stool

Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics Vault with wooden seat, stackable










2 Hokki ® Motion Seat

Ideal for everyday and universal use in kindergartens, schools, offices,

practices, or for private use. The temporary sitting on the Hokki ®

activates the body and mind and supports the existing urge to move.

Weight capacity: max. 110 kg.

T3644-... p Colour selection 31 cm pcs













4 BUREBA ® Gymnastics Ball BASIC

The ideal training partner for balance,

strength, and fitness exercises or as a

sitting ball. Load capacity: 300 kg.

5 Erzi ® Wooden Stool

Stackable stool made of birch molded

wood in the shape of a birch tree. Delivery

disassembled with assembly materials.


U2079 p 27 x 27 x 30 cm pcs

U2078 p 36 x 36 x 48 cm pcs

538




7

9

NEW

Lotz ® Swivel Stool Aluminum with Double Casters

MD

MADE IN

GERMANY

6 Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics Vault with wooden seat,

stackable

For use in gymnastics and therapy facilities.

Dimensions: Ø 35 x 50 cm.

T3563 p

pcs

7 Lotz ® Swivel Stool Aluminum with Double Casters

With 9 cm padding and synthetic leather cover. Height

adjustment via safety gas spring with ring release. Base

made of aluminum with double casters. Safety tested.

Seat: Ø 36 cm, Load capacity: 110 kg.

T4142-01 p 46 - 59 cm blue pcs

T4142-02 p 46 - 59 cm red pcs

T4142-04 p 46 - 59 cm black pcs

T4142-05 p 46 - 59 cm white pcs

T4142-20 p 46 - 59 cm corn pcs

T4142-26 p 46 - 59 cm light blue pcs

T4142-32 p 46 - 59 cm lime pcs

T4144-01 p 54 - 72 cm blue pcs

T4144-02 p 54 - 72 cm red pcs

T4144-04 p 54 - 72 cm black pcs

T4144-05 p 54 - 72 cm white pcs

T4144-20 p 54 - 72 cm corn pcs

T4144-26 p 54 - 72 cm light blue pcs

T4144-32 p 54 - 72 cm lime pcs

8

NEW

Lotz ® Swivel Stool Plastic with Double Casters

MADE IN

GERMANY

8 Lotz ® Swivel Stool Plastic with Double Casters

With 9 cm padding and artificial leather cover. Height

adjustment using safety gas spring with ring release

(50 - 69 cm). Plastic base with double casters. Seat: Ø

36 cm, Weight capacity: 110 kg.

T4146-01 p blue pcs

T4146-02 p red pcs


T4146-05 p white pcs

T4146-20 p corn pcs

T4146-26 p light blue pcs

T4146-32 p lime pcs




capacity: 400 kg.









10

BIOSWING Foxter ® Therapy Stool

MADE IN

GERMANY

10 BIOSWING Foxter ® Therapy Stool

The Foxter has a softly pendulating seat surface, which

is covered with a synthetic leather material. This surface

is supported by a 3D-Seating ® mechanism, which allows

for controlled, cushioned movement within a specific

frequency and amplitude range. This enables dynamic

training of pelvic and trunk coordination. At the same

time, your arms and hands remain in a stable position,

allowing you to continue therapy. Height adjustment:

44 - 57 cm, seat surface: 37 cm.

U2087-01 h blue pcs

U2087-02 h red pcs

U2087-03 h yellow pcs

U2087-04 h black pcs

U2087-05 h white pcs

U2087-06 h anthracite pcs

U2087-08 h turquoise pcs

U2087-09 h beige pcs

U2087-10 h creme pcs

U2087-11 h grey pcs

U2087-15 h apricot pcs

U2087-13 h purple pcs

539


Praxisausstattung

Mirrors

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

Three-piece mirror panel with rolling stand

MADE IN

GERMANY

6

Foil light mirror 175 cm height

- Bright, clear, and distortion-free reflection

- Very resistant to dust and dirt

- Particularly lightweight mirror

MADE IN

GERMANY

2

3

4

Therapy Mirror System Move Control

Therapy mirror including frame

Ferrox ® Mobile Gymnastics & Correction Mirror

1 Three-piece mirror panel with rolling stand

Super lightweight and distortion-free foil mirror. Foldable

and lockable in a 3-part version. Includes rolling stand

with swivel and lockable wheels. Material: Back: Polyurethane

foam board, Mirror: Mirrored polyester film.

G1341 l 200 x 200 cm pcs T3328 p

W 20 kg

G1343 l 200 x 300 cm pcs

W 22 kg

G1340 l 175 x 200 cm pcs

W 20 kg

G1342 l 175 x 300 cm pcs

W 22 kg

2 Therapy Mirror System Move Control

Used as an aid in the treatment of phantom pain, nerve

injuries, CRPS, and other similar diagnoses. For therapists

in hand and foot therapy. Weight: 4 kg, Dimensions: 50

x 70 cm. Material: Impact-resistant plastic.

pcs

3 Therapy mirror including frame

With the therapy mirror, movement sequences can be

observed and controlled ideally while standing or on a

treatment table. Mirror dimensions: 143 x 50 cm, overall

dimensions: 180 x 52 x 67.5 cm.

T3347 l

W 45 kg

pcs

4 Ferrox ® Mobile Gymnastics & Correction Mirror

For use in therapy, fitness, gymnastics, or ballet. The

mirror has a continuously adjustable 360° tilt and is

available with or without a grid. Mirror surface dimensions:

170 x 100 cm, Dimensions: 187 x 115 x 67.5 cm,

Grid: 5 x 5 cm.

G1302 l with grid pcs

G1301 l without grid pcs

W 45 kg

540



5

Wall Mirror Figaro

5 Wall Mirror Figaro

For wall mounting in dance and fitness studios as well as for medical use.

Individual elements can be installed as seamless mirror walls. Silver aluminum

frame. Safety mirror glass with splinter protection. Includes metal brackets

for wall mounting. Mirror thickness: 4 mm, frame width: 2.5 cm on each side.

According to standard EN 60601-1.

G1755 l 170 x 100 cm pcs

W 30 kg

G1756 l 200 x 100 cm pcs

W 35 kg

G1759 l 200 x 125 cm pcs

W 40 kg

6 Foil light mirror 175 cm height

100% distortion-free and resistant to dust and dirt. Material: Mirrored polyester

film, aluminum frame. Weight: approx. 2 kg/sqm. Installation: with 2 hanging loops.


W 6 kg


W 7 kg


W 7 kg


W 7 kg


W 7 kg

G1359 l with suspension eyes 175 x 100 cm with back plate pcs

W 7 kg


W 7 kg


W 7 kg


W 7 kg


W 8 kg


W 8 kg


W 8 kg

7 Foil Lightweight Mirror 200 cm Height

100% distortion-free and resistant to dust and dirt. Material: Mirrored polyester

film, aluminum frame. Weight: approx. 2 kg/sqm. Installation: with 2 hanging eyes.


W 5 kg


W 7 kg


W 7 kg


W 7 kg


W 7 kg


W 7 kg


W 8 kg


W 6 kg


W 8 kg


W 8 kg


W 8 kg


W 8 kg


W 9 kg


W 9 kg


W 7 kg


W 9 kg


W 9 kg


W 9 kg


W 9 kg


W 9 kg


W 9 kg


W 9 kg


W 9 kg


W 9 kg


W 14 kg


W 14 kg


W 14 kg


W 17 kg


W 17 kg


W 17 kg


541

Treatment Room

Anatomical Models

2

Erler-Zimmer Torso, 27 pieces

1

Erler-Zimmer School Skeleton „Oscar“

3

Erler-Zimmer Mini-Torso, 16 pieces

1 Erler-Zimmer School Skeleton „Oscar“

The detailed skeleton model Oscar impresses with its robust design

and ensures long-lasting quality. Size with stand: 178 cm. Weight: 9 kg.

T4010 p

2 Erler-Zimmer Torso, 27 pieces

This life-sized torso is detachable into 27 individual parts and displays

the major organs and anatomical details of the human body. Dimensions:

88 x 40 x 23 cm. Weight: 10.5 kg.

T4035 p

3 Erler-Zimmer Mini-Torso, 16 pieces

Presentation of the human torso in approximately ½ natural size. The

model consists of the following parts: main body, two halves of the head,

one with a detachable brain, two halves of the lungs, heart (two parts),

stomach, liver, package of intestines with detachable appendix cover,

female genitals (two parts), male genitals (two parts). The model is

delivered on a base plate with instructions. Dimensions: 19 x 14 x 43 cm.

T4036 p

pcs

pcs

pcs

542



4

Erler-Zimmer Disc Herniation Simulator

5

NEW

Erler-Zimmer Stages of Intervertebral Disc Damage

8

Erler-Zimmer Cervical Spine

4 Erler-Zimmer Disc Herniation Simulator

Offers the possibility to simulate a herniated disc. By

compressing the two lumbar vertebrae, the inner core

of the disc is pushed out. Weight: 800 g.

T4025 p

pcs

6

Erler-Zimmer Flexible Spine

9

Erler-Zimmer Thoracic Spine

6 Erler-Zimmer Flexible Spine

Model of a life-size and detailed spine. It consists of the

Os occipitale, cervical, thoracic, and lumbar vertebrae,

Os sacrum, Os coccygis, and the complete pelvic region.

Also depicted are the vertebral arteries, branches of the

spinal nerves, and a herniated disc at the level of L3-L4.

Size: 75 cm. Weight: 3.4 kg.

7

Erler-Zimmer‘s Articulating Spine with Pelvis

8 Erler-Zimmer Cervical Spine

Shows the vertebrae C1 to C7 as well as a skull base

segment. The vertebrae are depicted with spinal cord and

exiting spinal nerves. Movements can be demonstrated.

Weight: 300 g.

T4027 p

Erler-Zimmer Lumbar Spine

5 Erler-Zimmer Stages of Intervertebral Disc Damage

Consisting of 4 lumbar vertebrae pairs and showing, in

T4026 p

pcs

addition to the healthy state, three pathologies: mild disc 7 Erler-Zimmer‘s Articulating Spine with Pelvis

damage, herniated disc with bone deformation, severe

disc damage with strong bone deformation. The vertebral

pairs are magnetically mounted on the acrylic base and

Natural cast of a human spine with detachable pelvis.

The spinal nerves and the vertebral artery are depicted.

The Ilio-Sacral joint is movable in the model and the

T4028 p

are easily removable. The vertebral pairs are flexibly

connected, allowing for movements to be demonstrated.

pelvis can be easily removed. Dimensions: Model height

(without stand): 70 cm, stand height: 6 cm, weight: 1.8 kg.

10 Erler-Zimmer Lumbar Spine

Size: 38 x 10 x 10 cm, Weight: 900 g.

T4030 p

pcs

T4041 p

pcs

10

pcs

9 Erler-Zimmer Thoracic Spine

Shows the vertebrae Th1 to Th12. The vertebrae are

depicted with spinal cord and exiting spinal nerves.

Movements can be demonstrated. Weight: 500 g.

pcs

Shows the vertebrae L1 to L5 and the sacrum. The vertebrae

are depicted with spinal cord and exiting spinal

nerves. Movements can be demonstrated. Weight: 700 g.

T4029 p

pcs


543

Treatment Room

Anatomical Models

1

Erler-Zimmer Osteopathy Skull Model, didactic,

Augmented Anatomy

2

Erler-Zimmer Skull Model, Augmented Anatomy

3

Erler-Zimmer Flexible Mini Spine, Didactic

1 Erler-Zimmer Osteopathy Skull Model, didactic, Augmented

3 Erler-Zimmer Flexible Mini Spine, Didactic

Anatomy

Divided into five different sections, each distinguished

This model of an average European adult skull can be by different colors, including 7 cervical vertebrae, 12

disassembled into all 22 individual bones. Thanks to the thoracic vertebrae, 5 lumbar vertebrae, the sacrum, and

sturdy individual parts with practical magnetic connections,

the coccyx. It also includes simulations of the herniated

the individual pieces can be easily assembled. For disc L3-L4, nerve root exits, and the vertebral artery of

better differentiation of the individual bones, the bones the cervical spine.

are colored in didactic colors. Paired bones are in the

same color. Weight: 800 g.

T4040 p

pcs

T4024 p

pcs

4 Erler-Zimmer Flexible Spine, Didactic

Fully flexible spine in natural size with occiput, cervical,

2 Erler-Zimmer Skull Model, Augmented Anatomy thoracic, and lumbar vertebrae, sacrum, coccyx, and

Consists of cranial base, cranial roof, and lower jaw.

The lower jaw is flexibly mounted and removable. The

cranial roof is aligned with the cranial base using unbreakable

metal pins and is held in place by strong

complete pelvis. Also included are the spinal arteries,

spinal nerves, and a herniated disc at L3-L4. The different

segments of the spine are color-coded for easier

identification. Size: 75 cm, Weight: 3.4 kg.

magnets. Weight: 1 kg.

T4039 p

pcs

T4023 p

pcs

4

Erler-Zimmer Flexible Spine, Didactic

544

Augmented Anatomy

Thanks to the new Augmented Anatomy app in combination with these high-quality anatomical models, learning is now even

easier and more efficient!

This app automatically recognizes the anatomical models and displays the nomenclature in Augmented Reality. The use is

completely free for you and unlimited in time. The Augmented Anatomy app works on all common smartphones or tablets.

- High-quality Augmented Reality learning app

- Free and without registration

- Nomenclature always available anytime, anywhere

- Further online links in the learning lexicon

5

NEW 6 NEW 7 NEW 8 NEW

Erler-Zimmer Heart Model, Augmented Anatomy

Erler-Zimmer Eye Model, Augmented Anatomy

Erler-Zimmer Respiratory Model,

Augmented Anatomy

Erler-Zimmer Skin Block Model,

Augmented Anatomy

5 Erler-Zimmer Heart Model, Augmented Anatomy 7 Erler-Zimmer Respiratory Model, Augmented Anatomy

The front wall of this heart model can be removed. All

important structures such as atria, ventricles, aortic,

mitral, pulmonary, and tricuspid valves are depicted. Heart

muscle, fatty tissue, arteries, and veins are meticulously

Representation of the human respiratory tract in approximately

½ natural size. Lung lobes, trachea, and upper

airways are depicted in detail. The model is detachably

mounted on a base. Size: 16 x 13 x 28 cm, Weight: 400 g.

hand-painted, and the structures are described on the

attachable learning card (German/English). The model

is made of unbreakable plastic and detachable, mounted

T4045 p

pcs

on a base. Size: 8 x 8 x 14 cm, Weight: 400 g.

8 Erler-Zimmer Skin Block Model, Augmented Anatomy

T4042 p

pcs This model of human skin, approximately 50 times magnified,

three-dimensionally illustrates the different layers

of skin and anatomical structures. In addition to nerves

6 Erler-Zimmer Eye Model, Augmented Anatomy and blood vessels, the model depicts sweat glands,

Elaborately hand-painted reproduction of a human eye in sebaceous glands, hair follicles, arrector pili muscles,

approximately 4 times natural size. The model consists Pacinian corpuscles, and much more. Size: 20 x 10 x 20

of two halves of the white eye skin with eye muscle cm, Weight: 900 g.

insertions and retina, as well as vitreous body, lens,

cornea, and iris. The model has a total of 6 parts. The

T4044 p

pcs

model is removable from the base. Size: Eye 10 x 10 x

12 cm, Model with base: 12 x 12 x 15 cm, Weight: 400 g.

T4043 p

pcs


545

Treatment Room

Anatomical Charts

Double-sided laminated teaching charts / posters that are indestructible and

tear-resistant. They can be written on with a water-soluble felt-tip pen. With metal

reinforcement and hanger. Language: Latin.

1

2

3

Teaching board, poster - The human skeleton

Teaching board, poster - Human muscular system

Teaching Board, Poster - The Spine

4

from 33.95

5

from 33.95

6

from 33.95

Teaching board, poster - The human vascular system

Educational Chart, Poster - The Human Lymphatic System

Educational Chart, Poster - The Human Nervous System

1 Teaching board, poster - The human skeleton

T3071 p 50 x 70 cm laminate pcs


2 Teaching board, poster - Human muscular system



3 Teaching Board, Poster - The Spine

T3080 p 50 x 70 cm without laminate pcs



4 Teaching board, poster - The human vascular system




5 Educational Chart, Poster - The Human Lymphatic

System



6 Educational Chart, Poster - The Human Nervous System





546



High-quality anatomical teaching chart with labels in German, Latin, and English.

Material 50 x 70 cm: art print paper (200g/sqm), Material 70 x 100 cm: plastic

film (200µ).

7

Poster - The human musculature

10

from 19.95

Educational Chart - The Spine

7 Poster - The human musculature

T4400 p 50 x 70 cm pcs

T4401 p 70 x 100 cm pcs

8 Chart - The human skeleton

T4402 p 50 x 70 cm pcs

T4403 p 70 x 100 cm pcs

11

from 19.95

Chart - Upper Extremity

8

Chart - The human skeleton

from 19.95

Chart - Lower Extremity

9 Chart - The vascular system

T4410 p 50 x 70 cm pcs

T4411 p 70 x 100 cm pcs

10 Educational Chart - The Spine

T4412 p 50 x 70 cm pcs

T4413 p 70 x 100 cm pcs

12

11

9

Chart - Upper Extremity

Chart - The vascular system

T4420 p 50 x 70 cm pcs

T4421 p 70 x 100 cm pcs

12

Chart - Lower Extremity

13

Educational Chart - Shoulder and Elbow

T4422 p 50 x 70 cm pcs

T4423 p 70 x 100 cm pcs

13 Educational Chart - Shoulder and Elbow

T4440 p 50 x 70 cm pcs

T4441 p 70 x 100 cm pcs


547

Treatment Room

Hygiene Items & First Aid

MADE IN

GERMANY

MD

1

Söhngen ® First Aid Cabinet according to DIN 13157

MD

2

Söhngen ® First Aid Kit Refill, DIN 13157

MADE IN

GERMANY

MD

3

Söhngen ® First aid cabinet according to DIN 13169

548

1 Söhngen ® First Aid Cabinet according to DIN 13157

High-quality filling according to DIN standards. With

security lock and two keys. Single-door first aid cabinet

with one shelf. Material: steel sheet, dimensions: 30.2

x 36.2 x 14 cm.

U7323 p

pcs

2 Söhngen ® First Aid Kit Refill, DIN 13157

The refill pack according to DIN 13157. Compatible with

the first aid cabinet according to DIN 13157 (article

number: U7323).

U7320 p

pack

3 Söhngen ® First aid cabinet according to DIN 13169

High-quality filling according to DIN. With safety lock and

two keys. One door first aid cabinet with two shelves.

Door with three storage trays. Material: sheet steel,

dimensions: 45.2 x 55.2 x 17 cm.

U7322 p

pcs

4 Söhngen ® First Aid Kit Refill according to DIN 13169

The refill pack according to DIN 13169 is suitable for the

first aid kit according to DIN 13169 (item number: U7322).

U7321 p

pack

MD

5

Gazofix ® Cohesive Elastic Fixation Bandage 8 cm x 20 m

8

Cotton Towel

11

cosiMed ® Rapid Disinfection

Use biocidal products with

caution. Always read label

and product information

before use.

MADE IN

GERMANY

MD

6

Leukoplast ® elastic 6 cm x 5 m

9

Kübler Sport ® Sports Tape 3.8 cm x 10 m

12

cosiMed ® Moist Disinfection Wipes XL

Leukotape ® classic 10 m

5 Gazofix ® Cohesive Elastic Fixation Bandage 8 cm x 20 m 8 Cotton Towel

11 cosiMed ® Rapid Disinfection

Self-adhesive and elastic. With 40% cotton content and

latex-free polymer coating.

High-quality terry towel, 100% cotton. Washability: colors

up to 60°C, white can be boiled up to 90°C.

Ready-to-use solution. Application for disinfection of

washable surfaces.

D6179 p

roll T3180-... p Colour selection 50x100 cm pcs T3590 p 1 l pcs

Base price/m

6 Leukoplast ® elastic 6 cm x 5 m

T3190-... p Colour selection 70x140 cm pcs T3592 p 5 l pcs

The ideal plaster for all situations where a quick wound

care needs to be performed.

9 Kübler Sport ® Sports Tape 3.8 cm x 10 m

12 cosiMed ® Moist Disinfection Wipes XL

D6172 p

roll High-quality tape with excellent tensile strength. Roll 120 ready-to-use wet wipes for surface disinfection.

Base price/m

length: 10m. Roll width: 3.8cm.

Cloth dimensions: 28 x 28 cm.

7 Leukotape ® classic 10 m

D6190-05 p white roll T3598 p

pcs

High-quality sports tape. Easy to apply, tear, and remove.

13 cosiMed ® Moist Disinfection Wipes, Refill Pack

Protective and breathable. Length: 10 m.

10 cosiMed ® Moist Disinfectant Wipes

Refill pack with 120 wipes.

D6152 p 2 cm roll 120 ready-to-use wet wipes for surface disinfection.

Base price/m

Cloth dimensions: 13 x 20 cm.

T3586 p

pack

D6150 p 3,75 cm roll T3574 p

pcs

14

Base price/m

cosiMed ® Moist Disinfection Wipes XL, Refill Pack

Refill pack with 120 XL wipes.

T3599 p

pack

MADE IN

GERMANY

7

10

cosiMed ® Moist Disinfectant Wipes

13

MADE IN

GERMANY

cosiMed ® Moist Disinfection Wipes, Refill Pack

MADE IN

GERMANY


549

Therapy Equipment & Supplies

Cold & Heat Therapy

1

2

3

Ice Power ® Plus MSM

Ice Power ® Cooling Gel

Ice Power ® Cooling Spray

1 Ice Power ® Plus MSM

3 Ice Power ® Cooling Spray

5

Quickly and effectively relieves pain, inflammation, and Provides fast and effective emergency cooling. 200 ml.

swelling. The methylsulfonylmethane helps to enhance

the effect. 100 ml.

T5357 p pcs 10.95

T5367 p pcs 14.95

4 Ice Power ® Magnesium Cream

Cooling cream for use in muscle cramps, muscle pain,

2 Ice Power ® Cooling Gel

and locally increased magnesium needs. 300 ml.

Reduces swelling, reduces muscle tension, and accelerates

healing for injuries and muscle exertion.

T5359 p pcs 9.95

T5361 p 150 ml pcs 17.95

T5362 p 400 ml pcs 31.95

550



4

Ice Power ® Magnesium Cream

MD

6

Multiple Cold/Hot Compresses

MD

8

MD

6 Multiple Cold/Hot Compresses

Reusable gel compress helps with cold and heat therapy.

D6118 p 8 x 13 cm pcs 2.70

D6125 p 12 x 29 cm pcs 4.50

D6124 p 13 x 14 cm pcs 2.95

D6115 p 16 x 26 cm pcs 5.50

D6116 p 21 x 38 cm pcs 9.50

D6117 p 30 x 40 cm pcs 12.50

7 Instant cold compress

For a quick cold application. Ready to use in seconds.

D6137 p 300 g pcs 2.95

8

MD

5

MD

7

Instant cold compress

MD

9

9


551


Mud & Paraffin Packs

MD

MD

MD

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

2

3

Kübler Sport ® Moor Single Packs

Kübler Sport ® Moor-Wärmeträger Plus

Spitzner ® Therm Warm Pack

MD

MADE IN

GERMANY

MD

MADE IN

GERMANY

MD

MADE IN

GERMANY

4

5

6

Paraffin Heat Carrier

Paraffin Wax 50-52 °C, 5 kg

Fango Paraffin N, 20 kg

MD

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

7

8

9

Spitzner ® Therm Fango-Paraffin, 10 kg

Catching blanket, 200 x 150 cm

cosiMed ® Paraffin Remover Plus

1 Kübler Sport ® Moor Single Packs

High-quality moor pack. Delivery: 30 x 40 cm, 40 pieces

per pack, 60 x 40 cm, 20 pieces per pack, in a carton.

T3314 p 30 x 40 cm set

T3315 p 60 x 40 cm set

2 Kübler Sport ® Moor-Wärmeträger Plus

For use on moor single-use packs. Reusable heat carrier.

Heat exclusively in a water bath.

T3312 p 28 x 38 cm pcs

T3313 p 38 x 58 cm pcs

3 Spitzner ® Therm Warm Pack

Provides therapeutic heat for approximately 1 hour. Very

easy to shape and lightweight. Comes with a 2-year

warranty and is eligible for reimbursement according

to HMR §24 Paragraph 2 No. 5. Suitable for warming

in heat cabinets.

T5180 p 50 x 30 cm pair

T5181 p 70 x 50 cm pair

4 Paraffin Heat Carrier

Heat carrier with paraffin filling for warming in heat

cabinets.

T3258 p 36 x 27 cm pcs

T3259 p 54 x 36 cm pcs

5 Paraffin Wax 50-52 °C, 5 kg

Contains hard paraffin DAB 10 with a melting point of

50-52 °C. Weight: 5 Kg.

T3261 p

pcs

6 Fango Paraffin N, 20 kg

For fango dispensing devices. Box with 10 pieces of 2

kg slabs each. Weight: 20 kg.

T3260 p

pcs

552



10

MoVeS ® Paraffin Wax 54°C, 2.5 kg

11

MoVeS ® Paraffin Wax 46°C, 2.7 kg

12

MoVeS ® Paraffin Bath Para Pro

7 Spitzner ® Therm Fango-Paraffin, 10 kg

9 cosiMed ® Paraffin Remover Plus

11 MoVeS ® Paraffin Wax 46°C, 2.7 kg

For Fango discharge devices. Long heat retention and

excellently moldable. Box contains 10 pieces of 1 kg

tablets each. Weight: 10 kg.

To remove splatters of fango paraffin from stainless steel

surfaces or fango paraffin warming devices as well as

from stone and tile surfaces.

The paraffin is delivered in 6 x 453 g blocks.

T5339 p

set

T5182 p

pack T3575 p 1 l pcs

12 MoVeS ® Paraffin Bath Para Pro

Professional wax hot bath that can be used around the

8 Catching blanket, 200 x 150 cm

10 MoVeS ® Paraffin Wax 54°C, 2.5 kg

clock. In combination with the paraffin beads, it only takes

Breathable, skin-friendly, and antistatic. Made from Delivered in a resealable bag.

2.5 hours to melt 2.5 kg of paraffin. The temperature

high-quality material: 50% cotton, 43% polyacrylic, T5196 p

pcs can be set between 40 and 60°C and can be easily

and 7% polyester. Washable up to 40°C gentle cycle.

controlled using the thermometer. Includes 2.5 kg of

T3171-01 p blue pcs

paraffin beads. External dimensions: 39 x 25 x 18 cm,

T3171-02 p red pcs

internal dimensions: 32.5 x 18 x 13 cm.

T3171-10 p creme pcs

T5195 p

pcs

T3171-19 p brown pcs



553


Warming Devices

MD

MD

MD

1

2

3

Heuser ® Water Bath WB 5-30

- Electronic temperature control

- Digital temperature display

- Stainless steel exterior casing

- For 5 heat carriers

- Heating power: 900 W

- Dimensions: 57.5 x 36.5 x 35.5 cm

Heuser ® Fango Mixing Device RW 44

- Stainless steel housing

- Aluminum kettle

- Nominal volume: 40 L

- Dimensions: 54 x 58.2 x 62 cm


Heuser ® Warming Cabinet HWS 6-5030 for

Spitzner ® Therm Warm Packs

- Dimensions (L x W x H): 59.8 x 55.3 x 49.8 cm

- Perforated sheet dimensions (L x W): 50 x 30 cm


- Material: Exterior housing made of

pattern-rolled stainless steel

MD

MD

MD

4

5

6

Trautwein ® Water Bath Basic 30 Digital



- Stainless steel exterior housing

- For 10 heat carriers (stacked)


- Dimensions: 63 x 36 x 37.5 cm

Trautwein ® Fango Stirrer ER 50 N

- Stainless steel housing

- Stainless steel drum

- Nominal volume: 50 L

- Dimensions: 53 x 53 x 64.5 cm


Trautwein ® Hot Air Oven APS 18 N



- Stainless steel exterior housing

- 8 compartments, including 6 holding trays



- Temperature range: 40 °C - 60 °C

1 Heuser ® Water Bath WB 5-30

For heating and maintaining heat carriers in physiotherapy.

The water baths have an electronic temperature

control with a red LED display. The temperature range

is between 30° - 85°C. The heating is even and fast,

thanks to a large-area silicone heating mat.

T3201 y

pcs

T5532 l

W 0 kg

2 Heuser ® Fango Mixing Device RW 44

Preheating and maintaining of paraffin mud. The housing

is made of pattern-rolled stainless steel, the tank is

made of aluminum. Adjustable operating temperature: T5221 y

30°C - 110°C. In addition, a high-temperature treatment

at 135°C is possible. The electronic control offers various

stirring modes and the mud can be extracted through a

heated outlet tap. The lid is equipped with a gas spring

for easy opening.

T3274 l

pcs

W 50 kg

3 Heuser ® Warming Cabinet HWS 6-5030 for Spitzner ®

Therm Warm Packs

Heating and maintaining PCM heat packs warm, and

for keeping paraffin wax at the right temperature in

physiotherapy.

pcs

4 Trautwein ® Water Bath Basic 30 Digital

Water bath for heating and keeping heat carriers warm,

made of stainless steel. With display, which allows precise

temperature control in the range of 30° - 110° degrees.

pcs

5 Trautwein ® Fango Stirrer ER 50 N

For warming up and maintaining the temperature of

paraffin mud. Housing and kettle made of pattern-rolled

stainless steel, resulting in an energy savings of up to

30% compared to aluminum kettles. Adjustable working

temperature: 55° - 80 °C. Additionally, high-temperature

treatment at 130 °C is possible. The electronic control

offers various stirring modes and the mud can be extracted

through a heated outlet tap.

T5229 l

W 90 kg

pcs

6 Trautwein ® Hot Air Oven APS 18 N

For warming up and keeping adhesion and disposable

packs warm. The stainless steel warming device offers

temperature control from 40° - 60ºC, with a regulation

accuracy of t +/- 1.5°C. Thanks to the circulating fan,

the adhesion and disposable packs warm up quickly

and evenly.

T3256 l

pcs

W 50 kg

554



7

MD

Heuser ® Halogen Infrared Radiator IRS

7 Heuser ® Halogen Infrared Radiator IRS

The halogen infrared heaters are used in physiotherapy for patient

treatment with infrared radiation. The IRS heaters combine modern

design, functionality, and efficiency. With only 600 W of power, the

same irradiation performance is achieved as with conventional 900 W

incandescent lamp heaters. The specially designed reflector distributes

the heat over a large area and evenly onto the irradiated body part.

8 T5544 l with stand, mobile 2 light bulbs pcs

W 35 kg

T5547 l with stand, mobile 3 light bulbs pcs

W 40 kg

9 T5545 y with wall bracket 2 light bulbs pcs

T5548 y with wall bracket 3 light bulbs pcs

10 T5546 l with ceiling arm 2 light bulbs pcs

W 25 kg

T5549 l with ceiling arm 3 light bulbs pcs

W 30 kg

11 Heuser ® Infrared Beam Therapy Device TGS Therm

With 3 or 6 therapy red light lamps at 150 watts each. Includes digital

timer, individually switchable lamps, and touch protection grids. Irradiation

angle 0 - 90 °. Dimensions for 3 lamps: 71 x 33 x 16 cm.

Dimensions for 6 lamps: 71 x 49 x 16 cm.

T3223 l with stand, mobile 3 infrared lamps, dimmable pcs

W 33 kg

T3220 l with stand, mobile 3 infrared lamps, non-dimmable pcs

W 33 kg

T3233 l with stand, mobile 6 infrared lamps, dimmable pcs

W 35.5 kg

T3230 l with stand, mobile 6 infrared lamps, non-dimmable pcs

W 35 kg

T3224 l with wall bracket 3 infrared lamps, dimmable pcs

W 23.2 kg

T3221 l with wall bracket 3 infrared lamps, non-dimmable pcs

W 22.8 kg

T3234 l with wall bracket 6 infrared lamps, dimmable pcs

W 31.5 kg

T3231 l with wall bracket 6 infrared lamps, non-dimmable pcs

W 25 kg

T3225 l with ceiling arm 3 infrared lamps, dimmable pcs

W 30.5 kg

T3222 l with ceiling arm 3 infrared lamps, non-dimmable pcs

W 30 kg

T3235 l with ceiling arm 6 infrared lamps, dimmable pcs

W 32 kg

T3232 l with ceiling arm 6 infrared lamps, non-dimmable pcs

W 31.3 kg

9

10

with wall bracket

with ceiling arm

MD

11

Heuser ® Infrared Beam Therapy Device TGS Therm

8 with stand, mobile

MADE IN

GERMANY




555


Parallel Bars & Training Stairs



in Europe.

MD

MD

1

2

Ferrox ® Exercise Step

- With adjustable handrail

- Non-slip steps

- Stable steel frame construction

Ferrox ® Exercise Step, Corner Version

- With adjustable handrail

- Available in corner design or 2-sided design

- Different step heights (13 and 15 cm)

- Wide steps with anti-slip coating

3

Ferrox ® Ramp for Exercise Stairs

1 Ferrox ® Exercise Step

Very stable and high-quality design. Used in the rehabilitation

and therapy sector. The bars are adjustable in

height, making them ideal for adapting to the patient.

The floor covering is equipped with slip-resistant rubber.

Step dimension: 60 x 60 x 13 cm. Overall dimension: 182

x 65 x 70-97 cm.

T3448 l

pcs

W 97 kg

T3450 l

W 126 kg

2 Ferrox ® Exercise Step, Corner Version

In the corner version. The staircase is constructed in a

very stable and high-quality design and is used in the

rehabilitation and therapy area. The rails can be adjusted

in height, making it ideal for adapting to the patient. The

flooring is equipped with non-slip rubber. Step dimensions:

60 x 60 x 13/15 cm. Right outer side dimensions:

259 x 65 x 70-97 cm. Left outer side dimensions: 227

x 65 x 70-97 cm.

3 Ferrox ® Ramp for Exercise Stairs

The ramp serves as a complement and expandable module

to the exercise stairs. With the ramp, for example, a descent

down a mountain can be simulated. Dimensions:

150 x 60 x 6 cm.

T3451 l

W 8 kg

4 Ferrox ® Walking Bars, Folding

pcs Stable and high-quality design. Used in the rehabilitation

and therapy sector. Space-saving thanks to the folding

function. Handrail width: 65 cm. Height: 75 - 108 cm.

T3440 l 250 cm pcs

W 42 kg

T3441 l 350 cm pcs

W 45 kg

pcs

556



MD

4

Ferrox ® Walking Bars, Folding

MD

5

Ferrox ® Walking Bars with Platform

5 Ferrox ® Walking Bars with Platform

The very stable and high-quality parallel bars are used in

the rehabilitation and therapy field. Adjustable in width

and height. With the 600 cm parallel bars, only the height

of the bars can be adjusted due to the extra length. The

floor covering is equipped with non-slip rubber. Width

of the handrail: 36 - 87 cm, for the 600 cm length: 60

cm, height: 78 - 104 cm.

T3442 l 250 cm pcs

W 60 kg

T3443 l 350 cm pcs

W 78 kg

T3444 l 400 cm pcs

W 83 kg

T3445 l 600 cm pcs

W 128 kg

MD

6

Ferrox ® Walking Bars Pro with Platform

6 Ferrox ® Walking Bars Pro with Platform

Very stable and high-quality design. Used in the rehabilitation

and therapy field. Due to its adjustable height of only

50 cm, the device is particularly suitable for children. The

flooring is equipped with slip-resistant rubber. Swiveling

handlebars for variable width of 36 - 87 cm.

T3446 l 300 cm pcs

W 76 kg

T3447 l 400 cm pcs

W 88 kg

MD

7

Ferrox ® Walking Bars with Wooden Handrail, Foldable

7 Ferrox ® Walking Bars with Wooden Handrail, Foldable

The parallel bars, made in a very stable and high-quality

design, are used in rehabilitation and therapy settings.

The device impresses with its simple adjustability and

space-saving folding function, as well as its durable

handrail made of tulip wood. Dimensions: 300 x 65 x

75 - 108 cm.

T3439 l

pcs

W 60 kg


557


Traction & Extension Tables

Manual and mechanical traction has been used for years as a safe

solution for treating spinal problems with nerve root compression,

acute muscle spasms, and osteoarthritic disc herniations.

However, not all mechanical traction devices are the same - and the

Triton Traction System by CHATTANOOGA ® is setting new standards.

MD

1

CHATTANOOGA ® Triton DTS ® Traction Table

CHATTANOOGA ® Triton DTS ® Traction Table

T5372 h incl. heating function pcs

558

With the Triton System for progressive rehabilitation, CHATTANOOGA ® has

introduced a new generation of innovative traction devices that mimic the

subtle nuances of a therapist‘s hand movements, allowing for the expansion

of modern traction therapy with new functions.

- Heat function provided by integrated heating in the back cushion

- Unique traction patterns that realistically simulate manual traction (decompression)

- High patient comfort through preparation for traction via preloading

- Adjustable duration of preloading, progression, traction, and regression

- Pre-set clinical protocols for cervical and lumbar spine

- Selectable static, intermittent, and cyclical traction

- Library of anatomical images and pathologies accessible via touchscreen

- Ability to save sessions (protocols) for documentation purposes


559


Electro & Ultrasound Therapy Devices

560

1

1

CHATTANOOGA ® Intelect ® Mobile

2 Ultrasound Device

2

CHATTANOOGA ® Intelect ® Mobile 2 STIM

CHATTANOOGA ® Intelect ® Mobile 2

Ultrasound Device

Dual-frequency ultrasound at 1 or 3 MHz,

pulsed or continuous operation cycles

(10%, 20%, 50%, and 100%). Treatment

area guidelines are available on the user

interface. The coupling detection can be

monitored either acoustically (default setting)

or visually through the LED on the back

of the applicator. Includes 5 cm² ultrasound

applicator and instruction. Dimensions: 34

x 35.5 x 15 cm.

T5485 p

MD

MD

MD

4

CHATTANOOGA ® Ultrasound Applicator

for Intelect ® Mobile 2

pcs

The Intelect ® Mobile 2 represents the next

generation of therapy systems in physical

medicine. Its intelligent and intuitive design,

functionality, user-friendliness, and simplicity

make it the first choice for modern practices.

It is easy to set up and operate, thanks to

3

CHATTANOOGA ® Intelect ® Mobile 2 COMBO

5

CHATTANOOGA ® Carrying Bag

for Mobile Devices

2 CHATTANOOGA ® Intelect ® Mobile 2 STIM

A 2-channel electrotherapy system. It has

5 current waveforms: Interference, VMS,

high voltage, asymmetric, biphasic, and

symmetric biphasic TENS current. The

different current types can be selected

quickly using the user-friendly interface

and touchscreen. In addition, instructions

for electrode placement are displayed for

the selected treatment area.

T5484 p

MD

pcs

6

integrated recommendations for protocol

settings developed in line with current

clinical practices. The Intelect ® Mobile 2

also features an easily accessible, high-resolution

anatomical library that allows you

to visually explain indications and treatment

paths to patients.

CHATTANOOGA ® Intelect ® Mobile 2 Cart

3 CHATTANOOGA ® Intelect ® Mobile 2

COMBO

Two-channel electrotherapy, ultrasound

therapy, and combination system. For

combination therapy, 5 types of current are

available: interference, VMS, high-voltage,

asymmetric, biphasic, and symmetric biphasic

TENS current. Available frequencies

of 1 and 3 MHz for therapeutic ultrasound,

as well as 2 channels for electrostimulation,

make this device a versatile tool.

Includes a 5 cm² ultrasound applicator

and instructions. Dimensions: 34 x 35.5

x 15 cm.

T5483 p

pcs

4 CHATTANOOGA ® Ultrasound Applicator

for Intelect ® Mobile 2

Ergonomic sound head. Only suitable for

the Intelect ® Mobile 2 treatment device.

T5489 p 1 cm² pcs

T5490 p 2 cm² pcs

T5491 p 5 cm² pcs

T5492 p 10 cm² pcs

7

CHATTANOOGA ® Intelect ® Mobile 2

Cart including Vacuum Module

5 CHATTANOOGA ® Carrying Bag for Mobile

Devices

Suitable carrying case for the Intelect ®

Mobile 2 devices.

T5368 p

pcs

6 CHATTANOOGA ® Intelect ® Mobile 2 Cart

With drawers and large wheels. Dimensions:

48 x 52 x 96 cm.

T5486 p

pcs

7

CHATTANOOGA ® Intelect ® Mobile 2 Cart

including Vacuum Module

With vacuum unit including accessories,

drawers, and large wheels. Dimensions:

48 x 52 x 96 cm.

T5497 p

MD

pcs

561


MD MD MD

1

2

3

CHATTANOOGA ® Intelect ® NEO

Physio Basic System

CHATTANOOGA ® Intelect ® NEO

Physio-Premium System

CHATTANOOGA ® Ultrasound Applicator

for Intelect ® NEO

1 CHATTANOOGA ® Intelect ® NEO Physio Basic System

The Intelect ® NEO is a modular therapy system. The base

system is equipped with the following modules: base unit,

therapy system cart, module for electrotherapy channels

1 + 2, module for ultrasound therapy, ultrasound applicator,

2 cm², module for vacuum electrodes. Includes

appropriate accessories. The system can be expanded

with additional modules at any time. Dimensions: 61

x 67 x 134 cm, Weight: 22.2 kg. Includes instruction

according to MPG regulations.

T5388 l

set

W 25.7 kg

T5389 l

W 25.7 kg

2 CHATTANOOGA ® Intelect ® NEO Physio-Premium System

The Intelect ® NEO is a modular therapy system. The

premium system comes equipped with the following

modules: base unit, therapy system cart, module for

electrotherapy channels 1 + 2 with EMG / sEMG, module

for ultrasound therapy, ultrasound applicator, 2

cm², module for vacuum electrodes. Includes matching

accessories. The system can be expanded at any time

with additional modules. Dimensions: 61 x 67 x 134

cm, Weight: 22.2 kg. Includes instructions according to

Medical Devices Act (MPG).

set

3 CHATTANOOGA ® Ultrasound Applicator for Intelect ® NEO

Ergonomically designed sound head in various sizes.

Only suitable for the Intelect ® Neo treatment device.

4 CHATTANOOGA ® Intelect ® RPW 2

The RPW 2 stands for innovative and reliable technology.

The needs and requirements of medical users and

patients were taken into account in the conception and

development of the latest generation of clinical, radial

shockwave therapy. In addition to new functions, it

impresses with its ergonomic design. The easy and

user-friendly handling, using pre-set protocols according

to indications, completes the well-thought-out system.

Dimensions: 41 x 42.5 x 110 cm, Weight: 30 kg, Operating

mode: 6 - 18 Hz, Compressed air output: 0.3 - 5.0 bar.

Including instruction according to MPG.

T5487 p

pcs

562




Combination & Shockwave Therapy Devices

MD

CHATTANOOGA ® Intelect ® RPW 2

4

5 CHATTANOOGA ® Intelect ® RPW LITE

Ideal for getting started in radial shock wave therapy. It

offers 6 pre-set intensity levels, a shock wave counter, an

LCD touchscreen, and a modern handpiece with a snap

connector for transmitter replacement. Additionally, the

device is compact, portable, and easy to use. Dimensions:

28.9 x 23.8 x 31 cm. Weight: 9.8 kg. Operating mode: 6-18

Hz. Air pressure output: 0.4-2.7 bar. Includes instruction

according to MPG regulations.

T5488 p

pcs

MD

CHATTANOOGA ® Intelect ® RPW LITE

5


563


Measuring Devices & Tools

1

2

3

seca ® Measuring Tape 201

SAEHAN ® Balloon Manometer Hand Dynamometer

SAEHAN ® Hydraulic Hand Dynamometer with Carrying Case

4

5

6

7

SAEHAN ® Goniometer Angle

Measuring Instrument

SAEHAN ® Goniometer Angle Measuring

Device Standard

SAEHAN ® Finger Goniometer

Skinfold Thickness Caliper

1 seca ® Measuring Tape 201

The 205 cm long tape can be easily extended and locks

precisely back in place. Graduation: 1 mm. Measurement

range: 0-205 cm. Dimensions: 7 x 2.2 cm.

U2134 p

2 SAEHAN ® Balloon Manometer Hand Dynamometer

For measuring hand and finger strength. Calibration in

pounds and kilograms. Measured strength remains until

reset. Strength measurement: 0 - 70 kg.

T3827 p

pcs

pcs

3 SAEHAN ® Hydraulic Hand Dynamometer with Carrying

Case

5-position adjustable handle for individual customization.

Measurement scale up to 90 kg. Recorded strength

remains until reset. Includes plastic carrying case. Force

measurement: 0 - 90 kg.

T3826 p

pcs

4 SAEHAN ® Goniometer Angle Measuring Instrument

The goniometer with a 360° head, calibrated with 3

displays and limb display in cm. Transparent and highquality

plastic material.

T3822 p 15 cm pcs

T3823 p 20 cm pcs

T3824 p 30 cm pcs

5 SAEHAN ® Goniometer Angle Measuring Device Standard

The goniometer with a 360° head calibrated with 3

displays and leg measurement in cm. Transparent and

high-quality plastic material.

T3825 p

pcs

6 SAEHAN ® Finger Goniometer

The goniometer is used for measuring the extension and

flexion of the metacarpophalangeal and interphalangeal

joints. With graduations in 5° increments, it allows for

easy handling and readability of the overall range of

0°-180°. Material: Stainless steel.

T3820 p 9 cm pcs

T3821 p 15 cm pcs

564



8

seca ® Aura 807

11

Infrared Thermometer

7 Skinfold Thickness Caliper

For monitoring subcutaneous adipose tissue of active

and passive body mass. Measurable skinfold thickness:

70 mm.

U2109 p

pcs

8 seca ® Aura 807

Offers precise measurement technology and an attractive

design with a glass surface. With the help of the stepoff

function, the scale starts measuring when stepped

on, and then automatically turns off. The large display

ensures good readability. Graduation: 100 g. Max. user

weight: 150 kg. Dimensions: 31 x 31 x 3.1 cm. Delivery

includes 4x AAA batteries.

U2132 p

9

seca ® Sensa 804

12

Finger Pulse Oximeter

9 seca ® Sensa 804

The ideal scale for determining weight, body fat, and

body water values. With the help of the attached chrome

electrodes, the scale measures very accurately and

then displays the values. Corresponding data such as

gender, age, etc. can be entered and saved additionally.

Graduation: 100 g. Max. user weight: 150 kg. Dimensions:

30 x 30 x 4.6 cm. Delivery including 4x AAA batteries.

U2133 p

10 SOEHNLE ® Mechanical Personal Scale

With an extra large, easy-to-read scale and a robust housing.

The particularly large, non-slip platform, equipped

T3928 p

pcs with hygiene features, provides a secure footing. With

precision spring, no batteries required. Weighing capacity

of 160 kg. Platform size: 32 x 43 cm.

U2102 p

pcs

pcs

10

SOEHNLE ® Mechanical Personal Scale

11 Infrared Thermometer

Measures body temperature without direct contact with

the skin. It can measure from a distance of 5 - 15 cm

from the surface of the skin thanks to infrared heat

detection systems.

T3929 p

pcs

12 Finger Pulse Oximeter

To check the blood oxygen saturation (SpO2) and the pulse

rate, measuring range: blood oxygen saturation: 70% ~

99%, pulse rate: 30 BPM~240 BPM, 6 display modes,

automatically turns off after 8 seconds of inactivity.

pcs


565

Psychomotor Training Equipment

Throwing Bags & Floor Markings

1

2

3

SET

tanga sports ® Bean Bag

tanga sports ® Cornhole Bean Bag

tanga sports ® Cornhole Bean Bag, Set of 8

4

5

6

tanga sports ® Bean Bag with Numbers

Spordas ® Chiffon Bean Bag Set, Pack of 6

Spordas ® Pyramid Bean Bags, 6-Piece Set

1 tanga sports ® Bean Bag

With a cover made of durable cotton fabric and hygienic

granulate filling. Ideal for balancing, throwing, catching,

gripping, as well as for posture exercises. Washable up

to 40°C (separately by color).

G4153 p 150 g blue pcs

G4150 p 150 g red pcs

G4152 p 150 g yellow pcs

G4151 p 150 g green pcs

G4158 p 300 g blue pcs

G4155 p 300 g red pcs


G4156 p 300 g green pcs G5028 p


G5024 p 500 g green pcs

2 tanga sports ® Cornhole Bean Bag

Made of 100% cotton filled with plastic granules. Dimensions

and weight comply with the Cornhole regulations.

Dimensions: approx. 15 x 15 cm, Weight: approx. 400 g.

G5027-01 p blue pcs

G5027-02 p red pcs

3 tanga sports ® Cornhole Bean Bag, Set of 8

Made from 100% cotton filled with plastic granules.

Dimensions and weight comply with the Cornhole regulations.

4 red and 4 blue bags. Dimensions: approximately

15 x 15 cm, Weight: approximately 400 g.

4 tanga sports ® Bean Bag with Numbers

Colored cover made of durable 100% cotton fabric,

printed with different numbers. Ideal for balancing,

throwing, catching, gripping, and counting. 15 pouches.

Dimensions: 12 x 12 cm, Weight: 150 g.

G4159 p

set

set

5 Spordas ® Chiffon Bean Bag Set, Pack of 6

Gentle flight to the target. The bag with plastic granules

indicates the direction and the lightweight chiffon cloth

stabilizes and slows down the flight. Color: Red, Yellow,

Green, and Blue, Dimensions: Ø 5 x 27 cm, Weight: 13 g

per bag, Material: 100% Polyester.

M6501 p

6 Spordas ® Pyramid Bean Bags, 6-Piece Set

These pyramid-shaped bean bags, weighted at the

bottom, are suitable for any throwing activities and

juggling exercises. They have a strong grip and allow

for good accuracy. Dimensions: Ø 7.6 cm, weight: 120 g.

P2935 p

set

set

566



7

tanga sports ® Marker Cones with Letters

10

Kübler Sport ® Cone Number Markers, Set of 5

11

SET

tanga sports ® Floor Marking Discs, Set of 6

7 tanga sports ® Marker Cones with Letters

Set Contents: 26x Cones with letters from A - Z, Height:

23 cm, Color: Blue, Material: Plastic.

P2869 p

set


Set contents: 11 cones with numbers from 0 to 10, height:

23 cm, color: blue, material: plastic.

P2867 p

set

9 Floor Marking Letters, Set of 26

Versatile rubber mats. 10 numbers or 26 letters. Dimensions:

Ø 22.8 x 0.3 cm.

P2865 p

set

11

Spordas ® Floor Marking Complete Set, 30 Pieces

12

Kubler Sport ® Carpet Tile

10 Kübler Sport ® Cone Number Markers, Set of 5

For training physical and cognitive abilities. Ø 12.5 cm,

height: 28 cm, base plate: 19.5 x 19.5 cm, material:

PE, weight: 135 g, colors: 1x Pink, 1x Black, 1x Blue, 1x

Green, and 1x Red.

F11341 p

set

11 Spordas ® Floor Marking Complete Set, 30 Pieces

Set of marking elements in various shapes and bright

colors, each in a set of 6. Material: Non-slip PVC, Colors:

1x Red, Yellow, Light Blue, Green, Orange, and Dark Blue.

P2854 p

8


MADE IN

GERMANY

set

9

Floor Marking Letters, Set of 26

13

Kübler Sport ® Carpet Tile Set, 16 pieces

MADE IN

GERMANY

12 Kubler Sport ® Carpet Tile

Top side: Carpet flocking, bottom side: Non-slip plastic,

Dimensions: 40 x 30 cm or Ø 30 cm.

G4631 p rectangular blue pcs

G4630 p rectangular red pcs

G4632 p rectangular yellow pcs

G4633 p rectangular green pcs

G4636 p round blue pcs

G4635 p round red pcs

G4637 p round yellow pcs

G4638 p round green pcs

13 Kübler Sport ® Carpet Tile Set, 16 pieces

Set: 8 round (Ø 30 cm) and 8 rectangular (40 x 30 cm)

carpet tiles, top side: carpet flocking, bottom side: extremely

slip-resistant plastic, suitable for children under

3, washable up to 30°C.

G4639 p

set


567


Stapelstein ® Play Elements

MADE IN

GERMANY



1

SET

2

3

Stapelstein ® Original Education, Set of 24

Stapelstein ® Original Rainbow Classic, Set of 6

Stapelstein ® Original Rainbow Pastel, 6-piece set

1 Stapelstein ® Original Education, Set of 24

4 Stapelstein ® Rainbow Set Classic, 7-piece set

For schools and kindergartens in a large set. Numerous The set combines the six harmonious colors of the rainbow

play options, ideal for balancing and stacking in movement

with the colorful balance board. The combination

landscapes. Dimensions: 27.5 x 12 cm. Weight: 180 g. offers endless play possibilities for children of different

G2139 p

set age groups. Dimensions: Ø 27.5 x 12 cm, Weight: 180

g. Material: EPP.

2 Stapelstein ® Original Rainbow Classic, Set of 6

G2301 p

set

Numerous play options, ideal for balancing and stacking 5 Stapelstein ® Rainbow Set Pastel, 7-piece set

in movement landscapes. Dimensions: 27.5 x 12 cm.

Weight: 180 g.

The set combines the six pastel-colored stones with the

colorful balance board. The combination offers endless

G2097 p

set play possibilities for children of different ages. Dimensions:

Ø 27.5 x 12 cm, Weight: 180g. Material: EPP.

3 Stapelstein ® Original Rainbow Pastel, 6-piece set

Numerous playing options, ideal for balancing and stacking

G2302 p

set

in movement landscapes. Beautiful pastel colors.

Dimensions: 27.5 x 12 cm. Weight: 180 g.

G2138 p

set

6 Pedalo ® Stackable Building Block Balancing Bridge

The beams are placed onto the stackable stones without

the need for tools. This makes it easy to create creative

movement landscapes. The curves adapted to the stackable

stones connect and stabilize the beams. Three

different widths of beams are available (8 cm, 16 cm,

28 cm). Dimensions: 90 x 28 x 1.2 cm, Material: Birch

plywood, Load capacity: 50 kg.

P4615 p slim pcs

P4616 p wide pcs

P4617 p extra wide pcs

7 Pedalo ® Stackable Building Block Balance Beam,

Set of 3

The set includes three differently wide balance beams

(8 cm, 16 cm, 28 cm). The balance beams are placed

tool-free over the stacking stones. This allows for the

easy creation of creative movement landscapes. The

rounded shape adapted to the stacking stones connects

and stabilizes the beams. Dimensions: 90 x 28 x 1.2

cm, Material: Birch plywood, Weight Capacity: 50 kg.

P4618 p

set

568



- Promotes motor skills, cognition, and communication

- For more movement, play, and imagination in the everyday lives of children

- Very lightweight and durable

4

Stapelstein ® Rainbow Set Classic, 7-piece set

5

Stapelstein ® Rainbow Set Pastel, 7-piece set

6

NEW

Pedalo ® Stackable Building

Block Balancing Bridge

Pedalo ® Stackable Building Block

Balance Beam, Set of 3

8

Stapelstein ® Board Super Confetti

9

Stapelstein ® Board Dark Blue

8 Stapelstein ® Board Super Confetti

For balance training and dynamic sitting. In combination

with the stacking stones, height and difficulty

can be adjusted. Dimensions: Ø 35.5 x 8 cm, weight

capacity: 150 kg.

G2027-27 p pcs

9 Stapelstein ® Board Dark Blue

For balance training and dynamic sitting. In combination

with the stacking stones, height and difficulty can be adjusted.

Dimensions: Ø 35.5 x 8 cm, load capacity: 150 kg.

G2027 p

pcs

7

NEW


569


Balance & Coordination Games

1

2

3

Gonge ® Spinning Top

Gonge ® Mini-Top Spinning Top

Gonge ® Carousel

4

5

6

Nylon Crawling Tunnel

Spordas ® Crawling Boards, Set of 6

Game Barrel

1 Gonge ® Spinning Top

Develops children‘s motor skills while playing. Rocking,

spinning in circles, rolling, building a cave, splashing in

water. Made of impact-resistant plastic, suitable for

outdoor and indoor use. Dimensions: Ø 80 x 44 cm.

P2751 l

pcs P2759 p

W 7.9 kg

2 Gonge ® Mini-Top Spinning Top

Spinning top that allows young children to learn rocking,

bouncing, and spinning. The special plastic shape supports

the movements while preventing tipping over. Additionally,

both the head and fingers are protected. Dimensions: Ø

68 x 26.5 cm. Weight: 1.6 kg.

P2757 p

pcs

3 Gonge ® Carousel

The tilted seat surface must be set in motion by shifting

the body weight. Smaller children can also push off with

their feet to set the disc in motion. Dimensions: Ø 56 x

34 cm, weight capacity: 75 kg.

pcs

4 Nylon Crawling Tunnel

Equipped with a pop-up mechanism, the tunnel is ready

for use in a matter of seconds. A approximately 25 cm

wide, full-length viewing window helps children overcome

their fear of the dark. Color: Blue, Dimensions: Ø 60 cm.

P2920 p 1,80 m pcs

P2921 p 3 m pcs

5 Spordas ® Crawling Boards, Set of 6

The arcs are made of sturdy foam and have foam-covered

weighted bases. By positioning the bases close together

or far apart, arcs with a height ranging from 53 to 61

cm are created. Dimensions of the arcs: 140 x 2.5 cm,

dimensions of the bases: Ø 9.5 x 10 cm.

P4648 p

6 Game Barrel

Made of durable and weather-resistant plastic, impact

and shock resistant. The barrel is open on both sides.

Color: Blue, Dimensions: Ø 56 x 80 cm, Opening: Ø 40 cm.

S6549 y

set

pcs

570



7

Pedalo ® Rodeosell ® 50

8

Gonge ® Movement Wheel Body Wheel

MADE IN

GERMANY

7 Pedalo ® Rodeosell ® 50

Features an active (blue) and a passive (red) side. On the

active side, you can accelerate by spinning it yourself

and then control the rotation. On the passive side, the

Rodeosell develops its own dynamics and starts moving

with slight shifts in the center of gravity. Material: Birch

plywood. Dimensions: Ø 55 x 21 cm. Weight capacity:

up to 100 kg.

K8815 p

pcs

8 Gonge ® Movement Wheel Body Wheel

The Movement Wheel is a play equipment that can be

both dynamic-agile and static-stable in its function. The

drum shape appeals to children and encourages them to

roll the wheel, crawl through it, lie on it, or jump into it.

Dimensions: Ø 46 x 29 cm and Ø 59 x 29 cm. Maximum

load capacity: 100 kg.

G6309 p 46 cm pcs

G6310 p 59 cm pcs


571


Swings

2

LA SIESTA ® Kingsize Hammock Brisa

3

LA SIESTA ® Double Hammock Brisa

4

LA SIESTA ® Multi-purpose attachment for hammocks

5

LA SIESTA ® Tree & Post Mount for Hammocks

1

LA SIESTA ® Kids Hanging Cave Joki

6

820.-

Square Swing

1 LA SIESTA ® Kids Hanging Cave Joki

In addition to the soft organic cotton, the cave scores

points with its great design and smart attachment.

Including attachment. Seat area: 70 cm, total height:

150 cm, load capacity: 80 kg.

G1831-01 p blue pcs



2 LA SIESTA ® Kingsize Hammock Brisa

Classic fabric hammock that is suitable for several people

thanks to its generous lying surface. Lying surface: 260

x 180 cm, total length: 400 cm, weight capacity: 200 kg.



3 LA SIESTA ® Double Hammock Brisa

Classic fabric hammock that is suitable for two people

thanks to its large lying surface. Lying surface: 230 x

160 cm, total length: 350 cm, load capacity: 160 kg.

G2015-01 p blue pcs


4 LA SIESTA ® Multi-purpose attachment for hammocks

Provides reliable support on walls, ceilings, and angular

beams. Load capacity: 200 kg.

G1836 p

pair

5 LA SIESTA ® Tree & Post Mount for Hammocks

Provides reliable support on trees, beams, and posts.


G1838 p

pcs

572



7

Pedalo ® Pyramido ®

6 Square Swing

Swing structure with enough space for multiple children.

For motor exercises and balance training. 1-point (with

swivel only), 2-point, and 4-point suspension possible.

Cover: tarpaulin fabric, core: wood with foam padding,

dimensions: 100 x 100 x 6 cm, weight capacity: 120 kg.

P8521 l

pcs K8783 p

W 15 kg

8

Therapy Insert Shelf

7 Pedalo ® Pyramido ®

Wooden folding frame for attaching hammocks and

swings. Ideal for use in therapy, schools, kindergartens,

and also in private areas. Both the height and the footprint

are adjustable. Without swing. Dimensions: 240 x 235 x

235 cm, Load capacity: 100 kg.

pcs

8 Therapy Insert Shelf

Cushion with durable artificial leather cover and firm

foam padding. Without rocking motion. Measurements:

60 x 60 x 6 cm.

G1916 p

pcs

9


9


9 Kübler Sport ® Flying Swing

The swing adapts to the body and allows children to swing

safely and comfortably. It provides great fun, strengthens

muscle tone, and promotes body awareness and spatial

orientation, among other things. Dimensions: 100 x 75

cm. Weight capacity: up to 120 kg. Delivery: Flying swing

including ropes and carabiner hooks.

P8531 p

set


573


Scooter Boards

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

Kübler Sport ® Roller Board MAXI

2

Kübler Sport ® Roller Board GRIP

3

SET

4

5

tanga sports ® Roller Boards, Set of 4

tanga sports ® Roller Board

Gonge ® Roller Board Floor Surfer

MADE IN

GERMANY

6

Pedalo ® Sausmaus Allround

1 Kübler Sport ® Roller Board MAXI

Made of wood with rounded corners and a hole for attaching

a rope. The abrasion-resistant swivel castors are

ball-bearing and suitable for all smooth floors. Dimensions:

80 x 40 x 10 cm, load capacity: 120 kg (single castors),

180 kg (double castors).

P4647 p with single wheels pcs

P4644 p with dual wheels pcs

2 Kübler Sport ® Roller Board GRIP

With cutouts for handles and towing rope. Made of

laminated wood with a lacquered surface. Dimensions:

60 x 35 cm, Weight capacity: 120 kg (single wheels),

180 kg (double wheels).

P4645 p with single wheels pcs

P4646 p with dual wheels pcs

574



7

Transport cart for Roller Boards

3 tanga sports ® Roller Boards, Set of 4

The robust and extremely agile scooters are perfect for

many recreational games. With handle niches on the

sides and additional handles. Material: plastic and hard

rubber steering wheels, load capacity 30 kg, dimensions:

40 x 31 x 9.5 cm.

S6634 p

4 tanga sports ® Roller Board

Ideal for many recreational games. With grip niches

on the sides and additional handles. Material: plastic

and hard rubber steering casters, load capacity: 85 kg,

dimensions: 40 x 31 x 9.5 cm.

S6636-01 p blue pcs

S6636-02 p red pcs

S6636-03 p yellow pcs

S6636-07 p green pcs

8

tanga sports ® Paddle Set for Scooter Boards

5 Gonge ® Roller Board Floor Surfer

Developed in collaboration with pediatric physiotherapists,

this product can be used by children of any motor skill

level without any concerns. Dimensions: 56 x 37 x 14 cm.

G6301 p

pcs

set

6 Pedalo ® Sausmaus Allround

Extremely versatile for use in recreational sports and

indoor sports activities. It impresses with its cushioned,

extra large inline wheels for uneven surfaces such as

roads, schoolyards, lawns, and even fields. Dimensions:

Ø 70 cm x 14 cm, Weight Capacity: 150 kg.

P4653 p

G1898 p

pcs

7 Transport cart for Roller Boards

Storage aid for up to 25 scooter boards. Easy and

lightweight to move with 4 swivel casters. Sturdy and

powder-coated steel frame construction. Dimensions:

67 x 60 x 132 cm.

P4643 p

pcs

9

Erzi ® Paddle Set for Roller Boards

MADE IN

GERMANY

8 tanga sports ® Paddle Set for Scooter Boards

Anti-slip handles, made of durable plastic. Delivery in

pairs. Dimensions: Ø 9 x 68 cm.

P4650 p

pair

9 Erzi ® Paddle Set for Roller Boards

Offers three different paddle options. You can either

use a short paddle alternately on the left and right, you

can paddle with two short paddles simultaneously, or

you can connect both paddles and thereby have a long

„kayak paddle“. The rubber balls at the ends provide

optimal grip. Length: 108.5 cm.

pcs


575


Motor Skills Balls

1

Gymnic ® Jinglin Ball

1 Gymnic ® Jinglin Ball

Transparent ball with four bells inside that

make noise when the ball is moved. Ideal

for sensory training and playful activities.

Dimensions: Ø 55 cm, Weight capacity:

120 kg.

T5509 p

pcs

576

2

tanga sports ® Hole Ball / Grip Ball

5

TOGU ® Slow Motion Ball

8

Japanese Paper Balls, Set of 10

MADE IN

GERMANY

2 tanga sports ® Hole Ball / Grip Ball

Ideal for gripping, catching, throwing, and rolling. Returns

to its original shape. Dimensions: Ø 10 cm.

G94360 p

pcs

3 Spordas ® Gummi-Flex Ball

For throwing, catching, rolling, and squeezing. Thanks to

its rubber material, the ball always returns to its original

shape. Sorted by color.

G9432 p 12 cm pcs

G9433 p 18 cm pcs

4 Spordas ® Tumble Ball

Made of flexible, braided plastic strips with a fabric cover.

They can be squeezed without the strips breaking. For

throwing, catching, rolling, and squeezing. Dimensions:

Ø 18 cm, Weight: 174 g.

P3012 p

G9431 p

pcs

3

Spordas ® Gummi-Flex Ball

6

tanga sports ® Bell Ball

9

Spordas ® Mesh Balls, 6-piece set

5 TOGU ® Slow Motion Ball

Durable ball with slow flight behavior. Material: Ruton,

available in assorted colors of red or blue. Dimensions:


G1605 p

pcs

6 tanga sports ® Bell Ball

Special foam, pleasant to grip with good strength. With 20

sound holes. Material thickness: 1.5 cm, Color: Orange,

Dimensions: Ø 15 cm, Weight: 200 g.

G4099 p

pcs

7 Spordas ® Fleece Balls, Set of 6

Lightweight and extremely secure in use. Ideal for occupational

therapy exercises and for introducing throwing

exercises, catching exercises, ball games, and racket

games. Dimensions: Ø 9 cm, Weight: 13 g, Material:

Acrylic.

set

4

Spordas ® Tumble Ball

7

Spordas ® Fleece Balls, Set of 6

10

Emotion Balls, Set of 6

8 Japanese Paper Balls, Set of 10

Thin paper balls with very slow flight behavior. Blown

up by mouth. Dimensions: Ø 12 cm.

9 Spordas ® Mesh Balls, 6-piece set

The filling consists of EVA foam pellets. This allows

children to perfectly control the mesh balls and catch

them absolutely pain-free.

P2936 p 8 cm set

P2937 p 13 cm set

P2938 p 20 cm set

10 Emotion Balls, Set of 6

6 air-filled balls with printed emotions. Rubberized surface,

with needle valve. Material: PE, dimensions: Ø 15 cm.

P4910 p

set


577


Softballs & Cubes

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

2

3

4

Volley ® Motion Cube

tanga sports ® PU foam cube

tanga sports ® XXL foam cube

Volley ® ELE Cube, 12-sided

1 Volley ® Motion Cube

3 tanga sports ® XXL foam cube

5 tanga sports ® PU Softball

With printed animal drawings and short instructions.

Made of special foam with a durable, closed elephant

Great and large foam cube with a high engaging character,

perfect for group games. Dimensions: 30 x 30 x 30 cm.

Closed-cell PU foam balls in various sizes. Colors: Red (Ø

9 and 16 cm), Blue (Ø 15 cm), Green (Ø 12 cm), Orange

skin coating. Height: 20 cm. Weight: 150 g.

G4922 p

pcs (Ø 18 cm), Yellow (Ø 20 cm).

G8651 p

pcs

G4911 p 9 cm pcs

4 Volley ® ELE Cube, 12-sided

G4912 p 12 cm pcs

2 tanga sports ® PU foam cube

With printed numbers from 0 to 10 and a wild card. G4909 p 15 cm pcs

Color sorted (green, yellow, red, blue), dimensions: 15 Made of special foam with a durable, closed elephant G4913 p 16 cm pcs

x 15 x 15 cm.

skin coating. Height: 20 cm. Weight: 150 g.

G49138 p 18 cm pcs

G4932 p 1 pcs pcs G8653 p

pcs G4914 p 20 cm pcs

G4933 p 4 pcs pcs

578



pcs

Kübler Sport ® Dragonskin ® Softball THERMO

9

Kübler Sport ® Dragonskin ® Softball NEON

6 Volley ® Softball SOFTI

Low bounce. Ideal for beginners and throwing games

in sports classes. Dimensions: Ø 16 cm, Weight: 65

g, Material: PUR soft foam, Coating: PU elephant skin.

Made in Germany.

G4024 p blue pcs

G4025 p red pcs

G4027 p yellow pcs

G4026 p green pcs

G4036 p purple pcs

G4059 p orange pcs

7 Kübler Sport ® Dragonskin ® Softball THERMO

Under the special heat-sensitive coating, which changes

color when in contact with heat, neon colors appear.

Dimensions: Ø 16 cm, Weight: 90 g, Material: foam with

PU coating. Assorted colors.

D9935 p single set

D9933 p 6 balls set

5

tanga sports ® PU Softball

7

8 tanga sports ® PU Tennis Softball

Material: Closed-cell PU foam with high density, Color:

Yellow. Dimensions: Ø 70 mm.

G4910 p

pcs

9 Kübler Sport ® Dragonskin ® Softball NEON

Ideal for throwing and catching games at school. Material:

Foam with „Dragonskin“ PU coating.

D9927 p 9 cm pcs

D9922 p 12 cm pcs

D9923 p 16 cm pcs

D9924 p 18 cm pcs

D9925 p 21 cm pcs

6

Volley ® Softball SOFTI

8

tanga sports ® PU Tennis Softball

10


MADE IN

GERMANY

10 Tanga sports ® Foam Rubber Ball

Large solid rubber balls, excellent grip, good bounce.

Diameter: Ø 6.2 cm, Weight: approximately 60 g.

S6554 p blue pcs

S6555 p red pcs

S6556 p yellow pcs

S6557 p green pcs


579

- Textured surface stimulates tactile sense and perception.

- Stackable and tip-resistant.

- Uniform height.

- Sturdy and long-lasting.

- Hygienic and easy to clean.

1

2

3

Gonge ® River Stones

Gonge ® River Stones Nordic

Gonge ® Hill Tops

1 Gonge ® River Stones

Featuring a non-slip surface and equipped with rubber

feet on the bottom. The set consists of 3 pieces measuring

36 cm in length on each side (8.5 cm high) and 3 pieces

measuring 25 cm in length on each side (4.5 cm high). G6306 p

G6305 p

set

4 Gonge ® Tactile Stream Stones

2 Gonge ® River Stones Nordic

Color variations of the Gonge River Stones. Non-slip

surface and rubber feet on the bottom ensure safety

and stability.

G6311 p

set

3 Gonge ® Hill Tops

Equipped with non-slip rubber feet and designed so that

they cannot tip over. The set consists of 5 hilltops in 3

heights: 8.5 cm, 17 cm, and 25.5 cm.

Five different surface textures for a unique sensory

experience. They are suitable for open play and targeted

training, and promote the development of tactile senses

in children. Dimensions: 28 x 35 x 8/17 cm. Weight: 1.95

kg. Load capacity: 75 kg.

G6316 p

5 Gonge ® Tactile Discs

The different surfaces challenge the sense of touch in

hands and feet. Includes 5 discs with Ø 11 and 27 cm,

blindfold, storage bag.

set G4602 p easy set

G4603 p medium set

6 Gonge ® Arches, Set of 3

Can be placed either as a bridge or as a seesaw. Multiple

arches can be combined to create exciting play and

balancing paths. Dimensions: 59 x 21.5 x 10.5 cm.

Suitable for ages 2 and up.

set G6304 p

set

580




Tactile Balance Paths

4

Gonge ® Tactile Stream Stones

5

Gonge ® Tactile Discs

7

Beluga ® Balance Snake, small

MADE IN

GERMANY

Tactile Balancing

The basic idea behind tactile balance

paths is to use various materials and

surfaces that provide sensory stimulation

when walking or balancing on them.

These sensations can vary from smooth

to rough surfaces and include different

textures and temperatures. By walking

the path barefoot or in socks, participants

stimulate the sensory perception of their

feet, which in turn promotes sensory

integration

6

Gonge ® Arches, Set of 3

8

Beluga ® Balancing Snake, Large

MADE IN

GERMANY

7 Beluga ® Balance Snake, small

8 Beluga ® Balancing Snake, Large

Ideal for carrying, pulling, balancing, or wrapping. The

sturdy, open structure stimulates the receptors of the

soles of the feet especially during barefoot walking.

Length: 160 cm. Weight: 4 kg.

Ideal for carrying, pulling, balancing or wrapping. The

stable, open structure of the special fabric stimulates

the receptors of the soles of the feet particularly when

walking barefoot. Length: 260 cm. Weight: 7 kg. Color:

T6036-01 p blue pcs Multicolored.

T6036-03 p yellow pcs T6037 p

pcs

T6036-07 p green pcs



581


Tactile Balance Paths

1

Gonge ® Build N‘ Balance Large Set

1 Gonge ® Build N‘ Balance Large Set

Exciting and challenging balance system in a large size. The elements can be combined

in countless ways. Weight capacity: 100 kg.

Features

- Content of delivery: 6 Top 10, 2 Top 24, 3 beams, 3 round beams, 2 bridge pillars,

1 slack line, 1 rocking beam, 3 bars, 2 ring holders, 1 tipping disc

- Dimensions Top 10: Height 10 cm, Ø 27 cm


- Dimensions beams: Length 73 cm, Width 13 cm, Height 3 cm


- For children aged 2 to 10 years.

G6314 p

pcs

2 Gonge ® Build N‘ Balance Starter Set

Exciting and challenging balancing system in a smaller design. The elements can be

combined in countless ways. Load capacity: 100 kg.

Features

- Scope of delivery: 2 Top 10, 3 Top 24, and 5 bars



- Dimensions bars: Length 73 cm, Width 13 cm, Height 3 cm


- For children aged 2 to 10 years

G6312 p

set

582



2

Gonge ® Build N‘ Balance Starter Set

3

Gonge ® Build N‘ Balance Medium Set

3 Gonge ® Build N‘ Balance Medium Set

Exciting and challenging balance system in medium size. The elements can be

combined in countless ways. Load capacity: 100 kg.

Features

- Scope of delivery: 3 Top 10, 3 Top 24, 3 Bars, 2 Round bars, 1 Teeterboard, and

1 Tipping disc



- Dimensions Bars: Length 73 cm, Width 13 cm, Height 3 cm


- For children aged 2 to 10 years

G6313 p

pcs

4

Gonge ® Build N‘ Balance Set Tactile

4 Gonge ® Build N‘ Balance Set Tactile

Exciting and challenging balancing system with tactile surfaces. The elements can

be combined in countless ways. Weight capacity: 100 kg.

Features

- Scope of delivery: 6 tactile bars, 3 Top 10, 3 Top 24

- Tactile elements made of synthetic rubber



- Dimensions bars: Length 73 cm, Width 13 cm, Height 3 cm


- For children aged 2 to 10 years old

G6315 p

pcs


583

Outdoor Fitness

Especially in pleasant temperatures and dry

weather, people are drawn to exercise and

physical activity outdoors. Weather-resistant

outdoor fitness equipment offers a wide range

of options for an effective workout. Combined

with calisthenics systems, they enable

comprehensive full-body training. Modern

outdoor fitness parks appeal to athletes of all

ages, making outdoor fitness facilities ideal

for public spaces where many different target

groups come together.

Inhalt

OMNIGYM ® Strength Equipment 586

Outdoor Cardio & Strength Equipment 590

Calisthenics 592

584

585


Outdoor Fitness

OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Strength Equipment

With OMNIGYM ® , the traditional gym experience is transformed by bringing training into the fresh air. These premium outdoor

fitness machines are the result of extensive and careful product development. OMNIGYM® equipment enables powerful and

safe outdoor workouts that are in no way inferior to indoor training.

Adjustable Weight Units – Unique and patented, the

individual weight adjustment feature allows users of all

fitness levels to train effectively.

Certified Safety – The equipment complies with DIN EN

16630 for stationary outdoor fitness equipment and is

TÜV-certified.

Safe & Intuitive – Perfectly balanced biomechanics and

easy operation ensure maximum safety for all users.

Weatherproof & Vandal-Resistant – Thanks to their

robust, weather-resistant design and fixed installation,

the machines are protected against theft and intentional

damage..

1

2

3

OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Incline Bench Press OG31

OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Multi Lift OG12

4

5

6

OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Biceps Curl Seated OG72

OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Leg Press OG14

OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Triceps Dip Station OG82

1 OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Incline Bench Press OG31

3

5 OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Leg Press OG14

Outdoor Incline Bench in solid construction with stainless

steel movement arms. Weight load is individually adjustable

via weight sleds (15-55 kg or 10-85 kg with 2x weight

sleds). Dimensions: 261 x 93 x 143 cm, Weight: 170 kg

Outdoor back stretcher in a sturdy design with a stainless

steel slide rail. Weight load is individually adjustable via

the weight carriage (12.5-70 kg). Dimensions: 126.5 x

108 x 124.5 cm, Weight: 105 kg.

(or 230 kg with 2x weight sleds).

S4365-01 l blue pcs

S4214-01 l blue pcs S4365-02 l red pcs

S4214-02 l red pcs S4365-03 l yellow pcs

S4214-03 l yellow pcs S4365-04 l green pcs

S4214 l anthracite pcs S4365-11 l grey pcs

S4214-04 l green pcs W 130 kg

S4214-11 l grey pcs

W 195 kg

4 OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Biceps Curl Seated OG72

2 OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Multi Lift OG12

Multifunctional outdoor training device in a sturdy construction

with stainless steel running rails. Weight load is

individually adjustable via the weight sleds (5-60 kg per

side). Dimensions: 206 x 132 x 65.5 cm, Weight: 245 kg.

S4269-01 l blue pcs

S4269-02 l red pcs

S4269-03 l yellow pcs

S4269-06 l anthracite pcs

S4269-04 l green pcs

S4269-11 l grey pcs

W 270 kg

Outdoor biceps curl machine in sturdy construction with

stainless steel guide rail. Weight load is individually

adjustable via the weight sled (12.5-70 kg). Dimensions:

146 x 126 x 97 cm, Weight: 150 kg.

S4266-01 l blue pcs

S4266-02 l red pcs




S4266-11 l grey pcs

W 175 kg

Outdoor leg press machine in sturdy construction with

stainless steel rails. Weight load can be individually adjusted

using the weight carriage (75-165 kg). Dimensions:

312 x 114 x 177 cm, Weight: 425 kg.

S4262-01 l blue pcs

S4262-02 l red pcs




S4262-11 l grey pcs

W 450 kg

6 OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Triceps Dip Station OG82

Outdoor triceps extender in solid construction with stainless

steel rail. Weight load is individually adjustable using

the weight sled (5-50 kg). Dimensions: 145 x 131 x 121

cm, Weight: 155 kg.

S4267-01 l blue pcs

S4267-02 l red pcs




S4267-11 l grey pcs

W 180 kg

EXCLUSIVE

OMNIGYM ® - Equipment Color Selection**

RAL 5012

RAL 7024

RAL 1017

RAL 3020

RAL 7036

RAL 6018

10

OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Free Access Lat Pulldown OGFA24

RAL

*Individuelle RAL-

Farbauswahl möglich.

You can obtain all information about foundation

construction and the different application areas

directly from us.

7

OMNIGYM ® Dip sitting OG85

7 OMNIGYM ® Dip sitting OG85

Outdoor dip in solid construction with stainless steel

movement arms. Weight load is individually adjustable

via the weight carriage (12.5-70 kg). Dimensions: 268


S4366-01 l blue pcs

S4366-02 l red pcs



S4366-11 l grey pcs

W 205 kg

8 OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Abdominal Trainer OG92

Outdoor abdominal trainer in solid construction with

stainless steel sliding track. Weight load is individually

adjustable via the weight sled (5-75 kg). Dimensions:

109 x 165 x 152 cm, Weight: 167 kg.

S4268-01 l blue pcs

S4268-02 l red pcs




S4268-11 l grey pcs

W 190 kg

8

OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Abdominal Trainer OG92

11

OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Free Access Shoulder Press OGFA41

9

OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Leg Raise/Dip/Pull-Up OG95

12

Kübler Sport ® Ready-Made Foundation 1000

9 OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Leg Raise/Dip/Pull-Up OG95 11 OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Free Access Shoulder Press OGFA41

Multifunctional outdoor device in a sturdy construction.

Possible exercises include leg lifts, dips, and pull-ups.

Dimensions: 154 x 96 x 233.5 cm, weight: 167 kg, made

of steel with zinc and powder coating.

Wheelchair-accessible shoulder press machine in solid

construction with movement arms made of stainless

steel. Weight load can be individually adjusted via the

weight sleds (15-50 kg or 10-85 kg with 2 weight sleds).

S4223-01 l blue pcs Dimensions: 205 x 93 x 143 cm, Weight: 140 kg (or 200

S4223-02 l red pcs kg with 2 weight sleds).

S4223-03 l yellow pcs S42150 l blue pcs

S4223 l anthracite pcs S42150-02 l red pcs

S4223-04 l green pcs S42150-03 l yellow pcs

S4223-11 l grey pcs S42150-04 l green pcs

W 190 kg

S42150-11 l grey pcs

10 OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Free Access Lat Pulldown OGFA24

W 240 kg

12

S42240 l blue pcs Kübler Sport ® Ready-Made Foundation 1000

S42240-02 l red pcs Suitable mounting base for almost all OMNIGYM Outdoor

S42240-03 l yellow pcs Fitness Equipment (except for OG14 and OGC7). Entry

S42240-04 l green pcs shoes for easy transport with a pallet truck or forklift.

S42240-11 l grey pcs Dimensions: 200 x 115 x 17 cm, Weight: approx. 1000 kg.

W 210 kg

S4233 l

pcs

W 630 kg

587


EXCLUSIVE

OMNIGYM ® Strength Circuits

Basic Exercises – The Foundation of Every Strength Training

Basic exercises form the cornerstone of any training concept

and strength program. These include squats, bench

press, shoulder press, rowing, and pull-ups (lat pulldown).

All these exercises share key features: they engage multiple

large muscle groups and involve movement over at least

two joints. They are considered functional exercises, as

their execution closely mirrors natural, everyday movements.

Regular performance not only enhances athletic

ability but also helps prevent injuries.

The OMNIGYM ® strength circuit covers essential full-body

exercises and expands them with bodyweight movements

on the Core Rack. Thanks to the smart design and axlemounted

mechanics, the machines allow biomechanically

correct execution at all times. The innovative sled-based

weight adjustment system enables users of all levels to

train effectively.

588



1

2 3

1

OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Squat OG10

6

OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Core Rack OGC7

1 OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Squat OG10

Outdoor squat with sturdy construction and stainless steel

motion arms. Weight load is individually adjustable via

the weight sleds (20-60 kg or 20-90 kg with 2 weight

sleds). Dimensions: 204 x 93 x 155 cm, Weight: 165 kg

(or 224 kg with 2 weight sleds).

S4210-01 l blue pcs

S4210-02 l red pcs


S4210 l anthracite pcs


S4210-11 l grey pcs

W 190 kg

2 OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Rowing Machine OG23

Outdoor rowing machine in sturdy construction with

stainless steel handle. Weight resistance can be individually

adjusted between 20-70 kg using the weight

sled. Dimensions: 206 x 86 x 143 cm, Weight: 132 kg.

S4212-01 l blue pcs

S4212-02 l red pcs




S4212-11 l grey pcs

W 157 kg

2

OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Rowing Machine OG23

5

OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Lat-Pull OG24

3 OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Bench Press OG30

Outdoor rowing machine with a sturdy construction and

stainless steel arms. The weight load can be individually

adjusted via the weight carriage (15-55 kg or 10-85 kg

with 2x weight carriage). Dimensions: 206 x 86 x 143

cm, Weight: 132 kg.

S4213-01 l blue pcs

S4213-02 l red pcs




S4213-11 l grey pcs

W 190 kg

4 OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Shoulder Press OG41

Outdoor shoulder press in sturdy construction with

stainless steel motion arms. Weight load is adjustable

individually using weight sleds (15-55 kg or 10-85 kg

with 2x weight sleds). Dimensions: 231 x 93 x 143 cm,

Weight: 168 kg (or 227 kg with 2x weight sleds).

S4215-01 l blue pcs

S4215-02 l red pcs




S4215-11 l grey pcs

W 190 kg

3

OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Bench Press OG30

4

OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Shoulder Press OG41

6 5 4

5 OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Lat-Pull OG24

Outdoor Lat Pull in sturdy construction with stainless

steel movement arms. Weight load can be individually

adjusted using the weight carriage (10-50 kg or 20-100

kg with 2x weight carriages). Dimensions: 185 x 107 x

182 cm. Weight: 208 kg.

S4224-01 l blue pcs

S4224-02 l red pcs




S4224-11 l grey pcs

W 232.7 kg

6 OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Core Rack OGC7

Outdoor fitness station in sturdy construction consisting

of abdominal training bench, dip station, and back stretcher.

Dimensions: 383 x 114 x 143 cm, Weight: 141 kg.

S4222-01 l blue pcs

S4222-02 l red pcs




S4222-11 l grey pcs

W 166 kg


589

Outdoor Fitness

Outdoor Cardio & Strength Equipment

1

2

3

Inter-Play ® Outdoor Rowing Machine

Inter-Play ® Outdoor Combo Unit Pendulum + Twister

Inter-Play ® Outdoor Push-Up Trainer

4

5

6

Inter-Play ® Outdoor Cross Trainer

Inter-Play ® Outdoor Leg Press

Inter-Play ® Outdoor Chest Press

1 Inter-Play ® Outdoor Rowing Machine

3 Inter-Play ® Outdoor Push-Up Trainer

5 Inter-Play ® Outdoor Leg Press

Outdoor rowing machine for strengthening arms, legs, Outdoor push-up trainer for strengthening the upper Outdoor leg press for strengthening the leg muscles made

upper and lower body, while also improving endurance body, made of powder-coated steel, low maintenance. of powder-coated steel, low maintenance. Dimensions:

and coordination. Made of powder-coated steel, low Dimensions: 172 x 74 x 137 cm, Weight: approx. 75 kg, approx. 127 x 65 x 165 cm, Weight: approx. 75 kg, Safety

maintenance. Dimensions: 142 x 97 x 125 cm, Weight: Safety area: 4.80 x 3.80 m.

area: 440 x 360 cm.

approx. 75 kg, Safety area: 4.42 x 3.97 m.

K2614 l

pcs K2602 l

pcs

K2606 l

pcs W 45 kg

W 80 kg

W 65 kg

4 Inter-Play ® Outdoor Cross Trainer

6 Inter-Play ® Outdoor Chest Press

2 Inter-Play ® Outdoor Combo Unit Pendulum + Twister Outdoor cross trainer for improving endurance and coordination,

Outdoor chest press for strengthening the chest, shoulders,

Outdoor combo device for improving flexibility, balance,

and coordination made of powder-coated steel, low

maintenance. Dimensions: 135 x 74 x 154 cm, weight:

made of powder-coated steel, low maintenance.

Dimensions: 135 x 62 x 160 cm, Weight: 75 kg, Safety

area: 4.20 x 3.60 m.

and arms made of powder-coated steel, low main-

tenance. Dimensions: 126 x 70 x 160 cm, Weight: approx.

125 kg. Safety zone: 3.26 x 3.70 m.

approx. 75 kg. Safety area: 4.35 x 3.74 m.

K2600 l

pcs K2604 l

pcs

K2605 l

pcs W 85 kg

W 70 kg

W 85 kg

590



7

Art Outside ® Waist Twister

10

Art Outside ® Rowing Machine

13

Art Outside ® Drehrad

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

8

Art Outside ® Leg Trainer

Art Outside ® Abdominal Trainer-Back Trainer

7 Art Outside ® Waist Twister

10 Art Outside ® Rowing Machine

Outdoor Waist Twister for strengthening the back muscles,

made of high-quality stainless steel. Dimensions: 159 x 35

x 175 cm, Weight: 38 kg, Foundation: 180 x 100 x 30 cm.

Outdoor rowing machine for strengthening and improving

the flexibility of the entire body, made of high-quality

stainless steel. Dimensions: 135.5 x 91 x 84.5 cm, Weight:

K2670 l

pcs 54 kg, Foundation: 150 x 100 x 30 cm.

W 63 kg

K2671 l

pcs

8 Art Outside ® Leg Trainer

W 79 kg

Outdoor leg trainer results in improved endurance and 11 Art Outside ® Abdominal Trainer-Back Trainer

vital functions with regular training, made of high-quality Outdoor abdominal and back trainer to promote strength

stainless steel. Dimensions: 104.5 x 70 x 159 cm, Weight: and flexibility in the entire trunk area, made of high-quality

77 kg, Foundation: 130 x 100 x 30 cm.

stainless steel. Dimensions: 116.5 x 129.5 x 141.5 cm,

11

Art Outside ® balance parkour

9

Art Outside ® Shoulder-Back Station

12

Art Outside ® Leg Press

13 Art Outside ® Drehrad

Outdoor Turn Wheel that strengthens the upper body and

especially the mobilization of the trunk and shoulders,

made of high-quality stainless steel. Dimensions: 58 x 75

x 230 cm, Weight: 45 kg, Foundation: 100 x 100 x 30 cm.

K2683 l

W 70 kg

14 Art Outside ® balance parkour

Outdoor balancing course consisting of a movable beam,

a type of slackline, and a balance beam with various

difficulty levels, made of high-quality stainless steel.

Dimensions: 400 x 148 x 143 cm, Weight: 330 kg, Foun-

K2676 l

pcs Weight: 60 kg, Foundation: 140 x 100 x 30 cm.

W 102 kg

K2678 l

pcs dation: 450 x 200 x 30 cm.

W 85 kg

K2686 l

9 Art Outside ® Shoulder-Back Station

W 380 kg

Outdoor shoulder-back station for promoting strength and 12 Art Outside ® Leg Press

flexibility in the upper extremities, made of high-quality

stainless steel. Dimensions: 112 x 72.5 x 234 cm, Weight:

110 kg, Foundation: 120 x 100 x 30 cm.

Outdoor leg press for training the thighs as well as the

glutes, but also calf muscles and core, made of highquality

stainless steel. Dimensions: 142 x 48 x 158.5

K2674 l

pcs cm, base: 150 x 100 x 30 cm.

W 135 kg

K2680 l

pcs

W 95 kg

14

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

pcs

pcs

591


Outdoor Fitness

Calisthenics

1

2

3

Calisthenics Pull-Up Bar

Calisthenics ladder with outrigger

Calisthenics Bridge 1

4

5

6

Bridge crossing

Street Workout Station 4


7

8

9




1 Calisthenics Pull-Up Bar

4 Bridge crossing

7 Street Workout Station 7

Outdoor equipment made of corrosion-resistant, powdercoated

Outdoor equipment made of corrosion-resistant, powder-

Outdoor equipment made of corrosion-resistant, powder-

steel. Designed for embedding into a foundation. coated steel. For embedding in a foundation. Equipment coated steel. For embedding into a foundation. Dimensi-

Dimensions: 1.40 x 0.22 x 2.40 m, Safety zone: 5.40 dimensions: 2.16 x 1.00 x 1.40 m, Safety area: 5.16 x ons: 3.25 x 2.34 x 2.40 m, Safety area: 7.25 x 6.34 m.

x 4.10 m.

4.00 m.

K2626 l

pcs

K2637 l

pcs K2646 l

pcs W 165 kg

W 80 kg

W 150 kg


2 Calisthenics ladder with outrigger




steel. Designed for embedding into a foundation.

Dimensions: 1.52 x 1.15 x 3.00 m, Safety zone: 4.52


steel. Intended for embedding into a foundation.

Dimensions: 3.48 x 1.40 x 2.40 m, Safety area: 7.48


Equipment dimensions: 3.74 x 2.16 x 2.40 m, Safety

area: 7.74 x 6.16 m.

x 4.15 m.

x 5.40 m.

K2630 l

pcs

K2641 l

pcs K2623 l

pcs W 380 kg

W 125 kg

W 250 kg

3 Calisthenics Bridge 1



Dimensions: 2.16 x 1.00 x 2.40 m, Safety zone: 6.16

x 5.00 m.

K2642 l

pcs K2624 l

W 150 kg

W 250 kg

592




Equipment dimensions: 2.72 x 1.40 x 3.00 m, Safety

area: 6.72 x 5.40 m.

pcs


Outdoor system made of corrosion-resistant, powdercoated


Dimensions: 4.00 x 3.20 x 2.40 m, Safety area: 8.00

x 7.20 m.

K2631 l

W 580 kg

pcs

10

Kübler Sport ® Outdoor Training Park Mini

13

O‘LIVE ® F.C.S. BASE Attachment

16

O‘LIVE ® F.C.S. Dips Module

11

PLAYPARC ® 4FCIRCLE ® Calisthenics-HYPER Crazy-Bars

14

O‘LIVE ® F.C.S. BASE Rig M

17

O‘LIVE ® F.C.S. Dumbbell Attachments

Kübler Sport ® Outdoor Training Park XL

15

O‘LIVE ® F.C.S. BASE Rig L

O‘LIVE ® F.C.S. Safety Racks

10 Kübler Sport ® Outdoor Training Park Mini

13 O‘LIVE ® F.C.S. BASE Attachment

16 O‘LIVE ® F.C.S. Dips Module

Compact system with a variety of training options. Uprights Weatherproof extension for F.C.S. Outdoor Fitness Rigs. Weatherproof dips module for attaching to a main pillar

made of hot-dip galvanized steel, 10 x 10 cm. Rungs and connecting

Expandable with extension modules. Dimensions: 311 of the F.C.S. Rigs. Dimensions: 75 x 60 x 26 cm, Weight:

rods made of stainless steel. Dimensions: 2.70 x 2.05 x 209 x 261 cm, Weight: 69 kg, Material: Galvanized 8.2 kg, Material: Galvanized steel.

x 3.02 m, Fall area: 7.43 x 6.51 m, Free fall height: 2.95 m. and painted steel.

K2521 l

pcs

S4189 l

pcs K2514 l

pcs W 10 kg

W 315 kg

W 75 kg

17 O‘LIVE ® F.C.S. Dumbbell Attachments

11 PLAYPARC ® 4FCIRCLE ® Calisthenics-HYPER Crazy-Bars 14 O‘LIVE ® F.C.S. BASE Rig M

Weatherproof dumbbell holders for flexible barbell training

Calisthenics facility for parks, playgrounds, and other

public sports facilities. According to DIN/EN1176 and

Weatherproof outdoor fitness rig. Expandable with add-on

modules. Dimensions: 311 x 209 x 261 cm, Weight: 245.5

on the rig. Dimensions: 19 x 15 x 8 cm, Weight: 4.5 kg,

Material: Steel, galvanized.

DIN/EN16630 standards. Dimensions: 8.47 x 2.70 x kg, Material: Galvanized and coated steel.

K2524 p

pair

3.02 m, Fall zone: 7.17 x 12.45 m, Max. fall height: 2.95 K2512 l

pcs

m. Materials: Steel support posts, other elements made

18

W 260 kg

O‘LIVE ® F.C.S. Safety Racks

of stainless steel.

Weatherproof safety shelves for increased safety during

15

S4202 l

pcs O‘LIVE ® F.C.S. BASE Rig L

barbell training on the rig. Dimensions: 60 x 25 x 9 cm,

W 400 kg

Weatherproof outdoor fitness rig. Expandable with add-on Weight: 13.8 kg, Material: Galvanized steel.

modules. Dimensions: 431 x 209 x 261 cm, Weight: 314.5 K2525 l

pair

12 Kübler Sport ® Outdoor Training Park XL

kg, Material: Galvanized and painted steel.

W 15 kg

Spacious facility with various training options. Support K2513 l

pcs

posts made of hot-dip galvanized steel, 10 x 10 cm. W 330 kg

Rungs and connecting rods made of stainless steel.

Dimensions: approx. 5.50 x 2.75 x 3.00 m, Safety area:

approx. 10 x 7.2 m, Free fall height: 2.95 m.

S4190 l

pcs

593

W 650 kg

12

18


Outdoor Fitness

Überschrift

Calisthenics

Trendsport Calisthenics

Calisthenics focuses on training multiple muscle groups

simultaneously, wodurch die funktionale Kraft, Körperbeherrschung

und Stabilität verbessert werden. Das

Training mit dem eigenen Körpergewicht fördert nicht

nur Kraft, sondern auch Beweglichkeit und Koordination.

Wichtig bei allen Eigengewichtsübungen ist eine kontrollierte,

langsame Ausführung sowie eine konstante

Körperspannung, um die Muskeln effektiv zu aktivieren

und Verletzungen vorzubeugen.

1

BARBARA ® Workout Park, hot-dip galvanized

MADE IN

GERMANY

2

3

4

BARBARA ® Workout Park, stainless steel

Streetworkout Station CUBE RACE 002, free-standing

Outdoor Training Station Triangle

1 BARBARA ® Workout Park, hot-dip galvanized

Calisthenics system with over 200 strength, coordination,

and endurance exercises. Complies with DIN standards

for public use (DIN EN 1176 and DIN EN 16630). Impact

protection area: 9.43 m x 7.06 m. Weight: 700 kg. Material:

Hot-dip galvanized steel.

S4238 l

W 750 kg

2 BARBARA ® Workout Park, stainless steel

Calisthenics system with over 200 strength, coordination,

and endurance exercises. Complies with DIN standards

for public areas (DIN EN 1176 and DIN EN 16630). Impact

protection area: 9.43 m x 7.06 m. Weight: 700 kg.

Material: Stainless steel.

S4239 l

pcs

W 750 kg

3 Streetworkout Station CUBE RACE 002, free-standing

Free-standing calisthenics system, without foundations

or floor mounting. Made of steel, sandblasted and double

powder-coated. Dimensions: 565 x 440 x 260 cm, Weight:

approx. 650 kg.

S4231 l

pcs

pcs W 680 kg

4 Outdoor Training Station Triangle

Compact outdoor system made of galvanized and powdercoated

steel. The add-ons further expand the exercise

options. Column color can be freely chosen (Black/Blue/

Red/Green/Yellow/Grey). Dimensions: 3.40 x 2.95 x

2.55 m, Weight: approx. 205 kg, TÜV tested according

to EN1176.

K26611 l for unscrewing pcs

K2661 l to embed in concrete pcs

W 282 kg

594



5

Obstacle and Ninja Training Multi-Rig

6

Outdoor Ninja Park

7

Outdoor Training Station Double Hexagon

5 Obstacle and Ninja Training Multi-Rig

Weather-resistant system made of galvanized and powdercoated

steel, with various obstacles and ninja elements.

TÜV tested according to EN1176, dimensions: 16.11 x

2.73 x 3.45 m.

K2658 l

pcs

W 2036 kg

6 Outdoor Ninja Park

Customizable Ninja Park. Metal parts made of galvanized

and powder-coated steel. Various attachments further

expand the exercise options. Column color can be freely

chosen (Black/Blue/Red/Green/Yellow/Grey). All parts

available with TÜV certification according to EN1176.

K2690 l

W 1721 kg

8

Outdoor Training Station Hexagon

7 Outdoor Training Station Double Hexagon

Compact outdoor facility made of galvanized and powdercoated

steel. The add-ons expand the exercise possibilities

even further. Column color freely selectable (Black/Blue/

Red/Green/Yellow/Grey). Dimensions: 10.5 x 5 x 2.68 m.

TÜV tested according to EN1176.



W 800 kg

8 Outdoor Training Station Hexagon

Compact outdoor system made of galvanized and powdercoated

steel. The add-ons further expand the exercise

pcs possibilities. Column color can be freely chosen (Black/

Blue/Red/Green/Yellow/Grey). Dimensions: 5.00 x 3.50

x 2.55 m, Weight: approx. 352 kg, TÜV tested according

to EN1176.



W 429 kg

9

Outdoor Training Station Core

9 Outdoor Training Station Core

Outdoor facility made of galvanized and powder-coated

steel. The extensions further enhance the exercise

options. Column color freely selectable (Black/Blue/Red/

Green/Yellow/Gray). Dimensions: 6.70 x 3.80 x 2.55 m,

Weight: approx. 456 kg, TÜV tested according to EN1176.



W 531 kg


595

Climbing & Bouldering

Climbing and bouldering are highly versatile

sports that not only enhance physical fitness but

also improve coordination and strategic thinking.

Our carefully selected accessories—such as

safety mats, carabiners, and training equipment—make

climbing and bouldering facilities

safe and inspiring places to train. With our experience

and expertise, we are happy to assist

you in the planning, design, and construction

of artificial climbing and bouldering facilities.

Difference Between Bouldering and Climbing

Definition

Safety

Bouldering

Climbing without a rope

at jump height

None, but fall protection

is required

Climbing

Climbing with

rope protection

Climbing rope attached

to an anchor or belay

point

Height Max. 4.5 m Up to 40 m

Focus

Participants

Maximum strength: few,

very intense moves at

the limit

Possible alone, spotter

optional

Strength endurance:

longer, sustained efforts

At least one

belay partner

Location

Bouldering gym, sports

hall, public spaces, etc.

Climbing gyms,

rock walls

Target Group

Beginners and up

Intermediate to

advanced climbers

Content

Bouldering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598

Outdoor Bouldering Walls . . . . . . . . . 598

Outdoor Boulder Blocks. . . . . . . . . . 600

Climbing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .602

Indoor Climbing Walls . . . . . . . . . . . 602

Safety Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605

Climbing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 606

Climbing Training . . . . . . . . . . . .610

596

597


Bouldering

Outdoor Climbing

1

MADE IN

GERMANY

Kübler Sport ® Climbing Wall with Rock Structure, Freestanding

MADE IN

GERMANY

2

MADE IN

GERMANY

3

Kübler Sport ® climbing wall with slate

panel structure, freestanding

Kübler Sport ® Climbing Wall with Slate

Plate Structure, Wall Element

1 Kübler Sport ® Climbing Wall with Rock Structure,

Freestanding

The modular system allows for versatile shapes and

later expansions. The skeleton consists of galvanized

steel supports. These need to be embedded in concrete.

The approximately 5 cm thick climbing panels made of

polymer concrete are attached to the supports. Safetytested

and child-friendly climbing holds ensure sufficient

climbing variety.

D4347 l 2 elements incl. 88 holds pcs

W 1000 kg


W 1400 kg


W 1800 kg


W 2200 kg

2

Kübler Sport ® climbing wall with slate panel structure,

freestanding

Thanks to the modular system, various shapes and future

extensions are possible. The skeleton is made up of

galvanized steel supports. These need to be embedded in

concrete. The approximately 5 cm thick climbing panels

made of polymer concrete are attached to the supports.

The variable, safety-tested, and child-friendly climbing

grips ensure sufficient climbing variety.

D4335 l 3 elements incl. 192 climbing holds pcs

W 1400 kg


W 1800 kg


W 2200 kg


W 1000 kg

3 Kübler Sport ® Climbing Wall with Slate Plate Structure,

Wall Element

Polymer concrete bouldering element for wall mounting.

One element consists of two climbing wall panels that

can be mounted on a solid concrete wall using a steel

structure. This allows for the mounting of any number of

elements side by side. The element features a slate plate

structure and 28 child-friendly climbing holds. Climbing

surface: 125 x 240 cm (per element).

D4320 l

pcs

W 200 kg

4 Assembly Kübler Sport ® Boulder Wall with Rock Texture/Slate

Texture

Assembly for the Kübler Sport ® climbing wall with rock

texture or slate panel texture with 2, 3, 4, or 5 elements.

D4334 h for 2 elements pcs




598



overhang & fully overhang

vertical & overhang

5


vertical


With pre-fabricated, gridded screw-in options. Includes

100 climbing grips for 5 bouldering routes, complete

substructure & fastening materials. Safety-tested climbing

wall panels, double-coated. Dimensions: 500 x 250 cm

(custom sizes available upon request).

D4329 l indoor overhang & fully overhang pcs

W 480 kg

D4327 l indoor vertical pcs

W 430 kg

D4328 l indoor vertical & overhang pcs

W 450 kg

D4379 l outdoor overhang & fully overhang pcs

W 480 kg

D4377 l outdoor vertical pcs

W 430 kg

D4378 l outdoor vertical & overhang pcs

W 450 kg


599

Bouldering

Outdoor Boulder

All Boulder Blocks Include:

• Holds / Foot Holds

• Route Setting

• Installation

1

Kübler Sport ® Boulder Block SPORT M, 24 sqm

1 Kübler Sport ® Boulder Block SPORT M, 24 sqm

Freestanding bouldering block made of multiplex panels

with approximately 24 square meters of bouldering

surface. The block can be climbed on all sides. Includes

roof, steel substructure, installation, freight costs, and

route setting. Does not include foundation.

D4411 h

pcs D4413 h

3 Kübler Sport ® Boulder Block SPORT XL, 54 sqm

Freestanding large boulder block made of multiplex

panels with approximately 54 square meters of bouldering

surface. The block can be climbed all around. Includes

roof, steel substructure, assembly, freight costs, and

route setting. Does not include foundation.

2 Kübler Sport ® Boulder Block SPORT L, 39 sqm

4 Kübler Sport ® Boulder Block ARCH XL, 54 sqm

Freestanding bouldering block made of multiplex panels

with approximately 39 square meters of climbing surface.

The block can be climbed all around. Includes roof, steel

substructure, installation, shipping costs, and route

setting. Does not include foundation.

Free-standing large boulder block in arch design made of

multiplex panels with approximately 54 sqm of bouldering

area. The block can be climbed all around. Includes roof,

steel substructure, installation, freight costs, and route

setting. Foundation not included.

D4412 h

pcs D4414 h

pcs

pcs

5 Kübler Sport ® Boulder Block ARCHWAY MEGA, 75 sqm

Free-standing giant boulder block in arch design made of

multiplex panels with approximately 75 sqm of bouldering

surface. The block can be climbed all around. Includes

roof, steel substructure, installation, freight costs, and

route construction. Does not include foundation.

D4415 h

pcs

600



2

4

Kübler Sport ® Boulder Block ARCH XL, 54 sqm

- Including handles / steps

- Including route building

- Including installation

Inspection of Artificial Climbing Structures

To ensure compliance with safety requirements, we also offer certified

inspections of climbing facilities, bouldering walls, and climbing holds


Kübler Sport ® Boulder Block SPORT L, 39 sqm

- Including handles / steps

- Including route setting

- Including installation


601

Climbing

Indoor Climbing

Planung & Installation künstlicher Kletter- und Boulderanlagen

Wir haben für jede Einbausituation die optimale Lösung und stehen Ihnen

über den gesamten Projektzeitraum, und darüber hinaus beratend zur Seite,

um ihr individuelles Objektvorhaben zu verwirklichen. Auch die fachgerechte

Montage gehört zu unseren Kompetenzen.

1

on request

Kübler Sport ® Climbing Wall - Custom Made

2

Kübler Sport ® School Climbing Wall

1 Kübler Sport ® Climbing Wall - Custom Made

We manufacture and assemble a custom climbing wall for

your indoor or outdoor area. Simply send us an inquiry.

Features Kübler Sport ® Climbing Wall - Custom Made

- We Includes manufacture climbing and holds assemble a custom climbing wall for

- your Includes indoor volume or outdoor area. Simply send us an inquiry.

- K6000 Includes h anchors, ropes, etc.

pcs 20.000.-

- Includes installation according to DIN 12572-2

- Static calculations according to DIN 12572-2

- Technical manual according to DIN 12572-2

K6000 h

pcs on request

2 Kübler Sport ® School Climbing Wall

The ideal climbing wall for school sports. Use of different

climbing styles including overhang, top rope,

and bouldering routes. Special coated, pre-rastered

wooden panels. Dimensions: 375 x 500 cm (custom

sizes available on request).

D1665 l

pcs

W 540 kg

602

3

on request

Kübler Sport ® Climbing Wall - Custom-Made

5


Climbing Holds Rockstone, Set of 10

3 Kübler Sport ® Climbing Wall - Custom-Made

We manufacture and install a custom climbing wall for

your indoor or outdoor area. Just send us an inquiry.

Features

- Includes climbing holds

- Includes volume

- Includes installation according to DIN 12572-2

- Structural calculation according to DIN 12572-2

- Technical manual according to DIN 12572-2

K6100 h

pcs on request

Reliable Safety

All our climbing facilities comply with the

applicable DIN and EN standards and regulations.

In addition, our climbing walls

and most of our climbing products are

TÜV-certified.

4

6

Climbing Holds All-In-One, 12 pieces


With pre-fabricated, gridded screw-in options. Includes

100 climbing grips for 5 bouldering routes, complete

substructure & fastening materials. Safety-tested climbing

wall panels, double-coated. Dimensions: 500 x 250 cm

(custom sizes available upon request).

D4329 l indoor overhang & fully overhang pcs

W 480 kg

D4327 l indoor vertical pcs

W 430 kg

D4328 l indoor vertical & overhang pcs

W 450 kg

D4379 l outdoor overhang & fully overhang pcs

W 480 kg

D4377 l outdoor vertical pcs

W 430 kg

D4378 l outdoor vertical & overhang pcs

W 450 kg

7

Climbing Holds Kids, 19 pieces

5 Climbing Holds Rockstone, Set of 10

With additional borehole for securing against rotation.

Assorted shapes, size: M, including handle screws.

D4662 p blue set 139.-

D4663 p red set

D4661 p yellow set

D4664 p green set

6 Climbing Holds All-In-One, 12 pieces

Ideal for beginners, advanced users, and the school

sector. Available in sizes 2 x S, 4 x M, and 6 x L, in the

colors red, blue, green, and yellow. Integrated RipLock

discs reduce handle twisting by approx. 25%, including

handle screws.

D4660 p

set

7 Climbing Holds Kids, 19 pieces

Lovingly designed children‘s climbing holds. Mixed colors.

Integrated RipLock discs reduce the twisting of the grips

by approx. 25%, including grip screws.

D4635 p

pcs


603

Climbing

Indoor Climbing

a

b

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

Kübler Sport ® Climbing Wall KIDS Natural

f

c

d

e

a b c d e f

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

2

3

4

Kübler Sport ® Climbing Wall KIDS Colorful

Kübler Sport ® Climbing Wall KIDS Alps

Kübler Sport ® Impact Protection Mat FSM

1 Kübler Sport ® Climbing Wall KIDS Natural

Consists of 6 different elements, each 75 cm wide and

between 180 to 230 cm high. The elements can be

ordered individually (please specify letter) or as a set of

6. Single element includes 7 handles and set of 6 includes

40 handles. Includes mounting materials. Installation on

a load-bearing wall.

G3611 l 1 pc set

W 20 kg

G3610 l 6 pcs set

W 130 kg

2 Kübler Sport ® Climbing Wall KIDS Colorful

Consists of 6 different elements, each 75 cm wide and

between 180 to 230 cm high. The elements can be

ordered individually (please specify letter) or as a set

of 6. Single element includes 7 handles, while the set

of 6 includes 40 handles. Includes mounting material.

Installation on a load-bearing wall.

G36111 l 1 pc set

W 20 kg

G36100 l 6 pcs set

W 130 kg

3 Kübler Sport ® Climbing Wall KIDS Alps

Consists of 4 printed elements, which together are 496

cm wide and 249 cm high. Including 40 handles. Including

mounting material. Installation on a load-bearing wall.

G3397 l

W 159 kg

4 Kübler Sport ® Impact Protection Mat FSM

Tested according to DIN/EN 1177 and HIC (Head Injury

Criterion) and approved for free fall heights up to 210

cm. Core of the mats made of specially functional composite

foam, cover profiled, colored tarpaulin fabric with

anti-slip bottom.

D8600 l 100 x 100 x 6 cm blue pcs

D8601 l 100 x 100 x 6 cm red pcs

D8603 l 100 x 100 x 6 cm yellow pcs

D8602 l 100 x 100 x 6 cm green pcs

W 10 kg

D8605 l 150 x 100 x 6 cm blue pcs

D8606 l 150 x 100 x 6 cm red pcs



set

W 15 kg

D8610 l 200 x 100 x 6 cm blue pcs

D8611 l 200 x 100 x 6 cm red pcs



W 20 kg

604



Indoor Climbing

Climbing and Bouldering Games

Games on climbing or bouldering walls

offer an exciting way to take on physical

challenges while also promoting strategic

thinking and dexterity.

MADE IN

GERMANY

5

Kübler Sport ® Customized Fall Protection Mat

5 Kübler Sport ® Customized Fall Protection Mat

For a free fall height up to 3 m according to DIN EN

1177:2008-08. Functional mat core, consisting of a

PU foam for a soft landing and a load distributing plate

for secure footing. Mat thickness 15 cm. Customizable

dimensions for perfect fit to small climbing walls.

G4969 l m²

W 10 kg

6 Kübler Sport ® Soft Gym Mat UNIVERSAL

Core made of PE foam with density 18, cover on top and

sides made of tarpaulin fabric, bottom made of non-slip

gymnastics mat fabric, 3-sided welded ventilation strip,

zipper and 4 carrying handles, Color: Blue.

G8830 l 300 x 200 x 25 cm pcs

W 38 kg

G8831 l 300 x 200 x 30 cm pcs

W 42 kg

MADE IN

GERMANY

6

Kübler Sport ® Soft Gym Mat UNIVERSAL








8 Kübler Sport ® Boulder Mat

PU foam core with a density of 25 and a cover made

of blue tarpaulin fabric with a non-slip bottom made of

gymnastics mat fabric. Velcro tape is applied all around the

top to seamlessly connect multiple mats with the included

loose 2m and 3m long joint tapes. The bouldering mat

can also be used as a impact protection mat.

D8520 l 300 x 200 x 25 cm pcs

W 38 kg

D8521 l 300 x 200 x 30 cm pcs

W 46 kg

7

Includes Velcro straps

for seamless surfaces!

MADE IN

GERMANY

8

Kübler Sport ® Boulder Mat


605

Climbing

Climbing Equipment

606

1

Edelrid ® Climbing Harness JOKER II, Sit Harness

4

Edelrid ® Climbing Rope Tower, 10.5 mm

7

Edelrid ® Eddy Belay Device

MADE IN

GERMANY

2

Edelrid ® Children‘s Full Body Harness FRAGGLE

5

Edelrid ® Climbing Rope Python, 10 mm

8

Edelrid ® Belay Device JUL2

Edelrid ® Climbing Harness ZACK GYM

6

Edelrid ® Rope Bag Liner

Red Chili ® Climbing Shoe Session 4

1 Edelrid ® Climbing Harness JOKER II, Sit Harness 4 Edelrid ® Climbing Rope Tower, 10.5 mm

6 Edelrid ® Rope Bag Liner

Universal Size Seat Harness - ideal for courses and rental

operations in climbing halls. The Easy Glider buckle

system and the „Right“ and „Left“ marking on the leg

The first choice for indoor operators, artificial climbing

facilities, and all those who are frequently climbing in

top rope.

High-quality rope bag with two rope compartments,

comfortable shoulder straps, and an efficient quick-release

system. Suitable for ropes up to 80 m.

loops ensure a secure and comfortable fitting of the 45 D1607 p 20 m pcs D4606 p

pcs

mm wide harnesses. Weight 485 g.

Base price/m

7

D4670 p

pcs D1608 p 30 m pcs Edelrid ® Eddy Belay Device

Base price/m

User-friendly, semi-automatic belay device with assisted

2 Edelrid ® Children‘s Full Body Harness FRAGGLE D1609 p 40 m pcs braking for sport and indoor climbing. Suitable for rope

With this padded complete harness, even the youngest Base price/m

diameters of 9.0 to 11.0 mm.

aspiring climbers and mountaineers weighing up to 40

pcs

kg can have fun climbing.

5 Edelrid ® Climbing Rope Python, 10 mm

D4629 p

D4672 p XS pcs Classic single rope for quality-conscious beginners in 8 Edelrid ® Belay Device JUL2

the vertical world.

Innovative belay device with high braking power for single

3 Edelrid ® Climbing Harness ZACK GYM

D4689 p 10 m pcs

Specially designed for rental and course operations, fully Base price/m

D4679 p

pcs

adjustable climbing harness.

D4601 p 20 m pcs

9

D4686 p S/M pcs Base price/m

Red Chili ® Climbing Shoe Session 4

D4687 p L/XL pcs D4602 p 30 m pcs Universal fit, double toe guard, leather upper, extra durable

Base price/m

rubber. Available in sizes 3-16 (UK including half sizes).

ropes from 8.9 to 11.0 mm.

D4603 p 40 m pcs D4688 p

pair

Base price/m

D4604 p 60 m pcs

Base price/m

607

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

3

9


Climbing

Climbing Equipment

1

Edelrid ® sling, 16 mm

2

Edelrid ® Pure Set Quickdraw Set

1 Edelrid ® sling, 16 mm

Loop sling made of sturdy and abrasion-resistant polyester

with built-in wear indicator. Minimum breaking

strength: 22 kN.

D4702 p 60 cm pcs

D4703 p 120 cm pcs

2 Edelrid ® Pure Set Quickdraw Set

Robust express set with keylock closure and excellent

price-performance ratio. Polyester sling: 16 mm,

weight: 102 g.

D4699 p

pcs

608

3

Edelrid ® HMS Magnum Twist Carabiner

6

Edelrid ® HMS Strike Screw Carabiner

3 Edelrid ® HMS Magnum Twist Carabiner

HMS Twist Lock Carabiner with particularly generous

geometry. Ideal for belay stations, securing, and rappelling.

Extremely large gate opening and internal volume.

D4597 p

pcs

4 Edelrid ® HMS Strike Twist Carabiner

Versatile HMS twist-lock carabiner.

D4677 p

9

Edelrid ® Liquid Chalk, 100 ml

5 Edelrid ® HMS Bullet Screw Carabiner

Very robust HMS screw carabiner with keylock closure.

Ideal for use with Edelrid ® safety devices. Includes

marking indicating an unscrewed carabiner.

D4694 p

pcs D4698 p

Base price/l

6 Edelrid ® HMS Strike Screw Carabiner

Versatile HMS screw gate carabiner. H-profile construction

for optimal material utilization with minimal weight.

D4676 p

pcs

pcs

10

Kübler Sport ® Crushed Chalk, 300 g

4

Edelrid ® HMS Strike Twist Carabiner

7

Edelrid ® Pure Screw Carabiner

Edelrid ® Chalk, 300 g

7 Edelrid ® Pure Screw Carabiner

Robust and versatile locking carabiner for all vertical

disciplines.

D4704 p

pcs

8 ROCKIT Carabiner

A universally applicable carabiner with a straight gate,

highest breaking strength values, and excellent handling.

G5655 p

pcs

9 Edelrid ® Liquid Chalk, 100 ml

High-quality liquid magnesium carbonate. It doesn‘t

create dust and is very efficient. Ideal as a supplement

to powdered chalk.

11

pcs

5

Edelrid ® HMS Bullet Screw Carabiner

8

ROCKIT Carabiner

12

Edelrid ® Chalk Balls, 2 x 30 g

10 Kübler Sport ® Crushed Chalk, 300 g

300 g of magnesium carbonate. Ideal for gymnastics,

bouldering, and much more.

G4407 p

pcs

11 Edelrid ® Chalk, 300 g

The high-quality magnesium carbonate provides optimal

grip - both in the climbing gym and on the rocks.

Contents 300 g.

D4682 p

pcs

12 Edelrid ® Chalk Balls, 2 x 30 g

Chalk balls filled with magnesium carbonate ensure

less dust development in bouldering and climbing gyms.

D4681 p

pair


609

Climbing

Climbing Training

Training Boards

Training boards feature variously shaped

holds and edges that allow for countless

grip and pull-up variations. This equipment

provides optimal training for finger

strength, grip strength, and upper body

strength—essential components for climbing

and bouldering.

MADE IN

GERMANY

2

Erzi ® Training Board Large

MADE IN

GERMANY

3

Erzi ® Training Board Medium

1

Erzi ® Campus Board

1 Erzi ® Campus Board

Consists of a base board and six slats that can be individually

mounted. The slats can be easily screwed on

at various angles. In addition, the campus board can

also be used as a pegboard with the 2 included sticks.


K8894 p

pcs

2 Erzi ® Training Board Large

The training board is used to train finger, arm, and upper

body strength. The combination of a classic grip board

and pegboard allows for countless grip and pull-up

variations. Dimensions: 95 x 17 x 38 cm.

K8891 p

pcs

3 Erzi ® Training Board Medium

The Training Board is used to train finger, arm, and upper

body strength. The combination of a classic grip board

and pegboard allows for countless grip and pull-up

variations. Dimensions: 66 x 17 x 32 cm.

K8890 p

pcs

610



4

Erzi ® Climbing UFO

5

Pedalo ® Climbing Training Board

8

Powerball ®

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

4 Erzi ® Climbing UFO

Can be easily hung in two directions on the metal eyelets.

The suspended construction promotes body tension,

balance, and muscular endurance. Dimensions: 30 x

40 x 34.6 cm.

K8884 p

K8898 p

pcs

5 Pedalo ® Climbing Training Board

For horizontal and vertical climbing, for beginners and

professionals. Can be mounted on a wall or climbing frame.

The mounting holes are inclined 7 degrees backward for

a secure grip. Length: 82 cm, Load capacity: 120 kg.

K8883 p 30 cm pcs K8882 p

K8895 p 60 cm pcs

8 Powerball ®

6

Pedalo ® Climbing Training Board Adapter

9

Digi-Flex ® Hand Exerciser

MADE IN

GERMANY

6 Pedalo ® Climbing Training Board Adapter

For hanging on a climbing wall as a connection to the

Pedalo climbing training board. Delivery does not include

the training board.

pcs

7 Pedalo ® Pull-Up Bar with Ball Grip

With the centrally suspended pull-up bar, the body weight

must be evenly distributed over both arms. Connected

with multiple grip options, specific muscle groups can

be targeted and trained. Dimensions: 56 x 8 cm, rope:

200 cm, weight capacity: 130 kg.

pcs

Generates a training weight of up to 16 kg through gyroscopic

movements. A positive training effect is achieved

even at low rotational speeds. Ø 7.5 cm.

T3334 p

pcs

7

Pedalo ® Pull-Up Bar with Ball Grip

10

Mambo Max ® Adjustable Hand Trainer

MADE IN

GERMANY

9 Digi-Flex ® Hand Exerciser

For building strength in the finger, hand, and forearm

muscles. Also suitable for strengthening individual fingers.

T3390 p very easy pcs

T3391 p easy pcs

T3392 p medium pcs

T3393 p strong pcs


10 Mambo Max ® Adjustable Hand Trainer

Adjustable hand trainer available in different resistances.

Strength can be adjusted by turning the wheel.

T3332 p 5 - 20 kg pcs

T3333 p 10 - 40 kg pcs


611

Playground Equipment

Swing, slide, sandbox – absolute playground

classics, yet never boring. On the playground,

children naturally develop their motor skills and

strengthen their social abilities through play. Our

range offers the right playground equipment

for schools, kindergartens, and other public

facilities. We’re happy to help you choose the

perfect equipment!

Content

Urban & Park Furniture 614

Fall Protection 616

Fall Protection Guide 616

Fall Protection Tiles 618

Inclusive Play Equipment 620

Play Equipment 622

In-Ground Trampolines 622

Balancing Equipment 626

Climbing Frames 628

Rope Courses 630

Adventure Courses 632

Slides, Sandboxes, Carousels 636

Swings 638

Seesaws 640

612

613


Urban & Park Furniture

Urban & Park Furniture

1

2

3

EUROFLEX ® Cube with integrated ground anchor

EUROFLEX ® S-Block

EUROFLEX ® Playground Stepper

1 EUROFLEX ® Cube with integrated ground anchor

Seating including ground anchor, Material: recycled rubber

granules, Dimensions: 40 x 40 x 40 cm.

S4249-02 l red pcs

S4249-04 l black pcs


S4249-11 l grey pcs

W 50 kg

2 EUROFLEX ® S-Block

Seating option or design possibilities, Material: rubber

granules, Dimensions: 80 x 79 x 15 cm.

S4118-02 l red pcs

S4118-04 l black pcs


S4118-11 l grey pcs

W 38.5 kg

614

3 EUROFLEX ® Playground Stepper

As a stepper, balancing element or seating option for

parks, fitness courses and play areas. Measurements:

Ø 25.5 cm, Material: recycled rubber granules.

S4154-02 l 20 cm red pcs

S4154-04 l 20 cm black pcs

S4154-07 l 20 cm green pcs

S4154-11 l 20 cm grey pcs

W 8 kg





W 13 kg





W 16 kg





W 20 kg

4 EUROFLEX ® Half Dome Playground

Design elements for playgrounds and public areas, Material:

rubber granules, including ground anchor.

S4143-02 l 34,50 cm red pcs

S4143-04 l 34,50 cm black pcs

S4143-07 l 34,50 cm green pcs

S4143-11 l 34,50 cm grey pcs

W 9.2 kg





W 28 kg

S4145-02 l 69,50 cm red pcs



S4145-11 l 69,50 cm grey pcs

W 75.2 kg



PLAYPARC ® Picnic Bench

9

6

PLAYPARC ® Bicycle stand

5 EUROFLEX ® Sit Ball Playground

Balls as design elements or seating options,

Material: Rubber granulate, including

ground anchor.

S4246-02 l 34,50 cm red pcs



S4246-11 l 34,50 cm grey pcs

W 18.3 kg





W 56 kg

S4248-02 l 69,50 cm red pcs



S4248-11 l 69,50 cm grey pcs

W 150.4 kg

4

EUROFLEX ® Half Dome Playground

7

PLAYPARC ® Seating Group Stool

7 PLAYPARC ® Seating Group Stool

The seating group is ideal for play and rest

areas and offers many seating options

with 3 additional stools, dimensions: 352

x 311 x 85 cm, material: wood, sturdy and

weather-resistant.

S4099 l

W 285 kg

10

PLAYPARC ® Trash Bin Steel

6 PLAYPARC ® Picnic Bench

8

A classic on every children‘s playground

and rest area. Dimensions: 200 x 131 x

73 cm, Material: planed timber, hot-dip

galvanized steel tube.

S4097 l

pcs

W 107 kg

S4253 l

W 900 kg

5

EUROFLEX ® Sit Ball Playground

11

PLAYPARC ® Wooden Waste Container

Inter-Play ® Bench Arch Concrete including

Plant Pot

Curved bench made of architectural concrete.

Dimensions: 300 x 150 x 46 cm,

Material: spruce wood and architectural

concrete.

9 PLAYPARC ® Bicycle stand

Bike rack suitable for up to 6 bicycles, for

all standard bike types, with 4 holes for x 0.42 x 1.00 m.

floor mounting (Ø 20 mm), dimensions: S4255 l

180 x 48 x 37 cm, Material: galvanized W 60 kg

pcs steel tube.

S4089 l

pcs

W 58 kg

10 PLAYPARC ® Trash Bin Steel

Trash can for public areas. Dimensions:

43 x 39 x 104 cm, Material: Galvanized

and painted steel sheet.

S4149 y

pcs

8

Inter-Play ® Bench Arch Concrete including Plant Pot

pcs

12

Waste bin square - with lid

11 PLAYPARC ® Wooden Waste Container

Trash can with a capacity of 60 liters.

Dimensions: 45 x 45 x 75 cm. Material:

Solid pine wood, metal frame.

S4148 y

pcs

12 Waste bin square - with lid

Optimal trash can for pedestrian zones and

playgrounds, with oak cladding, including

lid, capacity: 60 liters, dimensions: 0.42

pcs

615


Fall Protection

Fall Protection Guide

On children‘s playgrounds, there is running, hopping, balancing, climbing – and sometimes things can get quite turbulent.

In the heat of the moment, falls and similar accidents can quickly happen, often unavoidable in children‘s recklessness.

Appropriate safety precautions and the right fall protection can prevent more serious injuries. But what does regulationcompliant

fall protection for playgrounds look like?

Principles of Fall Protection According to Regulations

Playground equipment must comply with the Equipment and

Product Safety Act. Additionally, DIN EN 1176 sets out all safety

requirements applicable to stationary public playground

equipment and surfaces. The standard covers playgrounds in

municipal public spaces, kindergartens, schools, and even the

hospitality industry.

Key principles regarding fall protection to be observed are::

• The surfaces must be free from sharp edges or dangerously

protruding parts.

• The fall space should be at least 1.5 m, measured from the

outermost part of the equipment. Depending on the playground

equipment and its height, the fall space may increase

or decrease.

• The free fall height of playground equipment must not exceed

3 m, beyond which non-climbable fall protection becomes

mandatory.

• The higher the theoretical fall height, the better the shockabsorbing

properties of the ground must be.

• A shock-absorbing floor covering must be present over the

entire impact area for fall heights of 60 cm or more.

• For equipment with forced movement (e.g., swings, slides,

etc.), a shock-absorbing floor is always required..

Other dependencies include the installation situation and local

conditions, the frequency of use of the playground, and the costs

of acquisition, maintenance, and service life.

Ground Types and Their Use on Playgrounds

Not every ground cover is suitable for every area on the playground. The choice of appropriate covering primarily depends

on the fall height.

Material Minimum Layer Thickness * Maximum Permissible Fall Height

Concrete/Stone

600 mm

Bituminous Bound Surfaces

600 mm

Shock Absorbing Ground Covers

Topsoil (Mother Soil)

1000 mm

Grass 1500 mm **

Wood Chips, Grain Size 5 mm to 30 mm

200 mm

2000 mm

Bark Mulch, Grain Size 20 mm to 80 mm

Round and Washed Gravel, Grain Size 2 mm to 8 mm

Washed Sand, Grain Size 0.2 mm to 2 mm

Other Layer Thicknesses and Materials (e.g., Synthetic Fall Protection Mats)

300 mm

Tested according to DIN EN 1177 (HIC)

3000 mm

3000 mm

Specifications for Ground Types on Playgrounds According to DIN EN 1176

* Due to the displacement effect, the layer thickness of loose fill material in heavily used play areas must be increased by at least an additional 100 mm.

** National exception rule in Germany deviates from this standard.

616

Natural Substrate

Natural shock-absorbing playground surfaces include grass and

loose-fill materials. However, grass often cannot withstand intensive

use and is therefore only suitable for areas like swing or slide exits

to a limited extent. Loose-fill must be regularly loosened, sieved,

and refilled to maintain its shock-absorbing effect. It also requires

regular inspection for contamination, involving a relatively high

maintenance effort. However, loose-fill materials have the advantage

of also having play value, engaging children‘s sensory and tactile

perception. Additionally, their naturalness is often preferred for

playgrounds in natural surroundings for aesthetic reaso

Synthetic Materials

In addition to natural floors, HIC-tested synthetic floors are suitable

for playground fall protection. Options include laying rubber crash

mats or installing a seamless EPDM synthetic fall protection surface.

Proper preparation of the substrate is important, i.e., leveling and

side limitation. Gluing the elements also ensures that they stay in

place even with temperature fluctuations. Synthetic fall protection

surfaces with a quality certificate according to RAL or DIN-Certco

are on the safe side. Synthetic surfaces are relatively low maintenance,

as they are weather and rot resistant. The displacement

effect, as with loose-fill, is eliminated. However, it should be noted

that synthetic surfaces also have a limited lifespan. Advantageously,

synthetic surfaces allow more freedom in design. Individual areas

can be color-separated, offering children more opportunities for

imaginative play, like stepping into a water world.

HIC for Determining Damping Capability

The shock absorption of synthetic playground surfaces is demonstrated

using the HIC method, standing for „Head Injury

Criterion.“ This internationally used metric estimates the potential

severity of acceleration-induced head injuries. On playgrounds,

shock-absorbing materials for fall protection must be used, with

a HIC limit of 1000 not to be exceeded. The absolute upper

limit ensures that no head injuries with permanent damage are

expected from falls. For example, if the HIC is 800, the likelihood

of serious injuries is only about 20 percent. The pure testing

standard DIN EN 1177 also specifies in detail how the HIC testing

procedure must be carried out, which should be done by

independent testing institutes.


617

The critical fall height depends on the honeycomb filling:

- 4.5 cm thickness: HIC 180 cm (gravel), HIC 200 cm (grass)

- 6.5 cm thickness: HIC 220 cm (gravel), HIC 240 cm (grass)

1

2

3

5

Gum-Tech ® Turf Grid 3D Hexagon

Gum-Tech ® Impact Protection Mat 3D PUZZLE

Gum-Tech ® Corner Plate 3D-PUZZLE, straight

Gum-Tech ® Corner Plate 3D PUZZLE, beveled

1 Gum-Tech ® Turf Grid 3D Hexagon

Fall protection rubber mats for grass and

gravel, installation in a hexagonal pattern.

Prevents the formation of molehills under

the mats. Dimensions: 109 x 99 cm, Material:

Recycled rubber granules (1-3 mm

grain size), Binding agent: PU adhesive.

D4367-02 l 4,50 cm red pcs

D4367-04 l 4,50 cm black pcs

D4367-07 l 4,50 cm green pcs

D4367-11 l 4,50 cm grey pcs

W 22 kg

D4368-02 l 6,50 cm red pcs




W 27 kg

618

2 Gum-Tech ® Impact Protection Mat 3D

PUZZLE

Puzzle mats without additional interlocking

or bonding. Dimensions: 55 x 55 cm,

Material: Recycled rubber granules (1-3

mm grain size) and binder: PU adhesive.

D4390-02 l 4,50 cm red pcs




W 9.5 kg

D4391-02 l 6 cm red pcs

D4391-04 l 6 cm black pcs

D4391-07 l 6 cm green pcs

D4391-11 l 6 cm grey pcs

W 12.5 kg





W 17 kg

3 Gum-Tech ® Corner Plate 3D-PUZZLE,

straight

Dimensions: 25 x 25 cm per piece, Base

material: Recycled rubber granules (1-3

mm grain size), Binding agent: PU adhesive.





W 3.5 kg

4

Gum-Tech ® Edge Plate 3D PUZZLE,

Straight

Dimensions: 55 x 25 cm per piece, Base

material: Recycled rubber granules (1-3

mm grain size), Binder: PU adhesive.





W 5 kg

5

Gum-Tech ® Corner Plate 3D PUZZLE,

beveled

Angled corners for barrier-free transitions

and to prevent tripping hazards. Dimensions:

25 x 25 cm per piece, base material:

recycled rubber granules (1-3 mm grain

size), binder: PU glue.





6 Gum-Tech ® Edge Plate 3D PUZZLE,

beveled

Sloping edge pieces for barrier-free transitions

and to prevent tripping hazards.

Dimensions: 55 x 25 cm per piece, base

material: recycled rubber granules (1-3 mm

grain size), adhesive: PU glue.

D4396-02 l 6 cm red pcs 20.95

D4396-04 l 6 cm black pcs 20.95

D4396-07 l 6 cm green pcs 20.95

D4396-11 l 6 cm grey pcs 20.95

W 5.5 kg 99.-

Fall Protection

Fall Protection Tiles

10

EUROFLEX ® Narrow Fall Protection Surface

7 EUROFLEX ® Impact Protection Surface

D4358-02 l 3 cm red m²

D4358-04 l 3 cm black m²

D4358-07 l 3 cm green m²

D4358-11 l 3 cm grey m²

W 20.8 kg

D4370 l 4 cm red m²



D4370-11 l 4 cm grey m²

W 26 kg

8

7

EUROFLEX ® Impact Protection Surface




D4380-11 l 5 cm grey m²

W 30 kg




D4383-11 l 6 cm grey m²

W 36 kg

8 EUROFLEX ® Narrow Fall Protection Surface

D4357-02 l 3 cm red m² D4359-02 l 5 cm red m²

D4357-04 l 3 cm black m² D4359-04 l 5 cm black m²

D4357-07 l 3 cm green m² D4359-07 l 5 cm green m²

D4357-11 l 3 cm grey m² D4359-11 l 5 cm grey m²

W 20.8 kg

D4369-02 l 4 cm red m²

W 30.4 kg

D4373-02 l 7 cm red m²

D4369-04 l 4 cm black m² D4373-04 l 7 cm black m²

D4369-07 l 4 cm green m² D4373-07 l 7 cm green m²

D4369-11 l 4 cm grey m² D4373-11 l 7 cm grey m²

W 25.6 kg

W 41.6 kg

9





W 4 kg

D4371 l 4 cm red pcs




W 6.2 kg

10





W 3.2 kg





W 6.8 kg

9

Hochwertige Fallschutzfläche, Oberfläche:

offenporig glatt, Unterseite:

halbrundes Noppenprofil, Kanten:

gefasst, Fallschutzprüfung nach: DIN

EN 1177:2018, EN 1177:2018 DIN EN

1176-1:2017,7.





W 7.8 kg





W 8.5 kg





W 8.3 kg





W 9 kg

619


Inclusion Equipment

Inclusion Equipment

Inclusive Playgrounds

With small adjustments to equipment, people

with physical and cognitive disabilities also gain

the opportunity to use a wide variety of classic

sports and play apparatus. The key principle

of inclusion is fostering togetherness and connecting

people. Fortunately, the importance of

inclusive design is increasingly being recognized

in public playgrounds and sports facilities.

1 Eurotramp ® Kids Tramp PLAYGROUND, incl. coating

Stable and weather-resistant construction with frame

profile made of high-quality steel for installation in the

ground, hot-dip galvanized, pit depth: 30 cm, 60 cm

underneath the jumping area, coated jump mat made of

6-ply wire-reinforced belt fabric, including fall protection

pads as frame cover, compliant with DIN EN 1176.

G1468-B l 150 x 150 cm pcs

W 120 kg

G1469-B l 200 x 200 cm pcs

W 169 kg

620

1

3

PLAYPARC ® Sandbox Inclusion

6

4FCIRCLE ® Inclusion Bars

2 PLAYPARC ® Armchair Swing

Inclusion swing with safety strap. Dimensions: 4.21 x

2.16 x 2.63 m, Material: Stand posts and head beam

made of hot-dip galvanized metal, seat made of textile

fabric, free fall height: 1.58 m.

S4056 l

pcs S4146 l

W 190 kg

W 1600 kg

3 PLAYPARC ® Sandbox Inclusion

Sandpit for playing and building directly in the sandpit,

lying on tables, or from a wheelchair. Dimensions (L x

W x H): 4.60 x 2.96 x 0.65 m, Free fall height: 0.65 m,

Fall area: 7.60 x 5.95 m, without play sand.

S6201 l

W 240 kg

Eurotramp ® Kids Tramp PLAYGROUND, incl. coating

2

PLAYPARC ® Armchair Swing

4

PLAYPARC ® Inclusion Carousel TIVAT

7

OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Free Access Shoulder Press OGFA41

4 PLAYPARC ® Inclusion Carousel TIVAT

Wheelchair-accessible carousel for children aged 3

years and up, Dimensions: Ø 2.06 x 0.92 m, Free Fall

Height: 1.00 m, Safety Area: Ø 5.90 m, including precast

concrete foundation: 2.06 x 0.27 m, Weight: 1,300 kg.

5 PLAYPARC ® Inclusion Seating Group

Triangular wooden bench with backrest and hexagonal

table, designed for public areas, with barrier-free access,


S4098 l

pcs

pcs W 225 kg

pcs

6 4FCIRCLE ® Inclusion Bars

Parallel bars with two bars at a height of 1.30 m and

two at a height of 0.80 m, to enable training for people

in wheelchairs as well. Dimensions: 2.20 x 1.56 x 1.30

m, Material: V2A stainless steel.

S4059 l

pcs

W 95 kg

5

PLAYPARC ® Inclusion Seating Group

8

OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Free Access Lat Pulldown OGFA24

7 OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Free Access Shoulder Press OGFA41

Wheelchair-accessible shoulder press machine in solid

construction with movement arms made of stainless

steel. Weight load can be individually adjusted via the

weight sleds (15-50 kg or 10-85 kg with 2 weight sleds).

Dimensions: 205 x 93 x 143 cm, Weight: 140 kg (or 200

kg with 2 weight sleds).

S42150 l blue pcs

S42150-02 l red pcs




W 240 kg

8 OMNIGYM ® Outdoor Free Access Lat Pulldown OGFA24

S42240 l blue pcs

S42240-02 l red pcs




W 210 kg


621

Play Equipment

In-Ground Trampolines

Fitness on In-Ground Trampolines

In-ground trampolines in public spaces are

not just for children—they are becoming

increasingly popular among adults as well.

Training on an in-ground trampoline offers

numerous benefits for physical fitness. The

elastic surface provides a joint-friendly workout

that strengthens muscles, improves

endurance, and enhances coordination. In

addition, balance and stability are trained,

contributing to better body control and improved

posture.

1

3

4

PlayPro fall protection skirt for

Eurotramp ® Kids Tramp

Eurotramp ® Ground Trampoline

Eurotramp ® Kids Tramp KINDERGARTEN LOOP

1 PlayPro fall protection skirt for Eurotramp ® Kids Tramp

Protection lip for Eurotramp ® Kids Trampoline as a

transition between the trampoline and the flooring, e.g.

EPDM fall protection surface or artificial turf. Material:

Natural rubber, Color: Black. Delivery includes adhesive,


G1419 y 150 x 150 cm pcs

G1418 y 200 x 200 cm pcs

2 PlayPro Fall Protection Ring for Eurotramp ® Kids

Trampoline

Fall protection ring for Eurotramp ® Kids Tramp Loop as

a transition between the trampoline and flooring, e.g.

EPDM fall protection surfacing or artificial turf. Material:

Natural rubber. Color: Black. Delivery includes adhesive.


G1424 y 150 cm pcs

G1423 y 200 cm pcs

3 Eurotramp ® Ground Trampoline

Outdoor trampoline with competition features, frame

made of hot-dip galvanized steel, jump mat made of

PVC-coated mesh fabric, UV and weather resistant,

hot-dip galvanized steel springs, frame pad made of PE

foam with tear-resistant PVC tarpaulin, pit depth: 1.15

cm, delivery does not include installation or digging of

the pit, complies with DIN EN 13 219 and must only be

used under supervision.

G1450 l 464 x 281 cm pcs

W 191 kg

G1451 l 524 x 311 cm pcs

W 220 kg

G1449 l 300 x 200 cm pcs

W 170 kg

4 Eurotramp ® Kids Tramp KINDERGARTEN LOOP

Ground trampoline with a dynamic jumping experience

available in two sizes, jump mat made of PVC-coated

mesh fabric, UV and weather resistant, dimensions of

jumping area: Ø 97 cm/Ø 156 cm, 36/56 hot-dip galvanized

springs, frame installation depth: 30 cm, pit depth

in the jumping area: 50 cm, includes fall protection mats.

G1456 l 150 x 150 cm pcs

W 113 kg

G1457 l 200 x 200 cm pcs

W 168 kg

622



5

Eurotramp ® Kids Tramp PLAYGROUND LOOP

5 Eurotramp ® Kids Tramp PLAYGROUND LOOP

Robust, vandal-proof in-ground trampoline available in

two sizes. Jumping area: Ø 107 cm or Ø 156 cm, with

36 or 56 hot-dip galvanized springs. Frame installation

depth: 30 cm, pit depth in the jumping area: 50 cm.

Includes impact protection plates with rounded edges

on the inside, 3 cm thick. Tested and approved according

to the playground equipment standard DIN EN 1176.

G1458 l 150 x 150 cm pcs

W 120 kg

G1459 l 200 x 200 cm pcs

W 170 kg

6

Eurotramp ® Kids Tramp PLAYGROUND LOOP, including

coating

G1458-B l 150 x 150 cm pcs

W 120 kg

G1459-B l 200 x 200 cm pcs

W 170 kg

7 Eurotramp ® Kids Tramp PLAYGROUND

In-ground trampoline available in two different sizes.

Frame profile made of high-quality steel for installation

in the ground, hot-dip galvanized, pit depth: 30 cm, under

the jumping area 60 cm, jumping mat made of 6-ply

wire-reinforced belt fabric, including impact protection

plates as frame cover, complies with EN standard 1176.

G1468 l 150 x 150 cm pcs

W 120 kg

G1469 l 200 x 200 cm pcs

W 169 kg

8 Eurotramp ® Kids Tramp PLAYGROUND, incl. coating

G1468-B l 150 x 150 cm pcs

W 120 kg

G1469-B l 200 x 200 cm pcs

W 169 kg

Jumping Bed with Maximum

Durability

For very intensive and continuous

use, we recommend the Eurotramp®

jumping bed with an

additional special coating that

increases abrasion resistance.

without coating

7

Eurotramp ® Kids Tramp PLAYGROUND

9

with coating

Eurotramp ® Kids Tramp Track PLAYGROUND

9 Eurotramp ® Kids Tramp Track PLAYGROUND

Trampoline track including fall protection plates with

rounded inner edges, 3 cm thick, Material jumping mat:

6-ply wire-reinforced and coated belt fabric, frame

profiles made of hot-dip galvanized steel, required pit

depth: 86 cm, safety area 1.5 m around the trampoline

track, according to DIN EN 1176.

G1477 l 4 m pcs

W 313 kg

G1478 l 6 m pcs

W 429 kg

G1499 l 8 m pcs

W 544 kg

G1500 l 10 m pcs


623

Play Equipment

In-Ground Trampolines

Inter-Play ® Hexo 3 Trampoline

1

2


Inter-Play ® Lamellen-Konstruktion

Das Sprungtuch bei Inter-Play ® besteht aus

hochabriebfesten, V-förmigen Hercules-

Kunststofflamellen mit rutschfesten Noppen,

die auf Stahlseilen in flexibler Hülle aufgefädelt

sind. Diese Konstruktion schützt die

Sprungmatten noch besser vor Vandalismus.

Außerdem wurden die Abstände zwischen

den Lamellen reduziert, um das Hereinfallen

von kleinen Gegenständen wie Schlüsseln

oder Mobiltelefonen in den Trampolinkasten

zu verhindern.

3


4


6


624

5


1 Inter-Play ® Hexo 3 Trampoline

3-fold outdoor trampoline with a sturdy jumping surface

made of V-shaped plastic slats, slat width: min. 37

mm, safety area: 4.14 x 6.91 m, equipment dimensions:

1.70 x 4.41 m, certificate of conformity to PN-EN

1176-1:2017-12.

S6130 l

set

W 560 kg


4-fold outdoor trampoline with robust jumping surfaces

made of V-shaped plastic lamellae, overall dimensions

(star-shaped): 4.25 x 4.41 m, lamella width: min. 37 mm,

illustrated arrangement certified according to PN-EN

1176-1:2017-12.

S6131 l

set

W 740 kg


5-fold outdoor trampoline with robust jumping surfaces

made of V-shaped plastic slats, slat width: min. 37 mm,

device dimensions: 4.25 x 2.94 m, certificate of conformity

with PN-EN 1176-1:2017-12.

S6132 l

set

W 940 kg

7

Hally-Gally ® Mini Trampoline


6-fold outdoor trampoline with resilient jumping surfaces



to PN-EN 1176-1:2017-12.

S6133 l

W 1120 kg


7-fold outdoor trampoline with durable jumping surfaces



with PN-EN 1176-1:2017-12.

S6134 l

W 1300 kg


Extra large outdoor trampoline with durable jumping

surfaces made of V-shaped plastic slats, slat width: min.

37 mm, device dimensions: 6.8 x 7.36 m, certificate of

conformity with PN-EN 1176-1:2017-12.

S6135 l

W 2420 kg

Varied Trampoline Fun

The Sportbokx ® for trampoline jumping

includes a colorful mix of materials for individual

and cooperative team games. It

contains sports equipment that promotes

coordination, agility, endurance, and balance.

Eurotramp® also provides accompanying

information materials with practical

guidance, various jumping techniques, and

creative game ideas.

10

Sportbokx ® Trampoline Kids

8

Hally-Gally ® Trampoline 2000

9

Hally-Gally ® Trampoline Installation Frame

7 Hally-Gally ® Mini Trampoline

Trampoline suitable for all age groups, Material of jumping

surface: Recycled rubber, Dimensions of jumping surface:

125 x 125 cm or 250 x 175 cm, Outer dimensions: 175

x 175 cm or 300 x 225 cm, Height: 35 cm each, Space

set required including safety distance: 425 x 425 cm or

550 x 475 cm, includes fall protection tiles as border 10 Sportbokx ® Trampoline Kids

according to DIN EN1177.

G1460 l ready to use construction pcs

W 210 kg

exercise booklet.

G1461 l ground-level installation pcs S4450 p

W 180 kg

set

8 Hally-Gally ® Trampoline 2000

Trampoline for all age groups, Material jumping area:

Recycled rubber, Dimension jumping area: 250 x 175

cm, Outer dimensions: 300 x 225 cm, Height: 35 cm

each, Space requirement including safety distance:

650 x 575 cm, includes fall protection plates as border


G1462 l ready to use construction pcs

set W 400 kg

G1463 l ground-level installation pcs

W 300 kg

Sportbokx ® Trampoline Kids

9 Hally-Gally ® Trampoline Installation Frame

Steel sheet frame for ground level installation. For a

time-saving assembly without concrete work.

G1465 l 225 x 300 cm pcs

W 83 kg

29-piece sports box with items for throwing, jumping,

and balancing. Suitable for all age groups, including

10

pcs

625


Play Equipment

Balancing Equipment

Custom Balance Courses

Create your own individual balance course

from the available elements. We are happy

to assist you with expert advice.

1

2

PLAYPARC ® Splits Bridge

PLAYPARC ® Rung Bridge

3

4

5

PLAYPARC ® Balance Logs

PLAYPARC ® Chain Bridge

PLAYPARC ® Wobble Bridge

6

7

8

9

Balance Rope

Balance Beam

Balance Snake

Inter-Play ® Steel Balance Path

1 PLAYPARC ® Splits Bridge

Dimensions: 3.16 x 0.60 x 2.28 m, Fall height: approx. 40

cm, so no additional fall protection is required, Material:

untreated larch wood posts and hot-dip galvanized chains,


S4174 l

pcs S4183 l

W 80 kg

W 256 kg

2 PLAYPARC ® Rung Bridge

Dimensions: 3.16 x 0.40 x 2.28 m, Fall height: 44 cm, so

that no additional fall protection is required, Material: Posts

made of untreated larch wood and hot-dip galvanized

chains, according to DIN EN 1176.

S4178 l

W 90 kg

3 PLAYPARC ® Balance Logs

Sturdy balance logs for every park and playground,

Dimensions: 8.11 x 4.38 x 0.99 m, Material: untreated

larch wood, Free fall height: 0.99 m, Fall zone: 11.17 x

7.41 m, according to DIN EN 1176.

S4096 l

W 315 kg

626

4 PLAYPARC ® Chain Bridge


larch wood and hot-dip galvanized chains, Fall height:

approx. 43 cm, so no additional fall protection is required,


pcs

7 Balance Beam

Swinging wooden balance beam with 4 round posts for

installation, dimensions: 240 x 150 x 60 cm, safety area:

540 x 450 cm, max. fall height: 35 cm, surface: grass,


S4150 l

W 165 kg

5 PLAYPARC ® Wobble Bridge

8 Balance Snake

Dimensions: 3.20 x 0.90 x 0.60 m, Fall height: approx.

43 cm, grass is required as impact protection, Material:

untreated larch wood and hot-dip galvanized chains,


Polypropylene running surface rope, length: 9.50 m,

square-braided, 160/160 mm, can be placed anywhere,

distance between each anchor maximally 1 m, 8 anchors

for embedding, hot-dip galvanized with steel spring

pcs S4175 l

pcs (powder-coated).

W 120 kg

S4036 l

pcs

6 Balance Rope

W 356 kg

Climbing and Balancing Rope made of polypropylene

rope with internal steel cable, round wooden posts 9 Inter-Play ® Steel Balance Path

made of oak and larch wood, dimensions: 350 x 40 x Weatherproof balance beam path consisting of three

190 cm, safety area 650 x 340 cm, max. fall height: 50 individual beams, dimensions: 2.28 x 1.05 x 0.19 m,

cm, no additional fall protection required, according to Impact protection area: 5.27 x 4.06 m, Maximum user

pcs DIN EN 1176.

weight: 150 kg, Material: corrosion-resistant steel, powder-coated,

certified according to EN 16630.

S4151 l

pcs

W 150 kg

S4109 l

pcs

W 43 kg

pcs

10

PLAYPARC ® Hanging Rope

13

PLAYPARC ® Hanging Bridge

16

PLAYPARC ® Balance Beam

11

PLAYPARC ® Monkey Swing

14

PLAYPARC ® Adventure Bridge

17

PLAYPARC ® Balance Beam

12

PLAYPARC ® Swing Steps

15

PLAYPARC ® Jungle Bridge

18

PLAYPARC ® Spring Balance Beam

10 PLAYPARC ® Hanging Rope

13 PLAYPARC ® Hanging Bridge

16 PLAYPARC ® Balance Beam

Climbing rope course with steps and Hercules rope as

a balancing rope, dimensions: 3.16 x 0.28 x 2.00 m, fall

height: approx. 50 cm, so that no additional fall protection

Bridge made of larch wood, dimensions: 3.16 x 0.90 x

1.19 m, fall height: approx. 43 cm, so no additional fall

protection is required, according to DIN EN 1176.


larch wood, Fall height: approx. 40 cm, so no additional

fall protection is required, according to DIN EN 1176.

is required, according to DIN EN 1176.

S4179 l

pcs S4181 l

pcs

S4170 l

pcs W 125 kg

W 85 kg

W 115 kg

14 PLAYPARC ® Adventure Bridge

17 PLAYPARC ® Balance Beam

11 PLAYPARC ® Monkey Swing

Bridge made of untreated larch wood, dimensions: 3.16 x Eccentrically fixed rotating beam, dimensions: 2.98 x 0.20

Larch wood post with special playground tires for children,

0.90 x 1.20 m, fall height: approx. 43 cm, so no additional x 0.45 m, fall height: approx. 45 cm, so no additional fall

free of PAHs. Dimensions: 3.16 x 0.63 x 2.00 m, fall protection is required, according to DIN EN 1176. protection is required, material: beam made of untreated

fall height: approx. 1.04 m, requiring grass as impact S4180 l

pcs larch wood, according to DIN EN 1176.

protection, according to DIN EN 1176.

W 240 kg

S4177 l

pcs

S4171 l

pcs

W 120 kg

15

W 190 kg

PLAYPARC ® Jungle Bridge

Dimensions: 3.16 x 0.90 x 1.20 m, fall height: approx. 43 18 PLAYPARC ® Spring Balance Beam

12 PLAYPARC ® Swing Steps

cm, so no additional fall protection is required, material: Balancing beam made of untreated larch wood on 2 steel

Dimensions: 3.16 x 0.45 x 2.00 m, Fall height: approx. untreated larch wood and balance rope made of bamboo, springs, dimensions: 3.00 x 0.24 x 0.40 m, fall height:

45 cm, so that no additional fall protection is required, according to DIN EN 1176.

approx. 40 cm, so that no additional fall protection is

Material: Posts made of untreated larch wood and hot-dip S4176 l

pcs required, according to DIN EN 1176.

galvanized chains, according to DIN EN 1176.

W 240 kg

S4173 l

pcs

S4172 l

pcs

W 65 kg

W 85 kg

627


Play Equipment

Climbing Frames

1

2

PLAYPARC ® Outdoor Slide & Climbing System

Kübler Sport ® Outdoor Training Park XL

3

4

5

PLAYPARC ® School Sports Climbing Combination

PLAYPARC ® ETOLIS climbing frame 14

PLAYPARC ® Multi-Climbing Combination

6

7

8

Slackmaster

FORTUNA Course

Rope Course Haiger Bird‘s Nest Tower

1 PLAYPARC ® Outdoor Slide & Climbing System

3 PLAYPARC ® School Sports Climbing Combination

Climbing frame with double-sided climbable bouldering

wall, stainless steel ladder wall, climbing net (with steel

reinforcement), and two stainless steel horizontal bars.

Dimensions when set up (L x W x H): 690 x 130 x 260

Versatile climbing combination for schoolyards and other

public playgrounds, consisting of climbing net, steel rope,

double overhead ladder, monkey bars, and 2 sliding poles.

Material: posts made of galvanized steel, bars and rungs

cm, fall area 10.5 x 5 m, maximum fall height 250 cm, made of stainless steel. Dimensions approx. 9.45 x 2.95 S4053 l

for children aged 4 and up, DIN EN 1176 compliant. m, fall zone: 13.45 x 6.95 m, total height 2.20 m, max. W 365 kg

S4191 l

pcs free fall height 2.20 m, for children aged 4 and above.

6

W 380 kg

S4052 l

pcs Slackmaster

2 Kübler Sport ® Outdoor Training Park XL

W 265 kg

Spacious facility with various training options. Support 4 PLAYPARC ® ETOLIS climbing frame 14

posts made of hot-dip galvanized steel, 10 x 10 cm. Versatile climbing frame for children aged 3 years and

Rungs and connecting rods made of stainless steel. older, Material of posts: untreated larch wood, stainless

Dimensions: approx. 5.50 x 2.75 x 3.00 m, Safety area: steel, Dimensions (L x W x H): 4.48 x 1.89 x 3.10 m, Free

approx. 10 x 7.2 m, Free fall height: 2.95 m.

fall height: 1.50 m, Fall zone: 7.91 x 4.91 m, Ground

anchoring for concrete embedding.

S4020 l

S4190 l

W 650 kg

pcs

S4351 l

W 250 kg

pcs

5 PLAYPARC ® Multi-Climbing Combination

Many play, hang, and climbing opportunities all in one

device, dimensions: 6.10 x 1.15 m, fall zone: 10.10 x 4.95

m, maximum fall height 2.60 m, for children aged 4 years

and older, according to DIN EN 1176.

pcs

Slacklining specifically designed for the children‘s playground.

Learn to balance at 3 different difficulty levels at a

low height. Height: 1.60 m, Set-up dimensions: 3.55 x 4.10

m, Safety area: 6.10 x 6.50 m, Impact protection: 29.50

sqm, Fall height: 0.40 m, grass is sufficient as impact

protection, suitable for children aged 3 years and older.

W 50 kg

pcs

628



10

Climbing Tower Sandbox

11

Cheops Pyramid Midi

Climbing Cube

12

Climbing goggles

7 FORTUNA Course

9 Climbing Cube

11 Cheops Pyramid Midi

Versatile climbing course equipped with 2 original Bird‘s

Nests ® at different heights, a climbing chimney, and additional

climbing elements. All elements are connected

with „bridges“. Height 2 m, safety area: 6.80 x 6.80 m,

impact protection: 33.50 sqm, fall height: 1 m.

Diverse climbing equipment for children aged 6 to 12.

Material: pillars made of larch wood, rungs made of ash,

plastic rings, and ropes/nets made of polypropylene rope

(16 mm) with steel wire. Dimensions (L x W x H): 3.00

x 2.20 x 2.10 m, Fall height: 2.10 m, Safety zone: 40

Post made of hot-dip galvanized steel, 5.00 m x Ø 16 cm,

equipment height 4.20 m, Ø 8.00 m, Safety area: Ø 9.60

m, Fall zone: 72 sqm, Fall height: 1.50 m, Recommended

fall protection: rounded gravel Ø 2-8 mm, 40 cm deep

or equivalent, suitable for children aged 6 and above,

S4035 l

set m², Concrete foundation required, certified according complies with DIN EN 1176.

W 200 kg

to EN 1176.

S4015 l

pcs

S4186 l

pcs W 323 kg

8 Rope Course Haiger Bird‘s Nest Tower

W 275 kg

12 Climbing goggles

Rope course for the little adventurers aged 2 and above. 10 Climbing Tower Sandbox

With the climbing frame, children can have lots of fun

Equipment height: 2 m, Safety zone: Ø 5.70 m, Impact Climbing frame with steel mast (Ø 16 cm), hot-dip galvanized,

outdoors while gaining their first climbing experiences.

protection: 26 sqm, Fall height: 1 m, grass is sufficient as

dimensions: 5.20 x 3.00 m, free fall height: 3.00 Dimensions: 4.95 x 6.25 x 2.05 m, free fall height: 2.00

impact protection, compliant with DIN EN 1176 standards. m, 2 rope ladders, 2 climbing ropes with climbing aids, 2 m, concrete requirement: 6.30 m³, minimum space: 8.25

S4011 l

pcs funnel-shaped climbing nets, 2 horizontal nets within the x 9.25 m, frame made of pine wood, ropes and nets made

W 150 kg

rings, ropes and nets made of Hercules rope (Ø 16 mm, of Hercules rope (Ø 16 mm, 6-strand with steel core).

6-strand, with steel insert), according to DIN EN 1776. S4038 l

pcs

S4037 l

pcs W 1050 kg

W 950 kg

9


629

Play Equipment

Rope Courses

1

Rope Course Haiger

Custom Rope Courses

Create your own individual

rope course from the available

elements. We are happy to

assist you with expert advice.

3

4

5

6

Rope Ladder (without posts)

Climbing Net (without poles)

Rubber Hammock (without posts)

Rope ladder rungs (without posts)

7

9

10

Bow rope (without posts)

Wobble Beam (without posts)

Split Rope (without posts)

11

12

13

Rope Ladders (without posts)

Swing seats (without posts)

Adventure Bridge

1 Rope Course Haiger

2 Haiger-System Steel Posts

The Haiger obstacle course offers ten stations

for children aged 2 and up to swing,

balance, climb, and swing - also available

individually. Device height: approx. 170 cm,

installation of the posts: directly in a concrete

foundation. All playground equipment

Single element for rope course Haiger,

Material: hot-dip galvanized steel, Dimensions:

Ø 10.2 cm x 2.00 m, Delivery

includes red cover caps and screws,

available on request also powder-coated

in common RAL colors.

complies with DIN EN 1176 standards. S4022 l

pcs

S4021 l

set W 14 kg

W 240 kg

3 Rope Ladder (without posts)

S4023 l

pcs

W 3 kg

4

Climbing Net (without poles)

S4024 l

W 15 kg

pcs

5 Rubber Hammock (without posts)

S4025 l

pcs

W 17 kg

6 Rope ladder rungs (without posts)

S4026 l

pcs

W 7 kg

7 Bow rope (without posts)

S4027 l

pcs

W 6 kg

9 Wobble Beam (without posts)

S4031 l

pcs

W 17 kg

10 Split Rope (without posts)

S4032 l

pcs

W 13 kg

11

Rope Ladders (without posts)

S4028 l

W 6 kg

12

Swing seats (without posts)

S4029 l

W 10 kg

pcs

pair

13 Adventure Bridge

Including 4 galvanized steel posts with cover

caps, Ø 102 mm x 2.40 m, dimensions:

3.10 x 1.10 x 1.45 m, free fall height: 0.60

m, ropes made of Hercules rope (6-strand

with steel core), metal parts made of stainless

steel or galvanized steel, upright posts

can be embedded directly in concrete,


S4005 l

pcs

W 92 kg

630



18

Vario-System Bridge (without posts)

22

Vario-System Climbing Net (without posts)

14

Vario Climbing Park

Vario-System Cable Bridge (without posts)

Vario-System Hanging Rope (without posts)

14 Vario Climbing Park

15 Vario-System Posts

Climbing park with various elements including

5 posts: square, climbing net,

monkey bars, hammock, spider web.

Space requirements depend on individual

positioning, maximum fall height 200 cm,

support posts made of hot-dip galvanized

steel, all equipment complies with DIN EN

For Vario climbing park system, Material:

galvanized steel, Dimensions: Ø 10.2 cm x

3.40 m, Delivery includes red cover caps

and screws, Powder coating (color) only

upon request, Installation instructions:

1 concrete foundation 80 x 80 x 50 cm

per post.

1176, for children aged 4 years and older. S4041 l

pcs

S4040 l

set W 22 kg

W 180 kg

16 Vario-System Climbing Basket (without

posts)

S4051 l

pcs

W 40 kg

17

19

23

Vario-System Square (without posts)

S4042 l

W 11 kg

pcs

20

Vario-System Climbing Ladder (without posts)

24

Vario-System Rubber Hammock (without posts)

18

Vario-System Bridge (without posts)

S4049 l

W 20 kg

19 Vario-System Cable Bridge (without

posts)

S4046 l

pcs

W 15 kg

20 Vario-System Climbing Ladder (without

posts)

S4047 l

W 3 kg

16

Vario-System Climbing Basket (without posts)

pcs

pcs

21 Vario-System Spider Web (without

posts)

S4048 l

pcs

W 11 kg

17

Vario-System Square (without posts)

21

Vario-System Spider Web (without posts)

25

Vario System Rung Ladder (without posts)

22 Vario-System Climbing Net (without

posts)

S4043 l

pcs

23 Vario-System Hanging Rope (without

posts)

S4044 l

pcs

W 7 kg

24 Vario-System Rubber Hammock (without

posts)

S4045 l

pcs

W 19 kg

25

Vario System Rung Ladder (without

posts)

S4050 l

W 6 kg

pcs


631

Play Equipment

Adventure Courses

1

PLAYPARC ® Wobble Bridge Combination A

2

PLAYPARC ® Wobble Bridge Combination B

3

4

5

PLAYPARC ® Wobble Bridge Combination C

PLAYPARC ® Wobble Bridge Combination D

PLAYPARC ® Wobble Bridge Combination E

1 PLAYPARC ® Wobble Bridge Combination A

Exciting compilation of balance and bridge variations.

Dimensions (L x W x H): 4.97 x 2.84 x 1.19 m, Platform:

stainless steel base and HPL textured standing surface,

Wood: Untreated larch wood, including hot-dip galvanized

post shoes, Total height: 1.19 m, Fall height: 0.41 m,

Fall area: 7.99 x 5.85 m, suitable for children aged 3

years and older.

S4062 l

W 300 kg

pcs

2 PLAYPARC ® Wobble Bridge Combination B


Dimensions (L x W x H): 6.97 x 5.07 x 1.19 m, Total

height: 1.19 m, Platform: Stainless steel substructure

and an HPL knobbed surface, Wood: Untreated larch

wood, including hot-dip galvanized post shoes, Fall

height: 0.41 m, Fall area: 9.97 x 8.09 m, suitable for

children aged 3 years and above.

S4063 l

pcs

W 400 kg

3 PLAYPARC ® Wobble Bridge Combination C


Dimensions (L x W x H): 5.11 x 5.10 x 1.19 m, Total height:

1.19 m, Platform: stainless steel substructure and an HPL

knobbed standing surface, Wood: untreated larch wood,

including hot-dip galvanized post shoes, Fall height: 0.41

m, Fall area: 8.11 x 8.10 m, suitable for children from

3 years onwards.

S4064 l

W 320 kg

4 PLAYPARC ® Wobble Bridge Combination D


Measurements (L x W x H): 5.56 x 3.99 m, total height:

1.19 m, platform: stainless steel substructure and an HPL

knobbed standing surface, wood: untreated larch wood,

including hot-dip galvanized post shoes, fall height: 0.41

m, fall area: 8.56 x 6.97 m, suitable for children aged

3 years and older.

pcs S4079 l

pcs

W 375 kg

632



6

PLAYPARC ® Balance Bridge

5 PLAYPARC ® Wobble Bridge Combination E


Dimensions: 5.84 x 5.57 x 1.19 m, Platform: stainless

steel substructure and an HPL textured standing surface,

Wood: untreated larch wood, including hot-dip galvanized

post shoes, Overall height: 1.19 m, Fall height: 0.41 m,

Fall area: 8.56 x 6.97 m, suitable for children aged 3 S4057 l

years and older.

W 305 kg

S4088 l

pcs

W 485 kg

6 PLAYPARC ® Balance Bridge

The exciting bridge variation is perfect for training different

motor skills and balance properties. Dimensions (L x W

x H): 7.90 x 1.27 x 1.25 m, free fall height: 0.50 m, fall

area: 10.90 x 4.27 m, barrier-free, suitable for children

aged 3 years and older.

7

PLAYPARC ® Balance Bridge XL

7 PLAYPARC ® Balance Bridge XL

The extended bridge variation is perfect for training

various motor skills and balance characteristics with even

more elements. Dimensions (L x W x H): 12.95 x 2.08 x

1.25 m, Total height: 1.25 m, Fall height: 0.50 m, Fall

area: 15.95 x 5.05 m, partially barrier-free, differently

pcs colored handrails indicate the difficulty of the element,

suitable for children aged 3 and up.

S4058 l

W 355 kg

pcs


633

Play Equipment

Adventure Courses

1

Jungle Adventure Trail

2

PLAYPARC ® Fun-Run-Course 10-piece

3

PLAYPARC ® Safari Course 5-piece set

1 Jungle Adventure Trail

3 PLAYPARC ® Safari Course 5-piece set

Balance and climbing course made of larch wood, ropes The exciting Safari course is a great idea for schoolyards

and nets made of polypropylene, 9 elements and additional

or adventure playgrounds. All equipment in the Safari

tree trunks, material: round larch wood poles course is equipped with hot-dip galvanized post shoes,

for above-ground use, synthetic tires, ropes and nets the wood is planed, core-separated, and pressure-treated

made of polypropylene (Ø 16 mm) with steel, galvanized with the latest methods, all moving parts are attached

chains, overall dimensions including safety area: approx. to hot-dip galvanized chains, with special child-friendly

22.00 x 18.00 m.

playground tires free of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons

S3101 l

pcs (PAHs), all equipment complies with DIN EN 1176.

W 1250 kg

S4168 l

set

2 PLAYPARC ® Fun-Run-Course 10-piece

W 800 kg

The Fun Run obstacle course is ideal for playgrounds

and public areas and can be freely combined. Material:

hot-dip galvanized steel pipes, Dimensions (L x W x H):

6.70 x 6.25 x 1.38 m, Free fall height: 0.60 m, Fall zone:

9.40 x 9.42 m, suitable for children from 5 years onwards,

includes detailed installation and assembly instructions.

S4169 l

set

W 600 kg

Themed Playgrounds – Unique Worlds

of Movement

Extraordinary, imaginative, and one of a

kind: themed playgrounds offer children

an exciting play experience. The focus of

themed playgrounds is on the creative design

and arrangement of individual play elements.

634



4

PLAYPARC ® Target Throwing Station Single

4 PLAYPARC ® Target Throwing Station Single

Target throwing trains free throws and also helps develop

balance thanks to the rocking platform. The ball stays

attached to the cord at all times. Dimensions: 3.25 x

0.50 x 3.72 m. Fall height: 0.42 m. Total fall area: 6.25

x 3.50 m. Material: steel frame.

S4092 l

pcs S3105 l

W 195 kg

W 45 kg

5

PLAYPARC ® Triple Bar

5 PLAYPARC ® Triple Bar

Weatherproof equipment for kindergarten, school, and

public areas. Horizontal bars 0.80/1.30/1.80 m high,

Material: Galvanized metal, Foundations: 4 x 50 x 50 cm,

Dimensions (L x W x H): 4.90 x 0.10 x 1.86 m, Impact

protection area: 8.10 x 3.50 m.

6

Gymnastics apparatus

6 Gymnastics apparatus

Rope climbing frame consisting of round wooden posts Ø

12 cm made of larch, metal post shoes for embedding in

concrete, and 2 or 3 polyester-coated metal tubes, Ø 35

mm. Dimensions (W x H): 280 x 170 cm or 410 x 220 cm,

free fall height: 145 cm or 185 cm, sand or wood chips

pcs are permissible for the ground, according to DIN EN 1176.

S4156 l rack 2 pcs

W 190 kg

S4157 l rack 3 pcs

W 250 kg


635

Play Equipment

Slides, Sandpits, Carousels

1

2

3

Inter-Play ® Slide GLITI, 0.5m Width

Inter-Play ® Hanging Slide ELIRI, 1m width

Attachable slide

1 Inter-Play ® Slide GLITI, 0.5m Width

High-quality suspension slide available in different

lengths. Material: Stainless steel (304) 2 mm thick,

matte finish, Foundation legs: Stainless steel, dimensional

tolerance is +/- 5%.

S2015 l 2,30 m pcs

W 59 kg

S2014 l 2,90 m pcs

W 68 kg

S2013 l 3,80 m pcs

W 82 kg

S2012 l 4,70 m pcs

W 96 kg

S2011 l 5,70 m pcs

W 110 kg

S2010 l 6,60 m pcs

W 124 kg

2 Inter-Play ® Hanging Slide ELIRI, 1m width

High-quality slide available in various lengths. Material:

Stainless steel (0304) 2 mm thick, matte finish.

Foundation legs: Stainless steel, with a dimensional

tolerance of +/- 5%.

S2009 l 2,30 m pcs

W 91 kg

S2008 l 2,90 m pcs

S4135 l 120 cm stainless steel

W 65 kg

W 107 kg

S2007 l 3,80 m pcs

S4130 l 120 cm glass fiber reinforced plastic

W 50 kg

W 129 kg

S2006 l 4,70 m pcs


W 80 kg

W 151 kg

S2005 l 5,70 m pcs


W 60 kg

W 173 kg

S2004 l 6,60 m pcs


W 85 kg

W 195 kg


W 65 kg


W 90 kg


W 70 kg

3 Attachable slide

The add-on slides are handcrafted from fiberglass mats

with gel coat finish, material thickness approx. 8 mm,

including tower and ground anchors, incline angle approx.

35°, width: 48 cm (inside)/70 cm (outside), ear height:

50 cm, color: Red (RAL 3020).

pcs

pcs

pcs

pcs

pcs

pcs

pcs

pcs

636



4

PLAYPARC ® Tivoli Carousel

6

PLAYPARC ® Sandbox 2x2

4 PLAYPARC ® Tivoli Carousel

Classic carousel with seat surface and spinning wheel

in the middle, Material: hot-dip galvanized steel, Dimensions:

Ø 1.82 x 0.72 m, Free fall height: 1.00 m,

Fall area: Ø 5.82 m.

S4017 l

W 200 kg

5 Adlerhorst Carousel

The classic spider‘s web nest Ø100 cm is mounted on a

rotating post. Equipment height of the carousel: 45 cm.

The equipment is delivered completely pre-assembled

for digging in. The playground equipment complies with

DIN EN 1176. Play equipment for easy installation without

concrete work. Including ground anchors for burial and S6203 l

swivel bearing.

W 80 kg

S4009 l

pcs

W 70 kg

7

PLAYPARC ® Sandbox 3x3

5

Adlerhorst Carousel

6 PLAYPARC ® Sandbox 2x2

Dimensions: 2.00 x 2.00 x 0.27 m, Overall Height: 0.27

m, Free Fall Height: 0.27 m, Fall Area: 3.50 x 3.50 m,

Material: Spruce, pressure-treated (3 layer, 9x9 cm),

without play sand.

pcs S6202 l

pcs S6204 l

W 60 kg

W 50 kg

7 PLAYPARC ® Sandbox 3x3

Spacious sandbox with plenty of room for creative experiences.

Dimensions (L x W x H): 3.00 x 3.00 x 0.27

m, Free Fall Height: 0.27 m, Fall Zone: 4.50 x 4.50 m,

Material: Spruce wood, KDI and core separated (3-ply,

9 x 9 cm), sand not included.

pcs

8

PLAYPARC ® Seat Sandbox

9

Sandpit edging

8 PLAYPARC ® Seat Sandbox

Dimensions: 2.50 x 2.50 x 0.29 m, Overall Height: 0.29

m, Free Fall Height: 0.29 m, Fall Area: 5.50 x 5.50 m, 2

layers of 14 x 24 cm pine beams with PE discs (Ø 30 cm)

as seating points, Delivery does not include play sand.

pcs

9 Sandpit edging

Border for individual sandpit sizes as single or double

block element, always in 1 m increments, Material:

recycled rubber granulate, Dimensions (L x W): 100 x 15

cm, Fastening with galvanized steel tube in the ground.







W 0 kg


637

Play Equipment

Swings

1

2

3

HUCK ® Mini Bird‘s Nest Swing

HUCK ® Mini-M Bird‘s Nest

HUCK ® Mini-M-Swing with Toddler Swing Seat

4

5

6

HUCK Original Vogelnest ®

HUCK Original Mini-Bird‘s Nest ®

HUCK ® Honeycomb Nest

1 HUCK ® Mini Bird‘s Nest Swing

Mini Bird‘s nest Ø approx. 90 cm, Equipment room:

2.30 x 0.90 m, Stand posts made of hot-dip galvanized

steel, Ø 102 mm, 240 cm long, painting according to

RAL colors possible (color selection: colorful) - Please

specify desired color code when ordering, with cover

caps, suspension and swing bearings.

S4003 l galvanised set

S4003-27 l multicoloured set

W 64 kg

2 HUCK ® Mini-M Bird‘s Nest

With padded and colorful rope ring (Ø 90 cm), seat

made of steel cable link mat, and suspension ropes

with high-quality hose cover, suspension height: 1.29

m, fall height: 0.90 m.

S4067 l

pcs

W 25 kg

3 HUCK ® Mini-M-Swing with Toddler Swing Seat

The Mini-M swing with a swing seat suitable for toddlers,

stand posts made of hot-dip galvanized steel, Ø 102

mm, 240 cm long, powder-coated columns (color) on

request - indicate desired color code when ordering,

with cover caps and suspension and swing bearings.

S4001 l

set

W 49 kg

4 HUCK Original Vogelnest ®

Durable bird‘s nest swing with a special focus on safety,

for mounting heights of 200 cm or 250 cm, bird‘s nest

diameter: Ø 120 cm, colored padded rope ring, seat made

of steel cable mesh, hanging chains with hose covering,

two-point suspension, delivery without suspension bearings,

According to DIN EN1176.

S4072 l 200 cm pcs

S4073 l 250 cm pcs

W 45 kg

5 HUCK Original Mini-Bird‘s Nest ®

Bird‘s nest diameter: Ø 90 cm, colored padded rope

ring, seat made of steel cable mesh, suspension chains

with hose cover, two-point suspension, delivery without

suspension bearings, According to DIN EN 1176.

S4070 l 200 cm pcs

S4071 l 250 cm pcs

W 25 kg

6 HUCK ® Honeycomb Nest

Diameter of honeycomb nest: Ø 100 cm, 8-sided design,

colored padded rope ring, seat made of steel cable mesh

mat, suspension chains with hose covering, two-point

suspension, delivery without suspension bearings,


S4074 l 200 cm pcs

S4075 l 250 cm pcs

W 45 kg

638



8

Cross-joint suspension bearing

7 Swing frame set - long

The set consists of a frame made of round

timber Ø 16 or 18 cm, material: separated

heartwood Douglas fir, crack-resistant

and varnished, 1 bird‘s nest Ø 120 cm, 1

climbing chimney carousel, 1 swing seat,

all necessary suspension bearings, and 2

pairs of post shoes.

S4065 l 200 cm set

W 371 kg

S4066 l 250 cm set

W 400 kg

9

PLAYPARC ® Bird‘s Nest Swing Frame

8 Cross-joint suspension bearing

Two-point suspension, specially designed

for hanging VOGELNEST or WABENNEST

swings. With PA bearing and Teflon bushing,

bolt M 18 x 220, additional safety

bearing and chain.

S4076 p

Swing frame set - long

10

PLAYPARC ® Swing with Safety Swing Seat

9 PLAYPARC ® Bird‘s Nest Swing Frame 10 PLAYPARC ® Swing with Safety Swing

The stand feet of the swing frame are

made of pressure-treated wood (Ø 14

cm) including the post shoes and a top

beam made of galvanized steel (Ø 10.8

cm) with swing joints for attaching a bird‘s

Seat

Wooden swing set with steel bar, with one

or two safety swing seats, dimensions (L

x W): approx. 195 x 280 cm or 225 x 430

cm, free fall height from approx. 121 cm

pcs nest swing. Delivery does not include the to 150 cm.

bird‘s nest swing. Space required approx. S4078 l 220 cm

4.00 x 3.00 m, Fall zone: 4.00 x 8.00 m. W 140 kg

double pcs

S4069 l 220 cm pcs S4077 l 220 cm single pcs

W 150 kg

S4068 l 260 cm pcs

W 120 kg

S4091 l 260 cm double pcs

W 155 kg

W 190 kg

S4090 l 260 cm single pcs

W 160 kg

7


639

Play Equipment

Seesaws

1

PLAYPARC ® Metal Seesaw Eight Seater

2

3

4

PLAYPARC ® Metal Seesaw Four-Seater

PLAYPARC ® Spring Rider MOTORCYCLE

PLAYPARC ® Spring Rocker FISH

1 PLAYPARC ® Metal Seesaw Eight Seater

3 PLAYPARC ® Spring Rider MOTORCYCLE

4 PLAYPARC ® Spring Rocker FISH

Metal seesaw with space for 2 to 8 children, rubber

buffers under the outer ends provide the necessary

cushioning, dimensions (L x W x H): approx. 4.12 x 1.35

x 0.92 m, free fall height: 1.45 m, fall area: 7.12 x 4.35

m, material: hot-dip galvanized steel, stainless steel.

Spring rocker in motorcycle shape, Material: Polyethylene

(PE), Fall area: Ø 1.50 m, Dimensions (L x W x H): approx.

80 x 25 x 63 cm, Height including spring and ground

anchor approx. 130 cm, including ground anchor, for

children aged 3 and above, according to DIN EN 1176.

Spring rocker in animal shape, Material: Polyethylene (PE),

Fall area: Ø 1.50 m, Dimensions (L x W x H): approx. 80 x

25 x 63 cm, Height including spring and ground anchor

approx. 130 cm, including ground anchor, for children

from 3 years onwards, according to DIN EN 1176.

S4271 l

pcs S4166 l

pcs S4167 l

pcs

W 180 kg

W 36 kg

W 43 kg

2 PLAYPARC ® Metal Seesaw Four-Seater

Metal seesaw with space for 2 to 4 children, rubber

buffers under the outer ends provide the necessary

cushioning, dimensions (L x W x H): approx. 4.12 x 0.23

x 0.72 m, free fall height: 1.45 m, fall area: 7.12 x 3.23

m, material: hot-dip galvanized steel, stainless steel.

S4270 l

pcs

W 90 kg

640



5

PLAYPARC ® Spinning Seesaw

8

PLAYPARC ® spring rocker PONY

5 PLAYPARC ® Spinning Seesaw

Low-to-the-ground seesaw carousel that spins and can

teeter in any direction simultaneously, handle anchored

in the center, device dimensions: Ø 1.90 m, approx. 1.60

m high, safety area: Ø 5.90 m, fall height: 0.58 m, ideal

for children aged 6 and up, according to DIN EN 1176.

S4160 l

pcs S4162 l

W 830 kg

W 830 kg

6 PLAYPARC ® Spinning Seesaw Flash

Low-level seesaw carousel that spins and can rock in

any direction simultaneously, handle anchored on the

side, device dimensions: Ø 1.90 m, approx. 1.60 m

high, safety area: Ø 5.90 m, fall height: 0.58 m, ideal

for children aged 6 and up, according to DIN EN 1176.

S4161 l

W 890 kg

6

PLAYPARC ® Spinning Seesaw Flash

9

PLAYPARC ® Spring Rider DOG

7 PLAYPARC ® Spinning Seesaw Surfer

Low-to-the-ground seesaw carousel that spins and rocks

in any direction, handle anchored in the center, device

dimensions: Ø 1.90 m, approx. 1.60 m high, safety area:

Ø 5.90 m, fall height: 0.58 m, ideal for children aged 6

and up, according to DIN EN 1176.

pcs

PLAYPARC ® Spinning Seesaw Surfer

8 PLAYPARC ® spring rocker PONY

10 PLAYPARC ® Spring Ride FROG

Spring rocker in horse shape, Material: Polyethylene

(PE). Fall protection area: Ø 1.50 m, Dimensions (L x W

x H): approx. 80 x 25 x 63 cm, Height including spring

and ground anchor approx. 130 cm, including ground

Spring Rocker in Animal Shape, Dimensions (L x W x H):

approx. 1.00 x 0.32 x 0.82 m, Material: Polyethylene

(HDPE), Steel, hot-dip galvanized, Safety Zone: 3 x 2.5

m, Free Fall Height: 0.52 m, according to DIN EN 1176.

anchor, for children aged 3 years and older, according S4164 l

pcs to DIN EN 1176.

W 36 kg

pcs

S4165 l

pcs

W 36 kg

7

9 PLAYPARC ® Spring Rider DOG

Spring rocker in the shape of a dog, dimensions (L x

W x H): approximately 1.00 x 0.32 x 0.82 m, material:

polyethylene (HDPE), steel, hot-dip galvanized, safety

zone: 3 x 2.5 m, free fall height: 0.52 m, according to

DIN EN1176.

S4163 l

W 36 kg

10

PLAYPARC ® Spring Ride FROG

pcs


641

Recess & Leisure Games

Physical activity not only benefits children’s

physical health but also enhances their cognitive

performance. Sports and play opportunities on

school grounds and in public spaces provide

ideal settings for diverse physical activities and

social interaction. Through playing together,

children learn to follow rules, resolve conflicts,

and develop empathy—skills that are essential

not only for their academic growth but also for

their future lives.

Content

Outdoor Sports Facilities 644

Soccer Goals 644

Basketball Systems 648

Table Tennis Tables 650

Movement Games 652

Winther® Viking Vehicles 652

Children’s Vehicles & Accessories 658

Balancing & Hopping 662

Balancing Equipment 664

Slackline 666

Throwing & Catching 670

Target Throwing 674

Racket Games 678

Group Games 682

Anti-Aggression Training 686

Juggling 688

Recess & Play Sets 692

Classroom 694

Musical Instruments 694

Seating Furniture 696

Common Room 698

Darts 698

Table Football 700

Billiards 702

Air Hockey 704

642

643


Outdoor Sports Facilities

Street Überschrift Soccer

Equipping Public Soccer Fields

The equipment of public soccer fields is intentionally kept

simple. However, caution is advised: if a recreational field

is equipped in a way that makes it suitable for organized

sports (e.g., with player cabins, floodlights, etc.), different

construction requirements and regulations—such as the

Sports Facility Noise Protection Ordinance—apply. In most

municipal regulations, however, public soccer fields are treated

similarly to playgrounds.

3

Kübler Sport Soccer Goal ALU SOLID with

Basketball Practice System

Although there are no universally binding standards, municipalities

should ensure “neighbor-friendly use.” This includes:

• Reducing ball impacts (e.g., through fencing)

• Defining usage times in residential areas (to avoid constant

noise)

• Setting usage restrictions (e.g., limited to persons under 18

years, no barbecue areas)

1

Steel Soccer Goal

4

Kübler Sport ® Fully Welded Aluminum SOLID Street Soccer Goal

1 Steel Soccer Goal

Material: Hot-dip galvanized steel, Goal frame profile:

Round tube Ø 60 x 2.5 mm, Base frame profile: Ø Round

tube 42 x 2.5 mm, Backboard/net bar profile: Ø 22

mm, Wall thickness: 2.8 mm, Strut spacing: approx. 83

mm, Goal depth: 80 / 100 cm. Open roof construction.

Includes 4 brackets for ground mounting. Ground anchors

not included (order separately H1767). Complies

with DIN / EN 15312.

H1766 l 3 x 2 m pcs

W 170 kg

H1770 l 5 x 2 m pcs

W 250 kg

2 Steel Ground Anchor for Soccer Goal

Mounting kit for embedding for steel soccer goal H1766.

Scope of delivery: 1 set = 4 ground anchors for one goal.

H1767 p

set

3

Kübler Sport Soccer Goal ALU SOLID with Basketball

Practice System


Aluminum, Surface: Natural, Frame profile: 80 x 80 mm,

Back construction: Round tube 35 x 3 mm, Strut spacing:

8 cm, Measurements of the basketball backboard: 120

x 90 cm, Projection of basketball system / front edge of

the goal post to outer edge of the hoop: 131 cm. Includes

hoop, net, 6 tabs on the ground bar for anchoring, and

fastening set for embedding into concrete. According to

DIN EN 15312 for freely accessible multisport equipment.

H1765 l

W 120 kg

pcs

4 Kübler Sport ® Fully Welded Aluminum SOLID Street

Soccer Goal

Processing: Fully welded, Material: Aluminum, Surface:

Natural, Back Construction Profile: Round tube 35 x 3 mm,

Strut spacing: approx. 76 mm. Including 6 brackets for

ground mounting. Including mounting set for embedding

in concrete. According to DIN EN 15312, standard for

freely accessible multi-sport equipment.

H1758 l ground sockets 80 x 80 mm square 3 x 2 m pcs

W 87 kg

H1760 l freestanding 80 x 80 mm square 3 x 2 m pcs

W 90 kg

H1762 l freestanding 80 x 80 mm square 5 x 2 m pcs

W 150 kg

H1759 l ground sockets 120 x 100 mm oval 3 x 2 m pcs

W 105 kg

H1761 l freestanding 120 x 100 mm oval 3 x 2 m pcs

W 100 kg

H1763 l freestanding 120 x 100 mm oval 5 x 2 m pcs

W 165 kg

644



6

Kübler Sport ® Playground Goal ANTI-CLIMB,

noise-reduced with sand filling

5 Kübler Sport ® Aluminum Soccer Field Goal BASIC


Aluminum, Profile Goal frame: 120 x 100 mm, Goal depth:

1 m, Profile rear ball stop: Ø 30 mm, Distance between

bars: 85 mm, according to the latest regulations, Weight:

approx. 95 kg. Centered rectangular cross tube for more

stability. Open at the top for climbing protection. Includes

four welded-on tabs for ground anchoring. Safety tested.

Complies with DIN-EN 15312.

H17571 l

W 95 kg

pcs

6

7

Kübler Sport ® Playground Goal ANTI-CLIMB, noisereduced

with sand filling


Aluminium, Goal frame profile: 120 x 100 mm, Goal

depth: 1 m, Profile of rear ball stop: Ø 30 mm, Distance

between bars: 85 mm, according to latest regulations,

Total weight with sand filling: 200 kg. Center rectangular

crossbar for added stability. Open at the top for climbing

protection. Includes four welded-on tabs for ground

anchoring. Ground anchors not included. Safety tested.

Complies with DIN-EN 15312.

H17552 l

W 200 kg

pcs

5

Kübler Sport ® Aluminum Soccer Field Goal BASIC

8

Kübler Sport ® Soccer Goal ALU SO-

LID with integrated shooting wall

7

For Kübler Sport ® aluminum soccer goal with sand filling

and Kübler Sport ® soccer goal BASIC. Goal size: 3 x 2

m. In standard RAL colors. Please specify RAL color

when ordering.

H17572 h

pcs

8 Kübler Sport ® Soccer Goal ALU SOLID with integrated

shooting wall

Goal Size: 3 x 2 m, Construction: Fully welded, Material:

Aluminum, Surface: Natural, Profile Back Construction:

35 x 3 mm, Distance between Struts: 7.6 cm. Includes

6 welded tabs for ground anchors. Includes 6 ground

anchors (threaded rods + washers + nuts). Tested according

to DIN EN 15312, standard for freely accessible

multi-sport equipment.

H17600 l 80 x 80 mm square pcs

W 90 kg

H17610 l 120 x 100 mm oval pcs

W 100 kg


645


Street Soccer Goals

Public Soccer Fields – Did You Know?

Since 2018, Germany’s “Bolzplatz culture” has been recognized as

an intangible cultural heritage. Public soccer fields play a vital social

and cultural role, offering children valuable life experiences that go

far beyond sports. On the “Bolzplatz,” creativity, self-organization,

tolerance, and determination are learned and lived.

1

2

3

Kübler Sport ® Street Hockey and Mini Soccer Goal

Kübler Sport Fully welded mini soccer goal

Kübler Sport ® Mini Soccer Goal made of steel

1 Kübler Sport ® Street Hockey and Mini Soccer Goal

Design: Fully welded and open at the top (anti-climbing

protection), Door frame profile: 80 x 80 mm, Material:

Aluminum, Surface: Natural aluminum, Substructure:

Round tube Ø 30 mm, Distance between the bars: 60

mm, Floor frame profile: 80 x 40 mm. Includes 2 brackets

for floor mounting. Without floor anchoring. Possible

accessories: Floor anchoring for embedding in concrete

(e.g. complete set for 2 goals H1756 or piece U3805).

Open at the top, anti-climbing protection. According to

DIN EN 15312. Safety tested.

D8180 l 120 x 80 cm pcs

W 28 kg

D8181 l 180 x 120 cm pcs

W 50 kg

D8184 l 240 x 160 cm pcs

W 73 kg

2 Kübler Sport Fully welded mini soccer goal

Material: Aluminum, Design: Freestanding with base plates

for attachment according to DIN EN 15312, Accessories:

Ground anchors for embedding, Profile Slats/Posts: 80

x 80 mm, Profile Base Frame: 80 x 40 mm, Profile Rear

Structure: Round tube 30 x 2 mm, Distance between the

tubes: 54 mm, Goal Depth: 62 / 73 cm.

D8182 l 120 x 80 cm pcs

W 28 kg

D8183 l 180 x 120 cm pcs

W 50 kg

3 Kübler Sport ® Mini Soccer Goal made of steel


Material: Steel, hot-dip galvanized, Goal profile: 60 x 40

mm, Goal depth: 65 cm. Includes 2 brackets for ground

mounting. Includes 2 ground anchors for embedding in

concrete. Safety tested. According to DIN EN 15312.

H1780 l

W 40 kg

pcs

646



4

Kübler Sport ® Outdoor Handball Goal

5

Street Soccer Goal PAUSENHOF

4 Kübler Sport ® Outdoor Handball Goal


Aluminum, Goal frame profile: 80 x 80 mm, Goal depth:

1.25 m, Net support profile: 50 x 3 mm, Ground frame

profile: 75 x 50 mm. Includes adapter for post extension.

Includes ground sleeves. Insertion depth: 350 mm. Safety

tested. According to DIN-EN 749.

H2293-01 l net holding in profile blue / white pcs

H2294-01 l SimplyFix net mounting blue / white pcs

H2294-02 l SimplyFix net mounting red / white pcs

H2293-04 l net holding in profile black / white pcs

H2293-02 l net holding in profile red / white pcs

H2294-04 l SimplyFix net mounting black / white pcs

W 29.9 kg

6

Ground anchoring for embedding in concrete

5 Street Soccer Goal PAUSENHOF

Goal with reduced height, also suitable for mini handball.

Goal size: 3 x 1.6 m, goal frame profile: 80 x 80

mm, construction: partially welded with steel corner

connection, material: aluminium, surface: natural blank,

net attachment: round tube ø 40 mm, net fastening: KU

net holder, also on the ground frame, goal depth: 100

cm. Includes 25 mm diameter holes on the ground beams.

Includes 45 x safety system net holder H+. Safety

tested and compliant with EN 16579 in combination

with e.g. F1983.

H1372 l

W 30 kg

6 Ground anchoring for embedding in concrete

Steel anchors for goal posts and player cabins. Quantity:

pieces. Construction: steel tube with internal thread,

M16 screw, stainless steel washer for screwing onto

the bracket.

U3805 p

7

Kübler Sport Ground Soccer Goal SPECIAL

7 Kübler Sport Ground Soccer Goal SPECIAL

Goalpost Profile: 120 x 100 mm, Material: Aluminium,

Processing: Partially welded, Side parts completely welded,

Net frame: Ø 60 mm, Goal depth: 100 cm. Including

4 welded tabs for ground mounting. Including ground

anchoring set (4x threaded rod + nut, length 250 mm).

Delivery does not include vandalism-proof net (F1357

to be ordered separately).

F1356 l freestanding 3 x 2 m pcs

W 100 kg

F1359 l freestanding 5 x 2 m pcs

pcs W 120 kg

F1358 l ground sockets 3 x 2 m pcs

W 100 kg

8 Bolzplatz goal net with steel reinforcement

Net size: 3 x 2 m, Depth: 90/90 cm, Material: Polypropylene,

Thickness: 5 mm with steel reinforcement,

Mesh size: 100 mm, Pattern: Diamond-shaped, Color:

pcs Green. Includes 3 tension locks for net hanging. Net

installation: Inside the goals.

F1357 y

pcs


647


Überschrift

Basketball Systems

on the basketball columns

(without backboard, hoop

& net)



& net)

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

2

3

Kübler Sport ® Outdoor Silent 165 Basketball System

Kübler Sport ® Basketball System Double Mast

Mobile basketball system

1 Kübler Sport ® Outdoor Silent 165 Basketball System


steel, Weight: 125 kg, Dimensions of game board: 120 x 90

cm, 180 x 105 cm, Game board material: grid, fiberglass

reinforced plastic (GFK), Projection: 165 cm, Fastening:

concrete foundations, complete system including basket,

net, and ground sleeve, according to DIN EN 1270 Class

B, absolutely weatherproof.

- Steel tube 12 x 12 cm (pillar and bracket)

- Target board

- Basketball hoop

- Chain net

- Ground sleeve, galvanized (50 cm long)

B1638 l grid backboard 120 x 90 cm pcs

W 115 kg

B16380 l grid backboard 180 x 105 cm pcs

W 140 kg

B16389 l

W 116 kg

B16388 l

W 141 kg

648

GRP (glass fiber

reinforced plastic)

GRP (glass fiber

reinforced plastic)

120 x 90 cm pcs

180 x 105 cm pcs

2 Kübler Sport ® Basketball System Double Mast

Profile post: 10 x 10 cm, Material post: hot-dip galvanized

steel, Game board dimensions: 180 x 105 cm, Material

game board: GFK, Mounting: ground sleeve (concrete

foundation), without height adjustment, Weight: 175 kg

/ 185 kg, Reach: 165 cm / 225 cm.

Features

- Profile poles: 10 x 10 cm

- Material pole: hot-dip galvanized steel

- Dimensions playing surface: 180 x 105 cm

- Material playing surface: Glassfiber Reinforced Polymer

- Attachment: ground sleeve (concrete foundation)

- Height adjustment: without height adjustment

- Area of application: Outdoor

B1667 l 165 cm pcs

W 175 kg

B16670 l 225 cm pcs

W 185 kg

3 Mobile basketball system

Mast Material: Aluminum, Playing Board Dimensions:

180 x 120 cm, Playing Board Material: GFK, Fastening:

Mobile with transport rollers (lockable), Basket Material:

Galvanized steel, Net Material: Nylon, Weight: 150 kg,

Ballast weights recommended (not included).

Features

- Aluminum frame

- Weatherproof fiberglass target board, 180 x 105 cm

- Galvanized steel basketball hoop

- White nylon basketball net

- Ballast weights are not included in the delivery

B1672 l aluminium pcs

W 150 kg

4 Basketball Wall System OUTDOOR GFK

Frame material: galvanized steel, Weight: 28 kg, Dimensions

game board: 120 x 90 cm, Game board material:

fiberglass, Projection: 30 cm, 60 cm, Mounting: wall

mount, completely weatherproof, complete system including

basket and net.

B1675 y 30 cm pcs

B1695 l 60 cm pcs

W 35 kg

4

Basketball Wall System OUTDOOR GFK

- Fully welded posts and crossbars, 15 x 15 cm

- Solid aluminum target board, 8 mm thick, white lacquered

- Vandalism-proof

- Including ground sleeve

MADE IN

GERMANY



& net)

7

Kübler Sport ® Heavy Steel Basketball System

5

Basketball Wall Unit OUTDOOR ALU

9

Basketball Hoop HEAVY METAL

6

Basketball Wall Unit OUTDOOR STEEL

Basketball Chain Net HEAVY METAL

5 Basketball Wall Unit OUTDOOR ALU

7 Kübler Sport ® Heavy Steel Basketball System

8 Basketball Chain Net HEAVY METAL

Frame material: galvanized steel, Weight: 36 kg, Game

board dimensions: 120 x 90 cm, Game board material:


steel, Board dimensions: 120 x 90 cm, 180 x 105 cm, Extension:

Material: Steel, Color: Gray, Mounting: 12-point, 8-point,

Area of use: Indoor & Outdoor.

165 cm, Mounting: concrete foundation, Complete B8127 p 8-dot net holder pcs

Aluminum, Reach: 30 or 60 cm, Mounting: Wall mounting,

completely weatherproof, complete system including system including hoop, net, and ground sleeve, according B8162 p 12-dot net holder pcs

hoop and net.

to DIN EN 1270 Class B, completely weatherproof.

9

B1676 y 30 cm pcs B8100 l aluminium backboard 120 x 90 cm pcs Basketball Hoop HEAVY METAL

B1696 l 60 cm pcs B8101 l fan-shaped backboard 120 x 90 cm pcs Diameter: 45 cm, Weight: 8.4 kg, Material: Steel, Net

W 37 kg

B8102 l grid backboard 120 x 90 cm pcs attachment: 8 point, 12 point, with net hooks, Color: grey,

B8103 l grid backboard 180 x 105 cm pcs Area of use: Outdoor, Dunking capability: no.

6 Basketball Wall Unit OUTDOOR STEEL

W 151 kg

B8128 p

pcs

Material frame: galvanized steel, Weight: 38 kg, Dimensions

of game board: 120 x 90 cm, Material game

10 Basketball Net, Vandalism-proof

board: steel grid, Extension: 30 or 60 cm, Mounting:

Vandal-proof and low-noise, made of 5mm thick Hercules

wall-mounted, completely weatherproof, complete system

rope, cut and tear resistant. Suitable for all standard

including hoop and net.

baskets.

B1677 y 30 cm pcs

B1737 p black pcs

B1697 l 60 cm pcs

B1735 p green pcs

W 39 kg

8

10

Basketball Net, Vandalism-proof



www.kuebler-sport.com 649


Table Tennis Tables

MADE IN

GERMANY

green granite

leaf green

without net

1

blue

anthracite

45mm Aluminum

Edge Guard

Kübler Sport ® Table Tennis Table SOLIDO A45-S

without net

without net

Rounded 35 mm hard

PVC edge protection

2

Kübler Sport ® Table Tennis Table SOLIDO P30-R

35 mm hard PVC

edge protector

3

Kübler Sport ® Table Tennis Table FERO P30-S

4

Kübler Sport ® Table Tennis Renovation Boards

5

Aluminium Table Tennis Net

1 Kübler Sport ® Table Tennis Table SOLIDO A45-S

Dimensions: 274 x 153 x 76 cm (L x W x H), Panel thickness:




foundations, Usage: Outdoor, Delivery without net, sturdy,

weatherproof.



T7777-3 l blue pcs


W 520 kg

2 Kübler Sport ® Table Tennis Table SOLIDO P30-R





foundations, Use: Outdoor, Delivery without net, Rounded

edges, sturdy, weatherproof.



T2079-3 l blue pcs


W 450 kg

3 Kübler Sport ® Table Tennis Table FERO P30-S


30 mm, Material: Polymer concrete, Weight: 320 kg, Color:

granite green, leaf green, blue, anthracite, Classification:

DIN EN 15312, Installation: Concrete foundations, Use:

Outdoor, Delivery without net, sturdy, weatherproof.



T2067-3 l blue pcs


W 350 kg

650



6

Sponeta ® Table Tennis Table S6 Outdoor

4 Kübler Sport ® Table Tennis Renovation Boards

Material: Polymer concrete, replacement plate for concrete

tables, adhesive plate halves, suitable for almost

any concrete table tennis table, scope of delivery: two

plate halves, aluminum net (T2069).

T2078-1 l green granite set

T2078-2 l leaf green set

T2078-3 l blue set

T2078-4 l anthracite set

W 200 kg




T2068 y 4 mm pcs

T2069 y 8 mm pcs

7

Joola ® Table Tennis Table ALUTERNA

6 Sponeta ® Table Tennis Table S6 Outdoor


10 mm, Material: Melamine resin plate, Frame made

of galvanized steel, Weight: 123 kg, Color: blue, gray,

Classification: DIN EN 14468-1, Set-up: fixed (floor anchoring),

Usage: Outdoor, Includes net set, Weatherproof.

T20810 l blue pcs T48190 l

T20800 l grey pcs W 68 kg

W 134 kg

7 Joola ® Table Tennis Table ALUTERNA


6 mm, Material: Aluminum-plastic playing surface, Weight:

67.5 kg, Color: blue, Classification: DIN EN 14468-1 D,

Installation: mobile (transport wheels), Usage: Outdoor,

includes net set.

pcs


651

Movement Games

Winther ® Viking Vehicles

Winther ® is a fourth-generation Danish family business. Since

1932, Winther ® has been producing high-quality children’s

vehicles and play equipment with craftsmanship and pride.

Decades of experience and a strong commitment to quality

and innovation have established Winther ® as a leading manufacturer

of products that support children’s development

in a variety of ways. Winther ® children’s vehicles are timeless,

sustainable, and durable, helping children develop their motor,

cognitive, and social skills through play.

1

2

3

Winther ® VIKING BikeRunner

Winther ® VIKING Roller

Winther ® VIKING Safety Roller

4

5

6

NEW

Winther ® VIKING Taxi

Winther ® VIKING Double Taxi

Winther ® VIKING SideBySide Taxi

1 Winther ® VIKING BikeRunner

The balance bike trains the sense of balance and perception

of children - before they learn to ride a scooter

or a bicycle.

G20893 p 3-5 years pcs


2 Winther ® VIKING Roller

Popular vehicle that children can use to train their balance

and coordination skills. Extra reinforced footboard

with brake.


G2002 p for 6-10 years pcs


3 Winther ® VIKING Safety Roller

5 Winther ® VIKING Double Taxi

With 3 wheels and a plastic tread surface. Provides Popular vehicle that allows multiple children to play

maximum stability and safety. Dimensions: 87 x 49 x together. The Double Taxi sparks imagination and encourages

78 cm, Weight: 7 kg, Age group: 4 - 7 years.

role-playing. With trailer hitch. Age: 4 - 7

G20091 p

pcs years, Dimensions: 104 x 68 x 63 cm, Weight: 17.6 kg.

4 Winther ® VIKING Taxi

G2007 y

pcs

Two seats and hitch coupling, with safety bar for the 6 Winther ® VIKING SideBySide Taxi

passenger to hold onto. Age: 4 - 7 years, Dimensions:

96 x 58 x 62 cm, Weight: 13.2 kg.

Just like riding a motorcycle with a sidecar, here your best

friend can be taken for a ride. With trailer hitch. Age: 4 - 7

G2087 p

pcs years, Dimensions: 79 x 70 x 62 cm, Weight: 14.4 kg.

G1885 y

pcs

652



8

Winther ® VIKING Tricycle Maxi

7 Winther ® VIKING Tricycle

Classic tricycle with a fixed saddle and sturdy handles

available in three different sizes. Includes a trailer hitch.


G2084 p 3-6 years pcs G2006 p


9

Winther ® Children‘s Bike Helmet

8 Winther ® VIKING Tricycle Maxi

Attractive large version of the tricycle, which is suitable

for many age groups due to the adjustable seat. Age: 5 -

12 years, Dimensions: 100 x 57 x 75 cm, Weight: 13 kg.

pcs

7

Winther ® VIKING Tricycle

10

Winther ® VIKING Vehicle Stand

9 Winther ® Children‘s Bike Helmet

Children‘s bicycle helmet with neck strap and safety

buckle. 52 - 56 cm head circumference.

G1890 p

pcs

10 Winther ® VIKING Vehicle Stand

For three scooters or other two-wheeled vehicles. Dimensions:

83 x 25 x 25 cm, Weight: 6.6 kg.

G20892 p

pcs


653

Movement Games

Winther ® Viking Vehicles

1

2

3

Winther ® VIKING CHALLENGE Hand Twister

Winther ® VIKING CHALLENGE Foot Twister

Winther ® VIKING CHALLENGE WheelyRider

4

5

6

NEW

Winther ® VIKING FunCart

Winther ® VIKING Swingcart

Winther ® VIKING CHALLENGE Twin Bike

1 Winther ® VIKING CHALLENGE Hand Twister

Innovative children‘s vehicle that is propelled forward

by back-and-forth movements of the hands. Delivered

fully assembled. Dimensions: 72 x 45 x 44 cm, Weight:

5.54 kg, Dimensions: 88 x 46 x 44 cm, Weight: 6.35 kg. G20931 p



5 Winther ® VIKING Swingcart

2 Winther ® VIKING CHALLENGE Foot Twister

Innovative vehicle that is propelled by the back-and-forth

movement of the feet. Delivery fully assembled. Dimensions:

73 x 45 x 32 cm, Weight: 5.76 kg, Dimensions: 89


3 Winther ® VIKING CHALLENGE WheelyRider

Special movement using arms challenges children and

strengthens arm and chest muscles. Age: 4 - 10 years,


G2091 l

pcs

G1886 l

W 16 kg

W 19.32 kg

4 Winther ® VIKING FunCart

The drive is via the front axle. Steering is controlled

with the two hand grips over the rear wheels. Age: 4 - 7

years, Dimensions: 67 x 53 x 47.5 cm, Weight: 9.2 kg.

pcs

The feet rest on the front part while the hands operate

the pedals. Dimensions: 93 x 74 x 29 cm, Weight: 10 kg,


G2004 y for 3-8 years pcs

G2005 y for 6-12 years pcs

6 Winther ® VIKING CHALLENGE Twin Bike

Two children can team up and ride together. They can

steer and ride in any direction as long as they agree

on it. Age: 5 - 10 years, Dimensions: 80 x 92 x 55 cm,

Weight: 12.5 kg.

pcs

7 Winther ® VIKING Ben Hur Trailer

Easy coupling and uncoupling to all Winther vehicles with

trailer hitch. Dimensions: 86 x 58 x 50 cm, Weight: 8.2 kg.

G2011 p

pcs

8 Winther ® VIKING Ben Hur Tricycle

Offers many great game variations for multiple children.

The passengers riding along hold onto the safety bar. Age:

4 - 7 years, Dimensions: 100 x 58 x 62 cm, Weight: 14 kg.

G2010 p

pcs

9 Winther ® VIKING Dutch Bike

Movement by forward and backward motion of the handlebar.

Steering by moving the front axle with the feet. Age:

4 - 8 years, Dimensions: 91 x 62 x 59 cm, Weight: 14.4 kg.

G2090 y

pcs

654



7

Winther ® VIKING Ben Hur Trailer

8

Winther ® VIKING Ben Hur Tricycle

9

Winther ® VIKING Dutch Bike


655

Movement Games

Winther® Viking Vehicles

1

2

3

Winther ® VIKING EXPLORER FunRacer

Winther ® VIKING EXPLORER BobKart

Winther ® VIKING EXPLORER FunCart, large

4

5

6

Winther ® VIKING EXPLORER U-Rider

Winther ® VIKING EXPLORER Chopper

Winther ® VIKING EXPLORER High Wheel

7

Winther ® Turtle Kinderbus for 4 children

8

Winther ® Turtle Child Bus for 6 Children

1 Winther ® VIKING EXPLORER FunRacer

Children learn to maneuver correctly with this vehicle

and train coordination through the special steering. Age:

4 - 12 years, Dimensions: 99 x 63 x 63 cm, Weight: 18 kg.

G2008 y

pcs

G2082 l

2 Winther ® VIKING EXPLORER BobKart

W 20 kg

This special vehicle requires a pusher, similar to a bobsled.

Fixed pedals. Age: 4 - 10 years, Dimensions: 103 x 69


G2083 l

W 20.32 kg

3 Winther ® VIKING EXPLORER FunCart, large

The drive is via the pedals on the front axle. The hand

grips steer the wheels on the rear axle. These special

driving characteristics promote coordination skills and

body control. Age: 6 - 10 years, Dimensions: 96 x 66 x

65 cm, Weight: 17.64 kg.

G2093 l

W 20.76 kg

656

4 Winther ® VIKING EXPLORER U-Rider

7 Winther ® Turtle Kinderbus for 4 children

A great vehicle in a futuristic design. Steering is done Transport vehicle for all outdoor activities. Convinces

by shifting body weight, forward and backward driving with well-thought-out design, safety, durability, and

is possible. Age: 6 - 10 years, Dimensions: 120.5 x 74 x ergonomics. Automatically brakes when the handle

55 cm, Weight: 17 kg.

and brake bar are released. With 5-point harnesses

pcs and swiveling front wheels. Ideal for daycare centers,

kindergartens, childminders, and other child institutions.

Age: 6 months - 4 years, Dimensions: 155 x 75 x 98.5

5 Winther ® VIKING EXPLORER Chopper

cm, Weight: 35 kg, Load capacity: 70 kg (15 kg per seat).

pcs

With the large front wheel, you can ride easily and G1883 l

pcs

sportively. Comes with a trailer hitch and an adjustable W 50 kg

seat. Age: 5 - 12 years, Dimensions: 104 x 58 x 41 cm,

Weight: 16.4 kg.

G1891 p

pcs

8 Winther ® Turtle Child Bus for 6 Children

Transport vehicle for all outdoor activities. Convinces with

6 Winther ® VIKING EXPLORER High Wheel

thoughtful design, safety, durability, and ergonomics.

Fun children‘s vehicle that trains balance and coordination

Automatically brakes when handle and brake lever are

and encourages play. Dimensions: 91 x 48 x released. With doors on both sides, 5-point harnesses,

79 cm, Weight: 7.2 kg, Dimensions: 101 x 49 x 91 cm, and swivel front wheels. Ideal for nurseries, kindergartens,

pcs Weight: 8.8 kg.

childminders, and other children‘s institutions. Age: 6

G20031 p 4-7 years pcs months - 4 years, Dimensions: 175 x 75 x 98.5 cm,

G2003 p for 5-12 years pcs Weight: 43 kg, Load capacity: 100 kg (15 kg per seat).

G1884 l

pcs

W 53.1 kg

Traffic and Mobility Education

Mobility is an important aspect of a child’s development.

Moving around allows children to explore new spaces and

become more independent and self-reliant. However, as

their range of movement expands, so do the potential

dangers they may face in traffic. Muscle-powered vehicles

offer plenty of opportunities for children to experience

and practice traffic and mobility skills in a hands-on way.


657

Movement Games

Children’s Vehicles & Accessories

1

2

3

Schildkröt ® Skateboard Slider 31“ Cool King

Schildkröt ® Skateboard Kicker 31″ Red Parkour

Schildkröt ® Skateboard Grinder 31“ Inferno

4

5

6

Schildkröt ® City Scooter Road Catcher

Schildkröt ® City Scooter RunAbout

Schildkröt ® City Scooter RunAbout

1 Schildkröt ® Skateboard Slider 31“ Cool King

Leisure board with high-quality maple deck, concave

deck shape with double kick and grip tape, PU wheels

with ABEC7 bearings, color powder-coated 5V trucks

made of hardened aluminum. Dimensions: 79 x 20 cm,

Weight: 2.3 kg, Load capacity: 80 kg.

D3090 p

pcs D3246 p

2 Schildkröt ® Skateboard Kicker 31“ Red Parkour

Entry-level board with high-quality deck made of maple,

concave deck with double kick and grip tape, PU

wheels with ABEC5 bearings, colored powder-coated

5V trucks made of hardened aluminum. Weight: 2 kg,

Max load: 80 kg.

D3091 p

pcs

D3243 p

3 Schildkröt ® Skateboard Grinder 31“ Inferno

All-round board with high-quality maple deck, concave

deck shape with double kick and premium grip tape, PU

wheels with ABEC9 bearings, colored powder-coated 5V

trucks made of hardened aluminum. Dimensions: 79 x

20 cm, Weight: 2.3 kg, Load capacity: 90 kg.

4 Schildkröt ® City Scooter Road Catcher

A classic aluminum scooter for beginners with large

PU wheels. 200 mm PU wheels with ABEC7 bearings.

Straight deck (52 x 10 cm) in box construction with grip

tape. Height-adjustable handlebar (approx. 90 - 100 cm)

with quick-release clamp. Color: Black/Red, Weight: 3.8

kg, Load capacity: 100 kg.

5 Schildkröt ® City Scooter RunAbout

A classic junior scooter made of lightweight and rust-free

aluminum. 145mm PU wheels with ABEC5 ball bearings.

Straight deck (48 x 10 cm) in solid construction with

grip tape. Height-adjustable handlebar (approx. 76 - 86

cm) with quick release. Color: Green, Weight: 2.6 kg,

pcs Maximum load: 60 kg.

G2066 p

pcs

6 Schildkröt ® City Scooter RunAbout

A classic junior scooter made of lightweight and rust-free

aluminum. 145 mm PU wheels with ABEC5 ball bearings.

Straight deck (48 x 10 cm) in a solid construction with

griptape. Height-adjustable handlebar (approx. 76 - 86

cm) with quick-release clamp. Color: Blue, Weight: 2.6

pcs kg, Load capacity: 60 kg.

D3242 p

pcs

658



7

Pedalo ® Sport

8

Pedalo ® Combi

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

7 Pedalo ® Sport

The rotating footplates, each measuring 6 x 14 cm,

increase the level of difficulty compared to the Pedalo-

Classic and additional train ankle stability. Dimensions:

37.5 x 22 x 22 cm, Weight: approx. 2.8 kg. Load capacity:

up to 120 kg.

G4610 p black pcs

G4627 p grey pcs

8 Pedalo ® Combi

With a 60 cm extended stepping surface compared to

the Classic model. This allows for two people to practice

together. Dimensions: 64 x 37.5 x 22 cm. Stepping surface

dimensions: 60 x 14 cm. Weight capacity: up to 200 kg.

G4621 p

pcs

9 Pedalo ® Classic

The classic among the Pedalo balance trainers with its

double wheels and non-slip standing surface. Dimensions:

44 x 37 x 22 cm, Weight: approx. 6.2 kg. Load


G4611 p black pcs

G4626 p grey pcs

9

MADE IN

GERMANY

Pedalo ® Classic

659


Movement Games

Children’s Vehicles & Accessories

1

OnlyOne ® Unicycle

2

QU-AX Unicycle Stand

1 OnlyOne ® Unicycle

For children, teenagers, and beginners in the world of

unicycles. The equipment includes, among other things,

an aluminum rim, aluminum quick release, square steel

crank, and non-slip pedals. Minimum inseam length: 16“:

52 cm, 18“: 58 cm, 20“: 62 cm, 24“: 67 cm.

M6587 p 16“ pcs

M6588 p 18“ pcs

M6589 p 20“ pcs

M6591 p 24“ pcs

2 QU-AX Unicycle Stand

Practical stand for 305 mm (16“) to 406 mm (20“)

unicycles.

M6592 p

pcs

660



5

Schildkröt ® Stunt Scooter 360 Space

Schildkröt ® Stunt Scooter Untwist Fire

3 Spartan ® Skater Helmet Basic

With ventilation openings, adjustable chin strap, and

foam padding attached with Velcro. Sizes: S (52-55 cm),

M (55-59 cm), L (59-62 cm).

D3261 p S pcs

D3262 p M pcs

D3263 p L pcs

4 Spartan ® Protectors Standard

D3245 p

Consisting of 2 x wrist, 2 x knee, and 2 x elbow guards. 6 Schildkröt ® Stunt Scooter Untwist Fire

Anatomically designed fit for children.

D3277 p XS pcs

D3278 p S pcs

D3279 p M pcs

D3280 p L pcs

6

3

Spartan ® Skater Helmet Basic

4

Spartan ® Protectors Standard

5 Schildkröt ® Stunt Scooter 360 Space

Entry-level model to try out the first tricks. Aluminum

deck with grip tape. Robust handlebar with additional

reinforcement and high-quality grips. 100 mm PU wheels

with plastic rims and ABEC7 bearings. Handlebar height:

82 cm, handlebar width: 52 cm, weight: 3.15 kg, maximum

load capacity: 80 kg.

pcs

Ideal for performing the first tricks and stunts. Highquality

aluminum deck with griptape. Sturdy handlebar

with additional reinforcement and high-quality grips.

100 mm PU wheels with aluminum rims and ABEC7

bearings. Handlebar height: 82 cm, handlebar width: 52

cm, weight: 3.4 kg, load capacity: 100 kg.

G2067 p

7

Schildkröt ® Waveboard Good Vibes Graffiti

pcs

7 Schildkröt ® Waveboard Good Vibes Graffiti

Large plastic deck with graffiti design. Anti-slip grooves

for excellent stability. Dimensions: 79.5 x 22 x 15 cm,

Weight: approximately 2 kg, Weight capacity: 80 kg.

G2068 p

8

Schildkröt ® Waveboard Good Vibes Ocean Drive

pcs

8 Schildkröt ® Waveboard Good Vibes Ocean Drive

Large plastic deck with palm tree design. Anti-slip knobs

for good stability. Dimensions: 79.5 x 22 x 15 cm, Weight:

approximately 2 kg, Weight capacity: 80 kg.

G2081 p

pcs


661

Movement Games

Balancing & Jumping

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

2

3

4

QU-AX ® Aluminum Stilts

QU-AX ® Pogo Stick

Kübler Sport ® Stilts

Pedalo ® Stilts

MADE IN

GERMANY

5

tanga sports ® Bucket Stilts

6

Pot stilts Nature

1 QU-AX ® Aluminum Stilts

Height-adjustable aluminum stilts for children of all

ages. Height adjustment handles: 98 - 157 cm, height

adjustment footrests: 16 - 27 cm, weight: 1.6 kg, load

capacity: 60 kg.

M6593 p

2 QU-AX ® Pogo Stick

Train with fun to improve fitness and vertical jump while

enhancing coordination and balance. Featuring a non-slip

rubber foot, suitable for indoor and outdoor use.





3 Kübler Sport ® Stilts

Sturdy wooden stilts. 4-way adjustable height from

18.5-28.5 cm. With non-slip rubber buffers. Weight

capacity: 80 kg.

G1895 p 100 cm pair

pcs G1896 p 140 cm pair

G1897 p 160 cm pair

4 Pedalo ® Stilts

Very sturdy wooden stilts for children and adults. With

non-slip rubber stoppers. Multiple height-adjustable

footrests. Delivery in pairs.

P4612 p 150 cm pair

G1956 p 170 cm pair

P2904 p 195 cm pair pair.95

662



7

TOGU ® Moonhopper ®

MADE IN

GERMANY

5 tanga sports ® Bucket Stilts

Made of plastic with a safety rope. Suitable for children

aged 3 and above. Delivery: assorted colors and sold in

pairs. Dimensions: 12 x 10.5 cm. Weight capacity: 70 kg.

P2907 p

pair

6 Pot stilts Nature

Stable bucket stilts made from sustainable, environmentally

friendly material produced from renewable resources.

Measurements: Ø 13.5 x 12.5 cm, Load capacity: 75 kg.

P2919 p

pair

7 TOGU ® Moonhopper ®

The Jumping Top trains coordination, balance, and stability.

Designed for children and adults with its sturdy,

safe disk. Dimensions: 40 x 30 cm.



8

Jumping sack with handles

MADE IN

GERMANY

9

Kübler Sport ® Jute Jumping Sack

8 Jumping sack with handles

Very durable jump sack made of strong tarpaulin fabric.

Suitable for many group games.

S6535 p 60 x 30 cm blue pcs

S6536 p 60 x 30 cm red pcs

S6537 p 60 x 30 cm yellow pcs

S6538 p 60 x 30 cm green pcs

S6539 p 80 x 50 cm blue pcs

S6540 p 80 x 50 cm red pcs

S6541 p 80 x 50 cm yellow pcs

S6542 p 80 x 50 cm green pcs

MADE IN

GERMANY

10

MADE IN

GERMANY

Kübler Sport ® Double Jute Jumping Bag

9 Kübler Sport ® Jute Jumping Sack

Made from 100% natural and durable jute fabric. Dimensions:

50 x 80 cm.

S6515 p

pcs

10 Kübler Sport ® Double Jute Jumping Bag

Large hop sack for 2 children. Made from 100% natural

and durable jute fabric. Dimensions: 120 x 115 cm. Diameter

approximately 80 cm.

S6514 p

pcs


663

Movement Games

Balancing Equipment

1

NEW

Korxx ® Kübler Sport ® Balance Board

MADE IN

GERMANY

2

Pedalo ® Surf

1 Korxx ® Kübler Sport ® Balance Board

Usable with cork roller or cork ball. Offers a unique

training experience through the various balance options.

Dimensions board: 71 x 35.5 x 1.2 cm, roller: 27 x 9 cm,

ball: Ø 9 cm, Material: Birch, Cork.

P4661 p set 79.95

2 Pedalo ® Surf

Combines the features of a surfboard, skateboard, and

snowboard. With floor-friendly rubber stoppers & an

oval roller. With anti-slip surface. Includes mat. Board

dimensions: 70 x 35 cm, Roller dimensions: Ø 12 cm,


G2249 p set 144.95

3 Erzi ® Balancing Game Team Disc

Large balance disc with ball track that is also suitable for

multiple persons. Also suitable as a hand balance game.

With 3 hand grips. Includes 6 colored balls. Dimensions:

Ø 109.6 x 6.6 cm, Load capacity: 100 kg.

P7754 l pcs 349.-

W 12 kg 78.-

664



3

Erzi ® Balancing Game Team Disc

6

Pedalo ® Rola-Bola Sport

9

Pedalo ® Rola-Bola Design

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

4 Erzi ® Trackboard Labyrinth

Balance and coordination are required here. Not every

track will guide the ball from the outer circle to the inner

one and back. Includes 3 balls. Dimensions: 62 x 47 x 6

cm, Weight capacity: 100 kg.

G1977 p pcs 79.95

5 Erzi ® Trackboard Wire

This balance disc appears more complex than it actually

is. The starting and ending point is at the handle hole.

There is only one track with one twist. Includes 3 balls.

Dimensions: 62 x 47 x 6 cm, Load capacity: 100 kg.

G2075 p pcs 79.95

6 Pedalo ® Rola-Bola Sport


removable rubber stoppers & anti-slip rubber rings. The

surrounding grid drilling can be used for accessories.

Board dimensions: 60 x 35 cm, roller dimensions: Ø 10

cm, load capacity: 150 kg.

G2238 p set 89.95

4

Erzi ® Trackboard Labyrinth

7

Pedalo ® Rola-Bola Fun

10

Pedalo ® Rolling Board

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

7 Pedalo ® Rola-Bola Fun


detachable rubber stoppers & slip-resistant rubber rings.

With anti-slip motif print. Dimensions board: 60 x 35 cm,

dimensions roller: Ø 10 cm, weight capacity: 120 kg.

G2239 p set 84.95

8 Erzi ® Balance Board Race

With two different ball tracks. Also ideal for playing

together as a team. Includes 2 colored balls. Dimensions:


P7734 p pcs 59.95

9 Pedalo ® Rola-Bola Design


removable rubber stoppers and a cork roll. Offers an

increased level of difficulty. Board dimensions: 99 x 34

cm, roll dimensions: Ø 15 cm, weight capacity: 100 kg.

G2248 p set 139.95

5

Erzi ® Trackboard Wire

8

Erzi ® Balance Board Race

11

Running Ball, Ø 70 cm

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

10 Pedalo ® Rolling Board

Oval board with edge boundary and a loose rubberized

ball. The ultimate freedom of movement recommended

for all who have mastered their body balance and seek

a challenge. Dimensions: 78 x 43 cm. Weight: 4 kg. Load


K8782 p pcs 149.95

11 Running Ball, Ø 70 cm

Robust, shock-resistant ball for indoor use. Assorted colors.

Material: Polypropylene, weight approximately 10 kg.

M9650 l pcs 249.-

W 15.5 kg


665

666

Movement Games

Slackline

1

Slackers ® Slackline Classic including Teaching Line

5

Gibbon ® SlackFrame

2

Gibbon ® Slackline CLASSIC X13

6

Gibbon ® INDEPENDENCE KIT CLASSIC

D5498 p

Tightrope Walking on the Slackline

Slacklining has become a popular and unconventional

form of balancing that captivates adventurers, sports

enthusiasts, and nature lovers alike. The challenge of

maintaining balance on the tensioned, flexible webbing

is what makes it so appealing and demands a high level

of coordination skills.

3

Gibbon ® Slackline Bananalama

7

Slackmaster

set

4

Gibbon ® Tree Protection Set TREEWEAR

8

PLAYPARC ® Outdoor Slackline

4 m with webbing

1 Slackers ® Slackline Classic including Teaching Line 4 Gibbon ® Tree Protection Set TREEWEAR

7 Slackmaster

With ratchet and integrated ratchet protector, as well

as an auxiliary line for gripping. Includes bag. Complies

with current DIN guidelines for slacklining. Dimensions:

With Velcro closure. Protects not only the tree but also

the slackline. 2x Treewear 100 x 14.5 x 1 cm with assembly

instructions.

Slacklining specifically designed for the children‘s playground.

Learn to balance at 3 different difficulty levels at a

low height. Height: 1.60 m, Set-up dimensions: 3.55 x 4.10

15 m x 5 cm.

D5506 p

pcs m, Safety area: 6.10 x 6.50 m, Impact protection: 29.50

D3222 p

set

sqm, Fall height: 0.40 m, grass is sufficient as impact

5 Gibbon ® SlackFrame

protection, suitable for children aged 3 years and older.

2 Gibbon ® Slackline CLASSIC X13

Slackline frame for tensioning a slackline at various S4020 l

set

With ratchet and integrated ratchet protector. Complies heights (30 cm, 50 cm, 70 cm). Can be used in sports W 50 kg

with current DIN specifications for slacklining. Width: 5 cm. halls or outdoor areas. With rubberized feet.

8

D5496 p 15 m set D5542 p

pcs PLAYPARC ® Outdoor Slackline 4 m with webbing

D5497 p 25 m set

Ideal solution for the schoolyard or playground. Pre-assembled

and including a ready-to-use foundation. Only

6 Gibbon ® INDEPENDENCE KIT CLASSIC

excavation of the soil is required. Dimensions: 412 x 24

3 Gibbon ® Slackline Bananalama

Freestanding Slackline system for outdoor use. Designed

x 40 cm, Weight: 800 kg, according to DIN EN 1176.

for using a Slackline without trees. Consisting of D5515 l

set

With ratchet, integrated ratchet protector, and tree protector.

Width: 3.5 cm.

two SlackFrames, two ground screws, a 15m Slackline W 800 kg

D5543 p 15 m set including a ratchet, and an instruction manual. The

D5544 p 25 m set SlackFrames allow the line to be used at different heights

(30cm, 50cm, 70cm). Material: Metal frame.


667

Movement Games

Slackline

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

2

3

Erzi ® Slackspot BASIC

Erzi ® Slackspot DOUBLE

Erzi ® Slackspot TRAIL

- Safe balancing without assistance

- No fall protection necessary

- Low balancing height of only 10 cm

MADE IN

GERMANY

4

Erzi ® Slackspot SQUARE

668

7

Gibbon ® SLACKRACK Fitness Edition

1 Erzi ® Slackspot BASIC

Beginner slackline system for children up to 12 years

old or 60 kg. The low balancing height of 10 cm and the

short distance ensure safe balance without assistance

and without fall protection. Dimensions: 135.5 x 18 x

11 cm, Weight: 5 kg.

D5490 p

pcs D5493 p

8

Gibbon ® Slackrack CLASSIC

4 Erzi ® Slackspot SQUARE

Large slackline system for children up to 12 years old or

60 kg. The low balancing height of 10 cm ensures a safe

balance without assistance or fall protection. Suitable

for up to 4 children at the same time. Dimensions: 135.5

x 135.5 x 11 cm, Weight: 12.9 kg.

2 Erzi ® Slackspot DOUBLE

Long slackline system for children up to 12 years or 60

kg. The low balancing height of 10 cm ensures a safe

balance without assistance and without fall protection.

Suitable for up to 2 children at the same time. Dimensions:

253 x 18 x 11 cm, Weight: 9.88 kg.

D5545 p

D5491 p

pcs

6 Gibbon ® Giboard ® BONZO CLASSIC Set

3 Erzi ® Slackspot TRAIL

Large slackline system for children up to 12 years old or

60 kg. The low balancing height ensures a safe balance

without assistance and without fall protection. Two cm. Weight: 3.5 kg.

adjustable discs increase the level of difficulty. Suitable

for up to 4 children at the same time. Dimensions: 135.5

D5546 p

x 135.5 x 20.8 cm, Weight: 13.9 kg.

D5489 p

pcs

5 Gibbon ® Giboard ® CAESAR JIB Set

Thanks to its design and material, it creates a loose

spring effect, making it an ideal balance training tool.

The JibLine is a high-performance trickline slackline.


Its design and material create a loose spring effect,

making it ideal for balance training. The ClassicLine

is perfect for beginners. Measurements: 106 x 28 x 14

9

6

Gibbon ® Giboard ® BONZO CLASSIC Set

9


7 Gibbon ® SLACKRACK Fitness Edition

Can be freely set up both indoors and outdoors. The metal

frame can be assembled in a length of 2 or 3 meters.

Includes exercise band and handles for additional fitness

exercises and training poster. Load capacity: up to 100 kg.

D5519 p

set

pcs


D5477 p

5

Gibbon ® Giboard ® CAESAR JIB Set

8 Gibbon ® Slackrack CLASSIC

Free-standing slackline system for indoor and (non-permanent)

outdoor use. The rubber feet protect the floor

and provide a secure footing. Set-up length: 2 or 3 m.

Weight capacity: up to 100 kg.

set D5478 p

set

set

pcs

669


Movement Games

Throwing & Catching

670

1

NERF ® Vortex Aero Howler Throwing Rocket

4

Boomerang FUN

7

Waboba ® Ball Moonshine

1 NERF ® Vortex Aero Howler Throwing Rocket

Flight stabilizers enable sensational flight distances and

a stable flight path. The three lateral nozzles produce

a unique sound while flying. Dimensions: Ø 9 x 32 cm,


G1680 p

pcs

3 tanga sports ® Catch Ball

All fingers have numbered ends. Soft and inflatable.

Dimensions: Ø 30 cm, arm length: approx. 11 cm.

S6913 p

pcs

2

Pocket Rocket Throwing Rocket

5

Aerobie ® Orbiter ® Boomerang

Waboba ® Moon Ball

4 Boomerang FUN

Beginner boomerang made of flexible plastic. Dimensions:

Ø 29 cm, assorted colors.

S6610 p

pcs

5 Aerobie ® Orbiter ® Boomerang

Innovative shape for easy throwing, vibrant colors for

easy visibility, and soft edges for easy catching. Edge

length: approx. 29 cm.

2 Pocket Rocket Throwing Rocket

Small throwing rocket with side whistle nozzles that S6615 p

create a howling sound. Dimensions: Ø 5.5 x 17 cm,

Weight: 30 g.

6 BoomerangFan ® Zebra III Boomerang

G1681 p

pcs

8

pcs

Three-winged boomerang, perfect for beginners & flies

even in light winds. Dimensions: Ø 25 cm. Weight: 44 g.

S6629 p for left-handers pcs

S6628 p for right-handers pcs

3

tanga sports ® Catch Ball

6

BoomerangFan ® Zebra III Boomerang

9

tanga sports ® Super Bounce Basketball

7 Waboba ® Ball Moonshine

New version of the Moon Ball. Inside the ball, there is a

small LED that starts to light up upon impact. Dimensions:


S6623 p

pcs

8 Waboba ® Moon Ball

Ultra lightweight and tremendous jumping power. Size: Ø

6.5 cm, Weight: 72 g, Color: Assorted colors.

S6606 p

pcs

9 tanga sports ® Super Bounce Basketball

Impresses with its high-quality, sturdy material and

excellent bouncing behavior. Dimensions: Ø 6.3 cm,

Weight: 47 g.

G6669 p

pcs


671

Movement Games

Throwing & Cat-

1

2

3

tanga sports ® Soft throwing disc

Volley ® Soft Throwing Disc

Volley ® Soft Throwing Disc with Elephant Skin

4

5

6

Aerobie ® SPRINT Throwing Ring

Aerobie ® PRO Throwing Ring

Aerobie ® Superdisc ® Throwing Disc

1 tanga sports ® Soft throwing disc

Made of closed-cell PE foam for safe play. Dimensions:


G4936 p blue pcs

G4935 p red pcs

G4937 p yellow pcs

G4938 p green pcs

2 Volley ® Soft Throwing Disc

Safe and soft with print. Delivery sorted in red, blue,

green, yellow, orange, and violet. Dimensions: Ø 25 cm.

D3135 p

pcs

3 Volley ® Soft Throwing Disc with Elephant Skin

Safe and soft with elephant skin and imprint. Delivery

sorted in red, blue, green, yellow, orange, and violet.

Dimensions: Ø 25 cm.

D3136 p

pcs

4 Aerobie ® SPRINT Throwing Ring

For especially fast and precise throws. Dimensions: Ø

approx. 25.5 cm, Weight: 65 g, Colors: Assorted colors.

S6612 p

pcs

5 Aerobie ® PRO Throwing Ring

For flight distances of up to 406m (world record). Dimensions:

Ø approximately 33 cm, weight: 107 g, colors:

Assorted colors.

S6613 p

pcs

6 Aerobie ® Superdisc ® Throwing Disc

Sturdy, shatterproof body with soft edges. Flies excellently

and is easy to catch. Dimensions: 25 cm.

S6614 p

pcs

7 tanga sports ® Throwing Disc BEE

Ideal for beginners, children, and school sports. Dimensions:

Ø 23.5 cm, Weight: 140 g, Color: Red.

D3158 p

pcs

8 Frisbee ® Ultimate 175 g throwing disc

Competition Frisbee disc. Dimensions: Ø 27 cm, Weight:

175 g. Assorted colors.

D3185 p

pcs

9 Frisbee ® All Sport 140 g Throwing Disc

Robust Flying Disc. All-rounder for all throwing techniques.

Dimensions: Ø 24 cm. Weight: 140 g.

D3129 p

pcs

10 eurodisc ® Ultimate 175 g flying disc ORGANIC

Official, competition-ready sports flying disc made from

100% renewable materials. Dimensions: Ø 27.5 cm.

Weight: 175 g.

S6630 p

pcs

672



7

tanga sports ® Throwing Disc BEE

10

eurodisc ® Ultimate 175 g flying disc ORGANIC

13

Waboba ® Throwing Disc Flywaze

11 eurodisc ® Ultimate 175 g Throwing Disc Recycled

Official, competition-ready sports flying disc made from

recycled plastic. Dimensions: Ø 27.5 cm. Weight: 175 g.

S6632 p

pcs

12 tanga sports ® Neoprene Flyring Disc

Throw discs made of neoprene are characterized by their

low weight and very good grip. Elastic yet stable, it flies

well through the air. Low risk of injury. Also suitable for

use in water. Ø 30 cm, approx. 90 g, assorted colors.

D3159 p

pcs

13 Waboba ® Throwing Disc Flywaze

Soft silicone throwing disc with excellent throwing

properties that is foldable and rollable. Size: Ø 15 cm.

S6631 p

pcs

8

Frisbee ® Ultimate 175 g throwing disc

11

eurodisc ® Ultimate 175 g Throwing Disc Recycled

9

Frisbee ® All Sport 140 g Throwing Disc

12

tanga sports ® Neoprene Flyring Disc


673

1

Kübler Sport ® Cornhole Tournament Set

Cornhole Rules – Quick Overview

Cornhole is a popular tossing game for all

ages. The two cornhole boards are placed

about 8 meters apart. Either two individual

players or two teams of two can compete

against each other. The position of the bag

after the throw determines the points scored:

• Through the hole (Cornhole): 3 points

• On the board (Woody): 1 point

• On the ground or off the board: 0 points

MADE IN

GERMANY

2

SET

3

SET

5

6

Kübler Sport ® Cornhole Game Set

tanga sports ® Cornhole Bean Bag, Set of 8

BS Toys ® Cornhole Set

Cornhole Throwing Game Outdoor Board

1 Kübler Sport ® Cornhole Tournament Set 3 tanga sports ® Cornhole Bean Bag, 5 BS Toys ® Cornhole Set

7 Schildkröt ® Ring Toss Game

The set includes 2 cornhole game boards, 8

throwing bags, and a cotton bag for storage

and transportation of the bags. Includes

folding stands. Dimensions: 90 x 60 cm.

Set of 8

Made from 100% cotton filled with plastic

granules. Dimensions and weight comply

with the Cornhole regulations. 4 red and

Small cornhole tossing game for children.

Can be played with two players or in 2

teams. Dimensions of game board: 60

x 30 cm, Dimensions of bags: 8 x 8 cm.

Two-piece wooden cross with 5 different

numbers, 5 screw-on colorful bars, and

5 throwing rings. Dimensions: 38 x 38

x 21 cm.

Material: Albasia and birch.

4 blue bags. Dimensions: approximately D3271 p

set D3140 p pcs 24.95

G1887 p

set 15 x 15 cm, Weight: approximately 400 g.

8 BEX ® Swedish Chess Kubb

G5028 p

set

Strategic skill game for 2 to 12 people.

6 Cornhole Throwing Game Outdoor Board Scope of delivery: 1x King, 1x Kubbs, 6x

2 Kübler Sport ® Cornhole Game Set 4 tanga sports ® Cornhole Bean Bag Made of frost- and weather-resistant polymer

throwing sticks, 4x field markers, game

The set includes 1 cornhole board, 8 bean Made of 100% cotton filled with plastic

concrete. Without throwing sacks. instructions & carrying bag. Material:

bags, and a cotton bag for storage or transportation

granules. Dimensions and weight comply Dimensions: 122 x 61 cm, Weight: 55 kg. Birch wood.

of the bags. Includes foldable with the Cornhole regulations. Dimensions: S6991-01 l blue pcs D3196 p

set

legs. Dimensions: 90 x 60 cm. Material: approx. 15 x 15 cm, Weight: approx. 400 g. S6991-06 l anthracite pcs

Albasia and birch.

9

G5027-01 p blue pcs S6991-07 l green pcs BEX ® Number Kubb Original

G1888 p

set G5027-02 p red pcs S6991-11 l grey pcs Outdoor dexterity game. Objective: throw

W 75 kg

the throwing stick at 12 game sticks and

reach exactly fifty points.

D3234 p

set

674



Movement Games

Target Throwing

7

Schildkröt ® Ring Toss Game

10

Wooden ladder golf

10 Wooden ladder golf

Made of beech wood. Space-saving and

can be disassembled. Comes with 3 red

and 3 blue bolas. Includes a bag. Dimensions:

68 x 60 x 90 cm.

S6990 p

pcs

11 Ladder Golf

Plastic (PP) Golf ladder. Includes 3 red

and 3 blue double balls. Dimensions: 92

x 60 cm.

S6981 p

pcs

8

BEX ® Swedish Chess Kubb

9

BEX ® Number Kubb Original

11

Ladder Golf


675

Movement Games

Target Throwing

1

2

3

Nylon Flying Ring XXL

BS Toys ® Throwing Discs Dart

Can Toss Game Soft

4

5

6

Crossboccia ® Double Pack Heroes

Crossboccia ® Family Pack PRO Labyrinth

BS Toys ® Can Throwing Game

MADE IN

GERMANY

7

8

9

KanJam ® Official Throwing Disc

eurodisc ® Disc Golf throwing discs, set of 3

sunflex ® Disc Golf Flying Discs, Set of 3

1 Nylon Flying Ring XXL

3 Can Toss Game Soft

Foldable flying disc with excellent gliding properties.

Includes carrying case. Measurements: Ø 92 cm or

33 cm (folded).

10 cans with soft coating & 2 balls in the carrying bag.

Assorted colors. Dimensions: Ball Ø 6 cm, cans Ø 7.5

cm x 10 cm high.

D5535 p

pcs S6979 p

pcs

2 BS Toys ® Throwing Discs Dart

Try to throw the throwing discs onto the playing field

and count who has the most points at the end. Includes

3 throwing discs. Dimensions: Ø 200 cm.

D3264 p

pcs

4 Crossboccia ® Double Pack Heroes

Suitable for indoor & outdoor use. A set for 2 players

includes 2 x 3 fabric bags, 1 target ball, & official rulebook.

Measurements: Ø 8 cm, Weight: 90 g.

D3040 p blue set

D3042 p purple set

676



10

Sunsport ® Disc Golf Basket

5 Crossboccia ® Family Pack PRO Labyrinth

Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. A set for 4 players

contains 4 sets of 3 fabric bags, 1 target ball, and an

official rulebook. Dimensions: Ø 8 cm, Weight: 115 g.

D3039 p

6 BS Toys ® Can Throwing Game

10 metal cans with numbering and 3 throwing bags.


D3283 p

pcs

set

11

Throwing Disc Golf Target

7 KanJam ® Official Throwing Disc

Made from 100% recycled plastic. Dimensions: Ø 27

cm, weight 168 g.

8 eurodisc ® Disc Golf throwing discs, set of 3

Starter set for the trending sport of Disc Golf. Dimensions:

Ø 21 cm, Weight: approximately 150 g per disc.

S6633 p

set

9 sunflex ® Disc Golf Flying Discs, Set of 3

3-piece: 1x for long distances, 1x for medium & short

distances, and 1x for short distances (Putter Disc).

D3202 p

pcs

12

RampShot ® Throwing Game Set

10 Sunsport ® Disc Golf Basket

Ideal for the park, the schoolyard, or the home garden.

Height: 132 cm (without flag), Ø catch basket: 65 cm,

Weight: approx. 7.5 kg.

D3260 p

pcs

11 Throwing Disc Golf Target

Flexible and quick to set up. Includes a practical bag.


D3203 p

pcs

12 RampShot ® Throwing Game Set

2 vs. 2 throwing game for indoor or outdoor use that

promotes motor skills, hand-eye coordination, and teamwork

while having lots of fun. 2 ramps, 4 game balls,

and a set of instructions included. Ramp dimensions: 57

x 56 x 18 cm, Ball dimensions: Ø 5.5 cm.

D3257 p

pcs


677

1

Sunflex ® X Ball Roundnet

2

BamBall ® Roundnet Standard Set

3

4

5

Spikeball ® Standard

Spikeball ® Pro

Spikeball ® Standard Balls, Set of 2

1 Sunflex ® X Ball Roundnet

3 Spikeball ® Standard

6 Bassalo ® 30-piece School Set including bag

Standard set consisting of 3 balls, carrying bag, and

pump. Dimensions: Ø 90 cm. Weight: 1.5 kg.

Standard version with 3 balls, carrying bag, and a rule

booklet. Dimensions: Ø 90 cm. Weight: 1.5 kg.

The school set offers enough cups and balls for physical

education classes, and the complete set can be conveniently

D3239 p

pcs D3217 p

pcs

stored in the sports bag. Cup dimensions: Ø 7.2

x 25 cm, Ball dimensions: Ø 4.2 cm.

2 BamBall ® Roundnet Standard Set

4 Spikeball ® Pro

Offers a net with increased elasticity so that balls bounce Ideal for good and professional roundnet players. Reinforced

D3259 p

set

higher. Therefore, ideal for children and beginners. Includes

frame and feet with non-slip coating. Includes 2 pro 7 Spikeball ® Pro Balls, Set of 2

2 play balls (Ø 9 cm), 1 training ball (Ø 13 cm), ball balls, pump, backpack, and measuring ring. Dimensions: Two replacement balls for Spikeball ® Pro.

pump, carrying bag, and an exercise collection for school Ø 90 cm. Weight: 2.3 kg.

lessons as a PDF. Dimensions: Ø 90 cm, Weight: 1.5 kg. D3233 p

pcs

D3241 p

pair

D3273 p

pcs

5 Spikeball ® Standard Balls, Set of 2

8 Bassalo ® Balls, Set of 3

Two replacement balls for Spikeball ® Standard. Replacement balls for the Bassalo ® throwing and catching

D3248 p

pair

game.

D3258 p

set

678



Movement Games

Racket Games

6

Bassalo ® 30-piece School Set including bag

10

Indiaca Tournament Game Ball

MADE IN

GERMANY

7

Spikeball ® Pro Balls, Set of 2

MADE IN

GERMANY MADE IN

GERMANY

Indiaca Game Ball PLAY

9 Bassalo ® Sets

Throw and catch game that provides a lot of fun and trains

motor skills like hand-eye coordination. Dimensions Cup:

Ø 7.2 x 25 cm, Dimensions Ball: Ø 4.2 cm.



10 Indiaca Tournament Game Ball

Fast and dynamic rebound game. By inserting coins, you

can vary the weight of the game ball. The red-colored

turkey feathers ensure stable and optimal flight behavior.

Dimensions: 24 x Ø 7.5 cm, Weight: 55 g.

S7100 p

pcs

11 Indiaca Game Ball PLAY

Yellow foam head with red feathers. Dimensions: 25 cm

x Ø 7 cm, Weight: 30 g.

S7110 p

pcs

11

8

Bassalo ® Balls, Set of 3

MADE IN

GERMANY

9

Bassalo ® Sets

MADE IN

GERMANY


679

Movement Games

Racket Games

1

Street Racket ® Set

2

3

4

Street Racket ® School Set

Street Racket ® Replacement Ball

Schildkröt ® Beach Paddle Ball Set

1 Street Racket ® Set

Included in the set: 2 black wooden rackets with wooden

handles, 2 soft balls (PU, Ø 70 mm), 3x sidewalk chalk,

and 1x drawstring carrying bag.

T4972 p

2 Street Racket ® School Set

Included in the set: 24 wooden bats with natural wood

handles, 24 softballs (PU, Ø 70 mm), 36 pieces of sidewalk

chalk, information cards with game rules, spacious

sports bag.

T4982 p

3 Street Racket ® Replacement Ball

Replacement ball for Street Racket ® .

T49729 p

4 Schildkröt ® Beach Paddle Ball Set

The set includes 2 wooden rackets with a lacquered finish

and design print, black solidly attached plastic grips, and

2 balls, including a net bag. Dimensions: 37.8 x 23.5 cm.

set D31031 p

set D9708 p

5 tanga sports ® Junior Tennis Set

Robust tennis set consisting of 2 rackets, 1 ball (Ø 7 cm),

and a game guide. Material: plastic, foam. Dimensions

rackets: 40 x 20 cm.

set D3115 p

set D3227 p

pcs

6 Schildkröt ® Badminton Set 2-Player

Leisure fun for garden, beach or city park. The set includes

2 hardened steel rackets and 2 nylon balls in a

carrying bag.

pcs

7 Schildkröt ® Giant Racket Set

The rackets with the elastic stringing are perfect for

children, thanks to their low weight. The large hitting

surface ensures the necessary sense of achievement.

Includes soft and feather ball.

set

680



5

tanga sports ® Junior Tennis Set

11

OgoSport ® Set

8 Kübler Sport ® Balance Board Racket Set

Perforated and lined racket blade, with a synthetic leather

grip tape and wrist strap. Set consisting of 2 rackets and

2 rubber balls. Includes a carrying bag. Dimensions: 20

x 24 cm, Weight: approx. 160 g.

T1552 p

8

Kübler Sport ® Balance Board Racket Set

9 VICFUN ® Badminton Set MINI

Badminton racket with a short shaft. For playing back

and forth together. Set: 2 rackets + nylon shuttlecock

+ soft ball.

S7163 p

set

10 Tanga sports ® Ball Catch Game Scoop Ball

Throw and catch game set with 2x shovel rackets & 1x

hole ball. Dimensions: Racket 40 cm long, hole ball Ø 9 cm.

S6915 p

set

set

Schildkröt ® Badminton Set 2-Player

9

13

11 OgoSport ® Set

Can be used as a racket as well as a throwing disc. Set

includes 2 discs, 1 ball, 1 instruction manual.

D3189 p 29 cm set

D3192 p 38 cm set

12 OgoSport ® Replacement Balls

2 replacement balls (Wuschelball/Koosh Ball). Size: Ø

6.5 cm. Assorted colors.

D3193 p

pair

6

VICFUN ® Badminton Set MINI

VICFUN ® Magic Fangball

7

Schildkröt ® Giant Racket Set

10

Tanga sports ® Ball Catch Game Scoop Ball

14

Schildkröt ® Neoprene Velcro Ball Set

13 VICFUN ® Magic Fangball

The popular throwing and catching game. 2 catchers

with hook-and-loop surfaces, 1 fluffy ball. Also great

fun in the water. Dimensions: Ø 20.5 cm.

D3127 p

set

14 Schildkröt ® Neoprene Velcro Ball Set

2 Neoprene Velcro ball catchers (Ø 17 cm) with adjustable

wrist strap, and one Velcro ball (Ø approx. 6 cm), including

a drawstring bag.

D32001 p

set

15 Schildkröt ® Replacement Balls for Neoprene Velcro

Ball Game

2 replacement balls in red and yellow.

D3201 p

set


681

Movement Games

Group Games

Growing as a Team

Group skill games are not only entertaining

but also an extremely valuable way

to face challenges together and grow as a

team. They promote important skills such

as effective collaboration, problem-solving,

and communication. The wide variety of

games offers numerous applications and

encourages participants to contribute their

own creative ideas. It doesn’t matter whether

the players are children or adults – few

can succeed alone, but with teamwork, a

wide range of challenges can be overcome.

682

1

Pedalo ® Running A

4

Gonge ® Giant Swing Cloth

7

Pedalo ® Horse Lead

MADE IN

GERMANY

ECHT

LEDER

1 Pedalo ® Running A

4-8 partners simultaneously stretch the ropes outwards,

while 1 additional person stands in the middle of the

crossbar. Now, it‘s time to develop a strategy together

to set the „running A“ in motion. Dimensions: 75 x 5 x

195 cm, Weight: 3.5 kg.

G1994 y

pcs

2 Pedalo ® Summer Ski

Moving in sync is not that easy. The more people participate,

the more difficult but also fun it becomes. Suitable

for 2 or 4 people.

G1996 p for 2 persons, with hand loops pair

G1995 p for 2 persons, without hand loops pair

G1998 p for 4 persons, with hand loops pair

G1997 p for 4 persons, without hand loops pair

3 Pedalo ® Family

Suitable for up to 4 people. Dimensions: 104 x 37.5 x 22

cm, Weight: 13.8 kg, Capacity: 200 kg.

P2879 p

pcs

2

Pedalo ® Summer Ski

5

Giant Swing Cloth with Target Holes

8

Horse leash with harness

4 Gonge ® Giant Swing Cloth

Light fabric in vibrant colors with good gliding properties,

suitable for indoor and outdoor use. Suitable

for 8 - 16 persons, including a carrying bag. Material:

100% polyester.

G4509 p 1,85 m pcs

G4541 p 3,50 m pcs

G4543 p 5 m pcs

G4544 p 6,10 m pcs

G4545 p 7,30 m pcs

5 Giant Swing Cloth with Target Holes

Colorful cloth with target holes Ø 12 and 19 cm for

countless game options, for indoors and outdoors. Suitable

for 8 - 12 people, including carrying bag. Material:

100% polyester.

G4607 p 3 m pcs

G4608 p 4 m pcs

6 Erzi ® Team Track

The goal is to constantly keep the wooden balls in a rolling

motion. 8 wooden ball tracks. Including 2 wooden balls.

Dimensions per track: 43 x 7 x 3.5 cm. Weight: 3.71 kg.

S9635 p

MADE IN

GERMANY

pcs

3

Pedalo ® Family

7 Pedalo ® Horse Lead

Children‘s horse halter with safety Velcro closure on the

chest part. This allows for fun activities for two people

that promote trust in each other. Being led and leading

others. Material: Genuine leather.

S7189 p

pcs

8 Horse leash with harness

For kindergarten, day care centers, and elementary

schools. Tableware in universal size, adjustable, leash

approx. 80 cm long. Connection of reins and bridle via

carabiner, color blue. Material nylon.

S7195 p

9

Erzi ® Team Tower

pcs

9 Erzi ® Team Tower

Team and coordination game for 2 to 24 players. Consists

of 6 beech wood blocks, 1 bracket with rope holder, 12

ropes with a length of 220 cm each, game and assembly

instructions, as well as a transport and storage bag.

S9630 p

6

Erzi ® Team Track

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

set

683


MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

2

3

Kübler Sport ® Team Game Balance Discs

Erzi ® Team Game Set FUN

Pedalo ® Team Game Box ONE

1 Kübler Sport ® Team Game Balance 2 Erzi ® Team Game Set FUN

Discs

Here, teamwork needs to be proven. Suitable

12 game ideas in various variations for small and large

groups. Suitable for ages 5 and up.

for 2 to 8 people.

Consisting of:

Features

- 2x bags (green)

- Dimensions: Ø 16 x 1 cm

- 4x sets of 3 ropes each 3 m long (blue, yellow,

- Hole dimensions: Ø 2 cm

green, red)

- Weight: 164 g

- 4x ropes each 12 m long (blue, yellow, green, red)

- Material: Birch wood

- 2x balance pads

- Includes ball and 4 ropes

- 50x building blocks

S6525 p

pcs - 20x chiffon scarves

- 5x small bags

- 1x instruction manual

P7746 p

set

3 Pedalo ® Team Game Box ONE

For 4 - 16 participants. From 3 years old.

Consisting of:

- 1x Gripping board approx. 24 cm wide made of birch plywood

- 8x different colored ropes each 4 m long

- 6x wooden rollers 9.5 x 10 cm made of beech, 2 of them with indentations

- 4x wooden troughs 56 x 5 cm made of beech

- 1x wooden ring with Ø 34 cm made of beech

- 2x balls approx. Ø 6 cm and Ø 20 cm

- 1x dismantlable wooden box 59.5 x 44 x 23 cm


S9620 p

set

684



Movement Games

Group Games

4

Pedalo ® Team Game Box TWO

4 Pedalo ® Team Game Box TWO


Consisting of:

- 8x path elements 80 x 8cm made of birch multiplex

- 8x different colored ropes each 4 m long

- 16x round bars 36 cm long with groove made of

beech

- 1x plastic tarp 125 x 100 cm in green/blue

- 1x ball Ø 14 cm

- 1x collapsible wooden box 59.5 x 44 x 23 cm


S9621 p

MADE IN

GERMANY

set

5

Pedalo ® Team Game Box THREE

5 Pedalo ® Team Game Box THREE


Consisting of:

- 1x Game board 50 x 40 cm made of birch multiplex

- 8x differently colored ropes each 4 m

- 1x textile ribbon

- 1x pen holder made of acrylic glass

- 1x water-soluble pen

- 1x Ball golf board 28 x 28 cm made of birch

multiplex

- 2x metal balls

- 10x game stones made of beechwood in yellow and

blue

- 1x disassemblable wooden box 59.5 x 44 x 23 cm

- 1x instruction booklet

S9622 p

MADE IN

GERMANY

set

6

Pedalo ® Team Game Box 4MOVE

6 Pedalo ® Team Game Box 4MOVE


Composed of:

- 8x different colored ropes each 4 m

- 8x round rods 65 cm x Ø 1.5 cm made of beech

- 8x wooden stands 5 cm high made of beech, with

hole

- 8x wooden cylinders Ø 2.8 cm made of beech, oiled

- 40x wooden balls Ø 3 cm made of beech, colorfully

painted

- 40x fixing rings made of rubber

- 4x moderation cards

- 1x poster

- 1x collapsible wooden box 59.5 x 44 x 23 cm

- 1x cotton bag with drawstring


S9623 p

MADE IN

GERMANY

set


685

Movement Games

Anti-Aggression Games

Releasing Anger Successfully

Anti-aggression games can help children

release built-up anger and frustration.

Through movement-based activities, they

learn how to handle negative emotions in

a healthy way. With Fandago bats, two

partners can resolve conflicts safely and

playfully according to established rules.

Supervision always remains with an adult

or instructor to ensure that agreed-upon

limits are respected.

1

sunflex ® Fandango Punch

MADE IN

GERMANY

2

3

4

JU-Sports ® Children‘s Boxing Gloves

Boxing Base

Kübler Sport ® Anti-Aggression Tree Trunk

5

6

7

8

Comfy ® Pool Stick

Mini Anti-Aggression Bat

Anti-Aggression Bat

sunflex ® Fandango Junior

686

1 sunflex ® Fandango Punch

4 Kübler Sport ® Anti-Aggression Tree Trunk

Two punch gloves in one size with soft cotton filling. Through exercises, children and adolescents can become

Suitable for peaceful anti-aggression competitions. One aware of their aggressive feelings. They learn to resolve

pair in the colors blue and green. Dimensions: 23 x 23 conflicts fairly and safely release their pent-up anger in

cm, Weight: 250 g.

a physical way. PU foam covered with tarpaulin fabric.

S6599 p

pair Two handles for inserting the hands. Length 120 cm, ø

25 cm, approx. 2.5 kg.

2 JU-Sports ® Children‘s Boxing Gloves

Children‘s boxing glove made of durable PU faux leather

S6577 p

pcs

(Rexion), color: black. Pre-formed padding, all-round 5 Comfy ® Pool Stick

Velcro fastener for a good fit, stability, and wearing

comfort. Sewn-on thumb for injury prevention.



K1174 p 6 oz pair W2618 p

pcs

K1175 p 8 oz pair

3 Boxing Base

Sturdy standing punching bag for children. Made of

durable foam and a sand-filled base. Dimensions: Ø 25

x 110 cm (15 kg) for children from 4 years old, dimensions:

Ø 35 x 140 cm (31 kg) for older and larger children

from 8 years old.

S6567 p 110 cm pcs

S6586 l 140 cm pcs

W 32 kg



9

sunflex ® Fandango Pro

6 Mini Anti-Aggression Bat

Features a foam core with a comfortable cover. Extremely

sturdy and durable. Suitable for children and teenagers.

Length: 52 cm. Ø 11 cm. Weight: 280 g. Delivery: 1 racket.

S6579 p

pcs

7 Anti-Aggression Bat

Features a foam core with a comfortable cover. Extremely

stable and durable. Suitable for teenagers and adults.

Length: 56 cm. Ø 15 cm. Weight: 520 g. Delivery: 1 racket.

S6578 p

pcs

10

sunflex ® Fandango Striker Glow

11

sunflex ® Fandango Rebell Glow

8 sunflex ® Fandango Junior

Two small padded foam rackets with rubberized handles.

Ideal handling. Dimensions: Ø 6 x 55 cm. Weight: 197 g.

S6596 p

pair

9 sunflex ® Fandango Pro

Two padded large foam paddles with rubberized handles.

Dimensions: Ø 6.5 x 82 cm. Weight: 280g.

S6597 p

pair

sunflex ® Fandango Rebell Pro

10 sunflex ® Fandango Striker Glow

Two padded foam bats with rubberized handles. Glow

in the dark. Dimensions: Ø 6.5 x 82 cm. Weight: 280 g.

S6592 p

pair

11 sunflex ® Fandango Rebell Glow

A bat with two padded striking surfaces and a rubberized

grip in the middle. Glows in the dark. Dimensions: Ø 5 x

140 cm. Weight: 400 g.

S6593 p

pcs

12 sunflex ® Fandango Rebell Pro

A bat with two padded striking surfaces and a rubberized

grip in the middle. Dimensions: Ø 5 x 140 cm.

Weight: 400 g.

S6598 p

pcs

12


687

Movement Games

Juggling

1

Spordas ® Chiffon Bean Bag Set, Pack of 6

2

3

4

Spiral Poi

tanga sports ® Chiffon juggling scarves, set of 10

tanga sports ® Chiffon Juggling Scarf

MADE IN

GERMANY

5

6

7

tanga sports ® Juggling Club Basic, Set of 3

Juggling Club PRIMA

Juggling Club Classic EG

1 Spordas ® Chiffon Bean Bag Set, Pack of 6

Gentle flight to the target. The bag with plastic granules

indicates the direction and the lightweight chiffon cloth

stabilizes and slows down the flight. Color: Red, Yellow,

Green, and Blue, Dimensions: Ø 5 x 27 cm, Weight: 13 g

per bag, Material: 100% Polyester.

M6501 p

2 Spiral Poi

The Poi game, originating from New Zealand, involves

swinging balls attached to cords or ribbons in circular

motions around one‘s body. The swinging technique is

relatively easy to learn. The soft body is black with a long

fabric tail. Length: 100 cm. Delivery in pairs.

S6952-07 p green pair

S6952-12 p pink pair

set

3 tanga sports ® Chiffon juggling scarves, set of 10

Slow flying chiffon scarves. 10 vibrant colors. Dimensions:

65 x 65 cm. Material: 100% polyamide.

M6514 p

set

4 tanga sports ® Chiffon Juggling Scarf

Fly particularly slowly. Material: 100% nylon, Dimensions:

140 x 140 cm.

S6564 p blue pcs

S6562 p red pcs

S6563 p yellow pcs

S6565 p green pcs

5 tanga sports ® Juggling Club Basic, Set of 3

Ideal for children and beginners. Unbreakable body made

of polyethylene. Dimensions: 42 x Ø 7 cm, Weight: 100 g.

M6107 p

set

6 Juggling Club PRIMA

Very well balanced and extremely durable. Length: 52

cm, Weight: 200 g.

M6150-03 p yellow pcs

M6150-05 p white pcs

M6150-07 p green pcs

M6150-23 p orange pcs

7 Juggling Club Classic EG

Especially strong primary colors, sorted by color.

M6101 p

pcs

8 tanga sports ® Juggling Rings, Set of 3

Made of flexible polyethylene with rounded edges. Assorted

colors.

M6543 p 24 cm set

M6542 p 32 cm set

688



8

tanga sports ® Juggling Rings, Set of 3

11


14

Beanbag Juggling Ball, Crocheted

9 Spordas ® Fleece Balls, Set of 6

Lightweight and extremely secure in use. Ideal for occupational

therapy exercises and for introducing throwing

exercises, catching exercises, ball games, and racket

games. Dimensions: Ø 9 cm, Weight: 13 g, Material: S9614 p

Acrylic.

P3012 p

set

10 Gonge ® Activity Rings

Flexible rings for various imaginative movement games

and juggling exercises. Material: TPE, Dimensions: Ø

16.4 x 1.2 cm.

G4609 p 6 pcs set set

G4604 p 24 pcs set set

11 Tanga sports ® Foam Rubber Ball

Large solid rubber balls, excellent grip, good bounce.

Diameter: Ø 6.2 cm, Weight: approximately 60 g.

S6554 p blue pcs

S6555 p red pcs

S6556 p yellow pcs

S6557 p green pcs

9

Spordas ® Fleece Balls, Set of 6

13 Beanbag Soft Beach Juggling Ball

Artificial leather coat with millet filling. High flexibility

and very good workmanship. Dimensions: Ø 7 cm,

Weight: 130 g.

M6504 p

12

tanga sports ® Foam Rubber Ball, Set of 30

15

Beanbag XBALL

12 tanga sports ® Foam Rubber Ball, Set of 30

Large set of 30 balls, color sorted in blue, red, green

& yellow. Made of foam rubber: firm, closed-cell foam,

bouncy.

pcs

14 Beanbag Juggling Ball, Crocheted

Hand crocheted with beautiful designs. Filled with granules.

Also suitable as a footbag. Dimensions: Ø 5.5 cm,

Weight: 40 - 80 g.

M6508 p

pcs

set

10

Gonge ® Activity Rings

13

Beanbag Soft Beach Juggling Ball

16

Juggling Ball Beanbag Soft

15 Beanbag XBALL

A virtually indestructible beanbag. Ø 62 mm, approx.

120 g. Easy-to-grip, flexible design filled with granules.

Suitable for washing machines.


M6147-05 p white pcs

M6147-12 p pink pcs


16 Juggling Ball Beanbag Soft

The Beanbag Soft is the standard juggling ball for beginners

and advanced users. Ø 70 mm, 130 g, filled

with millet.

M6146-01 p blue pcs

M6146-02 p red pcs





689

Movement Games

Juggling

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

1

2

3

4

Diabolo Beach

Diabolo Beach Free

Diabolo Harlequin Medium

tanga sports ® Diabolo Standard

including handsticks

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

5

6

7

8

Diabolo handsticks made of aluminum

Diabolo Handsticks

tanga sports ® Cigarbox, Set of 3

tanga sports ® Juggling Plate

including Hand Stick

9

10

11

12

Devilsticks Handsticks

Devil Stick Fantasy

tanga sports ® Devilstick incl. Handsticks

tanga sports ® Soft Devilstick incl. Handsticks

1 Diabolo Beach

For hobby and beginner jugglers. Without

hand sticks. Half shells made of PP. Dimensions:

Ø 12 x 12.5 cm, Weight: 215 g.

M6151-01 p blue pcs

M6151-02 p red pcs


M6151-08 p turquoise pcs


2 Diabolo Beach Free

With ball-bearing freewheel axle for extremely

fast rotation. Half shells made of

PP. Without handbars. Dimensions: Ø 12

x 14 cm, Weight: 215 g.

M6152-01 p blue pcs

M6152-02 p red pcs


M6152-08 p turquoise pcs


690

3 Diabolo Harlequin Medium

For beginners and diabolo enthusiasts.

Half-shells made of solid rubber. Two-tone

marbled. Without handsticks. Dimensions:

11.5 x 10 cm Ø, Weight: 280 g.

M6106-01 p blue pcs

M6106-02 p red pcs


M6106-27 p multicoloured pcs

4

tanga sports ® Diabolo Standard including

handsticks

Plastic plate with curved bottom. Includes

handheld stick. Assorted colors. Dimen-

Made of plastic, color coordinated in blue 8

or red. Includes hand poles. Dimensions:

11 x Ø 10 cm, Weight: 200 g.

M6109 p

pcs

sions: Ø 22 cm.

5 Diabolo handsticks made of aluminum M6545 p

Very stable and not too light hand baton

made of solid aluminum. Grip made of

lightweight rubber. Length: 32.5 cm, Cord

length: 160 cm.

M6114 p

pair

M6507 p

6 Diabolo Handsticks

Simple beech wood rod. 1 pair, including

a diabolo string. Dimensions: 37 x Ø 1.2

cm, weight: 70 g.

M6105 p

pair M6405 p

7 tanga sports ® Cigarbox, Set of 3

Stable multi-layered wood construction,

black edges, felt-covered surfaces. Dimensions:

20 x 13 x 6 cm, Weight: 200 g.

M6130 p

set

tanga sports ® Juggling Plate including

Hand Stick

pcs

9 Devilsticks Handsticks

Beechwood sticks with silicone coating.

Adheres very well to the devil stick. Dimensions:

45 x Ø 1.4 cm.

pair

10 Devil Stick Fantasy

Wooden stick wrapped with spiral tape.

Ends made of foam rubber. Without handsticks.

Length: 67.5 cm, Weight: 226 g.

11 tanga sports ® Devilstick incl. Handsticks

Sturdy wooden core wrapped with textile

tape, plastic caps at the ends. Assorted

colors. Including handsticks. Length 60

cm, Weight: 280 g.

M6131 p

12

pcs

set

tanga sports ® Soft Devilstick incl.

Handsticks

Plastic devil stick and hand sticks with

foam coating, ideal for children and beginners.

Length approximately 60 cm.

M6119 p

set

Showtime!

The circus inspires excitement — whether it’s aerial

acrobatics, balancing, or juggling, a school circus project

allows children to gain new movement experiences and

explore their physical creativity.

4

tanga sports ® Diabolo Standard

including handsticks


691

Game & Juggling Sets

1

Kübler Sport ® Juggling Box

2

Kübler Sport ® Juggling Box XXL

1 Kübler Sport ® Juggling Box

2 Kübler Sport ® Juggling Box XXL

3 Kübler Sport ® Game Box

Dimensions: 71.5 x 47 x 41.7 cm. Consists of:

- 3x juggling rings, 32 cm

- 3x balance plates with rod, 22 cm

- 6x juggling scarves, 65 x 65 cm

- 3x juggling clubs

- 1x devil stick including handsticks

- 9x juggling balls (bean bags)

- 2x rainbow ball, 18 cm

- 6x foam juggling balls

- 1x diabolo standard including handsticks

- 1x super sports box with lid

M9640 p

set

Dimensions: 71.5 x 47 x 41.7 cm. Includes:

- 6x balance plates including handsticks, 22 cm

- 12x juggling scarves, 65 x 65 cm

- 6x juggling clubs

- 2x harlequin diabolo including handsticks

- 2x standard diabolo including handsticks

- 2x devil stick including handsticks

- 3x bean bag beach juggling balls

- 18x bean bag juggling balls

- 2x rainbow ball, 18 cm

- 9x foam juggling balls

- 3x cigar boxes



- 1x super sports box with lid

Dimensions: 71.5 x 47 x 41.7 cm. Consists of:

- 1x game ball

- 5x colored jump ropes 3 m

- 1x rubber skipping rope

- 10x colored juggling scarves

- 1x foam cube

- 1x plastic box with lid

- 5x soft throwing discs

- 1x professional speed glider

- 20x colorful juggling balls

- 3x colorful juggling rings

- 1x junior tennis set

- 1x cesta game

- 1x PU soccer ball

- 1x super ball

M9645 p

set - 1x indiaca play

- 1x catch ball

- 3x stilt wheels

S9601 p

set

692



3

Kübler Sport ® Game Box

4

Kübler Sport ® Game Break Set

4 Kübler Sport ® Game Break Set

Dimensions: 70 x 40 x 40 cm. Includes:

- 1x Pink Soft Touch Volleyball

- 1x Soft Touch Soccer Ball

- 1x Foam Soccer Ball

- 1x Inflatable Super Ball

- 10x Foam Rubber Balls

- 1x Junior Tennis Set

- 3x Soft Throwing Discs

- 1x Indiaca PLAY

- 2x Throwing Rings

- 1x Diabolo with Hand Sticks

- 1x Rubber Twist

- 1x Professional Speed Glider

- 3x Pair of Stilts with Wheels

- 1x Cesta Set

S9605 p

set


693

Classroom

Musical Instruments

1

2

3

Boomwhackers ® Basic School Set

Boomwhackers ® Diatonic Set, 8-piece

Crying Tube

1 Boomwhackers ® Basic School Set

Set of 28 tubes (3xC, 1xC sharp, 3xD, 1xD sharp, 3xE,

2xF, 2xF sharp, 3xG, 1xG sharp, 3xA, 2xB, 2xH, 2xC) and

two sets (total of 16 pieces) of Octavator Caps. Includes

storage and transport bag.

M6132 p

set

2 Boomwhackers ® Diatonic Set, 8-piece

Durable Boomwhackers ® . They produce sounds when

struck against the floor, other surfaces, or against each

other, dimensions: Ø 4.5 cm, material: plastic, color:

colorful, tonal range: diatonic from C` to C``.

M6133 p

set

3 Crying Tube

Child-friendly cry tube for making music. Generates

interesting sounds when whirled around. Material: plastic.

Dimensions: Ø 3 x 75 cm. Assorted colors.

P2842 p

pcs

694



4

goldon ® Tambourine with natural skin

goldon ® Frame Drum with Plastic Skin

9

6

goldon ® Felt Mallets

4 goldon ® Tambourine with natural skin

7 goldon ® Jingle Tambourine with Natural Skin

Wooden frame with natural fur cover. Includes mallets. Wooden frame with natural fur cover and 8 pairs of

M6120 p 20 cm pcs jingles. Dimensions: Ø 25 cm.

M6121 p 25 cm pcs M6122 p

pcs

5 goldon ® Rhythm Bag School

Music bag with high-quality instruments for groups of

up to 18 children. Ideal for schools and kindergartens.

M6129 p

set

6 goldon ® Frame Drum with Plastic Skin

Frame made of wood covered with synthetic fur. The

covering is adjustable. No mallets included.

M6123 p 25 cm pcs

M6124 p 30 cm pcs

10

goldon ® Triangle

7

goldon ® Jingle Tambourine with Natural Skin

Ball rattle Maracas

8 goldon ® Jingle Ring

Wooden frame with 8 pairs of bells. Dimensions: Ø 25 cm.

M6127 p

pcs

9 goldon ® Felt Mallets

Medium-hard felt mallet for tambourines and drums.

Beech handle. Dimensions: Ø 3.5 cm.

M6125 p

pcs

goldon ® Rhythm Bag School

11

5

8

goldon ® Jingle Ring

goldon ® Finger Cymbals

10 goldon ® Triangle

High quality sound steel with wooden ball as handle grip.

Includes metal mallet with beech handle.

G4327 p 15 cm pcs

G4328 p 20 cm pcs

11 Ball rattle Maracas

Handy ball rattle, material: plastic, dimensions: Ø 64

mm, assorted colors.

M6128 p

pair

12 goldon ® Finger Cymbals

A pair of finger cymbals with loops. Material: Brass,

dimensions: Ø 6.7 cm.

M6143 p

pair

12


695

Classroom

Seating Furniture

Active Sitting

With active or dynamic sitting, regularly

changing posture is key. This can involve

complete position shifts—such as moving

into a forward sitting position with supported

arms or a backward, reclined position—or

small, continuous weight shifts. Sitting balls,

balance cushions, and motion stools encourage

the body to make these constant,

unconscious movements.

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

1


2

Hokki ® Motion Seat






T4117-... p 38 - 50 cm Padded Colour selection pcs

T4118-... p 50 - 68 cm Padded Colour selection pcs

T4115-... p 38 - 50 cm with Foam Padding Colour selection pcs

T4116-... p 50 - 68 cm with Foam Padding Colour selection pcs

2 Hokki ® Motion Seat

Ideal for everyday and universal use in kindergartens, schools, offices,

practices, or for private use. The temporary sitting on the Hokki ®

activates the body and mind and supports the existing urge to move.

Weight capacity: max. 110 kg.

T3644-... p 31 cm Colour selection pcs




Colour selection

-01 blue -02 red -03 yellow -06 anthra- -08 tur- -26 light blue -28 fiery red -35 light

696



MD

3


6

Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics Vault with wooden seat, stackable

4


6 Kübler Sport ® Gymnastics Vault with wooden seat,

stackable

For use in gymnastics and therapy facilities.


T3563 p

pcs

5

Smoothy ® Outdoor Bean Bag Supreme

Erzi ® Outdoor Kids Bean Bag


5 Smoothy ® Outdoor Bean Bag Supreme

7 Erzi ® Wooden Stool



capacity: 400 kg.

With the two available straps, you can easily fix different

seated positions or carry the bean bag cleverly. The cover

is made of water-repellent 420D nylon fiber, which is not

T5454 p 42 cm sand pcs only extremely durable but also offers a good feel and

T5450 p 42 cm lime pcs prevents dirt and water from entering the interior. Thanks

T5455 p 53 cm sand pcs to a separate inner bag, the cover can be removed and

thus easily changed or washed. Size: 185 x 145 cm, 8


Erzi ® Outdoor Kids Bean Bag

T5456 p 65 cm sand pcs Weight: 9 - 10 kg.

T5452 p 65 cm lime pcs T5139-01 p blue pcs

T5457 p 75 cm sand pcs T5139-02 p red pcs

T5453 p 75 cm lime pcs T5139-03 p yellow pcs



T5139-05 p white pcs

From gymnastics to rehabilitation, from fitness to aerobic, T5139-06 p anthracite pcs

to sports and therapy, the air-filled Pezziball is ideal for T5139-07 p green pcs


T5139-36 p cyan pcs

G4130 p 42 cm yellow pcs T5139-13 p purple pcs

G4160 p 42 cm fluorescent yellow pcs T5139-23 p orange pcs




MD

7

Erzi ® Wooden Stool

8

MADE IN

GERMANY

Stackable stool made of birch molded wood in the shape

of a birch tree. Delivery disassembled with assembly

materials. Max. load capacity: 140 kg.

U2079 p 27 x 27 x 30 cm pcs

U2078 p 36 x 36 x 48 cm pcs

For children to sit, play, and rest. Comfortable and at the

same time very robust. The double zipper on the bottom

ensures that the filling stays securely inside. Dimensions:

70 x 55 x 60 cm, Weight: 1.8 kg.

P7743-07 p green pcs

P7743-23 p orange pcs

697


Common Room

Darts

1

2

3

Karella ® Dartboard Master

WINMAU ® Dartboard Blade 6

WINMAU ® Dartboard Blade 6 Triple Core Carbon PDC

MADE IN

GERMANY

MADE IN

GERMANY

4

5

6

Karella ® Steeldarts 19 g, 24-pack

Karella ® Catchring Ultimo

Karella ® Soundproofing for Dartboards

1 Karella ® Dartboard Master

Especially durable and robust. Segments divided with

rounded metal wire. Includes wall mount and game

rules. Material: sisal fibers, Dimensions: Ø 45 x 4 cm,

Weight: 5 kg.

D2077 p

pcs

3 WINMAU ® Dartboard Blade 6 Triple Core Carbon PDC

The latest dartboard technology ensures optimal fiber

density and unparalleled grip of the darts. New design with

a lasercut, glare-free number ring. The groundbreaking

wiring also provides improved grip of the darts and significantly

reduces the number of bounce outs. In addition,

the bullseye and outer bull have an even thinner wire.

Rotating number ring. Includes installation set. Material:

Carbon fiber reinforced sisal fibers, Dimensions: Ø 45

x 4 cm, Weight: 5 kg.

2 WINMAU ® Dartboard Blade 6

The innovative wiring ensures improved grip of the darts

and significantly reduces the number of bounce-outs.

Additionally, the bullseye and outer bull have an even

thinner wire. Rotating number ring. Includes mounting

D2377 p

set. Material: sisal fibers. Dimensions: Ø 45 x 4 cm.

Weight: 5 kg.

4 Karella ® Steeldarts 19 g, 24-pack

D2375 p

pcs

Base price/pcs

pcs

High-quality chrome-plated barrel with a classic 2BA

thread, black aluminum shaft, and chrome steel tip. The

flights feature 4 different designs.

5 Karella ® Catchring Ultimo

Darts stay perfectly stuck in the catch ring, which protects

the wall and floor. Material: Recycled fibers, Dimensions:

Ø 69 x 3 cm.

D2384 p

6 Karella ® Soundproofing for Dartboards

Consists of a soundproof core on which the steel dart

dartboard is mounted, and a surrounding soundproof

ring. Noise reduction of over 80% possible. Material:

Recycled fibers, Dimensions: Ø 69 x 3 cm, Weight: 850 g.

D2383 p

pcs

pcs

698



MADE IN

GERMANY

7

Karella ® Dart Automat CB-25

9

Karella ® Softdarts PVC 17 g, 24-pack

11

Karella ® Dart Tips Keypoint 2BA, 100 pieces

7 Karella ® Dart Automat CB-25

The model has two cabinet doors and dart holder slots

in the frame housing. The dartboard offers 29 different

games with 90 game variations. Includes 6 soft darts

and 40 replacement tips. Dimensions (closed): 46 x 40


D2378 p

pcs

MADE IN

GERMANY

8

Karella ® Dart Automat E-Master

10

Karella ® Softdarts 18g, Set of 24

12

Karella ® Darts Tips Pro-Tip 2BA, 100 pieces

9 Karella ® Softdarts PVC 17 g, 24-pack

With 2BA thread, stable PVC flights including shaft and

black soft tip. Mixed red and black.

D2144 p

pack

10 Karella ® Softdarts 18g, Set of 24

Grip brass barrel with classic 2BA thread, black aluminum

shaft, and black soft tip. The flights feature 4

different designs.

8 Karella ® Dart Automat E-Master

Professional dartboard in tournament quality for up to 4

players. The device comes with a wall bracket and can be

D2385 p

pack

mounted directly on the wall. Includes 6 darts, throwing

line, measuring tape, mounting kit, and operating instructions.

11 Karella ® Dart Tips Keypoint 2BA, 100 pieces

Dimensions: 97.5 x 62 x 46.5 cm, Weight: 45 kg. For all common soft darts. Dart tip length: 25 mm.

D2380 l without coin insertion pcs D2083 p

pack

D2379 l with coin insertion pcs

W 50 kg

13

Karella ® Dartautomat E-Master with stand

12 Karella ® Darts Tips Pro-Tip 2BA, 100 pieces

For all common soft darts. Length of dart tip: 19 mm.

D2088 p

pack

13 Karella ® Dartautomat E-Master with stand

Professional dart machine in tournament quality for up

to 4 players. The device comes with a stand. Includes 6

darts, throwing line, measuring tape, mounting kit, and

operating instructions. Dimensions: 97.5 x 62 x 46.5

cm, Stand depth: 65 cm, Weight: 45 kg (without stand).

D2382 l without coin insertion pcs

D2381 l with coin insertion pcs

W 50 kg


699

Common Room

Foosball Tables

1

Table soccer foosballs, white, set of 10

74 cm

88 cm

2

3

NEW

4

Table Soccer Foosballs, Colorful, Set of 10

Garlando ® Table Football MasterCup Kids

Garlando ® Table Football MasterCup Foldy

1 Table soccer foosballs, white, set of 10

Pack of 10. Dimensions: Ø 35 mm, Weight: 24 g.

T1519 p

pack

2 Table Soccer Foosballs, Colorful, Set of 10

Pack of 10. Dimensions: Ø 35 mm, Weight: 24 g.

T1521 p white / black pack

T1521-03 p yellow / black pack

T1521-02 p red / white pack

T1521-01 p white / blue pack

T1521-05 p white / red pack

3 Garlando ® Table Football MasterCup Kids

With a height of 74 cm, it is 15 cm lower than the common

foosball tables. Ideal for home, children and youth

facilities, and schools. The table legs can be folded

up. With transport wheels and secure telescopic rods.

Including 10 colorful foosball balls. Dimensions: 141 x


T2161 l

W 75 kg

4 Garlando ® Table Football MasterCup Foldy

Impresses with its great design, excellent workmanship

and stability. The table also features foldable legs, a sturdy

and easy-to-clean body, high-quality ball bearings, and

side ball returns. Ideally suited for schools, youth facilities,

and private use. Includes 5 foosballs. Dimensions: 145


T2154 l

W 75 kg

5 Bandito ® Table Football Profi Soccer Deluxe

Affordable foosball table in stylish wood decor with chrome

accents. The table features high-quality ball bearings,

stable large wooden legs, sturdy player figures, and ball

retrievals on the sides. Ideal for home or for use in schools

and youth centers. Includes 2 foosballs. Dimensions: 140


T2130 l black pcs

pcs T2130-11 l grey pcs

T2136 l brown pcs

W 84 kg

6 Garlando ® Table Football MasterCup

Unbeatable stability and craftsmanship. The table features

sturdy metal legs, a scratch- and impact-resistant playing

surface, ball return, and maintenance-free double ball

bearings. Ideal for use in schools, youth centers, and

restaurants. Includes 10 balls. Dimensions: 143 x 125

x 88 cm, Weight: approx. 80 kg.

pcs T2144 l solid steel bars pcs

T2145 l telescope bars pcs

W 85 kg

7 Garlando ® Table Football MasterCup Deluxe

Elegantly shaped with a modern cherry wood decor. The

table features stable solid wood table legs, a scratch- and

impact-resistant playing surface, ball return, and wearfree

double ball bearings. Ideal for use in schools, youth

centers, and restaurants. Includes 10 balls. Dimensions:

145 x 125 x 88 cm, Weight: approx. 75 kg.

T2139 l solid steel bars pcs


W 80 kg

700



5

Bandito ® Table Football Profi Soccer Deluxe

Garlando ® Table Football Classic G-500

OUTDOOR

8

11

Norditalia ® Outdoor Foosball Table Storm F-1

8 Garlando ® Table Football Classic G-500

Elegant design with a particularly solid and stable table

construction. MDF table body with impact and scratchresistant

coating. Stable, 9 x 9 cm thick metal legs with

height-adjustable plate feet. Ergonomically shaped plastic

handles. Playing surface in tournament dimensions made

of transparent glass. Includes 10 balls. Dimensions: 143




W 80 kg

9 Garlando ® Foosball Table MasterCup Black & White

New modern Black & White Edition with excellent workmanship

and stability. The table features a sturdy and

easy-to-clean body, non-slip feet for adjustment, rounded

corners and outer edges, side ball retrievals, and

shatterproof figures. Perfectly suited for schools, clubs,

youth facilities, restaurants, and private use. Includes 10

foosballs. Dimensions: 143 x 125 x 88 cm, Weight: 80 kg.



W 85 kg

6

Garlando ® Table Football MasterCup

12

Norditalia ® Outdoor Foosball Table Storm F-2

10 Garlando ® ITSF Master Champion Table Soccer

The official competition table for professional players. The

table features a 30mm thick multi-layer body, a sturdy

laminate coating, and goal outer walls reinforced with

fiberglass. High-quality materials and craftsmanship for

the ultimate playing comfort. Including 3 yellow foosballs.

Dimensions: 145 x 125 x 92 - 94 cm, Weight: 80 kg.

T2125 l

W 98 kg

9

NEW

Garlando ® Foosball Table MasterCup Black & White

pcs

11 Norditalia ® Outdoor Foosball Table Storm F-1

Entry-level model for outdoor use. Ideal for public pools,

campgrounds, gardens, clubhouses, and schools. Constructed

with thermoplastic resin and fiberglass. Connection

elements made of stainless steel. Includes 10 foosball

balls. Dimensions: 138 x 125 x 88 cm, Weight: 62 kg.



W 67 kg

7

Garlando ® Table Football MasterCup Deluxe

10

Garlando ® ITSF Master Champion Table Soccer

13

MADE IN

GERMANY

Outdoor foosball table made of polymer concrete

12 Norditalia ® Outdoor Foosball Table Storm F-2

Professional model for outdoor use. The table features

sturdy metal table legs and side ball retrieval. Ideal for

outdoor swimming pools, campsites, gardens, patios,

clubhouses, and schools. Constructed with thermoplastic

resin and fiberglass. Connection elements made of

stainless steel. Includes 10 foosball balls. Dimensions:

138 x 125 x 88 cm, Weight: 76 kg.


W 65 kg


W 80 kg

13 Outdoor foosball table made of polymer concrete

Ideal play equipment for schoolyards, public pools,

playgrounds, or parks. Playing surface and base made

of polymer concrete. The table also features UV-resistant

playing figures, stainless steel rods, weather-resistant

rubber cushioning, and a consistently smooth surface

quality. Includes 3 foosball balls. Dimensions: 140 x 135

x 90 cm, Weight: approx. 340 kg.

T2111 l blue pcs


T2110 l green pcs

W 360 kg


Common Room

Billiards

1

Billiard Cue ECO

2

Pool Cue ECO-Star, 2-piece

3

Fiberglass Billiard Cue

4

5

6

Interchangeable Tips Ø 12 mm, Set of 10

Screw-on leather tips Ø 12 mm, set of 10

Wall mount for 6 billiard cues.

7

8

9

Billiard Chalk Master, 12-pack

Pool billiard balls, set of 16

Triangle (Folding Triangle)

1 Billiard Cue ECO

4 Interchangeable Tips Ø 12 mm, Set of 10

Robust cue with a 12 mm screw-on leather tip. Ideal for

schools, youth centers, and private use.

Replacement slip-on leather.

D2049 p

D2007 p 100 cm pcs

D2008 p 120 cm pcs

5

D2009 p 140 cm pcs Screw-on leather tips Ø 12 mm, set of 10

Replacement Screw-On Tips.

2 Pool Cue ECO-Star, 2-piece

Our 2-piece hardwood billiard cues feature a stable

D2047 p

brass screw connection and are easy to disassemble

for transport or storage. Two designs available. (Length

145 cm. With screw tip M8).

6 Wall mount for 6 billiard cues.

Two-piece. Solid wood stand and clamp strip in a decorative

mahogany design, for mounting on the wall,

including mounting screws.

3 Fiberglass Billiard Cue

D2022 p

Extra sturdy and durable cue stick for commercial use in 7 Billiard Chalk Master, 12-pack

bars or for use in youth facilities. With 12 mm screw-on

leather tip. Length: 145 cm, Weight: 560 g.

For optimal ball control. Color: Blue.

D2017 p

D2023 p

pcs

702

pack

8 Pool billiard balls, set of 16

Plastic balls with a scratch-resistant laminated surface.

Dimensions: Ø 57.2 mm.

D2018 p

pcs

set

9 Triangle (Folding Triangle)

For billiard balls Ø 57.2 mm. Material: PVC.

D2019 p

10 Billiard Table London incl. Accessories

Elegant and practical pool table. The table features a

beech decor surface, a moisture-resistant playing board,

set folding beam legs, a blue high-quality cloth, and ball

pockets. Easy self-assembly. Delivery includes balls, 2

cues, a triangle rack, brush, and chalk.

D1976 l 5 ft pcs

W 80 kg

D1977 l 6,5 ft pcs

W 100 kg

pcs

pcs

11 Assembly Billiard table London

Only within Germany. For unloading and carrying to higher

floors, an assistant must be provided.

D2172 h

pcs



12

Sedona Pool Table incl. Accessories

12 Sedona Pool Table incl. Accessories

The highlight in terms of appearance and quality. The

table offers a dark wood structure, chrome corners and

foot panels, a silent ball return, a sturdy playing surface,

natural rubber cushions, and a traditional green billiard

cloth. Fully pre-assembled. Delivery includes balls, 2x

cues 145 cm, triangle rack, and billiard chalk.

14

Black Pool Billiard Table

14 Black Pool Billiard Table

Model with optimal playing and running characteristics.

Ideal for private use, schools, youth centers, and also as

a training table for tournament players. The table also

features a solid base construction, full rubber cushions,

noiseless drop pockets, a durable billiard cloth, and an

extra strong natural slate playing surface. Assembly by

professionals recommended.

D1987 l 7 ft pcs

W 285 kg

D1988 l 8 ft pcs

W 335 kg

D1989 l 9 ft pcs

Billiard Table London incl. Accessories

16

Billiard Table Orlando

16 Billiard Table Orlando

Robust solution for daily use at schools, youth centers,

and sports facilities. The table features a strong slate top,

sturdy beam legs, impact-resistant surface, aluminum

edge trim, and stable ball pockets.

D1997 l 6 ft pcs

W 275 kg

D1998 l 7 ft pcs

W 305 kg

D1999 l 8 ft pcs

W 355 kg

13 Sedona Pool Table Assembly Guide

17

W 385 kg

Assembly Billiard Table Orlando

Only within Germany. For unloading and carrying to

Only within Germany. For unloading and carrying to higher

higher floors, a helper must be provided.

15 Assembly Billiard Table Black Pool

floors, an assistant must be provided.

D2169 p

pcs Only within Germany. For unloading and carrying to D2173 h

pcs

higher floors, a helper must be provided.

D2179 h

pcs

10


703

Common Room

Air Hockey

How to Play Air Hockey

Air hockey is a fascinating game of skill that relies on

speed, precision, and quick reflexes. The air cushion

beneath the puck allows for incredible speeds, making

the game especially dynamic and exciting.

1

2

3

Bandito ® Air Hockey Table Top KiddySpeed

Bandito ® Air Hockey Puck

Bandito ® Air Hockey Pusher, Ø 95 mm

704

4

Bandito ® Air Hockey Table SpeedFighter

5

Bandito ® Air Hockey Table Toronto

6

Garlando ® Air Hockey Table Stratos

1 Bandito ® Air Hockey Table Top KiddySpeed

4 Bandito ® Air Hockey Table SpeedFighter

6 Garlando ® Air Hockey Table Stratos

Durable table topper for the whole family. By avoiding A modern table with round profiles and curved table A professional game device with a large playing surface,

sharp edges, game safety is increased. The integrated legs. The digital display shows the score and time, sturdy construction, and a powerful blower for a smooth

score counters make it easier to keep track of the game accompanied by sound. The extremely durable plastic gaming experience. The playing surface is scratch-resistant

scores. The device features a high-quality blower that band rebounds the puck unfiltered. The sturdy playing

and easy to clean. The electronic display above

creates an air cushion over the large, scratch-resistant surface is also easy to clean. The table stands stable and the playing surface shows the current score and emits

playing surface. Includes 2x pusher, 2x puck. Dimensions: non-slip on the floor. Ideal for home, schools, or youth a sound when a goal is scored. A puck retrieval basket

91.5 x 51 x 33 cm, Weight: approximately 10 kg. centers. Includes 4x pusher, 4x puck. Dimensions: 182 behind the goal boxes facilitates puck removal. Includes

T2153 p

pcs x 91 x 79 cm, Weight: 46 kg.

4 pushers, 4 pucks. Dimensions: 214 x 122 x 81/142

T2152 l

pcs cm, Weight: 100 kg.

2 Bandito ® Air Hockey Puck

W 52 kg

T2134 l

pcs

Made of durable ABS material. Color: Red, dimensions:

Ø 6.3 cm.

5 Bandito ® Air Hockey Table Toronto

W 110 kg

T2156 p

pcs Sturdy and attractively designed table with integrated 7 Assembly Air hockey table

protective rails. The blower provides even air distribution Only within Germany. For unloading and carrying to higher

3 Bandito ® Air Hockey Pusher, Ø 95 mm

for all age groups, including 4x pusher and 4x puck. floors, an assistant must be provided.

Made of durable ABS material. Color: Red, dimensions:

Ø 9.6 cm.

Dimensions: 213 x 122 x 80 cm, weight: 60 kg.

6ft. Dimensions: 183 x 92 x 80 cm, weight: 50 kg. 7ft. T2135 h

pcs

T2151 p

pcs T2116 l 6 ft pcs

W 55 kg

T2117 l 7 ft pcs

W 65 kg


705

Sustainability at Kübler Sport

WE TAKE

RESPONSIBILITY

Novak – stock.adobe.com

As a successful family business, Kübler Sport GmbH is aware of

its responsibility towards society and the environment. Therefore,

we integrate ethical, social, and ecological aspects as an essential

part of our corporate philosophy in all our business activities.

This includes:

• Honest and reliable operational and business practices

• Respectful, employee-focused human resource policies

• Efficient, economical use of natural resources

• Protection of the environment and climate

ECOZERT – EXCELLENCE IN SUSTAINABILITY

Kübler Sport GmbH has been certified with the EcoZert sustainability award. The award was granted after a

thorough examination by the independent Creditreform Rating AG in the ESG areas of Environment, Social,

and Corporate Governance, in which we achieved an above-average result.

PLANT-MY-TREE ® – EVERY TREE COUNTS

As a climate protection partner of PLANT-MY-TREE®, we actively contribute to environmental protection

by planting trees to sustainably and long-term regenerate our natural resources. In this way, we help to

leave a livable world for future generations.

FIT FOR THE ENVIRONMENT

At www.kuebler-sport.de/sustainable-products, you can find a wide selection of sustainable sports and

play equipment. You can filter by the following criteria:

• Made from renewable resources

• Sustainable production

• Recyclable

• Biodegradable"

• Made from recycled material

REUSE – REDUCE – RECYCLE

Tip: In the online ordering process, you can also choose the

eco-friendly option of using used, but impeccable packaging

materials for shipping.

Learn more about our sustainability strategy:

www.kuebler-sport.de/csr-nachhaltigkeit

Certified and Tested:

* ab 100 Euro Warenwert

We are Your Competent Sports Equipment Supplier

Expert Articles for Schools, Clubs,

Fitness & Therapy

Certified Service Partner

for Sports Facilities

Comprehensive Personal

Product & Project Consultation

Installation, Inspection

& Maintenance of Sports Equipment

Contact Us Now!

+49(0)7191/9570-0


Why Kübler Sport?

Service Beyond Sales – Quality is not only a priority in our

products but also in our service. We are a down-to-earth

family business that is always close to the customer.

Dependable and Reliable – As a qualified supplier and

manufacturer, we are known for high-quality products and

services. You can rely on us! We regularly undergo external

checks.

All-in-One Solution – A reliable delivery and consulting service,

the planning and installation of sports facility equipment,

as well as regular inspection and maintenance: If desired, we

offer the complete package.

Online Shop for Sports & Therapy Supplies

• Offers & Promotions

• Delivery Times & Shipping Costs

at a Glance

• News & Useful Features


Kübler Sport GmbH

Karl-Ferdinand-Braun-Straße 3

DE - 71522 Backnang

Phone 07191-9570-0 | Fax -10



Service Hours:

Monday – Friday: 7 AM – 6 PM

General Manager: Udo Vetter

VAT ID No.: DE311400094

Commercial Register Number:

HRB 760748 (Stuttgart District Court)

Kübler Sport Sports Equipment Catalog

Transform your PDFs into Flipbooks and boost your revenue!

Delete template?

Save as template ?